Document 6bXMro6pR3b3K3jbD0XLdDNpd

PLAINTIFF'S EXHIBIT CT-846 ndustrial Hygiene Survey iIKS 89-"; Riverside A/C Pipe Plant March 29 and 30, 1989 RECEIVED JUri ~ CTD007664 CertainTeedEI To Subject Jim Burke Man Coda 260 From ------ Janis Woodson Industrial Hygiene Survey Report IHS 89-7 cc: L. Todd - 260 J. McGinley - 1125/2B Mari Coda 1125/4 Date 6/1/89 Ext. Attached is the Industrial Hygiene Survey Report for the six month follow up survey conducted March 29 and 30, 1989. Please respond to the recommendations listed on Page 2 of the report in 60 days. If you have any questions or if I can be of assistance please contact me. RECEIVED JUrl - V389 01*23-0005 3/85 CTD007665 Industrial Hygiene Survey Riverside A/C Pipe Plant March 2 9 and. oO 1989 An Industrial Hygiene Survey was conducted at file Riverside A/C Pipe Plant by Janis Woodson of Corporate Health and Safety on March. 29 and 20, 1289. This survey -as conducted to supplement the ongoing piant Asbestos exposure surveillance program and to conduct a six month follow-up to the October 1288 survey. m- This report is an employee exposure record as defined in Corporate Procedure GEC03.02 and OSHA Standard 29CFR1910.20 and must be retained for thirty years. Upon request, this record must be made available to those Federal officials, employee designees or employees as provided for in Corporate Procedure AD0111, Paragraphs 7 and 8. Appendix I of this report documents the air sampling methodologies, the analysis techniques and the current standards used in evaluating the data. The field and in-house laboratory notes on this survey are on file in Corporate Health and Safety. Appendix II contains the manufacturing production schedule for the survey. SUMMARY Twenty-two samples were taken during this survey ranging from less than detectable to 0.99 f/cc. The six TU'A's taken on the Coupling Cut-Off, Crusher and Rework Operators ranged from 0.04 to 0.15 f/cc, with ail being within the OSHA PEL of 0.2 f/cc. CTD007666 Riverside A/C Pipe Plant ( IliS 53-7 i March 29 and 30, 1989 Pa Recommendations: Outstanding Past Recommenda:: 10:1s . . o N Current Recommendations: IKS 39-7 I. Inform employees of their samp, i resui`3 by posting them on the employee's bulletin board. IH5 83-7 2. The coupling cut off dumpster be emptied on a more routine basis to prevent the employee from band stacking the coupling end rings. IHS 39-7 3. Until the coupling cut off dumpster problem is rectified, HEPA respirators should be required for all employees entering the dumpster room, and a sign to this effect should be posted outside the room. IHS 89-7 4. The traveling ventilation hood on the left end of the large rework saw needs to be ad.justed/aLigned for a better fit to enclose the end of the pipe as it is being cut. IHS 39-7 5. Remove the required respiratory protection signs posted at the Large and Small Rework saws. IHS 39-7 6. Efforts be made to reduce dispersion of dust when feeding the coupling end rings into the crusher, i.e., placing the material in the crusher chute instead 0: throwing them. CHS 39-7 7. A respirator storage box be built and installed in a convenient pi.ace, for each of the crusher operators respirators. CTD007667 Riverside V/C Pipe ^l.m.r : ids a - 7) `!ari'h 2 9 and 30, I9H9 Fa? ? DISCUSSION' ~k: a survey was conducted as a s ::.-r,or.`r. f 511 o--.it) to the '.ot -.b"*r 1'OdS survey, Three mb positions '..ere of primary i (K.erest. curing this survey, die Coup Lin? Cot-Off. Rework Saw uni Crusher Operators. The results of the saitpi es taken luring this survey are presented in Tib).-; I. Table II snows a .impar; son of the samples taken during this survey* with those taken since August 98!i. These ! Iir-ee jobs have been f nur.d to have var.abie sample results depending on the person working at the job; their i "dividual work practices and work speed; and equipment speed and downtime. Special attention was given to each of the jobs during this survey to more fully characterise exposures during different aspects of each job. Coupling Cut Off Operator Each time the coupling cut off operator entered the dumpster room the sample cassette was changed, likewise when he entered the hood the sample was again changed. The samples indicated the highest exposure occurs in the dumpster room when the employee stacks the coupling rings in the dumpster (Sample =0ClDi 0.99 f/oc and =Q02E1 0.28 f/cc) . These two samples were only worn during the periods in the dumpster room I as noted ir. the remarks column) which were 10 and 13 minute samples respectively. An engineering environmental sample taken in `he dumpster room on the tool cart, while the coupling cut off was in operation resuited in 0.01 f/cc (Sample =(103A1). This sample indicates that the stacking of the coupling rings is the major source of exposure. Exposures during tool set up at the cut off blades (Sample =w02Cl) and inside the hood (Sample =00201i resulted in C.02 f/cc -and 0.0c f/oc, which are ir. the range of sample results - for normal onerations. To reduce the exposures in the dumpster room, I recommend bar the dumpster be emptied mere iften so than the material ioesn't build up and therefor? doesn't need stacking. I *.r l g Inal l y suggested that the finishing forklift empty the by.-per on a routine bases, however L. Todd fait the fotxilift ...as ilr-ady over utilized. Perhaps the Crusner operator cu id be alerted when the dumpster needs to be emn'ied tno ou'.d then take the filled hopper directly to he u; toclaved/crushed. bur: g these samples D. Too Ley wore a plastic apron bur. no .: ms. be aiso wore a full face HEPA respirator for a i-rvr-.-s Into me dumnster room and hood. CTD007668 Sivpr-i uie A/0 Pipe Plan 'larch 2 9 and P.0, l OS') ; r:is ?'3 4 : - the routine proceiiur? .if stack; ng the coupling rings in r k ? dumpster :onr inu**s, employees iavol ved :n this task snow d he requi rri to uytr a HBPA c-`-?pi ral.or ami a sign to :his iffert should be posted on the outside of the dumpster room. Rework Saw Operators Samp L es were taken or, the rework saw operators curing first and second shift while the operators were working on both the Large and small rework saws. TL.iuson and Meier are the main operators on the rework saws. Listed in Table III are the results of each person's samples cn each saw from August 1086 to present. It's Interesting to note that Meier continually has the lower sample results. His average is 0.04 f/cc vs Clauson's 0.11 f/cc, which is in fact above the action level. .In observing Meier's work practices he is continually cleaning each pipe inside and out after each cut with his hand as well as the vacuum. Both employees wear plastic aprons, Meier sometimes wears gloves. Clausen wears gloves ail the time and because they tend to wear out so often, he wraps them with masking tape to make them last Longer. Perhaps a more heavy duty glove would la3t longer. In Appendix III I have xeroxed a few examples of heavy duty gloves have seen advertised that may suit your purpose. I Cn the Large rework saw I observed that the traveling hood on the left" end of the pipe does not align as U'Lgir.ally designed for a complete seal. I recommend this ventilation hood be ad.j us t ed/ai igned for a better fit, to enclose the end of the pipe as it is being cut. Required respirator signs are posted at both the .Small and Large rework saws. Presently respirators are not required at either machine, for this reason the signs should be completely removed. OSHA will cite in cases such .as this were required respiratory protection is posted but not being utilized by the employees. Crusher Operator Samples taken on the Crusher Ope r t o r ranged from 0.C2 to 0.2a f/cc. His two cay TVA's both exceeded the C.l f/cc action Levei. The exposures vary cons lc e mo i y throughout the day, but the highest exposures seem to occur when handling coupling end rings. Hach sample ar.d CTD007669 Riverside A/C Pipe Plant {IHS 30-7i March 29 and 30, 1939 Page 5 procedure is described below: 0.03 0.19 0.14 0 . '.2 0.15 small coupling end rings 24" coupling end rings 4 ' scrap pipe random pieces TWA 0.06 0.02 0.26 0.12 0.19 miscellaneous tasks, not crushing emptied coupling hopper 1 tray small coupling end rings emptied hoppers TWA While crushing, D. Galvin wears leather gloves and a 1/2 face HEPA respirator. Observing the employee at work I noted most of the coupling end pieces are thrown from the autoclave hopper into the crusher chute. The dust generation is visually apparent. It is a plus that the crusher system is located outside, however, there is still an increased exposure to the operator during the crusher feeding operation. The best possible recommendation would be to directly empty the dumpsters into the crusher to eliminate the employee handling step, which could be very costly. Therefore, I recommend efforts be made to reduce the dispersion of dust by placing the coupling end rings in the chute instead of throwing them. Just prior to this survey the Crusher Operator was issued a full face respirator in addition to the 1/2 mask he wears normally. This respirator is for entry into the crusher system enclosures. At the time of this survey, he was storing it in a plastic bag near the crusher. For the convenience of the operator as well as to insure the respirator is properly stored and easily accessible, I recommend a storage box be built and installed near the crusher controls for each of the operator'3 personal respirator. CTD007670 ..: ~. -L *.c'i =:;e:5::e : 3::; ::3 ; :'r: ;c: :3 v j jr :evi:s Ev-35:3 ejple'ib :j* T vczvi :lt :f: IEELEY. EE:iNIE <:s ^EZEETS ;5T i 1: :!.= ASEE5TGS j-'c-E' :et o 3SEE=t:e ErjEED :s* ":03- in :y.-i -EEEE"; -?0323 :3? .';EJ* \l\l~ z: ;r i' :.EE;'" - ;2:\'E T"CLGVEE "J' Z'- -3C3-i Ei.; = Zzr.-t 3 EL = 3:T1-;:E=. :C:: ' EL^sTEE ::0'1 =1 ,;r-'; -:r- -c;3 :jh- :e. = e.e - :: 0.00482 f/cc CTD007671 ^3i=: i^sv - :=size 5:e ci_--'r 3:.vi ::: J : : zkix -t:-SA - ENGINEERING C0^3`3.A` i v>j4^: S.yALL REiiCP'*c:rp 5TVE ^3-.*.a-:335 ZcErATjR 3:^- -X'CfV. l^c ^EitOfK 3A'4 :PE=A"CR "!:. :7Ei'E ct2- -i.-cs:^ JSAW 7:;i- 10*43 3J3 .r:EE :*i rFEr-TER c*r: :: r CTD007672 z:z '43. -?3 aw :S?;- :u! Zty li' ci iu S3: A - iE-E3 CTD007673 CTD007674 Table I I R iv e rs id e A/C Pipe P la n t A sbestos Sample R e s u lts ( 8 -h o u r TWA's - f / c c ) Samples ta ke n on em ployees w o rk in g a t th is m achine, d u rin g th is s u rv e y , were not re p re s e n ta tiv e o f norm al o p e ra tio n s due to m echanical problem s. OS 00 o o u"\ ON -- O x0 O O O -H 0000 <oM <oM O o 00 m ^ CM O O 00 r-A tM r-l r- f-* ^ -H I--I i-*. h oxn u cm cn oo OO OOOO OOO OO O O.^. \A/ o. O 00 Ox 00 Ox Q000 xn m eH ** o ooo J= o u o0o0 o CM JS 00 3 o Id r* cm 00 o O r- O O * GO 00 Ox so m m cm 00 cm o o cm QQ cn a oo 3 x oo co r- --. CM CM CM CM -4* O^4 o0x 0r* no o *O4* ON CM A OO V x 00 oo u 4J u CL 4> Oa o V Ao u (0 00 *4* a CJ x cn oo so .-h .. u CL Li V u o 4) CO ae U CL AJ o HH 4J o 03 AJ U oa (0 CO 0) u 41 4) a. 00 00 cc H o f4 H oo AJ AJ lj 3 3 AJ aj 4) u 03 i-i 2 o CO U, b CTD007675 Riversi-le A/C Pipe Plant i IHS 39-7) March 129 and CO, 1939 T me iii Rework Saw .-.cposur i Sample Results \iy i)oera r o r Large Rework Saw C Lauson J . 0 7 >: >*J> i/ 3 wO. 1 ). 1 5 > -J / uc Jo \/ } ' - : 1 / - 9 Small Rework Saw Both Rework Saws Averages: 0.04 0.17 0.03 (3/83 ) (3/83) (3/88 i 0.09 0.13 0.14 0.09 (8/88) (8/38) (3/86 i (8/86 ) 0.11 (24 = 9 ) 0 . 36 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.02 0.02 ! 2, n ill S3 ) fl "A AV /. C> OJ '/ ! 10- 3 S ) (3/33! (3/33 ) 0.01 0.0 i 0.25 0.50 0.01 0.06 0.15 0.07 (4/88 ! * : 4/ r8 ) * (2/38)*+ (2/38)*r !3/ST) ( 88 7 i (3/361 (3/36 ) nU al KJ -t (21=13 ) + Notes: * Samples taken by the plant. + Unusually high sample results and are not representative oc normal operations. The 36 " G samoles are not included in the avera-ge. CTD007676 Riverside A/C Pipe Plant (IHS 89-7) March 29 and 30, 1989 APPENDIX I Sampling and Analytical Methods and Current Standards It is our standard procedure in taking personal exposure sampLes, to inform each employee of the purpose of tne sample and what they should and should not do to invalidate the results. Specific do's and don'ts are: To go about their work as normal, not to remove the sampler, disconnect the tubing or filter holder, or purposely contaminate the sampling tube or filter. We request they inform us of any loss of integrity of the sample such as sampling tube or cassette accidentally coming off, dropping or otherwise subjecting the devices to unnecessary impacts. We strongly encourage plant management to similarly inform the employees when conducting their sampling programs. We request that each employee be informed of exposure results in this survey as outlined in the corporate procedure. Employees whose asbestos and noise exposures exceed the PEL and the action level respectively, must be informed accordingly to OSHA regulation. We suggest that a copy of the attached tables be posted on the employees bulletin board. Also, a Fiber Notification Form (FEN) must be completed as outlined in the Health Maintenance Manual, Asbestos Unit Program Section VII, for each employee sampled for asbestos. Alternately, the employees, including those in similar positions to those measured, can be informed personally. Asbestos (19 B and C) The sampling and analysis was conducted following the current OSHA Standard 29CFR 19 10. 100 1 , Appendix A CRM (Mandatory). Personal samples were obtained open faced on a 25mm 0.3 micron mixed cellulose esrar Millipore filter with a 50mm extension cowl. DuPont. Alpha I, P4000 and P2500 air sampling pumps were calibrated before and after eacn sampling day to approximately i liter per minute. In most cases, a series of two, three or four different filter sampLes were obtained for the person, to CTD007677 Riverside A/C Pipe Plant (IHS 89-7) March 29 and 30, 1989 establish an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) concentration. The analysis was conducted by S'ATLSCO Labs, Long Drove, Iilinois. The counts were made following the A counting rules as described in the Standard, Appendix' A. The current Standard calls for a personal exposure limit of 0.2 fibers, longer than 5 microns per cubic centimeter of air if/cc;, an action limit of 0.1 f/cc and an excursion limit (ELi of 1 f/cc for 30 minutes. CTD007678 Riverside \/C Pipe Plant i IHS 40-7i March 29 and 3(7, 19.39 'i.NJlA Manuiacturlni Prociicr.i.in Schedule March 2-i ina 3 0 19 3 3 `larch 29 tn 1st Shift Coupling Cut--Iff: 16" 150 512 pcs. Down : 1 hr. 45 :n in . Rework Saws: 8" 150 Randoms 26 pcs. 3" 150 1/4 135 pcs. 24 FT 70 Randoms 4 pcs. 12 i*T 3 o t/4 3 o pcs. Down: l hour March 29th 2nd Shift Rework Saws: 8" 150 1/4 39 pcs. 16" 200 cplgs. 60 pcs. 24" FT 60 Randoms 4 pcs. Down: 45 min. March 30th 1st Shift Coupling Cut-Off: 16" 150 416 pcs. 2 4" FT 60 15 pcs. Down: 3 hr. 15 min. Rework Saws: 24" FT 70 Randoms 12 pcs. 24" FT 70 1/2 13 pcs. 16" 200 cpigs. 20 pcs. 3" 150 1/4 MEC's 61 pcs. Down: -r5 min. CTD007679 APPENDIX III 5dmcnt HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL WORK GLOVES rials such as concrete block, brick, tile, and lumoer. Available in knit wrist and safety cutF styles. Hens and women's sues. Blue color. dmoot brand. N8R Costsd HYCRON* Abrttion Rtsisfent Giovss. Nitrite coating protects hands from rough, abrasive maternal*, cuts, snags, punc tures. grease, and oii. Sort jersey lining with seams away from working area prevents hand irritation add premature wear. Superior dry grip. Curved, predexed Angers and wing thumb provide working ease. Uses: handling of cast ings. cores, fabricated metal, and building mate Mfr's. Stack Slzs MNI Me. Ill Mea'iU A Womens Men s U. B Meas C Men's <r) Kau Wnn Style 05608 05688 OBQBB 16584 04880 4T41J 4T416 (S OOLOeN SRAO-IT II* Premium Rubb.r Co.t*d Crinkle-finish Glove*. Natural rubber, premium grade coating provides excellent cut resistance and long service life. Cnnkie finish for safer handling Sort knit jersey lining provides com fort and flexibility. Uses: handling sharp edged materials such as glass, scrap and sheet metals, and abrasive materials sucn as concrete block, tile, and lumber. Yellow color. Edmoiu brand. El Raised Finished Winter MONKEY GRIP" Gloves. Raised surface provides excellent wet and dry gnp. Vinyl coating resists chemicals and abrasion, protects the nonwoven lining from wetness, keeps warmth and dryness inside. Uses: construction, cold storage, wintertime transportation, and handling applications. Or ange color. Edmont brand. Par Nr Ust Sack Si 18 ilfl IBS 102 &u S3J6 ]JO 4JO 3.85 7.51 Leas U n.49 3.48 4.11 3J1 1M Lem 72 njz 122 3J1 Shea. Wt. 0.4 0.2 0.3 op in Oe 83J.0S9 ------ ----------------- 1-800-356-0783 ^ W .-s J 33 gloves: Stainless Steel Mesh Safety Glove Makes Dangerous Handling Duties Safer. Linked stainless steel rings, individually weided lor strength, allow easy movement. Cleaning or sanitizing glove won t weaken orotection. ideal for cutting ooerations and cleaning uo broken glassware. Please specify size and right or left hand: (XS) (S) (M) (L) (XU. EA-1770 Eacn glove/87 25 CTD007680 PLAINTIFF'S EXHIBIT 4-C S YfrK]>AA*3>S June $, 1970 INDEX GENERAL STANDARDS MANUAL.' Section A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 Title 1. Standard Control Procedures 2. Distribution List 3- Divisional Nomenclature and Definitions "h. General Product Specification Data 5. External Product Specifications '6. Standard Test Methods 7. Mandrel List 8. Product Performance Information 9. Standard Product Samples 10. Inspection Standards 11. Plant Capabilities 12. Standard Packaging Methods 13. Standard Production Rates lli. Shipping Weights of Standard Products 1$. Standard In-Process Specifications /3/ aj bf /. / of I CTD015487 INDEX GENERAL STANDARDS MANUAL Title 1. Standard Control Procedures 2. Distribution List 3. Divisional Nomenclature and Definitions -In General Product Specification Data 5- External Product Specifications 6. Standard Test Methods 7. Mandrel List 8. Product Performance Information 9. Standard Product Samples 10. Inspection Standards 11. Plant Capabilities 12. Standard Packaging Methods 13. Standard Production Rates H*. Shipping Weights of Standard Products 15. Standard In-Process Specifications June 5 1970 Section A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 CTD015488 FORM P9Z7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAINTEED CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. supersedes: description: DISTRIBUTION LIST SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: OATE OF ISSUE: Vice President - National Sales General Marketing Manager - A/C Products Director of Manufacturing - A/C District Sales Managers (8) Manager of Sales Engineering Manager of Industrial Engineering Manager of S.tandard Specifications Purchasing Agent - A/C Traffic Manager Controller Claims Manager Plant Managers - A/C (5) Plant Quality Control Engineers Plant Industrial Engineers Plant Shipping Supervisors .Plant Customer Service Managers (5) (5) (5) (5) Atlas Asbestos Company PREPARED BY: CTD015489 APPROVED BY: R ft D MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM F0J7 CERTAINTfED description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: General Standards Manual - Distribution List T,C.O. REF. NO. h SPECIFICATION NO: Section B PAGE NO.! 2 supersedes: DATE OF issue: September 10, 1969 June ?, 1970 Distribution List M andrel L is t (Sec. G-G.S.M. , Prod. Per formance In fo . (Sec. H-G.S.M.) Std. Product Samples (Sec. I-G .S.M .) In s p e c tio n Standards (Sec. J-G.S.M.) P lant ,'C apabilities (Sec. K-G.S.M.) S td . Packaging Methods (Sec. L-G.S.M.) S td. Production Rates (Sec. K-G.S.M.) S h ip p in g W eights (Sec. N-G.S.M.) S ta n d a rd In Process Spec (Sec. C-G.S.M.) Q/C and Standards Mgr. V. P. Marketing General Sales Mgr. General Mkt. Mgr. Asst, to V. P. Mkt. Field Mdse. Mgr. 3 3 3 3 3 11 3 3 1 1 1111 1 111111 1 11 11 1 1 1 11 11 1 1 1 1111 1 Sales Engr. Mgr. Service Mgr. 1555?? l1111 ? 1 District Sales Mgr. Industrial Sales Mgr. Planning Mgr. 1 (7) 1 (7) 111 111 1 (7) 1 (7) 11 --I-- I 1 1 (7) 1 1 Purchasing Agent Traffic Manager V. P. of Mfg. and Engr. 11 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 Chief Engr. Industrial Engr. Mgr. Tech. Materials Lab. Divn. Controller Plant Q/C Engineer 1 1 1 1 11 1 111 *i (?) *i (5; 1 (6) 1 (6) *1 (?) 1 (6) 1 1 11 1 1 (6) 1 (6) (a) Plant Mgr. (b) Plant Gen. Foreman (c) Plant Finishing (d) Plant Sales Service *1 (5) *1 (5) (e) Plant Industrial Ehgr. *1 (?) (f) Plant Purch. Agent (?) 1 (6) 1 (6) *1 (?) TTW #-!''(?) *1 (?) 1 (6) K-l (?) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) (g) Plant Inspection 1 (6) l (6) (h) Plant Shipping (i) Plant Traffic (j) Flant Hanning G. Barge (Atlas Asbestos) *1 (?) 1 (6) *1 (?) 2 l (6) *1 (?) Number in parentheses denotes number of plants or sales districts. ^Excepting Plant ?Ii. G.S.M. = General Standards Manual. Note: All documents to plants will be sent to Q/C Engineers who will be responsible for their distribution, except those issued by Industrial Engineering. The plant Industrial Engineer will be responsible for the distribution of the documents issued by Industrial Engineering, either Central or Plant. FREFAREO BY: dWAPPROVED BY! CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NO rad MFO. SALES I.C. jk k -J tm TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015490 FORM PUT |H LZinU certainTM description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: General Standards Manual - Distribution List CERTAIN-TEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. h SPECIFICATION NO! Section B supersedes: May 7, 1969 PAGE NO.: 1 oate of issue: june 1970 Distribution List S ta n d a rd Product S p e cifica tio n S ta n d a rd Form ulations and Y ields S ta n d a rd P u rc h a s in g S p e cifica tio n Std. C ontrol Procedures (Sec. A-G.S.M.) D isLtri isbtu tio n (Sec. B -G .S .M .) D iv . Nomen. and D e fin itio n : (Sec. C-G .S.M .) Uen. Proa. Spec. Data (Sec. D-G.S.M.) E x te rn a l Prod. Spec. (Sec. E-G.S.M.) Std. Test Methods (Sec. F-G.S.M .) Q/C and Standards Mgr. V. P. Marketing General Sales Mgr. General Mkt. Mgr. Asst, to V. P. Mkt. Field Mdse. Mgr. 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 111 1 11 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 '1 1 1 111 Sales Engr. Mgr. Service Mgr. District Sales Mgr. Industrial Sales Mgr. Planning Mgr. Purchasing Agent Traffic Mgr. V. P. of Mfg. and Engr. Chief Engr. 1 r-rn 1 1 1 1 11 1 1- 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 11 5 5 1 1111 1" (7) 1 (7) 1 (7) 111 1l 1 1 10 . 11 1 1 11 Industrial Engr. Mgr. Tech. Materials Lab. 11 1 11 1 1 11 1 Divn. Controller Plant Q/C Engineer (a) Plant Mgr. (b) Plant Gen. Foreman (c) Plant Finishing (d) ELant Sales Service 11 11 1 (6) *1 (5: 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6j *1 (5J 1 (6) 1 (6) *1 *1 (5) TW 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 3 (6) 1 (6) 11 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 (6) 1 *1 (5) 1 (6) w (e) Plant industrial Engr, *1 (5 1 (6) (f) Plant Purch. Agent TTS7 (g) Plant Inspection 1 (6) 1 (6) l (4) l (6) 1 (6) (h) Plant Shipping (.i J Plant Traffic (j) Plant Planning G. Barge (Altas Asbestos) 2 l 1 1 1 11 1 Number in parentheses denotes number of plants or sales districts. ^Excepting Plant G.S.M. = General Standards Manual. Note: All documents to plants will be sent to Q/C Engineers who will be responsible for their distribution, except those issued by Industrial Engineering. The plant Industrial Engineer will be responsible for the distribution of the documents issued by Industrial Engineering, either Central or Plant. PREPAREO by: APPROVED BY: R ft D MFO. SALES I.E. w fir jjjM tUr mVTsC'Ji* CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT'tO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD015491 !o "; ...... _c_J ces7Ai:l.j description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION. General DLar/l Ihnrtl -Divisional Nomenclature nnri n.-.f-? r,-\ t.-i nr.* T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION No: | PAGE NO.: 1 supersedes: Section C i1 DATE OF ISSUE! December 9, 1968 Divisional Nomenclature and Definitions | 1 ; ! i .r-::: standard products The following categories of standard products have been devised to characterize the status of products for all elements of the division requiring a standard definition. While every effort should be made to place each manufactured item into one of the categories, a strict interpretation need not be folio-wed if it interferes with effective and rapidly changing manufacturing conditions. It is also recognized that certain items may be carried under a particular category at one plant and another category at a second plant. Standard Product Specifications may show Class X, Y, and Z items. Class X Item An item always in stock. It has a reorder point and a maximum for inventory purposes. Example: 6" Class 1E>0 pre-belled. Class Y Item An item intermediate to Class X and Class Z. If not in inventory it is not produced. When an order is received an overrun is permitted for servicing subsequent orders. Example: TBIC coupling blanks for U" Class 100. Class Z Item .An item not carried in inventory. These are made to order only. Example: 2lj" x 2U" x 2h" Sewer Tee. (Non-Standard Product Inquiry) A product for which there is no current issue of a Standard Product Specification for its manufacture. These items 3re not carried in inventory and are made to order only. CTD015492 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R AD MFG. '\SALES I.E. OTHERS A T~f t(^/CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NO{r/to BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL i f !i iT . ! C:m*!u . description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shec.fVcat.ons cla.o.f.cat.on: Gc;ner:il g t.,"] CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Divisional Momonalat-ire and Definitions T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: I PAGE NO.: ! I r.ccuion C !2 SUPERSLOES: | DATE OF ISSUE: j December 9, 1966 : ; i Divisional Nomenclature and Definitionc Division Categories of Manufactured Standard Product: Class X :tar.s Y Class Z Capable of being Manufactured Capability to Mfg. Unknown i'igh Repetitive Sale Discontinuous Sale Market Unknown FORM P27 C8TOUKTEED DESCRIPTION'- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS pcciricATioNa cLAa.ir.cAT.oN: Genera! standards Manual CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Divisional Nomenclature and Definitions T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 2 supersedes: Section C December 9, 1968 3 DATE OF ISSUE: APR 2 R 197? Divisional Nomenclature and Definitions Standard Density The average "bone diy" density of unmachined, B, C, and D positions of autoclaved stock, reported in pounds per cubic inch. Standard density determinations are accomplished through the water displacement method outlined in CPC Standard Test Method TM-5. Standard B.O.D. The average of three barrel outside diameter measurements based on the circum ference and taken on unmachined B, C, and D positions of autoclaved stock, reported in inches. Measurement positions are: A - Machined smallest outside diameter of pipe at drive end of wet machine. B - Six inches from drive end. C - Center of pipe. D - Six inches from end opposite drive end. E - Machined smallest outside diameter of pipe, opposite drive end. Manufacturing Tfeight (Autoclaved Rough Stock) Mfg. Wt., Lbs./Ft. = [(Cross Sectional Area in sq. in.) x (std. density in p.c.i.) x(l2 in./ft.) x (free moisture factory] x (crown factor) = jqpx (B.O.D.2 - I.D.2) x (density) x (12) x (l.07)| x (l.01lH * For extruded A/C pipe, the factor of (l.Ol) is omitted. PREPARED BY: CTD015494 * APPROVED BY: n AD rw. SM.U CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TTOO "UuFNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLAS S1 F1 CATION : ......................... Orner-il r', ;f<'i.*i'i'>r i y.- CERTAI^TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION ____________________Liyi: T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 SUPENSCOES: Section C ic.and Defini j PACE NO. . i >i DATE OF ISSUE: December 9, Divisional Nomenclature and Dofini o.ns Fir.lsr.~d or Shioning '-/eight (Autoclaved Product) Pine Finished ',vt., Lbs./Ft. = 7S^. wt. lbs./ft. - Vol. removed,-:;- in^ >; std. den., pci x 1.07 13 Ft. -*?ron 13 foot length of pipe. Coupling Finished V/t., Lbs./Unit = Std. den., pci x 1.07 (Blank vol., in.^ _ vol. removed, in^) Other A/C Items Finished V.'t., Lbs./Unit = Final vol., in^ x std. den., pci x 1.0? Vet Machine Tonnage Rate TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION ^VUClHtCATlONi. CUAMirtCATJON: Goner.-nl Oinrv,..rhr; Divisional Mow:r.c3 nturo and Dm"; o; ii T.C.O. RCF. NO. j SPECIFICATION NO: paol r:o . ___ 1 supcksedls: Section C Cs ! DATE Gh itSUC' lSCR iption : Divisional Nomenclature and Definitions d 3td. V.'et Xnchir.e Yield, % = Given as 107;A It is based on the res; materials . required and increased by approximately 12 per cent to account for inclusion of water. In general, water will react with cement in the ratio of 50 parts of cement to 20 parts of water. ! deported bet Mach. Yield, = Places ffe. x 11.25 ft./piece x std. nfg. wt.. lbs./ft. ,, law Materials used, lbs. ("As Received" Vit.) "/" ; Standard duality Yield Pipe (Std., IMG. F.H., etc.) i : Std. Quality Yield, % = Ft. useable mat1!. : Ft. useable mat'l. + Ft. rejected x ^ : Coupling (And Accessories After Conversion From Stock) : No. Pieces No. Pieces ; Std. Quality Yield, % = Entering System Rejected i No. Pieces Entering System x 100 ; Agreement "heights - Shipping weights, agreed to by transportation agencies I and CPC plants, arrived at by periodic weighing of arbitrary I units of finished A/C oroducts. Ii I Fschingd Diameters - Specified diameters, both inside and outside, are based on | direct diameter measurements and not on averages as calculated from circumferences. rmcicness Ovality Shall be the direct measurement between outside and inside surfaces and not based on inside and outside diameters as calculated from circumferences. Ovality is the degree a tubular product diameter varies in roundness from a true circle. Ovality is the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters expressed in inches. PREPARED BY: CTD015496 approved by: R 8c D MFC . ySALES I.E. ,1, " 1^ ^confidential document - not to be distributed to unauthorized personnel OTHERS Pts^Slf'T.O.S HN1CAL SPECIFICATIONS CCRiAIXlCt'D PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPl division iJi:CIKICATIONG C LAG G 11" (CAT I ON . Lr.,ner.il r..*j.tn, r.'jerrj.e ...unu..1il Divjoional Nomenclature and Lof initiom T C.O. Hl.F. NO. i'lCCIHCATlC/N NO: f PAGE iiUt-'CHiiU.DHS Section C i6 DAT E. OF I'jOUl, j .bo comber 9, IP )ivisionnl Nomenclature one definitions tc.h Stretch is the r.versre increase in the inside diameter cf a tubular product, for couplings and accessory sx.ee.it is the difference between the cured stock inside diameter and the steel mandrel outside diameter, for pipe, it is the difference between the autoclaved stock inside diarr.ete: and the steel mandrel outside diameter. In every case, it is expressed in inches. Relative Strength The relative reinforcing value of a fiber compared to the Standard C&G/3 rated at 100. The relative strength of a blend is calculated from the relative strength of the individual fibers as follows: Relative Strength = V/t. Fiben, Lbs. x R.3.1 + V/t. ?iber2, Lbs. x R.S.2 +.. V/t. Fiber^, Lbs. + V/t. Fibe^, Lbs. +.......... Effectiveness of Furnish - A reinforcing efficiency index of a furnish calculated as follows: Effectiveness of Furnish = % Fiber x R.5. (Blend) + 5* x % A/C Fines A value of 3> has been assigned as the relative strength of a/C fines. iiI i i I I a TECHNICAL CHANGE ORDER AKPLICAGLC TOI CsrlairiTasdE] A/C General Standards Manual CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group description: DATE OF ISSUE: AUG t L 1979 T.C.O. NO.? 2 General Product Specification Data Section D PAGE NO. 1 Purpose: Addition of handling label instructions applicable to all asbestos-cement pipe, 1/4 - length and above. Addition of permissable dimension allowances. Change Sales Instruction Bulletin codenumber. Changes in trademark paragraph to now include 15" and 21" as Fluid-Tite products. Correct 4" pipe size leakage allowance at 125 psi. Effective Date:. Date of issue. Labels to be supplied to all plants by approximately mid-July. Trial at Plant #258: The Ambler plant started to put labels on one in four pipe on 4/20/79 and presently, they are affixing labels to all A/C pipe, 1/4 length and above. Disposition of Superseded Pages: Destroy all pages in Section D of the General Standards Manual and add the attached pages. CTD015498 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIF'1 CATIONS CLASSIFICATION: wvl etaill EICvLs T.c.o. REF. NO. General Standards Manual SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group DESCRIPTION! 2 supersedes: ' June A, Section D 1968 1 DATE OF ISSUCl^ AUG 2 1 * General Product Specification Data SCOPS` This particular section of the General Standards Manual has been developed to contain those elements of Standard Product Speci fications that are common to more than one product line. COMPOSITION' Asbestos cement pipe, couplings and fittings shall be composed of an intimate mixture of Portland cement, asbestos fiber and silica and the mixture shall be free from organic additives with or with out the addition of curing agents. The material shall be formed under pressure and cured to meet the physical and chemical require ments of each Standard Product Specification. Certain fittings permit the use of a special adhesive for the purpose of permanently joining components. TRADEMARK FLUID-TITE is a registered trademark for all A/C pipe, couplings and fittings and for rubber rings. CERTA-SPACER band is also a registered trademark. TEST METHODS - Physical Hydrostatic Proof Test Hydrostatic strength tests are conducted in accordance with the latest issue of ASTM C-500. Products under test shall show no signs of leaking, weeping or cracking. ' FLEXURAL STRENGTH Flexural Strength tests are conducted in accordance with the latest issue of ASTM C-x>00. Pipe lengths under test shall support, without evidence of cracks or other stress induced defects, loads specified by Standard Product Specifications. The tost span shall be 12 feet for PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY. /*==zr 02-10-0023 (P92 7) l277(5~CONrtOt.NTAC DOC'JMENY NOT TO F.E DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015499 SPECIFICATION NO: Section D PACE NO.: 2 General Product Specification Data standard pipe lengths of 13 feet and 9 feet for standard lengths of 10 feet. Random pipe in lengths from 8 feet through 12 feet, 6 inches, shall be converted from 13 feet stock having previously passed the flexural requirements. i CRUSHING STRENGTH Crushing strength tests are conducted in accordance with the latest issue of ASTM C-500. Failure of the test specimen to withstand 75 per cent of the required load shall be cause for rejection of the lot the specimen represents. Where the specimen withstands over 75 per cent, but less than 100 per cent of the required load, one sample shall be cut from each of two additional pipes of the same size and class, representing the lot. Failure of one of these additional specimens to meet the required load shall be cause for rejection of the lot. ; CHEMICAL The uncombined calcium hydroxide present in A/C pipe, couplings and fittings shall be tested in accordance with the procedure outlined in the latest issue of ASTM C-500. The percentage found in CertainTeed products is sufficiently low to allow them to meet the most rigid requirement of any external specification. GEUERAIT REQUIREMENTS Pipe Lengths Standard lengths are 13 feet. Random lengths are 7 feet to 12 feet 6 inches in increments of 6 inches. Short lengths for use in making connections to valves, fittings and structures and for making closures are fractional lengths of a standard 13 foot length and are identified as any one of the following: " Machined End Only Fully Machined 1/8 Mi.C0 (19-5") 1/h MBO (39") 1/2 MHO (70") 1/h FM (39") 1/2 FM (78") CTD015500 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedU SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: General Standards Manual T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group description: 2 supersedes: Section D June 4, 1968 DATE OF ISSUE: 3 AUG 2 1 IS?? General Product Specification Data LUBRICANT Lubricant for use in all plant prebelling operations and special hydrostatic test situations shall conform to the requirements of A/C Standard Purchasing Specification 505. Lubricant for use in field assembly work shall conform to the requirements of A/C Standard Purchasing Specification 50L. Sufficient field lubricant shall be supplied for joining pipe ends to couplings or fittings in accordance with the lubricant table shown in individual Standard Product Specifications. CERTA-SPACER band APPLICATION Where CERTA-SPACER bands are applied, they shall be flat and located adjacent to the first machined shoulder all around. MARKING Stamping and stenciling inks shall conform to the requirements of A/C Standard Purchasing Specification No. 502. Unless other wise directed, all numerals and letters used in marking the pro ducts shall be at least 5/8 inch high. Refer to the Industrial Engineering Master list of stamp sketches for detailed stamp design information. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Sales Instruction Bulletin Code No. 40-21-03H on the installation of FLUID-TITE Asbestos Cement Pipe and Couplings shall be attached to the packing lists and pipe delivery report on each shipment of the order. The Sales Bulletin shall not be supplied where couplings are not part of the product line. FINISH Each FLUID-TITS asbestos cement pressure pipe shall be free of dents or tears on the inside surface that result in a variation in diameter of more than 0.18? inch from the diameter of the adjacent unaffected "irtions of the surface. Each pipe shall be properly machined on each end so as to facilitate joining the pipe PREPARED BY: approved er: R &0 MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE OlSTRIBUTEO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015501 SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO..* Section D________ 4 General Product Specification Data sections without damaging or displacing the gasket. The machined ends of the pipe shall be free from damage, flaking or chips that extend back more than 1/2 inch or extend around the perimeter more than 1/2 inch at one location. The subject pipe shall be acceptable in appearance; the outside surfaces shall be free of loose skin laminations, but may be made acceptable by reworking, rasping or sanding. Each coupling shall show complete machining and be free of de laminations on the inside surfaces and no delaminations shall be visible at the ends. The machining shall be smooth and free of chips and accumulation of machining dust. Circumferential and axial gouges or grooves on the machined area, except in the ring grooves, shall not have a depth greater than 1/32 inch and width greater than 1/16 inch. The ring grooves shall be smooth and free of imperfections and/or foreign materials that impair assembly, use or serviceability. Refer to individual inspection standards for finishing details. STRAIGHTNESS No piDe shall have a variance from straightness, measured as an outside middle ordinate of more than 0.623' inch for 13 feet lengths or more than a proportionate amount for shorter lengths. Handling Label: Pictured below is a reproduction of the handling label which shall be put on all A/C pipe, 1/4 - length and above. The labels shall be pressure-sensitive and .water-resistant, therefore, it is recom mended that they be attached on the finishing line at a location between the flex tester and the hydro-tester. They are to be placed on one end only (could be either end since pipe is alternately belled). Those lengths (1/4 - lengths or above) which are used in the fabrication of fittings (i.e. wyes or tees) shall not have labels on them since no field cutting is necessary. CAUTION: Aiwtr, use recommended wpiX practices. Do not u:c abrasive disc sawj. When ct'tUng, machining and tapping, refer to Recommended Work Practice Guide furnished by menufacturer to your employer. j CUID ADO: Cbserv.ir slempre las practi cal rccorncndadas No us.v cicrras c<*C'llarcv ahrasivas AJ hjee.- (os trat.'ios cfo ccrt.ido y (.i Iadr a Jo consular cl manual dc piaclic.it icconend.id.'N (Recommend ed Work Precl.ce Cu.dsj pr.-p.voda pgr cl Idbricjnle y ditpontiilr en el t.ilier. CTD015502 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: T.C.O. REF. NO. __ General__Standard Manual SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group description: 2 supersedes: Section D June 4, 1968 OATC OF ISSUE: 5 AUG 2 1 1979 General Product Specification Data PERMISSABLE VARIATIONS IN DIMENSIONS OUT-OF-ROUND The inside diameter total out-of-round tolerance at the ends of each length of pipe of a distance equal to one-half of the coupling length shall be as shown in the table below for sewer pipe. Out-of-Round Tolerances Size, Inches 4 to 10, incl. 12 to 20, incl. 21 and 24 Allowable Variation, Inches 1/8 3/161/4 AVERAGE INSIDE DIAMETERS The average diameter may be less than the nominal by not more than those listed in the table below. Pipe Pressure Sewer Size, Inches 4 to 24 4 to 6 8 to 24 Allowable Variation, Inches 5% of nominal I.D. 1/4" 1/4" or 1% X of nominal I.D. whichever is greater Note: All measurements taken 3" in from end. LEAKAGE ALLOWANCE (Non-Pressure Pipe) ' For pipe products relying on a combined "coupling-rubber gasket" seal for naintaining fluid flow within the pipeline, the standard leakage allowance shall be a maximum of 10 g.illons/inch diameter/ mile/day when the pipe is running full under no pressure. PREPARED BT: APPROVED BY: /S' 02-10-0023 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015503 SPECIFICATION NO: Section D PACE NO. : 6 General Product Specification Data LEAKAGE ALLOWANCE (Pressure Pipe) For pipe products relying on a combined "coupling-rubber gasket" seal for maintaining fluid flow within the pipeline, the standard leakage allowance shall conform to the following quantities when tested in accordance with AWWA C-603 of latest issue. LEAKAGE ALLOWANCE i GALLONS OF WATER FER ]C0 COUPLINGS PER HOUR TEST PRESSURE AT LOWEST POINT IN LJ:ue , psi Pipe Size, In. 50 75 100 125 150 200 225 3 0.5h 0.65 0.76 0.85 0.92 1.06 1.13 h 0.71 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.23 1.U2 1.51 5 0.89 1.08 1-25 1.3h -- 6 1.06 1.29 1.51 1.68 1.8U 2.12 2.25 8 l.li2 1.72 2.00 2.2k 2.1*5 2.8U 3.00 10 1.77 2.15 2.50 2.79 3-07 3-51 3.75 12 2.12 2.58 3.00 3.35 3.68 I4.2I* h-52 111 2.he 3.01 3.50 3.91 Lr.28 I1.96 5.26 15 2.66 3.23 3.75 lr.19 Lj.59 5.32 5-63 16 2.83 3.hh lr.01 k.k7 Lr.89 5.68 6.00 18 3.18 3.07 Lr.52 5.0 2 5.52 6.37 6.75 20 3.514 Jr. 30 5.00 5.58 6.12 7.08 7.51 21 3.7? Li. 52 5.25 5.86 6.Li3 7.hO 7.89 2h ir. 2)1 5.16 6.00 6.69 7.3li 8.50 9.01 Note: 1. The data are based on 150 ps.i. and represent a leakage of approximately 30 gallons per day per' mile of pipe per inch of pipe diameter for pipe in 13 icet lengths. 2. leakage allowances for pipe size:; 3, 5> 15 and 21 inch are interpolations from the AWWA C-603 requirements. CTD015504 CertainTeecO Date February 20, 1978 0,'bject ASTM & AWWA STANDARDS FOR A/C PIPE To (See Below) Location and mail code From Location and mail code mfeR^JCorobi j/rc VF P&PG #8 ____________ , L. C. Ambler - VF P&PG #2B J. Baker - VF P&PG #2B F. T. Duffy - VF P&PG #2B J. P. McGinley - VF P&PG #2B N. Sutterer - VF P&PG #2B Attached, please find copies of the following most recent ASTM and AWWA Standards for A/C Pipe: ASTM C 296-76 Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe ASTM C 428-77a Asbestos-Cement Nonpressure Sewer Pipe ASTM C 500-7^ 7? Standard Methods of Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe ASTM C 644-77 Asbestos-Cement Nonpressure Small Diameter Sewer Pipe. ASTM C 663-76 Asbestos-Cement Storm Drain Pipe ASTM C 668-76 Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe ASTM D 1869-66 Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe AWWA C Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. through 16 in., for Water and other Liquids AWWA C 401-77 The Selection of Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids AWWA C 402-77 `40 3-7? AWWA C 603-65"7 <g Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 in. through 42 in Water and Other Liquids Installation of Asbestos-Cement Water Pipe for Even though you may have some or all of these specifications in your possession, they may not be the most recent; for this reason, I am sending them to you. Also, in the loose form, you will find the Specs, easy to carry around in your brief case, always ready as a reference or as an available copy to give to a customer. As Always, additional copies are available upon request. RECEIVED .' : 2. i373 01-25-0005 CTD015505 I I I tolsv Designation: C 296 - 81 Standard Specification for ASBESTOS-CEMENT PRESSURE PIPE*1 Thu Standard is issued under ihc fued designation C 246. the number immcdutch following the designation indicates the \car ol original adoption or. in the case of rev ision. the sear of last revision. \ number in parentheses indicates the >ear of last reapproval. This specification has been approved for use by agencies of the Department of Defense and for listing in the DoD Index of Specifications and Standards. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers asbesloscement pressure pipe for use in supply lines and distribution systems that carry water under pressure. The specification also covers asbe stos-cement pressure pipe for use in sewer force mains which carry sewage under pres sure. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 A STM Standards: C 500 Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe2 D 1869 Specification for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe' 3. Classification 3.1 Asbestos-cement pipe furnished under this specification shall be manufactured in the pressure class designations of Classes 100. 150. and 200. The pressure class designations shall mean that the pipe is intended for water service at operating pressures corresponding to the class designation under the conditions of in stallation and operation encountered in many water distribution systems. Note I--The purchaser should determine lor him self the proper class of pipe lo be used under the installation and operating conditions that will exist on the project on which ihc pipe is lo be used. For this purpose, reference can be made lo AWWA H2. Standard Practice lor Ihc Selection of AsbestosCement Water Pipe 3.2 The types of pipe shall be known as Type I and Type II corresponding to the chemical requirements in Section 10 of this specification. Note 2--To assist, the purchaser in choosing the type of pipe most suitable for his use, guidelines for the definition of aggressiveness of water and of soil environments for selection of the proper type of asbesios-ccmcnt pipe are covered in Section 19 to 25 of Methods C 500. 4. Definitions 4.1 pipe--asbestos-cement pressure pipe as defined in Sections 1, 3. and 5. 4.2 coupling--a section for joining asbes tos-cement pipe that, when properly installed with the proper accessories, develops a joint equivalent in strength and serviceability to the pipe sections. 4.3 lot--a lot as used herein for pipe 21 in. in diameter and smaller is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine during a 24-h period. A lot as used herein for pipe larger than 21 in. in diameter is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine dur ing a period of consecutive working days not exceeding 7 days. 5. Manufacture 5.1Asbestos-cement pressure pipe shall be composed of an intimate mixture of portland cement or portland blast-furnace slag 1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Kiber-Ccmeni Product--. ' Current edition approved Oct. 30, 1481. Published De cember 1481 Originally published as C 246- 52. Last pre vious edition C 246 - 78 1 Arittudl Book, of ASTM Standards. Pari 16. 1 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Paris 16 and 38 177 CTD015506 C 296 cement and asbestos fiber with or without silica: or it shall be composed of portlandpozzolan cement and asbestos fiber. The mix ture shall be free of organic additives. The ma terial shall be of laminar construction formed under pressure to a homogeneous structure and cured to meet the physical and chemical requirements of this specification. 6. Rubber Rings 6.1 The rubber rings used to seal the joints of the asbestos-cement pipe shall conform to the requirements of the latest revision of Speci fication D 1869. cut from an unmachined portion of the pipe shall have sufficient strength to resist the mini mum crushing load prescribed in Table 3, when tested in accordance with Section 11.1.1 of Methods C 500. 10. Chemical Requirements 10.1 When uncombined calcium hydroxide tests arc requested, one sample shall be taken from each lot of pipe and tested in accordance with Sections 14 through 18 of Methods C 500 Sample to be tested may be taken from one of the specimens selected for the crushing test. The amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 1.0 5, for Type 11 pipe. 7. Hydrostatic Strength 7.1 Each standard, random or short length of pipe (Section 12) and each coupling sleeve, when manufactured from the same material as the pipe, shall be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment and shall have sufficient strength to withstand the internal hydrostatic pressure prescribed in Table I, when tested in accordance with Section 5 of Methods C 500. 7.2 From each lot which has passed the routine hydrostatic proof test, one length shall be selected by the inspector. Each selected length shall be hydrostatically tested in accord ance with Section 5 of Method C 500 to a pressure of four times the rated working pres sure for the class of pipe, maintaining such pressure for not less than 5 s. The pipe shall not fail under this pressure. Each pipe so tested shall be retested in accordance with 7.1 of this specification. 8. Flexural Strength 8.1 Each length of pipe in sizes 4, 6. and 8 in. (102. 152, and 203 mm) shall have suffi cient flexural strength to withstand, without failure, the total load prescribed in Table 2. when tested in accordance with Section 8 of Methods C 500.9 9. Crushing Strength 9.1 When specifically requested by the pur chaser in his order, crushing tests shall be conducted before shipment at the purchaser's expense. A one-fool length of pipe for each lot Notf 3--There are no chemical requirements for Type I pipe. 11. Sampling 11.1 All pipe and couplings tested under this specification shall be in a normal air-dried condition. 12. Sizes and Dimensions 12.1 Couplings and coupling areas of pipe shall be machined or otherwise finished to such dimensions as will provide tight joints when assembled with proper accessories and put into service for which the pipe is intended. 12.2 Pipe shall be manufactured with nomi nal inside diameters of 4. 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16. 18, 20, 24. 30. and 36 in. (102. 152, 203. 254. 304. 356. 406. 457, 508. 610, 762, and 914 mm) in Classes 100. 150. and 200 as defined in Section 3. The average diameters of standard and random lengths may be less than the nominal by not more than 5.0 percent, when measured approximately 3 in. (76.2 mm) from the end. 12.3 The standard length shall be 13 ft 1 in. (3960 25 mm). Alternative lengths shall be 10 ft I in. (3050 25 mm) for 4 and 6-in (102 and 203-mm) pipe and 16 ft I in. (4880 25 mm) for 14-in. (356-mm) and larger pipe At least 85 percent of the total footage of pipe of any one class, type, and size, excluding shuri lengths, shall he furnished in standard length' The remaining 15 percent may he in random lengths of not less than 7 It. (2.13 m). Short lengths, when specifically ordered, shall not exceed 6 ft. 9 in. (2.06 m). 178 CTD015507 C 296 13. Workmanship and Finish 13.1 Machined ends of the pipe that receive coupling shall be free of dents and gouges ...at will affect the tightness of the joint. 13.2 Each pipe shall be free of bulges, dents, and tears in the inside surface that result in a variation in diameter of more than Ms in. (4.8 mm) from that obtained on adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. 13.3 Each length of pipe shall not vary in straightness by more than 0.05 in./ft (0.004 mm/m) of length when the variation is mea sured in accordance with Section 13 of Meth ods C 500. 14. Marking and Shipping 14.1 Each standard and random length of pipe shall be marked by the manufacturer with the trade name, nominal size. class, hydro static proof pressure, and date of manufacture. Each coupling sleeve, if made of. the same material as the pipe, shall be marked by the manufacturer with the nominal si/e. class, and the letter "T" to indicate that it has been hydrostatically tested. 14.2 Pipe and couplings shall be prepared for commercial shipment so as to ensure acceptance by common or other carriers. 15. Inspection and Rejection 1VI All material furnished under this specian shall conform to the requirements stated herein and shall be subjected to the factory inspection and tests prescribed in this specification. When requested by the purchaser in his order, the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser of the time that the inspection and testing will take place so that the purchaser may arrange for witnessing such tests and inspections at his own expense. Instead of such inspection, when requested, the manufacturer shall be prepared to certify that his product conforms to the requirements of this specifica tion. : 15.2 Each pipe and coupling shall be in spected by the manufacturer, before shipment, for compliance with the standards for dimen sions, tolerances, and workmanship and finish (see also Section 11). 15.3 Failure of any specimen tested for crushing strength to withstand 75 percent of the load specified in Section 8 shall be cause for rejection of the lot from which the test specimen was taken. When any specimen tested for crushing strength withstands over 75 percent but under 100 percent of the load specified in Section 9, one specimen shall be cut from each of two additional pipes of the same lot. Failure of either of these additional specimens to meet the strength requirements of Section 9 shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot from which the original sample was taken. 15.4 If any pipe subjected to the hydrostatic test described in Section 5 of Methods C 500 fails to withstand the higher pressure specified in 7.2, two additional lengths of the same size and class shall be selected from the pipe manufactured during the same shift and shall be subjected to the higher hydrostatic test. The failure of one of these additional lengths to withstand the specified pressure shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that si/e and class manufactured during the same shift as the test lengths. 15.5 If the results of the uncombined cal cium hydroxide test show that the sample failed to meet the specification requirements, two additional specimens shall be selected and sampled for test. The failure of one of these two additional samples to meet the specifica tion requirements of Section 8 shall be cause for rejection of the lot. SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS The following supplementary requirements shall apply when material is supplied under this specification for U.S. Government procurement. 81. Packaging SI. I Unless otherwise specified in the eon- duct, the material shall he packaged in tie- cordanee with the producer's standard practice which will he acceptable to the carrier at lowest rates. Containers and packing shall 179 CTD015508 C 296 comply with Uniform Freight Classification Rules' or National Motor Freight Classifica tion Rules.' Marking for shipment of such ma terial shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 123 for civil agencies and M1L-STD-129 for military agencies. S2. Responsibility for inspection S2.1 Unless otherwise specified in the con tract or purchase order, the producer is responsible for the testing of all material to assure compliance with the requirements specified herein. Except as otherwise speci fied in the contract or order, the producer may use his own or any other suitable facilities for Che performance of the inspection and test requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the inspections and tests set forth in this specifica tion where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure that material conforms to prescribed requirements. 1 Available from Ihe Uniform Classification Commission. Room 1106. 222 S Riverside Plaza. Chicago. III. 60606 ` Available from National Motor Freight Inc.. 1616 P St. N W.. Washington. D C. 20036. TABLE I Applied Hydrostatic Proof Pressures Class Applied Pressure. psi (MPa) 100 350(2.4) 150 525(3.6) 200 700 (4 8) TABLE 2 Applied Flexural Proof Loads Nominal Total Applied Load, Ibf (kN) size. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- in. (mm) Class 100 Class 150 Class 200 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 1200(5.3) 1470 (6.6) 2800(12.5) 3700(16.5) 5330(25.9) 7600(33.8) I X70 (8.4) 4 900(21.8) 10 130(45.1) TABLE 3 Minimum Crushing Loads Nominal Size, in. (mm) Crushing Strength per Lineal Foot. Ibf (kN/m) Class 100 Class 150 Class 200 4 (102) 6 (152) 8 (203) 10 (254) 4 100 (59.8) 4 000 (58.41 4 000 (58.4) 4 400 (64.2) 5 400 (78.8) 5 400 (78.8) 5 500 (80.2) 7 000 U02.I) 8 700 (126.9| 9 000 (131.3) 9 300 (135.8) II 000 (160.5) 12 (304) 14 (356) 16 (406) 18 (457) 5 200 (75.8) 5 200 (75.8) 5 800 (84.6) 6 500 (94.8) 7 600 (110.8) 8 600 (125.5) 9 200 (1312) 10 100 (147,4) 1 800 (172.3) 13 500 (197.1) 15 400 (224 Xi 17 400 (254 0i 20 (508) 24 (610) 30 (762) 36 (914) 7 100 (103.6) 8 100 (118.2) 9 700 (141.5) 11 200 (163.4) 10 900 (159 0) 12 700 (185.3) 15 900 (231.9) 19 600 (285.9) 19 400 (283 2) 22 600 (329.9i 28 400 (414.6) 33 800 (493.5) APPENDIX At. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ALI ll is suggested to the purchaser, without being made a part of this specification, that the purchaser may request inclusion of the following information in his order or agreement for purchase of the pipe: AI.I.I Any tests, in addition to those prescribed by this specification, as the special circumstances may require, Al.1.2 The place or places where any additional tests are to be made. ALU Description of the additional testing facili ties, A 1.1.4 Who shall bear the expense of such addi tional tests. ALLS Whether such additional tests may be made by any sound sampling process or other method approved b> the parlies, and Al.t.6 Such other matters as the parlies may find desirable to include in their written agreement. The American Society for Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the vafidtlv of anv patent rights asserted connection with any item mentioned in (his standard Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of suih rights, is entirely their own responsibility This standard is subject to revision at an\ tone b\ the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed even b'f years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard ' for additional standards and should be addressed to 4STM ffcadiftiarters. your tommenis will receive careful eonuderau' " at a meeting of the responsible tribun al committee, which iou nwi attend If w>n feel that sour comments have not rctea*d a fair hearing wm should make sour riovi known to the ASTM Committee on Standards. /9/A Race St. Philadelphia. I 1 * 8 /9/0 f. which will si hedule a father hearing regarding sour comments I ailing siittsfai turn there, sou may appial >< ' ASTM board oj lhrc<lors 180 CTD015509 ANSI/ASTM C 428 - 77a AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Race SL, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Copyright ASTM. If not listed in the current combined Index, will appear in the next edition. Standard Specification for ASBESTOS-CEMENT NONPRESSURE SEWER PIPE1 This Standard is issued under the Fixed designation C 42H. the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or. in ihe case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last rcapproval. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers asbestos-ce ment nonpressure sewer pipe for conveying sanitary sewage in gravity-flow systems. Note I--Rubber rings suitable for use with this pipe are covered in ASTM Specification D 1869, for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe.1 2. Classification 2.1 Asbestos-cement pipe furnished under this specification shall be designated as Classes 1500, 2400. 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000, and 7000 based on the respective crushing strengths, and shall be furnished in the fol lowing sizes: Class 1500 ` 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 Nominal Size. Diameter, in. 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 8,10,12,14,15, 16,18,20,21,24 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 27, 30 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42 36 , 39, 42 36, 39, 42 Note 2--Sizes 4, 5, and 6 in. diameters in classes 1500, 2400, and 3300 are covered by ASTM Specification C 644, Asbestos-Cement Nonpressure Small-Diameter Sewer Pipe.1 2.2 The types of pipe shall be known as Type I and Type II corresponding to the chemical requirements in Section 9 of this specification. Note 3--To assist the purchaser in choosing the type ol pipe most suitable for his use, guidelines for the definition of aggressiveness of water and of soil environments for selection of the proper type of asbestos-cement pipe are covered in Sections 19 to 25 of ASTM Methods C 500, Testing As bestos-Cement Pipe.' 3. Definitions 3.1 pipe--asbestos cement nonpressure sewer pipe as defined in Sections I, 2, and 4. 3.2 coupling--a section for joining as bestos-cement pipe that, when properly in stalled with the proper accessories, develops a joint equivalent in strength and serviceability to the pipe sections. 3.3 fillings--fittings such as wyes, tees, adaptors, etc., for use in laying asbestos-ce ment nonpressure sewer pipe as described in Section 4, made to such dimensions as will provide equivalent strength and tight joints when assembled with the pipe. 3.4 purchaser--the actual purchaser of the pipe or his authorized agents acting within the scope of the duties entrusted to them. 3.5 Lot. 3.5.1 A lot as used herein for pipe 21 in. (533 mm) in diameter and smaller is de fined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine during a 24-h period. 3.5.2 A lot as used herein for pipe larger than 21 in. (533 mm) in diameter is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine* * 'This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved Sept. 30, 1977. Published October 1977. Originally published as C 428 - 59 T. Last previous edition C 428 - 77. * Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 16 CTD015510 C 428 during a period of consecutive working days not exceeding 7 days. 4. Manufacture 4.1 Asbestos-cement sewer pipe shall be composed of an intimate mixture of portland cement or portland-blast furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber with or without silica: or portland-pozzolan cement and asbestos fiber; and the mixture shall be free of organic addi tives. The material shall be of laminar con struction formed under pressure to a homoge neous structure and cured to meet the physical and chemical requirements of this specifica tion. 5. Joint Tightness 5.1 The tests outlined in this section are considered to be one-time qualification tests to establish the adequacy of the manufac turer's joint design. Instead of requiring per formance of these tests, the purchaser may require the manufacturer to certify that pipes and couplings equivalent in material and de sign have passed the tests enumerated in this section. At his own expense, however, the purchaser, by designation with his order, may require that assembled pipes and couplings pass the following performance tests without leakage: 5.1.1 Straight Alignment--A hydrostatic pressure test shall be made on an assembly of two sections of pipe, properly connected with a coupling in accordance with the joint design. An equivalent alternative may be a single pipe with a coupling on each end. The assembly shall be subjected to an internal hydrostatic pressure 10 psi (69 kPa) for 10 min. Any visible water leakage shall be considered a failure of the test requirements. 5.1.2 Maximum Deflected Position--Upon completion of the test for pipes in straight alignment in accordance with 5.1.1, deflect the test sections 5 deg for 12 in. (305 mm) and smaller diameters and 3 deg for 14 in. (356 mm) and larger diameters (with one half of the deflection being between each pipe and the coupling) and subject it to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi (69 kPa) for 10 min. Any visible water leakage shall be considered a failure of the test requirement. 5.2 Test one sample of at least one size unless some other arrangement is made with the purchaser by designation with his order. At the option of the purchaser, the sample of the pipes and couplings to be tested may be selected by him. 6. Flexural Strength 6.1 Each standard length of pipe in size 8 in. (203 mm) shall have sufficient flexural strength to withstand, without failure, the total load prescribed in Table I, when tested in accordance with Section 8 of ASTM Methods C 500. 7. Crushing Strength 7.1 Crushing tests shall be conducted be fore shipment. A I-ft (0.305-m) length of pipe cut from an unmachined portion of the pipe shall have the minimum crushing strength pre scribed in Table 2, when tested in accordance with Section It. 1.1 of Methods C 500. 8. Couplings 8.1 The couplings, when assembled on pipe, shall be capable of withstanding simultane ously: 8.1.1 The minimum crushing strength in pounds-force per linear fool prescribed in Table 2, when tested in accordance with 11.1.1 of Methods C 500 and 8.1.2 The hydrostatic pressure test de scribed in 5.1.1 of this specification. 9. Chemical Requirements 9.1 When tested in accordance with Sec tions 17 and 18 of Methods C 500, the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 1.0 percent for Type II pipe. Note 4--There are no chemical requirements for Type 1 pipe. 10. Sampling 10.1 Test all material under this specifica tion in a normal air-dried condition. 10.2 Each standard length of pipe in size 8 in. (203.2 mm) shall be tested in flexure by the manufacturer prior to shipment in accord ance with Section 8 of Methods C 500. 10.3 For crushing tests, select one full length of pipe from each lot of each size, class, and type of pipe covered by the order. Cut one test specimen 12 in. (304.8 mm) long from the unmachined portion of the selected 2 CTD015511 C 428 length of pipe. 10.4 When uncombined calcium hydroxide rests are requested (Section 9), take one nple from each lot of pipe. The sample to oe tested may be taken from any one of the specimens selected for the crushing test. 11. Sizes and Dimensions 11.1 Couplings and coupling areas of pipe shall be machined or otherwise finished to such dimensions as will provide tight joints when assembled with proper accessories and put into service for which the pipe is intended. 11.2 The average diameter may be less than the nominal by not more than ' in. (6.4 mm) or I '/i percent, whichever is the greater. 11.3 The standard length of 8-in. (203mm) diameter pipe may be 10 or 13 ft I in. (3.04 or 3.96 m 25.4 mm). The standard length of 10, 12, 14, 16. 18. 20, 24. 27. 30, 33, 36. 39, and 42-in. diameter pipe shall be 13 ft 1 in. (3.96 m 25.4 mm). At least 85 per cent of the total footage of any one class, type, and size, excluding short lengths, shall be furnished in standard lengths. The re maining 15 percent may be in random lengths of not less than 7 ft (2.13 m). Short lengths specifically ordered for use in making rigid connection to manholes or other structures shall not exceed 6 ft 9 in. (2.06 m). 12. Workmanship and Finish 2.1 Machined ends of the pipe that receive uie coupling shall be free of dents and gouges that will affect the tightness of the joint. 12.2 Each pipe shall be free of bulges, dents, and tears in the inside surface that re sult in a variation of more than ^6 in. (4.8 mm) from that obtained on adjacent unaf fected portions of the surface. 12.3 Each length of pipe shall not vary in straightness by more than 0.05 in./ft (4.17 mm/m) of length when the variation is meas ured in accordance with Section 13 of Methods C 500. 13. Marking and Shipping 13.1 Each standard and random length of pipe shall be marked by the manufacturer with the trade name, nominal size, class, and the date of manufacture. Each coupling sleeve shall be marked by the manufacturer with the nominal size and class for the pipe with which it shall be used. 13.2 Pipe and couplings shall be prepared for commercial shipment so as to ensure ac ceptance by common or other carriers. 14. Inspection and Rejection 14.1 All material furnished under this spec ification shall conform to the requirements stated herein and shall be subjected to the fac tory inspection and tests prescribed in this specification. When requested by the pur chaser on his order, the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser of the time that the inspection and testing will take place so that the purchaser may arrange for witnessing such tests and inspections at his own expense. In lieu of such inspection, when requested, the manufacturer shall be prepared to certify that his product conforms to the requirements of this specification. 14.2 Each pipe and coupling shall be in spected by the manufacturer, before shipment, for compliance with the standards for dimen sions, tolerances, and workmanship and finish (see Section 10). 14.3 Failure of any specimen tested for crushing strength to withstand 75 percent of the load specified in Section 7 shall be cause for rejection of the lot from which the test specimen was taken. When any specimen tested for crushing strength withstands over 75 percent but under 100 percent of the load specified in Section 7, one specimen shall be cut from each of two additional pipes of the same lot. Failure of either of these additional specimens to meet the strength requirements of Section 7 shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot from which the original sample was taken. 14.4 If the results of the uncombined cal cium hydroxide test show the sample failed to meet the specification requirements, two addi tional specimens shall be selected and sam pled for test. The failure of one of these two additional samples to meet the specification requirements of Section 9 shall be cause for rejection of the lot. 15. Field Performance and Acceptance 15.1 All field assembled joints for asbestoscement nonpressure sewer pipe shall meet the requirements set forth in 15.5 for infiltration/exfiltration. 3 CTD015512 C 428 15.2 Base measurements on a segment of sewer line between two consecutive manholes or other similar increment of distance, rather than taken from a single joint. 15.3 Before the sewer line is backfilled and tested, inspect the pipe line for proper bedding to assure uniform support of the pipe, and the absence of high points and irregularities which induce beam and shear loadings on the pipe. 15.4 Perform final acceptance testing on the sewer line after the final backfilling has been completed. 15.5 The infiltration/exfillration of the in stalled pipe shall not exceed 0.079 gal/in. of internal pipe diameter per 100 ft of pipelines per hour (0.1177 litre/cm of internal pipe diameter per 30.5 m of pipelines per hour), where the maximum hydrostatic head at the center line of the pipe does not exceed 25 r' (7.63 m) (corresponds to 100 gal/in. of p diameter per mile per 24 h (149 litres/cm of pipe diameter per rpile per 24 h.)) Note 5--Where infiltration/exfiltration tests are specified and the acceptance of a sewer line is dependent upon a satisfactory test, it should be recognized that leakage mas occur ji several loca tions beside ihe pipe joints Manhole bases, walls, and connections to sewer lines must be light Fittings, including capped or plugged tees jnd wyes must be properly braced to prevent movement from thrust action, and. where used for vertical risers or sewer chimnevs. proper support must be provided benejlh the piping to withstand the greater trans mitted earth ancf surface loads. Nominal Size,in. 8 8 Pipe Length, ft 10 13 TABLE 1 Applied Flexural Proof Loads Test Span, ft Total Applied Load. Ibf(kN) Class 1500 Class 2400 Class 3300 9 2700 (12 0) 3000 (13.3) 3900 (17 3) 12 2025 (9 0) 2250 (10 0) 2925 (13.0) TABLE 2 Minimum Crushing Load Pipe Class Crushing Strength. Ibf/fi (kN/m) 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 1500 (21 8) 2400 (35.0) 3300 (48.0) 4000 (58.2) 5000 (72.8) 6000 (87.4) 7000 (102.0) APPENDIX XI. SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS XL 1 It is suggested to the purchaser, without being made a part of this specification, that the pur chaser may request inclusion of the following in formation in his order or agreement for purchase of the pipe: XI.1.1 Any tests, in addition to (hose prescribed by this specification, as the special circumstances may require, XL 1.2 The place or places where any additional tests are to be made. XL 1.3 Description of the additional testing facil ities. XI. 1.4 Who shall bear the expense of such addi tional tests. XL 1.5 Whether such additional tests may be made by any sound sampling process or other method approved by the parties, and XI 1.6 Such other matters as the parties may find desirable to include in their written agreement. The American Society for Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mem: \ned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own responsibility. 4 CTD015513 Designation: C 460 - 72 American National Standard A 130.1 American National Standards Institute AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS tm IUc St.. Philadelphia, Pa.. 1*103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Copyright ASTM Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to ASBESTOS-CEMENT AND RELATED PRODUCTS1 This Standard is issued under the fixed designation C 460; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or. in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapprovat. accessories--subordinate material such as fasteners, backer strips, closure strips, ridge and corner rolls, roofing starters and fin ishing pieces, couplings, gaskets, pipe fit tings or other supplementary material neces sary for the proper application of primary asbestos-cement products. American Method--a method of application for roofing shingles, generally rectangular in shape, to provide double coverage with head lap and no side lap. asbestos--a group of fibrous minerals which occur as small veins in the massive body of natural hydrous silicates of serpentine or amphibole and have heat-, fire-, and sol vent-resistant properties, asphalt felt, breather type--an underiayment sheet material saturated with asphalt for use with asbestos-cement products, which ilows the transmission of water vapor, oacker strips--water-repellent strips of as phalt-coated felt applied behind each joint where the vertical edges of two shingles meet. batten--a long narrow strip of asbestos-ce ment, either flat or corrugated, used to conceal the joints in butt joint application of fiat or corrugated sheets. bloom--see efflorescence, caulking--a material ranging in physical char acteristics from plastic to solid to pre formed used to seal and waterproof joints and overlaps in structures, other assemblies or portions thereof where movement may occur. cement, portland--a hydraulic cement pro duced by pulverizing clinker consisting es sentially of hydraulic calcium silicates, and usually containing one or more of the forms of calcium sulfate as an interground addi tion. cement, portland blast-furnace slag--essen tially an intimately interground mixture of portland-cement clinker and granulated blast-furnace slag or an intimate and uni form blend of portland cement and fine granulated blast-furnace slag in which the amount of the slag constituent is within specified limits. cement, portland-pozzolan--an intimate and uniform blend of portland cement or portland blast-furnace slag cement and fine pozzolan produced by intergrinding portland cement clinker and pozzolan, by blending portland cement or portland blast furnace slag cement and finely divided poz zolan, or a combination of intergrinding and blending, in which the amount of the pozzolan constituent is within specified limits. chemical resistance--in asbestos-cement prod ucts, the ability of the product to resist chemical attack, solution, decomposition, or other chemical changes when in contact with liquid, gaseous, or solid media nor mally encountered in its service environ ment. closure strip--an asphalt or rubber preformed filler strip having the same shape and pitch as the asbestos-cement corrugated product and used to close openings in the corru gated sheets at window beads, eaves, lower `These definitions are under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved Sept. 29, 1972. Published December 1972. Originally published as C 460 - 60. Last previous edition C 460 - 71 CTD015514 C 460 edge of siding, and similar places, color variation--the property of nonuniform color exhibited by asbestos-cement products before or after weathering, corner rolls--half-round units of asbestoscement used to trim and flash corners in asbestos-cement corrugated application, corrugated--a term denoting an asbestoscement sheet product having a design of alternating ridges and valleys manufactured according to a specified pitch, coupling--a section for joining asbestos-ce ment pipe that, when properly installed with the proper accessories, develops a joint equivalent in strength and serviceability to the pipe sections. crushing strength--a property of solid mate rial that indicates its ability to withstand collapse from external, compressive loads, curing agent--an additive incorporated in the furnish of asbestos-cement products re sulting in increased chemical activity be tween the cementitious components with an increase or decrease in the rate of cure, cure, normal cure--the method of setting or hardening asbestos-cement products wherein the portland cement is allowed to hydrate at atmospheric conditions of pres sure, preferably under conditions to inhibit water loss. deflection--the linear distance that a test specimen bends at the center from no load to stated load when loaded as a beam, density--weight per unit volume, usually ex pressed in pounds per cubic inch, pounds per cubic foot, or grams per cubic centi meter. Dutch or Scotch Method--a method of ap plication for asbestos-cement roofing shingles which are rectangular in shape and lap at the top and one side to form either a square or rectangular pattern, efflorescence (bloom)--a white powdery sub stance occurring on the surface of asbestoscement products and caused by the migra tion of soluble salts, followed by precipita tion and carbonation. filler--an inert inorganic material used as an extender in the furnish of asbestos-cement which does not add to the cementitious value of the cement. fittings--materials such as wyes, tees, elbows, adaptors, e'(c. used in the installation of asbestos-cement piping, flat sheets. Type F (flexible)--an asbestos- cement flat sheet suitable for exterior and interior use, where a board having hig1 strength and density, smoother surfai. greater flexibility, and lower moisture ab sorption is desired. flat sheets. Type U (utility)--an asbestoscement flat sheet suitable for exterior and interior use, having sufficient strength for general utility and construction purposes, and where a board having maximum flexi bility, highest density, smoother surface, and lower moisture absorption is not essen tial. flexural strength--a property of solid material that indicates its ability to withstand a flex ural or transverse load. French or Hexagonal Method--a method of application for asbestos-cement roofing whereby the shingles have at least three corners clipped so that when they are laid with their diagonals perpendicular to the eave of the roof, they lap at the top and sides to form a hexagonal pattern, granules--small ceramic or natural colored mineral pellets or grains applied to as bestos-cement to lend color to the surface, headlap--the shortest distance between the lower edge of an overlapping shingle or sheet and the upper edge of the lapped unit in the second course below (see Fig. I). hip and ridge, finishing pieces--rectangn' pieces of roofing shingles cut to a flair taper and applied with a side lap to conceal the joint of roofing shingles along the hips and ridge of a roof. hydrostatic pressure--see hydrostatic strength, hydrostatic strength--the property of a pipe, under specified conditions to withstand in ternal pressure of specified magnitude, lap cement--the cementitious material used to seal the side and end laps of corrugated roofing. lining--a coating or layer adhered to or in in timate contact with the interior surface and ends of asbestos-cement pipe and related couplings with said coating or layer being more chemically resistant than the pipe and related couplings. louver blades--a shaped asbestos-cement product applied for ventilation in a building. 2 CTD015515 C 460 physical stability--in asbestos-cement prod ucts, the ability of the product to maintain its physical dimensions and properties when in contact with liquid, gaseous, or solid media normally encountered in its service environment. pigment--a water-insoluble coloring matter pulverized to a fine particle size and added to asbestos-cement products. pipe--a tubular section of asbestos cement designed to convey liquids or gases, or both. pitch--the distance from crest to crest of an asbestos-cement product of corrugated form. purchaser--the actual buyer of asbestos-ce ment products, or his agent, acting within the scope of the duties authorized by the buyer. ranch type--a type of asbestos-cement roof ing, rectangular in shape, which is lapped at the top and one side. ridge roll--a half-round section of asbestoscement applied along the hips and ridge of a roof to conceal and waterproof the apex joint of the roofing material. side lap--the shortest horizontal distance be tween the exposed side edge of a course of asbestos-cement roofing or siding material and the most proximate underlying area of roof deck or side wall not covered by the preceding adjacent course. Uica--a pulverized siliceous material used as a filler or part of the cementitious material. slaters cement--a type of caulking compound, usually gray in color, and used to cover exposed bolt heads or at the side and end laps of corrugated roofing and in other places where water-resistant putty-like material is desired. slope--the incline of a roof expressed as a ratio of the number of inches (or millime ters) of vertical rise per horizontal foot (or meter). starters--lateral sections of roofing shingles, usually 3 in. (75 mm) wide, and applied beneath the first course of shingles with slight overhang at the eaves. storm anchors--a corrosion-resistant metal fastener with a flat base and a shank which fastens the concealed lower corner of each shingle to the exposed edge of the adjacent shingle. texture--a surface pattern as contrasted to a smooth finish. toplap--the shortest distance between the lower edge of an overlapping shingle or sheet, and the upper edge of the lapped unit in the first course below (see Fig. I). underdrain--a type of asbestos-cement pipe having a multiplicity of perforations along its length, intended for use in surface or below-surface drainage. veneer--the decorative surface of an asbestoscement shingle or sheet, usually pigmented or granuled for color. warping--a change or deformation in the original contour of an asbestos-cement product. water absorption--the increase in weight of a test specimen after immersion in water under specified conditions of time and tem perature, expressed as a percentage of its dry weight. water repellent substances--materials such as waxes, soaps, or silicones which render the surface of shingles more water repellent. 3 CTD015516 <# C 460 Roofing Siding Terminology E--Exposure TL--Toplap HL--Head lap W--Width for strip shingles or length for individual shingles PIG. 1 Examples of Overlap. 4 CTD015517 ASTM C 500 - 79a AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Copyright ASTM If not listed in the current combined index, will appear in the next edition. Standard Methods of Testing ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE1 This Standard is issued under the fixed designation C 500. the number immediately following the designation indicates ihc year of original adoption or. in the case of revision, the year of Iasi revision A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval I. Scope l.l These methods cover the testing of as bestos-cement pipe for hydrostatic strength, flexural strength, crushing strength, and un combined calcium hydroxide, and are for use in connection with the individual specifica tions for asbestos-cement pipe. 1.2 The test methods appear in the follow- ing order: Sections Hydrostatic Proof Test Flexure Proof Test Crushing Test Straightness Test Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test Environmental Aggressiveness 3 to 5 6 to 8 9 to 11 12 to 13 14 to 18 19 to 25 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: 11 Specification for Wire-Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes2 HYDROSTATIC PROOF TEST 3. Significance 3.1 The hydrostatic proof test is performed to establish the fact that finished, shippable material has strength to withstand the in ternal bursting pressures stated in the specifi cations. The strength level required by the specifications assures that a minimum strength is maintained and that the pipe will not leak or weep in service and will accommodate the stresses simultaneously induced by in ternal pressure, earth loads, and surge pres sures. 5. Procedure 5.1 Place the pipe, coupling, or pipe and coupling with factory-assembled joint, in a hydrostatic pressure testing machine with gas kets that seal the ends but exert no end pres sure. Expel all air and apply the internal water pressure at a uniform rate of hot less than 100 psi/s (689 kPa/s) to the specified pressure; maintain the pressure at this level for not less than 5 s. Couplings may instead be tested with a rubber bladder inside of the coupling. FLEXURE PROOF TEST 6. Significance 6.1 The flexure proof test is a quality con trol test performed to establish the fact that finished, shippable material has sufficient strength to withstand the minimum applied loads stated in the specifications. These proof test loads provide adequate strengths to resist transverse bending loads normally encountered in field service when good bedding methods are employed by the in staller. 7. Description of T erm 7.1 Flexural Strength, as used in this method, refers to the ability of a standard pipe section to withstand external loads bear ing on the pipe transversely to its longitudinal axis that induce bending in the section. 8. Procedure 8.1 Support the pipe in a flexure testing 4. Description of Term 4.1 Hydrostatic Strength, as used in this method, refers to the ability of the pipe and coupling sleeve to withstand the forces re sulting from internal pressure. ' These methods are under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved Dec. 28, 1979. Published Feb ruary 1980. Originally published as C500-63T. Last pre vious edition C 500-79. 1 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Parts 13, 14, 15. 18. 26. 30. and 41, 1 CTD015518 C 500 machine over a clear span of 9 ft (2.74 m). Unless otherwise specified, it shall be op tional with pipe lengths in excess of 12'/i ft (3.8 m) to test at 75 % of the specified toads on supports 12 ft (3.66 m) apart. Apply the load at a uniform rate of at least 250 Ibf/s (l .l kN/s) until it equals the proof load speci fied; maintain this load for at least 5 s. Dis tribute the load equally and apply at the third points of the clear span as indicated in Fig. 1. 8.2 Failure of the flexural proof test shall be considered to have taken place when a break occurs in the pipe as a result of the flex ural load being applied to the pipe during the test prior to reaching the minimum flexural load, or while holding at the minimum flexural load, designated in the specification. CRUSHING TEST 9. Significance 9.1 The crushing test establishes the fact that the pipe has sufficient strength to with stand the crushing loads stated in the speci fications. The strength level required by the specifications assures minimum strengths that will satisfactorily withstand the magnitude of loads normally encountered in field service with a reasonable margin of safety. 10. Description of Term 10.1 Crushing Strength, as used in this method, refers to the ability of the pipe to withstand external loads that tend to collapse the pipe. 10.2 Failure of the crushing test shall be considered to have taken place when a break occurs in the pipe as a result of the crushing load being applied to the pipe during the test prior to reaching the minimum crushing load designated in the specifications. 11. Procedure I l.l Three-Edge-Bearing Method: 11.1.1 Wooden-Bearing Surfaces--Test each specimen by the three-edge-bearing method as indicated in Fig. 2. 11.1.1.1 The lower bearing for the specimen consists of two strips with vertical sides, having their interior top comers rounded to a radius of approximately Yt in. (13 mm). The strips shall be of hardwood or metal; if metal, a piece of leather belting 3i6 in. (5 mm) in thickness shall be laid over them. They shall be straight and be fastened securely to the bearing ' " -k with their vertical interior sides parallel ,d spaced a distance apart as follows; for sizes up to and including 16 in. (400 mm), the space shall be 1 in. (25 mm); for sizes 18 through 27 in. (450 through 675 mm), the space shall be 2 in. (50 mm); for sizes 30 in. (750 mm) and above, the space shall be 3 in. (75 mm). Toler ances are -0, + Vi in. (--0, + 3 mm). I l.l. 1.2 The upper bearing shall be a rigid wooden block, straight and true from end to end. The upper and lower bearing shall ex tend the full length of the outside of the specimen. Place the specimen symmetrically between the two bearings, and so place the center of application of the load that the vert ical deformation at the two ends of the speci men will be equal. 11.1.2 Rubber-Bearing Surfaces--Test each specimen by the basic three-edge method in dicated in Fig. 2 except that the bearing sur faces shall be rubber. The rubber shall be cut or formed from material having a durometer hardness between 45 and 60. The strips shall be of rectangular cross section having a width of 2 in. (50 mm) and a thick ness of not less than 1 in. (25 mm) nor more than I '/2 in. (38 mm). I l.l.2.1 Use two parallel strips on the bot tom bearing spaced a distance apart of-'nproximately 1 in. (25 mm)/ft of pipe dian^ , but in no case less than 1 in. Lay the bottom strips on the 2-in. (50-mm) dimension and position on the bearing with wood or metal strips between them and adjacent to their out side edges, provided the thickness of these positioning strips does not exceed one half the thickness of the rubber-bearing strips. 11.1.2.2 Use the top-bearing edge with the 2-in. (50-mm) dimension of rubber in contact with the pipe. Position it on the upper bear ing (see I l.l. 1.2) by the use of wood or metal strips along its outside edges, provided the thickness of the positioning strips does not exceed one half the thickness of the rubber bearing edge. The rubber-bearing strips may be attached to the bearings by adhesive, if desired, provided such method of attachment results in the strip remaining firmly fixed in position. 11.1.3 Wood-Bearing Surfaces with Plas- 2 CTD015519 C 500 ter-of-Paris Fillets--Test each specimen by the h'sic three-edge method indicated in Fig. 2. bearing surfaces shall not have a cross section smaller than I in. (25 mm) in either dimension. They shall be straight and se curely fastened to the bearing block with their vertical interior sides parallel and spaced a distance apart of approximately I in./ft of internal pipe diameter, but in no case less than 1 in. II. 1.3.1 Before the pipe is placed on the bottom bearing, a Fillet of plaster of paris thick enough to compensate for the inequali ties of the pipe barrel shall be cast on and between the lower-bearing edges. The pipe shall be placed on the fillet while the plaster of paris is still workable, and prior to the time of initial set. II.1.3.2 The upper-bearing edge shall be the same as that described in II. 1.1.2. A fillet of plaster of paris thick enough to com pensate for the inequalities of the pipe barrel shall be cast along the length of the pipe crown. The upper bearing shall be brought in contact with the plaster of Paris while it is still workable and prior to initial set. 11.1.4 Sand- Bearing Surfaces--Test each specimen by the basic three-edge method in dicated in Fig. 2 except that the wooden sur faces are replaced with sand-bearing surfaces. The sand-bearing edges should be made n heavy canvas duck or woven-cloth hose a. -ii as is commonly used for fire hose. They shall have a diameter not less than 2 in. (50 mm) nor more than 2V2 in. (63 mm) and shall be filled with tightly packed dry sand such as will pass a No. 6 (3.35-mm) sieve con forming to the requirements of Specification E II. The ends of the bags shall be tightly stitched or fastened to prevent escape of the sa nd. 11.1.4.1 Use two parallel bags on the bot tom bearing spaced a distance of approxi mately 1 in. (25 mm)/ft of pipe diameter, but in no case less than 1 in. Determine the spac ing by measuring between the points of closest approach of the bags before loading. Use a positioning strip between the bags to secure alignment and spacing, provided it is withdrawn before the pipe is tested. 11.1.4.2 Place the lop-bearing bag on the crown of the pipe so that its longitudinal center line parallels as nearly as possible the longitudinal axis of the specimen, and bring the top bearing into contact with it. 11.1.5 For all four test methods apply the load at a uniform rate of 2000 500 Ibf/min linear ft (29.2 7.3 kN/min linear m). Note I--When the ultimate load exceeds 6000 Ibf/linear ft (87 6 kN/linear m), the load may be ap plied at a rapid rate until 75 % of ultimate is reached. From then on apply the load at the rate of 2000 500 lbf/mtn linear ft (29.2 7.3 kN/mtn linear m). 11.1.6 Record the load. 11.2 Sand-Bearing Method: | |.2.l When the sand-bearing method is used, carefully bed the specimen for its full length in sand, above and below, for one fourth of the circumference of the pipe meas ured on the middle line of the barrel. To facilitate placing of the specimen accurately in the sand, mark each end accurately into quarters of the circumference. The depth of the bedding above and below the pipe at the shallowest points shall be one half the mean radius of the barrel. 11.2.1.1 The sand shall be clean natural sand, or crushed hard rock, that will all pass a No. 4 (4.76-mm) sieve conforming to the requirements of Specifications Ell. The sand shall have a moisture content of not less than 5 percent at the time of test. The sand in the lower bearing shall be loose and uncom pacted when a specimen is placed on it. 11.2.1.2 The frames of the bearings shall be made of timbers heavy enough to avoid appreciable bending from the side pressure of the sand. The interior surfaces of the frames shall be dressed. No part of the frames shall come in contact with the pipe during the test. A rigid lop plate shall be made heavy enough to avoid appreciable bending. Attach a strip of cloth between the frame and the lest speci men. Place the frame on the specimen and carefully bed the specimen for its full length in the cloth covered sand for one fourth of the circumference of the pipe. Level the upper sur face of the sand in the top bearing with a straightedge and cover the entire frame with the rigid top plate. Apply the rigid lop bear ing. plate used for the three-edge-bearing method !o the top of that plate. Apply the load to the top-bearing plate at the center prefer ably through a spherical head. 3 CTD015520 C 500 11.2.1.3 Apply the load at a uniform rate of 2000 500 Ibf/min linear ft (29.2 7.3 kN)/min linear m) (Note 1). 11.3 V-Shaped Bearing Method: 11.3.1 Test each specimen by the V-shaped bearing method as indicated in Fig. 3. 11.3.2 The lower press-block consists of a Vshaped support having an included angle of 150 deg, made of metal or hardwood. Interpose strips of rubber of suitable width and length between the press-block and the test piece. The rubber strips shall be 0.6 in. (15 mm) thick and a hardness of 60 5 Shore A durometer. 11.3.3 The flat upper press-block, made of the same material shall have a width of 8 in. (200 mm). Interpose a strip ofrubber ofsuitably width and length between the press-block and the test piece. The rubber strip shall be 0.6 in. (15 mm) thick and a hardness of 60 5 Shore A durometer. 11.3.4 Apply the load at a uniform rate so that failure will occur not less than 15 s and not more than 30 s. STRAIGHTNESS TEST 12. Significance 12.1 The straightness test covers the meas urement of the maximum deviation from straightness of a length of asbestos-cement pipe. 13. Procedure 13.1 Measure the maximum ordinate from the exterior surface of the pipe by placing a straightedge that exceeds the pipe length against the exterior surface and measuring the maximum distance from the exterior pipe sur face to the straightedge. Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test 14. Significance 14.1 This method covers the measurement of the amount of uncombined calcium hy droxide in asbestos-cement pipe to establish the fact that the pipe has the required chemi cal resistance. Criteria for suitability to en vironmental aggressiveness is given in Sec tion 19. 15. Description of Term 15.1 Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide--The chemical resistance of the pipe is related to the uncombined calcium hydroxide deter mined when using this method. 16. Reagents 16.1 Ammonium Acetate, Standard i , lion (I ml = 0.0066 g Ca(OH)2)--Dissolve 16.0 g dry crystalline ammonium acetate in I litre of absolute or anhydrous ethanol (Note 2). Standardize the solution against calcium oxide (CaO) in accordance with 17.3 and 17.4. 16.1.1 Calculate the calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH),) equivalent, in grams per millilitre, as follows: Ca(OHb equivalent, g/ml = (A x l.32)/fl where: A = grams of CaO used, and B = millilitres of ammonium acetate re quired for the titration. Note 2--Specially denatured alcohol conform ing to Formula No. 30. 3a. or 2b of the U. S. Bureau or Internal Revenue, or alcohol consisting of 95 percent specially denatured alcohol conform ing to Formula No. 3a plus 5 percent isopropanol may be substituted. 16.2 Phenolphthalein Indicator Solution-- Dissolve 1.0 g of phenolphthalein in 100 ml of absolute ethanol (Note 2). 16.3 Glycerol-Ethanol Solvent (I +2)-- Mix 1 volume of glycerol with 2 volumes an hydrous or absolute ethanol (Note 2). To each litre of this solution, add 2.0 ml of phenol phthalein indicator solution. Adjust the sol vent to slightly basic with either dilute sod *v hydroxide (NaOH) in absolute ethanol (N^.e 2) or standard ammonium acetate solution, depending on the original pH. 16.4 Strontium Nitrate (Sr(NOj)j). 17. Procedure 17.1 Prepare representative samples of pipe or sleeves and immediately sieve them through a No. 20 (850-^m) sieve. Place the material passing the sieve immediately into a weighing bottle and cover with its groundglass top. 17.2 Place the bottle, with top removed, in a drying oven at 105 C (220 F) for 2 h, and then cool in a desiccator to room tempera ture. 17.3 Weigh out 1 0.010 g of the dried sample from a pipe or sleeve to the nearest 0.001 g and place it in a dry 250-ml Erlenmeyer flask. Add a TFE-fluorocarbon en capsulated stirring bar, 60 ml of the glycerol ethanol solvent, and 2.0 g of Sr(NOj)2. At- | r f 4 CTD015521 181b C 500 lach the flask to a water-cooled condenser (with a standard-taper 24/40 glass joint) and place on a hot plate with a magnetic stirrer. 17.4 Boil the solution gently for 30 min with mild stirring. Then remove the flask and filter the mixture on a Buchner funnel under vacuum. Bring the filtrate to a boil and titrate with ammonium acetate solution to a colorless end point. Observe the end point by comparison with a similar mixture containing no phenolphthalein indicator. 18. Calculations 18.1 Calculate the percentage of uncom bined Ca(OH)2 in the sample as follows: Ca(OH).,, percent = (AB/C) X 100 where: A = Ca(OH)2 equivalent of ammonium ace tate solution, in grams per millilitre, B = millilitres of ammonium acetate re quired for titration of the solution, and C = grams of sample used. ENVIRONMENTAL AGGRESSIVENESS 19. Significance 19.1 The maximum limits of uncombined calcium hydroxide permitted by the specifica tions assure that the pipe will withstand the chemical action encountered in service. 20. Summary of Method 20.1 These sections intend to establish guide lines for the definition of aggressive water and soil environments for the selection of the proper type of asbestos-cement pipe. The aggressive environments caused by internal and external waters, external soil conditions, and (nonacid) soluble sulfate contents of waters and soils should be considered separately even though they may exist in combination. 21. Aggressiveness of Water Transported Through Asbestos-Cement Pipes 21.1 Aggressiveness of water is classified as follows: Highly aggressive Moderately aggressive Nonaggressivc pH + log (AH) < 10 0 pH + log (AH} = 10 0 lo 11 9 pH - log{AH 1 > 120 where: pH = index of acidity (or alkalinity) of the water, standard pH units, A = total alkalinity, ppm as CaCOs, and H = calcium hardness, ppm as CaC03. 21.2 Type of Asbestos-Cement Pipefor Use with Aggressive Waters--The following table shows the type of pipe to be used with aggres sive waters as described in 21.1: Water Highh aggressive Moderateh aggressive Nonaggressivc Pipe Recommended A Tvpelf TvpeslandU *The serviceability of pipe for such applications should be established b\ ihe purchaser in conjunction with the manufacturer. Note 3-ASTM Type I and II asbestos-cement pipe may be used where the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide is unspecified, but generally con sidered to exceed I % ASTM Type II asbestoscement pipe should be used where the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide does not exceed 1.0%. 22. Aggressiveness of Water External to As bestos-Cement Pipe 22.1 The following table establishes guide lines for the use of asbestos-cement pipe in nonsulfate acidic soils based upon minimum pH factors alone. Asbestos-cement pipe may or may not perform satisfactorily in acid soil environments having pH values below those listed in this table. To determine the suitability of asbestos-cement pipe in soils having lower pH values, evaluate each situation individually, taking into consideration all aspects of the soil environment that affect its corrosiveness to asbestos-cement pipe: Water Conditions Within Soil ' Environment pH of Acidic Soils When Using Asbestos- Cement Pipe, mm Type 1 Type II Essentially quiescent Mildly fluctuating Rapidly moving or grossly cyclic 5.0 55 6.3 4.0 5.0 55 23. Aggressiveness of Nonacidic (pH > 7.0) Soluble Sulfate in Water and Soils 23.1 The following table rates aggressiveness of nonacidic (pH > 7.0) soluble sulfates in water and soils to asbestos-cement pipe: Sulfate Aggressiveness SO. in Water, ppm SO. in Soil, ppm Nonaggressivc Mildly aggressive Moderately aggressive Highly aggressive 150 and less 150 to 1500 1500 to 10 000 10 000 and above 1000 and less 1000 to 2000 2000 to 20 000 20 000 and above 23.2 The chemical resistance of asbestoscement pipe to nonacidic acid (pH > 7.0) soluble sulfates in water and soils is as fol- lows: 5 CTD015522 C 500 T\pcl pipe Tspe 11 pipe wilt he attacked to various degrees b> all but the nonaggresstve levels of sulfate concen trations in waters and soils (see Note 3)' resistant to all levels of soluble sulfates 24. Aggressiveness of Acid (pH < 7.0| Solu ble Sulfate Waters and Soils to AsbestosCement Pipe 24.1 Acid-sulfate soils and waters, whether the acid is inorganic or organic, must be evaluated independently of the criteria and guidelines set forth in Sections 22 and 23. tak ing into consideration soil permeability and other factors. For guidance, consult the manu facturer. Note 4--This same criteria can be applied to appraise the corrosion resistance of other types of asbestos-cement products. 25. Limitations and References 25.1 Special consideration is recommended for services outside these guidelines. 25.2 These guidelines are based on exposures within the temperature range from 40 to 80F (4 to 27C). For pipe exposures to tempera tures beyond these limits, consult the manu facturer. 'Guidelines for sulfate resistance of portland cement products were taken from the Concrete Manual. 8th Ed . Bureau of Reclamation. 1975 Sulfate resistance here applies to all soluble sulfates, regardless of the cation Lood Load C ~TT75b--- ^ in- Clear __ fc-j Radius Space (C) Detail FIG. 2 Assembly for Crushing Strength Test. 6 CTD015523 # C 500 FIG. 3 Assembly for V-Shaped Crushing Strength Test The American Societyfor Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity ofany patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity ofany such patent rights, and the risk ofinfringement ofsuch rights, is entirety their own responsibility. This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards and should be addressed to ASTM Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. Ifyou feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, which will schedule a further hearing regarding your comments. Failing satisfaction there, you may appeal to the ASTM Board of Directors. \ 7 CTD015524 Designation: C 508 - 73 American National Standard A 165.2 American National Standards Institute AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 19H Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Copyright ASTM Standard Specification for ASBESTOS-CEMENT PERFORATED UNDERDRAIN PIPE*1 This Standard is issued under (he fixed designation C 508; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers perforated asbestos-cement pipe intended for use in sub surface drainage of highways, airports, farms, foundations, and other similar drainage work. 2. Sizes and Types 2.1 Asbestos-cement perforated underdrain pipe furnished under this specification shall be known as "asbestos-cement perforated underdrain pipe." It shall be furnished in nominal inside diameters of 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 in. The types of pipe shall be known as Type I, II, and III corresponding to the chemical re quirements given in Section 8. Note 1--To assist the purchaser in choosing the type of pipe most suitable for his use, the following 'escriptions of usage may be considered: Type I--For use where moderately aggressive water and soil of moderate sulfate content are ex pected to come in contact with the pipe. Type II--For use where highly aggressive water or water and soil of high sulfate content or both, are expected to come in contact with the pipe. Type III--For use where contact with aggressive waters and sulfates are not expected. 3. Definitions 3.1 pipe--asbestos-cement perforated un derdrain pipe as defined in Sections 1, 2, and 4. 3.2 coupling--a section for joining as bestos-cement pipe that, when properly in stalled with the proper accessories, develops a joint equivalent in strength and serviceability to the pipe sections. 3.3 purchaser--the actual purchaser of the pipe or his authorized agents acting within the scope of the duties entrusted to them. 4. Manufacture 4.1 Asbestos-cement perforated underdrain pipe shall be composed of an intimate mixture of portland cement or portland blast-furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber with or without silica; or it shall be composed of portlandpozzolan cement and asbestos fiber. The mix ture shall be free of organic additives. The material shall be of laminar construction, formed under pressure to a homogeneous structure, and cured to meet the physical and chemical requirements of this specification. 5. Crushing Strength 5.1 Crushing tests shall be conducted be fore shipment. One foot lengths of pipe cut from unmachined portions of the pipe shall have the minimum crushing strength pre scribed in Table 1 when tested in accordance with Methods C 500, Testing Asbestos-Ce ment Pipe, Section 10.1.1,* except that the sample shall contain four circumferential rows of holes with the first row IV2 in. (38.1 mm) from the end. The specimen shall be tested with the line of symmetry of the rows facing downward. `This specification is under the jurisdiction ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved Sept. 27, 1973. Published November 1973. Originally published as C 508 - 63 T Last previous edition C 508 - 70. 1 {974 Annual Book ofASTM Standards, Part 16 1 CTD015525 C 608 6. Couplings 6.1 Each standard, short, or random length of pipe shall be provided with a coupling means for the purpose of maintaining align ment and to ensure close joints. in. ( + 123.8 and -25.4 mm). 10.3 The average inside diameter of the pipe shall be not less than nominal by 14 in. (6.4 mm) or 1 Vi percent, whichever greater. 7. Fittings 7.1 Asbestos-cement perforated underdrain pipe fittings shall be suitable in size, crushing strength, and design for the pipe with which they will be furnished. 8. Chemical Requirements 8.1 When tested in accordance with Sec tions 16 and 17 of Methods C 500, the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 3.0 percent for Type 1 or 1.0 percent for Type II pipe. Note 2--There are no chemical requirements for Type III pipe. 9. Sampling 9.1 All material tested under this specifica tion shall be in a normal processed condition. 9.2 For crushing tests, one full length of pipe shall be selected from each 1300 ft (396.2 m) or fraction thereof, of each size of pipe covered by the order. 9.3 When uncombined calcium hydroxide tests are requested (Section 8), one sample shall be taken from each lot of pipe. The sample to be tested may be taken from any one of the specimens selected for the crushing test.10 10. Sizes and Dimensions 10.1 The nominal standard length for as bestos-cement perforated underchain pipe shall be either 10 or 13 ft (3.04 or 3.96 m). A maximum of 15 percent of the total footage of any one size and type for any order may be furnished, at the manufacturer's option, in pipe lengths shorter than specified nominal, but not shorter than 7 ft (2.13 m) these shall be termed random lengths. 10.2 A tolerance of 1 in. (25.4 mm) shall apply to nominal standard lengths, and 6 in. (152.4 mm) shall apply to randco lengths. For billing purposes, random lengths shall be classified to 6-in. (152.4-mm) incre ments, allowing a tolerance of +4% and - 1 11. Perforations 11.1 Perforations shall be circular holes, lA '/i in. (6.35 1.59 mm) in diameter, ar ranged in rows parallel to the axis of the pipe. Perforations shall be approximately 3 in. (76.2 mm) center-to-center, along the rows. Rows shall be rrranged in two equal groups on either side ol the vertical center line of the pipe, and the total number of rows shall be as shown in Table 2. The lowermost rows of per forations in each group shall be separated by an arc of 90 deg and the uppermost rows of perforations in each group shall be separated by an arc of 160 deg. The spacing of rows between these limits shall be uniform. Holes may appear at the ends of short and random lengths. 12. Marking and Shipping 12.1 Each standard and random length of pipe shall be marked by the manufacturer with the trade name, nominal size, type, and the date of manufacture. 12.2 Pipe shall be prepared for commercial shipment so as to ensure acceptance by common or other carriers. 13. Inspection 13.1 All material furnished under this spec ification shall conform to the requirements stated herein and shall be subjected to the fac tory inspection and tests prescribed in this specification. When requested by the pur chaser in his order, the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser of the time that the inspection and testing will take place so that the purchaser may arrange for witnessing such tests and inspections at his own expense. In lieu of such inspection, when requested, the manufacturer shall be prepared to certify that his product conforms to the requirements of this specification. 13.2 Each pipe shall be inspected by the manufacturer before shipment for compliance with the standards for dimensions, tolerances, workmanship, and finish (see Section 9). 2 CTD015526 # C 508 13.3 In the event of failure of the initial crushing sample to meet the load specified in Table 1, two additional samples shall be se'ected. Failure of either of the additional amples shall be cause for rejection of the lot. In the event of rejection, the lot may be sub divided into rational subgroups and resam pled. 13.4 If the results of the uncombined cal cium hydroxide test show that the sample failed to meet the specification requirements, two additional specimens shall be selected and sampled for test. The failure of one of these two additional samples to meet the specifica tion requirements of Section 8 shall be cause for rejection of the lot. TABLE 1 Crushing Strength Nominal Size, in. Crushing Strength Ibf/ft (N/m) 4 1000 (14 590) 6 1100 (16 049) 8 1300 (18 967} 10 1400 (20 444) 12 1500 (21 885) TABLE 2 Perforations Nominal Size, in. Rows of Perforations 44 64 84 10 6 12 6 By publication of this standard no position is taken with respect to the validity of any patent rights in connection there with, and the American Society for Testing and Materials does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing the standard against liability for infringement ofany Letters Patent nor assume any such liability. 3 CTD015527 Designation: C 641 - 76 American National Standard A165.0 American National Standards Institute AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Racs St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Sundardt, Copyright ASTM If not listed in the current combined Index, will appear in the next edition Standard Specification for LININGS FOR ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE1 Thia Standard ia iaaued under the fined dcaignation C 541; the number immediately following the deaignation indicates the year of original adoption or. in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers requirements for plastic linings to be applied to asbestoscement pipe, designed for special service in carrying corrosive fluids. This specification also covers methods of testing plastic lining material as well as sections of lined pipe. The requirements established by this specification shall serve as a guide in, but not the sole basis for, judging the suitability of the product for a particular service. The selection of the ma terial should include consideration of perform ance in similar applications or testing under the intended service condition. Note 1--To determine the suitability of the product for a particular service or corrosive fluid, refer to the manufacturer for specific recommenda tions. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: C 296 Specification of Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe' C 428 Specification for Asbestos-Cement Nonpressure Sewer Pipe* D 543 Test for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents' 3. Definitions 3.1 pipe--cither asbestos-cement pressure pipe as described in Specification C 296, or asbestos-cement nonpressure sewer pipe as de scribed in Specification C 428. 3.2 coupling--a section for joining asbestoscement pipe that, when properly installed with the proper accessories, develops a joint equiv alent in strength and serviceability to the pipe sections. 3.3 purchaser--the actual purchaser of the pipe or his agent acting within the scope of duties authorized by the purchaser. 3.4 plastic lining--a lining formed from thermoplastic or thermosetting polymer. The term "plastic coating" is synonymous with the term "plastic lining" with respect to com position. 4. Chemical Requirements 4.1 The plastic lining used shall be highly resistant to acids and alkalis, and shall be completely resistant to acids generated by the hydrogen sulfide corrosion cycle. 4.2 The plastic lining shall withstand a 5 weight % sulfuric acid solution and a 5 weight % sodium hydroxide solution, when tested in accordance with 9.1 and 9.2, without degrada tion or loss of its protective qualities. 4.3 The plastic lining material shall have a weight change not greater than 0.5 % after 7 days immersion and not greater than 0.9 % after 30 days immersion when tested with (7) distilled water, (2) a 10 weight % sulfuric acid solution, (3) a 5 weight % acetic acid solution, and (4) a 5 weight % sodium hydroxide solution when tested in accordance with 9.3. 'This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved Sept. 26, 1975. Published November 1975. Originally published as C 541 - 64 T. Last previous edition C 541 - 73. * Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 16. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 35. 1 CTD015528 C 541 5. Adhesion Requirements 5.1 Thermosetting polymer linings and those thermoplastic linings that do not rely on mechanical means to hold them to the pipe wall shall have a strong permanent bond to the pipe wall. There shall be no sign of blis ters, bubbles, peeling, or any other form of separation of the lining from the pipe wall when tested in accordance with Section 10. 6. Dimensions 6.1 Due to abrasion exposure and to pro vide a measurement as to continuity of the plastic-lined pipe, the thickness of the plastic lining shall be not less than 12 mils (0.012 in.) (0.305 mm) when measured in accordance with Section 11. 7. Workmanship and Finish 7.1 All lined pipe shall be free of runs, sags, blisters, or other imperfections that indi cate unprotected areas, or areas where the lining thickness is less than the minimum specified in Section 6. 7.2 Protection of Couplings and Machined Ends of Pipe--Surfaces of the pipe ends and coupling areas exposed to corrosive conditions shall be protected with a plastic liner or plastic coating.8 8. Inspection, Rejection, and Rehearing 8.1 Each pipe and coupling shall be in spected by the manufacturer, prior to ship ment, for compliance with the standards for workmanship and finish. Inspection and testing of the materials by the purchaser shall be as agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser at the time of purchase. Instead of such inspection, when requested, the manu facturer shall be prepared to certify that his product conforms to the requirements of this specification. 8.2 If any specimen fails to meet the re quirements of Sections 4, 5, or 6, two addi tional specimens shall be prepared from ma terial manufactured during the same shift and shall be subjected to the test on which failure occurred. The failure of one of these additional specimens to meet the specification require ment shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size and class manufactured during the same shift. METHODS OF TEST 9. Chemical Resistance Tests 9.1 Lined Test Specimens, Sulfuric Acid Test--Fill a standpipe, made from a 1 -ft (0.30-m) section of lined pipe plugged at the bottom with an inert material, to 2 in. (50.8 mm) from the top with a 5 weight % solution of sulfuric acid (H,S04). Maintain these condi tions for a period of 45 days at room tempera ture (approximately 75F (23.9C)). After 45 days, remove the acid, wash the specimen free of acid, allow to dry, and examine the dry sur face of the lining. Any blister in the lining, formed during the test, which exceeds '/s in. (3.2 mm) in any dimension shall indicate fail ure of this test. 9.2 Lined Test Specimens, Sodium Hy droxide Test--Fill a standpipe, equivalent to that described in 9.1, to 2 in. (50.8 mm) from the top with a 5 weight % solution of sodium hydroxide (NaOH). Maintain these conditions for a period of 45 days at room temperature (approximately 75F (23.9C)). After 45 days, remove the solution and examine the lining. Any cracking, swelling, or other visible degra dation shall constitute failure of this test. 9.3 Lining Material--Cast I by 3 by `/s-in. (25.4 by 76.2 by 3.2-mm) specimens from the plastic lining material. Completely immerse the specimens in (/) distilled (or deionized) water, (2) a 10 weight % solution of sulfuric acid, (3) a 5 weight % solution of acetic acid, and (4) a 5 weight % solution of sodium hydroxide. Test in accordance with Section 7 of Method D 543 for periods of 7 and 30 days at room temperature (approximately 75F (23.9C)). Determine the initial and final weight of the specimens to 0.0005 g and calculate the percentage weight change to the nearest 0.01 %. 10. Adhesion Tests 10.1 All three of the following tests require stave specimens measuring approximately 2 by 6 in. (50.8 by 152.4 mm). 10.1.1 Four-Hour Boiling--Immerse a 2 by 6-in. specimen in boiling distilled water for 4 2 CTD015529 C 541 h. Remove and surface-dry the specimen be fore examination. 10.1.2 Four-Day Hoi--Immerse a 2 by 6in. specimen in distilled water maintained at 150F (65C) for 96 h. Remove and surfacedry the specimen before examination. 10.1.3 Ninety-Day Immersion--Immerse a 2 by 6-in. specimen in distilled water at room temperature (approximately 75F) for 90 days. Remove and surface-dry the specimen before examination. 11. Dimensional Measurement 11.1 Carefully remove a section of the lining from the pipe by prying up the lining at the end of the pipe with a sharp tool such as a chisel. Scrape or sand away any cementitious material adhering to the back of the lining before measurement. Using a standard mi crometer with a '/4-in. (6.4-mm) ball, measure the thickness at two locations located 90 deg from each other. The American Societyfor Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity ofany patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned tn this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination ofthe validity ofany such patent rights, and the risk of infringement ofsuch rights, is entirely their own responsibility. CTD015530 [AMERICAN NATIONAL] ANSI/ASTM C 644 - 77 STANDARD AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Copyright ASTM If not listed in the current combined index, will appear in the next edition. Standard Specification for ASBESTOS-CEMENT NONPRESSURE SMALLDIAMETER SEWER PIPE*1 This Standard is issued under the fixed designation C 644; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers asbestos-ce ment nonpressure sewer pipe for conveying sanitary sewage by gravity flow from point of occupancy to system of disposal. Note I--The values stated in U.S. customary units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of U.S. customary units given in the standard may be approximate. Note 2--Rubber rings suitable for use with this pipe are covered in ASTM Specification D 1869, for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe.' 2. Classification 2.1 Asbestos-cement sewer pipe furnished under these specifications shall be desig nated as Class 1500, Class 2400, and Class DO, based on the respective crushing strengths, and furnished in 4, 5, and 6-in. (10.2, 12.7, and 15.2-cm) sizes. 2.2 The types of pipe shall be known as Type I and Type II corresponding to the chemical requirements given in Section 6 of this specification. Note 3--To assist the purchaser in choosing the type of pipe most suitable for his use, guidelines Tor the definition of aggressiveness of water and of soil environments for selection of the proper type of asbestos-cement pipe are covered in Sections 19 to 25 ASTM Methods C 500, Testing AsbestosCement Pipe.' 3.2 coupling--a coupling that is manufac tured so that, when properly installed, lengths of pipe may be assembled and put into service for which they are intended. 3.3 fittings--wyes, tees, adaptors, etc., for use in laying asbestos-cement sewer pipe man ufactured as described in Section 5 and made to such dimensions as will provide equivalent strength and tight joints when assembled with the pipe. 3.4 purchaser--the actual purchaser of the pipe or his authorized agents acting within the scope of the duties entrusted to them. 3.5 lot--those lengths of pipe of that size and class manufactured during the same shift. 4. Basis of Purchase 4.1 It is suggested to the purchaser, with out being made a part of this specification, that the purchaser may request inclusion of the following information in his order or agreement for purchase of the pipe: 4.1.1 Any tests, in addition to those pre scribed by this specification, as the special circumstances may require, 4.1.2 The place or places where any addi tional tests are to be made, 4.1.3 Description of the additional testing facilities, 4.1.4 Who shall bear the expense of such additional tests, 3. Definitions 3.1 pipe -- asbestos - cement nonpressure sewer pipe as defined in Sections 1,2, and 5. ' This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C*17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved Sept. 30, 1977. Published November 1977. Originally published as C 644 - 69. Last previous edition C 644 - 76. 1Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 16 1 CTD015531 C 644 4.1.5 Whether such additional tests may be made by any reliable sampling process or other method approved by the parties, and 4.1.6 Such other matters as the parties may find desirable to include in their written agreement. 5. Materials and Manufacture 5.1 Asbestos-cement sewer pipe shall be composed of an intimate mixture of portland cement or portland blast-furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber with or without silica, or portland-pozzolan cement and asbestos fiber. The mixture shall be free of organic additives. The material shall be of laminar construction formed under pressure to a homogeneous structure and cured to meet the physical and chemical requirements of this specification. 6. Chemical Requirements 6.1 When tested in accordance with Sec tions 17 and 18 of ASTM Methods C 500, the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 1.0 percent for Type II pipe. Note 4--There are no chemical requirements for Type I pipe. 7. Dimensions and Permissible Variations 7.1 Couplings and coupling area of the pipe shall be machined or otherwise finished to such dimensions as will provide tight joints when assembled with proper accessories and put into service for which the pipe is intended. 7.2 The average diameter may be less than the nominal by not more than '/< in. (0.63 cm). 7.3 The standard lengths may be 5, 6.5, 10, or 13 ft (1.52, 1.98, 3.05 or 3.96 m) I in. (2.5 cm). At least 85 percent of the total foot age of any one class, type, and size, exclud ing short lengths, shall be furnished in stand ard lengths. The remaining 15 percent may be in random lengths of not less than 7 ft (2.13 m) when the standard length is 10 or 13 ft (3.05 or 3.96 m) and not less than 4 ft (1.22 m) when the standard length is 5 or 6.5 ft (1.52 or 1.98 m). 8. Workmanship 8.1 The ends of the pipe that receive the coupling shall be free of dents and gouges that will affect the tightness of the joint. 8.2 Each pipe shall be free of bulges, dents. and tears in the inside surface that result in a variation of more than '/. in. (0.48 cm) from the adjacent unaffected portions of th< surface. 8.3 Each length of pipe shall not vary in straightness by more than '/16 in./ft (5.2 mm/m) of length when the variation is meas ured in accordance with Section 13 of Methods C 500. 9. Sampling 9.1 For crushing tests, one full length of pipe shall be selected from each 500 lengths of 10 and 13-ft (3.05 and 3.96-m) lengths and each 1000 lengths of 5 and 6.5-ft (1.52 and 1.98-m) lengths of each size, class, and type of pipe covered by the order. One test specimen 12 in. (30.5 cm) long shall be cut from the un machined portion of the selected length of pipe. 9.2 When uncombined calcium hydroxide tests are requested (Section 6), one sample shall be taken from each lot of pipe. The sam ple to be tested may be taken from any one of the specimens selected for the crushing test. 9.3 All material tested under this specifi cation shall be in a normal air-dried condi tion. 10. Test Methods 10.1 Joint Tightness: 10.1.1 The tests outlined in this section are considered to be one-time qualification test*to establish the adequacy of the manufai turers joint design. Instead of requiring per formance of these tests, the purchaser may require the manufacturer to certify that pipes and couplings equivalent in material and de sign have passed the tests enumerated in this section. At his own expense, however, the purchaser, by designation with his order, may require that assembled pipes and couplings pass the following performance tests without leakage: 10.1.1.1 Straight Alignment--Make hydro static pressure test on an assembly of two sec tions of pipe, properly connected with a cou pling in accordance with the joint design. An equivalent alternative may be a single pipe with a coupling on each end. Subject the assembly to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi (69 kPa) for 10 min. Any visible water leakage shall be considered a failure of the test requirements. CTD015532 C 644 10.1.1.2 Maximum Deflected Position -- the manufacturer shall be prepared to certify Upon completion of the test for pipes in that his product conforms to the requirements ght alignment in accordance with 10.1.1.1, of this specification. i_. .eel the test sections 5 deg with one half of 11.2 Pipe and coupling shall be inspected the deflection being between each pipe and the by the manufacturer, before shipment, for coupling and subject the test sections to an in ternal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi (69 kPa) for 10 min. Any visible water leakage shall compliance with the standards for dimen sions, workmanship, and finish (see also Sec tion 9). be considered a failure of the test require ments. 10.1.2 Test one sample of each size unless 12. Rejection 12.1 Failure of the specimens tested for some other arrangement is made with the crushing strength to withstand 75 percent of purchaser by designation with his order. At the load specified in 10.3 shall be cause for the option of the purchaser, the sample of the rejection of the entire lot represented by the pipes and couplings to be tested may be test specimens. When the specimen tested selected by him. 10.2 Flexural Strength: 10.2.1 Each length of pipe shall have suffi cient flexural strength to withstand, without failure, the total load prescribed in Table I when tested in accordance with Section 8 of Methods C 500. 10.3 Crushing Strength: for crushing strength withstands over 75 per cent but under 100 percent of the load speci fied in 10.3, one specimen shall be cut from each of two additional pipes of the same size and class manufactured during the same-shift. Failure of one of these additional specimens to meet the strength requirements of 10.3 shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot 10.3.1 Pipe--Conduct crushing tests be of that size and class manufactured during fore shipment. One-foot (0.3 m) lengths of pipe cut from unmachined portions of the the same shift as the test specimen. 12.2 If the results of the uncombined cal pipe shall have the minimum crushing cium hydroxide test show the sample failed strength prescribed in Table 2, when tested in accordance with Section 11.1.1 of Methods to meet the specification requirements, two additional specimens shall be selected and C 500. 10.3.2 Couplings--The couplings, when acsembled on pipe, shall be capable of withding simultaneously: 10.3.2.1 The minimum crushing strength sampled for test. The failure of one of these two additional samples to meet the specifica tion requirements of Section 6 shall be cause for rejection of the lot. in pounds-force per linear foot prescribed in 13. Marking and Shipping Table 2, when tested in accordance with 11.1.1 of Methods C 500, and ' 10.3.2.2 The hydrostatic pressure test de scribed in 10.1.1.1 of this specification. 13.1 Each standard and random length of pipe shall be marked by the manufacturer with the trade name, nominal size, class, and the date of manufacture. Each coupling sleeve 11. Inspection 11.1 All material furnished under this specification shall conform to the require ments stated herein and shall be subjected to the factory inspection and tests prescribed in this specification. When requested by the purchaser on his order, the manufacturer shall be marked by the manufacturer with the nominal size and class for the pipe with which it shall be used. 13.2 Pipe and couplings shall be prepared for commercial shipment so as to ensure ac ceptance by common or other carriers. 14. Field Performance and Acceptance shall notify the purchaser of the time that 14.1 All field-assembled joints for asbestos- the inspection and testing will take place so cement nonpressure small diameter sewer pipe that the purchaser may arrange for witnessing shall meet the requirements set forti1, in 14 5 such tests and inspections at his own expense. for infiltration/exfiltration. Instead of such inspection, when requested, 14.2 Measurements shall be based on a 3 CTD015533 C 644 segment or segments of sewer line of asbestoscement nonpressure small diameter sewer pipe installed separately or as a part of a sewer main system between two consecutive manholes or other similar increment of dis tance. rather than taken from a single joint. 14.3 Before the sewer line is backfilled and tested, all pipe shall be inspected for proper bedding to assure uniform support of the pipe, and the absence of high points and irregularities which induce beam and shear loadings on the pipe 14.4 Final acceptance testing shall be per formed on the sewer line(s) after the final backfilling has been completed 14.5 The infiltration/exfiltration of the i stalled pipe shall not exceed 0.079 gal/in. . internal pipe diameter per 100 ft of pipelines/ h (0.386 lilre/cm of internal pipe diameter per 100 m of pipelines per hour), where the maximum hydrostatic head at the center line of the pipe does not exceed 25 ft (7.63 nt) (corresponds to 100 gal/in. of pipe diameter per mile per 24 h (92.6 litres/cm of pipe diam eter per 1000 nt per 24 h). TABLE I Applied Flexural Proof Loads Nominal Sue. in. (mm) Total Applied Load, Ibl'(kN) 4 (100) 5 (125) 6(150) 550(2440) 950(3780) 1500(6680) TABLE 2 Minimum Crushing Loads Pipe Class 1500 2400 3300 Crushing Strength, Ibf/linear ft ((kN/m) 1500 ( 21.Si 2400(35.0) 3300 (48.0) The American Society for Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their ohh responsibility. 4 Designation: C 663 -76 American National Standard A165.7 American National Standards Institute AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Copyright ASTV If not lined in Ihe currenl combined Indr* will appear in ihe next edition Standard Specification for ASBESTOS-CEMENT STORM DRAIN PIPE1 This Standard is issued under the fixed designation C 663: the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or. in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers asbestos-ce ment pipe intended for use in storm-water drainage of highways, airports, farms, founda tions, and other similar drainage systems. Note I--The values stated in U.S. customary units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of U.S. customary units may be approx imate. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: C 500 Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe.2 3. Classification 3.1 The types of pipe shall be known as Type I and Type II corresponding to the chemical requirements given in 10.1. 3.2 Asbestos-cement storm drain pipe fur nished under this specification shall be desig nated as Class II, III, 2500D, IV, and V. The corresponding strength requirements are pre scribed in Table 1. The D load is the crushing test load expressed in pounds-force per linear foot per foot of diameter. (The D, load is the crushing test load expressed in newtons per linear metre per metre of diameter.) The pipe shall be furnished in 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, and 42in. sizes. Note 2--To assist the purchaser in choosing the type of pipe most suitable for his use, guidelines for the definition of aggressiveness of water and of soil environments for selection of the proper type of asbestos-cement pipe are covered in Sections 19 to 25 of Methods C 500. 4. Definitions 4.1 pipe--asbestos-cement storm drain pipe as defined in Sections I, 3, and 5. 4.2 coupling--a section for joining asbes tos-cement storm drain that when properly installed develops sufficient tightness to pre vent the surrounding soil from entering the drain. 4.3 purchaser--the actual purchaser of the pipe or his authorized agents, acting within the scope of the duties entrusted to them. 4.4 lot--A lot as used herein for pipe 21 in. in diameter and smaller is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine during a 24-h period. A lot as used herein for pipe larger than 21 in. in diameter is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine during a period of consecutive working days not exceeding 7 days. 5. Manufacture 5.1 Asbestos-cement storm drain pipe shall be composed of an intimate mixture of portland cement or portland blast-furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber with or without sil ica; or it shall be composed of portland-pozzolan cement and asbestos fiber. The mixture shall be free of organic additives. The mate rial shall be of laminar construction formed under pressure to a homogeneous structure and cured to meet the physical and chemical re quirements of this specification. 'This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products Current edition approved May 28, 1976. Published July 1976. Originally published as C 663 - 70. Last previous edition C 663 - 73a, * Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 16. CTD015535 6. Dimensions and Permissible Variations 6.1 The nominal length for asbestos-cement storm drain pipe shall be either 10 or 13 ft (3.05 or 3.96 m). A maximum of 15 percent of the total footage of any one size and type for any order may be furnished, at the manufac turer's option, in pipe lengths shorter than specified nominal, but not shorter than 7 ft (2.13 m); these shall be termed random lengths. 6.2 A tolerance of 1 in. (25 mm) shall apply to nominal standard lengths. Random lengths shall be classified to 6-in. (152-mm) increments, allowing a tolerance of +4/a in. (124 mm) and -- I in. 6.3 The average inside diameter of the pipe may be less than the nominal size by not more than `/( in. (6 mm) or 1V2 percent, whichever is greater. 7. Sampling 7.1 All material tested under this specifica tion shall be in air-dried condition. 7.2 For crushing tests, select one full length of pipe from each lot of each size, class, and type of pipe covered by the order. Cut one test specimen 12 in. (305 mm) long from the unmachined portion of the selected length of pipe. 7.3 When uncombined calcium hydroxide tests are requested (10.1), take one sample from each lot of pipe and test in accordance with Sections 17 and 18 of Methods C 500. The sample to be tested may be taken from any one of the specimens selected for the crush ing test. Methods C 500, the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 1.0 percent for Type If pipe. Note 3--There are no chemical requirements foi Type I pipe. 10.2 Crushing Strength--Conduct crushing tests before shipment. One-foot (305-mm) lengths of pipe cut from unmachined portions of the pipe shall have the minimum crushing strength prescribed in Table 1 when tested in accordance with Section I l.l.I of Methods C 500. 11. Inspection I l.l All material furnished under this spec ification shall conform to the requirements stated herein and shall be subjected to the fac tory inspection and tests prescribed in this specification. When requested by the pur chaser in his order (see Appendix XI), the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser of the time that the inspection and testing will take place so that the purchaser may arrange for witnessing such tests and inspections at his own expense. Instead of such inspection, when requested, the manufacturer shall be prepared to certify that his product conforms to the re quirements of this specification. 11.2 Each pipe shall be inspected by the manufacturer before shipment for compliance with the standards for dimensions, tolerances, workmanship, and finish (see also Section 7). 8. Couplings 8.1 Each standard, short, or random length of pipe shall be provided with a coupling means for the purpose of maintaining align ment and to ensure dose joints. 9. Fittings 9.1 Asbestos-cement storm drain pipe fit tings shall be suitable in size, crushing strength, and design for the pipe with which they will be furnished. 10. Test Methods 10.1 Chemical Requirements -- When tested in accordance with Sections 17 and 18 of 12. Rejection 12.1 Failure of any specimen tested for crushing strength to withstand 75 percent of the load specified in 10.2 shall be cause for rejection of the lot from which the test speci men was taken. When any specimen tested for crushing strength withstands over 75 percent but under 100 percent of the load specified in 10.2, one specimen shall be cut from each of two additional pipes of the same lot. Failure of either of these additional specimens to meet the strength requirements of 10.2 shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot from which the original sample was taken. 12.2 If the results of the uncombined cal- 2 CTD015536 4h> C 663 cium hydroxide test show that the sample failed to meet the specification requirements, two additional specimens shall be selected and mpled for each test. The failure of one of idese two additional samples to meet the spec ification requirements of 10.1 shall be cause for rejection of the lot. 13. Marking and Shipping 13.1 Each standard and random length of pipe shall be marked by the manufacturer with the trade name, nominal size, class, and the date of manufacture. 13.2 Couplings and fittings shall be marked with the size and class. 13.3 Pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be prepared for commercial shipment so as to ensure acceptance by common or other car riers. TABLE 1 Minimum Crashing Load Pipe Class Crushing Strength D Load. D, Load. Ibf/ft kN/m II III 2500D IV V 1500 2000 2500 3000 3750 21.9 29.2 36.5 43.8 54.7 APPENDIX XI. ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION XI.I It is suggested to the purchaser, without being made a part ol this specification, that the pur chaser may request inclusion of the following infor mation in his order or agreement for purchase of the pipe: XI. 1.1 Any tests, in addition to those prescribed this specification, as the special circumstances require, 1.1.2 The place or places where any additional tests are to be made. XI. 1.3 Description of the additional testing facil ities, XI. 1.4 Who shall bear the expense of such addi tional tests, XI. 1.3 Whether such additional tests may be made by any sound sampling process or other method approved by the parties, and XI. 1.6 Such other matters as the parties may find desirable to include in their written agreement. The American Societyfor Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity ofany patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination ofthe validity ofany such patent rights, and the risk ofinfringement ofsuch rights, is entirely their own responsibility. 3 CTD015537 Designation: C 668 - 76 American National Standard A165 8-1974 Approved Dec 23. 1974 By American National Standards Institute AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Copyright ASTM If not listed in the current combined lode*, will appear in the next edition. Standard Specification for ASBESTOS CEMENT TRANSMISSION PIPE*1 This Standard is issued under the fixed designation C 668: the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or. in the case of revision, the year of Iasi revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers asbestos-ce ment transmission pipe intended for use in transmission systems that carry fluids under pressure. A transmission system consists of pipe lines which convey fluids from their source to a point of distribution or discharge. The system is characterized by relatively steady flow and few appurtenances, thereby permitting reasonable hydraulic analysis, in cluding surge analysis. Note I--The values stated in U.S. customary units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of U.S. customary units may be approx imate. Note 2--This specification is issued for product standardization and purchasing purposes only, and does not include requirements for installation or the relationships between operating conditions and the strength characteristics of the various classifications ' pipe. The purchaser is cautioned that he must relate installation and operating conditions with the specified characteristics of the pipe. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: C 500 Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe.2 D 1869 Specification for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe.2 3. Classification 3.1 Asbestos-cement pipe furnished under this specification shall be manufactured in Classifications 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, and 90. The classifications represent one tenth of the minimum hydrostatic strength. 3.2 The types of pipe shall be known as Type I and Type II corresponding to the chemical requirements in Section 7 of this specification. Note 3--To assist the purchaser in choosing the type of pipe most suitable for his use, guidelines for the definition of aggressiveness of water and of soil environments for selection of the proper type of asbestos-cement pipe are covered in Sections 19 to 25 of Methods C 500. 4. Definitions 4.1 pipe--asbestos-cement transmission pipe as defined in Sections 1, 3, and 5. 4.2 coupling--a section for joining asbes tos-cement pipe that, when properly installed with the proper accessories, develops a joint equivalent in strength and serviceability to the pipe sections. 4.3 purchaser--the actual purchaser of the pipe or his authorized agents acting within the scope of the duties entrusted to them. 4.4 lot--A lot as used herein for pipe 21 in. in diameter and smaller is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine dur ing a 24-h period. A lot as used herein for pipe larger than 21 in. in diameter is defined as each 300 lengths of pipe or less, of identical class and size manufactured on each machine during a period of consecutive working days not exceeding 7 days. 5. Manufacture 5.1 Asbestos-cement pipe furnished under this specification shall be composed of an inti mate mixture of portland cement or portland blast-furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber 'This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C-17 on Asbestos-Cement Products. Current edition approved May 28, 1976. Published July 1976 Originally published as C 668 - 70. Last previous edition C 668 - 73b. 1 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Part 16. I CTD015538 # C 668 with or without silica; or it shall be composed of portland-pozzolan cement and asbestos fi ber. The mixture shall be free of organic addi tives. The material shall be of laminar con struction formed under pressure to a homo geneous structure and cured to meet the physical and chemical requirements of this specification. 6. Rubber Rings 6.1 The rubber rings used to seal the joints of the asbestos-cement pipe shall conform to the requirements of the latest revision of Specification D 1869. 7. Chemical Requirements 7.1 When uncombined calcium hydroxide tests are requested, one sample shall be taken from each lot of pipe and tested in accordance with Sections 17 and 18 of Methods C 500. The sample to be tested may be taken from one of the specimens selected for the crushing test. The amount of uncombined calcium hy droxide shall not exceed 1.0 percent for Type II pipe. Note 4--There are no chemical requirements for Type I pipe. 8. Hydrostatic Strength 8.1 Each standard, random, or short length of pipe (see Section 11) and each coupling sleeve, when manufactured from the same material as the pipe, shall be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment and shall have sufficient strength to withstand the internal hydrostatic pressure prescribed in Table I, when tested in accordance with Sec tion 5 of Me.thods C 500. 8.2 From each lot of pipe which has passed the routine hydrostatic proof test, one length shall be selected by the inspector. A 12-in. (305-mm) or longer section of pipe cut from an unmaphined portion of the selected length shall have the minimum hydrostatic strength designated in Table 2, when tested in accord ance with Section 5 of Methods C 500, except that the pressure need not be held for 5 s. 9. Flexural Strength 9.1 Each length of pipe in sizes 6 and 8 in. nominal diameter having lengths 10 ft (3.05 m) or longer shall have sufficient flexural strength to withstand without failure the total load prescribed in Table 3 when tested in ac cordance with Section 8 of Methods C 500. 10. Crushing Strength 10.1 From each lot, one length shall be se lected by the inspector. A 1 -ft (305-mm) sec tion of pipe cut from an unmachined portion of the selected length shall have the minimum crushing strength prescribed in Table 4 when tested in accordance with Section II. 1.1 of Methods C 500. 11. Dimensions and Permissible Variations 11.1 Couplings and coupling areas of pipe shall be machined or otherwise finished to such dimensions as will provide tight joints when assembled with the proper accessories and put into service for which the pipe is in tended. 11.2 Pipe shall be manufactured with nom inal inside diameters of 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20. 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, and 42 in. in the classifications defined in 3.1, except 6in. diameter pipe shall be of Classification 40 through 90 only. The average diameters of standard and random lengths may be less than the nominal inside diameter by not more than 5.0 percent, when measured approximately 3 in. (75 mm) from the end. 11.3 The standard length shall be 13 ft I in. (3.96 m =fc 25 mm). Alternative standard lengths shall be 10 ft 1 in. (3.05 m 2C mm) for 6-in. pipe and 16 ft 1 in. (4.88 i 25 mm) for 14-in. and larger pipe. At least 85 percent of the total footage of pipe of any one classification, type, and size, excluding short lengths, shall be furnished in standard lengths. The remaining 15 percent may be in random lengths of not less than 7 ft (2.13 m). Short lengths, when specifically ordered, shall not exceed 6% ft (2.06 m). 12. Workmanship and Finish 12.1 Machined ends of the pipe that re ceive the coupling shall be free of dents and gouges that will affect the tightness of the joint. 12.2 Each pipe shall be free of bulges, dents, and tears in the inside surface that re sult in a variation in diameter of more than CTD015539 in. (5 mm) from that obtained on adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. 13. Sampling 13.1 All samples shall be in a normal airdried condition when tests are initiated. 14. Inspection and Rejection 14.1 All material furnished under this spec ification shall conform to the requirements stated herein and shall be subjected to the fac tory inspection and tests prescribed in this specification. When requested by the pur chaser in his order (see Appendix XI), the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser of the time that the inspection and testing will take place so that the purchaser may arrange for witnessing such tests and inspections at his own expense. Instead of such inspection, when requested, the manufacturer shall be prepared to certify that his product conforms to the re quirements of this specification. 14.2 Pipe and couplings shall be inspected by the manufacturer, before shipment, for compliance with the standards for dimensions, and workmanship, and finish (See also Sec tions 7 to 10). 14.3 Failure of any specimen tested for crushing strength to withstand 75 percent of the load specified in Section 10 shall be cause for rejection of the lot from which the test specimen was taken. When any specimen tested for crushing strength withstands over 75 percent but under 100 percent of the load specified in Section 10, one specimen shall be cut from each of two additional pipes of the same lot. Failure of either of these additional specimens to meet the strength requirements of Section 10 shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot from which the original sample was taken. 14.4 If any pipe subjected to the hydro static strength test described in 8.2 fails to withstand the pressure specified, two addi tional lengths of the same size and classifica tion shall be selected from the pipe manufac tured during the same shift and shall be sub jected to the specified pressure. The failure of one of these additional lengths to withstand the specified pressure shall be cause for rejec tion of the entire lot of that size and classifi cation manufactured during the same shift as the test lengths. 14.5 If the results of the uncombined cal cium hydroxide test shows that the sample failed to meet the specification requirements, two additional specimens shall be selected and sampled for test. The failure of one of these two additional samples to meet the specifica tion requirements of Section 7 shall be cause for rejection of the lot. 15. Marking and Shipping 15.1 Each standard and random length of pipe shall be marked by the manufacturer with the trade name, nominal size, classifica tion, and date of manufacture. The trade name shall include, but is not limited to, the manufacturer's name or trademark and the words "Transmission Pipe." Each coupling sleeve, if made of the same material as the pipe, shall be marked by the manufacturer with the nominal size, classification, and the letter "T" to indicate that it has been hydro statically tested. 15.2 Pipe and couplings shall be prepared for commercial shipment so as to ensure ac ceptance by common or other carriers. TABLE I Applied Hydrostatic Proof Pressures'* TABLE 2 Minimum Hydrostatic Strength* Pipe Classification 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 Pressure, min psi (MPa) 275(1.55) 262 (1.81) 300 (2.07) 337 (2.32) 375 (2.58) 450 (3.10) 525 (3.62) 600 (4.13) 675 (4.65) Pipe Classification 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 Pressure, psi (MPa) 300 (2.07) 350 (2.41) 400 (2.76) 450 (3.10) 500 (3.44) 600 (4.13) 700 (4.82) 800 (5.51) 900 (6.20) AThe pressures and classifications indicated apply to all sizes. A The pressures and classifications indicated apply to all sizes. 3 CTD015540 # C 668 TABLE 3 Minimum Applied Flexural Proof Loads, Hif (kN) Nominal Size. in ----------- --------30 35 Pipe Classification ,-n - 40 45 50 60 70 6 2300 2500 2800 3200 3700 (10.23) (11-12) (12.45) (14.23) (16.46) 8 3700 4400 5100 5700 6400 6900 7600 (16.46) (19.57) (22.68) (25.35) (28.47) (30.69) (33.80) 80 4000 (17.79) 8800 (39.14) 90 4900 (21.80) 10100 (44.92) Nominal in. 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 30 2000 2000 2000 2000 2300 2500 2500 2500 2500 2800 3500 3500 3500 4000 4200 4300 TABLE 4 Minimum Crushing Strength, Ibf/linear ft Pipe Classification 35 40 45 50 60 70 2400 2500 2500 2500 2800 3000 3000 3500 3500 3800 4200 4500 5000 5000 5300 5700 2400 2800 3000 3000 3000 3300 3500 4000 4500 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 7500 8000 3200 3400 3500 4000 4000 4300 4500 5000 5500 5800 6200 7000 7500 8000 9000 9700 10500 4000 4000 4500 5200 5200 5500 5800 6500 7100 7300 8100 8800 9700 10500 11200 12000 13000 4700 4800 5500 6400 7000 7400 7500 8500 9500 9700 11000 12500 13500 14500 16000 17200 18500 5400 5500 7000 7800 8800 9300 9500 11000 12000 12500 15000 16500 18000 19500 21000 22500 24000 80 6700 7400 9000 10000 11000 12000 12400 14000 15000 16000 19000 20500 22500 24500 26000 28000 30000 90 9000 9300 11000 12200 13500 14500 15400 18000 20000 21000 24000 27000 30000 33000 36000 39000 42000 Nominal in. 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 30 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2 33.6 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 40.9 51.1 51.1 51.1 58.4 61.3 62.8 TABLE 4A Minimum Crushing Strength, N/linear m 35 35.0 36.5 36.5 36.5 40.9 43.8 43.8 51.1 51.1 55.5 61.3 65.7 73.0 73.0 77.3 83.2 40 35.0 40.9 43.8 43.8 43.8 48.2 51.1 58.4 65.7 65.7 73.0 80.3 87.6 94.9 102.2 109.5 116.8 Pipe Classification 45 50 60 46 7 49.6 51.1 58.4 58.4 62.8 65.7 73.0 80.3 84.6 90.5 102.2 109.5 116.6 131.3 141 6 153.2 58.4 58.4 65.7 75.9 75.9 80.3 84.7 94.9 103.6 106.5 118.2 128.4 141.6 153.2 163.5 175.1 189.7 68.6 70.1 80.3 93.4 102.2 108.0 109.5 124.0 138.6 141 6 160.5 182.4 197 0 211.6 233.5 251.0 270.0 70 78.8 80.3 102.2 113.8 128.4 135.7 138.6 160.5 175.1 182.4 218.9 240.8 262.7 284.6 306.5 328.4 350.3 80 97.8 108.0 131.3 145.9 160.5 175.1 181.0 204.3 218.9 233.5 277.3 299.2 328.4 357.6 379.4 408.6 437.8 90 131.3 135.7 160.5 178.0 197.0 211.6 224.7 262.7 291.9 306.5 350.3 394.0 437.8 481.6 525.4 569.2 612.9 4 CTD015541 # C 668 f I j APPENDIX XI. ADDITIONAL PURCHASE ORDER OPTIONS Xl.l It is suggested to the purchaser, without being made a part of this specification, that the purchaser may request inclusion of the following information in his order or agreement for purchase of the pipe: Xl.l.I Any tests, in addition to those prescribed by this specification, as the special circumstances may require. XI.1.2 The place or places where any additional tests are to be made. XI. 1.3 Description of the additional testing facil ities. XI. 1.4 Who shall bear the expense of such addi tional tests. XI. 1.5 Whether such additional tests may be made by any sound sampling process or other method approved by the parties, and XI.1.6 Such other matters as the parties may find desirable to include in their written agreement. The American Societyfor Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity ofany patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users ofthis standard are expressly advised that determination ofthe validity ofany such patent rights, and the risk ofinfringement ofsuch rights, is entirely their own responsibility. r i CTD015542 Designation: D 1869 - 66' AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103 Reprinted from the Annual Book oi ASTM Standard^ Cop\n>iht ASTM Standard Specification for RUBBER RINGS FOR ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE1 This Standard is issued under Ihe fixed designation D 1869. ihe number immediately following the designation indicates the sear of original adoption or. in the case of revision, the sear of last revision A number in parentheses indicates the sear of last reapproval. 'Non I--bditonal changes, including metric equualcnls. were made in May 1967. Non 2-- In 1.2. "natural and synthetic" was changed to "natural or synthetic" in November 1970. 1. Scope 1.1 This specification covers rubber rings used to seal the joints of asbestos-cement pipe conforming to ASTM Specifications C 296, for Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe-' and C 428, for Asbestos-Cement Non-Pressure Sewer Pipe."' 1.2 A specification is given for (/) natural or synthetic rubber rings, or both, where re sistance to oil or solvents is not required, and (2) synthetic rubber rings for services involv ing resistance to oil or solvents. NoTt 1--The values staled in U.S. customary units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of U.S. customary units may be approx imate. 2. Composition and Manufacture 2.1 The ring shall consist of a properly vul-tized virgin rubber compound. Virgin rub_r is defined as one containing no scrap, re claim, or rubber substitutes. 2.2 If a joint is used in the manufacture of the ring, the strength of the joint shall be such that the ring will withstand the stretch test described in 7.8 with no visible separation or peeling. 3. Physical Requirements 3.1 Sample rings taken from the shipment shall conform to the requirements for physical properties prescribed in Table 1 when tested in accordance with the methods specified in Section 7. 4. Dimensions and Tolerances 4.1 The rings shall conform to the dimen sions specified by the manufacturer of the pipe in which the rings are to be used, with a RMA Class 3 tolerance of 0.25 up to 25 mm (0.010 up to I in.) on all cross-section dimensions, and 1 percent on all diametral dimensions, unless otherwise agreed upon by the pipe manufacturer and the ring supplier. NoTt' 2--The design and tolerances of asbestoscement pipe are not sufficiently standardized to permit interchangeability of rings in many cases from pipe of one manufacturer to that of another. 5. Workmanship 5.1 The surface shall be smooth and free from pitting, cracks, blisters, air marks, and any other imperfection that would affect its behavior in service. The body shall be free from porosity and air pockets. 5.2 The flash thickness shall not exceed 0.4 mm (0.015 in.), nor the flash width 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) at any point in the ring. 5.3 Offset, or failure of the mold to register accurately, shall not exceed 0.4 mm (0.015 in.) 6. Sampling 6.1 A number of sample rings shall be drawn at random from each shipment of rings in accordance with Table 2. 6.2 These shall be stretched and examined as specified in 7.8. A sufficient additional number of rings shall be drawn at random for the tests specified in Table 1. 1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee D-ll on Rubber and Rubber-Like Materials. This* standard is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee D-l 1.36 on Seals Current edition effective Sept. 20, 1966 Originally is sued 1961. Replaces D 1869 - 63 T. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 12. 1 CTD015543 D 1869 7. Methods of Test 7.1 Tensile Strength, Elongation, and Stress at 300 percent Elongation--ASTM Method D 412, Tension Testing of Vulcanized Rubber:3 7.1.1 Cut samples for tensile strength, elon gation, and stress at 300 percent elongation tests from circumferential sections of the ring itself. 7.1.2 From these samples stamp dumbbell test specimens using a standard ASTM Type C dumbbell conforming to Fig. I of Method D 412. .7.1.3 The sections from which the dumb bells are cut may be prepared by sectioning a sample ring held rigidly in a jig, which in turn is mounted in a chuck of a machinist's lathe. A sharp, thin cutting knife should be mounted in the lathe holder and the cut made at a right angle to the jig face. The cutting site should be lubricated at all times by a jet of cool wa ter. 7.1.4 These sections may be buffed lightly prior to cutting into dumbbell specimens in order to bring them to a uniform thickness for testing. 7.2 Hardness: 7.2.1 ASTM Method D 1415, Test for In ternational Hardness of Vulcanized Rubbers,3 shall be used as the referee method. 7.2.2 ASTM Method D 2240, Test for In dentation Hardness of Rubber and Plastics by Means of a Durometer,3 may be used for quality control. 7.2.3 Hardness readings for guidance pur poses may be taken directly on the ring, rec ognizing that those may vary slightly from those taken on dumbbell specimens. 7.3 Ooen Aging: Tensile Strength, Elonga tion, and Hardness: ' 7.3.1 ASTM Method D 573, Test for Ac celerated Aging of Vulcanized Rubber by the Oven Method,3 in conjunction with Methods D 412 and D 1415 or D 2240. Prepare test specimens in accordance with 7,1. 7.3.2 Age nonoil resistant specimens for 168 h at 70 2 C. 7.3.3 Age oil-resistant specimens for 70 h at 100 2 C. 7.4 Water Aging: Volume and Appearance Change: 7.4.1 Cut one specimen 50 3 mm (2.0 0.1 in.) long and not less than 13 mm2 (0.2 in.2) in cross section from each of three rings. 7.4.2 Totally immerse the specimens in t' siphon cup of an insulated 3-liter extraction apparatus, and hold at a temperature of 100 2 C for 20 consecutive days. Suspend the specimens at least 50 mm (2 in.) beneath the surface of the water in such a manner that they do not contact one another or the surface of the cup. 7.4.3 Immediately after removal from the boiling water, blot the specimens, weigh and calculate the volume increase in accordance with ASTM Method D 471, Test for Change in Properties of Elastomeric Vulcanizates Resulting from Immersion in Liquids.' 7.4.4 Average the values obtained for the three specimens. 7.5 Compression Set: 7.5.1 Method B of ASTM Methods D 395, Test for Compression Set of Vulcanized Rub ber,3 except cut three specimens from sepa rate rings about 75 mm (3 in.) in length and the full cross-sectional area of the ring in a compression device 50 mm long. 7.5.1.1 Place the specimens in the compres sion device with the inside and outside cir cumference sides in contact with the compres sion plates. 7.5.1.2 If this is impractical because of the size or shape of the specimens, they may be placed in the compression device in a mannethat will give the most accurate values. 7.5.2 Make a reference measurement at any convenient point where the section is solid and compress the specimen 50 percent at the reference point, using spacers. 7.5.3 Oven age nonoil resistant specimens for 22 h at 70 2 C. 7.5.4 Oven age oil-resistant specimens for 22 h at 100 1 C. 7.6 Low-Temperature Flexibility: 7.6.1 ASTM Method D 746, Test for Brit tleness Temperature of Plastics and Elasto mers by Impact.3 7.6.2 Prepare test specimens in accordance with 7.1.2 through 7.1.5. The temperature of test shall be -- 25 2 C. 3 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 28. 2 CTD015544 D 1869 7.7 Oil Aging: Tensile Strength, Elonga tion, Hardness, and Volume Change: 7.7.1 ASTM Method D 471, Test for ange in Properties of Elastomeric Vulcanizates Resulting from Immersion in Liquids.1 7.7.2 Prepare test specimens for tensile strength, elongation, and hardness tests in accordance with 7.1.2 through 7.1.5. 7.7.3 Prepare specimens for the volume change test in accordance with 7.4.1. 7.7.4 Immerse the specimens in ASTM Oil No. 3 for 70 h at 100 2 C. 7.8 Stretch Test for Visual Examination: 7.8.1 Stretch the rings until the circumfer ence has increased 50 percent. 7.8.2 Inspect each ring visually for defects in accordance with 2.2 and 5.1. 7.8.3 The number of rings to be examined and the maximum number of defective rings for acceptance of the lot is shown in Table 2. 8. Markings and Color Coding 8.1 Each ring shall be marked with clearly legible letters, the size of which shall not ex ceed 6 mm ('/, in.). 8.2 The markings shall include the ring manufacturer's name or symbol, the pipe manufacturer's name or symbol, the pipe size and pressure rating, and the year of manufac ture. 8.3 Each oil-resistant synthetic rubber ring shall be marked with a color stripe, dot, or other identifying mark to distinguish this ring from the nonoil resistant type. 8.3.1 The shape and color of the mark shall be as specified by the manufacturer of the pipe in which the ring is to be used. TABLE I Physical Requirements of Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Test Type of Rubber Ring Nonoil Resistant Oil-Resistant Original Properties. Tensile strength, mm, kgt'/crrr (psu Average of three specimens Lowest individual Elongation, mm, percent. Average of three specimens Lowest individual Hardness, durometer number" Stress at 300 percent elongation, kgl/cnr (psi; Max Min Compression set, max, percent Low-temperature Mexibilii> After Oven Aging: Tensile strength, average decrease, max, percent Elongation, average decrease, max, percent Hardness, average increase, max. points After Water Aging: Volume change, max, percent Appearance change After Oil Aging: Tensile strength, average decrease, max, percent Elongation, average decrease, max, percent Hardness, average change, points Volume change, average, percent 140 (2000) 125 (1800) 350 325 nominal i 5 160 (2300) 85 f1200) 16 no cracks 15 25 7 12 no surface degradation 105 (1500) W (1300) 325 300 nominal 5 160 (2300J 70 (1000) 25 no cracks 20 30 15 12 no surface degradation 35 40 - 10 to +2 - 1 lo +15 " Nominal hardness shall be from 50 to 60 as specitied b> the pipe manufacturer 3 CTD015545 451b D 1869 TARLE 2 Sampling Plan for Stretch Test for Visual Inspection Number of Rings in Shipment Number of Rings in Sample Maximum Number of Defectives for Accept ance Up io 800 801 lo 3 200 3 201 io 8 000 8 001 lo 22 000 75 4 150 8 225 11 300 14 4 CTD015546 If/Ti/n t' American Water Works Association ANSI/AWWA C603-78 (Revision of AWWA C603-65) AWWA STANDARD for INSTALLATION OF ASBESTOS-CEMENT PRESSURE PIPE (AMERICAN NATIONAL] ISTANOAROBBP First edition approved by AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 27, 1964. This edition approved Jan. 28, 1978. Approved by American National Standards Institute, Inc., Apr. 10, 1978. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235 CTD015547 Committee Personnel The Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe that reviewed and approved this standard had the following personnel at the time of approval: R. S. Bryant, Chairman J. L. Warden, Vice-Chairman T. R. Gillen, Secretary Consumer Members S. C. Baker, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, VA L. C. Bradley, Water Department, Fort Worth, TX P. J. Brady, Director of Utilities, Portsmouth, VA R. S. Bryant, Department of Water & Power, Los Angeles, CA F. G. Denson, Works & Operations Department, Winnepeg, Manitoba R. Graff, Water Utilities, San Diego, CA J. E. Johnson,* US Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO R. A. Marchand, Water Department, Warren, OH J. L. Warden, US Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO (NAVFAC) (AWWA) (AWWA) (ASCE) (AWWA) (AWWA) (USBR) (AWWA) (USBR) General Interest Members G. C. Anderson, Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. A. Barrows, C. E. Maguire, Inc., Waltham, MA V. R. Bickel, Department of Environmental Health, Albuquerque, NM S. L. Biship,* Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA C. L. Frick,* Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. S. Holmgren Jr., James M. Montgomery, La Jolla, CA F. A. Obert, Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA J. S. Slicer, Factory Mutual Research, Norwood, MA M. R. Suchomel, Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, IL W. Tag sart, Wright-McLaughlin Engineering, Denver, CO (ISO) (NEWWA) (APWA) (NEWWA) (ISO) (AWWA) (WPCF) (FMR) (UL) (ASCE) Producer Members A. E. Alpine, Cement Asbestos Products Co., Birmingham, AL F. T. Duffy, The Flintkote Company, Akron, OH T. R. Gillen, Johns-Manville Sales Corp., Denver, CO J. C. Jackson, Association of A/C Pipe Producers, Washington, DC A. I. Leff,* Certain-Teed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA W. R. Seipt, Certain-Teed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA (AWWA) (AWWA) (AWWA) (AACPP) (AWWA) (AWWA) * Alternate O Copyright 1978 by American Water Works Assn. Printed in US ii CTD015548 'O 'O 'O Table of Contents SEC. PAGE Foreword I History of Standard........................ V IIInformation Regarding Use of This Standard.............................. v Ill Major Revisions ............................... . vi Standard 1 General ............................................ 1.1 Scope .................................................. 1.2 Definitions ......................................... 1.3 References ........................................ 1 1 1 2 2 Material Acceptance, Storage, and Handling ............................ 2.1 Acceptance ........................................ . 2.2 Storage .............................................. 2.3 Handling............................................ . 2 2 2 3 3 General and Detailed Work to be Performed............................ . 3.1 Alignment and Grade ..................... 3.2 Excavation and Preparation of Trench ...................................... . 3 3 3 SEC. PAGE 3.3 Laying of Pipe .................................. 4 3.4 Jointing of Pipe to Valves, Hydrants, and Fittings ................ 3.5 Setting of Hydrants, Valves, and Fittings.................................... 3.6 Plugging of Dead Ends .................. 5 6 7 4 Pressure and Leakage Tests ... 4.1 General ................................................ 4.2 Test Pressure .................................... 4.3 Procedure............................................ 4.4 Allowable Leakage............................ 5 Backfilling ......................................... 5.1 Backfill Procedure Before Tests .. 5.2 Backfill Procedure After Tests ... 7 7 7 7 8 6 Disinfection....................................... 9 Table 1 Allowable Leakage Per 100 Couplings ................................ 8 t CTD015549 Foreword This foreword is for information only and is not part of AWWA C603. I. History of Standard A new pipe material consisting of an intimate mixture of portland cement and asbestos fibers was introduced into the North American market in 1931 following several years of usage in other countries, particularly Italy. In the ensuing years this type of pipe gained popularity, and in 1949 AWWA established a committee on standard specifications for asbestoscement pipe under the chairmanship of S.M. Clarke of Greeley and Hanson, Chicago. The committee developed a standard for asbestos-cement water pipe which was approved by the AWWA Board of Directors as tentative (AWWA C400-53T) May 15, 1953. In 1958 the committee was reactivated as Com mittee 8340D on Asbestos-Cement Pipe under the chairmanship of Roy H. Ritter, Whitman, Requardt and Associates, Baltimore. The committee concluded that an in stallation guide was desirable to bring to the attention of users certain im portant requirements on the inspection, handling, installation, and field testing of asbestos-cement pressure pipe. In 1963 the committee submitted its final draft which received approval as tenta tive (AWWA C603-64T) Jan. 27, 1964. It was advanced to standard (AWWA C603-65) without revision Aug. 9, 1965. In early 1968 the committee was re activated as the Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe to review and revise all AWWA stan dards on asbestos-cement pipe. The committee considered numerous recom mendations for changes resulting in this current standard that has a completely revised format and takes into account various users' bedding methods. II. Information Regarding Use of This Standard If AWWA C603 is to be used in its published form, the engineer should prepare and include as part of the project specifications an addendum en titled, "Addendum to the Standard for Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pres sure Pipe." Since the standard in cludes the various standard materials and methods that may be used, the engineer should select the materials and methods that apply to the project and, by reference to the sections in AWWA C603, indicate in the adden dum those that are applicable or not. The engineer should include in the ad dendum information pertaining to sub ject matter referred to in certain sec tions of the standard that cannot therein be covered completely and made appli cable to all projects. The engineer may also include in the addendum informa tion that covers work and materials not included in the standard. Although installation of pipe that is laid on earth mounds is included in this standard, caution should be exercised, particularly in small sizes, to ensure (1) that proper clearance is maintained between the pipe or coupling and the trench bottom, and (2) that after pipe placement, the earth beneath the entire length of the pipe including the cou pling is properly placed beneath the pipe and is compacted to a uniform density. v CTD015550 VI FOREWORD III. Major Revisions The major changes from the 1965 standard made in this revision are: 1. A change in the title calling for "Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pres sure Pipe" instead of water pipe. Therefore, this standard covers both asbestos-cement distribution pipe (AWWA C400) and asbestos-cement transmission pipe (AWWA C402). 2. A major change in format so as to follow "Procedures and Style for Preparation of AWWA Standards." 3. The inclusion of notes in para graph 3.2.3, Preparation of Trench, to give further assistance in the installa tion of asbestos-cement pressure pipe. 4. A revision to the section, Pres sure and Leakage Tests, to include both asbestos-cement distribution pipe (AWWA C400) and asbestos-cement transmission pipe (AWWA C402). CTD015551 American Water Works Association AWWA C603-78 (Revision of AWWA C603-65) AWWA Standard for Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Section 1--General Sec. 1.1 Scope This standard covers the installation of water pipelines of asbestos-cement pressure pipe with fittings and appur tenances of asbestos-cement, cast iron, other materials, or combinations of any of these. For specific projects, a thor ough review of this standard is recom mended for the purpose of supplement ing it with provisions for special re quirements not included herein. These requirements should be incorporated into the contract requirements. Sec. 1.2 Definitions Under this standard, the following definitions shall apply: 1.2.1 Compacted backfill. Job-ex cavated material or other such granular bedding material that is not frozen but is free from debris, organic matter, rocks, and stones, and which, in the opinion of the engineer, is suitable for backfilling. It shall be placed in not more than 6-in. layers and compacted to not less than 90 per cent standard density as defined in ASSHTO T-99. 1.2.2 Drawings. Drawings prepared by the owner to show the location and details for the construction of the pipe line and appurtenances. 1.2.3 Supplementary specifications. Supplementary specifications prepared by the owner to define which of the alternate materials and procedures pro vided in the standard apply and to pro vide for conditions, materials, and pro cedures not covered by this standard. CTD015552 2 INSTALLATION OF A-C PRESSURE PIPE Sec. 1.3 References This standard references the follow ing documents. They form a part of this standard to the extent specified herein. In any case of conflict, the requirements of this standard shall prevail. AASHTO * T-99 --Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relation ship for Soils ANSI A21.ll (AWWA Cl 11) --American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pres sure Pipe and Fittings ASTM t B29 --Specifications for Pig Lead AWWA C400 --Standard for Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids AWWA C401 --Standard Practice for Selection of Asbestos-Cement Distribu tion Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in. AWWA C402 --Standard for Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in., for Water and Other Liquids AWWA C403 --Standard Practice for the Se lection of Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe, Sizes 18 in. Through 42 in. AWWA C601 --Standard for Disinfecting Wa ter Mains Section 2--Material Acceptance, Storage, and Handling Sec. 2.1 Acceptance At the time of delivery all material shall be examined for defects and dam age, and any material that is defective or damaged shall be rejected and re moved from the job site. 2.1.1 Replacement of damaged pipe. Material that is supplied by the owner and is rejected at the point of delivery because of defects or damage shall be replaced by the owner. Material that is supplied by the contractor and is re jected at the point of delivery because * American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 341 National Press Building, Washington, D.C. 20045. t American Society for Testing and Ma terials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103. of defects or damage shall be replaced by the contractor. Material damaged subsequent to acceptance by the con tractor shall be replaced by the con tractor. Sec. 2.2 Storage Safe storage shall be provided for material until it has been incorporated into the completed project. The in terior of all pipe, couplings, rings, fit tings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and other foreign matter at all times. Waives and hy drants shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage by freezing. CTD015553 SECTION 3 3 Sec. 2.3 Handling At all times material shall be handled with care to avoid damage. Whether moved by hand, skidways, or hoists, material shall not be dropped, bumped, or allowed to impact on itself. 2.3.1 Rehandling. All materials to be supplied by the owner shall be claimed at the locations designated in the supplementary specifications and hauled to and distributed at the site. 2.3.2 Unloading at work site. In distributing the material at the work site, it shall be unloaded adjacent to or near the location where it is to be in stalled. Section 3--General and Detailed Work to be Performed Sec. 3.1 Alignment and Grade All pipe shall be laid to and main tained at the lines and grades required by the engineer. Fittings, valves, air vents, and hydrants shall be installed at the required locations with joints centered, spigots home, and valve and hydrant stems plumb. No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade without approval from the engineer or his representative. Sec. 3.2 Excavation and Preparation oi Trench The trench shall be excavated to the required alignment and depth shown on the drawings, or as subsequently approved in writing by the engineer, and only so far in advance of pipelay ing as permitted by the supplementary specifications. 3.2.1 Excavation methods. When necessary to prevent caving, trenqh ex cavations shall be sheeted and braced or sloped in accordance with applicable laws and ordinances. When sheeting and bracing are used, the trench width shall not be less than that specified in paragraph 3.2.2. As backfill is placed and sheeting is withdrawn, it shall be withdrawn in increments of not more than 1 ft, and the void left by the with drawn sheeting shall be filled and com pacted before withdrawing the next in crement. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not en danger the work or obstruct sidewalks and driveways. Gutters shall be kept clear or other provisions made for sur face drainage. 3.2.2 Trench width. The trench width shall be ample to permit the pipe to be laid and jointed properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified by the engineer. Trenches shall be of such extra width, when re quired, to permit the convenient plac ing of timber supports, sheeting and bracing, and the handling of specials. 3.2.3 Trench preparation. The trench shall be prepared for the direct placement of the pipe. This includes digging coupling holes in the trench bottom or bedding, or placing properly prepared mounds as specified by the engineer. (Illustrations of the various bedding conditions are in AWWA C401, "Standard Practice for the Se lection of Asbestos-Cement Distribu tion Pipe, Sizes 4-in. Through 16-in.," and AWWA C403, "Standard Practice CTD015554 4 INSTALLATION OF A-C PRESSURE PIPE for the Selection of Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe, Sizes 18-in. Through 42-in.") 3.2.4 Excavation in poor soil and refilling to grade. Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be backfilled to grade with thoroughly compacted material approved by the engineer. When an unstable subgrade condition is encountered and, in the opinion of the engineer, it cannot sup port the pipe, an additional depth shall be excavated and refilled to pipe foun dation grade with crushed stone or other suitable material as required by the engineer to achieve a satisfactory trench bottom. 3.2.5 Pipe laid on trench bottom or bedding. Before the pipe is lowered into the trench, 1. A coupling hole shall be exca vated with sufficient length, width, and depth to permit assembly and provide a minimum clearance of 2 in. below the coupling, and 2. The pipe shall be provided with continuous support between coupling holes. Note: Use of approved granular material for bedding is recommended as a preferred method of preparing the trench bottom for pipe installation. 3.2.6 Pipe laid on earth mounds. Pipe shall be laid on earth mounds of approved backfill material compacted firmly in place and of a size adequate to hold the pipe in alignment and to maintain a 2-in. minimum clearance from coupling to trench bottom. Each pipe shall be laid on two mounds with the center of each mound placed ap proximately one fifth of the pipe length from each end. The trench shall be excavated a minimum of 2 in. below the grade of the bottom of the outside diameter of the coupling, and high spots between couplings shall be lev eled in order to maintain a minimum of 2 in. under the pipe barrel. The clearance between the trench bottom and the bottom of the coupling and pipe shall be properly backfilled utiliz ing material approved by the engineer. The material shall be compacted utiliz ing appropriate equipment to provide a firm and uniform bedding throughout the entire length of the pipe. Note: Earth mounds have been used in some areas with success. How ever, if this method is to be used, par ticularly in small sizes, caution should be exercised to ensure (1) that proper clearance is maintained between the pipe or coupling and the trench bottom, and (2) that after pipe placement, the earth beneath the entire length of the pipe including the coupling is properly placed beneath the pipe and is com pacted to a uniform density. Sec. 3.3 Laying of Pipe 3.3.1 Lowering of pipe and acces sories into trench. Pipe shall not be lowered into the trench until the pipe bed has been brought to grade. All pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects. Dirt and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inte rior and the machined ends before low ering into the trench. Pipe and acces sories shall be lowered carefully into the trench by hand or with suitable equipment in a manner that will pre vent damage to pipe and fittings or injury to the installers. The sealing surfaces of all materials shall be kept clean during installation. 3.3.2 Pipe joints. The machined ends of pipe to be jointed, coupling grooves, and rubber rings shall be cleaned immediately before assembly, and assembly shall be made as recom mended by the manufacturer. Care CTD015555 SECTION 3 5 should be taken not to reverse the gasket when placed in the bell. Each pipe joint shall be sealed with a cou pling consisting of an asbestos-cement sleeve and two rubber rings or an equivalent coupling or joint of equiv alent strength and performance. The pipe joint shall not be deflected either vertically or horizontally beyond the limits recommended by the manufac turer, 3.3.2.1 When pipelaying is not in progress, the open ends of installed pipe shall be closed to prevent entrance of trench water into the line. 3.3.2.2 Whenever water is excluded from the interior of the pipe, enough backfill shall be placed on the pipe to prevent floatation. Any pipe that has floated shall be removed from the trench and the bedding corrected to conform to paragraph 3.2.3. No pipe shall be laid when the weather is un suitable for proper installation as deter mined by the engineer. 3.3.3 Pipe cutting. Pipe-cutting methods that produce a smooth, square cut end without damage to the pipe and that minimize or eliminate airborne particles shall be employed. Rotating blades, hand saws, or similar materials, when properly used, are acceptable. Abrasive disks are not recommended unless special precautions are taken. 3.3.4 End preparation. Whenever it is necessary to cut a length of pipe in the field, the end shall be prepared as follows: 3.3.4.1 The pipe end of random lengths shall be machined by commer cially available field lathes designed for this purpose to ensure that the diam eter, profile, and roundness meet the pipe manufacturer's specifications. The machined surface on which the com pression ring seals shall be smooth and cylindrical to ensure joint integrity. 3.3.4.2 The pipe end of machined overall lengths shall be beveled in ac cordance with the pipe manufacturer's specifications. 3.3.5 Length of pipe at fittings and rigid structures. When rigid joints are formed by caulked materials or by bolts with rubber ring seals, such as at fit tings, the length of 8-in. diameter and smaller pipe fitted into the bell of the fittings shall not exceed 3 ft 3 in. and the length of 10-in. diameter and larger pipe shall not exceed 6 ft 6 in. At least one flexible joint shall be used between two adjacent rigid joints. A coupling shall be cast in the wall of rigid structures at the point of entry of pipelines to provide flexibility at the wall. To provide additional flexibility, the pipe at the point of entry shall have a laying length of not more than 6 ft 6 in. Sec. 3.4 Jointing of Pipe io Valves, Hydrants, and Fittings 3.4.1 General. Each valve, hydrant, or fitting connected to asbestos-cement pipe shall either be equipped with a bell of an inside diameter large enough to receive the pipe and caulking of at least |-in. thickness around the full circumference of the pipe, or shall have a profile that permits a seal to be made between the machined pipe and the bell of the fitting with a rubber ring. 3.4.1.1 Before valves, hydrants, or fittings are laid, all lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell. The inside of the bell shall then be wire-brushed and both the in side of the bell and the spigot end of the pipe shall be wiped clean and dry. All surfaces to be jointed shall be kept clean until the joints are made. 3.4.2 Push-on joints. The push-on joint is a single rubber-gasket joint. CTD015556 6 INSTALLATION OF A-C PRESSURE PIPE It shall be assembled by positioning a continuous rubber ring gasket in the annular groove in the fitting bell and pulling the machined pipe end into the bell. A lubricant approved by the pipe manufacturer must be used. Care should be taken to ensure obtaining the correct size of gasket for the fitting bell for use with the correct size of asbes tos-cement pipe. Cast-iron bell gaskets and asbestos-cement coupling gaskets are not interchangeable. An asbestoscement coupling gasket shall not be used in a cast-iron fitting bell. 3.4.3 Mechanical joint. The me chanical joint is a bolted joint of the stuffing box type. In some sizes and classes, an adaptor is required between the asbestos-cement pipe and the me chanical joint. The joints shall con form to the current revision of ANSI A21.ll (AWWA Clll), "RubberGasket Joints for Cast-Iron and Duc tile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.'' and shall be assembled as required in Appendix A, Notes on Installation of Mechanical Joints, of that standard. 3.4 4 Poured joints. 3.4.4 1 The yarning or packing ma terial shall be as specified by the engi neer. It shall consist of molded rubber rings. Asbestos rope or treated paper rope may be used only with the ap proval of the engineer when the space between the bell and spigot will not permit the use of a rubber ring. 3.4.4.2 The yarning material shall be placed around the spigot of the pipe and shall be of proper dimensions to center the spigot in the bell. When the spigot is shoved home, the yarning ma terial shall be driven tightly against the inside base or hub of the bell with suit able yarning tools. 3.4.4.3 When a single strand of yarning material is used, it shall have an overlap at the top of not more than 2 in. When more than a single strand is required for a joint, each strand shall be cut to sufficient length so that the ends will meet without causing overlap. The ends of the strands shall meet on opposite sides of the pipe and not on the top or at the bottom. Successive strands of yarning material shall be driven home separately. 3.4.4.4 Lead-joint bells shall pro vide a jointing material space of not less than 2\ in. for pipe of 20 in. di ameter and smaller and 24 in. for pipe 24--42 in. in diameter. 3.4.4.5 Lead for caulking purposes shall meet the current requirements of ASTM B29, "Standard Specifications for Pig Lead, in the Common Desilver ized Grade." Sec. G.5 Setting of Hydrants. Valves, and Fittings 3.5.1 General. Hydrants, valves, and fittings shall be provided and in stalled as shown on the drawings or as specified in the supplementary specifi cations. They shall be inspected care fully and cleaned as required in para graph 3.4.1.1 prior to lowering into the trench. 3.5.2 Reaction or thrust backing. A reaction or thrust backing shall be pro vided at each hydrant, valve, bend, and tee and at reducers or fittings where changes in pipe diameter occur. They shall be centered on the longitudinal axis and extended to solid undisturbed ground. Hydrants may be tied to the water main with rods. The size and shape of the thrust backing or the num ber and size of the tie rods shall be as shown on the drawings or as specified in the supplementary specifications. CTD015557 SECTION 4 7 Sec. 3.6 Plugging of Dead Ends Plugs shall be inserted into the bells of all dead-end fittings. Spigot ends of fittings and plain ends of pipe shall be capped. A reaction or thrust back- ing shall be provided at all dead ends of pipe that are capped or plugged. Capped or plugged outlets to fittings shall be tied to the fittings and shall be restrained according to the fitting manufacturer's recommendations. Section 4--Pressure and Leakage Tests Sec. 4.1 General The field pressure and leakage tests should be conducted on each section as soon as possible after the following requirements have been met. 4.1.1 Backfilling. Backfill sufficient to prevent the lifting of the pipe shall be placed prior to filling with water and field testing. When local condi tions require that the trenches be back filled immediately after the pipe has been laid, the testing may be conducted after backfilling has been completed and before placement of permanent surface. 4.1.2 Concrete curing time. Before testing, or as specified by the engineer, at least 36 hr shall elapse after the last concrete thrust or reaction backing has been cast with high-early-strength ce ment, and at least seven days shall elapse after the last concrete thrust or reaction backing has been cast with standard cement. Sec. 4.2 Test Pressure Unless otherwise specified, the test pressure for distribution pipe ( AWWA C400, sizes 4 in. through 16 in.) shall be double the operating pressure at the lowest elevation of the system or the class designation of the pipe plus 50 psi, whichever is less. The test pres sure for transmission pipe (AWWA C402, sizes 18 in. through 42 in.) shall be the design pressure (operating pres sure plus surge) times H. Sec. 4.3 Procedure The following procedure is based on the assumption that the pressure and leakage tests will be performed at the same time. The total time for the com bined pressure and leakage tests for each section shall be a minimum of 2 hr unless otherwise specified. If sepa rate tests are made, the pressure test shall be made first. The duration of the pressure test shall be a minimum of 1 hr. The duration of the leakage test shall be a minimum of 4 hr. The pressure of the leakage test may be reduced to 150 per cent of the max imum working pressure that will occur on that portion of the line or shall equal the test pressure (Sec. 4.2), whichever is less. 4.3.1 Filling. After the pipeline has been laid it shall be filled with water for a minimum of 24 hr before being subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test. Each section of the pipeline shall be filled slowly with water and all air expelled by means of taps at points of highest elevation. CTD015558 8 INSTALLATION OF A-C PRESSURE PIPE TABLE 1 ______________________________ Allowable Leakage per 100 Couplings* Pipe Diameter in. 50 Average Test Pressure at Lowest Point in Line--psi 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 Leakage--gal {hr 250 4 0.71 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.23 1.32 1.42 1.51 1.58 6 1.06 1.29 1.51 1.68 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.25 2.37 8 1.42 1.72 2.00 2.24 2.45 2.64 2.84 3.00 3.16 10 1.77 2.15 2.50 2.79 3.07 3.40 3.54 3.75 3.95 12 2.12 2.58 3.00 3.35 3.68 3.96 4.24 4.52 4.74 14 2.48 3.01 3.50 3.91 4.28 4.62 4.96 5.26 5.50 16 2.83 3.44 4.01 4.47 4.89 5.27 5.68 6.00 6.32 18 3.18 3.87 4.52 5.02 5.52 5.93 6.37 6.75 7.11 20 3.54 4.30 5.00 5.58 6.12 6.58 7.08 7.51 7.90 21 3.73 4.54 5.24 5.88 6.40 6.92 7.42 7.86 8.28 24 4.24 5.16 6.00 6.69 7.34 7.91 8.50 9.01 9.47 27 4.77 5.83 6.74 7.56 8.23 8.90 9.54 10.12 10.66 30 5.30 6.45 7.51 8.37 9.18 9.88 10.62 11.26 11.84 33 5.83 7.13 8.24 9.25 10.06 10.88 11.67 12.36 13.02 36 6.37 7.75 9.01 10.07 11.02 11.88 12.74 13.50 14.22 39 6.88 8.42 9.74 10.83 11.90 12.96 13.79 14.61 15.40 42 7.42 9.08 10.48 11.78 12.82 13.85 14.86 15.74 16.58 * The data are based on 150 psi and represent a leakage of approximately 30 gpd per mile of pipe per in, of pipe diameter for pipe in 13-ft lengths. 4.3.2 Pressurization. The specified test pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. The test pressure shall be maintained for the specified time during which all exposed pipe, couplings, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be exam ined carefully. 4.3.3 Cracked or defective elements. All cracked or defective elements shall be removed and replaced and the test repeated until all visible leakage has been stopped and the requirements of Sec. 4.4 have been met. Sec. 4.4 Allowable Leakage No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage for the section of line that is tested is more than the rate of leakage specified in Table 1. In deter mining the number of couplings, con sideration should be given to allow for the additional number of joints if the pipe is less than 13 ft. If the test leakage in any section is greater than permitted, the leakage shall be located, repaired, and the test performed until the leakage is within the permitted allowance. CTD015559 SECTION 6 9 Section 5--Backfilling Sec. 5.1 Backfill Procedure Before Tests Backfill material approved by the en gineer shall be free of any frozen lumps, rock that is in. or larger in size, and lumps of clay, large stones, boulders, or other unsuitable sub stances such as debris. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench up to the horizontal diameter of the pipeline in 6-in. thick compacted layers and shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction under and on each side of the pipe to provide sup port that is free from voids. 5.1.1 Visual inspection not required. If visual inspection during the hydro static tests is not required, then the pipe and joints shall be backfilled as specified previously and a cushion of material hand-placed over the pipe and joints to an average depth of 12 in. for all sizes of pipe. 5.1.2 Visual inspection required. If the joints are to be exposed during the test, additional backfill material shall be hand-placed between the joints in order to hold the line securely during the test. The average depth of mate rial in this instance shall be 12 in. over the top of 8-in. diameter and smaller pipe, and 24 in. over larger pipe. In no case shall material with a diameter in excess of 1^ in. be placed in the trench in the first 12 in. above the pipe. Sec. 5.2 Backfill Procedure After Tests Upon completion of pressure and leakage tests, exposed couplings shall be covered and backfill hand-placed to a depth of 12 in. above the top of the pipe and couplings. The balance of backfill shall not contain stones that are more than 6 in. in their largest dimension, and the backfill mixture shall not be used for disposal of refuse. Trenches under pavements and side walks shall be backfilled to a compac tion density of 90 per cent as deter mined by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Of ficials Method T99 for compaction and density of soils. The balance of the backfill for other trenches and those trenches not in a right of way may be backfilled by machine without compac tion unless otherwise specified in the supplementary specifications. Addi tional backfill material shall be sup plied, if needed, to completely backfill the trenches or to fill depressions caused by subsequent settlement. Section 6--Disinfection Before the pipeline is placed into service, all new water systems, exten sions to existing systems, valved sec tions of extension, replacements in the existing system, and any exposed sec tion of the existing system shall be dis infected in accordance with AWWA C601, "Disinfection of Water Mains." CTD015560 AWWA C603-78 8 April 1982 Department of Defense Acceptance Notice This nongovernment document was adopted and approved for use by the Department of Defense (DoD) on 8 April 1982. The American Water Works Association has furnished the clearance required by existing regulations. Copies of the document are stocked by DoD Single Stock Point, Naval Publications and Forms Center, Philadelphia, PA 19120, for issue to DoD activities only. Contractors and industry groups must obtain copies from AWWA, 6666 West Quincy Ave., Denver, CO 80235. Title of Document: Standard for Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Date of Specific Issue Adopted: January 28, 1978 Releasing Industry Group: American Water Works Association Custodians: Army--ME Navy--YD Air Force--99 User Activity: Navy--MC Military Coordinating Activity: Navy--YD Project No. COND-0074 | FSCCOND 1 3P-2M-4 <60.1-5 82-1.1. CTD015561 American Water Works Association ANSI/AWWA C403-78 (First Edition) AWWA STANDARD PRACTICE for THE SELECTION OF ASBESTOS-CEMENT TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE, SIZES 18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. [AMERICAN NATIONAL] STANDARDHP Approved, by A WWA Board of Directors Jan. 28, 1978. Approved by American National Standards Institute, Inc., Jul. 17, 1978. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235 CTD015562 Committee Personnel The Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe that reviewed and approved this standard had the following personnel at the time of approval: R. S. Bryant, Chairman J. L. Warden, Vice-Chairman T. R. Gillen, Secretary Consumer Members S. C. Baker, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, VA L. C. Bradley, Fort Worth Water Department, Forth Worth, TX R. S. Bryant, Department of Water and Power, Los Angeles, CA F. G. Denson, Works and Operations Department, Winnepeg, Manitoba R. Graff, Water Utilities, San Diego, CA J. E. Johnson,* US Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO R. A. Marchand, Water Department, Warren, OH J. L. Warden, US Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO (NAVFAC) (AWWA) (ASCE) (AWWA) (AWWA) (BUREC) (AWWA) (BUREC) General Interest Members G. C. Anderson, Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. A. Barrows, C. E. Maguire, Inc., Waltham, MA V. R. Bickel, Department of Environmental Health, Albuquerque, NM S. L. Bishop,* Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA C. L. Frick,* Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. S. Holmgren Jr., James M. Montgomery, La Jolla, CA F. A. Obert, Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA J. S. Slicer, Factory Mutual Research, Norwood, MA M. R. Suchomel, Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, IL W. Taggart, Wright-McLaughlin Engineering, Denver, CO (ISO) (NEWWA) (APWA) (NEWWA) (ISO) (AWWA) (WPCF) (FMR) (UL) (ASCE) Producer Members A. E. Alpine, Cement Asbestos Products Co., Birmingham, AL T. R. Gillen, Johns-Manville Sales Corp., Denver, CO J. C. Jackson, Asbestos-Cement Pipe .Producers Association, Washington, DC E. J. Lawless, CertainTeed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA H. L. Olson,* Johns-Manville Sales Corp., Denver, CO (AWWA) (AWWA) (ACPPA) (AWWA) (AWWA) * Alternate Copyright 1978 by American Water Works Assn. Printed in US ii CTD015563 Table of Contents SEC. page Foreword I. History of Standard........................... v II. Discussion.............................................. vi Standard 1 General.................................................... 1.1 Scope........................................................ 1 1 2 General Design..................................... 2.1 Strength and DesignFactors.............. 2.2 Combined Loading Theory................ 2.3 Three-Edge Bearing Load................ 2 2 2 3 3 External Loads...................................... 3.1 Introduction........................................... 3.2 Earth Loads........................................... 3.3 Superimposed Loads............................ 4 4 4 20 SEC. PAGE 4 Impact Factors..................................... 21 5 Values of Load Coefficients C, for Concentrated and Distributed Superimposed Loads Centered Vertically Over Conduit................. 21 6 Concentrated Superimposed (Wheel) Load on Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe--Single Wheel = 16 000 lb (H-20)............. 22 7 Design Internal Pressure and Design External Load Intercepts for Use With Selection Curves.... 25 8 Minimum Safety Factors for Use With Asbestos-Cement Transmission-Pipe Selection...................25 Cl Present Worth of an Income of $1 a Year for the Next n Years............. C5,9 4 Hydrostatic Pressure........................... 4.1 Introduction ......................................... 4.2 Operating Pressure............................... 4.3 Surge Pressure....................................... 22 22 23 23 5 Pipe Selection....................................... 5.1 Combined Loading Curves................ 5.2 Safety Factors........................................ 5.3 Use of Selection Charts for Economical Design........................... 5.4 Illustrative Problem on Pipe Selection.............................................. 24 24 24 24 25 Appendices A Friction Loss of Head Chart............ A1 B Surge Pressure Analysis..................... B1 > B.l Water Hammer or Surge........ B1 B.2 Water Hammer Analysis......... B2 B.3 Valve Closure.............................. B2 B,4 Pumped Systems........................ B4 B.5 Methods of Control................... B5 B.6 Surge Calculation Example. . . B6 B.7 Air in Pipelines........................... B7 C Frictional Power Requirements....... Cl Tables 1 Correlation of Bedding Conditions, Pipe Size, and Bedding Load Factors................................................ 3 2 Earth Loads (lb/lin ft)....................... 7 3 Recommended Safe Design Values of c for Tunnel Conditions.................. 18 Figures 1 Bedding Conditions.............................. 2 2 Load Pressure Curve........................... 3 3 Crushing Test Assembly.................... 3 4 Classification of Construction Techniques......................................... 5 5 Values of Cd for Trench Conditions. 6 6 Embankment Conditions................... 12 7 Values of Cc for Positive Projecting Pipe...................................................... 13 8 Values of BJBi at Which the Trench and Positive Projecting Pipe Equations Give Equal Loads........ 14 9 Values for C,, for Negative Projecting Pipe and Imperfect Ditch Conditions.......................................... 16 10 Projection Ratio (p) for the Negative Projecting Pipe Embankment Condition............................................ 17 11 Projection Ratio (p) for the Imperfect Trench Embankment Condition........................................... 18 12 Values of Ct for Tunnel Conditions. 19 13 Superimposed Loads............................ 20 14 Combined Loading Curves for Pipe Sizes 18 In. Through 42 In. . . . 27, 36 B1 Time {Te) = Effective for Full Cut Off Uniformly at Maximum Rate. B3 Cl Yearly Power Cost to Compensate for Friction Loss of Head................C2,3 in CTD015564 Foreword This foreword is for information only and is not a part of A WWA C403 I. History of Standard A new pipe material consisting of an intimate mixture of Portland cement and asbestos fibers was intro duced to the North American market in 1931 following several years of usage in other countries, particularly Italy. In the ensuing years, this type of pipe gained popularity, and in '1949 AWWA established a committee on standard specifications for asbestoscement pipe under the chairmanship of S. M. Clark of Creeley and Hanson, Chicago. The committee developed a stan dard for asbestos-cement water pipe which was approved by the AWWA Board of Directors as tentative, AWWA C400-53T, May 15, 1953. In 1958, the committee was reacti vated as Committee 8340D on Asbes tos-Cement Pipe under the chairman ship of Roy H. Ritter, Whitman, Requardt and Assocs., Baltimore, to review several suggested changes and to recommend revisions to the stan dard. The committee produced a revised tentative standard adopted as AWWA C400-64T, Jan. 27, 1964. It was advanced to standard without revision Jul. 2, 1965 and designated as AWWA C400-65. The committee concluded that an installation guide was desirable to bring to the attention of users certain important requirements on the inspec tion, handling, installation, and field testing of asbestos-cement pressure pipe. The committee submitted its final draft in 1963, and it received approval as tentative, AWWA C603- 64T, Jan. 27, 1964. It was advanced to standard without revision Aug. 9, 1965 and designated as AWWA C603-65. In early 1968, the committee was reactivated as the Standards Com mittee on Asbestos-Cement Pipe to review and revise all AWWA stan dards on asbestos-cement pipe. The committee produced a revised stan dard approved by the AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 31, 1972, designated as AWWA C400-72, "Standard for Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe for Water and Other Liquids." AWWA C401-64, "Standard Prac tice for the Selection of AsbestosCement Water Pipe" (originally des ignated Handbook H2), was first approved by the AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 27, 1964. Although it covered pipe sizes up to and including 36 in., it was primarily intended for use with asbestos-cement pipe in smaller distribution sizes (4 through 16 in.). In the winter of 1972-1973 the committee was reorganized and en larged to include representatives of national organizations having an in terest in the scope of the committee and wishing to participate in the work. The reorganized committee reaffirmed AWWA C400-72 without revision so that it could be presented to the American National Standards Institute for designation as an Ameri can National Standard. In 1975 the committee produced a revised standard that was approved by the AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 26, 1975, and designated AWWA CTD015565 VI FOREWORD C400-75, "Standard for AsbestosCement Pressure Pipe, 4 in. Through 24 in., for Water and Other Liquids." The asbestos-cement pipe manufac turers have developed a new series of large pipe classifications, designed to give greater freedom of selection to design engineers. This is of particular significance for large diameter pipeline projects where the savings in material cost can exceed the increased cost of more detailed design, better control of methods of installation, and pro vision of surge controls when justified. To provide the user with a ready reference and specification for this type of pipe, known as transmission pipe, the committee produced and the AWWA Board of Directors Approved AWWA C402-75, "Standard for As bestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in., for Water and Other Liquids." The possibility of confusion between the two 1975 standards, AWWA C400 and C402, was carefully reviewed by the committee. The results were AWWA C402-77, which covers sizes 18 through 42 in., and AWWA C400-77, which covers sizes 4 through 16 in. There is now no overlap of sizes. Consequently, it was desirable to revise AWWA C401-64 so that it would be directly compatible with AWWA C400-77, and to develop a new pipe selection standard to be directly compatible with AWWA C402-77. AWWA C401-77 and this new standard, AWWA C403, "Stan dard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe, Sizes 18 in. Through 42 in.," are the result. II. Discussion The effect of water hammer gener ated by the opening and closing of fire hydrants can be of significant magni tude in small distribution pipe sizes, due to the high velocities generated by open hydrant flow conditions. Furthermore, it is difficult to accu rately evaluate the magnitude of these surges; and, if calculated, con trol through the use of surge tanks or other devices is impractical. Rather than employ a rule-of-thumb allow ance for surge based upon an assumed velocity change, to compensate for undetermined surge pressures AWWA C400-77 (covering sizes 4 through 16 in.) incorporates a large fixed safety factor for each asbestos-cement pres sure class. In large transmission and feeder main pipe sizes the effect of surge pres sures generated by the opening and closing of fire hydrants connected to smaller diameter distribution pipelines is of significantly lower magnitude. For example, the surge pressure gener ated by hard closure of a hydrant con nected to a 6-in. distribution line would be nine times greater than that which would occur in an 18-in. feeder main supplying a 6-in. distribution line. Major surge pressures in large transmission or feeder main pipelines, caused by stopping and starting pumps and similar components, are more readily calculated. It also is more economically practical to control these surges by incorporating into the system design a variety of devices which will reduce anticipated surge pressures to lower levels. This stan dard is based on individually evaluat ing all stress loadings placed on a pipe and on applying adequate safety fac tors commensurate with a complete review of all design criteria. CTD015566 American Water Works Association ANSI/AWWA C403-78 (First Edition) AWWA Standard Practice for The Selection of Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe, Sizes 18 in. Through 42 in. Section 1--General Sec. 1.1 Scope This standard has been prepared so t that design engineers may quickly determine the correct strength classifi cation of asbestos-cement transmis sion pipe to use under various com binations of internal pressure (static, operating, and surge) and external load (earth and superimposed live loads). Combined loading curves de picting the relationship between hy drostatic loading and external loading capabilities are included to expedite the selection of the correct pipe strength classification. Note: Information to assist the engineer in selecting the most eco nomical size of pipe is in the ap pendices. Appendix A contains a friction loss of head chart based on the Hazen and Williams formula. Appendix B is a detailed analysis of surge pressure factors. Appendix C includes tables to assist the engineer in determining the yearly power costs to overcome friction loss of head. The appendices are for information only and are not part of AWWA C403. 1.1.1 Pipe classifications. The pipe strength classifications of 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, and 90 refer to the similarly numbered classifications specified in AWWA C402, "Standard for Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 In. Through 42 In., for Water and Other Liquids." 1.1.2 Installation. Detailed cover age of the installation of asbestoscement pipe can be found in AWWA C603, "Standard for the" Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe." CTD015567 2 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Section 2--General Design Sec. 2.1 Strength and Design Factors The strength of asbestos-cement transmission pipe must be sufficient to withstand the combined forces of all types of internal pressures (static, operating, and surge) and external loadings (earth, live, and impact). Sound engineering practice also re quires that adequate safety factors be applied to strength requirements to ensure performance under other than ideal or calculated loading conditions. The magnitude of these safety factors is inversely proportional to the confifidence that the designer has in engineering estimates of actual operat ing conditions. Suggested safety fac tors based on experience are in cluded under specific design factor subheadings. 2.1.1 Bedding conditions. The bed ding conditions described in Fig. 1 have been selected as representative of typical installation conditions en countered in the field. Descriptions of bedding conditions are as follows: Class A--Gravel or sand base, back fill compacted. (Approximately 80% Standard Proctor, AASHTO T-99.) Class B--Same as A, but backfill not compacted. Class C--Pipe laid on earth mounds or pipe barrel on flat trench bottom with excavated coupling holes, back fill compacted. (Approximately 90% Standard Proctor, AASHTO T-9.) Class D--Pipe barrel on flat trench bottom with excavated coupling holes, backfill not compacted. Sec. 2.2 Combined Loading Theory Tests of asbestos-cement pipe under various combinations of internal pres sure and external crush load applied in three-edge bearing (see Sec. 2.3) Fig. 1. Bedding Conditions Class A bedding conditions are shown in (a) and (b). Class C conditions are shown in (c) and (</). In all four diagrams, the lightly shaded area represents approved backfill, not frozen and free from lumps, large stones, boulders, or other unsuitable substances. The heavily shaded areas represent approved backfill, carefully compacted in 4-in. layers. In (a), a minimum of 2 in. of sand is placed in a shaped bottom under the pipe. In (6), the pipe is bedded in a gravel base. In (c), the pipe barrel rests on earth mounds and then the backfill between the earth mounds is com pacted. In (d), the pipe barrel is resting on the flat bottom of the trench. Class B condition is the same as Class A, and Class D is the same as Class C except that the backfill is not compacted in B or D. indicate that there is a relationship between the combined loads at the point of pipe fracture. This relation ship can be represented by a parabolic curve as shown in Fig. 2. The equa tion for the load pressure parabolic curve, which is known as the Schlick formula, may be expressed as: in which, P is the internal pressure, in pounds CTD015568 SECTION 2 p 3 P Fig. 3. Crushing Test Assembly P represents the internal pressure; \Y the external load. per square inch, that will burst the pipe when no external load exists. W is the external load, in pounds per lineal foot of pipe in the three-edge bearing test, that will crush the pipe when no internal pressure exists. pr is the internal pressure, in pounds per square inch which, in combination with some external load wt applied in three-edge bearing, will fracture the pipe. wt is the external load, in pounds per lineal foot of pipe applied in threeedge bearing which, in combination with some internal pressure pr, will fracture the pipe. The diagram at the left shows a side view of the test assembly; that at the right, an end view. P represents load; R, approximately 0.5 in.--the radius of the bearings; D, the nominal diameter of the pipe; and C, the clear space between sup ports. C should be approximately 1 in./ft of internal pipe diameter but in no case less than 1 in. it is necessary to apply a bedding load factor to the laboratory threeedge bearing loads to correlate them to the actual field loads. Since the external load equals the bedding fac tor times the three-edge bearing load, the bedding factor equals the external load divided by the three-edge bearing load. Table 1 shows bedding factors to be applied for each of the bedding conditions described in Fig. 1. TABLE 1 Sec. 2.3 Three-Edge Bearing Load Correlation of Bedding Conditions, Pipe Size, and Bedding Load Factors The combined loading curve shown in Fig. 2 is calculated on the basis of crush strengths determined by labora tory tests employing the three-edge bearing test method, which utilizes hardwood test blocks (Fig. 3). Be cause the field supporting strength of a pipe is influenced by the bedding conditions and by the lateral pressure acting against the sides of the pipe, Bedding Class A B C D Pipe Size in. 18-20 24-42 18-42 18-20 24-42 18-42 ' Bedding Load Factor 1.8 2.0 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.1 CTD015569 4 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Section 3--External Loads Sec. 3.1 Introduction For the design of asbestos-cement transmission pipe external loads (wr) are defined by the following equation : in which, wr = the total external load in pounds per linear foot of pipe applied in three-edge bearing that, in com bination with some internal pressure, pr, will fracture the pipe. wk = the total earth load in pounds per linear foot of pipe to which the pipe is subjected. The magnitude of this load is a direct function of the burial conditions encountered or specified (trench, embankment, tun nel, etc.). it's = the total superimposed load, in pounds per linear foot of pipe, transmitted through the burial en vironment to the pipe by factors other than the earth loads. These loads can be static, dynamic, or a combination of both. B.F. = the bedding load factor, which is a load factor correlating three-edge bearing test loads to field loads associated with specific bedding conditions. (For a more explicit explanation see Sec. 2.3.) S.F. = the design safety factor specified by the design engineer. Safety factors are based on judgment, past experience, and sound engineer ing principles. For asbestos-cement transmission pipe, a design minimum safety factor of 1.5 is recommended for external loads. Sec. 3.2 Earth Loads Earth loads (we) to which pipe is subjected are a function of the soil density, pipe diameter, depth of cover, and construction techniques employed in laying the pipeline. They depend on the interplay between the weight of the prism of earth directly over the pipe, called the interior prism, and the frictional shearing forces, plus or minus, transferred to that interior prism by the adjacent outside prisms of earth. The magnitude of earth loads varies with the construction technique employed. There are two major construction techniques nor mally encountered: trench and em bankment. Another technique, the tunnel condition, is not normally found, but nevertheless has unique design methods which make its in clusion in this discussion necessary. Fig. 4 shows these three construction techniques. 3.2.1 Marstoris equation. For as bestos-cement transmission pipe de sign, earth loads are calculated by the general form of Marston's equation : in which, we = Cw,B2 Eq 3 we -- the total earth load trans mitted to the pipe in pounds per linear foot of pipe. wt = the soil density in pounds per cubic foot. Soil densities range in value from 100 to 135 lb/cu ft. In the absence of accurate soil density information, a value of 120 lb/cu ft is recommended for asbestos-cement transmission pipe design. B = the trench width or pipe diam eter measured in feet. The value chosen depends on the installation conditions employed in laying the pipe. C = a coefficient that is dependent upon CTD015570 SECTION 3 5 Fig. 4. Classification of Construction Techniques Reprinted by permission from WPCF Manual of Practice No. 9, "Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers," WPCF and ASCE, 1966. 1. Ratio of the height of fill to the width of trench or pipe diameter. 2. Shearing forces between the interior and adjacent earth prisms. 3. Direction and amount of rela tive settlement between in terior and adjacent earth prisms for embankment con ditions. The calculations used to find the value of the coefficient will depend on the installation conditions employed in laying the pipe. Values for B and C must be deter mined to calculate earth loads by Eq. 3 for the trench, embankment', and tunnel construction techniques. The following subsections describe the different conditions and explain the methods for finding the values needed to use Marston's equation for soil loading. 3.2.2 Trench condition. A trench condition is defined as that in which the pipe is installed in a narrow trench, generally less than two to three diameters in width, cut in un disturbed ground and backfilled to the original ground surface, as illus trated in Fig. 4. For this condition, Eq 3 is rewritten as: wg = CdWtBi1 Eq 4 in which, Bd -- the trench width in feet, measured at the top of the pipe. Cd = the load coefficient which is a function of the ratio H/Bd, where H is the height of the backfill in feet, measured to the top of the pipe, and Bd is the trench width as previously defined. 3.2.2.1 The values of Cd are ob tained from Fig. 5, in which curves A, B, C, D, and E take into account the CTD015571 6 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Values of coefficient Cd or Ct Fig. 5. Values of Ct for Trench Conditions Reprinted by permission from WPCF Manual of Practice No. 9, "Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers," WPCF and ASCE, 1966. friction coefficient between the back fill and the sides of the trench for the various soil compositions likely to be encountered. Curve A is for granular materials without cohesions. Curve B is for sand and gravel. Curve C is for saturated top soil. Curve D is for clay. Curve E is for saturated clay. Table 2 contains a series of earth load selection tables and is included as a convenience. 3.2.3 Embankment condition. An embankment condition is defined as either that condition where the pipe is installed in a trench that is wider than two to three pipe diameters and that is cut in undisturbed ground, or that condition where the pipe is CTD015572 SECTION 3 7 TABLE 2 Earth Loads (Ib/lineal ft) Note: Values are for clay (part D of Fig. 9, = Kp' = 0.130) with weight of earth taken as 120 Ib/cu ft. Correction for other earth weights may be made by simple direct proportions. For corrections for other types of soils, refer to formulas in Sec. 3. Boldface figures indicate maximum earth load for depth of trench. Pipe size 18 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--.ft 2.5 490 640 810 1 000 1 200 1 350 1 500 1 600 1 725 1 850 2 050 2 200 2 300 2 400 2 500 2.75 640 835 1 110 1 320 1 520 1 690 I 850 2 000 2 120 2 360 2 570 2 720 2 840 3 000 3.0 1 240 1 450 I 700 1 900 2 100 2 250 2 400 2 675 2 900 3 100 3 275 3 400 3.25 1 610 1 865 2 090 2 320 2 510 2 725 3 020 3 280 3 515 3 720 3 995 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 1 640 2 050 2 300 2 52S 2 750 2 950 3 300 3 600 3 900 4 ISO 4 350 2 825 3 230 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 3 635 4 440 5 220 5 640 6 040 6 400 6 040 6 830 7 450 7 620 Transition Width 2 ft 5 in. 2 ft 8 in. 2 ft 10 in. 3 ft 1 in. 3 ft 5 in. 3 ft 8 in. 3 ft 10 in. 4 ft 0 in. 4 ft 1 in. 4 ft 3 in. 4 ft 5 in. 4 ft 7 in. 4 ft 9 in. 5 ft 0 in. 5 ft 2 in. Pipe size 20 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--ft 2.75 545 705 870 1 110 1 320 1 520 1 690 1 850 2 000 2 120 2 360 2 570 2 720 2 840 3 000 3.0 890 1 250 l 450 1 700 1 900 2 100 2 250 2 400 2 675 2 900 3 100 3 275 3 400 3.25 1 330 1 610 1 865 2 090 2 320 2 510 2 725 3 020 3 280 3 515 3 720 3 995 3.5 3.75 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 1 750 2 050 2 300 2 525 2 750 2 950 3 300 3 600 3 900 4 150 4 350 1 770 2 210 2 515 2 765 3 040 3 240 3 660 4 050 4 350 4 620 4 860 2 220 2 655 3 000 3 300 3 S50 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 3 095 3 545 3 980 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 4 810 5 760 6 450 7 060 7 450 6 640 7 500 8 410 Transition Width 2 ft 8 in. 2 ft 10 in. 3 ft 0 in. 3 ft 4 in. 3 ft 8 in. 3 ft 11 in. 4 ft 1 in. 4 ft 3 in. 4 ft 5 in. 4 ft 6 in. 4 ft 10 in. 5 ft 1 in. 5 ft 2 in. 5 ft 4 in. 5 ft 7 in. CTD015573 8 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN RIPE TABLE 2--Continued Pipe size 21 in. ID Trench Trench Width--// 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 2.75 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 570 745 870 i no I 320 1 520 1 690 1 850 2 000 2 120 2 360 2 570 2 720 2 840 3 000 730 915 1 250 I 450 1 700 1 900 2 100 2 250 2 400 2 675 2 900 3 100 3 275 3 400 1 330 1 610 1 865 2 090 2 320 2 510 2 725 3 020 3 280 3 515 3 720 3 995 1 380 1 750 2 050 2 300 2 525 2 750 2 950 3 300 3 600 3 900 4 150 4 350 1 860 2 210 2 515 2 765 3 040 3 240 3 660 4 050 4 350 4 620 4 860 2 325 2 700 3 000 3 300 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 2 795 3 260 3 725 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 540 6 040 6 400 4 210 5 160 6 000 6 450 7 050 7 450 6 100 7 020 7 950 H 460 8 920 Width 2 ft 6 in. 2 ft 11 in. 3 ft 2 in. 3 ft 6 in. 3 ft 10 in. 4 ft 1 in. 4 ft 4 in. 4 ft 6 in. 4 ft 7 in. 4 ft 9 in. 5 ft 0 in. 5 ft 3 in. 5 ft 5 in. 5 ft 6 in. 5 It 8 in. Pipe size 24 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--ft 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 630 805 955 1 250 1 450 1 700 1 900 2 100 2 250 2 400 2 675 2 900 3 100 3 275 3 400 810 1 010 1 330 1 610 1 865 2 090 2 320 2 510 2 725 3 020 3 280 3 515 3 720 3 995 1 010 1 400 1 750 2 050 2 300 2 525 2 750 2 950 3 300 3 600 3 900 4 150 4 350 1 490 1 940 2 210 2 515 2 765 3 040 3 240 3 660 4 050 4 350 4 620 4 860 2 030 2 400 2 700 3 000 3 300 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 2 550 3 080 3 480 3 790 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 3 620 4 130 4 660 5 400 6 000 6 450 7 050 7 450 4 660 5 740 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 6 800 7 850 8 910 9 600 10 000 Transition Width 3 ft 1 in 3 ft 3 in. 3 ft 5 in 3 ft 9 in. 4 ft 1 in. 4 ft 5 in. 4 ft 8 in. 4 ft 10 in. 5 ft 0 in. 5 ft 2 in. S ft 5 in. 5 ft 8 in. 5 ft 11 in. 6 ft 1 in. 6 ft 2 in. CTD015574 SECTION 3 9 TABLE 2--Continued Pipe size 27 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--// 3.25 3.5 3.75 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 710 895 1 040 1 330 1 610 1 865 2 090 2 320 2 510 2 725 3 020 3 280 3 515 3 720 3 995 90S 1 095 1 400 1 750 2 050 2 300 2 525 2 750 2 950 3 300 3 600 3 900 4 150 4 350 1 540 1 940 2 210 2 515 2 765 3 040 3 240 3 660 4 050 4 350 4 620 4 860 1 600 2 050 2 400 2 700 3 000 3 300 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 2 200 2 785 3 110 3 480 3 790 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 3 385 3 900 4 300 4 700 5 400 6 000 6 450 7 0S0 7 450 3 980 4 590 5 190 6 060 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 6 390 7 550 8 300 9 000 9 600 7 560 8 800 9 960 10 890 10 000 11 180 Transition Width 3 ft 5 in. 3 ft 6 in. 3 ft 8 in. 4 ft 1 in. 4 ft 6 in. 4 ft 8 in. 5 ft 1 in. 5 ft 3 in. 5 ft 6 in. 5 ft 7 in. 6 ft 0 in. 6 ft 3 in. 6 ft 6 in. 6 ft 8 in. 6 ft 10 in. Pipe size 30 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--ft 3.5 755 965 1 150 1 400 1 750 2 050 2 300 2 525 2 750 2 950 3 300 3 600 3 900 4 150 4 350 4.0 1 185 1 675 2 050 2 400 2 700 3 000 3 300 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 4.5 1 680 2 335 2 800 3 110 3 480 3 790 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 5.0 2 340 3 005 3 500 3 900 4 300 4 700 5 400 6 000 6 450 7 050 7 450 5.5 6.0 6,5 7.0 7.5 3 665 4 320 4 840 5 260 6 060 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 4 980 5 660 6 800 7 550 8 300 9 000 9 600 6 990 8 320 9 210 9 960 10 890 8 320 9 610 10 980 11 890 10 980 12 300 Transition Width 3 ft 7 in. 3 ft 10 in. 3 ft 11 in. 4 ft 5 in. 4 ft 8 in. 5 ft 0 in. 5 ft S in. 5 ft 7 in. 5 ft 10 in. 6 ft 1 in. 6 ft S in. 6 ft 9 in. 7 ft 0 in. 7 ft 3 in. 7 ft 5 in. CTD015575 10 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN IMRE TABLE 2--Continued Pipe size 33 in. ID Trench n 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width-- // 3.75 810 1 050 1 220 1 540 I 940 2 210 2 515 2 705 3 040 3 240 3 660 4 050 4 350 4 620 4 860 4.0 1 060 1 290 1 675 2 050 2 400 3 000 3 300 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 5 575 45 1 815 2 335 2 800 3 1 10 3 480 3 790 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 5.0 2 445 3 050 3 500 3 900 4 300 4 700 5 400 6 000 6 450 7 0.50 7 450 5.5 3 205 3 920 4 460 4 840 5 260 6 060 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 3 925 4 640 5 400 5 900 6 800 7 550 8 300 9 000 9 600 5 610 6 070 7 450 8 350 9 210 9 960 10 890 7 550 9 030 10 110 11 060 11 890 10 470 12 120 13 020 Pipe size 36 in. ID Transition Width 3 ft 10 in 4 ft I in. 4 ft 3 in 4 ft () in. 5 ft I in 5 ft 5 in. 5 ft 8 in. 6 ft 1 in 6 ft 3 m. 6 It 5 in. 6 ft 10 in, 7 ft l in. 7 ft 5 in. 7 ft 9 in. 7 ft 11 in. Trench Cover /( 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--ft 4.0 920 1 130 1 325 1 675 2 050 2 400 2 700 3 000 3 300 3 550 4 000 4 400 4 800 5 100 5 350 4.5 925 1 145 1 550 I 950 2 335 2 800 3 110 3 480 3 790 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 5.0 1 950 2 555 3 050 3 500 3 900 4 300 4 700 S 400 6 000 6 450 7 050 7 450 5.5 2 555 3 340 3 920 4 460 4 840 5 260 6 060 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 6.0 3 340 4 160 4 900 5 400 5 900 6 800 7 550 8 300 9 000 9 600 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 4 950 5 760 6 430 7 450 8 350 9 210 9 960 10 890 5 760 6 540 8 ISO 9 170 10 110 1! 060 n 890 8 ISO 9 750 U 000 12 150 13 020 9 750 11 330 12 900 14 140 12 900 14 510 T ransition Width 4 ft 3 in. 4 ft 4 in 4 ft 7 m. 4 ft 11 in. 5 ft 3 in. 6 ft 2 in. 6 ft 10 in 7 ft 8 in. 7 fL 11 in 8 ft 2 in. 8 ft 6 in. CTD015576 SECTION 3 11 TABLE 2--Continued Pipe size 39 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--// 4.5 990 1 290 1 520 1 950 2 335 2 800 3 no 3 480 3 790 4 140 4 660 5 200 5 640 6 040 6 400 5.0 1 580 2 220 2 555 3 050 3 500 3 900 4 300 4 700 5 400 6 000 6 450 7 050 7 450 5.5 2 340 2 980 3 340 3 920 4 460 4 840 5 260 6 060 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 6.0 3 680 4 320 4 900 5 400 5 900 6 800 7 550 8 300 9 000 9 600 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 4 500 5 360 5 760 6 430 7 450 8 350 9 210 9 960 10 890 6 430 7 170 8 150 9 170 10 110 11 060 11 890 7 440 8 980 9 750 11 000 12 150 13 021 9 310 11 090 11 980 12 900 14 140 12 830 14 330 15 260 16 130 Transition Width 4 ft 5 in. 4 ft 7 in. 4 ft 9 in. 5 ft 2 in. 5 ft 6 in. 5 ft 10 in. 6 ft 3 in. 6 ft 7 in 6 ft 11 in. 7 ft 3 in. 7 ft 8 in. 8 ft 1 in. 8 ft 5 in. 8 ft 8 in. 8 ft 11 in. Pipe size 42 in. ID Trench Cover ft 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 Trench Width--// 5.0 1 060 1 390 1 700 2 220 2 555 3 050 3 500 3 900 4 300 4 700 5 400 6 000 6 450 7 050 7 450 5.5 2 350 3 080 3 340 3 920 4 460 4 840 5 260 6 060 6 750 7 410 8 000 8 460 6.0 3 930 4 320 4 900 5 400 5 900 6 800 7 550 8 300 9 000 9 600 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 4 690 5 600 5 760 6 430 7 450 8 350 9 210 9 960 10 880 6 630 7 170 8 150 9 170 io no 11 060 11 890 7 730 8 980 9 750 11 000 12 150 13 020 9 830 10 940 11 980 12 900 14 140 11 550 13 580 14 390 15 260 15 250 16 430 16 830 Transition Width 4 ft 8 in 4 ft 10 in. 5 ft 0 in. 5 ft 4 in. 5 ft 8 in. 6 ft 1 in. 6 ft 5 in. 6 ft 10 in. 7 ft 2 in. 7 ft 6 in. 8 ft 0 in. 8 ft 5 in. 8 ft 10 in. 9 ft 1 in. 9 ft 4 in. CTD015577 12 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE edcba abcde Fig. 6. Embankment Conditions aa and bb The trench width is less than the transition width; earth loads are computed by the trench equation (Eq 4). cc The trench width is the transition width; earth loads are computed by either Eq 4 or Eq 5. dd and ee The trench width is greater than the transition width; earth loads are computed by the positive projecting pipe embankment equation (Eq. 5). For a given depth of cover the earth loads resulting from trench widths cc, dd, and ee are equal. covered with fill above the original ground surface. Embankment con ditions are further subdivided into positive and negative projecting pipe categories, depending on the location of the top of the pipe relative to the original undisturbed ground. A special case where compressible ma terial is used as part of the backfill, called an imperfect trench, also is classified as an embankment con dition. The various embankment conditions are. illustrated in Fig. 6. 3.2.4 Positive projecting pipe em bankment condition. A positive pro jecting pipe condition is defined as either that condition where the pipe is installed in a trench cut in un disturbed ground that is wider than two to three pipe diameters, or that condition where the top of the pipe is above the adjacent original ground surface and covered with fill above the original ground surface. For this condition, Eq 3 is rewritten as: we = CcW'Bc2 Eq 5 in which, Bc = the pipe outside diameter in feet. Cc = the load coefficient, which is a function of the ratio H/Bc, the projection ratio p, and the settlement ratio rsd- 3.2.4.1 The values of Cc are ob tained from Fig. 7. Cc also may be obtained from Eq 6 when the follow ing conditions exist simultaneously: 1. The ratio H/Bc is greater than 1.3. 2. The product p(r8d) = 0.7. Cc = 1.892///B, - 0.96 Eq 6 3.2.4.2 The projection ratio p is defined as the ratio of the distance that the top of the pipe projects above the original ground surface to the pipe outside diameter. The recommended value for the settlement ratio rsd is + 0.7 for asbestos-cement transmis sion pipe design. 3.2.5 Transition width. It will be noted from the preceding discussion that under construction conditions where a trench is cut in undisturbed ground two methods of computing the earth load are available: (1) the trench condition, and (2) the positive projecting pipe embankment con dition. The method chosen is de- CTD015578 SECTION 3 13 1 I 00 O (</D> _D ns > Values of coefficient Cc Fig. 7. Values of Cc for Positive Projecting Pipe Reprinted by permission from WPCF Manual of Practice No. 9, "Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers," WPCF and ASCE, 1966. pendent on the ratio of the trench width to the pipe diameter. As pre viously stated, when the trench width is less than two to three times the pipe diameter, earth loads are computed by the trench condition equation (Eq 4). The width of. trench at which both methods of computation give equal loads is called the transition width. The earth load computed at the transition width is theoretically the maximum external earth load that can be transmitted to the pipe for any given depth of cover. For all trench widths greater than the transition w'idth, earth loads are computed by the positive projecting pipe embank ment condition equation (Eq 5). In this latter case and for a given depth of cover, the earth loads are equal to the load that results at the transition width and that is computed by the trench condition equation (Eq 4). [See Fig. 6.] 3.2.5.1 The transition width is determined from Fig. 8 by multiplying CTD015579 14 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE CTD015580 kn = 0.1924 F ig . 8. Values o f B J B a a t W h ich the Trench and P o s itiv e P ro je c tin g P ipe E q u a tio n s G ive E q u a l Loads "R eprinted by perm ission fro m W PCF M anual of Practice No. 9, Design and C onstruction of S a n ita ry and S torm Sewers," W PCF and ASCE, 1966. SECTION 3 15 the applicable ratio Bd/Bc by the applicable pipe outside diameter (Bc). The applicable ratio of trench width to pipe outside diameter (Bd/Bc) can be obtained from Fig. 8 for any given ratio of backfill height to pipe outside diameter (H/Bc). 3.2.6 Negative projecting pipe em bankment condition. A negative pro jecting pipe condition is defined as that condition where the pipe is installed in a relatively shallow trench wherein the top of the pipe is at some elevation below the original ground surface. The trench is then backfilled and compacted, and embankment is constructed thereon to finished grade (Fig. 4). For this condition, Eq 3 is rewritten as wE = CnW'Bd1 Eq 7 in which, Bd = the trench width in feet, mea sured at the top of the pipe. C,, = the load coefficient which is a function of the ratio H/Bd, the pro jection ratio p, and the settlement ratio rsd. negative projecting pipes. However, as the trench width increases and the ratio Bd/Br becomes greater than that given in Fig. 8, the earth load should be determined from Eq 5 for positive projecting pipes. Adherence to the preceding rule will result in the most realistic earth loads for design purposes. 3.2.7 Imperfect trench embankment condition. The imperfect trench em bankment condition occurs rather in frequently and is included for general information. The imperfect trench embankment condition refers to that construction technique wherein the pipe is first installed as a positive projecting pipe. A portion of the embankment is then built up to some elevation above the pipe top and thoroughly compacted as it is placed. A trench the same width as the pipe is then excavated directly over the pipe down to or near to its top and subsequently backfilled with loose compressible material. The remainder of the embankment is then built up to final elevation (Fig. 11). For this condition, Eq 3 is rewritten as 3.2.6.1 The various values of Cn are obtained from Fig. 9. The pro jection ratio p is defined as the ratio of the vertical distance from the original ground surface down to the pipe top to the trench width, Bd- (See Fig. 10.) For asbestos-cement transmission pipe design the recom mended value for the settlement ratio rsd is zero. 3.2.6.2 When calculating earth loads under negative projecting pipe embankment conditions, considera tion must be given to the transition width as defined in paragraph 3.2.5. For values of the ratio Bd/Bc less than those given in Fig. 8, the load on a pipe is determined from Eq 7 for vje = C,,'cffBc2 Eq 8 in which, Bc = the pipe outside diameter in feet. Cn = the load coefficient which is a function of the ratio H/Bc, the pro jection ratio p, and the settlement ratio rsd. 3.2.7.1 The various values of Cn are obtained from Fig. 9. The pro jection ratio p is defined as the ratio of the vertical distance from the top of the excavated trench down to the pipe top to the pipe diameter (Fig. 11). For asbestos-cement transmis sion pipe design the recommended CTD015581 16 A-AJ TRANSMISSION AND 1-H.1S01SK MAIN 1'11'E Coefficient C,, Fig. 9. Values of C,, for Negative Projecting Pipe and Imperfect Ditch Conditions Reprinted by permission from WPCF Manual of Practice No. 9, "Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers," WPCF and ASCE, 1966. value for the settlement ratio rsd is equal to --0.3. 3.2.8 Tunnel conditions. There are two types of tunnel construction en countered in normal pipe laying operation. 3.2.8.1. The first type is the most frequently encountered and occurs when a sleeve of a larger diameter than the specified pipe is first jacked through an embankment. The pipe is then placed info the sleeve without CTD015582 SECTION 3 Top of embankment 17 becoming an integral part of the tunnel construction. In this example the sleeve supports the entire earth load and the pipe contained therein is not subjected to crushing loads. When selecting the required pipe classification for this condition, only the internal pressure needs to be con sidered for design. 3.2.8.2. The second type of tunnel condition is rarely encountered in transmission work but is discussed here for completeness. 11 occurs when the pipe itself must arry the entire load. The area through which the pipeline must pass is bored and braced with the necessary supports. The pipe then is placed in the tunnel and the void between the pipe and tunnel braces is backfilled with compacted earth, grout, or concrete. Once this operation is completed, the earth load automatically transfers from the tun nel supports to the pipe itself. For this condition, Eq 3 is rewritten as wr = CrBriwtBT -- 2c) Eq 9 in which, Bt = the maximum width of the ttinnel excavation in feet. c = the coefficient of cohesion in pounds per square foot. Ct = the load coefficient which is a function of the coefficient of internal fraction for the material of the tunnel and of the ratio H/BT, where H is the distance from the ground surface to the top of the tunnel in feet and BT equals the width of the tunnel ex cavation in feet. CTD015583 18 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Top of embankment / .. Compressible backfill Top of stage construction compacted fil Protection ratio = -J sc Trench dug in compacted fill I Fig. 11. Projection Ratio p for the Imperfect Trench Embankment Condition 3.2.8.3 Values of Ct for different types of soil are obtained from Fig. 12. If the value for the coefficient of cohesion is not available from labora tory tests, then the recommended safe design values in Table 3 are to be used. TABLE 3 Recommended Safe Design Values of c for Tunnel Conditions Material Clay, very soft Clay, medium Clay, hard Sand, loose dry Sand, silty Sand, dense Top soil, saturated Values of c 40 250 1000 0 100 300 100 3.2.8.4 When, in tunnel construc tion, the excavation becomes exces sive, or when the void surrounding the pipe or tunnel lining is not carefully filled, or when the cohesion of the undisturbed material above the tunnel construction is destroyed by soil saturation or vibration, the earth load should be calculated by Eq 4 for trench conditions. Since it can be exceedingly difficult to either predict or assess whether the tunnel excava tion is excessive, it is recommended that Eq 4 be used for most in stallations for safe asbes.,os-cement transmission pipe design. 3.2.8.5 It should be noted that the preceding discussion is based on the premise that the tunnel would be constructed in homogenenous soils that do not create unusual pressures and stresses. If the tunnel is con structed through materials that tend to squeeze or swell, such as some types of clay or shale, or through blocky and seamy rock, then methods other than tunnel construction must I I ) CTD01SS84 SECTION 3 19 Values of H/B j 01 2345 Values of coefficient Cj Fig. 12. Values of Ct for Tunnel Conditions Reprinted by permission from WPCF Manual of Practice No. 9, "Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers," WPCF and ASCE, 1966. CTD015585 20 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Distributed superimposed load, wsi, vertically centered over pipe. Fig. 13. Superimposed Loads be utilized. The method of instal lation that is used is the responsibility of the engineer who is in charge of construction. Sec. 3.3 Superimposed Loads Superimposed loads ws are ex ternal loads other than the normal earth loads transmitted to the pipe. There are two types of superimposed loads as illustrated in Fig. 13: (1) concentrated wsi, and (2) distributed Ws2. Superimposed loads are fre quently referred to as live loads. 3.3.1 Concentrated loads. A con centrated load is a load caused by a single force which may be either static or dynamic in nature. In normal pipe design, vehicular wheel loads are the most frequently encountered con centrated loads. The magnitude of the load produced by concentrated superimposed forces is determined by in which wsi -- the load on a pipe caused by a concentrated superimposed force in pounds per linear foot of pipe. (For convenience, concentrated superim posed loads resulting from a 16,000-lb wheel force are presented in Table 6.) Ps = the concentrated force in pounds. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) design manual gives loads for various sizes and types of vehicles. F = the impact factor. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) vehicular wheel loads are shown in Table 4. Impact factors vary from one locale to another and values that are consistent with local, state, and federal specifications should be chosen. L = the effective pipe length in feet. For pipe less than three feet, the actual length of the section should be used. For all other pipe lengths an effective length of three feet should be used. CTD015586 SECTION 3 21 TABLE 4 Impact Factors Depth of Cover ft 1.0-2.0 2.0--3.0 3.0 or greater Impact Factor F 1.2 1.1 1.0 Cs = the load coefficient, which is a function of the depth of cover to the top of the pipe and the nominal inside diameter of the pipe. Values of Cs are obtained from Table 5. 3.3.2 Distributed, load. A distri buted load is a load caused by a uniform force distributed equally over a given area. The load may be either static or dynamic in nature. The magnitude of the load produced by distributed forces is determined by wSi = CSPSF Bc Eq 11 in which, ws2 = the load on a pipe caused by distributed superimposed force in pounds per linear foot of pipe. P, = the intensity of the distri buted force in pounds per square foot. F = the impact factor as explained in paragraph 3.3.1. Bc = the pipe diameter in feet. Cs = the load coefficient, which is a function of the depth of cover to the top of the pipe and the nominal inside diameter of the pipe. Values of C, are obtained from Table 5. 3.3.3. Illustrative problem. An 18in. asbestos-cement transmission pipe is to be installed in a 3-ft wide trench under 8 ft of cover. The backfill is ordinary clay with a weight of 120 lb/cu ft. Determine the earth load on the pipe. Solution : The load must be com puted two ways using the Marston equations for the trench condition and for the projecting pipe condition. a. Trench condition Eq 4: W B = CiW'tBi)'1 -- = - = 2.7 (approximately 3) Bd 3 Cd = 1.9 ^from Fig. 5 and --^ wE = (1.9) (120) (3)2 = 2100 Ib/ft TABLE 5 Values of Load Coefficients Cs for Concentrated and Distributed Superimposed Loads Centered Vertically Over Conduit Pipe size. Depth of Cover ft 2 21 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 18 0.391 0.289 0.221 0.136 0.092 0.066 0.038 0.025 0.017 0.010 0.006 20 0.422 0.316 0.241 0.150 0.102 0.073 0.042 0.027 0.019 0.011 0.007 21 0.436 0.327 0.251 0.157 0.107 0.077 0.044 0.029 0.020 0.012 0.007 24 0.478 0.362 0.280 0.177 0.120 0.087 0.050 0.033 0.022 0.013 0.008 27 0.510 < 0.392 0.306 0.195 0.133 0.096 0.056 0.037 0.025 0.014 0.008 30 0.543 0.423 0.332 0.213 0.147 0.106 0.062 0.041 0.029 0.016 0.010 33 0.563 0.446 0.353 0.230 0.159 0.115 0.067 0.045 0.032 0.018 0.011 36 0.590 0.470 0.375 0.248 0.171 0.124 0.073 0.049 0.035 0.020 0.012 39 0.615 0.502 0.404 0.272 0.191 0.140 0.083 0.054 0.041 0.026 0.015 42 0.619 0.516 0.422 0.286 0.202 0.147 0.089 0.063 0.043 0.030 0.017 Note: For convenience, concentrated superimposed loads resulting from a 16.000-lb wheel force are presented in Table 6. CTD015587 22 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE TABLE 6 w8l Concentrated Superimposed (Wheel) Load on Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe Single Wheel = 16,000 lb (H-20 Wheel Load) Cover Over Top of Pipe ft 2 2\ 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 18 20 2083* 1541 1178 725 490 352 203 133 91 53 32 2251 1682 1286 800 544 389 224 144 100 59 37 21 2364 1728 1334 837 570 410 234 154 105 64 40 24 2545 1939 1494 944 640 464 267 176 117 69 43 Pipe Diameter 27 2720 2091 1632 1040 710 512 299 197 133 75 45 JO 2896 2256 1723 1136 784 566 330 219 155 85 53 33 2992 2368 1878 1224 845 611 357 240 170 96 60 36 3149 2510 2000 1321 912 662 390 261 187 107 63 39 3280 2677 2154 1450 1018 747 443 288 219 139 80 42 3301 2752 2250 1525 1077 784 475 336 229 160 91 * Values shown are in pounds per linear foot of pipe. Note: Table is based on impact factor of one. If different impact is to be used, simply multiply value from table times desired impact factor. b. Projecting pipe condition Eq 5: wE = CcW'(BcY Bc = 18 in. pipe OD = 1.7 ft Ce = 1.892 (H/Bc) - 0.96 = 1.892(8/1.7) - 0.96 = 8 wi = (8)(120)(1.7)2 = 2800 Ib/ft c. The engineer, knowing the job conditions and degree of inspec tion, should decide which load applies. Section 4--Hydrostatic Pressure Sec. 4.1 Introduction For the design of asbestos-cement transmission pipe, the internal hydro static pressure pr is defined by pr = (Po + P,)S.F. in which, Eq 12 pr = the total internal pressure in pounds per square inch which, in combination with some external load Wt applied in three-edge bearing, will fracture the pipe. P0 = the static or operating pres sure in pounds per square inch de fined by the design criteria. P, = the surge pressure in pounds per square inch resulting from either water hammer or other incremental pressures over and above the normal operating pressure. S.F. = the design safety factor specified by the purchaser. Safety factors are based on judgment, past experiences, and sound engineering principles. For asbestos-cement trans CTD015588 SECTION 4 23 mission pipe design, a minimum safety factor of 2.0 is recommended. For simplicity in design and selec tion of asbestos-cement transmission pipe, the internal pressure may be separated into two components: (1) operating pressure, and (2) water hammer or surge pressure. Each will be determined separately. Sec. 4.2 Operating Pressure The operating pressure P0 is that pressure which exists under normal or steady conditions of operation. The pressure may be induced by pumps, gravity (such as the head created by a reservoir or elevated water tank), or a combination of both pumps and gravity. Under a 100 percent gravity situation, the pressure in the line at a given point is somewhat higher when there is no flow and conditions are static. Under static conditions the pressure at a given point, measured in feet of head, is equal to the difference between the elevation of that point and the water surface level at the reservoir. Under flowing conditions the pressure at a given point is re duced by the amount of friction and other energy losses resulting from the flow of water from the reservoir to that point. The magnitude of this head loss may be found by using the Hazen and Williams chart in Ap pendix A. In piping systems that have long runs with relatively few fittings and accessories, the recom mended value of C (coefficient of flow) is 140. Sec. 4.3 Surge Pressure Surge pressures Ps are of a transient nature and are caused by unsteady or changing conditions in the pipeline. The terms "water hammer," "surge," or "transient pressure" are often used interchangeably to refer to these pres sures, which are of brief duration but often of considerable magnitude. A variety of conditions may cause surge pressures. These include a valve opening or closing, sudden movement of air in a line, or a pump starting or stopping. Transient pressures are often a controlling factor in the selection of pipe strength. For this reason, a pipe system should always be analyzed for surge pressure deter minations and the results should be used in pipe selection. 4.3.1. Surge control. There are numerous methods for control of surge pressures in the line. Con sideration should be given to use of these methods to limit pressures to an acceptable level. Economics plays a major role in this area. Various designs may have to be balanced, depending on the complexity of the system, to yield an economical and efficient design. 4.3.1.1 Appendix B presents a dis cussion of water hammer with em phasis on how it may be analyzed and controlled. Although the subject is discussed in some detail, and an illustrative problem is included that involves controlling surge pressure by timing a valve closure, the subject is too complex to be thoroughly covered in this standard. It is suggested that control of surge for any transmission system be discussed with surge control equipment manufacturers or con sultants in this particular field. The effects of surge in a pipeline, however, should not be ignored, as neglect of this factor may result in severe dam age to the system. Also, because of the number of variables involved in creating water hammer pressures, and because of the ability to regulate their magnitude with proper controls, it is CTD015589 24 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE not recommended that fixed water hammer allowances based on assumed velocity changes or some other single criterion be used for the larger diam eter transmission and feeder main lines. Section 5--Pipe Selection Sec. 5.1 Combined Loading Curves As discussed previously, it has been demonstrated satisfactorily by tests that asbestos-cement transmis sion pipe conforms generally to the Schlick formula for combined loading (Sec. 2.2). Numerous tests have established values for P, internal hy drostatic design pressure with no crush load applied, and for W, ex ternal crush design load with no internal pressure applied, for all diam eters and strength classifications. These values represent the end points on the combined loading curves; the intermediate points on the curves are computed by use of the Schlick formula. (It should be noted that all values used for P and W represent a conservative interpretation of the test data.) On the curves, each intermediate point--wT, pr--repre sents a combination of crush loading and internal pressure that the pipe will withstand when the loads are applied simultaneously. 5.1.1 Selection curves. Selection curves in Fig. 14a-14j are presented for each size of pipe from 18 through 42 in. On the graph for each pipe diameter, a combined loading curve is drawn for each strength classification of that pipe size. The vertical axis represents the internal hydrostatic design pressure P, and the horizontal axis represents the external three-edge bearing crush design load W. Table 7 lists the values of P and W for the strength classifications of each pipe size. In Sec. 5.3, Use of Selection Charts for Economical Design, the method for pipe selection is outlined. Sec. 5.2 Safety Factors Safety factors are normally applied by the engineer to his computed de sign values of crush- and internal pressure that are to be resisted by the pipe in service. These factors protect against unforeseen loads that may be placed on the line at some time in the future, and against other contin gencies such as improper construction. It is the engineer's prerogative to select which safety factors he feels should apply to a given system. Con siderable field experience as well as extensive laboratory work has yielded a wealth of information on the be havior of asbestos-cement transmis sion pipe. For this reason, suggestions for minimum safety factors are made in Table 8. Note that, since the com bined loading principle is applicable, the safety factors will be applied to both hydro and crush simultaneously. Note also that water hammer and live load, which are both transient load conditions, are considered as acting simultaneously for design purposes here. Since the likelihood of both occurring at the same time is minimal, an additional conservative element is introduced into the design. Sec. 5.3 Use of Selection Charts for Economical Design After all loads on the pipe have been computed (operating pressure, water CTD015590 SECTION 5 25 TABLE 7 Design Internal Pressure* and Design External Load\ Intercepts for Use With Selection Curves for the Following Pipe Classifications 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 Pipe Size in. P* = 300 P = 350 P = 400 P = 450 P = 500 P = 600 P = 700 P = 800 P = 900 IVf w w W w w w W w 18 2 500 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 500 8 500 11 000 14 000 18 000 20 2 500 3 500 4 500 5 500 7 100 9 500 12 000 15 000 20 000 21 2 500 3 500 4 500 5 800 7 300 9 700 12 500 16 000 21 000 24 2 800 3 800 5 000 6 200 8 100 11 000 15 000 19 000 24 000 27 3 500 4 200 5 500 7 000 8 800 12 500 16 500 20 500 27 000 30 3 500 4 500 6 000 7 500 9 700 13 500 18 000 22 500 30 000 33 3 500 5 000 6 500 8 000 10 500 14 500 19 500 24 500 33 000 36 4 000 5 000 7 000 9 000 11 200 16 000 21 000 26 000 36 000 39 4 200 5 300 7 500 9 700 12 000 17 200 22 500 28 000 39 000 42 4 300 5 700 8 000 10 500 13 000 18 500 24 000 30 000 42 000 * P-psi. f W--lb /tin ft. hammer, earth load, and live load), the most economical strength of pipe to meet the service conditions should be selected. The applicable selection procedure using the suggested safety factors is: 1. Add operating pressure and water hammer, Pa P, (Sec. 4). 2. Add earth load and live load, wE + ws (Sec. 3). 3. Enter the combined loading graph for the appropriate pipe diam eter. Plot the values from Steps 1 and 2 above as one point. When using the left-hand scales, be sure to multiply the operating pressure plus water hammer by the suggested safety factor of 2.0. When using the bottom scale, be sure to'multiply the earth load plus live load by the suggested safety factor of 1.5, and then to divide it by the bedding factor (Sec. 2.3). 4. The point plotted will lie be tween the curves for two pipe TABLE 8 Minimum Safety Factors for Use With Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe Selection Type of Load Safety Factor Hydro Crush Operating pressure plus water hammer, combined with earth load plus live load 2.0 1.5 strengths. Select the higher strength of the two. This repre sents the most economical selec tion consistent with engineering requirements. Sec. 5.4 Illustrative Problem on Pipe Selection A 24-in. asbestos-cement transmis sion line is to be installed in a 4-ft wide trench with 5 ft of cover. The operating pressure will be 100 psi. Surge pressures will be limited to a CTD015591 26 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE maximum of 50 psi. A 16,000-lb wheel load is to be assumed, with an impact factor = 1. Class C bedding will be used. Select the proper strength of pipe to be used with safety factors of 2.0 in hydro (P0 + P,) and 1.5 in crush (wE + w.%). Solution: Following instructions for use of selection charts with safety factors as described in Sec. 5.3 gives 1. P0 + Ps = 100 + 50 = 150 psi 2. Wf; + = 2030 + 640 = 2670 lb/ft 3. (P0 +Ps)(S.F.) = 150 X 2.0 = 300 psi (wE + ws)(S.F.) _ (2670) (1.5) 4' B.F. ~ 1.5 = 2670 lb/ft 5. Consult the combined loading chart for 24-in. pipe, using the left hand and bottom scales. Plot the two loads as a single point on the chart. The point falls between T-40 and T-45. Use T-45. CTD015592 SECTION 5 27 Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j ipsn = ioperating pressure + water hammer safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearingi -- Wilb/fti w Safety factor (earth load + live load i Bedding factor Fig. 14a. Combined Loading Curves for 18-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015593 28 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE uCO 3 a> E E 03 .C 3ca + 0 CwDO. t/i 0 Cl 03 c CD QO_ I C/3 0 > OC) "0O COLO_ I *>oS r. "co c w 0 c 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearingi -- WiIb/fti Safety factor WT = (earth load + live load Bedding factor Fig. 14b. 20-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015594 < SECTION 5 29 Internal-hydrostatic design pressure--Py ipsu = (Operating pressure + water hammer safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load <3-edge bearing)--W(lb/ft) Safety factor W (earth load + live load i Bedding factor Fig. 14c. 21-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015595 30 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j ip s ii = loperating pressure + water hammer safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearingi--Wdb/ft) Safety factor Wr = (earth load + live loadi-----------------------Bedding factor Fig. 14d. 24-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015596 SECTION 5 31 Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j ip sii = (operating pressure + water hammer- safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12.000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearingi -- IV<tb/fti Safety factor VJT = (earth load + live load i------------------------Bedding factor Fig. 14e. 27-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015597 32 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PI PIS Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j ip s ii = loperating pressure + water ham m er' safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearing) -- Wilb/fti Safety factor WT =iearth load + live loadi Bedding factor Fig. 14f. 30-in, Transmission Pipe CTD015598 SECTION 5 33 Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P T ip sii = (operating pressure + water ham m eri safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearing)--Wdb/fti Safety factor WT = (earth load + live load i-----------------------Bedding factor Fig. 14g. 33-in, Transmission Pipe I CTD015599 34 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER MAIN PIPE Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j ipsn = loperating pressure + water ham m er safety factor 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 External crush load (3-edge bearingi -- Wdb/fti Safety factor W-r = (earth load + live load i Bedding factor Fig. 14h. 36-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015600 SECTION 5 35 Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j (psii = (operating pressure + water ham m eri safety factor 0 4000 8000 12,000 16,000 20,000 24,000 External crush load (3-edge bearing)--W(Ib/ft) Safety factor W7- = (earth load + live load 1-----------------------Bedding factor Fig. 14i. 39-in. Transmission Pipe $' CTD015601 36 A-C TRANSMISSION AND FEEDER M'AIN PIPE Internal hydrostatic design pressure--P j (psii = (operating pressure + water ham m eri safety factor 0 4000 8000 12,000 16,000 20,000 24,000 External crush load (3-edge bearing] -- W<Ib/ft) Safety factor Wr = (earth load + live loadi -----------------------Bedding factor Fig. 14j--42-in. Transmission Pipe CTD015602 D erived fro m the Hazen and W illia m s fo rm u la : V = 1.318 C R '63S 64' Loss of Head in Feet per Thousand Feet of Length Appendix A Friction Loss of Head Chart--Coefficient of Flow, C = 140 This appendix is for information only and is not a part of A WWA C403. OoOO CO Cvj T- o o o o r- T- T- 00 CD H II II II II II II ooooooo L. L. k. k. U k. 1. 32222 o co co o cvj m y- m CO <0 O ^ CO CD CO o O T- C\J CO JD OW ,, i!1 <0 iZ al . "aJ m ' Ecp -oc Q x: LU *- ; IO- Eo ' Z (/) m .gE* E > X) if io iE : *- o) o.E </i $ 1co . o Oo o OOOQ CO CNi t-- O O O O t- t- r- r- G) C0 CD II II II II II II II OOOOOOO k_k_k_k_k.k_.k_ o*-- <o-- o<4-- ooo+_ o-- lO ^ <D CD CO CM ^ CO CD CO CVJ CO CO T-- T- T-- C\j C\i Tf- <(//>) w SjO -- o c 3 <0 i r o > i 11 TnOC ~-oMC O.?O C> 0) or r <0 E O~ -OI >fT3- nc UJ ~ l-- ,> ay C o Z to o 8. x-: n<>dsOok_ E<o ^X>_(c0k? H O_C >4-- ui 'jajaujBiQ adid A1 CTD015603 A2 APPENDIX A o ooQ CTO- CTM- TT-- Or- Ocr> Oco Oco II II II II II II II o oo o o o o t_ U k. k- U k. o p p p o op 28CO O CM in in 00 CO CO CM CO <S) IIo k- || T03) 4-- 5<u gE> E >* n>s.9- 5- <0 os S| oo *- O) li (/> c(J) jc o FCO: ~o<Od A<>(0D*Ow) Owc *i--2 E a> Q> H aloE>> So !**o*" .<o/.> .5 *0 OgP ^rO mo Loss of Head in Feet per Thousand Feet of Length OOOQ (0(Mr OOOO T- T- t- C> 00 CO II II II II II II II OOOOOOO UOOk. OU OU OU O^Ok. iin-- co Ims* tooo <o cm cooo como T-- T-- 1-- T-- CM CM ^ t/> o <y w Oc) o 1c0 Q. 0<D3 5 1 nE>. E c> ! i s o > o ui 'jajaaJBia 0d|d CTD015604 Appendix B Surge Pressure Analysis This appendix is for information only and is not a part of A WWA C403. B.l Water Hammer or Surge The slowing down or stopping of any moving mass requires a force or forces to counterbalance the kinetic energy that keeps the mass in motion. The faster a mass is decelerated and brought to a halt, the greater the force that is required. B.1.1 Forces involved. It is some what of an oversimplification, but water hammer, or surge, can be de fined in these terms: The shutting of a valve or the stopping of a pump causes a moving column of water in a pipeline to slow down and stop. The forces that bring about this deceleration are exerted radially on the moving water column by the pipeline walls. Conversely, the water exerts added pressure on the pipe, and the hoop stresses in the pipe walls thus increase over the normal operat ing pressure values. The faster the column of water is brought to a halt, the higher these stresses rise. B.l.2 Rate oj velocity fluctuation. The pipe wall stresses are thus de veloped by, and increase in direct proportion to, the internal pressure that builds up as the column of water decelerates. The slower the de celeration, the less the pressure builds up, and the less the pipe wall stresses increase. It is, therefore, of impor tance to the pipe designer to know how to control the rate of velocity fluctu ation, since by controlling this rate he controls the magnitude of the pressure variations during the transi tional periods. By such control he can keep the pipe wall stresses during surge to a predetermined value that will allow an economical installation. B.l.3 Wave motion. Water, being liquid, will act in a fairly complex manner when undegoing acceleration or deceleration. Pressure waves are set up which move along the pipeline at a rate of 2500--4500 ft/sec, the rate depending on the pipe wall material. The waves will continue until they encounter a boundary con dition, such as a reservoir, a closed valve, or a change in pipe diameter, at which point they will reflect back in the opposite direction. The wave motion will oscillate back and forth in the pipe until it is dampened out by the friction effects of the pipe walls. B.l.4 Causes. The two major causes of water hammer or surge are 1. The closing or opening, fully or partially, of a valve in a pipeline system. The valve may be in the line for one of a number of purposes. It could be a gate valve, float valve, pressure reducing valve, or serve some other function. 2. The starting up or shutting down of a pump (switch or power failure). It can be seen that both of these occurrences cause changes in the velocity, and consequently < in the quantity, of water flowing in the pipeline. B.1.5. Effects. Ignoring the effects of surge in the pipeline can lead to difficulties after the line is in opera- B1 CTD015605 B2 APPENDIX B lion. Surge can result in damaged equipment and seriously reduced capacity. B.2 Water Hammer Analysis The elastic wave theory for surge analysis has been empirically estab lished to be correct by many ex periments, the first of which were performed as early as 1890. Its application to pipeline problems will yield results which are accurate and which may be relied upon for adequate analysis. B.2.1 Wave velocity. Water ham mer pressures are a function of the maximum rate of change of flow. When a valve is closed or a pump stops, a pressure wave is propagated along a pipeline. The velocity of the wave is the same as the velocity of sound in water, modified by physi cal characteristics of the pipeline; it is given by the following equation : in which, 4660 a = r -------Vl + kd/Ee Eq B1 a = pressure wave velocity, in feet per second k = modulus of compression of water, 300,000 psi d = internal diameter of pipe, in inches E = modulus of elasticity of as bestos-cement pipe, 3,400,000 psi e = wall thickness, in inches 4660 = velocity of sound iii water in feet per second B. 2. 2. Maximum pressure. If the pressure wave is reflected back from a boundary condition, such as a reservoir, and returns to its initial position after the flow in the line is completely stopped, then maximum water hammer pressure for those conditions will result. Stopping of the flow may be effected by closing a valve or by a pump stoppage. The magnitude of that maximum pressure is given by in which, aV h =-- R Eq B2 h = surge pressure, in feet of water V = velocity of water in the pipe line during normal conditions, in feet per second a -- velocity of pressure wave, in ft/sec g = acceleration due to gravity, 32.2 ft/sec2 B.2.3 Critical time. The longest elapsed time before final flow stoppage that will still permit this maximum pressure to occur is called the critical time; it is simply the total length that the pressure wave travels in one cycle, divided by the velocity of the wave. It is given by the following equation : in which, U=-- a Eq B3 U = the critical time, in seconds L = distance within the pipeline that the pressure wave moves before it is reflected back by a boundary condition, in feet a -- velocity of the pressure wave in the line, in feet per second B.3 Valve Closure A valve in a water line may be of several different varieties, including gate, cone, and globe valves. When closing a valve, the area of the cross section of the pipeline that is pro gressively cut off is not generally proportional to the reduction in flow. In Fig. Bl, Graph 1 presents a plot CTD015606 Percent of hma)l (Instantaneous Closure) Percent Full Flow SECTION B 3 B3 Time --(Te) = Effective For Full Cut Off Uniformly at Maximum Rate Full Area Gate, W-------- te 39.2%TtReduced Area Globe, ----- Te = 51.7% V ---------! 14-Full Area Cone, Te = 48.6% TT->j Open Percent Time of Valve Stem Travel - Tr Closed 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 "N" = (Te) Effective Closing Time -- in Units of 2 L/a Seconds Fig. Bl. Time (Te) = Effective for Full Cut Off Uniformly at Maximum Rate Reprinted by permission of the Johns--ManvilleSales Corporation. of stem travel versus flow in the line for three types of valves. Note that the first 30-40 percent of stem travel has little effect on the flow in the pipeline. B.3.1 Effective time. As stated previously, water hammer pressure is a function of the maximum rate of change of flow. Therefore, if tangents to the curves in Fig. Bl are drawn at the fastest rate of change (or steepest slope), the effective time of closure Te is obtained. (See the curves in Fig. Bl with tangents plotted and values oi TE determined.) This effec tive time, Te, is the time that is used in water hammer calculations. In most cases, it is about one half of the actual valve closing time. This indicates that if the critical time of a certain installed valve is calculated from Eq B3 and found to be x seconds, then the actual time for complete valve closure which will cause maxi mum pressure to occur will be ap proximately 2x seconds. B.3.2 Relation to surge control. In the design of a water system one of the major considerations in the selec tion of a pipe is the design internal CTD015607 B4 APPENDIX B pressure that the pipe will be required to carry in service. The design internal pressure is the operating pressure plus the water hammer pres sure. In order to keep the water hammer or surge pressures at a con trolled level, calculations must be made to determine the valve closure times that will be required to stay within the design pressure level. B.3.3 Determining effective time. Figure B1 presents a convenient three-step method for determining effective valve closure times for a given percentage of the maximum pressure (surge pressure when valve is closed in less than the critical time). 1. Determine the pipeline constant K given by in which, K = pipeline constant a = velocity of the pressure wave in the line, in feet per second V = velocity of water in the flow line under normal conditions, in feet per second g = acceleration due to gravity, 32.2 ft/sec1 h,, = operating pressure in the line under normal conditions, in feet of water 2. Determine the maximum head that might be developed from the surge by employing the formula h max aV/g. 3. Determine the percentage of hmax and find the corresponding effec tive closing time shown on the horizontal axis. This is given in units of 2L/a, which represents the critical time for the pipeline. Note that the time determined is the effective closing time and the actual time of valve stem travel is about twice as long. The reason for this is that the first half of the closing of the valve has little effect on the stoppage of the flow. It is the closing of the final half of the valve stem travel which closes off the flow. The second half is the effective closing time. There fore, two times the effective closing time is the actual time of the valve stem travel. B.4 Pumped Systems In relation to water hammer and surge, the most important elements in a system are pumps and valves. In a gravity system only valves have to be considered. Both pumps and valves must be considered in a pumped system. B.3.1 Complexity. The surge analy sis of a pumped system is more com plex than in a 100 percent gravity system because 1. In a pumped system, the prob lem begins in the slowing down of the rising water column when the pump is shut off (because of power failure or otherwise). Con sideration must be given to the time required for the pump to stop and for the flow to come to a halt. This involves the inertia of the motor and any flywheel in the assembly. Provisions nor mally should be made for slow opening and closing of pump control valves on pump systems. In a gravity system the hydraulic problem consists only of stopping the descending water column. 2. In a pumped system, the pipeline profile is usually irregular, with successive high and low points and with variable slopes. These conditions may give rise to water CTD015608 SECTION B.5 B5 column separation, causing se vere surges and operational troubles. Surges from water column separation do not follow a standard pattern and they have been measured at many times the calculated values. B.4.2 Alternative layouts. The de sign of a pumped system may involve the consideration of alternative lay outs to keep surges and the consequent operational difficulties to a minimum. This work should be directed toward reducing the magnitude of surges and toward reducing the risk of water column separation that may be caused by the shutdown of a pump. B.4.3 Water column separation. Water column separation can be serious due to the large magnitude of the surges developed when the water column rejoins. It can occur 1. At pump locations at the start of a steep main. 2. When the pressure at a high point falls below atmospheric and air enters the line through air valves that may be located at a high point. 3. When the pressure falls to below the vapor pressure of water. B.4.4 Entrapped air. Water col umn separation can cause difficulties, not only because of the before-men tioned surges set up by the rejoining of the water column, but because of the difficulties in getting air out of the line on subsequent start-up, even with air valves. Entrapped air can cause flow fluctuations and can seri ously reduce the capacity of the system. B.5 Methods of Control The two types of surge to be con trolled are negative surge and positive surge. The type is determined, of course, by whether the surge pressures developed are below or above the normal static level. B.5.1 Negative surges. Negative surges in themselves are usually not dangerous, except when they cause water column separation. If this occurs, extremely high positive surges result when the cavity closes, and this frequently causes serious prob lems. The control of both negative and positive surges should be given consideration. B.5.2 Surge control devices. Limit ing negative and positive surges is accomplished by several types of surge control devices, as follows: 1. Controlled valves. This is one of the most effective means for controlling positive surges. As explained previously, the rate of opening and closing of a valve can be calculated to allow an acceptable level of surge. 2. Flywheel on pump motor. In the event of a power outage the inertia of the flywheel will keep the pump running for a period of time, during which it will gradually slow to a stop. This means that the water column in the pipeline will also be brought to a gradual stop, thus reducing the risk of water column separation. 3. Standpipe. This is generally a tank with the surface of the water at atmospheric pressure. It is, therefore, only practical at low heads. , At a pump stoppage and consequent re duced pressure, the reserve of water in the tank flows into the pipe and reduces -the risk of water column separation. For positive surge control the tank CTD015609 B6 APPENDIX B provides an outlet for the built-up pressure in the system. 4. Air vessel or surge tank. This is an enclosed vessel containing air and water. It functions similarly to a standpipe, with water reentering the line during negative surge and leaving dur ing positive surge. The major difference is that the air in the vessel is under pressure and much higher heads can be em ployed in the pipe system. 5. One-way surge tank. This is an adaptation of the surge tank. It contains a check valve that permits water to enter the line during negative surge, but will not permit water to leave during positive surge. It is, therefore, only for control of negative surges and is very effective. 6. Reservoir of water. This is similar to the one way surge tank, but provides some control of positive surge by permitting the slow entrance of water into the reservoir during a positive surge. 7. Suction pipe. This is a bypass around the pump from the suction side. It contains a check valve to prevent backflow into the reservoir. It effec tively reduces negative pressure adjacent to the pump. 8. Surge relief valve. This is used for controlling positive and negative surges. The valve opens at a certain pressure and discharges water to relieve a surge; positive or negative. It must be carefully designed and controlled in order to be effective. 9. Nonreturn valve. This is a check, strategically placed in a line, that can bring a small mea sure of relief to positive pres sure. However, unless properly placed, it can lead to higher rather than lower surge. 10. Reversal of pump. At pump stoppage the column of water reverses itself. If the pump will not run backwards to permit water to flow back through it, then positive surges will be developed by the sudden stop ping of the backflowing column of water. The pump should be designed to run reversed with out damage to itself. Design of pumps that can run reversed without damage is a significant problem. Other measures may have to be taken. B.5.3 Economic considerations. From an economic standpoint it is usually worthwhile to properly evalu ate the surge potential in a system under design. The cost of control devices may be balanced against the added strength of pipe, valves, and other equipment that will be needed if surges are not controlled, and the most advantageous conclusion reached. Manufacturers of surge con trol equipment or consultants in this field should be sought for advice in complex situations. B.6 Surge Calculation Example The following example problem illustrates the calculation that may be followed to determine valve closing time for the control of surge within prescribed limits. A 24-in. gravity transmission line is to operate at a pressure of 100 psi. Velocity in the line is to be 5 ft/sec. A valve is to be included in the line at a distance of 5000 ft from the reservoir. If positive surge pressure CTD015610 SECTION B.7 B7 is to be controlled within 50 psi, determine the minimum time for valve closure. Assume that the effective closing time is one half of the actual valve stem travel time. (E for as bestos-cement pipe = 3.4 X 10", wall thickness is 1.5 in., k for water = 3 X 10&) actual valve stem travel time would be twice this amount, or 17.4 sec. This calculated time (17.4 sec.), therefore, represents the fastest allowable time the valve can be closed in order to keep the surge pressure below the desired control level of 50 psi. Solution 1. Determine surge wave velocity 4660 4660 3 X 105 X 24 3.4 X 106 X 1.5 = 3000 ft/sec. 2. Determine maximum surge pres sure if the valve closes within the critical time , aV 3000 X 5 g 32.2 = 465 ft of water (200 psi) 3. Determine the critical time 2 X 5000 3.33 sec a 3000 4. Determine Constant K for use in Graph 2 (Fig. Bl) 2gh,, 2 X 32.2 X 231 5. Determine percent of maximum surge pressure that should not be exceeded in the system. 50 X 100 = 25 percent 200 6. Enter Graph 2 (Fig. Bl) with percent of hmaz (25 percent). Go horizontally to the curves where K = 1.0. Read the effective clos ing time along the horizontal axis. This value is 2.6 and is given in units of 2L/a seconds. The effective closing time in seconds would be 2L/a X 2.6 = 3.33 X 2.6 = 8.7 sec. The B.7 Air in Pipelines Air in pipelines can cause serious operational difficulties, including re duction in capacity because of re duced cross-sectional area, and fluctu ation in flow caused by expanding and contracting air in the line. These fluctuations in flow cause sudden movements of the air from one loca tion to another, followed by slugs of water, and this can cause serious surges. B.7.1 Entrance oj air. Air can enter a pipeline in many ways. It may enter at the intake. Entry may be caused by release of air from water due to temperature and pressure variation, or it may be caused by draining the line, or by draining parts of the line during normal shut-down. Negative surges may cause air to enter at air valves. Air should be prevented from entering the line in the first place. This is very important in order to reduce operational diffi culties. Suggested solutions for con trol are as follows : 1. Intake. Correct design pro cedures, provide low water-level pump cut-off. 2. Release of air. Air is entrained in the water at intake and its release cannot be prevented. However, the quantities are not large and provisions for exhaust ing can be mad by means of air valves. There are various types of air valves with different CTD015611 B8 APPENDIX B functions, and the selection of the proper type and location for installation is essential. 3. Draining the line. Air cannot be prevented from entering the line on draining, of course. Large orifice air valves should be pro vided for exhausting the air during refilling. Draining and then refilling does not often oc cur ; therefore, long filling times may be satisfactory. 4. Drainage during shut down. This can be a serious problem. Open standpipes can be pro vided for air entry and exhaust. Sweeping air out using high velocities is also a method. 5. Negative surges. The best way to prevent air from entering under these conditions is to de sign out the possibility of water column separation. Large vol umes of air may be involved here and can cause serious problems. Any one of the negative surge control devices described in para graph B.5.2 will normally be adequate. B.7.2. Recommendations to combat air entrapment. Colorado State Uni versity has conducted studies to determine the effect of air entrapment in pipelines. The result of the studies proved that suddenly released en trapped air, under apparently static conditions, creates a situation similar to that of classic water hammer. Pressures are generated which may be on the order of fifteen times the pipeline test pressure. Any pipeline material is seriously affected by this rapid magnitude of load increase. Hydrostatic failure due to defective pipe may in all probability be traced to suddenly released entrapped air. The initial filling and testing of a pipeline is often the most critical period of its service life. Recom mendations to combat air entrapment were made as follows: 1. Pipeline should be laid to grade wherever possible. 2. Automatic continual acting air release valves should be used at all high points. 3. Air should be bled from pipeline slowly. 4. Limit filling velocity in the pipe line to one foot per second or less. 5. Use d/D = 1/10 to 1/100. d = diameter of air release valve D = pipe diameter The results of this study, together with the recommendations, have been found to be most useful to contractors in performing pipeline tests. Such rec ommendations also have been found to be useful to engineers from the standpoint of designing pipelines to minimize air problems. CTD015612 ( Appendix C Frictional Power Requirements This appendix is for information only and is not a part of A WWA C700. The chart shown in Fig. Cl permits rapid calculations of the yearly power costs to overcome friction loss of head. This chart is based on continuous pumping operation (24 hours per day and 365 days per year), a power cost of $0.01 per kwhr, and a motor-pump efficiency of 100 percent. For actual operating conditions and local power costs, appropriate factors must be ap plied to the values shown in the chart. By calculating power costs to over come friction in two pipe sizes, or for two different types of pipe having different flow coefficients, an annual power cost savings can be determined. Economic justification for going to a | larger pipe diameter with lower annual power costs can be determined by establishing the present worth of the annual savings using Table Cl, which is based on the discounted cash flow method. If the present worth of the annual savings based on established interest rates exceeds the added costs for the installation of a different size or type of material, then economic justification exists for the added capital expenditure. Nomograph values for Fig. Cl are based on the following : Cost per 1000 ft of pipe per year--in dollars Power cost--1 i per kilowatt hour Motor-pump efficiency (combined)--100 percent Friction coefficient C = 140 Continuous operation Note: Yearly power cost values derived in Fig. Cl are for coefficient of flow C = 140. They may be con verted to yearly power cost values for other coefficients of flow by means of the following multiplying factors: 1.15 for C = 130 1.34 for C = 120 1.57 for C = 110 1.86 for C = 100 2.26 for C = 90 2.83 for C = 80 4.82 for C = 60 Diameters derived from Fig. Cl are for coefficient of flow C = 140. These may be converted to other diameters for other coefficients of flow by means of the following multiplying factors: 1.033 for C = 130 1.063 for C = 120 1.100 for C = 110 1.142 for C = 100 1.185 for C = 90 1.261 for C = 80 1.365 for C = 60 Cl CTD015613 C2 APPENDIX C ui 'jaiauieio ady CTD015614 Fig. C l. Y e a rly Power Cost to Compensate fo r F ric tio n Loss o f Head * (c o n t. I-IGURE Cl Ul ' J8J8UJEIQ ad|d CTD015615 Reprinted by permission of the Johns--M anville Sales C orporation. C3 C4 APPENDIX C Table Cl * Apply the following formula to Table Cl, Present Worth of an Income of $1.00 per Year for the Next N Years: (1 4- r) - l r (1 + r)N where r = rate of yield in percent N = number of years from present Example: When using a 10 percent rate of yield, an income of $1.00 occurring each year for the next 5 years has a* * This table is reprinted by permission of the Johns-Manville Sales Corporation from their publication, "Discounted Cash Flow Method of Investment Appraisal." present worth of $3,791 ; for the next 7 years, $4,868; for the next 10 years, $6.145; etc. The present worth (PW) of a regular pattern of savings in the future is found as follows: Total years of operation--25 Amount of annual savings-- $5000.00 PW factor at 10 percent--9.077 Total present worth (PW)-- $45,385.00 When expenditure, cash income, and life are known, and income is the same each year, the PW factor can be computed by dividing expenditure by annual cash income. Yield can then be determined by looking for the factor on the line or known life in Table Cl. CTD015616 TABLE Cl C5 TABLE Cl Present Worth of an Income of $1.00 per Year for the Next N Years Ymm .9% 1.0% 15% 2.0% 15* 3.0% 3.5% 4.0% 4.5% 5.0% Ynr 1 .995 .990 .985 .980 .976 2 1.985 1.970 1.956 1.91*2 1.927 3 2.970 2.91a 2.912 2.881* 2.856 1* 3.950 3.902 3.851* 3.808 3.762 5 U.926 U. 853 1*.783 It.713 It.61*6 6 5.896 5.795 5.697 5.601 5.508 7 6.862 6.728 6.598 6.1*72 6.31*9 8 7.823 7.652 7.1*86 7.325 7.170 9 8.779 8.566 8.361 8062 7.971 10 9.730 9.1*71 9.222 8.983 8.752 11 10.68 10.37 10.07 9.787 9.511* 12 11.62 11.26 10.91 10.58 10.26 13 12.56 12.13 11.73 11.35 10.98 li 13.1*9 13.00 12.51* 12.11 11.69 15 lit.1*2 13.87 13.31* 12.85 12.38 16 15.31* 11*.72 11*. 13 13.58 13.06 17 16.26 15.56 ll*.91 lU.29 13.71 18 17.17 16.1*0 15.67 ll*.99 11*.35 19 18.08 17.23 16.1*3 15.68 11*.98 20 18.99 18.05 17.17 16.35 15.59 21 19.89 18.86 17.90 17.ca 16.19 22 20.78 19.66 18.62 17.66 16.77 23 21.68 20.1*6 19.33 18.29 17.33 21* 22.56 21.21* 20.03 18.91 17.89 25 23.1*5 22.02 20.72 19.52 18.1*2 .971 1.913 2.829 3.717 L.580 .966 1.900 2.802 3.673 U.515 .962 1.886 2.775 3.630 1*.1*52 .957 1.873 2.71*9 3.588 U.390 .952 1.859 2.723 3.51*6 h.329 5.U7 6.230 7.020 7.786 8.530 5.329 6.115 6.871* 7.608 8.317 5.21*2 6.002 6.733 7.1*35 8.111 5.158 5.093 6.596 7.269 7.913 5.076 5.786 6.1*63 7.108 7.722 9.253 9.951* 10.61* 11.30 11.91* 9.002 9.663 10.30 10.92 11.52 8.760 9.38$ 9.986 10.56 11.12 8.529 9.119 9.683 10.22 10.71* 8.306 8.863 9.391* 9.899 10.38 12.56 13.17 13.75 ll*.32 lit. 88 12.09 12.65 13.19 13.71 11*.21 11.65 12.17 12.66 13.13 13.59 11.23 11.71 12.16 12.59 13.01 10.81* 11.27 11.65 12.09 12.1*6 15.1*2 15.91* 16.1*1* 16.91* 17.ia 11*. 70 15.17 15.62 16.06 16.1*8 11*. 03 11* .1*5 11*.86 15.25 15.62 13.ia 13.78 U*.l5 ll*.50 11*. 83 12.82 13.16 13.1*9 13.60 11*.09 1 2 3 1* 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 u* 15 16 17 16 19 20 21 22 23 21* 25 26 21*.32 22.80 21.1*0 20.12 18.95 27 25.20 23.56 22.07 20.71 19.1*6 28 26.07 21*.31 22.73 21.28 19.97 29 26.93 25.07 23.38 21.81* 20.1*5 30 27.79 25.a 21*.02 22.1*0 20.93 31 28.65 26.51* 21*.65 22.91* 21.1*0 32 29.50 27.27 25.27 23.1*7 21.85 33 30.35 27.99 25.88 23.99 22.29 31* 31.20 28.70 26.1*8 2l*.50 22.72 35 32.01, 29 .ia 27.08 25.00 23.15 36 32.87 30.11 27.66 25.1*9 23.56 37 33.70 30.80 28.21* 25.97 23.96 38 31*. 53 31.1*9 28.a 26.1*1* 21*.35 39 35.35 32.16 29.37 26.90 21*.73 1*0 36.17 32.81* 29.92 27.36 25.10 1*1 1*2 36.99 37.80 33.50 3U.16 30.1*6 30.99 27.90 28.21* 25.1*7 25.82 1*3 38.61 31*.a 31.52 28.66 26.17 1*1* 39.1*1 35.1*6 32.01* 29.08 26.50 1*5 1*0.21 36.09 32.55 29.1*9 26.83 1*6 la.00 36.73 33.06 29.89 27.15 1*7 Ul.79 37.35 33.55 30.29 27.1*7 1*8 1*2.58 37.97 3l*.0l* 30.67 27.77 1*9 1*3.36 38.59 31*. 53 31.05 28.07 50 1*1*. 11* 39.20 35.00 31.1*2 28.36 17.88 18.33 18.76 19.19 19.60 16.89 17.29 17.67 18.01* 18.39 15.98 16.33 16.66 16.98 17.29 15.15 15.1*5 15.71* 16.02 16.29 11*.36 11*. 61* lit.90 15.11* 15.37 20.00 20.39 20.77 21.13 21.1*9 18.71* 19.07 19.39 19.70 20.00 17.59 17.87 18.15 18.U1 18.67 16.51* 16.79 17.02 17.25 17.1*6 15.59 15.80 16.00 16.19 16.37 21.83 22.17 22.1*9 22.a 23.12 20.29 20.57 20.81* 21 ao 21.36 18.91 19.U* 19.37 19.58 19.79 17.67 17.86 18.05 18.23 18.1*0 16.55 16.71 16.87 17.02 17.16 23-ia 23.70 23.98 21*. 25 21*. 52 21.60 21.81* 22.06 22.28 22.50 19.99 20.19 20.37 20.55 20.72 18.57 18.72 18.87 19.02 19-16 17.29 17.1*2 17.55 17.66 17.77 21*.78 25.03 25.27 25.50 25.73 22.70 22.90 23.09 23.28 23.1*6 20.89 21.01* 21.20 21.31* 21.1*8 19.29 19.1*2 19.51* 19.65 19.76 17.88 17.98 16.08 18.17 18.26 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 31* 35 36 37 38 39 1*0 ia 1*2 1*3 1*1* 1*5 1*6 1*7 1*8 1*9 50 CTD015617 C6 TABLE Cl Ynri 5.5% 6.0% 6.5% TABLE Cl (continued) 7.0% 7.5% 8.0% 8.5% 9.0% 9.5% 10.0% r* 1 .988 .91*3 .939 .935 .930 .926 .922 .917 .913 .909 l 2 1.886 1.833 1.821 1.808 1.796 1.783 1.771 1.759 1.71*7 1.736 2 3 2.698 2.673 2.61*8 2.621* 2.6C1 2.577 2.558 2.531 2.509 2.1*87 3 i* 3.505 3.1*65 3.826 3.387 3.31*9 3.312 3.276 3.2i*0 3.201* 3.170 1* c 8.270 8.212 1* .156 8.100 l*.0l*6 3.993 3.91*1 3.890 3.81*0 3.791 5 6 8.996 8.917 a.aai 8.767 l*.69l* 1*.623 1*.551* 1.1*86 1*.1*20 8.355 6 7 5.683 5.582 5.1*85 5.389 5.297 5.206 5.119 5.033 8.950 U. 868 7 e 6.335 6.210 6.089 5.971 5.857 5.71*7 5.639 5.535 5.1*33 5.335 8 9 6.952 6.802 6.656 6.515 6.379 6.21*7 6.119 5.995 5.875 5.759 9 10 7.538 7.360 7.189 7.021* 6.861* 6.710 6.561 6.1*18 6.279 6.11*5 10 11 8.093 7.887 7.689 7.1*99 7.315 7.139 6.969 6.805 6.61*7 6.1*95 11 12 8.619 8.331* 8.159 7.91*3 7.735 7.536 7.31*5 7.161 6.981* 6.811* 12 13 9.117 8.853 8.600 8.358 8.126 7.901* 7.691 7.1*87 7.291 7.103 13 u* 9.590 9.295 9.011* 8.71*5 8.1*89 8.21*1* 8.010 7.786 7.572 7.367 H* 15 10. 08 9.712 9.1*03 9.108 8.827 8.559 8.301* 8.061 7.828 7.606 15 16 10.1*6 10.11 9.768 9.1*1*7 9.11*2 8.851 8.575 8.313 8.062 7.821* 16 17 10.87 10.1*8 10.11 9.763 9.1*31* 9.122 8.825 8.51*1* 8.276 8.022 17 18 11.25 10.83 10.1*3 10.06 9.706 9.372 9.055 8.756 8.1*71 8.201 18 19 11.61 11.16 10.71* 10.31* 9.959 9.601* 9.268 8.950 8.650 8.365 19 20 11.95 11.1*7 11.02 10.59 10.19 9.818 9.1*63 9.129 8.812 8.5H* 20 21 12.28 11.76 11.29 10.81* 10.1*1 10.02 9.61*1* 9.292 8.961 8.61*9 21 22 12.58 12.01* 11.51* 11.06 10.62 10.20 9.810 9.1*1*2 9.097 8.772 22 23 12.88 12.30 11.77 11.27 10.81 10.37 9.963 9.580 9.221 8.883 23 28 13.15 12.55 11.99 11.1*7 10.98 10.53 10.10 9.707 9.331* 8.985 21* 25 13.1*1 12.78 12.20 11.65 11.15 10.68 10.23 9.823 9.1*38 9.077 25 26 13.66 13.00 12.39 11.83 11.30 10.81 10.35 9.929 9.532 9.161 26 27 13.90 13.21 12.58 11.99 11.88 10.98 10.87 10.03 9.618 9.237 27 28 11*.12 13.la 12.75 12.18 11.57 11.05 10.57 10.12 9.697 9.307 28 29 11*.33 13.59 12.91 12.28 11.70 11.16 10.66 10.20 9.769 9.370 29 30 11*.53 13.77 13.06 12.81 11.81 11.26 10.75 10.27 9.835 9.827 30 31 11*.72 13.93 13.20 12.53 11.92 11.3 5 10.83 10.38 9.895 9.879 31 32 11*.90 11*.08 13.33 12.65 12.02 11.88 10.90 10.81 9.950 9.526 32 33 15.08 18.23 13.86 12.75 12.11 11.51 10.97 10.86 10.00 9.569 33 31* 15.21* H*.37 13.58 12.85 12.19 11.59 11.03 10.52 10.05 9.609 38 35 15.39 11*.50 13.69 12.95 12.27 11.66 11.09 10.57 10.09 9.688 35 36 15.51* ll*.62 13.79 13.08 12.35 11.72 11.18 10.61 10.13 9.677 36 37 15.67 11*.71* 13.89 13.12 12 .,82 11.78 11.19 ?0.65 10.16 9.706 37 38 15.81 11*. 85 13.98 13.19 12.88 11.83 11.28 10.69 10.19 9.733 38 39 15.93 11*.95 11*.07 13.27 12.58 11.88 11.28 10.73 10.22 9.757 39 1*0 16.05 15.05 11*.15 13.33 12.59 11.93 11.32 10.76 10.25 9.779 80 la 16.16 15.11* 11*.22 13.39 12.65 11.97 LL.35 10.79 10.27 9.799 81 1*2 16.26 15.23 11*. 29 13.85 12.69 12.01 11.38 10.81 10.29 9.817 82 1*3 16.36 15.31 11*.36 13.51 12.78 12.08 11.81 10.88 10.31 9.838 83 1*1* 16.1*6 15.38 ll*.l*2 13.56 12.78 12.08 11.88 10.86 10.33 9.889 88 1*5 16.55 15.1*6 ll*.l*8 13.61 12.82 12.11 11.87 10.88 10.35 9.863 85 1*6 16.63 15.52 ll*. 58 13.65 12.86 12.18 11.89 10.90 10.36 9.875 86 1*7 16.71 15.59 18.59 13.69 12.89 12.16 ll.5l 10.92 10.38 9.887 87 1*8 16.79 15.65 ll*.68 13.73 12.92 12.19 11.53 10.93 10.39 9.897 88 1*9 16.86 15.71 18.68 13.77 12.95 12.21 11.55 10.95 10.80 9.906 89 50 16.93 15.76 18.73 13.80 12.98 12.23 11.57 10.96 10.81 9.915 50 CTD015618 TABLE Cl C7 TABLE Cl (continued) Yaors 10.5% 11.0% 11.5% 120% 1ZS% 13.0% 13.5% 14.0% 14.5% 15.0% Years 1 .905 .901 .897 .893 .889 2 1.721* 1.713 1.701 1.690 1.679 3 2.1*65 2.1*1*1* 2.1*23 2.1*02 2.381 li 3.136 3.102 3.070 3.037 3.006 5 3.71*3 3.696 3.650 3.605 3.561 6 1*.292 1*.231 1*.170 li.lll 1* .051* 7 1*.789 1*.712 1*.637 1*.561* L .1*92 8 5.239 5.11*6 5.056 a. 968 1*. 882 9 5.61*6 5.537 5.1*31 5.328 5.228 10 6.015 5.889 5.768 5.65o 5.536 11 6.31*8 6.207 6.070 5.938 5.810 12 6.650 6.1*92 6.31*1 6.191* 6.053 13 6.923 6.750 6.583 6.1*21* 6.270 11* 7.170 6.982 6.801 6.628 6.1*62 15 7.391* 7.191 6.997 6.811 6.633 16 7.596 7.379 7.172 6.971* 6.785 17 7.779 7.51*9 7.329 7.120 6.920 18 7.91*5 7.702 7.1*70 7.250 7.01*0 19 8.095 7.839 7.596 7.366 7.11*7 20 8.231 7.963 7.710 7.1*69 7.21*1 21 8.351* 8.075 7.811 7.562 7-326 22 8.1*65 8.176 7.903 7.61*5 7.1*01 23 8.566 8.266 7.981* 7.718 7.1*67 21* 8.657 8.31*8 8.058 7.781* 7.526 25 8.739 8.1*22 8.121* 7.81*3 7.579 .885 1.668 2.361 2.971* 3.517 .881 1.657 2.31*1 2.9U* 3.1*75 .e77 1.61*7 2.322 2.91U 3.a33 .873 1.636 2.302 2.88a 3.392 .870 1.626 2.283 2.855 3.352 3.998 1* .1*23 1*.799 5.132 5.1*26 3.91*3 L.355 1*. 718 5.038 5.320 3.889 a.288 a.639 a.9L6 5.216 3.836 a. 22a a.562 a. 858 5.116 3.78a a. 160 a.as7 a.772 5.019 5.687 5.918 6.122 6.302 6.1,62 5.568 5.787 5.979 6.11*9 6.299 5.L53 5.660 5.81*2 6.002 6.ia2 5.3ai 5.538 5.710 5.861 5.992 5.23a 5.a2i 5.583 5.72a 5.8a7 6.601* 6.729 6.81*0 6.938 7.025 6.1*31 6.51*7 6.61,9 6.739 6.819 6.265 6.373 6.L67 6.550 6.623 6.106 6.206 6.29a 6.370 6.a37 5.95a 6.oa7 6.128 6.198 6.259 7-102 7.170 7.230 7.283 7.330 6.889 6.951 7.005 7.053 7.095 6.687 6.71*3 6.792 6.835 6.873 6.a95 6.5a6 6.590 6.629 6.663 6.312 6.359 6.399 6.aia 6.a6a 1 2 3 a 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ia 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2a 25 26 8.811* 8.1*88 6.183 7.896 7.626 27 8.881 8.51*8 8.236 7.91*3 7.667 28 8.91*2 8.602 8.283 7.981* 7.701* 29 8.997 8.650 8.326 6.022 7.737 30 9-01*7 8.691* 8.361* 8.055 7.766 31 9.093 6.733 6.398 8.085 7.792 32 9.131* 8.769 8.1*29 8.112 7-815 33 9.171 8.801 8.1*56 8.135 7.636 31* 9-20li 8.829 8.1,81 3.157 7.851* 35 9.235 8.855 8.503 8.176 7.870 36 9.262 8.879 8.523 8.192 7.835 37 9.267 8.900 8.51*1 8.208 7.898 38 9.309 8.919 8.557 8.221 7.909 39 9.330 8.936 8.571 8.233 7.919 1*0 9-31*8 8.951 5.531* 8.21*1* 7.928 1*1 9.365 8.965 8.595 8.253 7.936 1*2 9.380 8.977 8.606 8.262 7.91*3 1*3 9.391* 8.989 8.615 8.270 7.91*9 1*1* 9.1*06 8.999 8.623 8.276 7.955 1*5 9.1*17 9.008 8.631 8.283 7.960 1*6 9.1*27 9.016 8.637 8.288 7.965 1*7 9.1*37 9.021* 8.61*3 8.293 7.968 1*8 9.1*1*5 9.030 8.61*9 6.297 7.972 1*9 9.1*52 9.036 8.651* 8.301 7.975 50 9.1*59 9.01*2 8.658 8.301* 7.978 7.372 7.1*09 7.1*1*1 7.1*70 7.1*96 7.132 7.165 7.191* 7.219 7.21*2 6.906 6.935 6.961 6.983 7-003 6.693 6.718 6.7ai 6.761 6.778 6.a9i 6.51a 6.53a 6.551 6.566 7.518 7.538 7.556 7-572 7.586 7.261 7.279 7.291* 7.307 7.319 7.020 7.035 7.oa8 7.060 7.070 6.793 6.806 6.817 6.827 6.836 6.579 6.591 6.600 6.609 6.617 7.598 7.609 7.618 7.627 7.631* 7.330 7.339 7.31*7 7.351* 7.361 7.079 7.087 7.09a 7-100 7.105 6.8aa 6.851 6.856 6.861 6.866 6.623 6.629 6.63a 6.638 6.6a2 7.61*1 7.61*7 7.652 7.657 7.661 7.366 7.371 7.375 7.379 7.383 7.110 7.111* 7.117 7.120 7.123 6.870 6.873 6.876 6.879 6.881 6,6a5 6.6h8 6.650 6.652 6.65a 7.661* 7.668 7.671 7.673 7.675 7.386 7.388 7.390 7.392 7.391* 7.126 7.128 7.130 7.131 7.133 6.883 6.'885 6.886 6.887 6.889 6.656 6.657 6.659 6.660 6.661 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 3a 35 36 37 38 39 ao 1*1 a2 a3 aa a5 a6 a7 as U9 5o CTD015619 C8 APPENDIX C TABLE Cl (continued) YMrl 15.5* 16.0% 16.5% 17.0% 17.3% B.0% 18.5% 19.0% 19.9% 20.0% Yot 1 .866 .062 .858 .855 .851 2 1.615 1.605 1.595 1.585 1.575 3 2.261 2.21*6 2.228 2.210 2.192 1* 2.826 2.798 2.770 2.71*3 2.716 5 3.313 3.271* 3.236 3.199 3.163 6 3.731* 3.685 3.636 3.589 3.51*3 7 1*.099 1*.039 3.980 3.922 3.866 8 1*.1*15 1* .31*1* 1*. 271* 1*.207 1*.U*2 9 l*.686 1*.607 1*. 527 l*.l*5l 1*.376 10 L. 925 1*. 833 l*.7l*5 1*. 659 1**575 11 5.130 5.029 1.931 1*.836 1*.71*5 12 5.307 5.197 5.091 1*.988 L.889 13 5.1*61 5.31*2 5.228 5.118 5.012 11* 5.591* 5.1*68 5.31*6 5.229 5.117 15 5.709 5.575 5.1*1*7 5.321* 5.206 16 5.808 5.668 5.531* 5.1*05 5.281 17 5.895 5.71*9 5.609 5.1*75 5.31*6 18 5.969 5.818 5.673 5.531* 5.1*01 19 6.031* 5.877 5.728 5.581* 5.1*1*7 20 6.090 5.929 5.775 5.628 5.1*87 21 6.139 5.973 5.815 5.665 5.521 22 6.181 6.011 5.850 5.696 5.550 23 6.217 6.01*1* 5.880 5.723 5.571* 21* 6.21*9 6.073 5.905 5.71*6 5.595 25 6.276 6.097 5.927 5.766 5.613 .81*7 1.566 2.171* 2.690 3.127 .81*1* 1.556 2.157 2.661* 3.092 .81*0 1.51*7 2.11*0 2.639 3.058 .837 1.537 2.123 2.613 3.021* .833 1.528 2.106 2.589 2.991 3.1*98 3.812 1*.078 L.303 l*.l*9l* 3.1*53 3.758 L.015 U.232 i*.ia5 3.L10 3.706 3.951* U.163 L.339 3.367 3.655 3.895 1*.096 U.265 3.326 3.605 3.837 U.031 U.192 1*.656 lt.793 U.910 5.008 5.092 1*.570 1*.700 L.810 U.903 U.982 i*.l*86 l*.6ll 1*.715 L.802 1*.876 1*. 1*06 l*.523 1*.622 U.705 l*.77l* L.327 1*.1*39 L.533 1*.611 U.675 5.162 5.222 5.273 5.316 5.353 5.01*8 5.101* 5.151 5.191 5.221* L.938 1*.990 5.033 5.070 5.101 U.832 L.880 U.921 U.951* U.983 U.730 1*.775 lt.812 It. 81*3 L.870 5.381* 5.1*io 5.1*32 5.1*51 5.1*67 5.252 5.276 5.296 5.313 5.328 5.127 5.11*9 5.167 5.182 5.195 5.007 5.026 5.01*3 5.057 5.069 U.891 1*.909 1*.925 L.937 l*.9l*8 1 2 3 1* 5 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 13 lit 15 16 17 18 19 20 a 22 23 21* 25 26 6.299 6.118 5.91*6 5.783 5.628 27 6.320 6.136 5.962 5.798 5.61a 28 6.337 6.152 5.976 5.810 5.652 29 6.353 6.166 5.988 5.820 5.661 30 6.366 6.177 5.999 5.829 5.669 31 6.378 6.187 6.007 5.837 5.676 32 6.367 6.196 6.015 5.81*1* 5.681 33 6.396 6.203 6.021 5.81*9 5.686 31* 6.1*01* 6.210 6.027 5.851* 5.691 35 6.iao 6.215 6.032 5.858 5.691* 36 6. ia6 6.220 6.036 5.862 5.697 37 6.1*20 6.221* 6.039 5.865 5.700 38 6.1*25 6.228 6.01*2 5.867 5.702 39 6.1*28 6.231 6.01*5 5.869 5.701* 1*0 6.1*31 6.233 6.01*7 5.871 5.705 ia 6.1*31* 6.236 6.01*9 5.873 5.707 1*2 6.1*36 6.238 6.051 5.871* 5.708 1*3 6.1*38 6.239 6.052 5.875 5.709 1*1* 6.1*1*0 6.21a 6.053 5.876 5.710 1*5 6.1*1*2 6.21*2 6.051* 5.877 5.710 1*6 6.1*1*3 6.21*3 6.055 5.878 5.711 1*7 6.1*1*1* 6.21*1* 6.056 5.879 5.711 1*8 6.1*1*5 6.21*5 6.057 5.879 5.712 1*9 6.1*1*6 6.21*6 6.057 5.880 5.712 50 6.1*1*7 6.21*6 6.058 5.880 5.712 5.1*80 5.1*92 5.502 5.510 5.517 5.31*0 5.206 5.350 5.215 5.359 5.223 5.366 5.229 5.372. 5.235 5.078 5.086 5.093 5.099 5.101* 1*.956 (*.961* L.970 U.975 1*.979 26 27 28 29 30 5.523 5.528 5.532 5.536 5.539 5.377 5.382 5.385 5.389 5.391 5.239 5.21*3 5.21*6 5.21*9 5.251 5.108 5.111 5.111* 5.116 5.U8 1*.982 1*.985 U.988 L.990 1*.992 5.51a 5.51*3 5.51*5 5.51*7 5.51*8 5.393 5.395 5.397 5.398 5.399 5.253 5.255 5.256 5.257 5.258 5.120 5.121 5.122 5.123 5.121* 1..993 L.991* 1**995 L.996 L.997 31 32 33 31* 35 36 37 38 39 1*0 5.51*9 5.550 5.551 5.552 5.552 5.1*00 5.1*01 5.1*02 5.1*02 5.1*03 5.259 5.260 5.260 5.261 5.261 5.125 5.125 5.126 5.126 5.127 L.997 b.998 L.998 1* .99 8 h.999 ia 1*2 1*3 1*1* 1*5 5.553 5.553 5.551* 5.551* 5.551* 5.1*03 5.1*01* 5.1*ol* 5.1*ol* 5.1*ol* 5.261 5.262 5.262 5.262 5.262 5.127 5.127 5.127 50.27 5.128 h.999 U.999 h.999 h.999 h.999 1*6 1*7 1*8 1*9 50 CTD015620 TABLE Cl C9 TABLE Cl (1continued) Yi 21% 22% 23% 24% 2S% 36% 27% 28% 29% 30% Ymt 1 .826 .820 .813 .806 .800 2 1.509 1.892 i.a7a l.a57 l.aao 3 2.071i 2.0li2 2.011 1.981 1.952 a 2.51|0 2.1*91* 2.aae 2.aoa 2.362 5 2.926 2.86a 2.803 2.71*5 2.689 6 3.2ii5 3.167 3.092 3.020 2.951 7 3.508 3.1*16 3.327 3.2a2 3.1cl 8 3.726 3.619 3.518 3.1*21 3.329 9 3.905 3.786 3.673 3.566 3.a63 10 1i.051i 3.923 3.799 3.682 3.571 n li.l77 li.035 3.902 3.776 3.656 12 li.278 1*.127 3.985 3.851 3.725 13 a. 362 1*.203 a. 053 3.912 3.780 Hi 1i.U32 U. 265 a. 108 3.962 3.82a 15 U.U89 a. 315 a.153 a.001 3.859 16 U.536 a.357 a.189 a.033 3.887 17 li-576 a.391 a.219 a.059 3.910 18 I1.6O8 a. 1*19 a. 2i*3 a. 080 3.928 19 L.635 a.ui*2 a. 263 a.097 3.91*2 20 L.657 a.i*6o a.279 a.no 3.95a 21 L.675 a.a76 a. 292 a.121 3.963 22 li.690 a.as8 a.302 a. 130 3.970 23 U.703 a.a99 a.311 a.137 3.976 2li U.713 a. 507 a.318 a.u*3 3.981 25 Ji.721 a.5ia a.323 a.ia7 3.985 .79a i.i*2a 1.923 2.320 2.635 .787 i.ao7 1.896 2.280 2.583 .781 1.392 1.868 2.21*1 2.532 .775 1.376 1.81*2 2.203 2.a83 .769 1.361 1.816 2.166 2.1*36 l 2 3 a 5 2.885 3.083 3.21*1 3.366 3.a65 2.821 3.009 3.156 3.273 3.36a 2.759 2.937 3.076 3.iaa 3.269 2.700 2.868 2.999 3.100 3.178 2.6U3 2.802 2.925 3.019 3.092 6 7 e 9 10 3.5U3 3.606 3.656 3.695 3.726 3.1*37 3.1*93 3.538 3.573 3.601 3.335 3.387 3.1*27 3.1*59 3.a83 3.239 3.286 3.322 3.351 3.373 3.U*7 3.190 3.223 3.21*9 3.268 11 12 13 11* 15 3.751 3.771 3.786 3.799 3.808 3.623 3.6ao 3.65a 3.66a 3.673 3.503 3.518 3.529 3.539 3.5a6 3.390 3.1*03 3.1*13 3.1*21 3.a27 3.283 3.295 3.30a 3.311 3.316 16 17 18 19 20 3.816 3.822 3.827 3.831 3.83a 3.679 3.68a 3.689 3.692 3.69a 3.551 3.556 3.559 3.562 3.56a 3.1*32 3.1*36 3.U8 3.aai 3.1*1*2 3.320 3.323 3.325 3.327 3.329 21 22 23 2a 25 26 a. 728 a.520 a.326 a. 151 3.988 27 1i.731i a.52a a.332 a.isa 3.990 28 Ji.739 a.528 a.335 a.157 3.992 29 1i.71i3 a.531 a.337 a. 159 3.99a 30 I1.7U6 a. 53a a.339 a.160 3.995 31 U.7U9 a. 536 a.3U a. i6i 3.996 32 U.751 a. 53 8 a.3i*2 a.162 3.997 33 li.753 a.539 a.31*3 a.163 3.997 3li li.755 a.5ao a.3i*a a. 16a 3.998 35 a. 756 a. 51*1 a.3a5 a. 16a 3.998 36 h. 757 a.5i*2 a.3a5 a.165 3.999 37 a. 758 a.51*3 a.3a6 a. 165 3.999 38 li. 759 a.5U3 a.3a6 a.165 3.999 39 a. 759 a.5aa a.3a6 a.166 3.999 llO a. 760 a.5i*a a.3a7 a.166 3.999 111 Ji.760 a.5aa a.3a7 a. 166 a. 000 1|2 a.760 a.5aa a.3a7 a. 166 a.000 Ii3 li.76l a.5U5 a.3a7 a.166 a. 000 Ui li. 761 a.5a5 a.3a7 a.166 a.000 Ii5 ii.761 a. 51*5 a.3E7 a.166 a. 000 li6 U. 761 a.5as a.3a8 a.166 a.000 U7 U.761 a.5U5 a.3ae a. 166 a. 000 Ii8 li.76l a.51*5 a.3ae a.167 a.000 Ii9 L.761 a.5a5 a.3ae a.167 a. 000 50 a. 762 a.5a5 a.3ae a. 167 a. 000 3.837 3.839 3.eao 3.eai 3.81*2 3.696 3.698 3.699 3.700 3.701 3.566 3.567 3.568 3.569 3.569 3.aaa 3.1*1*5 3.1*1*6 3.1*1*6 3.aa7 3.330 3.331 3.331 3.332 3.332 3.81*3 3.81*a 3-aaa 3.81*5 3.8a5 3.701 3.702 3.702 3.703 3.703 3.570 3.570 3.570 3.571 3.571 3.lth7 3.WI 3.aae 3.aae 3.aae 3.332 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.81*5 3.81*5 3.'81*6 3.6U6 3.ea6 3.703 3.703 3.703 3.703 3.703 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.aas 3.aas 3.1*U8 3.aae 3.aae 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.8a6 3.8i*6 3.8a6 3.81*6 3.81*6 3.703 3.70a 3.70a 3.70a 3.70a 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.aae 3.aae 3.aae 3.aa8 3.aa8 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.aa6 3.aa6 3.81*6 3.81*6 3.8a6 3.708 3.70a 3.70a 3.70a 3.70a 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.571 3.aas 3.aas 3.aae 3.aa8 3.aae 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 3.333 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 3a 35 36 37 38 39 ao ai L2 1*3 aa 1*5 1*6 a7 aa 1*9 50 CTD015621 4 P-1.7 5 M -43403-1 1/82-LL CTD015622 American WaterWbrks Association AWWA C402-77 (Revision of C402-75) AWWA STANDARD for ASBESTOS-CEMENT TRANSMISSION PIPE, 18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN., FOR WATER AND OTHER LIQUIDS First approved by AWWA Board 0} Directors Jon. 26, 1975. This edition approved Jan. 30, 1977. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235 CTD015623 Committee Personnel The Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe, which re viewed and approved this standard, had the following personnel at the time of approval: R. S. Bryant, Chairman J. L. Warden, Vice-Chairman T. R. Gillen, Secretary Consumer Members S. C. Baker, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, VA P. J. Brady, Director of Utilities, Portsmouth, VA R. S. Bryant, Department of Water & Power, Los Angeles, CA F. G. Denson, Works & Operations Department, Winnepeg, Manitoba J. R. Hendrick, Water Department, Fort Worth, TX J. E. Johnson,* U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO R. W, King, Water Utilities, San Diego, CA R. A. Marchand, Water Department, Warren, OH J. L. Warden, U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO (NAVFAC) (AWWA) (ASCE) (AWWA) (AWWA) (BUREC) (AWWA) (AWWA) (BUREC) General Interest Members G. C. Anderson, Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. A. Barrows, C, E. Maguire, Inc., Waltham, MA V. R. Bickel, Department of Environmental Health, Albuquerque, NM S. L. Bishop,* Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA C. L. Frick,* Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. S. Holmgren, Jr., James M. Montgomery, La Jolla, CA F. A. Obert, Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA J. S. Slicer, Factory Mutual Research, Norwood, MA M. R. Suchomel, Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, IL W. Taggart, Wright-McLaughlin Engineering, Denver, CO (ISO) (NEWWA) (APWA) (NEWWA) (ISO) (AWWA) (WPCF) (FMR) (UL) (ASCE) Producer Members A. E. Alpine, Cement Asbestos Products Co., Birmingham, AL F. T. Duffy, The Flintkote Company, Akron, OH T. R. Gillen, Johns-Manville Sales Corp., Denver, CO J. C. Jackson, Association of A/C Pipe Producers, Washington, DC A. I. Leff,* Certain-Teed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA W. R. Seipt, Certain-Teed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA (AWWA) (AWWA) (AWWA) (AACPP) (AWWA) (AWWA) *Alternate. Copyright 1977 by American Water Works Assn. Printed in US li CTD015624 Table of Contents SEC. Foreword I History of Standard ................ II Information Regarding Use of This Standard ....................... III Major Revisions ...................... Standard 1 General ..................................... 1.1 Scope ........................................... 1.2 Definitions ............................... 1.3 Affidavit of Compliance ........ 2 Materials ........................... 2.1 Composition ............................. 2.2 Physical Requirements .......... 2.3 Chemical Requirements.......... 3 Design ..................................... 3.1 Pipe Classifications ................ 3.2 Pipe Diameters ....................... 3.3 Pipe Lengths ............................ 3.4 Couplings ................................. 3.5 Joints ......................................... 3.6 Wall Thickness........................ 4 Workmanship and Finish . 4.1 Imperfections .......................... PAGE V vi . viii 1 1 1 2 .2 2 2 .3 .3 3 3 4 4 4 .4 .4 4 SEC. PACE 5 Inspection, Testing, and Rejection ...................................... 5.1 Inspection ............................................ 5.2 Physical Test Requirements .......... 5.3 Retests (Physical) and Rejection .. 5.4 Test for Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide ...................................... 5.5 Test Records ...................................... 5 5 5 7 7 9 6 Marking and Delivery................ 6.1 Marking .............................................. 6.2 Preparation for Shipment .............. 9 9 9 Tables F.l Asbestos-Cement Pipe Type Recommended for Internal Water Aggressiveness ................. vii F.2 Aggressiveness of Nonsulfate Acidic Soils to Asbestos-Cement Pipe................ vii F.3 Asbestos-Cement Pipe Type-Designation Chemical Resistance to Nonacid Soluble Sulfates in Water andSoils .... viii 1 Pipe Classification................................ 2 2 Design External Load ........................ 3 3 Wall Thickness Tolerances .............. 4 4 Hydrostatic Tests ................................ 6 Figures 1 Crushing Test Assembly................... 6 iii CTD015625 Foreword This foreword is for information only and is not a part of C402. I--History of Standard A new pipe material consisting of an intimate mixture of portland cement and asbestos fibers was introduced to the North American market in 1931 following a number of years of usage in other countries, particularly Italy. In the ensuing years, this type of pipe gained popularity, and in 1949 AWWA established a committee on standard specifications for asbestos-ce ment pipe under the chairmanship of S. M. Clarke of Greeley and Hanson, Chicago. The committee developed a standard for asbestos-cement water pipe, which was approved by the AWWA Board of Directors as a tentative standard, AWWA C400-53T, on May 15, 1953. In 1958, the committee was reactivated as Committee 8340D on Asbestos-Ce ment Pipe under the chairmanship of Roy H. Ritter, Whitman, Requardt and Assocs., Baltimore, to review sev eral suggested changes and to recom mend revisions to the standard. The committee produced a revised standard adopted by AWWA as C400-64T on Jan. 27, 1964. It was advanced to "standard" without revision on Jul. 2, 1965. In early 1968, the committee was re activated as the Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pipe to review and revise all of the AWWA stan dards on asbestos-cement pipe. The committee produced a revised standard approved by the Board of Directors on Jan. 31, 1972, designated as "AWWA Standard for Asbestos-Cement Pres sure Pipe for Water and Other Liq uids, C400-72." In the winter season of 1972-1973 the committee was reorganized and enlarged to include representation of national organizations having an inter est in the scope of the committee and wishing to participate in the work. The reorganized committee reaffirmed C400-72 without revision so that it could be presented to the American National Standards Institute for des ignation as an American National Standard. In 1975 the committee produced a revised standard approved by the AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 26, 1975. designated as AWWA C400-75, "Standard for Asbestos-Cement Pres sure Pipe, 4 in. Through 24 in. for Water and Other Liquids." At the same time a new standard was pro duced by the committee and approved by the AWWA Board of Directors des ignated as AWWA C402-75, "Stan dard for Asbestos-Cement Transmis sion Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in., for Water and Other Liquids." The asbestos-cement pipe manufac turers had developed a new series of pipe classifications that was larger and designed to give greater freedom of selection to design engineers. This is of particular significance for large di ameter pipeline projects where the sav ings in material cost can exceed the increased cost of more detailed design, better control of methods of installa tion, and provision of surge controls when justified. The standard, AWWA C402-75, was developed to provide the user with a ready reference and specifica tion for this type of pipe known as transmission pipe. CTD015626 VI A-C TRANSMISSION PIPE--18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. The possibility of confusion between the two standards, C400 and C402. was carefully reviewed by the commit tee. The result is this edition of C402. which maintains the sizes covered from 18 in. through 42 in. C400 has been revised simultaneously and covers sizes 4 in. through 16 in. There is now no overlap in sizes. II--Information Regarding Use of This Standard II.A Genera!. When ordering pipe covered by this standard, local instal lation and operating conditions should be considered to determine the classifi cation and type of pipe to specify. Also, certain other items must be specified to describe completely the pipe required. It is recommended that, for large diameter pipeline projects, the pur chaser evaluate local installation and operating conditions, operating pres sures and surge pressures, trench loads, and surface loads when deter mining the strength classification to be used. A proposed AWWA C403, "Stan dard Practice for the Selection of As bestos-Cement Transmission Pipe," is under consideration at the present time by the committee. Note: The purchaser is referred to AWWA C401 (formerly AWWA H2), "Standard Practice for Selec tion of Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe," for guidance in designing trans mission pipe to fit his installation and operating conditions. Attention is di rected to the fact that selection curves and related data in the current edition of AWWA C401 are applicable to pipe covered by AWWA C400-77, "Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids." not to transmission pipe covered by this standard. The purchaser is advised to consult the manufacturer pending the issuance of the proposed AWWA C403. The purchaser is referred to AWWA C603. "Installation of Asbestos-Ce ment Pressure Pipe." for guidance in the laying of the pipe. II.B Flexural load test. Flexural load tests are not required (Sec. 2.2.1, 5.2.3). For large diameters, the wall thicknesses increase to a point at which the flexural strength is not a control ling factor, and therefore routine test ing is not required. II.C Type oj pipe. The following criteria are presented for determining the type of pipe to be used under var ious soil and water conditions. Each condition should be considered sepa rately even though each may exist in combination with others. These criteria are based on expo sures within the temperature range of 40-80F (5-28C). For pipe exposures to temperatures beyond these limits, consult the manufacturer. The following criteria are refer enced as: 1. Internal water (Table F.l). 2. External water (Table F.2). 3. Nonacid soluble sulfates--in ternal and external (Table F.3). 4. Acid soluble sulfates--internal and external. II.C. 1 Internal zvater. Aggressive ness of water transported through as bestos-cement pipes is related to the type-designation of asbestos-cement pipe suitable for such use in Table F.l. Aggressiveness of water is de fined as follows : CTD015627 FOREWORD (a) Highly aggressive: pH + log (AH) < 10.0 (b) Moderately aggressive: pH + log (AH) = 10.0-11.9 (c) Nonaggressive: pH + log (AH) > 12.0 where pH = Index of acidity (or alkalinity) of the water--standard pH units A = Total alkalinity--ppm as CaCOj H = Calcium hardness--ppm as CaCOj It should be recognized that water that has a pH + log (AH) less than or equal to 10 is an extremely aggres sive water and would be very corro sive to almost all materials found in a typical water system, including the plumbing in consumers' homes. Such waters should be treated to increase pH or hardness to protect the entire network of materials that make up the system. In the event such water treat ment is not to be undertaken, the man ufacturer of each item used in the water system should be consulted for recommendations regarding the use of his product in an extremely corrosive environment. Note: The expression pH + log (AH) is a modification of the Langelier Index. It has been prepared so that the aggressiveness of the water may be determined easily. A reason able comparison of the two would be as follows: pH + log (AH) Langelier Index Highly aggressive water Moderately aggressive water Nonaggressive water <10.0 10.0 to 11.9 >12.0 < - 2.0 -2.0 to -0.1 >0 TABLE F.l Asbestos-Cement Pipe Type Recommended for Internal Water Aggressiveness Internal Water Aggressiveness Highly aggressive Moderately aggressive Nonaggressive Recommended Pipe Type* t ii I and 11 Type I---no limit on uncombined calcium h>droxide; Type II--1.0 per cent or less uncombined calcium hydroxide. t The serviceability of pipe for such applications should be established by the purchaser in conjunction with the manufacturer. TABLE F.2 Aggressiveness of Nonsulfate Acidic Soils to Asbestos-Cement Pipe Water Conditions Within the Soil Environment Minimum pH of Acidic Soils When Using Asbestos-Cement Pipe Essentially quiescent Mildly fluctuating Rapidly moving or grossly cyclic Type I 5.0 5.5 6.3 Type II 4.0 5.0 5.5 II.C.2 External water. Aggressive ness of external water (water within the soil environment) in relation to as bestos-cement pipe as shown in Table F.2. The guidelines for the use of as bestos-cement pipe in nonsulfate acidic soils are based upon minimum pH factors alone. Asbestos-cement pipe may or may not perform satisfactorily in acidic soil environments having pH values below those listed in Table F.2. To determine the suitability of asbes tos-cement pipe in soils having lower pH values, each situation should be evaluated individually, taking into con sideration all aspects of soil environ ment that affect asbestos-cement pipe corrosiveness. CTD015628 viii A-C TRANSMISSION PIPE--18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. Water Soil Sulfate Aggressiveness Classification Water Soluble Sulfates--ppm SO, Water Soluble Neutral Sulfates--ppm SO4 Nonaggressive Mildly aggressive Moderately aggressive Highly aggressive 150 and less 150-1500 1500-10 000 10 000 and greater 1000 and less 1000-2000 2000-20 000 20 000 and greater II.C.3 Nonacid soluble sulfates-- internal and external. Aggressiveness of nonacid (pH > 7.0) soluble sulfates in water and soils is related to the type-designation of asbestos-cement pipe suitable for such use in Table F.3. Sulfate aggressiveness in water and soil can be classified as indicated above. II.C.4 Acid soluble sulfates--inter nal and external. Aggressiveness of acid (pH < 7.0) soluble sulfate wa ters and soils to asbestos-cement pipe must be evaluated independently. Acid sulfate soils and waters, whether the acid is inorganic or organic, must be evaluated independently of the criteria and guidelines set forth in paragraphs II.C.2 and II.C.3 and must take into consideration soil permeability and other factors. For guidance, consult the manufacturer. II.D Supplementary specifications. The following information summarizes the conditions and items that the pur chaser should consider when prepar ing his supplementary specifications and lists the sections in the standard where they may be found. 1. The standard used; that is. AWWA C402-77. 2. Affidavit of compliance, if re quired (Sec. 1.3). 3. Type of pipe to be furnished (Sec. 2.3 and Foreword II.C). 4. Classification of pipe (Sec. 3.1). 5. Nominal inside diameter (Sec. 3.2). 6. Lineal feet to be furnished in standard and random lengths (Sec. 3.3). 7. Number, size, type, classification, lengths, and extent of machining of special short lengths (Sec. 3.3.3). 8. Whether inspection by the pur chaser (Sec. 5.1) and special marking (Sec. 6.1.4) are re quired. Ill--Major Revisions Major changes to the 1975 standard made in this revision are: 1. A more detailed description of aggressive soil and water criteria has been added in the Foreword, Sec. II. TABLE F.3 Asbestos-Cement Pipe Type-Designation Chemical Resistance to Nonacid (pH = 7.0) Soluble Sulfates in Water and Soils Type Designation I* II Chemical Resistance to Nonacid Soluble Sulfates in Water and Soils Will be attacked in various degrees by all but the nonaggressive levels of sulfate concentrations in waters and soils. Resistant to all levels of soluble sulfates. * The guideline criteria for sulfate resistance of Type 1 pipe were taken from the Concrete Manual. 8th edition, Bureau of Reclamation. 1974. Sulfate resistance here applies to all soluble sulfates regardless of the cation. CTD015629 FOREWORD IX 2. The lot definition of paragraph 1.2.3 has been revised to define more clearly the quantity of pipe manufactured by size versus time. 3. Paragraph 5.2.5 Machines for Testing defines the machines used in the various physical tests and also allows couplings to be hy drostatically tested with a rubber bladder inside the coupling at ten times the classification of the coupling. CTD015630 AmericanWaterWtorks Association AWWA C402-77 (Revision of C402-75) AWWA Standard tor Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in., for Water and Other Liquids Section 1--General Sec. 1.1--Scope This standard covers nine pressure classifications of Type I and Type II asbestos-cement pipe, 18--42 in. in di ameter, for water and other liquids, to be laid underground in public and pri vate rights-of-way. 1.1.1 Use. Asbestos-cement trans mission pipe is to be used in pipe sys tems having relatively predictable flows and few appurtenances, which permit reasonable hydraulic analyses, includ ing those for surge pressures. Sec. 1.2--Definitions Under this standard, the following definitions shall apply: 1.2.1 Inspection. Inspection of the pipe and the tests by the inspector. 1.2.2 Inspector. The authorized representative of the purchaser, en trusted with the duty of inspecting pipe produced and tests performed under this standard. 1.2.3 Lot. A lot as used herein for pipe 20 in. in diameter and smaller is defined as all pipe of any one classifi cation, type, and size manufactured on any one machine in 24 hr but not to exceed 300 lengths. A lot as used herein for pipe larger than 20 in. in diameter is defined as all pipe of any one classification, type, and size manu factured on any one machine during a period of consecutive working days not exceeding seven days but not to ex ceed 300 lengths. 1.2.4 Manufacturer. The person, firm, or corporation that manufactures the pipe. 1.2.5 Purchaser. The person, firm, corporation, or government agency en tering into a contract or agreement to CTD015631 2 A-C TRANSMISSION PIPE--18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. purchase pipe according to this stan dard. Sec. 1.3--Affidavit of Compliance The purchaser's supplemental spec ifications may require an affidavit of compliance from the manufacturer, whether factory inspection has been required or not, to the effect that the materials furnished under the purchas er's order comply with all applicable requirements of this standard. Section 2--Materials Sec. 2.1--Composition Asbestos-cement pipe shall be com posed of an intimate mixture of either: (1) portland cement or portland blast furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber with or without silica; or (2) portland pozzolana cement and asbestos fiber. Both (1) and (2) can be with or without the addition of curing agents. The pipe shall be formed under pressure and cured. The fin ished pipe shall be free from organic materials. Sec. 2.2--Physical Requirements 2.2.1 Flexural strength. Because only improperly bedded and improp erly installed small diameter pipe is susceptible to adverse flexural loading, there is no flexural requirement for large diameter pipes. 2.2.2 Bursting strength. Each length of pipe and each coupling sleeve shall have sufficient strength to withstand the design internal pressure indicated for its classification in Table 1 when subjected to the hydrostatic test pro cedure specified in this standard. TABLE 1 Pipe Classification Classification 30 35 40 45 50 6C 70 80 90 Design Internal Pressure psi 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 CTD015632 SECTION 3--DESIGN 3 TABLE 2 Design External Load*--Ib/lineal ft Pipe Classification in. JO 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 18 2 500 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 500 8 500 11 000 14 000 18 000 20 2 500 3 500 4 500 5 500 7 100 9 500 12 000 15 000 20 000 21 2 500 3 500 4 500 5 800 7 300 9 700 12 500 16 000 21 000 24 2 800 3 800 5 000 6 200 8 100 11 000 15 000 19 000 24 000 27 3 500 4 200 5 500 7 000 8 800 12 500 16 500 20 500 27 000 30 3 500 4 500 6 000 7 500 9 700 13 500 18 000 22 500 30 000 33 3 500 5 000 6 500 8 000 10 500 14 500 19 500 24 500 33 000 36 4 000 5 000 7 000 9 000 11 200 16 000 21 000 26 000 36 000 39 4 200 5 300 7 500 9 700 12 000 17 200 22 500 28 000 39 000 42 4 300 5 700 8 000 10 500 13 000 18 500 24 000 30 000 42 000 * It is necessary to apply a load factor to the above three-edge bearing loads in order to correlate them to the field loads. (See AWWA Standard C403.) 2.2.3 Crushing strength. Each length of pipe shall have sufficient strength to support the design external load indi cated for its classification in Table 2 when subjected to the crushing-test procedure specified in this standard. Sec. 2.3--Chemical Requirements Pipe shall be designated as either Type I or Type II according to its content of uncombined calcium hy droxide as determined by the test pro cedures in this standard for uncom bined calcium hydroxide. The require ments for each type are Type I--no limit on uncombined cal cium hydroxide Type II--1.0 per cent or less un combined calcium hydroxide. Section 3--Design Sec. 3.1--Pipe Classifications Pipe supplied under this standard shall be made in one or more of the classifications shown in Table 1. (The numerical value for each classification is equivalent to one tenth of the hy drostatic lot test pressure.) Sec. 3.2--Pipe Diameters Pipe shall be made with nominal in side diameters of 18, 20, 21, 24, 27, 30. 33, 36. 39. and 42 in. The average inside diameter of a standard or ran dom pipe length shall not be less than the nominal diameter bv more than 1.5 per cent. CTD015633 4 A-C TRANSMISSION PIPE--18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. Sec. 3.3--Pipe Lengths Pipe shall be produced in standard, random, and short lengths. At least 90 per cent of the total footage of pipe of any classification, type, and size, excluding short lengths, shall be fur nished in standard lengths. The re maining 10 per cent may be in random lengths. 3.3.1 Standard length shall be 13 ft 1 in. 3.3.2 Random lengths shall be cut from standard lengths and shall be not less than 7 ft long. 3.3.3 Short lengths for making con nections to valves, fittings, or struc tures, and for making closures shall be furnished as specified by the pur chaser. Sec. 3.4--Couplings A coupling shall consist of an as bestos-cement sleeve of the same type and classification as the pipe and two rubber rings or a device that has equal or better bonding characteristics, strength, and serviceability as that of an asbestos-cement coupling. The man ufacturer shall submit to the purchaser for approval, prior to manufacturing, specifications and drawings of alternate couplings. TABLE 3 Wall Thickness Tolerances Size of Pipe in. 18 20-24 27-30 33-36 39-42 Wall Thickness Tolerance in. -0.12 -0.14 -0.17 -0.20 -0.23 3.4.1 One coupling of the same size and classification as the pipe shall be furnished with each standard and ran dom length of pipe. 3.4.2 Rubber rings shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of ASTM D1869, "Rubber Rings for As bestos-Cement Pipe." Sec. 3.5--Joints Joints shall be capable of withstand ing, without leakage, a hydrostatic pressure test as defined in Section 5.2.2.1. Sec. 3.6--Wall Thickness The wall thickness of the machined portion of any length of pipe shall not be less than the manufacturer's stan dard by the listed tolerance in Table 3. Section 4--Workmanship and Finish Sec. 4.1--Imperfections 4.1.1 Interior surfaces. The inside surface of each length of pipe shall be free from bulges, dents, and tears that result in a variation in diameter of more than 0.20 in. from the diameter of adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. 4.1.2 Coupling areas. The coupling areas of the barrel of each length of pipe shall be free from dents and gouges that could cause leakage from the joint. 4.1.3 Exterior surfaces. Flaking on the exterior surface and edge of ma chined ends shall not extend back by CTD015634 SECTION 5--INSPECTION, TESTING, AND REJECTION 5 more than 0.500 in. from the end, have a depth of more than 0.125 in., and shall not extend around the perimeter for more than 0.500 in. at any one location. 4.1.4 Straightness. Each length of pipe shall not vary in straightness by more than 0.05 in./ft of length when the variation is measured as follows: Measure the maximum ordinate from the exterior surface of the pipe by placing a straightedge that exceeds the pipe length against the exterior surface and measure the maximum distance from the exterior pipe surface to the straightedge. Section 5--Inspection, Testing, and Rejection Sec. 5.1--Inspection 5.1.1 General. Inspection by the pur chaser shall not relieve the manufac turer of the responsibility to furnish material conforming in all respects to the requirements of this standard. 5.1.2 Notification. If inspection is specified under Sec. 5.1.4 by the pur chaser, the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser, in advance, of the date, time, and place of testing of the pipe, so that the purchaser may be repre sented at the test. 5.1.3 Access. The inspector shall have free access to those parts of the manufacturer's plant that are involved in work performed under this standard. The manufacturer shall afford the in spector, without charge, all reasonable facilities for determining whether the pipe meets the requirements of this standard. 5.1.4 Testing. If inspection is speci fied by the purchaser, the purchaser at his option may witness any or all test phases. The pipe to be tested will have passed the routine inspection and test ing of this specification. The number of tests to be conducted for hydrostatic bursting strength (lot test) and, when required, crushing strength shall be limited to one per each 300 standard lengths of each size, type, and classifi cation of pipe on the order. If uncom bined calcium hydroxide tests are re quired, the number of tests will be one for each size, type, and classification of pipe on the order. The purchaser or his authorized inspector may select the pipe to be tested. Retesting and re jection as shown in Sec. 5.3 shall apply. Sec. 5.2--Physical Test Requirements 5.2.1 Test specimens. All pipes and couplings tested under this standard shall be in a normal, air-dried condi tion when tested. CTD015635 6 A-C TRANSMISSION PIPE--18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. TABLE 4 Hydrostatic Tests pp Classification Proof Test psi Lot Test ps* 30 225 300 35 263 350 40 300 400 45 338 450 50 375 500 60 450 600 70 525 700 80 600 800 90 675 900 Fig. 1. Crushing Test Assembly 5.2.2 Hydrostatic tests: 5.2.2.1 Each standard, random, or short length of pipe and each coupling sleeve shall be tested under an internal hydrostatic pressure as shown for the routine proof test in Table 4. All air shall be expelled and the water pres sure shall be increased to the test pres sure at a uniform rate of not less than 100 psi/s. The test pressure shall be maintained for at least 5 s. Any pipe length or coupling sleeve that shows leakage, sweating, or other defects shall be rejected. 5.2.2.2 From each lot that has passed the hydrostatic proof test, a 1-ft, or longer length of pipe shall be cut from the unmachined portion of a pipe. The unmachined sample shall with stand the hydrostatic lot test shown in Table 4 when tested in the manner specified in paragraph 5.2.2.1 except that the test pressure need not be held for 5 s. If inspection by the purchaser has been specified, the length of pipe to be tested may be selected by the in spector. Each length of pipe so tested shall be retested in the manner and at the pressure specified in paragraph 5.2.2.1. 5.2.3 Flexural testing. No flexural testing is required. The diagram at the left shows a side view of the test assembly; that at the right, an end view. P represents load; R, approximately 05 in.--the radius of the bearings; D, the nominal diameter of the pipe; and C, the clear space between supports. C should be approximately 1 in./ft of internal pipe diameter, but in no case less than 1 in. 5.2.4 Crushing tests. On lots con taining more than 100 lengths of each size and classification, one length from each 300 lengths or fraction thereof shall be tested for crushing strength. If inspection by the purchaser has been specified, the length of pipe to be tested may be selected by the Inspector. From each selected length, one unmachined length of pipe 1 ft long shall be cut. This section shall be tested by the crushing-test method shown in Fig. 1. After 75 per cent of the specified load has been reached, the loading shall be applied at a uniform rate of approxi mately 2 000 lb/min. The test section shall not fail until the total load applied meets or exceeds the applicable value shown in Table 2. 5.2.4.1 For this test, the two lower bearings shall consist of two straight strips with vertical sides, each strip having its interior top edge rounded to a radius of approximately 0.5 in. The CTD015636 SECTION 5--INSPECTION, TESTING, AND REJECTION 7 strips shall be of hardwood or metal; if metal, a piece of leather belting 3/16 in. in thickness shall be laid over them. The strips shall be securely fastened to a rigid block, with the interior vertical faces parallel and a distance apart of approximately 1 in./ft of internal pipe diameter, but in no case less than 1 in. The upper bearing shall be a rigid wooden block, straight and true from end to end. The upper and lower bearings shall extend the full length of the test section. 5.2.4.2 For those sizes and classifi cations where the specified crushing load exceeds 30 000 lb/linear ft, the test length may be less than 1 ft long. In those cases, the test load shall be such as to produce an equivalent speci fied loading per linear foot. 5.2.5 Machines for testing. 5.2.5.1 The machines used for the hydrostatic proof test shall have gas kets that seal the ends of the pipe, couplings, or pipe and coupling with factory-assembled joint, but exert no end pressure. Couplings also may be hydrostatically proof tested with a rub ber bladder inside of the coupling and, if so tested, each coupling shall have sufficient strength to withstand a test pressure of ten times the classification of the coupling. The machine used for hydrostatic burst testing or lot test shall have gaskets that seal against the inside of the pipe at or near the ends of the test specimen without materially counteracting the hydrostatic test pres sure. 5.2.5.2 The machine used for the crushing test shall be substantial and rigid throughout so that the distribu tion of the load will not be appreciably affected by the deformation or yielding of any part of the machine. Sec. 5.3--Retests (Physical) and Rejection 5.3.1 Crushing strength. The fail ure of any specimen tested for crush ing strength to support 75 per cent of the crushing load required in Ta ble 2 shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size and classifi cation manufactured during the same shift as the test specimen. If any spec imen tested for crushing strength sup ports more than 75 per cent but less than 100 per cent of the crushing load, two additional pipe sections of the same size and classification, manufac tured during the same shift, shall be subjected to the crushing test. The additional lengths may be selected by the inspector, if inspection by the pur chaser has been specified. The failure of one of these additional specimens to meet the full crushing strength require ment shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size and classification manufactured during the same shift as the test specimen. 5.3.2 Hydrostatic tests. If any pipe subjected to the hydrostatic tests spec ified in Sec. 5.2.2.2 fails to withstand the pressure specified in Table 4, two additional lengths of the same size and classification, manufactured during the same shift, shall be subjected to the same hydrostatic test. The additional lengths may be selected by the inspec tor, if inspection by the purchaser has been specified. The failure of one of these additional lengths to withstand the specified pressure shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size and classification manufactured during the same shift as the test lengths. Sec. 5.4--Test for Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide The manufacturer shall perform this test as often as necessary to ensure CTD015637 8 A-C TRANSMISSION PIPE--18 IN. THROUGH 42 IN. compliance with the requirements for uncombined calcium hydroxide in Type II pipe. 5.4.1 Reagents. Phenolphthalein indicator. Dissolve 1.0 g of phenolphthalein in 100.0 ml of absolute ethanol.* Glycerol-ethanol solvent. Prepare a solution consisting of glycerol and an hydrous or absolute ethanol,* 1:2 by volume. To each litre of this solution, add 2.0 ml phenolphthalein indicator. Adjust the solvent to slightly basic with either dilute NaOH in absolute ethanol* or standard ammonium ac etate, depending upon the original pH. Strontium nitrate [Sr(NC>3)2]Standard ammonium acetate solu tion. Dissolve 16.0 g dry crystalline ammonium acetate in 1 1 of absolute, or anhydrous, ethanol.* Standardize the ammonium acetate solution by titrating against pure CaO that has been freshly prepared by cal cining pure calcium carbonate or cal cium oxalate to constant weight in a platinum crucible at 1650-1830F (9001 OOOC). When the calcined CaO has cooled in a desiccator, perform the following op erations in rapid succession. Grind it in an agate mortar. Then weigh out 0.05-0.06 g CaO into a clean, dry 250ml Erlenmeyer flask and add 60 ml of the glycerol-ethanol solvent and 2.0 g of anhydrous strontium nitrate to the flask. Place a TFE encapsulated mag netic stirring bar into the flask and attach a reflux condenser. Adjust the heating rate and stirring speed to ob tain a vigorous boiling and complete agitation. Titrate the hot solution with * Specially denatured alcohol No. 30, 3a, or 2b, of the US Bureau of Internal Rev enue, or alcohol consisting of 95 per cent specially denatured alcohol No. 3a plus 5 per cent isopropanol, may be substituted. standardized ammonium acetate solu tion every 5 min. The endpoint is reached when no further color appears in the solution after 10 min of boiling. Titration is to be carried out only on a hot solution. Good titration proce dure is evidenced by a change to pink color upon cooling. 5.4.2 Procedure. Step 1. Brush representative pieces of the pipe free of dust and drill with a clean, sharp 0.25-in. carbide-tipped drill inward from the outer surface at a rate of penetration of approximately 1 ipm until the drill point emerges from the inside wall. Catch the drill ings on a clean sheet of glazed paper. Use a soft brush to collect all drillings. Screen through a 20-mesh screen im mediately, and place in a weighing bottle. Step 2. Place the bottle with top removed into a drying oven at 217F (105C) for 2 hr and then cool to room temperature in a desiccator. Step 3. Weigh out 1 0.010 g of the dried sample to the nearest 0.001 g and place in a clean, dry 250-ml Erlen meyer flask, to which a TFE-encapsulated stirring bar, 60 ml of the glycerolethanol solvent, and 2.0 g Sr(N03)2 have been added. Attach the flask to a water-cooled condenser (with a,stan dard 24/40 glass joint) and place on a hot plate with a magnetic stirrer. Boil the solution gently for 30 min, stirring slowly. Then, remove the flask and filter the mixture, under vacuum, through a Buchner funnel. Bring the filtrate to a boil and titrate to a colorless endpoint with the stan dardized ammonium acetate reagent. Determine the endpoint by comparing with a similar mixture containing no phenolphthalein indicator. CTD015638 SECTION 6--MARKING AND DELIVERY 9 5.4.3 Calculations: ,, WCaO X 1.32 = ------- Va------- where E = the weight in grams of Ca(0H)2 per millilitre of standardized ammonium acetate solution WCaO = the weight in grams of CaO in the standardized ammonium acetate solution Va = the volume in millilitres of standardized ammonium acetate used in titration of the solution. EV Percentage uncombined Ca(OHi) = w X 100 where V -- the volume of standardized ammonium acetate solution required by the sample, in millilitres W = the weight of the sample in grams. Sec. 5.5--Test Records The results of all tests shall be re corded and retained for one year, and shall be available to the purchaser at the place of manufacture. Section 6--Marking and Delivery Sec. 6.1--Marking 6.1.1 Standard and random lengths. Each standard or random length of pipe shall be clearly marked on the outside surface with the trade name, nominal inside diameter, classification, ^ype, date, and shift of manufacture, and the word "Transmission." 6.1.2 Short lengths. Each short length of pipe shall be clearly marked on the outside surface with the nom inal inside diameter, the classification, the letter T to indicate that it has been hydrostatically tested, and the word "Transmission." 6.1.3 Couplings. All component parts of each, coupling shall be clearly marked for use with the pipe for which they are intended. Each coupling shall also be marked with the letter T to indicate that it has been hydrostatically tested. 6.1.4 Special markings. If factory inspection is made by the purchaser or his authorized inspector, each pipe and each coupling shall receive an addi tional special marking of no more than three letters, as specified by the pur chaser. Sec. 6.2--Preparation for Shipment All pipe and couplings, unless other wise specified, shall be prepared for standard commercial shipment. CTD015639 AWWA C402-77 10 May 1982 Department of Defense Acceptance Notice This nongovernment document was adopted and approved for use by the Department of Defense (DoD) on 10 May 1982. The American Water Works Association has furnished the clearance required by existing regulations. Copies of the document are stocked by DoD Single Stock Point, Naval Publications and Forms Center, Philadelphia, PA 19120, for issue to DoD activities only. Contractors and industry groups must obtain copies from AWWA, 6666 West Quincy Ave., Denver, CO 80235. Title of Document: AWWA Standard for Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in., for Water and Other Liquids Date of Specific Issue Adopted: January 30, 1977 Releasing Industry Group: American Water Works Association Custodians: Army--ME Navy--YD Air Force--99 User Activity: Navy--MC Military Coordinating Activity: Navy--YD Project No. 5630-0086 | FSC5630 4P-3 5M-43402-3/83-LL CTD015640 American W.iler Works As:>ooalion ANSI/ AWWA C401-77 (Revision of AWWA C401-64) AWWA STANDARD PRACTICE /or THE SELECTION OF ASBESTOS-CEMENT DISTRIBUTION PIPE, 4 IN. THROUGH 16 IN., FOR WATER AND OTHER LIQUIDS SIKAN NATIONAL] STANDARD HP First edition approved by AWWA Board oj Directors Jan. 27, 1964. This edition approved May 8, 1977. Approved by American National Standards Institute, Inc., Jan. 17, 1978. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver. Colorado 80235 CTD015641 Committee Personnel The Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe, which reviewed and approved this standard, had the following personnel at the time of approval: R. S. Bryant, Chairman J. L. Warden, Vice-Chairman T. R. Gillen, Secretary Consumer Members S. C. Baker, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, VA (NAVFAC) L. C. Bradley, Water Department, Fort Worth, TX (AWWA) P. J. Brady, Portsmouth Water Department, Portsmouth. VA (AWWA) R. S. Bryant, Department of Water and Power, Los Angeles, CA (ASCE) F. G. Denson, Works & Operations Department, Winnepeg, Manitoba (AWWA) R. Graff, Water Utilities, San Diego, CA (AWWA) J. E. Johnson,* U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO (BUREC) R. A. Marchand, Water Department, Warren, OH (AWWA) J. L. Warden, U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO (BUREC) General Interest Members G. C. Anderson, Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. A. Barrows, C.E. Maguire, Inc., Waltham, MA V. R. Bickel, Department of Environmental Health, Albuquerque, NM S. L. Bishop,* Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA C. L. Frick,* Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. S. Holmgren Jr., James M. Montgomery, La Jolla, CA F. A. Obert, Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA J. S. Slicer, Factory Mutual Research, Norwood, MA M. R. Suchomel, Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, IL W. Taggart, Wright-McLaughlin Engineering, Denver, CO (ISO) (NEWWA) (APWA) (NEWWA) (ISO) (AWWA) (WPCF) (FMR) (UL) (ASCE) Producer Members A. E. Alpine, Cement Asbestos Products Co., Birmingham, AL T. R. Gillen, Johns-Manville Sales Corp., Denver, CO J. C. Jackson, Asbestos-Cement Pipe Producers Association, Washington, D.C. A. I. Leff,* CertainTeed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA W. R. Seipt, CertainTeed Products Corp., Valley Forge, PA D. W. Sullivan, Carlon, An Indian Head Co., Cleveland, OH * Alternate Copyright 1977 by American Water Works Assn. Printed in US ii (AWWA) (AWWA) (ACPPA) (AWWA) AWWA) (AWWA) CTD015642 Table of Contents SEC. PACE Foreword i. History of Standard ........................ iv n. Major Revisions................................ iv Standard 1 General .............................................. u Scope .................................................... 1.2 References .......................................... 1 1 1 2 Pipe Design and Selection........ 2.1 Strength and Design Factors........ 22 Combined-Loading Theory ............ 2.3 Three-Edge Bearing Load Factors 2.4 Hydrostatic Pressures .................... 2.5 External Loads.................................. 2.6 Selection Curves................................ 2 2 2 3 3 4 7 A1 17 K? 17 Tables i Typical Field Installation Conditions .................. i.................. 2 2 Correlation of Bedding Conditions, Pipe Size, and Load Factors ... 3 3 Impact Factors Caused by Moving Vehicles .......................... 7 4 Values of Load Coefficients for Concentrated and Distributed Superimposed Loads Centered Vertically Over Conduit ............ 8 SEC. PACE 5 Values of Load Coefficients C. for Concentrated Superimposed Loads Centered Vertically Over Conduit ................................ 8 A1 Determination of Design Load w Applied in 3-Edge Bearing........ 18 A2 Design Internal Pressure and Design Earth Load Intercepts for Use With Selection Curves .. 20 Figures 1 Load Pressure Curve ...................... 2 Crushing Test Assembly ................ 3 Graph for Determining Load Coefficient Values.......................... 4 Graph for Determining C* Coefficients ...................................... 5 Concentrated Superimposed Load .. 6 Distributed Superimposed Load ... 7 Selection Curves for 4-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ 8 Selection Curves for 6-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ 9 Selection Curves for 8-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ 10 Selection Curves for 10-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ 11 Selection Curves for 12-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ 12 Selection Curves for 14-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ 13 Selection Curves for 16-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ................ A1 Earth Load Conditions .................... A2 Bedding Conditions Illustrated .... 3 3 5 6 7 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 17 1U CTD015643 Foreword This foreword is for information only and is not a part of AIVIVA C401. I. History of Standard The information contained in this standard was first published as, "AWWA Handbook H2," with AWWA Board of Directors approval on Jan. 27, 1964. The designation was changed later to, "AWWA C401-64." Originally, it covered sizes 4--36 in. although the design was primarily based on service conditions generally related with smaller (4-16 in.) distri bution sizes. In the smaller diameters the effect of water hammer generated by the opening and closing of fire hy drants can be of significant magnitude because of the high velocities gener ated by open hydrant flow conditions on small diameter lines in distribution systems. It is difficult to evaluate ac curately the magnitude of surges, and if calculated, it would be impractical to attempt to control the surge by the use of surge tanks or other devices. Rather than employ a rule-of-thumb surge allowance based upon an as sumed velocity change, a large factor of safety is applied to the class pres sure rating of the pipe to take into account the undetermined surges. AWWA C403, "Standard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in.," is a standard containing information similar to that contained herein but dealing with larger diameter pipes. In AWWA C403 the design is based on evaluation of all design conditions including surge pressures. Also, adequate factors of safety are applied to the combination of pressures to which the pipe line will be subjected. The primary difference between AWWA C401 and AWWA C403 is one of differing methods for designing pipelines to account for surge pres sures. In the small sizes where surges can be of great magnitude and are im practical to control, a large factor of safety is employed to compensate for the unknown. In the large sizes the design is based upon a more detailed evaluation of the magnitude of surge pressures, and a factor of safety based upon a more precise knowledge of ac tual operating conditions is employed. II. Major Revisions Major changes to the 1964 edition of this standard made in this revision are: 1. The title has been changed to in dicate that the pipe is intended for use in distribution systems. 2. The size range has been changed to limit the maximum size covered by this standard to 16-in. diameter pipe. 3. Figure 2, Crushing Test Assem bly, has been changed to show the C dimension to be approximately 1 in./ft of internal pipe diameter but in no case less than 1 in. IV CTD015644 A American Water \Aforks Association AWWA C401-77 (Revision of AWWA C401-64) AWWA Standard Practice for The Selection of Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids Section 1--General Sec. 1.1--Scope Sec. 1.2--References This standard has been prepared so that design engineers can quickly de termine the correct class of asbestoscement pipe to use under various com binations of internal pressure and ex ternal loading. Curves are included to expedite the selection of the correct class of pipe. Detailed analyses of the various structural factors affecting pipe design and selection are treated under separate headings. 1.1.1 Pressure classes. Pipe pres sure class designations of 100, 150, and 200 refer to the similarly numbered classes specified in AWWA C400, "Standard for Asbestos-Cement Dis tribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids." 1.1.2 Installation. Detailed coverage of the installation of asbestos-cement pipe can be found in AWWA C603, "Standard for the Installation of As bestos-Cement Pressure Pipe." This standard references the follow ing documents. They form a part of this standard to the extent specified herein. In any case of conflict, the re quirements of this standard shall pre vail. 1. Schlick, W.J. Supporting Strengths for Cast-Iron Pipe for Wa ter and Gas Service, Iowa State Col. Eng. Sta. Bull., No. 146 (Jun. 1940). 2. ASCE. Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers, Man ual of Engineering Practice No. 37, Am. Soc. Civ. Engrs., New York (1967). 3. Kerr, S.L. Practical Aspects of Water Hammer, Jour. AWWA, 40: 699 (Jun. 1948). 4. Marston, Anson. The Theory of External Loads on Closed Conduits in the Light of Latest Experiments, Iowa State Coll. Eng. Exp. Sta. Bull., No. 96 (1930). CTD015645 2 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE Section 2--Pipe Design and Selection Sec. 2.1--Strength and Design Factors The strength of asbestos-cement water pipe must be sufficient to with stand the combined forces of internal hydrostatic pressure and external loads. Furthermore, the conditions under which the pipe is installed will have a direct relationship to its ability to re sist these forces. Therefore, satisfac tory pipe performance in field service requires that the bedding' conditions, as well as the internal and external forces acting on the pipe, be taken into consideration when selecting a class of pipe for any given installation. Finally, sound engineering practice requires that adequate safety factors be applied to strength requirements to ensure per formance under less than ideal condi tions. 2.1.1 Bedding conditions. The bed ding conditions described in Table 1 have been selected as representative of typical installation conditions encoun tered in the field. They are illustrated in Fig. A2 in the appendix. TABLE 1 Typical Field Installation Conditions Bedding Condition Class Description A Gravel or sand base, backfill tamped B Same as A but backfill not tamped C Pipe laid on earth mounds or pipe barrel on flat trench bottom with excavated cou pling holes, backfill tamped D Same as C but backfill not tamped 2.1.2 Safety factors. In the selec tion curves, a safety factor of 4.0 is applied to the operating pressure and a safety factor of 2.5 is applied to earth loads. Furthermore, pipe selected from the curves will have a safety factor of at least 2.5 for the operating pressure when combined with a safety factor of 2.5 for resisting an earth load consist ing of the total equivalent earth load plus a 10 000-lb wheel load and impact load. Under impact loading condi tions, the 2.5 safety factor for the op erating pressure represents sound de sign practice, for it is unlikely that internal surge pressure would occur at the same instant as external impact. Sec. 2.2--Combined-Loading Theory Tests of asbestos-cement pipe under various combinations of internal pres sure and external load applied in threeedge bearing (see Sec. 2.3) indicate that there is a relationship between the combined loads at the point of pipe fracture. This relationship can be rep resented by a parabolic curve as shown in Fig. 1. The equation for the load pressure parabolic curve shown in Fig. 1 may be expressed as: w= W p^ Eq 1 in which, P is the internal pressure, in pounds per square inch, that will burst the pipe when no external load exists; IV is the external load, in pounds per lineal foot of pipe in the three-edge bearing test, that will crush the pipe when no internal pressure exists; p is the internal pressure, in pounds per square inch which, in combination with some external load w applied in three- CTD015646 DESIGN AND SELECTION p 3 p Tig. 2. Crushing Test Assembly P represents the internal pressure; W the external load. edge bearing, will fracture the pipe; and w is the external load, in pounds per lineal foot of pipe applied in threeedge bearing which, in combination with some internal pressure p, will fracture the pipe. The diagram at the left shows a side view of the test assembly; that at the right, an end view. P represents load; R, approximately 0.5 in.--the radius of the bearings; D, the nominal diameter of the pipe; and C, the clear space between sup ports. C should be approximately 1 in./ft of internal pipe diameter but in no case less than 1 in. TABLE 2 Correlation of Bedding Conditions, Pipe Size, and Load Factors Sec. 2.3--Three-Edge Bearing Load Factors A convenient method of testing pipe for crushing strength IV is the threeedge-bearing method of loading shown in Fig. 2. Because the field supporting strength of a conduit is influenced by the bedding conditions and the lateral pressure acting against the sides of the conduit, it is necessary to apply a load factor to the three-edge bearing loads in order to correlate them to the field loads. Since the external load equals the load factor times the t) ree-edge bearing load, the load factor equals the external load divided by the three-edge bearing load. Table 2 shows load fac tors to be applied for each of the bed ding conditions described in Table 1. Bedding Class A B C D Pipe Size in. 4-12 14-16 4-16 4-12 14-16 4-16 Load Factor 1.7 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.1 Sec. 2.4--Hydrostatic Pressures The hydrostatic pressures to be con sidered in pipeline design are static operating pressure and surge pressure. The static pressure will be fixed by the particular field service condition. Or dinary surge pressure conditions are allowed for in this standard by apply ing a safety factor of at least 4.0 to internal pressure in combined loading. CTD015647 4 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE 2.4.1 Exceptional surge pressures. When exceptional surge pressures are a necessary specific consideration in design, a conservative basis for surge allowance determination is the method proposed bv S. Logan Kerr. His method considers the fundamental re lations affecting water hammer, includ ing velocity of flow in the pipeline, length of the pipeline, time of valve operation or interruption of flow, and the pressure wave velocity. Water hammer allowance is determined by the formulas of Eq 2 and 3. h = 2 ip = -- Eq 2 in which. h is the water hammer allowance, in feet; p is the water hammer allowance, in |Mimds per square inch; a is the velocity of the pressure wave, in feet per second ; g is the acceleration due to gravity (32.2 fps/s) ; and V is the flow line velocity, in feet per second, cut off by the valve operation or other action in the critical time, or less. in which, a is the pressure wave velocity in feet per second; k is the modulus of compression of water, in pounds per square inch (290 000-300 000 psi); E is the modulus of elasticity of asbes tos-cement pipe, in pounds per square inch (3 400 000 psi) ; d is the internal diameter, in inches; and e is the wall thickness, in inches. Sec. 2.5--External Loads External-load determinations for un derground conduit used in this stan dard are based on the data in Chapter 9 of the .\famtal on Design and Construction oj Sanitary and Storm Sew ers produced jointly by ASCE and WPCF. External loads on conduit are of two types : (1) those due to gravity earth loads and (2) those due to su perimposed loads that may be static or moving. 2.5.1 Gravity earth loads. The mag nitude of gravity earth loads may be computed by using the theory devel oped by Anson Marston which states, in general, that the load on a buried conduit is equal to the weight of a prism of earth (called the interior prism) directly over the conduit plus or minus the frictional shearing forces transferred to that prism by the adja cent prisms of earth. The magnitude and direction of these frictional forces are a function of the amount of relative settlement occurring between the inte rior and adjacent earth prisms. The general form of Marston's equation is W = CwB* Eq 4 in which, W is the vertical load, per lineal foot, acting on the conduit because of gravity earth loads; w is the weight of earth, in pounds per cubic foot; B is the trench or conduit width, depending on installation conditions; and C is the coefficient that includes the effect of: 1. The ratio of the height of the fill to the width of the trench or conduit, 2. the shearing forces between the interior and adjacent earth prisms, 3. the direction and amount of rela tive settlement between interior and adjacent earth prisms for embankment conditions, and 4. the rigidity of conduit support for embankment conditions. 2.5.1.1 Values for external loads may be determined by Marston's for- CTD015648 DESIGN AND SELECTION 5 Fig. 3. Graph for Determining Load Coefficient Values The graph shows a plot of load coefficient values Cc against values obtained by dividing the height of the fill above the conduit by the outside width of the conduit H/Bc. mula as shown in Eq 5. Tables of external loads based on soil weight of 120 lb/cu ft are presented in Table A1 in the appendix. Wc = 0(fle) Eq 5 in which, Wc is the load on the conduit, in pounds per lineal foot; w is the unit weight of the soil, in pounds per cubic foot; Bc is the outside width of con duit, in feet; and Cc is the load co efficient. In this formula load coefficient Cc is a function of H/Bc, p, rsi, p, and k. H is the height of the fill above the conduit, in feet. The projection ratio p is the ratio of the distance of the top of the conduit above the natural grade to the width of the conduit. rti is the settlement ratio, p is the coefficient of internal friction of the backfill mate rial, and k is the Rankins ratio of lat eral pressure to vertical pressure. 2.5.1.2 Based on a Class C flatbottomed, backfill-tamped trench, con servative values of p = 1.0, raip -- 0.70, and kp = 0.192 were used in the deter mination of external loads for the per formance curves. Cc values may be determined from Fig. 3, which shows a plot of Cc against H/Bc ratios. For values of H/Bc greater than 1.3, when rsip = 0.70, the graph is linear and values may be determined by the em pirical equation C = 1.892^-0.96 Bc Eq 6 2.5.1.3 Occasionally, a trench con dition exists in which the width of the trench is less than two or three times the widths of the conduit. In such cases, Marston's trench condition for mula may be used for determinations of the gravity loads. Wj = Cjw(Bdy Eq 7 in which, is the vertical load, in pounds per lineal foot; Bd is the width of the trench; w is the weight of the backfill soil in pounds per cubic foot, and Ca is a load coefficient. (See Fig. 4 for values of Cd.) CTD015649 6 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 08 I Coefficient -- 2 3 45 Fig. 4. Graph for Determining Ca Coefficients Each of the above curves represent Cd values for kji and k/i. A represents 0.1924 for granular materials without cohesion; B is 0.165 maximum for sand and gravel; C is 0.150 maximum for saturated top soil; D, 0.13 maximum for ordinary clay; and E, 0.110 maximum for saturated clay. The symbol p , is the coefficient of friction be tween the backfill material and the sides of the ditch. 2.5.2 Superimposed loads. Where unusually heavy superimposed loads or impact loads are present, the solution of their magnitude may be computed for either a concentrated load (such as a truck load) or a distributed load condition. Normal truck and accom panying impact loads need not be con sidered when the depth of the cover is greater than 6 ft. 2.5.2.1 Concentrated load. The mag nitude of a superimposed load pro duced by a concentrated load (see Fig. 5) is determined by use of the formula PF W,c = C. -- Eq 8 in which, IVsc is the load on the conduit, in pounds per lineal foot; P is the con centrated load, in pounds; F is the im pact factor used to allow for the effects CTD015650 design and selection 7 Fig. 6. Distributed Superimposed Load D and M are the width and length, in feet, respectively, of the area over which the distributed load acts. The uniform load is lbs per sq ft acting on area D X M. Fig. 6. Concentrated Superimposed Load P represents the concentrated load; H, the height from the top of the conduit to the ground surface; Bc) the width of the conduit; and L. the length of the conduit. TABLE 3 Impact Factors Caused by Moving Vehicles Type of Traffic Impact Factor F of dynamic loads due to moving ve hicles (see Table 3) ; Cs is a load co efficient. a function of Br/2H and L/2H (see Tables 4 and 5) ; B,. is the width of the conduit, in feet (OD of the pipe) ; H is the height from the top of the conduit to the ground surface, in feet; and L is the effective length of the conduit, in feet. L is 3 ft for conduits greater than or equal to 3 ft in length, but is the actual length for conduits less than 3 ft in length. 2.5.2.2. Distributed load. In the case of a distributed superimposed load, the formula may be written in the form of Highway Railway Airfield runways, taxiways, aprons, or hardstands 1.50 1.75 1.00 1.50 impact factor (see Table 3) ; Bc is the width of conduit, in feet; Cs is a load coefficient, a function of D/2H and M/2H (see Table 4) ; H is the height from the top of the conduit to the ground surface, in feet; and D and M are the width and length, respectively of the area over which the distributed load acts, in feet. 1V3d = C.pFB, Eq 9 Sec. 2.6--Selection Curves in which, Wai is the load on the conduit, in pounds per lineal foot (see Fig. 6) ; p is the intensity of distributed load, in pounds per square foot; F is the Research tests and the application of statistical analysis have shown that as bestos-cement pipe strength may be graphically illustrated by combinedloading parabolic curves. The co.m- CTDO15651 8 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE TABLE 4 Values af Load Coefficients for Concentrated and Distributed Superimposed Loads Centered Vertically Over Conduit D/2H or 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 At L 1H or 2H 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 5.0 0.019 0.037 0.053 0.067 0.037 0.072 0.103 0.131 0.053 0.103 0.149 0.190 0.067 0.131 0.190 0.241 0.079 0.089 0.155 0.174 0.224 0.252 0.284 0.320 0.097 0.189 0.274 0.349 0.103 0.202 0.292 0.373 0.108 0.112 0.211 0.219 0.306 0.318 0.391 0.405 0.117 0.229 0.333 0.425 0.121 0.238 0.345 0.440 0.124 0.244 0.355 0.454 0.128 0.248 0.360 0.460 0.079 0.089 0.097 0.103 0.155 0.174 0.189 0.202 0.224 0.252 0.274 0.292 0.284 0.320 0.349 0.373 0.336 0.379 0.414 0.441 0.379 0.428 0.467 0.499 0.414 0.467 0.511 0.546 0.441 0.499 0.546 0.584 0.463 0.524 0.584 0.61S 0.481 0.544 0.597 0.639 0.505 0.572 0.628 0.674 0.525 0.596 0.650 0.703 0.540 0.613 0.674 0.725 0.548 0.624 0.688 0.740 0.108 0.112 0.117 0.121 0.124 0.211 0.219 0.229 0.238 0.244 0.306 0.318 0.333 0.345 0.355 0.391 0.405 0.425 0.440 0.454 0.463 0.481 0.505 0.525 0.540 0.524 0.544 0.572 0.596 0.613 0.574 0.597 0.628 0.650 0.674 0.615 0.639 0.674 0.703 0.725 0.647 0.673 0.711 0.742 0.766 0.673 0.701 0.740 0.774 0.800 0.711 0.740 0.783 0.820 0.849 0.742 0.774 0.820 0.861 0.894 0.766 0.800 0.849 0.894 0.930 0.784 0.816 0.868 0.916 0.956 TABLE 5 Values of Load Coefficients C. for Concentrated Superimposed Loads Centered Vertically Over Conduit tn. -4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2 0.105 0.147 0.191 0.237 0.279 0.317 0.354 2.5 0.076 0.106 0.137 0.174 0.202 0.232 0.259 3 0.055 0.078 0.102 0.129 0.153 0.175 0.197 4 0.033 0.046 0.061 0.078 0.092 0.106 0.121 5 0.022 0.031 0.041 0.052 0.062 0.071 0.081 6 0.016 0.023 0.029 0.037 0.044 0.050 0.057 8 0.009 0.013 0.017 0.022 0.025 0.030 0.034 10 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.013 0.016 0.018 0.021 12 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.009 0.011 0.013 0.015 16 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.009 20 0.0015 0.002 0.003 0.0035 0.004 0.005 0.0055 bined-loading theory developed by the late W.J. Schlick is used as the basis for selection curves for asbestos-ce ment water pipe. 2.6.1 Curve development. The se lection curves included in this standard were developed using the load-pressure formula, with the external load inter cept being the external load as tabu lated in Table 2 of AWWA C400-77, "Standard for Asbestos-Cement Dis tribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids," and the design point on the parabolic curve being that condition existing at a S-ft depth of cover with the trench width assumed as pipe ID plus 2 ft, a bed ding condition of Class C and a soil weight of 120 lb/cu ft. The external loads were based on the positive pro jecting conduit analysis because this analysis produced the governing load on the pipe at the conditions pre viously set forth. The design point for each class of pipe is based on a safety factor of 4 times the pipe pressure class and 2.5 times the three-edge bear ing equivalent of the trench load. Once the parabolic curve has been estab lished through the external load inter CTD015652 DESIGN AND SELECTION 9 cept and the control point, the equiv alent depth of cover scale is correlated for the various bedding conditions uti lizing either the trench load condition or the positive-projecting conduit-load condition, whichever is the governing load condition. 2.6.2 Curve use. The curves may be used conveniently by entering them through the depth of cover and bed ding condition scales. The scales are correlated to the three-edge bearing equivalents of the design external loads with a safety factor of 2.5. When there is an external loading condition different from that due only to depth of cover, or when conditions warrant a change in the safety factor, the equivalent external load should be de termined and the selection curve en tered at the proper value on the design external load scale. The field support ing strength listed for pipe so selected has been proved conservative during many years of performance under var ious field conditions. 2.6.2. Example. The application of the curves to design is shown in the following problem: Required: A 6-in. pipe to operate at a pressure of 120 psi at 8 ft depth of cover. Bedding condition Class C. soil weight 120 Ib/cu ft. Solution: Enter the selection curve for 6-in. pipe at bedding condition Class C, 8 ft cover. The intersection of the 8-ft cover line with the 120 psi operating pressure line falls between pipe Classes 100 and 150. Use 6 in.. Class 150. The intersection of the 8-ft cover line with the Class 150 curve is at 135 psi operating pressure, or 550 psi de sign pressure. Therefore, the pressure safety factor equals 550/120 = 4.6, with a safety factor of 2.5 for external load. 2.6.3 Curves. The selection curves for 4 in. through 16 in. asbestos-ce ment pipe are shown in Figs. 7 through 13 respectively. GTD015653 Design Pressure-psl Operating Pressure - 10 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE Design External Load --Ib/lin ft Depth of Cover-ft Fig. 7. Selection Curves for 4-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe CTD015654 Bedding Conditions DESIGN AND SELECTION Design External Load-lb/lin ft 11 Design Pressure--psi Operating Pressure -p s l Bedding Conditions Depth of Cover-ft Fig. 8. Selection Curves for 6-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe CTD015655 Design Pressure-psl Operating Pressure-psl 12 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE Design External Loed-lb/lin ft Depth of Cover - ft Fig. 9. Selection Curves for 8-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe CTD015656 Bedding Conditions DESIGN AND SELECTION Design External load-lb/lin ft 13 Design Pressure-psi Operating Pressure-psi Bedding Conditions Depth of Cover-ft Fig. 10. Selection Curves for 10-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe CTD015657 Design Pressure-psi Operating Pressure -p s i 14 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE Depth of Cover-ft Fig. 11. Selection Curves for 12-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe CTD015658 Bedding Conditions DESIGN AND SELECTION 15 A Deeign External Load-lb/lln ft Design Pressure-psl r \ Fig. 12. Selection Curves for 14-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe ( CTD015659 beslgrt*Pres$tim'<'i Operating Presure-| 16 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE Design External Load--Ib/lln ft Depth of Cover-ft Fig. 13. Selection Curves for 16-in. Asbestos-Cement Pipe CTD015660 Bedding Condition* APPENDIX Appendix 17 This appendix is for information only and is not a part of AWWA C401. Al. General Data developed for the preparation of the selection curves are included in this appendix. Figures illustrating the various bedding conditions and the earth load conditions used in the prep aration of the selection curves are in cluded. in the tables, and for Class 200 pipe, the loads would be greater. The max imum variation would be less than 5 per cent. A2. Tables In Table A2 of design internal pres sure and design external load inter cepts, the external loads are the crush ing loads that the pipe must be able to support without failure as specified in AWWA C400. The tables of design earth load w for various field bedding conditions and depths of cover show the calculated loads for Class 150 pipe. For Class 100 pipe, similar calculated loads would be less than those shown Backfill Backfill Fig. Al. Earth Load Conditions The illustration on the left shows trench conduit conditions; that is, the trench width is less than two or three times Bc. The illustration on the right shows a pos itive projecting conduit condition; that is, the trench width is greater than two or three times Bc. The shaded area repre sents backfill. Fig. A2. Bedding Conditions Illustrated Class A bedding conditions are shown in (a) and (6). Class C conditions are shown in (c) and {d). In all four di agrams, the lightly shaded area represents approved backfill, not frozen and free from lumps, large stones, boulders, or other unsuitable substances. The heavily shaded areas represent approved backfill, carefully compacted in 4-in. layers as specified by the engineer. In {a), a min imum of 2 in. of sand is placed in a shaped bottom under the pipe. In (6), the pipe is bedded in a gravel base. In (c), the pipe barrel rests on earth mounds and then the backfill between the earth mounds is compacted. In (d), the pipe barrel is resting on the flat bottom of the trench. Class B condition is the same as Class A, and Class D is the same as Class C except that the backfill is not tamped in B or D. CTD015661 18 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE TABLE A1 Determination of Design Earth Load w Applied in 3-Edge Bearing 2 31 2 31 2 3 ww V Earth Earth Earth Pipe Size tn. Ex ternal Load lb Equivalent Load Three-Edge Applied in Bearing Load Three-Edge / Col. 1 \ Bearing VLoad Factor/ (Col. 2 X 2.5 Ex ternal Load lb Equivalent Three-Edge Bearing Load / Col. 1 \ \Load Factor/ Load Applied in Three-Edge Bearing (Col. 2X23 Ex ternal Load lb Equivalent Three-Edge Load Applied in Bearing Load Three-Edge / ca.' \ Bearing VLoad Factor/ (Col. 2X23 Factor of Factor of Factor of Safety) Safety) Safety) Class A Bedding Condition 2.5 ft of Cover 4 219 6 297 8 371 10 450 12 507 14 S59 16 604 129 175 218 264 298 311 335 323 438 545 660 745 778 838 12 ft of Cover 4 1,127 6 1,584 8 2,051 10 2,451 12 2,678 14 2,886 16 3,130 663 932 1,206 1,441 1,575 1,603 1,738 1,658 2,330 3,015 3,603 3,938 4,008 4,345 5 ft of Cover 458 634 814 1,012 1,174 1,336 1,484 269 373 479 595 691 742 825 673 933 1,198 1,488 1,728 1,855 2,063 16 ft of Cover 1,510 2,124 2,602 2,835 3,078 3,367 3,663 888 1,249 1,531 1,668 1,811 1,870 2,035 2,220 3,123 3,828 4,170 4,528 4,675 5,088 8 ft of Cover 744 1,041 1,344 1,688 1,975 2,267 2,398 438 612 790 993 1,162 1,259 1,332 1,095 1,530 1,975 2,483 2,905 3,148 3,330 20 ft of Cover 1,893 2,550 2,816 3,076 3,402 3,727 4,063 1,113 1,500 1,656 1,809 2,001 2,070 2,257 2,783 3,750 4,140 4,523 5,003 5,175 5,643 Class B Bedding Condition 2.5 ft of Cover 4 219 6 297 8 371 10 450 12 507 14 559 16 604 146 198 248 300 338 373 402 365 495 620 750 845 933 1,005 12 ft of Cover 4 1,127 6 1,584 8 2,051 10 2,451 12 2,678 14 2,886 16 3,130 751 1,056 1,367 1,634 1,785 1,924 2,086 1,878 2,640 3,418 4,085 4,463 4,810 5,215 5 ft of Cover 458 634 814 1,012 1,174 1,336 1,484 305 423 542 674 783 890 989 763 1,058 1,355 1,685 1,958 2,225 2,473 16 ft of Cover 1,510 1,224 2,602 2,835 3,078 3,367 3,663 1,007 1,416 1,735 1,890 2,052 2,244 2,442 2,518 3,540 4,338 4,725 5,130 5,610 6,105 8 ft of Cover 744 1,041 1,344 1,688 1,975 2,267 2,398 496 694 896 1,126 1,317 1,512 1,598 1,240 1,735 2,240 2,815 3,293 3,780 3,995 20 ft of Cover 1,827 2,550 2,816 3,076 3,402 3,727 4,063 i,2io 1,700 1,877 2,050 2,268 2,485 2,708 3,045 4,250 4,693 5,125 5,670 6,213 6,770 CTD015662 APPENDIX 19 TABLE A1--Determination of Design Earth Load w Applied in 3-Edge Bearing (contd.) 12 31 2 31 2 3 www Earth Earth Earth ripe Size m. Ex ternal Load lb Equivalent Three-Edge Load Applied in Bearing Load Three-Edge / Col. 1 \ Bearing \Load Factor/ (Col. 2X2.5 Ex ternal Load lb Equivalent Three-Edge Bearing Load j / Col. 1 \ ! \Load Factor/ Load Applied in Three-Edge Bearing (Col. 2X2.5 Ex ternal Load lb Equivalent Three-Edge Bearing Load / CJ. 1 \ Load Applied in Three-Edge Hearing \Load Factor/ (Col. 2X2.5 Factor of Factor of Factor of Safety) Safety) Safety) Class C Bedding Condition 2.5 ft of Cover 4 219 6 297 8 371 10 450 12 507 14 559 16 604 168 228 286 346 390 400 431 420 570 715 865 975 1,000 1,078 12 ft of Cover 4 1,127 6 1,584 8 2,051 10 2,451 12 2,678 14 2,886 16 3,130 867 1,219 1,578 1,885 2,060 2,061 2,235 2,168 3,048 3,945 4,713 5,150 5,153 5,588 5 ft of Cover 458 634 814 1,012 1,174 1,336 1,484 352 488 626 778 903 954 1,060 880 1,220 1,565 1,945 2,258 2,385 2,650 16 ft of Cover 1,510 2,124 2,602 2,835 3,078 3,367 3,663 1,161 1,634 2,002 2,181 2,368 2,405 2,616 2,903 4,085 5,005 5,453 5,920 6,013 6,540 8 ft of Cover 744 1,041 1,344 1,688 1,975 2,267 2,398 573 801 1,034 1,299 1,519 1,619 1,712 1,433 2,003 2,585 3,248 3,798 4,048 4,280 20 ft of Cover 1,893 2,550 2,816 3,076 3,402 3,727 4,063 1,456 1,961 2,166 2,366 2,617 2,662 2,902 3,640 4,903 5,415 5,915 6,543 6,655 7,255 Class D Bedding Condition 2.5 ft of Cover 4 219 6 297 8 371 10 450 12 507 14 559 16 604 199 270 338 409 461 509 549 498 675 845 1,023 1,153 1,273 1,373 12 ft of Cover 4 1,127 6 1,584 8 2,051 10 2,451 12 2,678 14 2,886 16 3,130 1,025 1,440 1,864 2,228 2,434 2,623 2,845 2,563 3,600 4,660 5,570 6,085 6 558 7,113 5 ft of Cover 458 634 814 1,012 1,174 1,336 1,484 416 577 740 920 1,068 1,214 1,349 1,040 1,443 1,850 2,300 2,670 3,035 3,373 16 ft of Cover 1,510 2,124 2,602 2,835 3,078 3,367 3,663 1,373 1,931 2,366 2,578 2,798 3,061 3,330 3,433 4,828 5,915 6,445 6,995 7,653 8,325 8 ft of Cover 744 1,041 1,344 1,688 1,975 2,267 2,398 677 946 1,221 1,535 1,795 2,061 2,180 1,693 2,365 3,053 3,838 4,488 5,153 5,450 20 ft of Cover 1,893 2,550 2,816 3,076 3,402 3,727 4,063 1,721 2,318 2,560 2,796 3,093 3,388 3,693 4,303 5,795 6,400 6,990 7,733 8,470 9,233 CTD015663 20 A-C DISTRIBUTION PIPE TABLE A2 Design Internal Pressure and Design Earth Load Intercepts for Use With Selection Curves Pipe Size iff. 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Class 100 Pw psi Ib/lin ft 417 4,100 441 4,000 472 4,000 490 4,400 490 5,200 500 5,200 500 <5,800 Class 150 Pw psi tb/lin ft 616 5,400 632 5,400 653 5,500 650 7,000 658 7,600 650 8,600 654 9,200 Clus 200 Pw psi Ib/lm ft 809 8,700 815 9,000 824 9,300 826 11,000 830 11,800 826 13,500 825 15,400 7P-1 M-43401-l 1/82-LL CTD015664 American Water Works Association AWWA C400a-83 Addendum to ANSI/AWWA C400-80 Standard for Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in. (100 mm Through 400 mm) NPS, for Water and Other Liquids (Approved by AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 30, 1983 and by the American National Standards Institute, Inc., Nov. II, 1982.) In Sec. 5.2.4, Crushing Tests, in the twelfth line after the word "with," add the following: "the three edge bearing, V-block method of." CTD015665 American Water Works Association ANSI/AWWA C400-80 (Revision of AWWA C400-77) AWWA STANDARD for ASBESTOS-CEMENT DISTRIBUTION PIPE, 4 IN. THROUGH 16 IN. (100 mm THROUGH 400 mm) NPS, f K FOR WATER AND OTHER LIQUIDS [AMERICAN NATIONAL] VMHSTANDARDHV c First edition approved by A WWA Board of Directors May 15, 1953. This edition approved Jun. 15, 1980. Approved by American National Standards Institute, Inc., Feb. 19, 1981. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235 CTD0A5666 Committee Personnel The Standards Committee on Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe that reviewed and approved this standard had the following personnel at the time of approval: R. S. Bryan i. Chairman J. L. Warden, Vice-Chairman T. R. Gn i i n. Secretary Consumer Members S. C. Baker, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, VA Gii nwood Brkiz,* Civil Engineer, Port Hueneme, CA R. S. B ryan i ,* Department of Water & Power, Los Angeles, CA F. G. Denson, Works & Operations Department, Winnipeg, Manitoba Roger Graei, City of San Diego, San Diego, CA J. E. Johnson,* U.S. Water & Power Resources Services, Denver, CO W. J. Keller,* Water Department, Rapid City, SD R. A. M archand, Water Department, Warren, OH J. L. Warden, U.S. Water & Power Resources Services, Denver, CO (NAVFAC) (NAVFAC) (ASCE) (AWWA) (A WWA) (USWPRS) (AWWA) (AWWA) (USWPRS) General Interest Members G. C. Anderson, Insurance Services Office, New York, NY R. A. Barrows, C. E. Maguire, Inc., Waltham, MA V. R. Bicker, Department of Environmental Health, Albuquerque, NM S. L. Bishop,* Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA T. J. Brown, Jr., Factory Mutual Research Corp., Norwood, MA C. W. Ci ine,* Thompson & Litton, Inc., Norton, VA L. J. Dosedi.o, Underwriters Lab, Northbrook, IL C. L. Frick,* Insurance Services Office, Atlanta, GA R. S. Holmgren, Jr., James M. Montgomery, Pasadena, CA L. L. Lyles, W. M. Lyles Co., Visalia, CA F. A. Oberi, Metcalf & Eddy, Boston, MA M. R. Suchomel,* Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, 1L W. Taggart, Wright-McLaughlin Engineering, Denver, CO J. R. Williams, McLean, VA (ISO) (NEWWA) (APWA) (NEWWA) (FMR) (AWWA) (UL) (ISO) (AWWA) (AWWA) (WPCF) (UL.) (ASCE) (AWWA) * Alternate Copyright 1980 by American Water Works Association Printed in US ii CTD015667 Committee Personnel (continued) Producer Members .1. F. Bakik, CertainTeed Products Corp., P& PG. Valley Forge. PA F. V. Camakoa, U.S. Steel Corp., Gary. IN W. R. Cak11 k, Hersey Products. Inc.. Dedham. MA T. R. Gn 11 \. Johns Manville Sales Corp., Denver. CO Gi siavo Hikui ka, Asbestos Monterrey, S.A., Mexico R. W. Hood,* Hersey Products. Dedham, MA Lro Hokvaih,* Asbestos Cement Pipe Producers Assn., Arlington, VA J. C. Jackson, Asbestos Cement Pipe Producers Assn., Arlington, VA R. P. Kokomo,* CertainTeed Products Corp., Valley Forge. PA S. G. Livmkk k, Cement Asbestos Products, Birmingham, AL H. L. Oi so\,* Johns Manville Sales Corp., Denver, CO 'Alternate (A WWA) (AWWA) (A WWA) (AWWA) (AWWA) (AWWA) (ACPPA) (ACPPA) (AWWA) (AWWA) (AWWA) CTD015668 Table of Contents Ml I'M'I Foreword I History ol Standard.......................... II Information Regarding Use of I Ins Standard ................................ III Major Rev isions ................................ IV Metrication .......................................... \ \ \ in viii Standard I General................................................. I I 1 Scope ...................................................... I I 2 Definitions............................................. I 12 Affidav it ol Compliance.................. 2 14 References .............................................. 2 2 Materials............................................... 2 2.1 Composition ........................................ 2 2.2 Physical Requirements.................... 2 2.2 Chemical Requirements.................. 4 si ( 5.4 5.5 6 6.1 6.2 F. I F.2 F.2 2 Design.................................................... 4 2.1 Pipe Classes........................................... 4 2.2 Pipe Diameters .................................. 4 F.4 2.2 Pipe Lengths ......................................... 4 2.4 Couplings............................................... 4 F.5 2.5 Joints ...................................................... 5 1 2.6 Wall Thickness ................................... 5 2 4 Workmanship and Finish........... 5 2 4 I Imperfections......................................... 55 4 5 Inspection, Testing, and Rejection.......................................... 5 5.1 Inspection................................................ 5 5 2 Physical lest Requirements............ 6 5 2 Retests (Physical) and Reiection .......................................... 2 i'.\i;i lest loi Uncombined Calcium H\dioxide ....................................... lest Records ........................................ ) 1 Marking and Delivery ................ Marking................................................. Preparation for Shipment ............ 7 7 S Tables Asbestos Cement Pipe Irpc Recommended lor Internal Water Aggressiveness................. Aggressiveness of Monsullale Acidic Soils to Asbestos Cement Pipe............... Asbestos Cement Pipe I ype Designation Chemical Resistance to Nonacid (pH + 7 0) Soluble Sulfates in Water and Soils .................................................... Sulfate Aggressiveness in Water and Soil................................ Metric Conversion Factors............................................... Flexural Test Loads......................... Design Internal Pressure and Design External Load .... Wall Thickness Tolerance .............. Hydrostatic Tests ................................ \i \i < \i v in \ in 2 2 5 6 Appendix Dimension..' Table oi Fittings Ends Designed for Use with Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipe.................................. X CTD015669 IV Foreword This forcwonf is for information only and is not a (>art of A H HA C'400. I History of Standard A new pipe material consisting of an intimate mixture of portland cement and asbestos libers was introduced to the North American market in 1931 following several years of satislactory usage in other countries, particularly Italy. In the ensuing years this type of pipe gained popularity, and in 1949 AWWA established a committee on standard speci fications for asbestos cement pipe under the chairmanship of S. M. Clark of Greeley and Hansen, Chicago. The committee developed a standard for asbestos cement water pip.e, which was approved by the AWWA Board of Directors as a tentative standard, AWWA C400-53T, May 15, 1953. In 1958 the committee was reactivated as Committee 8340D on Asbestos-Cement Pipe under the chairmanship of Roy H. Ritter of Whitman, Requardt and Associates, Baltimore, to review several suggested changes and to recommend revisions to the standard. The committee produced a revised tentative standard adopted by AWWA as C400-64T Jan. 27, 1964, which was advanced to standard without re vision Jul. 2. 1965. In 1968 the committee was reactivated as the Standards Committee on Asbes tos-Cement Pipe to review and revise all AWWA standards on asbestos-cement pipe. The committee produced a revised standard approved by the Board of Di rectors Jan. 31, 1972 designated as AWWA C400-72, "Asbestos-Cement Pres sure Pipe for Water and Other Liquids." In 1972 and 1973 the committee was reorganized and enlarged to include rep resentation of national organizations hav ing an interest in the scope of the commit tee and wishing to participate in the work. The reorganized committee reaffirmed C400-72 without revision so that it could be presented to the American National Standards Institute for designation as an American National Standard. In 1975 the committee produced a revised standard approved by the AWWA Board of Directors Jan. 26, 1975 desig nated as AWWA C400-75, "AsbestosCement Pressure Pipe, 4 in. Through 24 in., for Water and Other Liquids." At that same time a new standard was produced by the committee and approved by the AWWA Board of Directors and desig nated as AWWA C402-75, "AsbestosCement Transmission Pipe, 18 in. Through 42 in., for Water and Other Liquids." The possibility of confusion between the two standards (C400 and C402) was carefully reviewed by the committee. The result was C400-77, which reduced the sizes covered from 4 in. through 24 in. to 4 in. through 16in.,eliminatingany overlap between the standards. In 1979 the committee again revised this standard to make reference to ASTM C500-77, "Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe,"and to include dimensional require ments for fittings in the Appendix. II Information Regarding Use of This Standard I LA General. When ordering pipe covered by this standard, local installation and operating conditions should be con sidered to determine the class and type of pipe to specify. Also, certain other items must be specified to describe completely the pipe required. According to the conditions of installa tion and operation in many water distri bution systems, the pipe may be used at operating pressures equal to the class CTD015670 I OKI WOKI) designations. The purchaser should de termine for himself from AWWA C40I, "Standard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other l iquids," the proper class of pipe to be used under the installation and operating conditions that will exist for the project on which the pipe is to be used. The purchaser is referred to AWWA C603. "Installation of Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipe," for guidance in laying of the pipe. II.B Flexural load lest. The flexural load tests for pipe sizes. 4, 6, and 8 in. (Sec. 2.2.1 and 5.2.3) are intended only for use as a quality control test; not a simulated service test. Asbestos cement pipe will not be subjected to flexural stresses if properly installed with satisfactory bed ding methods. Fordiameters 10 in. and larger, the wall thickness increases to a point at which the flexural strength is not a controlling factor, and hence, routine testing is not required. ll.C Type of pipe. The following criteria are presented for determining the type of pipe to be used under various soil and water conditions. Each condition should be considered separately even though each may exist in combination with others. These criteria are based on exposures within the temperature range of 40-80 F (5-28 C). For exposure of pipe to temperatures beyond these limits, consult the manufacturer. The following criteria are referenced as 1. Internal water (Table F. I). 2. External water (Table F.2). 3. Nonacid soluble sulfates--internal and external (Table F.3). 4. Acid soluble sulfates -internal and external. ll.C. I Internal water. Aggressive ness of water transported through asbestos-cement pipe is related to the type of designation of asbestos-cement pipe TAB EH F.l . 1 shestos-Cement I'tpi Type Recommended for Intermit Water . I ggressivencss I HUM lUll W.ltl'l Aggressivcno*' 1 lighly aggressive Moderately aggressive Xonaggressive KIV' > 11111K' 11 (I ("i j 1 MS'* t 11 1 ,111 ( 1 1 * Type I --no limn on iincoinhincd calcium hvdi oxide; Type 11 -pm cent i le*** mu omhiued calcium hydioxide. t The sei vice.dnlit \ <>i pipe fo such <ipi In at inin should he established by the pmchnsci m conjunction with the manufactuioi. TABLE IE2 . 1 ggressreeness of Non sulfate Andii Soils to Asbestos-Cement Pipe \ Walci Conditions Within ttic Soil Environment Minimum pH nl Acidic Sods When Using AsbestosCement Pipe Essentially quiescent Mildly fluctuating Rapidly moving or grossly cyclic Tyne I 5.0 5.5 6.5 Type II 4.0 5.0 5.5 TABLE F.3 Asbestos-Cement Pipe Type Designation Chemical Resistance to Nonacid {pH = 7.0) Soluble Sulfates in Water and Soils Tjpe Designation i* ii Chemical Resistance to Nonacid Soluble Sulfates in Water and Soils Will be attacked to various degrees by all but the nonaggressive levels of sulfate concentrations in waters and soils. Resistant to all levels of soluble sulfates. The guideline criteria for sulfate resistance of Type l pipe were taken from the Concrete Manual. Sth edition, Bureau of Reclamation. 1974. Sulfate resistance here applies Lo all soluble sulfates regardless ol the cation. CTD015671 I OKI WORD \ 11 suitable lor such use in Table T. I. Aggres siveness of water is defined as follows. a. 11 ighlv aggressive: pi r -Mog(/i//) < mo b. Moderately aggressive. pH f log (A II) = 10.0 119 e. Nonaggressive: pll -I log (AH) > 12.0 where pH = Index of acidity (or alkalinity) of the water standard PH units. A - lotal alkalinity ppm (mg I.) as C'aC'Oi. // = Calcium hardness ppm (mg I.) as CaCOs. It should be recogni/ed that water that has a pH + log (All) less than or equal ter 10 is an extremely aggressive water and would be very corrosive to almost all materials found in a typical water system, including t he plumbing in consumers' homes. Such waters should be treated to increase pH or hardness to protect the entire network of materials making up the system. If such water treatment is not undertaken, the manu facturer of each item used in the water system should be consulted for recom mendations regarding the use of his product in an extremely corrosive en vironment. Non: The expression pH + log (A H) is a modification of the Langelier Index. It has been prepared so that the aggressive ness of the water can be determined easily. A reasonable comparison of the tw'o would be as indicated below'. Mights aggressive UHtCt Moiteralelv aggressive w at ci \onaggiessi\c uatcr pH - log (!//) 1 angeliei Index <10 0 < 2.0 10.0 II 0 2:120 2 0 to 0 1 <0 1 I.C.2 Externa! water. Aggressiveness of external water (water within the soil environment) is related to asbestos cement pipe in I able 1 2. I he guidelines for the use of asbestos cement pipe in nonsulfate acidic soils are based upon minimum pH factors alone. Asbestos cement pipe may or mat not pcrlorm satisfactorily in acidic soil environments that have pH values below those listed in I able F.2. I o determine the suitability ol asbestos cement pipe in soils hav ing lower pH values, catch situation should be evaluated individually and take into con sideration all aspects of soil environment that affect asbestos cement pipe cor rosiveness. II.(2.3 Nonacid soluble sulfates internal and external. Aggressiveness ol nonacid (pH-57.0)solublesullatcs in water and soils is related to the ty pe designation of asbestos cement pipe suitable for such use in Table F.3. Sulfate aggressiveness in water and soil can be classified as indicated in Table F.4. 11.(7.4 Acid soluble sulfates internal and external. Aggressiveness ol acid (pH<7.0) soluble sulfate waters and soils to asbestos cement pipe must be evaluated independently. Acid sulfate soils and waters, whether the acid is inorganic or organic, must be evaluated independently of the criteria and guidelines set forth in Sec. I I.C.2 and 1I.C.3 and must take into consideration soil permeability and other factors. Con sult the manufacturer for guidance. II. D Supplementary specifications. The following information summarizes the conditions and items that the purchaser should consider when preparing his sup plementary specifications. The section in the standard where they can be found is also listed. 1. The standard used; that is. A WWA C400. 2. Affidavit of compliance,.if required (Sec. 1.3). 3. Type of pipe to be furnished (Sec. 2.3 and Foreword II.C). CTD015672 \ III I OKI WORD Sulfate I A Hl l 14 in Water am! Soil V\ ,iici SullulC AuL!t Cssl\CI1CSN C'lassil ic.tl ion \V;i!ci Soluble Still.lies (>i'/II SO-. Nonaggrcssi\ c M ildly iggrcssi\ c ModenitcK aggrcssi\c IlighK aggrcvsivc I .SO and less ISO ISOO I SOI) 10.000 10.000 and gicaiei Soil U atci Soluble \culi.tl ('pinSull.ilcs S<A 1000 and less 1000 3000 2000 20.000 20.000 and greater I ABLE F.5 Metric Conversion i'aetors lo Coiuiti I imu I S ( iisinni.il\ l mis Inches (in.) X 25.40 X 2.54 X 0.0254 Feet (ft) X 304.8 X 30.48 X 0.3048 Pounds (lb) X 0.4536 Pounds per square inch (psi) X 6.9 Pounds per linear loot (lb lin ft) X 1.488 I o Mcti a I nils = Millimetres (mm) = Centimetres (cm) = Metres (m) = Millimetres (mm) - Centimetres (cm) = Metres (m) = Kilograms (kg) = Kilopascals (kPti) = Kilograms per metre (kg m) 4. Class of pipe (Sec. 3.1). 2. Explanations of the test methods 5. Nominal inside diameter (Sec. 3.2). for hydrostatic, flexural and crush '6. Lineal feet to be furnished in stan ing requirements have been deleted dard and random lengths (Sec. and references have been made to 3.3). ASTM C500, "Testing Asbestos- 7. Number, size, type, class, lengths, Cement Pipe." and extent of machining of special 3. A dimensional table of fittings for short lengths (Sec. 3.3.3). use with asbestos-cement pressure 8. Whether inspection by the pur pipe has been added as Appendix A. chaser (Sec. 5.1) and special mark ing (Sec. 6.1.4) are required. IV Metrication ill Major Revisions Major changes to the 1977 standard that were made in this revision are I.Soft metric equivalents have been included. The tables in this standard are stated in both US customary units and metric equivalents. Throughout the body of the standard, metric equivalents (rounded off) are set in parentheses next to the cus tomary units. Metric conversion factors are listed in Table F.5. CTD015673 American Water Works Association AWWA C400-80 (Revision of AWWA C400-77) AWWA Standard for Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in. (100 mm Through 400 mm) NPS, for Water and Other Liquids Section 1--General Sec. 1.1 Scope Sec. 1.2 Definitions This standard covers three pressure classes of Type I and Type II asbestoscement pipe, 4-16 in. (100 mm to 400 mm) in diameter for water and other liquids intended to be laid underground in public and private rights-of-way. 1.1.1 Use. Asbestos-cement distri bution pipe is to be used in pipe systems having relatively unpredictable flows and many appurtenances that do not permit reasonable hydraulic analyses, including that for surge pressure. 1.1.2 Pressure classes. The pressure class designations of class 100, class 150, and class 200 are the same as those used in AWWA C401 (formerly AWWA H2). "Standard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids." The following definitions shall apply in this standard. 1.2.1 Inspection. Inspection of the pipe and the tests by the inspector. 1.2.2 Inspector. The authorized rep resentative of the purchaser, entrusted with the duty of inspecting pipe produced and tests performed under this standard. 1.2.3 Lot. A lot as used herein is defined as all pipe of any one class, type, and size manufactured on any one machine in 24 hr but not to exceed 300 lengths. 1.2.4. Manufacturer. The person, firm, or corporation that manufactures the pipe. 1.2.5 Operating pressure. The max imum hydrostatic pressure to' which the pipe will be subjected in normal operation after installation, exclusive of allowance for water hammer. CTD015674 AWWA C'400-80 1.2.6 Purchaser. The person, firm, corporation, or government agency enter ing into a contract or agreement to pur chase pipe according to the provisions of this standard. Sec. 1.3 Affidavit of Compliance Whether factory inspection has been required or not, the purchaser's supple mental specifications may require an affi davit of compliance from the manufac turer that the material furnished under the purchaser's order comply with all appli cable requirements of this standard. Sec. 1.4 References This standard references the following documents. They form a part of this standard to the extent .specified herein. In any case of conflict, the requirements of this standard shall prevail. AWWA C40I, "Standard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in., for Water and Other Liquids." ASTM* C500, "Testing Asbestos Cement Pipe." ASTM D1869, "Specification for Rub ber Rings for Asbestos Cement Pipe." 'American Society for Testing and Materials ISM6 Rate St Philadelphia. PA 19103 Section 2--Materials Sec. 2.1 Composition Sec. 2.2 Physical Requirements Asbestos- cement pipe shall be com posed of an intimate mixture of either (I) Portland cement or portland blast furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber with or without silica, or (2) portland pozzolana cement and asbestos fiber. Both (1) and (2) can be with or without the addition of curing agents. The pipe shall be formed under pressure and cured. The finished pipe shall be free from organic materials. 2.2.1 Flexural strength. Each length of pipe 10 ft (3 m) or longer for pipe sizes 8 in. (200 mm) and less shall have the minimum flexural strength prescribed in Table I when tested in accordance with the Flexural Test Proof Method as re quired in the latest edition of ASTM C500, "Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe." 2.2.2 Bursting strength. Each length of pipe and each coupling sleeve shall Nominal Diameter in {mm) 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) TABLE 1 Flexural Test Loads Total Applied Load--lb (N) Class 100 lb (A0 1200 2800 5330 ( 5340) (12,500) (23,700) Class 150 lb (AO 1470 3700 7600 ( 6540) (16,500) (33,800) Class 200 tb . (A0 1870 4900 10,130 ( 8300) (21,800) (45,100) CTD015675 A-C DIS I K I HU I ION I 5 L^U Q --1 S 00 <3 2I fC *. .s^:c < Q oo oo o o -- r*", l/-) oo oo oo oo oo oo o >0 r~~ r- r-- r-~ vn co v> vn ix~> vn Oc: -- fNNT f'NC X XX X o o oo ooo o^ o'J o^ oO oC o>C Mo T| </^ N N X O' (ooN ^ootj oi'nt oo1'.t0 ^oom iooxi oiod ri'/C~^i .iC/on oi'xCacii/Con ricof -oTT Oo-rf oOTj- oT1-t <mooN o(voNo wooxo OOO OOm OOT* OO TOOt TO^- < < r-~ -- cs O O --t3* rf rT-t CTNf OTt vOr> iOxo oo von oo vo-i cj r j c*~, t 'C x o n 't o V c o rre la te them to the field loads. CTD015676 4 AWWA C400-X0 have sufficient strength to withstand the design internal pressure indicated for its class in fable 2 when subjected to the hydrostatic test procedure specified in this standard. 2.2.3 Crushing strength. Each length of pipe shall have sufficient strength to support the design external load indicated for its class in Table 2 when subjected to the crushing test procedure specified in this standard. Sec. 2.3 Chemical Requirements Pipe shall be designated as cither Type I or Type II according to its content of uncombined calcium hydroxide as de termined by the test procedures in this standard for uncombined calcium hydrox ide. The requirements for each pipe are: Type / no limit on uncombined calcium hydroxide. Type II - I percent or less uncombined calcium hydroxide. Section 3--Design Sec. 3.1 Pipe Classes Pipe supplied under this standard shall be made in one or more of the following classes: 100. 150, or 200. Sec. 3.2 Pipe Diameters Pipe shall be made with nominal inside diameters of 4, 6, 8, 10. 12, 14 and 16 in. (100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 and 400 mm, respectively). The average inside diameter of a standard or random pipe length shall not be less than the nominal diameter by more than 5 percent. Sec. 3.3 Pipe Lengths Pipe shall be produced in standard, random, and short lengths. At least 90 percent of the total footage (linear metres) of pipe of any class, type, size, excluding short lengths, shall be furnished in stan dard lengths. The remaining 10 percent may be in random lengths. 3.3.1 Standard lengths. Pipe is cus tomarily furnished in standard lengths of 10 ft (3 m) or 13 ft (4 m) in 4, 6. and 8 in. (100, 150, and 200 mm, respectively) sizes, unless otherwise agreed upon at time of purchase. Sizes 10 in. (250 mm) and greater are customarily supplied in 13 ft (4 m) lengths, unless otherwise agreed upon at time of purchase. A maximum of 10 percent of each pipe size may be furnished in random lengths of not less than 7 ft (2 m). Short lengths for making connections to valves, fittings, or structures and for making closures shall be furnished as specified by the purchaser. Sec. 3.4 Couplings A coupling shall consist of an asbestoscement sleeve of the same type and class as the pipe and two rubber rings or a device that has equal or better jointing character istics, strength, and serviceability as that of an asbestos-cement coupling. The man ufacturer shall submit specifications and drawings of alternate couplings to the purchaser for approval prior to man ufacturing. 3.4.1 Amount furnished. One coup ling of the same size and class as the pipe shall be furnished with each standard and random length of pipe. 3.4.2 Rubber rings. Rubber rings shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of ASTM DI869, "Specifi cation for Rubber Rings for Asbestos Cement Pipe." 3.4.3 Coupling areas. Coupling areas CTD015677 A-C l)IS ! RIIUI I ION I'll'l lor all lengths of pipe shall be properly maehined at ends or over their entire length to serve their intended purpose, as specified by the purchaser. less than the manufacturer's standard by the tolerance listed in Table 3. Sec. 3.5 Joints Joints shall be capable of withstanding, without leakage, a hydrostatic pressure test as defined in Sec. 5.2.2.1. Sec. 3.6 Wall Thickness The wall thickness of the machined portion of any length of pipe shall not be TABLE 3 Wall Thic kness Tolerance Nommjl ; Si/c .. 4 (mm) i Wall lIlK'klK'NN 1 Ult'iano in tniin) (100-.100) (.150-400) : 0 06 ( 1.5) 0.12 ( .1.0) Section 4--Workmanship and Finish Sec. 4.1 Imperfections 4.1.1 Interior surfaces. The inside surface of each length of pipe shall be free from bulges, dents, and tears that could result in a variation in diameter of more than 0.20 in. (5 mm) from the diameter of adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. 4.1.2 Exterior surfaces. Flaking on the exterior surface and edge of machined ends shall not extend back by more than 0.500 in. (13 mm) from the end, have a depth of more than 0.125 in. (3 mm) or extend around the perimeter for more than 0.500 in. (13 mm) at any one location. 4.1.3 Straightness. Each length of pipe shall not vary in straightness by more than 0.05 in./ft (4 mm/ m) of length when the variation is measured as follows: Measure the maximum ordinate from the exterior surface of the pipe by placing a straightedge or line that exceeds the pipe length against the exterior surface and measure the maximum distance from the exterior pipe to the straightedge or line. Section 5--Inspection, Testing, and Rejection Sec. 5.1 Inspection 5.1.1 General. Inspection by the , purchaser shall not relieve the manu facturer of the responsibility to furnish material conforming in all aspects to the requirements of this standard. 5.1.2 Notification. If inspection is specified by the purchaser under para graph 5.1.4, the manufacturer shall notify the purchaser in advance of the date, time. and place of testing of the pipe so that the purchaser may be represented at the test. 5.1.3 /4cef>K. The inspector shall have free access to those parts of the manufacturer's plant that are involved in work performed under this standard. The manufacturer shall afford him, without charge, all reasonable facilities for de termining whether the pipe meets the requirements of this standard. CTD015678 0 AWWA C40O-X0 5.1.4 Texting. It inspection is speci fied by the purchaser, he may, at his option, witness any oral! test phases. The pipe to be tested shall have passed the routine inspection and testing of this specification. The number of tests to be conducted for flexural strength (4, 6, and X in., or 100, 150. and 200 mm re spectively), hydrostatic proof (>!, times class), and, when required, crushing strength shall be limited to 1 per each 300 standard lengths of each size, type, and class of pipe on the order. If uncombined calcium hydroxide tests are required, the number of tests will be one for each size, type, and class of pipe on the order. The purchaser or his authorized inspector may select the pipe to be tested. Retesting and rejection stipulations as shown in Sec. 5.3 shall apply. Sec. 5.2 Physical Test Requirements 5.2.1 Test specimens. All pipe and couplings tested under this standard shall be in a normal air-dried condition when tested. 5.2.2 Hydrostatic tests. 5.2.2.1 Each standard, random, or short length of pipe and each coupling sleeve shall be tested under an internal hydrostatic pressure as shown for the proof test in Table 4 in accordance with hydrostatic proof test requirements of the latest edition of ASTM C500, "Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe." Any pipe length or coupling sleeve showing leakage, sweat ing, or other defects shall be rejected. TABLE 4 Hydrostatic Tests C'h.sv 100 150 200 Prool 'Icsl* /n; (A Pd) 150 (2400) 525 (1600) 700 (4X00) 1 Ol 1 CSlt pu a Pa) 400 (2X00) 600 (4100) X00 (5500) *Faci\ lengih pci pdiagi'iiph 5 2 2 1 t()nc per lot per paragiaph 5 2.2 2 5.2.2.2 Erom each lot that has passed the hydrostatic proof test, one standard length shall be hydrostatically tested to the lot test in Table 4 for that class in the manner specified in paragraph 5.2.2.1. Each length of the pipe so tested shall be retested in the manner and at the pressure specified in paragraph 5.2.2.1. 5.2.3 Flexure tests. Each standard length of pipe and each random length ol more than 9.5 ft (2.X m) having a nominal diameter of 4. 6. or 8 in.. (100. 150. and 200 mm respectively), shall be tested in flexure in accordance with the latest edi tion of AS TM C500, " l esting Asbestos Cement Pipe." Each pipe so tested shall support, without evidence of cracks or other defects, the applicable total load shown in Table I. 5.2.4 Crushing tests. On lots con taining more than 100 lengths ofeach size and class, one length from each 300 lengths or fraction thereof, shall be tested for crushing strength. If inspection by the purchaser has been specified, the length of pipe to be tested may be selected by the inspector. From each selected length, one unmachined section of pipe 1 ft (300 mm) long shall be cut. This section shall be tested for crushing strength in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM C500. "Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe." The test section shall not fail until the total load applied meets or exceeds the appli cable value shown in Table 2. 5.2.5 Machines for testing. 5.2.5.1 The machine used for the hydro static test shall have gaskets that seal the ends of the pipe, coupling, or pipe and coupling with factory assembled joint, but exert no end pressure. Couplings mav be hydrostatically tested with a rubber blad der inside the couplings, and if so tested, each coupling shall have sufficient strength to withstand a test pressure of four times the class of the coupling. 5.2.5.2 The machines used for the flexure and crushing test shall be sub- CTD015679 VC DIS 1 K I HI1 I ION 1*11*1 7 stiinliaI and rigid throughout so that the distribution of the load shall not be appreciably affected by the deformation or yielding of any part of the machine. Sec. 5.3 Retests (Physical) and Rejection 5.3.1 Crushingstrength. The failure of any specimen tested for crushing strength to support 75 percent of the crushing load required in fable 2 shall be cause for rejection of that portion of the lot of that si/e. type, and class manu factured during the same shift as the test specimen. If any specimen tested for crushing strength supports more than 75 percent but less than 100 percent of the crushing load, then two additional pipe sections of the same size, type, and class manufactured during the same shift shall be subjected to the same crushing test. The additional lengths may be selected by the inspector if inspection by the purchaser has been specified. The failure of one of these additional specimens to meet the full crushing strength requirement shall be cause for rejection of that portion of the lot of that size, type, and class manu factured during the same shift as the test specimen. 5.3.2 Hydrostatic tests. If any pipe subjected to the hydrostatic tests specified in Sec. 5.2.2.2 fails to withstand the specified pressure, then two additional lengths of the same size and class manu factured during the same shift shall be subjected to the same hydrostatic test. The lailurc ol one of these additional lengths to withstand the specified pressure shall be cause lor rejection of that portion of the lot ol that si/e, type, and class manu factured during the same shift as the test lengths. Sec. 5.4 Test for Uncombined Cal cium Hydroxide The manufacturer shall perform this test as often as necessary to ensure com pliance with the requirements for un combined calcium hydroxide in Type II pipe when tested in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM C500, "Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe." Sec. 5.5 Test Records The results of all tests shall be recorded and retained for one year, and shall be available to the purchaser at the place of manufacture. Section 6--Marking and Delivery Sec. 6.1 Marking 6.1.1 Standard and random lengths. bach standard or random length of pipe shall be clearly marked on the outside surface with the trade name, nominal inside diameter, class, type, hydrostatic test pressure, and date and shift of manu facture. 6.1.2 Short lengths. Each short length of pipe shall be clearly marked on the outside surface with the nominal inside diameter, class, type, and the letter "T" to indicate that it has been hydrostatically tested. 6.1.3 Couplings. All' component parts of each coupling shall be clearly marked for use with the pipe for which they are intended. Each coupling sleeve shall also be marked with' the letter "T" to indicate that it has been hydrostatically tested. 6.1.4 Special markings. If factory CTD015680 s A WWA ('400-80 inspection is made by the purchaser or his authorized inspector, then each pipe and each coupling sleeve shall receive an addi tional special marking of no more than three letters, as specified by the purchaser. Sec. 6.2 Preparation for Shipment All pipe and couplings, unless otherwise specified, shall be prepared for standard commercial shipment. Appendix A Dimensional Table of Fittings Ends Designed for Use With Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe This appendix is for information only and is not a part of A WWA C'400. In the figures and tables on the follow ing page, the dimensions shown are for fittings to be used with asbestos-cement pipe having the end dimensions in Table Al. Dimensions for fittings for use with other asbestos-cement pipe end machin ing will be included should such design be established. Fitting tolerances, where indicated, are required of the fittings manufacturer to establish proper control. Rubber gaskets to be purchased from the pipe manufacturer. Fittings shall be made of such materials as will provide service compatible with asbestos-cement pipe. CTD015681 ANMNDIX 9 Note C onsult pipe m anufacturer lor pipe tolerance'. < UJ CQ < I- I C DC 0r<-, "ot -sC OcM rc- -- -- (N r', r*-, rf Tf O O O 'O -- cm c -- cm Tt O' cm kt) r-~ w'-i r- O' -- Tt vC x: . O O CM T -- O' w"'* -- r- r-~, O' -- -- CM '*'. ^ rf rf <~. X rf X. CM ^ vO X >c o ^ ^ h-' O' n 'I- h- O' o x ^ x ^r iti x i--n r--- n xcm Tr-f\ x<--, r^^r, rt"j~- O-- C--M tr^Ti VT)f h---- 1CM0 tj-' r-' c> -- r^i r~- r, Cf- ^ C fN X r, rf o tj -- -- fN (N r, r, Tf <*"; O O r*-( r*-, r- ix', O' C'J Tj" l/"> (-" Cr, Tj- *T r- O' -- r-~, i/~i r-- EE cm o OTto^O'orO' i/~> O vC O v~i -- -- CM r+-, nr rt Tt r*~, O OC O' -- O O y-, r- O' -- rf Vi x O OO O OO O O /~> O *r> O O -- -- (N cl C-, r<, rt 't -G X) O Cl rf sC *6 X / --o ~o cCy <& Cv .2 o zS ;- ^ i- o o 'o o oc o ^ M X r, O -- r~- -- -- rt ^^ f-- r-~ r~- cn x oc cm ^On o^ rt r-~ O' -- tt o x cm o -- c ^ oj O' cni r-- O' 'X'j -- sc -- -- cm cm <--, -- -- -- sG CM r-si sC X O' -- O' CM rt Tf' sC O' -- ^ >C X CM O -O O r- o C--M X- (M (NO' TT X 'T o r-r- o o r^, -- 00 OCM sD (~'l C+-. rt r--O' -- r ^ r' OO sC -- sC ~ sC ---- I---- cCM, CXM mtt, XC*~. ^rt Cl' rt -- -- rt rj- r-- V~) sO O' -- r-J rt O -- t O O' 1-- iCi i-- 0 0 0 0X00 O V) o `X'> O O -- -- CM CM r*~, rt C. Tt O X C r i t >c CTDO15682 AWWA C400-80 10 May 1982 Department of Defense Acceptance Notice This nongovernment document was adopted and approved for use by the Department of Defense (DoD) on 10 May 1982. The American Water Works Association has furnished the clearance required by existing regulations. Copies of the document are stocked by DoD Single Stock Point, Naval Publications and Forms Center, Philadelphia, PA 19120, for issue to DoD activities only. Contractors and industry' groups must obtain copies from AWWA, 6666 West Quincy Ave., Denver, CO 80235. Title of Document: AWWA Standard for Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 in. Through 16 in. (100 mm Through 400 mm) NPS, for Water and Other Liquids Date of Specific Issue Adopted: June 15, 1974 Releasing Industry Group: American Water Works Association Custodians: Army--ME Navy--YD Air Force--99 User Activity: Navy--MC Military Coordinating Activity: Navy-YD Project No. 5630-0088 FSC 5630 4P--7 5M -43400--8/81 -- LI. CTDO15683 I !r FORM P-60S4 TECHNICAL CHANGE ORDER APPLICABLE TO? CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION CERIAJNilED description: A/C General Standards Manual Section E DATE OF ISSUE: T.C.O. no.: HAY 2 8 197*5 22 External Product Specification PAGE NO.: 1 PURPOSE: To update UL's Standard for Asbestos-Cement Pipe and Couplings. The re visions as issued by UL add Tensile, Permanent Set, Hardness, and Accelerated Oxygen Pressure Aging tests to the Gaskets. Our rings already meet all these tests. EFFECTIVE DATE: Date of issue. DISPOSITION OF SUPERSEDED PAGES: Destroy pages 1, 2, 5, and 6 dated April 30, 1973 and replace with the Attached pages. PREPARED BY: CTD015684 APPROVED BY RAD CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. an independent, not-for-profit organization testingfor public safety 1285 Walt Whitman Road, Melville. LX. N.Y. 11746 1655 Scott Boulevard, Santa Clara, Calif. 95050 2602 Tampa East Blvd., Tampa, Fla. 33619 533 Ffingsten Road, Northbrook, 111. 60062 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, 111. 60611 April 30, 1976 Revision pages for STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS UL 107, SECOND EDITION Accompanying this sheet are revised and additional pages for the Second Edition of UL 107 dated April 30, 1973. These new and revised requirements are now in effect. The Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Bulletin on this subject dated January 15, 1976 proposed certain revisions for this Standard. As no adverse comments were received, the revisions were completed as proposed in the UL Bulletin. With the inclusion of the accompanying material, the Standard consists of pages dated as shown in the following check list: Page Date 1.........................................................................................................................April 30, 1973 2 ........................................................................................... April 30, 1976 3,4................................................................................................................... April 30,1973 5, 6................................................................................................................. April 30, 1976 6A................................................................................................ April 30, 1976 7-10................................................................................................ April 30. 1973 Revised and/or additional pages may be issued from time to time. CTD015685 APRIL 30,1973 UL107 STANDARD FOB ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS First Impress ion First Edition -- September, 1967 SECOND EDITION April 30, IW CTD015686 t ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 APRIL SO. 1976 STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS Foreword.................................................................................................................................... 3 General......................................................................................................................................... 3 1. Scope.............................................................................. 3 2. General......................................................................................................................... 3 Construction .............................................. 3 3. Materials.......................................................................................................................3 4. Pipe Diameters..........................................................................................................4 5. Pipe Ends.................................................................................................................... 4 6. Straightness of Pipe ............................................................................................... 4 7. Couplings.................................................................................................................... 4 8. Imperfections.................................................. ...................................................... 4 9. Ring Gaskets ............................................................................................................ 5 Performance.............................................................................. 5 10 General^,..,................................................................................................................5 11. Rubber Materials ....................................................................................................-5 12. Hydrostatic Strength ..........................................................................................6A 13. Flexural Strength................................................................................................. 6A 14. Crushing Strength.................................................................................................... 7 15. Leakage .......................................................................................................................7 16. Assembly.................................................................................................................... 8 17. Service Connections (Corporation Stops)..................................................... 8 Manufacturing and Production Tests .............................................................................8 18. General......................................................... 8 19. Inspections..................................................................................................................8 20. Hydrostatic Tests.................................................................................................... 9 21. Flexural Tests............................................................................................................ 9 22. Crushing Test............................. 9 23. Hardness Tests....................................................................................................... 10 Marking ....................................................................................................................................10 24.General................................................................................ 10 25. Pipe ............................................................................................................................ 10 26. Couplings...................................... 10 27. Ring Gaskets ...................................................................................... 10 *Replaces page 2 dated April 30, 1973 c-^0\5$7 APRIL 30.1976 ASflESTOSCF.MENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - L'L 107 5 9. Ring Gaskets 9.1 Two scaling ring gaskets shall be provided with each coupling. 11.2 Test results shall comply with the minimum requirements specified in paragraph 9.2. Paragraph 11.2 revised April 30. 1976 9.2 A ring gasket shall be made of a vulcanized natural rubber or a synthetic rubber compound and shall have uniform dimensions and be of such size, shape, and resiliency as to withstand ordinary wear and tear, compression stresses, and foreign matter carried by water. The material of which the ring gasket is made shall have the following properties: Minimum tensile strength -- 2000 psi (13.8 MPa). Minimum ultimate elongation -- 300 percent (1 to 4 inches (25.4 to i02 mm)]. Permanent set of 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) when 1 inch (25.4 mm) marks are stretched to 3 inches (76.2 mm), held for 2 minutes and measured 2 minutes after release. After 96 hours in oxygen at a temperature of 701C (1583.4F) and at a pressure of 30010 psi (207069 kPa): Minimum percent of original tensile strength -- 60. Minimum percent of original elongation -- 60. Tensile Strength and Elongation Tests 11.3 Tensile strength and elongation arc to be determined using the test methods and the type of power operated machine described in ASTM D412-68, ANSI J2.1-1969. Paragraph 11.3 added April 30. 1976 11.4 The rate of travel of the power-actuated grip is to be 201 inches (50825 mm) per minute. Paragraph 11.4 added April 30, 1976 11.5 Die C, as described in ASTM D412--68, is to be used for cutting the specimens. Paragraph 11.5 added April 30. 1976 11.6 Dumbbell specimens are to be die-cut and have a constricted portion 0.250 inch (6.4 mm) wide and 1.3 inches (33 mm) long. The enlarged ends are to be 1 inch (25.4 mm) wide, when possible. Paragraph 11.6 added April 30, 1976 A hardness found to be consistent with the application and duty. Paragraph 9.2 revised April 30,1976 9.3 Spacer inserts need not comply with the requirements of paragraph 9.2 but, if otherwise interchangeable with the sealing ring gaskets, the insert is to be cut through at one point. PERFORMANCE 10. General 10.1 Representative samples of each class and size of asbestos-ccmcnt pipe and couplings shall be subjected to the tests described. Samples of asbestos-cement sections cut front pipe or couplings, and of rubber gaskets, are required for tests. 11. Rubber Materials 11.1 Samples of sealing ring gaskets used in the various assemblies shall be subjected to the tests indicated in paragraph 9.2. *Replaces page 5 11.7 The constricted portion of the specimen is to be buffed to remove surface irregularities. The samples are to be buffed prior to cutting with the die. Paragraph 11.7 added April 30. 1976 11.8 A power-driven buffing machine (grinding wheel) is used for buffing off irregularities in specimens. The abrasive wheel is to be No. 30--36 grit; and the diameter and rotary velocity of the wheel arc to be such that it will have a peripheral speed of 4000700 feet per minute [20.33.6 meters per second (m/s)]. The machine is to be provided with a slow feed in order that very little compound may be removed at one cut, thus avoiding overheating of the specimen. Paragraph 11.8 added April 30, 1976 11.9 The cutting of the specimens may be facilitated by wetting the cutting edges of the die with water. The rubber is to rest on a smooth and slightly yielding surface which will not injure the cutting edges of the die. A piece of belling or light cardboard may be used for the purpose. Paragraph 11.9 addfd April 30. 1976 rd April 30. 1973 COPYRIGHT 1976 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. CTD015688 r, ASKESTOS C I MFAT PIPt: AM) COl PI.INOS -I I. 107 'APRIL 10, 1976 11.10 Three measurements fur thickness arc to be made in the constricted |*>rlion ol tile specimen using a dial micromrlci graduated to 0.001 inch (0.02 mmj which exerts a load be means ol an 85 gram (g) weight. This load is applied through a round, Hat contact foot 0.250.0I inch (6.35t0.03 min) in diameter, and amounts to a pressure of 3.8 psi (2G.2 kPa) for this contact area. The minimum value obtained is to be used as the thickness of the specimen in calculating the tensile strength. Paragraph 11.10 added April 30, 1976 11.11 Two bench marks 1 inch (25.4 mm) apart arc to be stamped centrally on the constricted portion of each specimen. Paragraph 11.11 addtfd Apnl 30, 1976 11.12 The elongation is to be measured by means of a scale or other device which is to be used in such a way as not to touch the specimen and is to be capable of indicating the elongation with an accuracy of 0.1 inch (2.5 mm). Paragraph 11.12added April 30, 1976 Accelerated Oxy gen Pressure Aging Test 11.10 Three specimens ate to be prepared in the same manner as lor tensile strength and elongation tests, exrept for the marks I inch (25.4 mm) apart, which are to be stamped on the specimens after the test exposure. The oxygen pressure exposure is to be conducted using the test procedures and the type of apparatus outlined in ASTM D572 --73. Paragraph 11.1 6 added Apnl 30. 1976 11.17 Following the test exposure, the specimens are to be subjected to Tensile Strength and Elongation Tests as described above, and results are to be compared with results ol the corresponding tests of specimens in the as-rcccivcd condition. Paragraph 11.17 added April 30, 1976 11.13 When a dumbbell test specimen breaks outside the bench marks, or if the result of either tensile strength or elongation is below the requirements, an additional specimen is to be tested, results of which are to be considered final. Results of tests of specimens which break in the curved portion just outside the bench marks may be accepted if within the minimum requirements. Paragraph 11.13 added Apnl 30. 1976 Hardness Tests 11.18 The Durometer hardness of ring gasket material is to be determined using the test methods and apparatus described in ASTM D2240--75, ANSI K65.63--1971. Paragraph 11.18 added April 30, 1976 Permanent Set 11.19 The test specimcn(s) shall be cut from a 11.14 The specimen for this test is to be prepared, and marks 1 inch (25.4 mm) apart arc to be carefully placed on it, in the same manner described above for the specimens for the Tensile Strength Test. sample ring gasket so as to be at least 6 mm (0.25 inch) in thickness unless it is known that identical results can be obtained from a thinner specimen. If it is not determined that thinner specimens will give valid results, thinner pieces may be plied together to provide a specimen of at least 6 mm Para graph 11.1-4 added April 30. 1976 (0.25 inch) thickness. 11.15 The specimen is to be placed in the jaws of the machine and stretched at a uniform rate of 201 inches (50825 mm) per minute until an elongation ol 200 percent is reached. The specimen is to be held in the stretched position for 2 minutes, then is to be released immediately, Paragraph 11.1 9 added Apnl 30. 197G 11.20 The specimen(s) and the Durometer apparatus shall be conditioned at a temperature ol 232C (73.4+3.6 F) lor at least 1 hour before testing. Paragraph 11.20 added Apnl 30, 1976 without being allowed to snap back. The specimen is then removed Irom the machine and placed on a 11.21 The average of five measurements made at suilace having low thermal conductivity. At 2 different positions on the specimen shall* be taken minutes after release of tension, the distance as the hardness of the ring gasket material. Mach between the gage marks is to be measured to the nearest 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) and recorded. measurement shall be read at 1 second alter application ol the indenter. Paragraph 11.19 added April 30. 1 976 Paragraph 11.21 added April 30, 1976 *Replaces page 6 dated April 30, 1973 COPYRIGHT 1976 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. C-VQ0A5669 tAPRIL JO, 1976 ASBF.STOS-CEMF.NT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - (JL 107 6A 12. Hydrostatic Strength 12.1 Asbcstos-ccmcnt pipe and couplings shall be capable of withstanding, without rupture, an internal hydrostatic pressure of four times the rated working pressure for the minimum thickness of pipe for a period of 5 seconds. If the sample is thicker than the minimum thickness specified by the manufacturer, the required test pressure (1*) shall be determined from the equation: Pj is the standard test pressure (four times rated working pressure), is the minimum design thickness, dj is the maximum design internal diameter, t2 is the minimum thickness at the fracture, d2 is the average inside diameter. 12.2 Representative samples of each class and size of pipe and couplings are to be arranged for testing under hydrostatic pressure. All air is to be expelled from the pipe or coupling and the internal water pressure is to be applied gradually until four times the rated pressure has been developed. This pressure is to be held for 5 seconds. The pressure is then to be increased until rupture occurs, and the data recorded. 13. Flexural Strength 13.1 Asbestos-cement pipe of sizes 3 to 8 inches (76.2 to 203.2 mm), and having a nominal length of 13 feet (approximately 3.9 in) or more shall, when supported on a 12 foot (3.65 m) span, be capable of supporting for 5 seconds the loads specified in Table 13.1 without cracking or developing other defects. TABLE 13.1 FLEX I HAI. STRENGTH IV*of Trl l/iad (Total) Diameter ( 100 Clo.. 130 C1a. 200 Inrhc? m m Pound* Pound* kc 1i'ound.t k* 3 76 360 255 660 300 760 345 4 102 900 409 1 too 500 1 too 635 6 IS2 2100 933 2800 1270 3700 1680 8 203 4000 1820 3700 2390 7600 3430 13.2 At least two sam pics of each cl:iss and size of pipe, 3 to 8 inches (76.2 to 205.2 mm), and in lengths of 13 feet (3.96 m) or longer are to be supported on wood or steel bearing blocks having rounded bearing surfaces 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter placed 12 feet (3.66 m) I inch (25.4 mm) apart. Loading of the pipe is to be applied aL the two "third" points, 4 feet (1.22 m) from each support, through members having rounded contact surfaces. 13.3 The load is to be divided equally at the third points, applied at a uniform rate, and maintained for 5 seconds. 13.4 Pipe manufactured in lengths of less than 13 feet (3.96 m) but not less than 9-1/2 feet (2.90 m) shall, when supported on the maximum span for its length, be capable of supporting loads inversely proportional to those specified in Table 13.1. The proof test load shall be determined from the following equation: where: ^2 is the proof test load for the reduced length, Lj is the normal test span of 12 feet (3.65 m), Pj is the load specified in Table 13.1 for the normal test span, ^2 is the new test span for the shorter length. 13.5 Lengths shorter than 9-1/2 feet (2.90 in) arc not to be subjected to the flexural strength test. fAdditional page COPYRIGHT 1976 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. CTD015690 FOUNDED 1694 Sibr&'n'ttiw1 -3trul ri---_;.z^,+ SPONSORED BY American insurance Association Standards for Safety ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS UL 107-1967 CTD015691 TESTING F,0;R|j:t^l^y^._ ....................................... ...........! 7 PUBLIC SAFET1 Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Chicago, Illinois UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. is chartered as a non profit organization without capital stock, under the laws of the State of Delaware, to establish, maintain, and operate laboratories for the exami nation and testing of devices, systems, and materials. Founded in 1894, the enterprise is sponsored by the American Insurance Association, and is operated for service, not for profit. A complete description of the organization, purposes, and methods of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. is given in a separate pamphlet entitled "TESTING FOR PUBLIC SAFETY." An enumeration of all the Laboratories' Standards is given in list of "Published Standards" and in each of the following regularly pub lished Lists: Electrical Construction Materials Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment Hazardous Location Equipment Fire Projection Equipment Building Materials Gas and Oil Equipment Accident, Automotive, and Burglary Protection Equipment Bi-Monthly Supplement to All Lists A copy of the current issue of any of the above-mentioned publica tions may be obtained upon request. OFFICES AND TESTING STATIONS 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, 111. 60611 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, 111. 60062 1285 Walt Whitman Road, Melville, L. I., N. Y. 11746 1655 Scott Boulevard, Santa Clara, Calif. 95050 CTD015692 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pngo STANDARD FOR ASRESTOS-OHMENT PIPE AND POPPD1 NOS f> Foreword ............................................................................................................................ f> EEgPIKE.MENTS ............................................................................................................... <> Scope .................................................................................................................................... d ('nnslnifl ion .................................................................................................................... (' Materials .................................................................................................................. <> Pipe Diameters ...................................................................................................... (> Pipe Ends ................................................................................................................... (i Straightness of Pipe......................................................................................... 7 Couplings.................................................................................................................. i Impcvfeetions ........................................................................................................ 7 Ring Gaskets ........................................................................................................... Porf'ormanec ........................................................................................................................ S S General ........................................................................................................................ S Rubber Materials ................................................................................................. S Hydrostatic Strcmgtli .......................................................................................... S Flexural Strength .............................................................................................. b Grusliing Strength .............................................................................................. Id Leakage. ...................................................................................................................... 11 Assembly .................................................................................................................... 11 Service Connections (Corporation Stops)............................................. I'd Manufacturing and Production Tests................................................................ 12 General ...................................................................................................................... 12 Inspections ............................................................................................................... 12 Hydrostatic Tests ................................................................................................ Pi Flexural Tests ..................................................................................................... 14 Crushing Test ........................................................................................................ 14 Hardness Tests..................................................................................................... 14 Marking .............................................................................................................................. 14 General ...................................................................................................................... 14 Pipe .............................................................................................................................. In Couplings ................................................................................................................. In Ring Gaskets .......................................................................................................... In CTD015693 LABEL SERVICE.................................................................................................................. 10 General ............................................................................................................................... 10 Labels ................................................................................................................................. 10 Cost of Service................................................................................................................ 17 Responsibility of the Manufaelurer................................................................... 17 The Laboratories' Inspector..................................................................................... IS General....................................................................................................................... 18 Inspection Reports ............................................................................................ in Special Instructions .......................................................................................... 10 General............................................................................................................. 10 Hydrostatic Tests ..................................................................................... 20 Flexural Tests ............................................................................................ 20 Crushing Test (Throe-Edye Beariny Test)................................. 20 Riny Gaskets ............................................................................................... 20 Stock Samples of Riny Gaskets......................................................... 21 FIRST EDITION First Impression.............. September, 1967 * CTD015694 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 5 r STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS FOREWORD 1 This Standard requ e'semt s the juelgmi'nt of Umle'rwriters' Laboratories, Inc. as to the basic mpiireuuemt s lor the construction and performance of the products to be listed under this elassilicat ion. These requirements are based upon sound erngiuemring principles, research, records of tests and held experience, and an appreciation of the problems of manufacture, installation, and use derived from consultation with and information obtained from manulacturers, users, inspection authorities, and others having' specialized experience. They are subject to revision as further ex perience and investigation may show is necessary or desirable. - Tin; observance of the requirements of this Standard by a manufac-''turer is one of the conditions of the continued listing of the manufacturer's V product under this classification. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., however, assumes no responsibility for the effect of such observance or nonobserv ance by the manufacturer upon the relations between the manufacturer and any other party or parties arising out of the sale or use of the product or otherwise. ;i A product which complies with these requirements will not necessarily be acceptable if, when examined and tested, it is found to have other fea tures which impair the result contemplated by these; requirements. 1 A product employing materials or having forms of eonstniction differ ing from those; detaileul in these ree|uire;ments may be` examined ami testeel accoreling to the; intent of the ree|uirements and, if founel to be substan tially eepiivaleuit, may be; given recognition. "> Many tests reepiired by the; Stanelarels of Unelerwriters' Laboratories, Ines are inherently hazarelous. Unelerwriters' Laboratories, Inc. neither assumes nor accepts any responsibility for any injury or damage that may occur during or as the; result of tests, wherever performed, whether per formed in whole; or in part by the1 manufacturer, and whether or not any cepiipment, facility, eir peirsonned lor e>r in connection with the test is fur nished by the manufaedeirer. CTD015695 6 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. REQUIREMENTS SCOPE These Uequimuenl.s cover n.sheslos-eemeiiI pressure pipe, couplings, ;m<] gnskcls lor use in public and private wafer works and lire sorviee systems and connections to sueli systems. Pipe and couplings covered by these Ueqnireiuents have nominal inside diameters ol' I'rom .'i to '!(> inches (approximately 75 to !)(!() nun). Pipe and couplings eownod by these Kequirements are designated as Class 100, Class 150, ami Class 200 lor maximum working pressures of 100, 150, and 200 jiounds per square inch (approximately 7, 10.5, and 14 kgT per sq cm), respectively. Kcquirements tor the installation and use ol' asbestos-cement pressure pipe and couplings are included in the Standards of the National Tire Pro tection Association tor Outside Protection, NKPA No. 24. CONSTRUCTION Materials Pipe and couplings shall be made of a mixture consisting of Portland cement and asbestos fiber with or without the addition of curing agents; shall be free from organic substances; and shall be formed under pressure and thoroughly cured. Pipe Diameters The average inside diameter of a pipe section, in sizes up to and in cluding 16 inches (400 mm), shall be not less than 95.0 percent of the nominal diameter as assigned by the manufacturer, nor less than 98.5 per cent of the nominal diameter for larger sizes, when measured approxi mately 3 inches (75 mm) from each end of the pipe. The average is defined as t.he mean of four diameters measured 45 degrees apart. Pipe Ends 12 End faces of a pipe section shall be cut square (90 degrees plus or minus 3 degrees) with respect to the axis. is Coupling areas shall be machined or otherwise rendered suitable for making a tight joint. 11 The design and machining of couplings and pipe ends shall be such that two lengths of pipe, machined to the maximum outside diameter per mitted by the manufacturer's tolerances, are capable of being assembled with sealing ring gaskets and a coupling, which has been machined to the minimum inside diameter permitted by the manufacturer's tolerances, with out damage to the sealing ring gaskets when following the installation instructions of the manufacturer. CTD015696 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 7 Straightness of Pipe A pipe section shall not vary from straightness more than % inch (16 mm) for a nominal 13-foot (nominal 4-m) length, or more than a pro portionate amount for a shorter or longer length. Out-of-st rnigldness is lo be tIc-t('t inin<<I by placing; a straight edge or tight si ling along the length of pipe and rotating the pipe in such a manner that the maximum concavity under the straight edge or string mav be measured. Couplings A coupling and two sealing ring gaskets shall be furnished with each length of pipe. Each coupling shall be of the same composition, trade size, and class as the pipe. If a coupling is designed to use spacer-inserts, the spacers shall be furnished with the coupling. ; End faces of a coupling shall be cut square (90 degrees plus or minus 3 degrees) with respect to the axis. Each cud of a coupling .should be machined with an entrance bevel on the front, shoulders. The bevel should he continuous around the entire cir cuit! frrcnce. Imperfections 1 The interior surface of a pipe section shall be free from bulges, dents, and tears that result in a variation in inside diameter of more than 3/u inch (4.8 mm) from the diameter of adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. The exterior surface of a coupling shall have no dents, bruises, saw marks, or chips over Vs inch (3.2 mm) deep. Saw kerf marks on an entrance face are permissible provided they do not. affect the dimensional tolerances. ! The interior surface of a pipe section shall be free from flaking which extends into the pipe more than 1 inch (25 mm) from an end. The maxi mum depth of flaking shall be not more than Vs inch (3.2 mm) and the maximum width of flaking shall be not more than 1 inch (25 mm). 1 An exterior, after machining, shall be free from flaking that extends more than V2 inch (13 mm) from the end of the pipe. The maximum depth of flaking shall be not more than Vs inch (3.2 mm) and the maximum width of flaking shall be not more than V2 inch (13 mm). > Axial dents, gouges, bruises, tool marks, or grooves in the gasket seat ing area of a pipe section or coupling shall not be deeper than V32 inch (0.8 mm). > Circumferential dents, gouges, bruises, tool marks, or grooves in a machined area shall not be wider than 14 inch (6.4 mm) nor deeper than '/i4 inch (1.6 mm). " A gasket-seat ing area of a pipe section or coupling is considered as that area which is, or could be, in contact with the sealing surfaces of the gasket in normal assemblies contemplated in the design of the joint. CTD015697 8 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC, Ring Gaskets 1 Two sealing ring gaskets shall be provided with each coupling. 1 A ring gasket shall be made of a vulcanized natural rubber or a syn thetic compound and shall have uniform dimensions and be of such size, shape, and resiliency as to withstand ordinary wear and tear, compression stresses, and foreign matter carried by water. A ring shall have the fol lowing properties: Minimum tensile strength -- 2000 pounds per square inch (141 kg per sq cm). Minimum ultimate elongation -- 300 percent (2 to 8 inches) (51 to 203 mm). Maximum set of % inch (9.5 mm) when 2-inch (51-mm) marks are stretched to 6 inches (153 mm), held for 2 minutes, and measured 2 minutes after release. After 96 hours in oxygen at a temperature of 70 C 1 C and at a pressure of 300 10 pounds per square inch (21.1 0.7 kg per sq cm): Minimum percent of original tensile strength -- 60. Minimum percent of original elongation -- 60. A hardness found to be consistent with the application and duty. Spacer inserts need not comply with the requirements ot paragraph 29 but, it' otherwise interchangeable with the sealing ring gaskets, the insert is to be cut through at one point. PERFORMANCE General 31 Representative samples of each class and size of asbestos-cement pipe and couplings shall be subjected to the tests described in these Require ments. Samples of asbestos-cement sections cut from pipe or couplings, and of rubber gaskets, are required for tests. Rubber Materials 32 Samples of sealing ring gaskets used in the various assemblies shall be subjected to the tests indicated in paragraph 29. 33 Test results shall comply with the minimum requirements specified in paragraph 29. The hardness test results, assuming the material is other wise judged to be acceptable, shall provide the basis for follow-up tests on samples taken from future production. Hydrostatic Strength 34 Asbestos-cement pipe and couplings shall be capable of withstanding, without rupture, an internal hydrostatic pressure of four times the rated working pressure for the minimum thickness of pipe for a period of 5 seconds. If the sample is thicker than the minimum thickness specified by CTD015698 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 9 tthe manufacturer, the required test pressure (P) shall be determined from the equation: whore: Px is the standard lost pressure (four times rated working pressure), tx is the minimum design thickness, d1 is the maximum design internal diameter, t.j is the minimum thickness at the fracture, </, is the average inside diameter. 1 Representative samples of each class and size of pipe and couplings are to he arranged for testing under hydrostatic pressure. All air is to be expelled from the pipe or coupling and the internal water pressure is to be applied gradually until four times the rated pressure has been devel oped. This pressure is to he held for f> seconds. The pressure is then to be increased until rupture occurs, and the data recorded. Flexural Strength Asbestos-cement pipe of sizes 3 to 8 inches (75 to 200 mm), inclusive, and having a nominal length of 13 feet (approximately 4 m) or more shall, when supported on a 12-foot (3.55-m) span, be capable of supporting for 5 seconds the loads specified in Table I without cracking or developing other defects. TABLE I FLEXURAL STRENGTH Nominal Diameter Inches Mm Proof Test Load (Total) Class 100 Class 150 Class 200* 1 Pounds Kg Pounds Kg Pounds Kg 3 75 4 100 6 150 8 200 560 900 2100 4000 255 409 955 1820 660 1100 2800 5700 300 500 1270 2590 760 1400 3700 7600 345 635 1680 3450 At least two samples of each class anti' size of pipe, 3 to 8 inches (75 to 200 mm), inclusive, and in lengths of 13 feet (3.96 m) or longer are to he supported on wood or steel bearing blocks having rounded bearing sur faces 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter placed 12 feet (3.66 m).plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) apart. Loading of the pipe is to be applied at the two "third" points, 4 feet (1.22 m) from each support, through members having rounded contact surfaces. 1 The load is to be divided equally at the third points, applied at a uni form rate, and maintained for 5 seconds. CTD015699 10 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. Pipe manufactured in lengths of less than 13 feet (3.96 m) but not less than 9l/2 feet (2.90 m) shall, when supported on the maximum span for its length, be capable of supporting loads inversely proportional to those specified in Table I. The proof test load shall be determined from the following equation: L{ P, where: P, is the proof test, load for (lie reduced length, Ll is the normal test, span of 12 foot (.'?.'>.*> in), Pl is the load specified in Table T for the normal tost span, /-2 is the new test span for the shorter longili. 1 Lengths shorter than !M/g feel (2.SHI m) are not to lie subjected to the llexiiral strength test. Crushing Strength Asbestos-cement pipe shall have sufficient strength, when subjected to the three-edge bearing test as covered in paragraphs 42 through 44, to sup port the loads specified in Table II without cracking or developing other defects. TABLE II CRUSHING STRENGTH1 Nominal Diameter Inches Mm 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 1 36 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 760 900 Applied Load per Foot of Length Class 100 Class 150 Class 200 Pounds Kg Pounds Kg Pounds Kg 4,100 4,000 4,000 4,400 5,200 5,200 5,800 6,500 7,100 8,100 9,700 11,200 1,850 1,810 1,81(1 2,000 2,360 2,360 2,630 2,950 3,220 3,680 4,400 5,080 5,400 5,400 5,500 7,000 7,600 8,600 9,200 10,100 10,900 12,700 15,900 19,600 2,450 2,450 2,500 3,180 3,450 3,900 4,170 4,580 4,940 5,760 7,210 8,890 8,700 9,000 9,300 11,000 11,800 13,500 15,400 17,400 19,400 22,600 28,400 33,800 3,950 4,080 4,210 4,990 5,350 6,120 6,990 7,890 8,800 1.0,300 12,900 15,300 : At least two test specimens 12 inches (305 mm) long are to be cut from the unmachined section of each class of pipe of 4-inch (100-nim) size and larger. Each specimen is to be tested by a three-edge bearing method. 1 For this test, the two lower bearings are to consist of two straight wooden strips with vertical sides, each strip having its interior top edge rounded to a radius of approximately Vi inch (13 nun). The strips are to be securely fastened to a rigid block, with the interior faces parallel and CTD015700 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 11 a distance apart t not less than Y> inch (l.'i mm) nor more than 1 inch ^(25 mm) ]>er foot (dOO mm) ot diameter of the pipe. The upper bearing is to be a rigid wooden block, straight and true from end to end. The upper and lowin' bearings are to extend (In' full length of the test specimen. The load is to lie applied at a uniform rate, and after 75 percent of the required proof test load is reached the load is to be applied at a uniform rate of 2000 pounds plus or minus 500 pounds per minute per lineal foot (.'100 kg 70 kg per minute per lineal meter). Leakage 15 Joints having maximum clearances and joints having minimum clear ances between the pipe and coupling, as allowed by the manufacturer's tolerances, shall not leak when subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of two times the rated pressure. Ifl Pipe to be used in the initial test is to be representative of each class and si/.e, and at least one joint is to have the pipe machined to the mini mum outside diameters permitted by the manufacturer's tolerance's, and the coupling of this .joint is to be machined to the maximum inside diam eters permitted by the manufacturer's tolerances. See paragraph 14. A test line is to be made up of at least five lengths of pipe with couplings and ring gaskets, and assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. At least two joints, including the maximum clear ance .joint, are to he deflected to the maximum recommended by the manufacturer. The ends of the test line are to be restrained to prevent longitudinal separation at the joints. Four single-joint tests may be con ducted in lieu of the test line, in which each joint consists of two pieces of pipe and one coupling. ^ The test line is to he arranged for testing under hydrostatic, pressure. All air is to be expelled from the system, and the water pressure is to be increased in 50-pound per square inch (5.5-kg per sq cm) increments until two times the rated pressure is attained. At each increment of pressure in crease, observations are to be made of the stability of the joints. These observations are to include measurements of distortion at a joint, protru sion of gasket material, or other factors likely to affect the continued use of the pipe in service. During the test, the pressure is not to be increased to the next increment until the test line and connections have become stable, with no further movement of gasket material. Is After the pressure, has been increased to twice the rated pressure, the pressure is to be decreased to zero pounds per square inch, while observa tions are made for leakage. The pressure is then again to be slowly in creased to twice the rated pressure while observations are made for leakage. This process may bo repeated. Assembly Joints made with minimum clearances between the pipe and coupling as allowed by the manufacturer's tolerances, shall be capable of being as sembled without damage to gaskets, pipe, or coupling sections. CTD015701 12 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS- LABORATORIES. INC. 50 Representative samples of each elass and si/e of pipe and couplings are to he machined as required. One pipe section is to he joined to each end of a coupling in accordance' with the manufacturer's instructions, using a nonmineral base lubricant, or the equivalent, and normal installa tion tools such as pike bars, jack and chain, etc. 51 Out or torn gasket materials, chipped or broken pipe and couplinnsections, etc., are considered to be damaged within the meaning of these Requirements. Service Connections (Corporation Stops) 7,2 Asbestos-cement pipe with service connections shall be capable of withstanding for 5 seconds, without rupture, an internal hydrostatic pres sure of not less than three times the rated working pressure of the pipe or coupling. ,r>3 At least two samples of each class and size of pipe are lo ho cut into two equal lengths. One length is to remain unaltered. The second length is to be prepared for attachment of the maximum size service connection intended for use with the product. If more than one type of service con nection is to be tested, separate samples of pipe are to be prepared. 54 The service connection is to be attached to a sample following the manufacturer's installation instructions. 55 Both the unaltered section and the section provided with the service connection are to be subjected to the test for hydrostatic strength. See paragraph 35. The results of the tests on the unaltered section will be used for comparison with quarterly production tests. If the strength of the unaltered section is such that it is capable of withstanding more than 5 times the rated pressure, the manufacturer has the option of discarding the sample and testing other samples. See paragraphs 64 and 65. MANUFACTURING AND PRODUCTION TESTS General 5,i To assure compliance with these Requirements in production, the manufacturer shall conduct the necessary production control, inspection, and tests. The program shall include at least the following. Inspections 57 Inspection of all pipe and couplings for flaws, cracks, bulges, dents, tears, etc. r>s Dimensional checks of diameters, lengths, thicknesses, etc. of pipe and couplings. r>9 Dimensional checks of at least four ring gaskets from each lot of 500 or less, and at least six from each lot of more than 500. CTD015702 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 13 a Hydrostatic Tests Each length of pipe and each coupling shall be hydrostatically tested at an internal pressure of three and one-half times rated pressure. Any pipe or coupling showing any leakage, sweating, or other defect shall he rejected. 111 This test is lo he conducted by placing the tost specimen in n hydro static-pressure testing machine with gaskets Unit seal the ends of the pipe or cou]ding. All air is to he expelled from the sample, anil the internal water pressure is to lie applied at a uniform rate of not less than 100 pounds per square inch per second (7 kg per sq cm per second) to the specified pressure and maintained at that pressure1 for not less than f> seconds. Couplings may be tested using a bladder-type (ester. From each 300 couplings and standard lengths of pipe or portions thereof, of each size and class which have passed the three and one-half times rated pressure hydrostatic pressure test and the flexural test, one pipe length and one coupling shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of four times rated pressure, held for 5 seconds. The sample shall not rupture at this pressure. <w If any pipe subjected to the hydrostatic test described in paragraph 62 fails to withstand the pressure specified, two additional lengths of the same size and class shall he selected from the pipe manufactured during the same shift and shall be subjected to this test. The failure of one of these additional lengths to withstand the specified pressure shall he cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size and class manufactured during the same shift as the test lengths. ,i4 A quarterly test shall he conducted on a sample of each size pipe in 0 each pressure class recognized for use with service connections and which is in production during that quarter. This shall be done by (A) testing with service connections as is done in paragraph 52, or (B) testing in the manner described in paragraph 62, provided the test pressure is not less than 75 percent of the pressure obtained in tests conducted as described in paragraph 55 and is in no case less than four times the rated pressure. fir> If the test sample fails at a pressure below 75 percent of the rupture pressure determined in the initial tests conducted in accordance with para graph 55, the tests required by paragraphs 52 through 55 are to be re peated in order to demonstrate the suitability of the pipe for use with service connections, if recognition for such use is to be continued. (ili The apparatus for conducting.hydrostatic and rupture strength tests shall be equipped with a recording instrument such that the pressure to which each length of pipe or coupling was subjected will be automatically recorded. This test apparatus shall also be equipped with a time-delay relay switch or the equivalent arranged to automatically maintain the re quired hydrostatic pressure for the required test period of 5 seconds. (iT The manufacturer shall keep charts of the results of the hydrostatic and rupture strength tests. Each chart shall be marked to identify each test as to class, size, test pressure, date, and shift of manufacture. CTD015703 14 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. Flexural Tests Each standard length of finished pipe in the 3-, 4-, 6-, and 8-inch (75-, 100-, 150-, and 200-mm) size shall be subjected to the test and require ments for flexural strength specified in paragraphs 36 to 39, inclusive, and Table I. The apparatus for conducting flexural strength tests shall be equipped with a recording instrument such that the load to which each length of pipe was subjected will be automatically recorded. This test apparatus shall also be equipped with a time-delay relay switch or the equivalent arranged to automatically maintain the required hydrostatic pressure for the required test period of 5 seconds. The manufacturer shall keep chart records of the test results. Each chart shall be marked to identify the particular tests as to class, size, date, and shift of manufacture. Crushing Test A three-edge bearing test shall be conducted once each month on one sample of each class of pipe of 4-inch (100-mm) size and larger manufac tured during that month. The test shall be conducted as specified in para graphs 41 to 44, inclusive, and Table II. Hardness Tests ; Hardness (durometer) tests shall be conducted on each lot of ring gas kets produced or purchased. 1 Four specimens are to be selected from each lot of 500 rings or less and six specimens are to be selected from each lot of more than 500 rings. They are to be conditioned for 4 hours at a temperature of 75 plus or minus 10 F (20 plus or minus 5 O) and then (he hardness determined using either a Type A or a Type A2 Shore durometer. The durometer identification reading is to be taken 5 seconds after the pressure plate has made contact with the ring surface. The hardness of the ring gaskets shall be uniform, with a maximum variation of plus or minus 5 from the identification reading established for the product. See paragraph 29. ' If any of the sample rings are outside the limits, additional rings shall be selected at random from the same lot so as to make the total sampling 50 rings. If any one of the additional rings tested are outside the toler ances permitted, the lot shall be rejected. MARKING General All required markings on pipe and couplings shall be of such size and applied in a manner to insure legibility. Letters and numerals used in the marking shall be not less than l/2 inch (13 mm) in height. CTD015704 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 15 If a manufacturer produces pipe or couplings at more than one fac* tory, each part shall have a distinctive marking, which may be in code, by which it may be identified as the product of a particular factory. Pipe TS Each length of pipe shall be marked on the outside surface with the following: A. Manufacturer's name or trade name. B. Size and class. Example: 6 IN.-- CLASS 150 or 6 IN.--150. C. Test pressure -- 350, 525, or 700 pounds per square inch. D. Date and shift of manufacture, except on special short lengths. E. A marking to indicate the type of couplings with which it should be used if more than one type of coupling is supplied. Couplings 7!l Each coupling shall be marked on the outside surface with the follow ing: A. Manufacturer's name or trade name. B. Size and class. Example: 6 IN.--CLASS 150 or 6 IN.--150. C. Tested designation -- the letter "T" to indicate that it has been pressure tested. D. A marking to indicate the type of pipe with which it should be used if more than one type of coupling is supplied. | Ring Gaskets so The following information shall be molded into, or stamped on, each ring gasket in a manner to insure legibility: A. Ring manufacturer's mark. B. Size and class of pipe with which it is to be used. C. Year of manufacture. D. Material identification if more than one material is supplied. This identification may be in code. CTD015705 16 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES. INC. LABEL SERVICE GENERAL Asbestos-cement pipe ;iml couplings lire covered by I lie Label Service of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. A Label Service Procedure consist in,"' of a description of the product, together with instructions covering the examination and test program, if any, applicable to the product is furnished to the manufacturer and to the Laboratories' representative, and constitutes the basis for judging the prod uct with respect to the applicable requirements. The manufacturer is authorized to label (at the iaefory) such of his products as is found, by his own inspection, to comply with the require ments set. forth in the Procedure. A Laboratories' representative makes periodic visits to the factory in which the product is manufactured and labeled as a countercheck of the manufacturer's inspection program. Should the examination or test, by the Laboratories' representative disclose fea tures not. in compliance with the requirements, the manufacturer is re quired to correct such items or remove labels from the product. The manufacturer (1) shall not attach labels to a product that does not comply with the requirements of the Procedure, (2) shall not ship la bels from one factory to another, and (3) shall not attach labels or furnish labels to anyone for attachment to a product outside of the factory in which Label Service on the product is authorized. ' The name "Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc." or any abbreviation, symbol, or other reference to the Laboratories shall not be used on or in connection with the product except as such name appears on the label for the product or in connection with the Label Service1 carton marker as out lined in the following paragraph. However, a listed component of the. product may bear a properly authorized label or the Reexamination Service Marker, whichever is appropriate, when it appears in conjunction with all other markings required to be on the listed component. ' The Laboratories is prepared to recognize the use of a marker of special design on cartons or packages containing labeled product to indi cate that the contents are labeled. A manufacturer desiring to utilize this carton marker may obtain further information concerning its design and use from the Laboratories' offices at Chicago, Melville, or Santa t'lara. LABELS Labels for asbestos-cement pipe incorporate the label Service Symbol LISTED together with the designation "Nonmetallic Pipe for Water Mains" and a number bv means of which the Laboratories maintains a record of the CTD015706 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 17 manufacturer l<> whom (lie labels ;i re released, Hie dale of release, and the f approximate dale of use. It is recommended Dial, insofar as possible, manufacturers use I lie labels consecutively with respect lo these numbers. ss 'I'lie labels are of the comhinat ion type only and, in addition to I lie label word in ; in the preceding paragraph, shall also bear the manufact urer's name or ideal ilieat ion symbol and may iindmle other name-plate data. Combination labels may be of any design and material which are accept able to the maim fact nrer and to riiderwritcrs' Laboratories, Inc. Orders for the manufacture of combination labels must lie placed with the Labo ratories and be accompanied by a remittance drawn payable to t nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. to cover the manufacturing cost, Following manufacture, the labels are stocked at the appropriate Label ('(niter. S!l All labels are to be obtained only from Underwriters' Laboratories, Jnc. Manufacturers may obtain labels by placing an order with the Labo ratories for the number and typo of labels desired. Each label order must be accompanied by a remittance drawn payable to Underwriters' Labora tories, Inc. lo cover the applicable service elm rye. !HI Notwithstanding the payment of service charges or manufacturing costs, title to and control of all labels or portions thereof bearing the Label Service Symbol are vested in Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. until the labels are attached to product complying with the Label Service require ments. !n One label is to be applied by the manufacturer to each lenyth of pipe (random or full). The label is to be so located as to be readily visible after it is attached to the pipe and a eoupliny is installed. COST OF SERVICE The cost of the Label Service is defrayed by service charges for use of labels. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. is established for service, not for profit. Accordingly, the service charges are adjusted from time to time, and subscribers to the service are notified of the current charge and all subsequent changes. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MANUFACTURER The low cost at which the Label Servin' is operated necessitates the fullest measure of co-operation on the part of the manufacturer. The service is designed principally to act as a formal check on the supervision which the manufacturer exercises over his product. It is not designed to relieve the manufacturer of responsibility. The manufacturer assumes full responsibility for the application of labels to that portion only of his output which is found, by his own inspec tion, to comply with the requirements for the product as set forth in the Label Service Procedure. 1 The manufacturer shall make arrangements for the Laboratories' inspector to have free access, during hours in which the factory is in op eration, to the test room assigned lor his use and to any portion of the CTD015707 18 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. premises where the product or components thereof are being fabricated, processed, finished, or stored. Tin1 inspector shall he permitted to examine and subject to prescribed tests, prior to shipment, any of the product, labeled or intended for labeling, and I ho manufacturer shall extend to him all necessary privileges and assistance. ' The manufaclmer shall provident a con\enient location the required lest equipment and facilities for conduct in"' all I est s w h ich a re t o he made at the factory and shall arrange that the equipment he available for the inspector's use when needed. It is st rongly recommended that such equip ment he, as far as possible, as specified in this Standard. If the manufac turer desires to provide.special or additional equipment, its suitability will he investigated by the Laboratories. If it is found to he substantially the equivalent of the equipment specified in this Standard, its use will bo per mitted with the understanding that in (went of question or disagreement as to the results obtained with such special equipment, additional tests may he conducted (at one of the Laboratories' testing stations, if necessary) with equipment as specified in this Standard, and the results of such adtional tests shall be conclusive. THE LABORATORIES' INSPECTOR General The inspector shall deal directly with the person (or persons) desig nated by the manufacturer. Upon entering- the factory, the inspector shall go to the person designated and arrange for the selection, as specified in the Procedure, of representative samples of the product to be inspected. The inspector will avoid entering any portion of the factory where the necessities of his work do not require his presence. ' The manufacturer's program of production, inspection, tests, and ship ping will usually be well known to the inspector; and, if this program is effective, it may be regarded as largely assuring uniform compliance with the requirements of the Procedure. Hence, under normal conditions, the inspector's work will be that of counterchecking, as outlined herein, the products submitted by the manufacturer as suitable for labeling. If these conditions do not exist, the; inspector will so inform the Superintendent of Follow-up Services, who will advise him of the special program to be fol lowed. 1 Ordinarily, all details of the requirements shall be checked by the in spector at each inspection; but usually it will not In; practical, nor should it be necessary, for the inspector to check each device in all particulars-- for example, one device may be examined in certain details, another in others, etc. > If the product is found to have features which make it unacceptable for labeling, flu; inspector shall require, that suitable corrections be made if it is to be labeled. The inspector shall cheek subsequent production carefully for recurrence of such features until conditions again appear to be normal. CTD015708 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 19 The inspector shall require licit I he maimfacturer remove labels from all products which do nol comply with requirements; except that in Ihe event of disagreement lud ween Ihe mamifaclurer and the inspector as to whether the product is acceptable, the nianii fact nrer may hold the labeled material at Ihe factory, pending an appeal to and a decision from the Superintendent of Follow-up Serv ices, babels removed from rejected ma terial shall be turned over to the inspector for destruction. All failures to comply with ihe provisions of the I'roeedurc shall he called immediately to the attention of the manufacturer and then con firmed in writing. For such continual ion, a. form (Variation Notice) pro vided for (he purpose shall be used, and a duplicate shall be attached to the inspection report when it is forwarded to the Chicago otlice. The inspector shall nol permit the attachment of labels to products not covered by the Label Service Procedure authorization, unless he has re ceived special authorization from the Laboratories for such action. Inspection Reports A report shall be made out for each factory inspection and forwarded promptly to the Chicago office for review. The inspector shall indicate on tin1 report form the results of ihe examination and tests made, by him. A copy of the report will not he furnished to the manufacturer. The report shall indicate (dearly all features found, in the examination or test of the product, not in compliance with the requirements of the Pro cedure. Any action taken by the inspector shall he recorded in the report. Under "General Remarks" the inspector may advise as to his general impression of conditions at the factory with respect to the manufacture and inspection of the listed product, and any other items of general inter est. If criticisms are recorded, he should state briefly what suggestions or recommendations he may have for correcting the siuation, supplementing this by letter or telegram if necessary. The inspector shall advise briefly of improvements made in features criticized in this or previous reports, and of general improvements in workmanship, the arrangement and char acter of test, apparatus, etc. General Special Instructions The production of pipe and couplings shall be observed by the inspec tor at each visit to be assured that the manufacturer maintains necessary production controls and conducts required inspections and tests. ; At each visit to the plant., the inspector shall conduct examinations to determine compliance with the descriptive and marking requirements. Manufacturer's "go" and "no-go" gauges may be used to determine dimen sional conformity with the specified dimensions and tolerances. The in spector is to check at least three pipe sections, couplings, and ring gaskets of each size being labeled. The charts of the pressures applied in the production hydrostatic pressure and rupture tests, and of the loads applied CTD015709 20 STANDARD OF UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. in I lu> Hostile tests, sluill ho reviewed. In addition, the followin'; tests are to he witnessed. Hydrostatic Tests 1 The inspector is to observe that the manufacturer is conducting re quired hydrostatic and rupture tests on pipe and couplings and that the required test pressures tire automatically (not under the control of the operator once the pressure has been impressed by him) impressed on ouch pipe and coupline for at least f> seconds and are recorded on a chart re corder. The inspector is to witness two regular hydrostatic tests on pipe and couplings of two separate sizes being labeled as described under "Hy drostatic Tests." If only one size is available, four samples ol this size shall be tested hydrostatically. The inspector should also witness, at sixmonth intervals, tests on one sample of the largest diameter of each class of pipe prepared for tests of service connections where such connections are recognized by the Laboratories. These tests are described in para graph t>4. Flexural Tests 1 The inspector is to observe that the manufacturer is conducting the required flexural tests on each full length of 4-, (i-, and K-inch size pipe (hiring each inspection, that the load is automatically applied for at least f) seconds, and that the loads are recorded on a chart recorder. He is to witness two tests on pipe of one size being labeled. If pipe, which is to be labeled is in production, the inspector shall w it ness the hydrostatic and flexural tests on the production pipe and assure that the pressure and load imposed are in accordance with those shown in the appropriate tables. If the pipe to be labeled has been previously tested by the manufacturer, and no labeled pipe is in production, then the. samples described in paragraph 109 shall be selected and hydrostatic and flexural tests shall be conducted on these samples. If any of the tested samples fail, live additional samples of that size and class shall be se lected and tested. Failure of any one of the additional samples shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size. The manufacturer has the option of retesting the entire lot. Crushing Test (Three-Edge Bearing Test) ' The inspector shall check the manufacturer's records of tests con ducted. Once during each quarter, be shall arrange to witnesh one test on each size of pipe labeled during that three-month period. He shall record the results on the inspection report. Ring Gaskets ! During each inspection, the inspector shall check the manufacturer's records ol' hardness (durometer). He shall arrange, once, each quarter, to witness these tests on the samples from one lot of ring gaskets which have been tested and accepted by the manufacturer. If any failures are re CTD015710 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS 21 corded in these quarterly tests, additional samples shall he tested as directed in paragraph To. Stock Samples of Ring Gaskets Upon .receipt of an order from the Inspection Supervisor, the inspec tor shall select and send, as directed, three samples of ring gaskets ((>- or 8-inch size) from each gasket supplier. CTD015711 UL107 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPES AND COUPLINGS UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, ----INC. TESTING FOR PUBLIC SAFETY UL 107 First Edition -- September, 1967 First Impression SECOND EDITION April 30, 1973 CTD015713 Santa Clara, Calif. Testing Station Melville, N.V. Testing Station UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, inc. AN INDEPENDENT NOT-FOR-PROFIT ORGANIZATION TESTING FOR PUBLIC SAFETY Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., founded in 1894, is chartered as a not-for-profit organization without capital stock, under the laws of the State of Delaware, to establish, maintain, and operate laboratories for the examination and testing of devices, systems and materials. A complete description of the organization, purposes, and methods of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. is given in a separate pamphlet entitled "TESTING FOR PUBLIC SAFETY." The names of manufacturers who have products meeting UL requirements are published annually in the following product directories. Electrical Construction Materials List Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment List Hazardous Location Equipment List Fire Protection Equipment List Building Materials Directory Gas and Oil Equipment List Accident, Automotive, and Burglary Protection Equipment List Marine Products List Fire Resistance Index Classified Products Index Quarterly Supplements to Lists and Indexes The current issue of any of these publications may be obtained upon request. CTD015714 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 APRIL SO, 1973 STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS Foreword.......................................................................................................................... 3 General............................................................................................................................... 3 1. Scope................................................................................................................... 3 2. General.................................................................................................................3 Construction ................................................................................................................... 3 3. Materials.............................................................................................................. 3 4. Pipe Diameters..................................................................................................4 5. Pipe Ends........................................................................................................... 4 6. Straightness of Pipe ........................................................................................ 4 7. Couplings............................................................................................................4 8. Imperfections.................................................................................................... 4 9. Ring Gaskets .................................................................................................... 5 Performance..................................................................................................................... 5 10. General................................................................................................................ 5 11. Rubber Materials ............................................................................................. 5 12. Hydrostatic Strength ..................................................................................... 5 13. Flexural Strength............................................................................................. 6 14. Crushing Strength............................................................................................. 7 15. Leakage .............................................................................................................. 7 16. Assembly........................................................................................................... 8 17. Service Connections (Corporation Stops)................................................. 8 Manufacturing and Production Tests ....................................................................... 8 18. General................................................................................................................ 8 19. Inspections......................................................................................................... 8 20. Hydrostatic Tests............................................................................................. 9 21. F lexural Tests........................................................................... 9 22. Crushing Test.................................................................................................... 9 23. Hardness Tests................................................................................................10 Marking ............................... 10 24. General............................................................................................ 10 25. Pipe ................................................................................................................... 10 26. Couplings......................................................................................................... 10 27. Ring Gaskets .................................................................................................. 10 CTD015715 APRIL 30, 1973 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 3 FOREWORD A. This Standard represents the judgment of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., as to the basic requirements for the construction and performance of the products to be Listed under this category. These requirements are based upon sound engineering principles, research, records of tests and field experience, and an appreciation of the problems of manufacture, installation, and use derived from consultation with and information obtained from manufacturers, users, inspection authorities, and others having specialized experience. They are subject to revision as further experience and investigation may show is necessary or desirable. B. The observance of the requirements of this Standard by a manufacturer is one of the con ditions of the continued Listing of the manu facturer's product. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., however, assumes no responsibility for the effect of such observance or nonobservance by the manufacturer upon the relations between the manufacturer and any other party or parties arising out of the sale or use of the product or otherwise. C. A product which complies with these requirements will not necessarily be eligible for Listing if, when examined and tested, it is found to have other features which impair the result con templated by these requirements. D. A product employing materials or having forms of construction differing from those detailed in these requirements may be examined and tested according to the intent of the requirements and, if found to be substantially equivalent, may be Listed. E. Many tests required by the Standards of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., are inherently hazardous. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., neither assumes nor accepts any responsibility for any injury or damage that may occur during or as the result of tests, wherever performed, whether performed in whole or in part by the manufacturer or the Laboratories, and whether or not any equipment, facility, or personnel for or in con nection with the test is furnished by the manu facturer or the Laboratories. GENERAL 1. Scope 1.1 These requirements cover asbestos-cement pressure pipe, couplings, and gaskets for use in public and private water works and fire service systems and connections to such systems. 1.2 Pipe and couplings covered by these requirements have nominal inside diameters of from 3 to 36 inches (76 to 914 mm). 1.3 Pipe and couplings covered by these requirements are designated as Class 100, Class 150, and Class 200 for maximum working pressures of 100, 150, and 200 pounds per square inch (psi) (0.69, 1.03, 1.38 MPa), respectively. 1.4 Requirements for the installation and use of asbestos-cement pressure pipe and couplings are included in the Standards of the National Fire Protection Association for Outside Protection, NFPA No. 24. 2. General 2.1 If a value for measurement as given in these requirements is followed by an equivalent value in other units, the first stated value is to be regarded as the requirement. A given equivalent value may only be approximate. CONSTRUCTION 3. Materials 3.1 Pipe and couplings shall be made of a mixture consisting of portland cement and asbestos fiber with or without the addition of curing agents, shall be free from organic substances, and shall be formed under pressure and thorpughly cured. CTD015716 4 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 APRIL 30, 1973 4. Pipe Diameters 4.1 The average inside diameter of a pipe section, in sizes up to and including 16 inches (406 mm), shall be not less than 95.0 percent of the nominal diameter as assigned by the manu facturer, nor less than 98.5 percent of the nominal diameter for larger sizes, when measured approxi mately 3 inches (76 mm) from each end of the pipe. The average is defined as the mean of four diameters measured 45 degrees apart. 5. Pipe Ends 5.1 End faces of a pipe section shall be cut square, 90 degrees 3 degrees, with respect to the axis. 5.2 Coupling areas shall be machined or other wise rendered suitable for making a tight joint. 5.3 The design and machining of couplings and pipe ends shall be such that two lengths of pipe, machined to the maximum outside diameter per mitted by the manufacturer's tolerances, are capable of being assembled with sealing ring gaskets and a coupling, which has been machined to the minimum inside diameter permitted by the manufacturer's tolerances, without damage to the sealing ring gaskets when following the installation instructions of the manufacturer. 6. Straightness of Pipe 6.1 A pipe sectioh shall not vary from straight ness more than 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) for a nominal 13 foot (nominal 3.9 m) length, or more than a proportionate amount for a shorter or longer length. 6.2 Out-of-straightness is to be determined by placing a straight edge or tight string along the length of pipe and rotating the pipe in such a manner that the maximum concavity under the straight edge or string may be measured.7 7. Couplings 7.1 A coupling and two sealing ring gaskets shall be furnished with each length of pipe. Each coupling shall be of the same composition, trade size, and class as the pipe. If a coupling is designed to use spacer-inserts, the spacers shall be furnished with the coupling. 7.2 End faces of a coupling shall be cut square, 90 degrees + 3 degrees, with respect to the axis. 7.3 Each end of a coupling should be machined with an entrance bevel on the front shoulders. The bevel should be continuous around the entire circumference. 8. Imperfections 8.1 The interior surface of a pipe section shall be free from bulges, dents, and tears that result in a variation in inside diameter of more than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) from the diameter of adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. 8.2 The exterior surface of a coupling shall have no dents, bruises, saw marks, or chips over 1 /8 inch (3.2 mm) deep. 8.3 Saw kerf marks on an entrance face are permissible provided they do not affect the dimen sional tolerances. 8.4 The interior surface of a pipe section shall be free from flaking which extends into the pipe more than 1 inch (25 mm) from an end. The maximum depth of flaking shall be not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and the maximum width of flaking shall be not more than 1 inch (25 mm). 8.5 An exterior, after machining, shall be free from flaking that extends more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) from the end of the pipe. The maximum depth of flaking shall be not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and the maximum width of flaking shall be not more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 8.6 Axial dents, gouges, bruises, tool marks, or grooves in the gasket seating area of a pipe section or coupling shall not be deeper than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). 8.7 Circumferential dents, gouges, bruises, tool marks, or grooves in a machined area shall not be wider than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) nor deeper than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). 8.8 A gasket-seating area of a pipe section or coupling is considered as that area which is, or could be, in contact with the sealing surfaces of the gasket in normal assemblies contemplated in the design of the joint. CTD015717 APRIL 30, 1973 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 5 9. Ring Gaskets 9.1 Two sealing ring gaskets shall be provided with each coupling. 9.2 A ring gasket shall be made of a vulcanized natural rubber or a synthetic compound and shall have uniform dimensions and be of such size, shape, and resiliency as to withstand ordinary wear and tear, compression stresses, and foreign matter carried by water. A ring shall have the following properties: Minimum tensile strength -- 2000 psi (13.8 MPa). Minimum ultimate elongation -- 300 percent (2 to 8 inches) (50.8 to 203.2 mm). Maximum set of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) when 2 inch (50.8 mm) marks are stretched to 6 inches (152.4 mm), held for 2 minutes, and measured 2 minutes after release. After 96 hours in oxygen at a temperature of 70 1C (158 3.4 F) and at a pressure of 300 10 psi (2070 69 kPa): Minimum percent of original tensile strength -- 60. Minimum percent of original elongation - 60. A hardness found to be consistent with the application and duty. 9.3 Spacer inserts need not comply with the requirements of paragraph 9.2 but, if otherwise interchangeable with the sealing ring gaskets, the insert is to be cut through at one point. PERFORMANCE 10. General 10.1 Representative samples of each class and size of asbestos-cement pipe and couplings shall be subjected to the tests described. Samples of asbestos-cement sections cut from pipe or couplings, and of rubber gaskets, are required for tests. 11. Rubber Materials 11.1 Samples of sealing ring gaskets used in the various assemblies shall be subjected to the tests indicated in paragraph 9.2. 11.2 Test results shall comply with the minimum requirements specified in paragraph 9.2. The hard ness test results, assuming the material is otherwise judged to be acceptable, shall provide the basis for follow-up tests on samples taken from future production. 12. Hydrostatic Strength 12.1 Asbestos-cement pipe and couplings shall be. capable of withstanding, without rupture, an internal hydrostatic pressure of four times the rated working pressure for the minimum thickness of pipe for a period of 5 seconds. If the sample is thicker than the minimum thickness specified by the manufacturer, the required test pressure (P) shall be determined from the equation: Pj is the standard test pressure (four times rated working pressure), tj is the minimum design thickness, dj is the maximum design internal diameter, t2 is the minimum thickness at the fracture, d2 is the average inside diameter. 12.2 Representative samples of each class and size of pipe and couplings are to be arranged for testing under hydrostatic pressure. All air is to be expelled from the pipe or coupling and the internal water pressure is to be applied gradually until four times the rated pressure has been developed. This pressure is to be held for 5 seconds. The pressure is then to be increased until rupture occurs, and the data recorded. CTD015718 6 ASBESTOS-CEMEN1 WPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 APRIL SO, 1973 13. Flexural Strength 13.1 Asbestos-cement pipe of sizes 3 to 8 inches (76.2 to 203.2 mm), and having a nominal length of 13 feet (approximately 3.9 m) or more shall, when supported on a 12 foot (3.65 m) span, be capable of supporting for 5 seconds the loads specified in Table 13.1 without cracking or developing other defects.13 TABLE 13.1 FLEXURAL STRENGTH Diameter Proof Teat Load (Total) &B6b 1 AQ Class 150 Class 200 Inches mm Pounds kg Pounds kg Pounds kg 3 76 560 255 660 300 760 345 4 102 900 409 1100 500 1400 635 6 152 2100 955 2800 1270 3700 1680 8 203 4000 1820 5700 2590 7600 3450 13 9 At least tw^ ^mples of each class and size of pipe, 3 to 8 inchto v 76.2 to 203.2 mm), and in lengths of 13 feet (3.96 m) or longer are to be supported on wood or steel bearing blocks having rounded bearing surfaces 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter placed 12 feet (3.66 m) 1 inch (25.4 mm) apart. Loading of the pipe is to be applied at the two "third" points, 4 feet (1.22 m) from each support, through members having rounded contact surfaces. 13.3 The load is to be divided equally at the third points, applied at a uniform rate, and maintained for 5 seconds. 13.4 Pipe manufactured in lengths of less than 13 feet (3.96 m) but not less than 9-1/2 feet (2.90 m) shall, when supported on the maximum span for its length, be capable of supporting loads inversely proportional to those specified in Table 13.1. The proof test load shall be determined from the following equation: where: ^2 is the proof test load for the reduced length, Lj is the normal test span of 12 feet (3.65 m), Pj is the load specified in Table 13.1 for the normal test span, j ^2 is the new test span for the shorter length. 13.5 Lengths shorter than 9-1/2 feet (2.90 m) are not to be subjected to the flexural strength test. CTD015719 APRIL 30, 1973 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 7 14. Crushing Strength 14.1 Asbestos-cement pipe shall have sufficient strength, when subjected to the three-edge bearing test as covered in paragraphs 14.2--14.4, to support the load specified in Table 14.1 without cracking or developing other defects. 14.2 At least two ,est specimens 12 inches (304.8 mm) long are to be cut from the unmachined section of each class of pipe of 4 inch (101.6 mm) size and larger. Each specimen is to be tested by a three-edge bearing method. 14.3 For this test, the two lower bearings are to consist of two straight wooden strips with vertical sides, each strip having its interior top edge rounded to a radius of approximately 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). The strips are to be securely fastened to a rigid block, with the interior faces parallel and a distance apart of not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) nor more than 1 inch (25.4 mm) per foot (304.8 mm) of diameter of the pipe. The upper bearing is to be a rigid wooden block, straight and true from end to end. The upper and lower bearings are to extend the full length of the test specimen. 14.4 The load is to be applied at a uniform rate, and after 75 percent of the required proof test load is reached the load is to be applied at a uniform rate of 2000 pounds 500 pounds per minute per lineal foot (300 kg 70 kg per minute per lineal meter). 15. Leakage 15.1 Joints having maximum clearances and joints having minimum clearances between the pipe and coupling, as allowed by the manufacturer's tolerances, shall not leak when subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of two times the rated pressure. 15.2 Pipe to be used in the initial test is to be representative of each class and size, and at least one joint is to have the pipe machined to the minimum outside diameters permitted by the manufacturer's tolerances, and the coupling of this joint is to be machined to the maximum inside diameters permitted by the manufacturer's tolerances. See paragraph 5.3. A test line is to be made up of at least five lengths of pipe with couplings and ring gaskets, and assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. At least two joints, including the maximum clearance joint, are to be deflected to the maximum recommended by the manufacturer. The ends of the test line are to be restrained to prevent longitudinal separation at the joints. Four single-joint tests may be conducted in lieu of the test line, in which each joint consists of two pieces of pipe and one coupling. Diameter Nominal Inches mm 4 102 6 152 8 203 10 254 12 304 14 355 16 406 18 457 20 508 24 609 30 762 36 914 TABLE 14.1 CRUSHING STRENGTH Applied Load per Foot of Length Class 100 Class 150 Class 200 Pounds 4,100 4,000 4,000 4,400 5,200 5,200 5,800 6,500 7,100 8,100 9,700 11,200 kK 1,850 1,810 1,810 2,000 2,360 2,360 2,630 2,950 3,220 3,680 4,400 5,080 Pounds 5,400 5,400 5,500 7,000 7,600 8,600 9,200 10,100 10,900 12,700 15,900 19,600 kg 2,450 2,450 2,500 3,180 3,450 3,900 4,170 4,580 4,940 5,760 7,210 8,890 Pounds 8,700 9,000 9,300 11,000 11,800 13,500 15,400 17,400 19,400 22,600 28,400 33,800 kg 3,950 4,080 4,210 4,990 5,350 6,120 6,990 7,890 8,800 10,300 12,900 15,300 CTD015720 8 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 APRIL 30, 1973 15.3 The test line is to be arranged for testing under hydrostatic pressure. All air is to be expelled from the system, and the water pressure is to be increased in 50 psi (344.7 kPa) increments until two times the rated pressure is attained. At each increment of pressure increase, observations are to be made of the stability of the joints. These observations are to include measurements of distortion at a joint, protrusion of gasket material, or other factors likely to affect the continued use of the pipe in service. During the test, the pressure is not to be increased to the next increment until the test line and connections have become stable, with no further movement of gasket material. 15.4 After the pressure has been increased to twice the rated pressure, the pressure is to be decreased to 0 psi, while observations are made for leakage. The pressure is then again to be slowly increased to twice the rated pressure while observa tions are made for leakage. This process may be repeated. 16. Assembly 16.1 Joints made with minimum clearances between the pipe and coupling as allowed by the manufacturer's tolerances, shall be capable of being assembled without damage to gaskets, pipe, or coupling sections. 16.2 Representative samples of each class and size of pipe and couplings are to be machined as required. One pipe section is to be joined to each end of a coupling in accordance with the manu facturer's instructions, using a nonmineral base lubricant, or the equivalent, and normal installation tools such as pike bars, jack and chain, etc. 16.3 Cut or tom gasket materials, chipped or broken pipe and coupling sections, etc., are con sidered to be damaged.17 17. Service Connections (Corporation Stops) 17.1 Asbestos-cement pipe with service con nections shall be capable of withstanding for 5 seconds, without rupture, an internal hydrostatic pressure of not less than three times the rated working pressure of the pipe or coupling. 17.2 At least two samples of each class and size of pipe are to be cut into two equal lengths. One length is to remain unaltered. The second length is to be prepared for attachment of the maximum size service connection intended for use with the product. If more than one type of service con nection is to be tested, separate samples of pipe are to be prepared. 17.3 The service connection is to be attached to a sample following the manufacturer's installation instructions. 17.4 Both the unaltered section and the section provided with the service connection are to be subjected to the test for hydrostatic strength. See paragraph 12.2. The results of the tests on the unaltered section will be used for comparison with quarterly production tests. If the strength of the unaltered section is such that it is capable of withstanding more than 5 times the rated pressure, the manufacturer has the option of discarding the sample and testing other samples. See paragraphs 20.5-20.6. MANUFACTURING AND PRODUCTION TESTS 18. General 18.1 To assure compliance with these require ments in production, the manufacturer shall conduct the necessary production control, inspection, and tests. The program shall include at least the procedures specified in paragraphs 19.1-23.4. 19. Inspections 19.1 The following inspections and checks are to be conducted: A. Inspection of all pipe and couplings for flaws, cracks, bulges, dents, tears, etc. B. Dimensional checks of diameters, lengths, thicknesses, etc. of pipe and couplings. C. Dimensional checks of at least four ring gaskets from each lot of 500 or less, and at least six from each lot of more than 500. CTD015721 APRIL 30, 1973 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 9 20. Hydrostatic Tests 20.1 Each length of pipe and each coupling shall be hydrostatically tested at an internal pressure of three and one-half times rated pressure. Any pipe or coupling showing any leakage, sweating, or other defect shall be rejected. 20.2 This test is to be conducted by placing the test specimen in a hydrostatic-pressure testing machine with gaskets that seal the ends of the pipe or coupling. All air is to be expelled from the sample, and the internal water pressure is to be applied at a uniform rate of not less than 100 psi per second (689 kPa per second) to the specified pressure and maintained at that pressure for not less than 5 seconds. Couplings may be tested using a bladder-type tester. 20.3 From each 300 couplings and standard lengths of pipe or portions thereof, of each size and class which have passed the three and one-half times rated pressure hydrostatic pressure test and the flexural test, one pipe length and one coupling shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of four times rated pressure, held for 5 seconds. The sample shall not rupture at this pressure. 20.4 If any pipe subjected to the hydrostatic test described in paragraph 20.3 fails to withstand the pressure specified, two additional lengths of the same size and class shall be selected from the pipe manufactured during the same shift and shall be subjected to this test. The failure of one of these additional lengths to withstand the specified pressure shall be cause for rejection of the entire lot of that size and class manufactured during the same shift as the test length. 20.5 A quarterly test shall be conducted on a sample of each size pipe in each pressure class recognized for use with service connections and which is in production during that quarter. This shall be done by (1) testing with service con nections as is done in paragraph 17.1, or (2) testing in the manner described in paragraph 20.3, provided the test pressure is not less than 75 percent of the pressure obtained in tests `conducted as described in paragraph 17.4 and is in no case less than four times the rated pressure. 20.6 If the test sample fails at a pressure below 75 percent of the rupture pressure determined in the initial tests conducted in accordance with paragraph 17.4, the tests required by paragraphs 17.1--17.4 are to be repeated in order to demonstrate the suitability of the pipe for use with service connections, if recognition for such use is to be continued. 20.7 The apparatus for conducting hydrostatic and rupture strength tests shall be equipped with a recording instrument such that the pressure to which each length of pipe or coupling was subjected will be automatically recorded. This test apparatus shall also be equipped with a time-delay relay switch or the equivalent arranged to auto matically maintain the required hydrostatic pressure for the required test period of 5 seconds. 20.8 The manufacturer shall keep charts of the results of the hydrostatic and rupture strength tests. Each chart shall be marked to identify each test as to class, size, test pressure, date, and shift of manufacture. 21. Flexural Tests 21.1 Each standard length of finished pipe in the 3, 4, 6, and 8 inch (76, 101, 152, and 203 mm) size shall be subjected to the test and requirements for flexural strength specified in paragraphs 13.1-13.4, and Table 13.1. 21.2 The apparatus for conducting flexural strength tests shall be equipped with a recording instrument such that the load to which each length of pipe was subjected will be automatically recorded. This test apparatus shall also be equipped with a time-delay relay switch or the equivalent arranged to automatically maintain the required hydrostatic pressure for the required test period of 5 seconds. 21.3 The manufacturer shall keep chart records of the test results. Each chart shall be marked to identify the particular tests as to class, size, date, and shift of manufacture. 22. Crushing Test 22.1 A three-edge bearing test shall be conducted once each month on one sample of each class of pipe of 4 inch (101 mm) size and larger manu factured during that month. The test shall be conducted as specified in paragraphs 14.1--14.4, and Table 14.1. CTD015722 10 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE AND COUPLINGS - UL 107 APRIL 30, 1973 23. Hardness Tests 23.1 Hardness (durometer) tests shall be con ducted on each lot of ring gaskets produced or purchased. 23.2 Four specimens are to be selected from each lot of 500 rings or less and six specimens are to be selected from each lot of more than 500 rings. They are to be conditioned for 4 hours at a temperature of 75 10F (20 5C) and then the hardness determined using either a Type A or a Type A2 Shore durometer. The durometer identification reading is to be taken 5 seconds after the pressure plate has made contact with the ring surface. 23.3 The hardness of the ring gaskets shall be uniform, with a maximum variation of 5 from the identification reading established for the product. See paragraph 9.2. 23.4 If any of the sample rings are outside the limits, additional rings shall be selected at random from the same lot so as to make the total sampling 50 rings. If any one of the additional rings tested are outside the tolerances permitted, the lot shall be rejected. MARKING 24. General 24.1 All required markings on pipe and couplings shall be of such size and' applied in a manner to insure legibility. Letters and numerals used in the marking shall be not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in height. 24.2 If a manufacturer or vendor produces pipe or couplings at more than one factory, each part shall have a distinctive marking, or an identifying symbol to identify it as the product of a particular factory. 25. Pipe 25.1 Each length of pipe shall be marked on the outside surface with the following: A. Manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol. B. Size and class. Example: 6 IN. -- Class 150 or 6 IN. - 150. C. Test pressure - 350, 525, or 700 psi. D. Date and shift of manufacture, except on special short lengths. E. A marking to indicate the type of couplings with which it should be used if more than one type of coupling is supplied. 26. Couplings 26.1 Each coupling shall be marked on the outside surface with the following: A. Manufacturer's or vendor's or identifying symbol. B. Size and class. Example: 6 IN. -- Class 150 or 6 IN. - 150. C. Tested designation -- the letter T to indicate that it has been pressure tested. D. A marking to indicate the type of pipe with which it should be used if more than one type of coupling is supplied. 27. Ring Gaskets 27.1 The following information shall be molded into, or stamped on, each ring gasket in a manner to ensure legibility; A. Ring manufacturer's or vendor's identifying symbol. B. Size and class of pipe with which it is to be used. C. Year of manufacture. D. Material identification if more than one material is supplied. This identification may be in code. CTD015723 UL Standards for Safety are developed under a procedure which provides for participation and comment from the affected public as well as industry. The procedure takes into consideration a survey of known, existing standards, and the needs and opinions of a wide variety of interests concerned with the subject matter of the Standard. Thus manufacturers, consumers, individuals associated with consumer-oriented organizations, academicians, government officials, industrial and commercial users, inspection authorities, insurance interests and others provide input to UL in the formulating of UL Standards for Safety, and keeping them consonant with social and technological advances. ' an independent not-for-profit organization testing for public safety CTD015724 207 E. Ohio St. Chicago, III. 60611 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook, III. 60062 1285 Walt Whitman Rd. Melville. L.I., N.V. 11746 1655 Scott Blvd. Santa Clara, Calif. 95050 2602 Tampa East Blvd. Tampa, Fla. 33619 7V2/ p a p . / / jfre e d SS-P-331D AMENDMENT-1 August 22, 1973 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION PIPE, SEWER, NONPRESSURE, ASBESTOS-CEMENT: AND COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS This Amendment which forms a part of Federal Specification SS-P-331D, dated November 3, 1972, was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal Agencies. Page 4 3.I.3, line 2, delete "Synthetic rubber gaskets" and substitute "Synthetic or natural rubber gaskets as required (see 3*6),". 3.3.2, delete. Page 6 3.5.2, delete and substitute: 3.5.2 Fittings. When specified (see 6.2), fittings such as but not limited to wyes, tees, and adapters shall be furnished. The fittings, when assembled with the pipe, shall withstand the crushing load specified for the class of pipe to which it is assembled. When tested as specified in 4.5.3, the assembled pipe and fittings shall withstand the crushing load for the applicable type, class, and size of pipe without permanent deformation or failure. 3.6, delete end substitute: 3.6 Sealing rings. Each length of pipe shall be provided with the necessary number of sealing rings. The ringB shall be of the correct size and shape for the Joints of pipe furnished and shall conform to ASTM DI869. Where resistance to oil or solvents is not required, rings may be either natural or synthetic rubber or both. Where resistance to . ).oil or solvents is required, rings shall be of synthetic rubber (see 62 FSC 5630 CTD015725 SS-P-331D 3-7, delete and substitute: 3.7 Flexural strength. Ten foot lengths of pipe, sizes 4 through 8 Inch diameter inclusive, shall have sufficient flexural strength to with stand without failure the total load shown in table IV according to the class of pipe when tested in accordance with 4.5.2. Lengths of pipe over 10 feet, sizes 4 through 8 inch diameter inclusive, shall have sufficient flexural strength to withstand without failure 75 percent of the total load shown in table IV, according to the class of pipe, when tested in accordance with 4.5*2. Page 10 4.5*3, delete and substitute: 4.5.3 Crushing strength. The crushing strength of the pipe and couplings and fittings assembled to pipe shall be determined as speci fied in ASTM C500, crushing test. For assembled couplings and fittings the procedure may be modified to allow the application of the load to the coupling or fitting. When any specimen (pipe, assembled coupling, or assembled fitting, as applicable) withstands more than 75 percent but less than 100 percent of the load specified in table V, two ad ditional specimens shall be tested. Inability of any specimen to withstand 75 percent of the crushing load specified in table V or in ability of any additional specimens tested to withstand 100 percent of the crushing load specified in table V shall constitute failure of this test*. MILITARY INTEREST CIVIL AGENCY COORDINATING ACTIVITIES Custodians: Army - ME Navy - YD Air Force - 84 Preparing activity: Commerce - BBS GSA - PCD, FSS Forest Service - AFS Project No. 563O-OO35 Army - ME U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1973 0 - 546-576/2360 CTD015726 SS-P-331D November 3, 1972 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. SS-P-331C June 28, 1967 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION PIPE, SEWER, NONPRESSURE, ASBESTOS-CEMENT: AND COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS This specification was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. 1. SCOPE AND CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Scope. This specification covers asbestos-cement nonpressure sewer pipe and couplings and fittings (see 6.3). 1.2 Classification. 1.2.1 Types, classes, and sizes. The pipe shall be the following types and classes, and sizes shown in table I as specified (see 6.2 and 6.U). Types: I - Three percent maximum lime content. II - One percent maximum lime content. III - Unrestricted lime content. Classes: 1500 2U00 3300 Uooo 5000 6000 7000 FSC 5630 CTD015727 SS-P-331D Sizes Class 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 TABLE I. Pipe sizes Nominal Size. Inside :Diameter, in Inches 4?6 10 12 14 1^ is 20 24 27 0 on 33 36 3? 42 X XX XXXXX X X X X X XX XX X X XXXXXXXXXXXXX- - - - -m - XXXX X XX XXXX X X tm - - X X X X X X X X X X X X X XXX m XXX 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 The following documents, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids or request for proposal form a part of this specification to the extent specified herein: Federal Specifications: NN-P-71 QQ-S-781 PPP-B-601 PFP-B-636 - Pallet, Materials Handling, Wood, Double Faced, Stringer Construction. - Strapping, Steel, Flat and Seals. - Boxes, Wood, Cleated-Plywood. - Boxes, Shipping, Fiberboard. Federal Standards: Fed. Std. No. 123 - Marking for Domestic Shipment (Civil Agencies). (Activities outside the Federal Government may obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks as outlined under General Information in the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards and at the prices indicated in the Index. The Index, which includes cumulative monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. (Single copies of this specification and other Federal Specifications required by activities outside the Federal Government for bidding purposes are available without charge from Business Service Centers at the General Services Adminis tration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Washington, DC, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, MO, Fort Worth, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, and Seattle, WA. 2 CTD015728 8S-P-331D (Federal Government activities nay obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks and the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards from established distribution points in their agencies.) Military Standards: MEL-STD-105 - Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes. MIL-STD-129 - Marking for Shipment and Storage. MIL-STD-130 - Identification Marking of US Military Property. MIL-STD-147 - Palletized and Containerized Unit Loads, 40"x48" Pallets, Skids, Runners, or Pallet-Type Base. (Copies of Military Specifications and Standards required by suppliers in connection with specific procurement functions should be obtained from the procuring activity or as directed by the contracting officer.) 2.2 Other publications. The following documents form a part of this specification to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise indicated, the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids or request for proposal shall apply. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: C500 - Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe. D1869 - Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe. (Application for copies should be addressed to the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.) National Motor Freight Traffic Association. Inc,. Agent: National Motor Freight Classification. (Application for copies should be addressed to the American Trucking Association, Inc,, Tariff Order Section, 1616 P Street, N.W,, Washington, DC 20036.) 3 CTD015729 SS-P-331D Uniform Classification Committee. Agent: Uniform Freight Classification. (Application for copies should be addressed to the Uniform Classification Committee, Room 1106, 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, IL 60606.) # 3. REQCJIRBCEMTS 3.1 Description. 3*1.1 Pipe. Asbestos-cement pipe shall conform to the chemical, mechanical, and physical properties specified herein. 3*1.2 Couplings. Couplings for asbestos -cement pipe consist of a sleeve amd synthetic rubber gaskets and shall be as specified herein. 3.1.3 Fittings. Fittings, such as but not limited to, tees, reducers, adapters, and vyes shall be as specified herein. Synthetic rubber gaskets shall be furnished vith each fitting. 3.2 First article (first produced item)* The supplier shall furnish one or more of each type, class, and size of pipe and one or more of each coupling or fitting specified for the type, class, and size pipe specified for examination and testing within the time frame specified (see 6.2), to prove that his production methods and choice of design detail will produce pipe, couplings, and fittings that comply vith the requirements of this specification. Examination and tests shall be as specified in section 4 and shall be subject to surveillance and approval by the Government (see 6.5)* 3*3 Material. Material shall be as specified herein. Materials not specified shall be selected by the supplier and shall be subject to all provisions of this specification* 3*3*1 Sever pipe. The sever pipe shall be asbestos-cement composed of an intimate mixture of Portland cement or portland-blast furnace slag cement and asbestos fiber, vith or vitbout silica, or portland-pozzolan cement and asbestos fiber. The asbestos-cement shall be free of organic additives. The material shall be formed under pressure and cured to meet the chemical, mechanical, and physical requirements of this specification. 3.3*2 Sealing rings. Sealing rings shall be synthetic rubber and shall conform to ASTM DI869 4 CTD015730 # SS-P-331D 3.3*3 Couplings and fittings. Couplings and fittings may be fabricated from asbestos-cement or other material vhich will provide the strength required for the type, class, and size of pipe specified. 3.4 Sewer pipe. 3*4.1 Length. Unless otherwise specified herein, sewer pipe of the type, class, and size specified shall be furnished in standard lengths as shown in table II. When specified (see 6.2), sewer pipe of the type, class, and size specified shall be furnished in short lengths aS' specified, except that short lengths of pipe shall not exceed 6 feet 6 inches. At least 85 percent of the total footage of any one type, class, and size of sewer pipe, except short lengths specified, shall be furnished in standard lengths. The remaining 15 percent may be in random lengths of not less than 7 feet when the standard length is 10 or 13 feet and no less than 4 feet when the standard length is 5 or 6*5 feet. TABLE II. Standard pipe lengths Pipe Diam. (Inches) Nominal Standard Pipe Lengths 5 4 to 6 ind 8 and 10 12 to 42 ind X XX X - X X X 3.4.2 Tolerances. 3.4.2.1 Length. A tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch shall apply to all lengths of pipe. 3.4.2.2 Inside diameter. The average inside diameter of pipe may be less than the nominal diameter by not more than 0.25 inch or 1.5 percent, whichever is the greater. 3.4.2.3 Out-of-round. The inside diameter out-of-round tolerance at the ends of each length of pipe for a distance equal to one-half of the coupling length shall be as shown in table III. Size (inches) 4 to 10 ind. 12 to 20 ind. 24 to 42 incl. TABLE III. Out-of-round tolerance Allowable Variation (inches) 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.188) _______________ lA (-850)_____________________ 5 CTD015731 SS-P-331D 3.4.2.4 Straightness. The straightness of sewer pipe 8 laches and. greater la diameter and less than 8 Inches la diameter shall not vary more than .05 Inch per foot or .06 Inch per foot respectively when measured in accordance with ASTM C500. 3.5 Couplings and fittings. 3.5.1 Couplings. Unless otherwise specified herein, one coupling shall be furnished with each length of pipe. When specified (see 6.2), couplings shall be furnished separately as specified. The coupling vhen assembled with the pipe shall be capable of withstanding the minimum crushing load, as that specified for the class of pipe to which it Is assembled. Vhen tested as specified in 4.5-3 the assembled pipe and coupling shall withstand the crushing load for the type, class, and size pipe specified without permanent deformation or failure. 3.5.2 Fittings. Vhen specified (see 6.2), fittings such as wyeB, tees, and adapters shall be furnished. Vhen tested as specified in 4.5*3 tbs fittings shall withstand the crushing load specified for the type and class of pipe for which the fittings are to be attached. 3.6 Sealing rings. The necessary number of sealing rings shall be furnished with each length of pipe. The rings shall be of correct size and shape for the Joints of the pipe furnished, shall conform to ASTM DI869, and shall be non-oil resistant or oil resistant as specified (see 6.2). 3.7 Flexural strength. Each standard length of pipe 10 feet or longer from 4 to 8 inch diameter, inclusive, shall have sufficient flexural strength to withstand without failure the total load shown in table IV according to the class of pipe. TABLE IV. Applied flexural proof loads Pipe Size (Inches) Total Applied Load (Pounds Class 1500 Class 2400 Class 3300 4 550 550 550 5 950 950.... 950 6 1500 1500 1500 8 2700 3000 _____________ 3909 ... 3.8 Crushing strength. The pipe shall withstand the total applied load shown in table V for that class of pipe without crushing or other damage. 6 CTD015732 TABLE V. Minimum crushing loads SS-P-331D Pipe Class Crushing Strength Per Foot Pounds 1500 2400 .3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 1500 24oo 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 3.9 Ifacombined calcium hydroxide. When tested as specified in 4.5.4 the amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 3 percent for type I pipe or 1 percent for type II pipe. The amount of uncombined calcium hydroxide shall be unrestricted for type III pipe. 3.10 Identification marking. Each length of pipe and coupling shall be identified in accordance with MIL-STD-130. Each length of pipe shall be marked vith the nominal size, type, class, name of supplier or his trademark, and date of manufacture. All parts of sleeve couplings except bolts and nuts if used, shall be marked vith the supplier's identification, size, type, and clasB of pipe for which the parts are required. 3.11 Workmanship. The pipe shall be uniform in structure and of such homogeneous composition that the pipe may be cut, drilled or machined. 3.U.I Coupling area. The coupling area of the pipes shall produce a leaktight Joint when drawn together in the coupling with rubber rings or gaskets and subjected to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psl. All surfaces of the Joint upon which the rubber rings may bear shall be smooth, free from spells, cracks, airholes, fractures and other defects that could affect the correct sealing of the Joint. 3.11.2 Inside surface. Each pipe shall be free from bulges, dents, end tears on the Inside surface which could result in a variation in diameter greater than 0.188 inch from that obtained on adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. 3.11.3 Ends. Machined ends of the pipe that receive the coupling shall be free from dents and gouges that could affect the tightness of the Joint. The exterior edge of the pipe vhich extends into the coupling area shall be free from axial chips having a length greater than 0.50 inch, a width greater than 0.50 inch, or a depth greater than 0.125 inch. The interior edge shall be free from social chips having a length grekter than 1 inch, a width greater than 1 inch, or a depth greater than 0.125 inch. CTD015733 SS-P-331D 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection. Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the supplier is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract or order, the supplier may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the speci fication where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure that supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Classification of inspection. Inspection shall be classified as follows: (a) First produced pipe, coupling, or fitting inspection (see 4.3). (b) Quality conformance inspection (see 4.4). (c) Inspection of preparation for delivery (see 4.6). 4.3 First produced pipe, coupling, and fitting inspection. 4.3.1 Examination. The first produced pipe(s), coupling(s), and fitting(s) for each type, class, and size of pipe specified shall be examined for the defects marked X in columns 1, 2, or 3 of table VI, as applicable. Presence of one or more defects shall be cause for rejection. 4.3.2 Tests. The first produced pipe(s), coupling(s), and fitting(s) for each type, class, and size of pipe specified shall be subjected to the tests marked X in columns 1, 2, or 3 of table VII, as applicable. Failure of any test shall be cause for rejection. 4.4 Quality conformance inspection. 4.4.1 Lot size. 4.4.1.1 Pipe. For the purpose of inspection all pipe of the same type, class, and size presented for inspection at one time shall be considered a lot. 4.4.1.2 Couplings and fittings. For the purpose of inspection all couplings and fittings for the same type, class, and size pipe presented for inspection at one time shall be considered a lot. 8 CTD015734 SS-P-331D 4.4.2 Sampling. Sampling for examination and test shall be in accordance vlth MH-9TD-105, inspection level S-2. 4.4.3 Examination. Samples selected in accordance with 4.4.2 shall be examined for the defects marked X in columns 4, 5, and 6 of table VI, as applicable. Presence of one or more defects shall be cause for rejection. First Produced TABLE VI. Examination schedule Quality Conformance Examination Pipe C o u p lin g F ittin g Pipe C o u p lin g F ittin g Requirement Paragraph 123 XXX X * " XXX XXX X XX XX XXX XX X r6 X XX X m X XX X XX X* m XX XX X XX X XX 7 101. 102. 103. 104. 103. 106. 107. 108. 109. Material not as specified. Length of pipe not as specified. Inside diameter not as specified. Inside diameter out of round. Straightness of pipe not as specified. Couplings or fittings not as specified. Sealing rings not as specified. Identification marking not as specified. Workmanship not as specified 8 3.3 3.4.2.1 3.4.2.2 3.4.2.3 3.4.2.4 3.5 3.6 3.10 3.11 4.4.4 Tests. Samples selected in accordance with 4.4.2 shall be subjected to the tests marked X in columns 4, 5, and 6 of table VII, as applicable. Failure of any test shall be cause for rejection. 9 CTD015735 Pipe F ittin g s Pipe | Couplings F ittin g s S9-P-331D First Produced m Hrl t 0 12 3 XXX X- - XXX uX 1/ XXX TABLE VII. Test schedule Quality Conformance Test 456 XXX X-XXX X 1/ 1/ XXX 7. . Test preparation. Flexural Strength Crushing Strength Unconbined Calcium Hydroxide Joint tightness Test Para graph 8 4.5.1 4.5.2 4-5-3 4.5.4 4.5-5 l/ When couplings and fittings are asbestos cement the uncombined calcium hydroxide test shall apply. 4.5 Tests. 4.5.1 Test preparation All pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be in a normal air-dry condition. The apparatus used for the flexural and crushing tests shall be constructed so that the distribution of the load will not be affected appreciably by the deformation or yielding of any part of the apparatus. 4.5.2 Flexural strength. Flexural strength tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C500, sections 5* 6, and 7* Inability of the pipe to support the minimum load specified in table IV shall constitute failure of this test. 4.5.3 Crushing strength. The crushing strength of the pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be determined as specified in ASTM C500, sections 8, 9, and 10. Inability of the pipe, coupling, or fitting to withstand 75 percent of the w-tnium load specified in table V shall constitute failure of this test. When any specimen tested for crushing strength withstands over 75 percent but under 100 percent of the load specified in table V, one specimen shall be cut from each of two additional pipes, couplings, and fittings of the same lot and the test repeated. Failure of any of these additional specimens to withstand 100 percent of the load specified in table V shall constitute failure of this test. 10 CTD015736 ss-p-3310 4.5.4 Onconbined calcium hydroxide (free line). The amount of uacomblned calcium hydroxide in the pipe, coupling, and fitting shall be determined as specified in ASTM C500, sections 13* 14, 15, 16, and. 17. If the lime content of the samples is in excess of that specified in 3*9 for the particular class pipe, two additional samples shall be selected and tested from pipe of the same lot and two from the couplings. Bonconformance of any of these additional samples to 3*9 shall constitute failure of this test. 4.5.5 Joint tightness. A hydrostatic pressure test shall be conducted on an assembly of two sections of pipe, correctly connected in a straight alinement with a coupling in accordance with the joint design. The assembly shall he subjected to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. Upon completion of this procedure, deflect the test assembly 5 degrees for 12 inch and smaller diameter pipe and 3 degrees for 14 inch and larger with one half the deflection being between each pipe and the coupling, and subject the assembly to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. If any leakage occurs in the test assembly in either the straight alinement or the deflected position, select three additional test assemblies from the same lot and test them in the straight alinement and deflected position as specified above. The occurance of leakage in any of the three additional sections in either position shall constitute failure of this test. 4.6 Inspection of preparation for delivery. 4.6.1 Quality conformance inspection of pack. 4.6.1.1 Unit of product. For the purpose of inspection, a completed pack prepared for shipment shall he considered a unit of product. 4.6.1.2 Sampling. Sampling for examination shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-105. 4.6.1.3 Examination. Samples selected in accordance with 4.5.1.2 shall be examined for the following defects. AQL shall be 2.5 percent defective. 110. 111. 112. 113. Materials and containers not as specified for level A or B. Each incorrect material, or container shall constitute one defect. Bundled pipe contains various types, classes, and sizes for level A or B. Bundled pipe not bundled and secured as specified for level A or B. Couplings not attached to the pipe, not boxed or palletized as specified for level A or B. 11 CTD015737 SS-P-331D 114. 115. 116. 117* Strapping not zinc coated for level A. Palletized loads not in accordance with the referenced document and table for level A or fi. Sealing rings not packed as specified for level A or B. Marking missing, illegible, incorrect or incomplete. 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Packing. Packing shall be level A, B, or C as specified (see 6.2). 5.1.1 Level A. 5.1.1.1 Pipe. Pipe shall be shipped loose or in secured bundles. Bundles shall contain only pipe of the same type, class and size. Each bundle shall be secured with not less than three equally spaced straps. Strapping 8hall conform to QQ-S-78I, type 1, class B, size 1-1/4 by 0.035 inches. 5.1.1.2 Couplings and fittings. Couplings and fittings for the same type and class and size pipe shall be packed together in a close-fitting box conforming to PPF-B-601, overseas type, style optional, or in palletized loads in accordance with table VIII. Couplings and fittings packed in boxes shall be immobilized within the box to prevent movement and damage and the gross weight shall not exceed the limitation of the box. Box closure shall, be in accordance with the appendix to the box specification. Strapping shall be zinc coated. Couplings and fittings to be palletized shall be prepared as palletized loads in accordance with MIL-STD-147, using the most applicable load type. The pan eta shall conform to NN-P-71, type I, II, III, or IV, size 2fgroup 2 or 3, except the pallet size shall be in accordance table VIII. Bonding of the couplings and fittings on the pallets shall conform to MIL-STD-147. Coupling Pallet size size 12 (Inch) (Inch) 4 45.5 x 52 5 45.5 x 52 6 45.5 x 52 8 45.5 x 52 10 45.5 x 52 12 45.5 x 52 TABLE Yin. Palletized loads Number couplings per pallet width 3 * 7 6 5 4 3 3 Number couplings per pallet length 4 8 7 6 5 4 3 Number couplings per layer 5 56 42 30 20 12 9 Number couplings high 6 7 7 7 5 5 5 Number coupling! per pall< 7 392 294 210 100 60 45 12 CTD015738 bs-P-331D TABLE VIII. Palletized loads (con.) 1 2 3 5 5 5-------- 14 *5-5 x 52 2 3 6 4 16 45.5 x 60 2 3 6 4 18 45.5 x 45.5 2 2 4 4 20 45.5 x 45.5 1 2 2 4 2k 45.5 x 45.5 1 1 1 4 27 45.5 x 45.5 1 1 1 3 30 45.5 x 45.5 1 1 1 3 33 45.5 x 45.5 1 1 1 3 36 45.5 X 45.5 1 1 1 3 39 45.5 X 45.5 1 1 1 3 k2 45.5 X 45.5 1 1 1 3 7 24 24 16 8 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 5*1.1.3 Sealing rings. Sealing rings of like description shall be packed together in a close-fitting box conforming to PPP-B-601, overseas type, style optional, in quantities, not to exceed a gross weight of 200 pounds. Box closure shall be in accordance with the appendix to the box specification. Strapping shall be zinc coated. 5.1.2 Level B. Packing shall be as specified in 5.1.1 for level A except boxes for couplings shall be domestic type and strapping need not be zinc coated. Boxes for sealing rings shall conform to PPP-B-636, type CP, class weather resistant, variety and grade as applicable to the weight of the contents, style optional. 5.1.3 Level C. Pipe, couplings, and sealing rings shall be prepared for delivery in a manner to assure carrier acceptance and safe delivery to destination at lowest ratings in compliance with Uniform Freight Classification rules or Rational Motor Freight Classification rules. 5.2 Marking. 5.2.1 Civil agencies. Loose pipe, bundles, palletized unit loads, and shipping containers, shall be marked in accordance with FED. STD. Ro. 123. 5.2.2 Military agencies. Loose pipe, bundles, palletized unit loads, and shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with M1L-STD-129 13 CTD015739 S8-P-331D 6. BOTES 6.1 Intended use. Pipes covered by this specification are intended for conveying sanitary sewage in gravity flow sewage systems. Type I pipe is Intended for vise where moderate aggressive water or soil of moderate sulfate content, or both, are expected to come in contact with the pipe. Type II pipe is Intended for use where highly aggressive water or water and soil of high sulfate content are expected to come into contact with the pipe. When this pipe is to be used in areas having warm climates which tend to promote generation of hydrogen sulfide in sewage, such generation should be controlled in the design of the sewage system. In cases where the generation of hydrogen sulfide cannot be controlled by design, the use of asbestos-cement pipe with lining conforming to ASTM C54l should be considered. When this pipe is to be used in sewage systems servicing industries producing acid wastes, such wastes should receive an adequate degree of neutralisation or dilution prior to discharge into the sewage system by means of an appropriately designed facility. Type III pipe is intended for use where contact with aggressive waters and sulfates are not expected. . 6.2 Ordering data. Purchasers should select the preferred options permit ted herein and include the following information in the procurement documents: (a) Title, number, and date of this specification. (b) Type, class, and slse of pipe required (see 1.2.1). (c) Time frame required for submission of first produced item(s) and number of items to be furnished (see 3*2). (d) When short lengths of sever pipe are required and length(s) required (see 3*4.1). e) When couplings are to be furnished separately (see 3.5.1). !f) When fittings are required (see 3.5*2). g) Whether non-oil resistant or oil resistant seeding rings are required (see 3*6). (h) Level of packing required (see 5*1)* 6.3 The requirements of this specification are similar to ASTM C428, asbestos-cement nonpressure sewer pipe, and ASTM C644, asbestos-cement nonpressure small diameter sever pipe. 6.4 Classification changes. Classification changes between this and the previous issue of this specification are: Class 6000 and class 7000 - added. Sizes 4, 5, 27, 33, 39, and. 42 inch diameter - added.14 \ 14 CTD015740 SS-P-331D 6.5 First produced items(s). Any changes or deviations of production pipe and couplings from tne approved first produced item(s) during production will be subject to the approval of the contracting officer. Approval of the first produced item(s) will not relieve the supplier of his obligation to furnish pipe and couplings conforming to this speci fication. MILITARY INTEREST Custodians: Army - ME Navy - YD Air Force - 8^ Preparing activity: Army - ME Civil Agency Coordinating Activities COMMERCE - NBS GSA - PCD, FSS FOREST SERVICE - AFS Project No. 5630-0030 U. 'S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1972 0 - 51U-17U ( 219 ) Orders for this publication are to be placed with the General Services Administration, acting as an agent for the Superintendent of Documents. See section 2 of thiB specification to obtain extra copies and other documents referenced herein. Price 1$ cents each. 15 CTD015741 SS-P-340B August 18. 1969 SUPERSEDING Int. Fed. Spec. SS-P-00340A \.H3T-PR) October 11, 1968 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION PIPE, ASBESTOS-CEMENT PERFORATED UNDERDRAIN This specification was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. 1. SCOPE AND CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Scope. This specification covers asbestos-cement perforated pipe, fittings, and couplings to be used as underdrains for subsurface drainage. 1.2 Classification. 1.2.1 Types. Pipe covered by this specification shall be of the following types, as specified (see 6.2). Type I - For use where contact with moderately aggressive water or water and soil of moderate sulfate content are expected. Type II - For use where contact with highly aggressive water or water and soil of high sulfate content are expected. Type III - For use where contact with aggressive waters and sulfates are not expected. 1.2.2 Sizes and lengths. Perforated pipe covered by this specification shall be of the following nominal inside diameters and lengths, as specified (see 6.2). Sizes: 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 inches. Lengths: 10 or 13 feet. 1.2.3 Fittings. Fittings shall be the same type as the pipe specified (see 6.2) and shall be of suitable size, strength, and design. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Specifications and standards. The following documents of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids or request for proposal, form a part of the specification to the extent specified herein. Federal Specifications: PPP-B-621 - Boxes, Wood, Nailed and Lock-Corner. PPP-B-601 - Boxes, Wood, Cleated-Plywood. PPP-C-650 - Crates, Wood, Open and Covered. Federal Standard: Fed. Std. No. 123 - Marking for Domestic Shipment (Civilian Agencies). (Activities outside the Federal Government may obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks as outlined under General Information in the Index of Federal Specifications and Stand ards and at the prices indicated in the Index. The Index, which includes cumulative monthly supple ments as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern ment Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. (Single copies of this specification and other Federal Specifications required by activities out side the Federal Government for bidding purposes are available without charge from Business Service Centers at the General Services Administration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Washington, D.C., Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Fort Worth, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, and Seattle, Wash. FSC 3630 CTD015742 SS-P-340B (Federal Government activities may obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks and the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards from established distribution points in their agencies.) Military Standards: MIL-STD-105 - Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes. MIL-STD-129 - Marking for Shipment and Storage. MIL-STD-130 - Identification Marking of U.S. Military Property. MIL-STD-1186 _ Cushioning, Anchoring, Bracing, Blocking, and Waterproofing, with Appropriate Test Methods. (Copies of Military Specifications and Standards required bycontractors in connection with specific procurement functions should be obtained from the procuring activity or as directed by the contracting officer.) 2.2 Other publications The following documents form a part of this specification to the extent specified herein. Unless a specific issue is identified, the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids or request for proposal shall apply. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: C500 - Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe. C508 - Specification for Asbestos-Cement Perforated Underdrain Pipe. (Application for copies should be addressed to the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.) Uniform Classification Committee: Uniform Freight Classification. (Application for copies should be addressed to the Uniform Classification Committee, 202 Union Station, 516 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60606.) National Classification Board: National Motor Freight Classification. (Application for copies of rules should be addressed to the National Classification Board, 1616 P Street, N. W., Washington, D. C. 20036.) 3. .REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Description. The pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM C508 and as specified herein. 3.2 Couplings. Unless otherwise specified (see 6.2) each length of pipe or each fitting shall be furnished with a coupling. 3.3 Identification marking. 3.3.1 Civil agencies Each length of pipe and fitting shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, the nominal size, date of manufacture, and the word "Underdrain". 3.3.2 Military agencies Each length of pipe and fitting shall be marked in accordance with MIL-STD-130. 3.4 Workmanship. Asbestos-cement pipe and fittings shall be uniform in quality, have squared ends, ans shall be free from bulges, dents, and tears. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS 4*1 Responsibility for inspection. Unless otherwise'specified in the contract or purchase order, the supplier is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract or order, the supplier may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless dis approved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure that suppliers and services conform to prescribed requirements. 2 CTD015743 SS-P-340B 4.2 Classification of Inspection. Inspection shall be classified as follows: (a) Quality conformance inspection (see 4-3). (b) Inspection of preparation for delivery (see 4.4). 4.3 Quality conformance inspection. 4.3.1 Unit of product. For the purpose of inspection, one pipe with coupling or fitting shall be considered a unit of product. 4.3.2 Sampling 4.3.2.1 BxTMination. Sampling for examination shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-105. 4.3.2.2 Tests. Sampling for tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C508. 4.3.3 gynini npt.inn. Samples selected in accordance with 4.3.2.1 shall be examined as follows for major defects. The Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) shall be 2.5 percent defective. 101. 102. 103. 104. Dimensions not as specified. Couplings or fittings not as specified. Identification marking omitted, incorrect, or illegible. Workmanship not as specified. 4.3.4 Tests Samples selected in accordance with 4.3-2.2 shall be examined as specified in 4-4.2. 4.4 Inspection of preparation for delivery. 4.4.1 Erraniination. The pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be examined for the following defects. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. Materials and containers not as specified for level A, B, or C. Each incorrect material or container shall be considered one defect. Pipe of different types, sizes, or lengths packed together for level A or B. Blocking, bracing, and anchoring not as specified for level A or B. Couplings and fittings of different descriptions packed together for level A or B. Strapping not zinc coated for level A. Marking missing, illegible, incorrect, or incomplete for level A, B, or C. 4.4.2 Tests The pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be tested as specified in ASTM C500 (see 3.1). 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Packing Packing shall be level A, B, or C as specified (see 6.2). 5.1.1 Level A. 5.1.1.1 Pipe. Pipe of like type, size, and length shall be packed together in a crate conforming to PFF-C-650, Type III, Style B, open. The pipe shall be blocked, braced, and anchored to the crate base in accordance with the appendix to the crate specification and in accordance with MIL-STD-1186. Closure and strapping of the crate shall be in accordance with the appendix to the crate specification. 5.1.1-2 Couplings and fittings Couplings and fittings of like description shall be packed together in quantities not to exceed the weight limitations of the box, in a close fitting box conforming to PPF-B-621, class 2, style optional, or PPP-B-601, overseas type, style optional. The contents shall be blocked, braced, anchored, or cushioned as applicable to prevent free movement and damage. Closure shall be in accordance with the appendix to the applicable box specification. Strapping shall be zinc coated. The box containing the couplings and fittings shall be shipped separate from but at the same time as the crate containing the pipe. 5.1.2 Level B. Packing shall be as specified for level A except boxes for couplings and fittings shall 'oe domestic type or class as applicable and strapping shall not be required to be zinc coated. 5.1.3 Level C. Pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be prepared for delivery in a manner to assure carrier acceptance and safe delivery to destination at lowest ratings in compliance with Uniform Freight Classification Rules or National Motor Freight Classification. 3 CTD015744 SS-P-340B 5.2 Marking. 5.2.1 Civil agencies. Marking for shipment and storage shall be in accordance with Federal Stand ard No. 123. 5.2.2 Military agencies. Marking for shipment and storage shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-129 6. NOTES 6.1 Intended use. Asbestos-cement underdrain pipe is intended for use in subsurface drainage of highways, airports, foundations, and other similar drainage work. 6.2 Ordering data. Purchasers should select the preferred options permitted herein and include the following information in procurement documents: (a) Title, number, and date of this specification. (b) Type, size, and length of pipe required (see 1.2.1 and 1.2.2). (c) Total linear footage of pipe required (see 6.3). (d) Number, kind, and nominal size of fittings required (see 1.2.3). (e) When couplings are not to be included (see 3.2). (f) Size of lot, if different from the total of all pipe and accessories offered for delivery at the same time. (g) Level of packing required (see 5.1). 6.3 Pipe normally shall be ordered by total linear footage only. 6.4 Perforations. Perforations are circular holes 1/4 inch in diameter, approximately 3 inches on center, arranged in rows parallel to the axis of the pipe. Rows are arranged in two equal groups on either side of the vertical center line of the pipe, and the total number of rows for sizes 4, 6, and 8 is 4; for sizes 10 and 12, there are 6 rows. 6.5 Similar specification. This specification is similar to American Association of State Highway Officials (aaSHO) designation M 189. * U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1969 0 - 395-52U ( )q)i7 ) Order for this publication are to be placed with General Services Administration, acting as an agent for the Superintendent of Documents. See section 2 of this specification to obtain extra copies and other documents referenced herein. Price 10 cents each. 4 CTD015745 SS-P-351C August 12. 1968 SUPERSEDING Int. Fed. Spec. SS-P-00351b(GSA-FSS) December 7, 1966 and Fed. Spec. SS-P-351a October 7, 1953 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION PIPE AND COUPLINGS, ASBESTOS-CEMENT, PRESSURE This specification was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. 1. SCOPE AND CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Scope. This specification covers asbestos cement pressure pipe and couplings for conveying water, sewage, and other fluids under pressure. 1.2 Classification. 1.2.1 Types, classes, sizes, and lengths. Pipe shall be of the following types, classes, sizes and lengths, as specified (see 6.2): Types: Type I - Three percent maximum lime content. Type II - One percent maximum lime content. Type III - Unrestricted lime content. Classes: Class Class Class 100-Maximum operating pressure, psi. 150-Maximum operating pressure, psi. 200-Maximum operating pressure, psi. Sizes: Diameter, pipe size 4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,20,24,30, and 36 inches. Lengths: 13 feet, all pipe sizes. 10 feet, four and six-inch pipe sizes. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Specifications and standards. The following documents of the issue in effect on date of in vitation for bids or request for proposal, form a part of the specification to the extent specified herein. Federal Specifications: PPP-B-585 - Boxes; Wood, Wirebound. PPP-B-591 - Boxes; Fiberboard, Wood-Cleated. PPP-B-601 - Boxes; Wood, Cleated-Plywood. PPP-B-621 - Boxes; Wood, Nailed and Lock-Corner. Federal Standard: Fed. Std. No. 123 - Marking for Domestic Shipment (Civilian Agencies). FSC 5630 CTD015746 SS-P-351c (Activities outside the Federal Government may obt-ain coDies of Federal Specification and Standards as outlined under General Information in the index of Federal Snecification and Standards and at t.h* prices indicated in the Index. The Index, which includes cumulative monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents, U, S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. (Single copies of this specification and other product specifications required by activities out side the Federal Government for bidding purposes are available without charge at the General Ser vices Administration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Wash D.C., Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Fort Worth, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle, Wash. (Federal Government activities may obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks and the Index of Federal Specification and Standards from established distribution points in their agencies.) Military Standards: MIL-STD-105 - Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes. MIL-STD-129 - Marking for Shipment and Storage. MIL-STD-147 - Palletized Unit Loads (40" x 48" 4-Way Partial and 4-Way Pallets). (Copies of specifications standards, drawings, and publications required by suppliers in connection with specific procurement functions should be obtained from the procuring activity or as directed by the contracting officer.) 2.2 Other publications. The following documents fora a part of this specification to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise indicated, the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids or request for proposal shall apply. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: C296 - Specification for Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe. C500 - Methods of Testing Asbestos-Cement Pipe. D1869 - Specification for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe. (Application for copies should be addressed to the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103-) Uniform Classification Committee: Uniform Freight Classification Rules. (Application for copies should be addressed to the Uniform Classification Committee, 202 Union Station, 516 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, 111., 60606.) National Classification Board: National Motor Freight Classification Rules. (Application for copies should be addressed to the National Classification Board, 1616 P Street N.W., Washington, D. C., 20036.) (Technical society and technical association specifications and standards are generally available for reference from libraries. They are also distributed among technical groups and using Federal agencies.) 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Pipe and couplings. Types I, II, and III pipe and couplings shall conform to ASTM C296 (see 4.4.1.1 and 4-4.1.2). 3.2 Elastomer coupling rings. Rings shall conform to ASTM D1869, and shall be non-oil resistant or oil resistant, as specified (see 4.4.2 and 6.2). 3.3 Pipe and accessories. Unless otherwise specified (see 6.2), a coupling and the necessary num ber of sealing rings shall be furnished with each length of pipe. 2 CTD015747 SS-P-351c 3.4 Identification marking. Unless otherwise specified (see 6.2), each length of pipe shall be marked with the nominal size, class, name of the manufacturer or his trademark, and date of manufac ture. All parts of sleevecouplings, except bolts and nuts if used, shall be marked with the raanfacturer's identification, size, and class of pipe for which the parts are intended. 3.5 Workmanship. The pipe shall be uniform in structure and of such homogeneous composition that the pipe may be cut, drilled, and machined. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS 4.1 Responsibility for inspection. Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the supplier is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract or order, the supplier may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirments specified herein, unless desapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure that supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Sampling 4.2.1 Lot. Unless otherwise specified (see 6.2), a lot shall consist of all pipe and accessories offered for delivery at the same time. 4.2.2 Unit of product. For the purpose of quality conformance inspection, one pipe with sleeve coupling and rubber rings when so specified (see 3.3) shall be considered a unit of product. 4.2.3 Samples for visual and dimensional examination. Sampling shall be in accordance with MILSTD-105, inspection level S-3. 4.2.4 Samples for test. Sampling of pipe and couplings shall be in accordance with ASTM C296. Sampling of rings shall be in accordance with ASTM D1869. 4.3 Examination 4.3.1 Visual and dimensional. Pipe and accessories shall be examined for the following major de fects. The Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) shall be 2.5 percent defective. 101. 102. 103. 104. Dimensions not as specified. Coupling or joints not as specified. Identification marking omitted, incorrect, or illegible. Workmanship not as specified. 4.3.2 Inspection of preparation for delivery. 4.3.2.1 Quality conformance inspection of pack. 4.3.2.1.1 Unit of product. For the purpose of inspection, a completed pack prepared for shipment shall be considered a unit of product. 4.3.2.1.2 Sampling. Sampling for examination shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-105. 4-3.2.1.3 Examination. Samples selected in accordance with 4.2.3. shall be examined for the fol-lowing minor defects. AQL shall be 2.5 percent defective. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. Materials and containers not as specified for level A or B. Each incorrect material or container shall be considered on defect. Couplings not palletized as required for level A or B. Strapping not zinc coated for level A. Marking missing, illegible, incorrect, or incomplete. 4.4 Test methods. 4.4.1 Pipe and couplings. 4-4.1.1 Flexural, crushing, and hydrostatic strength. Conduct these tests in accordance with ASTM C500 (see 3.1). 3 CTD015748 SS-P-351c 4.4.1.2 Uncombined calcium hydroxide (free lime). When specified (see 3.1 and 6.2), test for free lime in accordance with AS1M C500. 4.4.2 Rings. Test for non-oil resistant, and oil resistant rings in accordance with ASTM D1869 (see 3-2). 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Packing. Packing shall be level A, B, or Cf as specified (see 6.2). 5.1.1 Level A 5.1.1.1 Pipe. The pipe shall be prepared for delivery as loose pieces. 5.1.1.2 Couplings. Couplings shall be prepared as palletized loads. Unless otherwise specified (see 6.2), pallets shall conform to MIL-STD-147, load type XVII, except the size of pallets, the num ber of couplings, and the pallet applicable to the type of load which shall be in accordance with table I. Bonding of the couplings on pallets shall also conform to MIL-STD-147. Coupling size Inch 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 Pallet size inch 45.5 x 52 45.5 X 52 45.5 X 52 45.5 X 52 45.5 X 52 45.5 X 60 45.5 X 45.5 45.5 X 45.5 45.5 X 45.5 45.5 X 45.5 45.5 X 45.5 TABLE I. Palletized loads Number couplings per pallet width Number couplings per pallet length 56 45 34 33 23 23 22 12 11 11 11 Number couplings per layer 30 20 12 9 6 6 4 2 1 1 1 Number couplings high 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 Number couplings per pallet 1.50 100 60 45 24 24 16 8 4 3 3 5.1.1.3 Gaskets and sealing rings. Gaskets and sealing rings of like size and description shall be packed in boxes conforming to PPP-B-621, class 2, style optional, PPP-B-601, overseas type, style op tional; PPP-B-585, style optional, class 2, or PPP-B-591, overseas type, style optional. The boxes shall be close-fitting and shall be strapped in accordance with the appendix to the box specification. Strapping shall be zinc coated. The gross weight of each box shall not exceed 200 pounds. 5.1.2 Level B. Packing shall be as specified in 5.1.1 for level A, except boxes for gaskets and sealing rings shall be domestic class or type as applicable, and strapping need not be zinc coated. 5.1.3 Level C* The pipe, couplings, gaskets, and sealing rings shall be prepared for delivery to assure carrier acceptance and safe delivery to destination at lowest rating. Containers and packing shall comply with Uniform Freight Classification Rules or National Motor Freight Classification Rules. 5.2 Marking 5.2.1 Civil agencies. The loose pipe, palletized unit loads, and shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 123. 5.2.2 Military agencies. The loose pipe, palletized unit loads, and shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with MIL-STD-129. 6. NOTES 6.1 Intended use. 6.1.1 Type I. For use where moderately aggressive water and soil of moderate sulfate content are expected to come in contact with the pipe. 4 CTD015749 SS-P-351 c 6.1.2 Type II. For use where highly aggressive water or water and soil of high sulfate content, or both, are expected to come in contact with the pipe. 6.1.3 Type III. For use where contact with aggressive waters and sulfates are not expected. 6.2 Ordering data. Purchasers should select the perferred options permitted herein and include the following information in procurement documents: (a) Title, number, and date of this specification. (b) Type, claes, and size of pipe required (1.2 and 6.A). (c) Whether coupling rings shall be oil - or non-oil-resistant (3.2). (d) Accessories, if other than specified (3.3). (e) Identification marking (see 3.4). (f) Size of lot, if different from 4.2.1. (g) Whether chemical analysis is required for types I and II (see 4.4-2.2). (h) Selection of applicable level of packing required (see 5.1). (i) When required, size of pallets and number of couplings per pallet (see 5.1.1.2). 6.3 Similar specification. American Water Works Association AWWA C400 for Asbestos-Cement Water Pipe contains requirements and tests similar to ASTK C296 and C500. 6.4 Selection of pipe classes. Refer to AWWA H2, Standard Practice for the Selection of AsbestosCement Water Pipe. Copies may be obtained from the American Water Works Association, 2 Park Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10016. C. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19G8 0 - 342-503 (3138) Order for this publication are to be placed with General Services Administration, acting as an agent for the Superintendent of Documents. See section 2 of this specification to obtain extra copies and other documents referenced herein. Price 5 cents each. 5 CTD015750 i \ \ SOIL CONSERVATION SERVICE ENGINEERING STANDARD 432-B-l IRRIGATION PIPELINE Asbestos-Cement Definition A pipeline and appurtenances Installed In an Irrigation system. Scope This standard applies to burled asbestos-cement pipelines with rubber gasket joints. Purpose The conservation objectives of this pipeline practice are to prevent erosion or loss of water quality or damage to land , to make possible the proper management of Irrigation water, and to reduce water con veyance losses. Conditions Where Practice Applies All pipelines shall be planned and located to serve as Integral parts of an irrigation water distribution or conveyance system that has been designed to facilitate the conservation use of soil and water resources on a farm or group of farms. All lands served by the pipelines shall be suitable for use as Irri gated land. Water supplies and Irrigation deliveries to the area shall be suffi cient to make Irrigation practical for the crops to be grown and the irrigation water application methods to be used. Design Criteria Pressure The maximum design working pressure shall be based on a safety factor of no less than 3.0 applied to the certified hydrostatic proof pressure as determined in accordance with Section 4, ASTM C 500. Hydrostatic test pressures for standard working pressure classifica tion shall be as specified in Table 1. For pipelines to be used principally for conveyance, where adequate hydraulic analysis of surge, water hammer or other pressure change is made on the basis of anticipated operating conditions, and where April 1971 CTD015751 432-B-2 combined loading stresses are determined, a safety factor of 3.0 or less may be applied to the hydrostatic proof pressure to determine the maximum design working pressure.> The minima acceptable working pressure classification shall be IS p.s. i. Pipelines may be designed either closed or open to the atmosphere. External Load Limit A safety factor of at least 1.50 shall be applied to the certified 3-edge bearing test in computing allowable heights of fill over the pipe. The earth loads shall be computed by the method outlined in Soil Conservation Service Technical Release No. 5. Capacity Design capacity shall be based on whichever of the following Is greater: 1. The capacity shall be sufficient to deliver the volume of water needed to meet the peak consumptive use of the crop. 2. The capacity shall be sufficient to provide an adequate Irrigation stream for all planned methods of irrigation. Friction Loss For design purposes, the pipeline friction loss shall be no less than that computed by the Hazen-Wllllams formula using a roughness coeffi cient, c, of 140. Check Valves Where detrimental backflow may occur, s check valve shall be Installed between the pump discharge and the pipeline. Pressure Relief. Vacuum Release, and Air Release Valves - Pipelines Closed to the Atmosphere A pressure relief valve shall be Installed at the pump location when excessive pressure can be developed by operating with all valves closed. Also, in closed systems where the line is protected from reversal of flow by a check valve and excessive surge pressures could be developed, a surge chamber or pressure relief valve shall be installed close to the check valve or the side away from the pump. Pressure relief valves for all classes of asbestos cement pipe except Class 15 Irrigation Pipe shall be no smaller than 1/4-lnch nominal size for each diameter Inch of the pipeline, and shall be set at a maximum of 5 p.s.i. above the pressure rating of the pipe. April 1971 CTD015752 432-B-3 Pressure relief vslvea for Clsss 15 Irrigation Pipe shall have a flow capacity of equal to the pipeline design flow rate with a pipeline pressure no greater than 50 percsnt hlghar than the peraisslbls working head for the pipe. Such pressure relief valves shall be narked with the pressure at which the valve starts to open; and adjustable pressure relief valves shall be sealed or otherwise altered to prevent changing of the adjustaant fron that narked on the valve. A pressure relief valve or surge chanber shall be installed at the end of the pipeline when needed to relieve surge. Pressure relief valves do not function as air release valves and shall not be used as substitutes for air release valves or to per form the air release function of vents or valves. Air release and vacuum release valves shall be placed at all summits in the pipeline* at the end of the line, and between the puap and check valve when needed to provide a positive naans of air entrance or escape. Air release and vacuum release valve outlets shall be at least 1-inch nominal diameter when specified for lines of 5- to 8-lnch diameter, at least 2-lnch.outlets for lines of 10- to 16-inch diameter, at least 4-inch outlets for lines of 18- to 28-inch diameter, at least 6-inch outlets for lines of 30- to 36-inch diameter, and at least 8-lnch outlets for lines of 38- to 48-inch diameter. For pipelines larger than 16-inch diameter, 2-inch air release valves may be used In place of the sizes indicated above If they are supplemented with vacuum release valves that will provide vacuum release capacity equal to the sizes shown. Stands and Vents - Lines Open to the Atmosphere General. Stands shall be placed at each Inlet to the Irrigation pipe system and at such other points as required. All stands shall serve as vents in addition to their other functions. All stands will bs supported on a base adequate to support the stand and prevent move ment or undue stress on the pipeline. All stands will comply with the following: 1. Avoid entrainment of air. 2. Allow 1 to 5 feet of freeboard. 3. Conform to ASTM C 76 or C 478 when concrete pipe greater than 24 inches in diameter is used for a stand. April 1971 CTD015753 432-B-4 4. When cast In place, contain steel reinforcing on not more than 1-foot centers to provide steal areas equal to or greater than the least valuaa specified for Claea II (1900-D-Ultlaata) pipe in A8TM C 76. 3. The tops of all etande shall be at least 4 feat above the ground surface, except that If visibility la not a factor, the top nay be lover if covered or equipped vlth trash guards. Punp stands. Pimp stands shall be one of the following types: 1. Concrete box stands with vertical sides, suitably reinforced. 2. Non-tapered stands of concrete pipe, suitably reinforced. 3. Non-tapered concrete pipe stands, capped and having a vent pipe of the height required to take care of hydraulic gradient plus freeboard. 4. Steel cylinder stands aortared to short concrete pipe riser. The centerline of the pimp discharge pipe shall have a nimw verti cal offset frou the centerline of the outlet pipe equal to the sun of the diaaeters of the inlet and outlet pipes. This nay be through the side of the stand or over the top. Construction shall be such as to insure that the vibration froa the pimp discharge pipe is not carried to the stand. Velocities in stand. Downward water velocities shall not exceed 2 feet per second. In no case shall such velocities exceed the average pipeline velocity. If the size of a pump stand is decreased above the pump discharge pipe, the top vent portion shall be of such inside crcss-sectional area that, If the entire flow of the pump were discharging through it, the average velocity will not exceed 10 feet per second. Gate stands. Gate stands shall: 1. Be constructed of concrete pipe or shall be cast-in-place concrete. Reinforcing requirements listed under Stand Requirements will apply. 2. Have dimensions sufficient to accommodate the gate or gates required.3 3. Serve as vents. April 1971 CTD015754 432-B-5 4. Be of such dimensions that gates are accessible for repair. Float valve stands. Float valve stands shall be of sufficient diameter to provide accessibility for maintenance and to dampen surge. Sand traps. Pump stands or gravity inlets serving as sand traps shall have a mini mum inside diameter of 30 Inches and shall be constructed so that the bottom is at least 24 Inches below the Invert of the outlet pipeline. Suitable provisions for cleaning sand traps shall be provided. Vent requirements. Vents must be designed into the system to provide for the removal of air and protection from surge. They shall: 1. Have a minimum freeboard of 1 foot above the hydraulic gradeline. The maximum height of the vent above the centerline of the pipeline must not exceed the maximum working head of the pipe. 2. Have a cross-sectional area at least one-half the cross-sec tional area of the pipeline (both Inside measurements) for a distance of at least 1 pipeline diameter up from the centerline of the pipeline. Above this elevation the vent may be reduced to 2 inches in diameter. 3. Be located: a. At the downstream end of each lateral. b. At summits in the line. c. At points where there are changes in grade in a downward direction of flow of more than 10 degrees. d. Immediately below the pump stand if the downward velocity in the stand exceeds 1 foot per second. Draining and Flushing Requirements Provisions shall be made for draining the pipeline completely where a hazard is Imposed by freezing temperatures or drainage is specified for the job or recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Where provisions for drainage are required, drainage outlets shall be located at all low places in the line. These outlets may drain into dry wells or to points of lower elevation. If drainage cannot be thus pro vided by gravity, provisions shall be made to empty the line by pumping. A suitable valve shall be installed at the distal end of the line when flushing to remove sediment is required. April 1971 ' CTD015755 432-B-6 Outlets Appurtenances to deliver water from a pipe system to the land, a ditch, or any surface pipe system shall be known as outlets. Out lets shall have a capacity to deliver the required flow: 1. To the hydraulic gradeline of a pipe or ditch. 2. To a point at least 6 Inches above the field surface. r 3. To an Individual sprinkler or lateral line at the design operating pressure of the sprinkler or lateral line as the case may be. Thrust Control Abrupt changes in pipeline grade, horizontal alignment, or reduction in size require an anchor or thrust blocks to absorb any axial thrust of the pipeline. Where thrust blocks or anchors are used, they shall be constructed of concrete or soil cement with at least one part cement to 12 parts soil of sandy loam or coarser texture. Thrust blocks shall fill the space between the pipe and the undisturbed earth at the side of the trench on the outside of bends to the full height of the outside diameter of the pipe, shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches and a length in feet perpendicular to the direction of thrust equal to: (98 HD Sin 1/2 a)/B Where: H *> maximum working head in feet D - inside diameter of the pipe in feet B - allowable passive pressure of the soil in pounds per square foot, and a - deflection angle of the pipe bend. Materials All materials shall conform to the minimum requirements of this Standard under Engineering Specifications for Materials. Installation Requirements Placement All pipe shall be placed deep enough below the land surface to protect It from hazards Imposed by traffic crossings, farm operations, freez ing temperatures, or soil cracking. Minimum cover shall be 2 feet except In soils subject to deep cracking for which minimum cover shall April 1971 CTD015756 432-B-7 be 3 feet. For Class 15 Irrigation Pipe (15# I.P.) minimum cover shall be 2 1/2 feet and maximum cover shall be 4 feet. Extra fill may be placed over the pipeline to provide the minimum depth of cover If the top width of fill la not leal than 10 feet and the aide slopea are not steeper than 6 to 1. Where trenches are excavated in soils containing rock or other hard materials, where soils are subject to appreciable swelling and shrinking on wetting and drying, or where the trench bottom is unstable, the trenches shall be over-excavated and backfilled with selected materials as needed to provide a suitable base. If water is In the trench, that water shall be drained away, and laying the pipe postponed until a suitable base has been obtained. The pipe trench shall be reasonably straight. The maximum deflec tion in any one coupling shall not exceed 5 degrees for pipe sizes up to 12 inches and 3 degrees for larger sizes. Short radius curves may be introduced into the alignment by using short sections of pipe and giving each coupling no more than the maximum allowable deflec tion. Trench width for Class 15 Irrigation Pipe (15# l.P.) shall be no wider than the pipe diameter plus 18 Inches. Testing Pipelines shall be tested for leaks by observing their normal opera tion any time after the contractor has installed all appurtenances on the pipeline and Indicated the pipeline as ready for testing. The line shall be inspected in its entirety while the maximum work ing pressure is maintained. All visible leaks shall be promptly repaired and the line re-tested. It shall be demonstrated by testing that the pipeline will function properly at design capacity. At or below design capacity there shall be no objectionable surge or water hammer. Objectionable flow conditions shall include continuing unsteady delivery of water, damage to the pipeline, and detrimental discharge from con trol valves. Certification and Guarantee The pipe shall be certified by the manufacturer for compliance with this standard. The installing contractor shall certify that his installation com plies with the requirements of this standard. He shall furnish a written guarantee designed to protect the owner against defective workmanship and materials over a period of not less than '2 years, and shall name the source of the asbestos-cement pipe used. !(-(0I 0-1110 April 1971 CTD015757 432-B-8 Plana and Specifications Plans and specifications for Asbestos Ceaent Irrigation Pipelines shall be in keeping with the Standard and ahall describe the require ments for application of the practice to achieve its Intended pur poses. CTD015758 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS Pipe and Couplings Asbestos-cement Irrigation pipe shall be composed of an intimate mix ture of Portland Cement ASTM C150 or of Portland Blast Furnace Slag Cement ASTM CS95 or of Portland-Pozzolan Cement ASTM C595, aillca and aabestos fiber and shall be frae from organic substances. The material shall be formed under pressure and thoroughly cured to pro duce pipe moating the requiraaente of thaaa specifications. Coupling sleeves shall be made of asbaatoa-oamont and shall be machined with rubber ring retaining grooves so that when the joint Is assembled a water-tight seel is provided. Assembly of pipe end coup ling shall provide necessary end separation. The types of pipe shall be known as Types I, II, end III correspond ing to the chemical requirements given. Type I - for use including those sites where moderately aggressive water, and soil of moderate sulfate content are expected to come in contact with the pipe and when tested In accordance with Sections 14 and 15 of ASTM C500, the amount of uncomblned calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 3.0 percent. Type II - for general use including those sites where either moderately or highly aggressive water or water and soil of both sioderate and high sulfate content are expected to come in contact with the pipe, and when tested In accordance with Sections 14 and 15 of ASTM C500, the uncomblned calcium hydroxide shall not exceed 1.0 percent. Type III - for use only on those sites where contact with aggressive waters and sulfates are not expected. There are no chemical require ments for Type III pipe. Asbestos cement irrigation pipe (SCS 432-B, I.P.) shall be classified in accordance with Its allowable maximum operating pressure: 15, 25, 75, 90 and 125. Asbestos cement pressure pipe (ASTM C296) shall be classified in accordance with its pressure class: 100, 150 and 200. Asbestos cement transmission pipe (ASTM C668) shall be in classifica tions representing numerically one-tenth of the minimum hydrostatic strength. Each standard, random, or short length of pipe and coupling sleeve shall be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment and shall have sufficient strength to withstand the internal hydro static pressure prescribed in Table I when tested in accordance with Section 4 of ASTM C500. April 1971- CTD015759 W<-d-lU Each length of pipe shall have sufficient flexural strength to with stand, without failure, the total load prescribed In Table 2a and 2b for the classes and sizes listed, whan tested In accordance with Section 7, ASTM C500. Asbestos-cement pips shall hava a minimum crushing strength as Indi cated in Tables 3a and 3b, when tested in accordance with the crush ing test as specified In Section 10 of ASTM 0500, lech length of pips shall bs narked with the manufacturer's identifi cation, pipe classification, Type of pipe (Type I, ZZ or ZZZ corre sponding to the chaalcal requirements) and date of aanufacture. Each coupling shall be narked with the nanufacturer's Identification, nominal size, and letter "T" to indicate that It has been hydro statically tested. Caskets The rubber ring gaskets required for proper assaably of pipe and coupling shall confom to the nanufacturer's dlaanplone and toler ances. They shall equal or exceed the specifications for gaskets In ASTH D1S69. Accessories The valves, asbestos-cement or natal fittings, etc., shall be of adequate capacity and suitable quality to withstand the design pressures and shall be Installed In accordance with the nanufacturer's reconmendatlon to neat the service requirements of the pipeline. April 1971 CTD015760 432-B-ll Table 1 Applied Hydrostatic Proof Preaaure Applicable Speclflcation Ho. SCS 432-B Irrigation Pipe Classification yis# i.p. 25# I.P. 75# I.P. 90# I.P. 125# I.P. ASTM C 296 Class 100 Class 150 Class 200 ASTM C 668 Classification number Is one tenth of mini mum hydrostatic strength 2J Working Pressure p.s.l. Applied Proof Pressure 9*0 #1s 15 45 25 75 75 225 90 270 125 375 100 350 150 525 200 700 One fourth of minimum hydrostatic strength 2J Three fourths of minimum hydrostatic strength 2J Size Range ins. 10-36 3-36 3-36 3-36 3-36 3-36 3-36 3-36 6-42 17I.P. " Irrigation Pipe 2/ Minimum hydrostatic strength aa defined In Section 7, C 668 Table 2a Minimum Flexural Strength (Total Applied Load, Lbs.) Nominal Size Inches Working Pressure Classification 432-B Irrigation Pips ASTM C 296 Class Class 25# 75# 90# 125# 100 150 Class 200 3 4 5 6 8 Note: 300 500 750 755 853 915 600 1000 - 1300 1200 1460 1860 900 1500 - 2000 --- 1300 2000 2000 3300 2800 3700 4900 2500 3700 4000 6000 5330 7600 10130 Based on 9-foot span for all sizes - See ASTM C 500, Section 7 April 1971* CTD015761 432-B-12 Table 2b Minimum Flexural Strength (Total Applied Load In Lbs.) Noalnal Size Pipe Classification C 668 ins. 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 6 2300 2500 2800 3200 3700 4000 4900 8 3700 4400 5100 5700 6400 6900 7600 8800 10100 Note: Based on iQ-foot span for both sizes - See Section 7, ASTM C 500 Table 3a Mlnlaua Crushing Strength (Lbs. Per Lineal Poot) Nominal Size Inches 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 15# --. - - - - 1200 1200 1200 1400 1500 1800 2000 2400 3000 Working Pressure Classification Irrigation Pipe ASTM C 296 Class Class Class 25# 75# 90# 125# 100 150 200 1500 1100 1000 1000 1300 1500 1500 1500 1500 1800 2000 2400 3000 3600 2300 1900 1650 1400 1650 1900 2200 2600 2750 2900 3100 3500 4100 5000 - - 1600 2000 2100 2300 - - - - - - 4400 4200 4000 3700 4000 4300 4600 5000 5400 5800 6400 7500 9000 10500 4600 4100 - 4000 4000 4400 5200 5200 5600 6500 7100 8100 9700 11200 6700 5400 - 5400 5500 7000 7600 8600 9200 10100 10900 12700 15900 19600 8800 8700 - 9000 9300 11000 11800 13500 15400 17400 19400 22600 28400 33800 April 1971 CTD015762 Table 3b Mlnjjmm Crushing Strength (Lbs. per Lineal Foot) 432-B-13 Pipe Classification C 668 IB 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 6 2400 3200 4000 4700 5400 6700 9000 8 2000 2400 2800 3400 4000 4800 5500 7400 9300 10 2000 2500 3000 3500 4500 5500 7000 9000 11000 12 2000 2500 3000 4000 5200 6400 7800 10000 12200 14 2000 2500 3000 4000 5200 7000 8800 11000 13500 15 2300 2800 3300 4300 5500 7400 9300 12000 14500 16 2500 3000 3500 4500 5800 7500 9500 12400 15400 18 2500 3000 4000 5000 6500 8500 11000 14000 18000 20 2500 3500 4500 5500 7100 9500 12000 15000 20000 21 2500 3500 4500 5800 7300 9700 12500 16000 21000 24 2800 3800 5000 6200 8100 11000 15000 19000 24000 27 3500 4200 5500 7000 8800 12500 16500 20500 27000 30 3500 4500 6000 7500 9700 13500 18000 22500 30000 33 3500 5000 6500 8000 10500 14500 19500 24500 33000 36 4000 5000 7000 9000 11200 16000 21000 26000 36000 39 4200 5300 7500 9700 12000 17200 22500 28000 39000 42 4300 5700 8000 10500 13000 18500 24000 30000 42000 April 1971 CTD015763 TAP/71C -zc- re INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS Asbestos Cement Building Sewer Pipe PS-26-67-T 1. PURPOSE TENTATIVE This is a report of the IAPMO Standards Committee and is subject to ratification by the membership. 1.1 The purpose of this standard is to establish a generally acceptable quality standard for asbestos cement building sewer pipe. Its purpose is also to serve as a guide for producers, distributors, designers, engineers, installers, inspectors, and users; to promote understanding regarding materials, manufacture, and installation; to form a basis for fair competi tion, and to provide for identifying building sewer pipes that conform to this standard. The provisions of this standard are not intended to prevent the use of any alternate material or method of construction provided any such alternate meets the intent of this standard. 2. SCOPE 2.1 This standard covers dimensions, physical and chemical properties, design and tests together with other significant properties of constructions and finish, together with the methods of marking and identification. 2.2 The building sewer pipes covered by this standard are intended for use in conveying domestic sewage from house or building to the street sewer of private sewage disposal system and shall be installed in compliance with the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials and IAPMO Standard IS 1-66. 3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Pipe shall be manufactured with the nominal inside diameter of 4", 5", and 6". The average inside diameter may be not more than -1/4" or 1-1/2%, whichever is the greater. 3.2 The standard nominal length of 4", 5" , and 6" building sewer pipe may be 10' or 13'_ 1" . At least 8 5 percent (85%) of the total number of pipes of any one size excluding half lengths, shall be furnished in standard lengths. The remaining 15 percent (15%) or less may be in random lengths of not less than 71 . 3.2.1 Half lengths for use in making connections to fittings and-structures shall not exceed 6' 6" except 15 percent (15%) may be furnished less than the 6' 6" but in no case less than 4'. CTD015764 "n FIBER TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES Two Sections: Test Methods to Evaluate Asbestos Fibers Fiber Test Procedures Test Methods (TM) Appendix B - Test Methods used to Evaluate Asbestos Fibers TM-6 TM-7 TM-8 TM-9 TM-10 TM-11 TM-12 TM-13 - Fiber Sampling and Sample Preparation for Individual Test Specimen Selections - Relative Strength Test for Asbestos Fibers - T&N Drainage Test for Determination of Relative Filterability of Asbestos Fiber - Ridgen Air-Permeability Test for Determination of Asbestos Fiber Surface Area - Wet Volume Test - Clark Classifier Determination of Fiber Length, Fraction Distribution and Dust Content of Asbestos Fiber - T&N Classifier Determination of Distribution and -200 Mesh Dust Content of Asbestos Fiber - T&N Air Permeability Test for Surface Area of Asbestos Fiber Fiber Test Procedures C-5-72 F-3-74 T&N Wet Classification Strength in Asbestos-Cement Products Dust Content of Asbestos Fiber Notes: Fiber TM's are a part of Test Methods (separate binder) which are a part of General Standards (additional separate binder). Each of the three binders is cross-referenced. Fiber Test Procedures with numbers are a part of Chrysotile Asbestos Test Manual (large green binder from Bell). ap 8/84 CTD015768 INDEX Section F MAR 2 7 1980 STANDARD TEST METHODS NUMBER FP-1 RM-1 TM-1 TM-2 TM-3 TM-4 TM-5 TM-6* 0 Hi 0 TK-7* TM-8* TM-9* TM-10 TM-11* b 0 I KHi L R - >. TM-12* *\ TM-13* V TM-14 DESCRIPTION Uncombined Ca (OH)2 Test ' ' ,s* y ' [' A Method for Evaluation of Portland Cement for use in Asbestos Cement Products Superseded by TM-8 Superseded by TM-9 Fineness of Portland Cement and Silica by Blaine Air Permeability Apparatus In Process Wet Crush Strength Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products Fiber Sampling and Sample Preparation for Individual Test Specimen Selections Relative Strength Test for Asbestos Fibers T.&N Drainage Test for Determination of Relative Filterability of Asbestos Fiber Rigden Air Permeability Test for Determination of Asbestos Fiber Surface Area Wet Volume of Asbestos Fiber Clark Classifier Determination of Fiber Length, Fraction Distribution and Dust Content of Asbestos Fiber T&N Classifier Determination of Distribution and -200 Mesh Dust Content of Asbestos Fiber 1* T&N Air Permeability Test for Surface Area of Asbestos Fiber Ozone Resistance Test for Elastomeric Compounds 3'.* Located in Asbestos Fiber Evaluation Manual ** To be prepared DATE OF ISSUE 11/22/61 11/1/61 4/18/69 ** 11/16/67 9/1/65 9/1/65 9/1/65 9/1/65 3/20/79 9/1/65 1/18/65 1/18/65 -2/7/68 CTD015769 -- NUMBER TM-15 TM-16 TM-17 TM-18 TM-19 TM-20 TM-21 TM-21A TM-22. TM-22A TM-23 TM-23A TM-24 TM-25 TM-26 TM-27 TM-28 TM-29 TM-30 TM-31 TM-32 TM-33 -2- MAR 2 7 1980 DESCRIPTION Low Temperature Flexibility Test for Elastomeric Materials Oil Immersion Test for Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds Water Immersion Test for Elastomeric Compounds Hardness Test for Elastomeric Materials Tensile Strength, Modulus and Elongation for Elastomeric Materials Shrinkage Test for Elastomeric Compounds Compression Set Test for Elastomeric Compounds Compression Set Test for CG Rubber Rings Mold Approval for Rubber Rings Mold Approval for CG Rubber Rings Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection Incoming Rubber Ring Inspection (FLUID-TITE CG Rings) Fineness of Silica by Sieve Analysis Determination of Available Si02 in Pulverized Silica Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method Hydrotest Exp. Shop Dimensional Testing of Round Cross Section Rubber Rings Stretch Recovery Test for Elastomeric Compounds Free Moisture Content of Silica Loss on Ignition Pot Life for Epoxy Resins and Hardeners Standard Tests for Stencil Ink DATE OF ISSUE 9/13/68 11/30/67 1/10/68 1/11/68 1/11/68 1/9/68 1/9/68 9/28/71 1/9/68 8/26/70 A/22/68 10/28/71 5/24/68 1/24/68 2/1/68 7/2/68 . 6/2/71 8/19/69 8/8/69 '6/26/70 CTD015770 NUMBER TM-34 TM-35 TM-36 TM-37 TM-38 TM-39 TM-40 TM-41 TM-42 TM-43 TM--44^ t^ -3- MAR 2 7 1S80 DESCRIPTION Density Test for Epoxy Components Standard Tests - FLUIT-TITE Lubricant for Field Use Standard Tests - FLUID-TITE Lubricant for In-Plant Use Chemical Resistance and Adhesive Strength of Epoxy Lining for A/C Pipe Assembly Effort Test Method Using Cold Box Tensile Testing of Storm Drain Coupling Material Sieve Analysis and Moisture Content of A/C Fines Sewer Pipe Flex Deflection Test In-Plant Evaluation of Chemical Resistance of Epoxy Lined Pipe and Couplings Method for Checking TBI Threads Using Thread Plug and Taper Gages. Test Method for Leaching Resistance of Vinyl-Lined and Bitumen Lined A/C Pressure Pipe DATE OF ISSUE 9/15/70 7/21/70 7/23/70 6/17/71 6/12/72 2/7/72 12/2/71 4/10/72 3/6/73 ** ** HyjtLfi-noJ PtAL- AVkA^l^i-ry /vt<P*r J K-t^nev T 0 f\1-J h-TlCrt op fo (LT p CKfc/r ^') /A4j> #* To be prepared CTD015771 -< /y UNC0M3INED CALCIUM HYDROXIDE TEST a>nw^. following test is .intended to replace the alkalinity test in I specifications for asbestos ecinent pipe. ?h on o lp.ithale in Indicator - Dissolve 1.0 g. of phenolphthalein in 10 - ml; of absolute ethanol.* Glycerol (Ethanol .Solvent) - Prepare a solution consisting of one part by volume of glycerol and two parts by volume of absolute ethanol*., The glycerol should conform to the require^ meats for glycerol of the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society and shall assay at least 95,,of-,. Glycerol sold by the J0 To Baker Chemical Company as "Baker Analysed" Reagent grade or any similar glycerol is satisfactory. To each liter of this solution add 2 ml. of the phenolphthalein indicator. The solvent should be slightly alkaline to the indi cator. If the solvent is colorless* add a dilute solution of HnOH in absolute ethanol* until a slight pink color appears. If the initial color is pink* remove it with the standard ammo nium acetate solution (Paragraph (c)) and add the NaOH solution until a slight pink color appears. Heat 60 ml. of the solvent to boiling. If the pink color persists, add one small drop of the standard solution of ammonium acetate (0.02 ml,, equivalent to 0,0001 g. CaO), to the hot solvent,, if the pink color does not disappear* the solvent contains too .\iuch alkali which should be reduced. The solvent if allowed to stand, for a con= siderable length of time, may become sligttly acid and should be checked and* if necessary, readjusted fom time to time. h'obe: Absolute ethanol may be replaced with denatured alcohol No. 30; 3as or 2b or- alcohol consisting of 93 per cent specially denatured Mo. 3a plus five per cent isopropanol, Glycerol and ethanol are highly hygroscopic,, Every effort should be made to 'avoid exposing them and other materials unnecessarily to water and C02 in air. Bottles with an outlet near the bottom or fitted with a s^phen are convenient. They can be filled to the top and protected with tubes containing 6a SOij. and ascarifce. Condensers may also be fitted with suoh tubes at the top. CTD015772 t L p 11/22/61 Tv C. #601 3/18/60 UNCOIBINED CALCIUM HYDROXIDE TEST Mtx.Jp. Co The ammonium acetate used shall also meet A0 C. Sc specif lea-' tionrj and shall assay at least 98c0^o Ammonium acetate is also hygroscopico Therefore, a quantity should he placed in a desiccator for a week before^ being used. Ammonium acetate sold by Jo To Baker Companyras'^'Baker Analyzed" Reagent grade or any similar ammonium acetate is satisfactory. The ammonium acetate solution is prepared by dissolving 16.0 g, of the dry crystal- line ammonium acetate in one liter of absolute or anhydrous ethanol**. Standardize the ammonium acetate solution by titrating against pure Calcium oxide, CaO, that is freshly prepared by calcining pure calcium carboriate or calcium oxalate in a platinum crucible with a platinum cover .at 1652 to 1S32F. to constant weighto Any platinum container having a platinum cover and capable of holding about 0.1 g. or more of CaO is satisfactory. When the CaO has cooled in a desiccator, perform the following operations in quick succession: J 0 Cr & Grind it in a mortar, weigh out 0.05 to 0.06 g. into a dry 25O ml. Erlenmeyer flask having a 2^/40 ground glass joint, and add 60 ml. of the glycerol-ethanol solvent and 2.0 g, of anhydrous strontium nitrate, Sr^O-oJjj, and a teflon encapsulated stirring bar to the flask. Sometimes pure CaO will cake on the bottoit of the flask, particularly if the glycerol is anhydrous. This trouble may be avoided by putting a few grams of clean,, dry quarts sand in the flask before the introduction of CaO and solvent. Attach the flask to the water cooled condenser and. continue the standardization of the ammonium acetate solutionexact ly as the procedure described for a sample of pipe drillings^-- Calculate the CaO equivalent of the ammonium acetate solution ~~r"* in grams per ml. by dividing the, weight of CaO used by the yolume of solution required. ,To change the CaO' equivalent to .CaXOHjg equivalent (e), multiply the former by I.32. vX <t li' PROCEDURE: ' j j j j Representative samples of the pipe or coupling shall be brushed free of dust and drilled with a clean, sharp l/k inch carbide tipped drill from the outer surface inwardly until the drill point emerges from the inside wall. Drilling is done on a clean sheet .of glazed paper f^6 with a rate of penetration of approximatelyoneMnch per minute.^:. Using a'..soft.brush,' all, drillings are fcollhSted^and.lmmediately^fc^^^ screened through, a 20-raesh\ screen. 6;The -material passing -,through^the. ' , V / ^ f CTD015773 3f '>'*('> -''601 o/^-V^O UTICOJEilNED CALCIUM HYDROXIDE TEST C L '. J ju.k :reun>.. g^ass v.op. The bottle with top removed is placed in a -ing oven at 3.O5"c for two hours and then cooled in a desiccator ;o room tcr,:pcraturc. Welsh out 1.0 g. ^0.010 g. of the material and record weight to the nearest 0.001 g. Place the weighed sample into a dry 250 ml. E.vlorneycr flash with a ground glass 24/40 joint add a Teflon encapsulated stirring bar, 60 mUiwl.f.f \oJJf* the glycerol- ethanol solvent and 2.0 g. of anhydrous strontium nitrate, to the flash. Attach the flash to the water1-cooled reflux Sr(N0o)2 s condenssee: r having a 24/40 ground glass joint and place on a hot plate magnetic stirrer with the hot plate setting such that the mixture boils gently and with the magnetic stirrer setting such that the solids are hept in suspension without splashing. Boll for 30 minutes, disconnect the reflux condenser from the flash, remove the flask from the hot plate and filter the solution under moderate vacuum which does not cause boiling and using a 250 ml. fi.Vcer flash and a size (2) Buchner funnel. The filter paper must first be wet with the glycorol-ethanol solvent prior to filtration. Swirl the Erlen- noyer flash twice with a small amount of solvent and pour the wash over the retained solids. When no more liquid filters through, turn off the vacuum, disconnect the filter flash and place the fil trate into a clean, dry,250 ml. Erlenraeyer flash. Wash the filter flash with a small amount of solvent and pour the wash into the filtrate. Replace the 250 ml. Erlenmeyer flash on the hot plate, replace the condenser, and bring to a boll. Disconnect the con denser, remove the flask from the hot plate and titrate. During the titration, no excess of ammonium acetate should be added at any time because an excess may react with calcium aluminates and silicates giving a high answer. .- CALCULATION% Calculate the percentage of uncombined Ca(OH)2 to the nearest 0.1 as follows: Uncombined Ca(0Il)2 per cent a EV x 100 $ where: E ~ Ca{0H)2 equivalent of the ammonium acetate solution in grams per milliliter. V t= Milliliters of ammonium acetate solution required by sample. kJ W = Weight of sample (grams) to nearest 0.001. Notes Allowable Unit ia^ uncombined calcium hydroxide. 0, CTD015774 Jut ~H.lt jUMatk--...rt.in.dtliir^y n . I'1 `-^rtiriirwitf^i- f ~i 1 . / ' f i..'. a..../ .1.1. 5/1G/60 UHCOHBIIED CALC DIM HYDROXIDE TEST Ok') -C, 1 - Liebig condenser, drip tip, standard ground glass joint, male 2-^/hQ joint, approximately 300 mm. In length. G - ErXcnncycr flashy standard ground glass joint.* 2>l/40i 250 ml. capacity 1 - Hot plate - magnetic stirrer. (A Teflon encapsulated stirring bar, about one inch in length, i3 usually Included. This must be purchased separately if not included.) 1 - Buret, capacity 10 ml. in 0.05 ml. subdivisions. 1 - Platinum crucible, 10 ml. capacity. 1 - Platinum crucible, cover, 10 ml. size. 1 - Meeker burner 1 = 200 ml. I. D. desiccator 1 - Aspirator for water spigot to provide vacuum. 1-2 liter capacity bottle with drain at bottom for solvent. 1 - 100 ml. capacitjr bottle for phenolphthalein solution. 1-1 liter capacity bottle for ammonium acetate reagent. 1 - graduated cylinder, 10 ml. 1 - graduated cylinder, 2p0 ml. 3 ft. - 1/b" bore vacuum rubber tubing 5 ft. - l/A:I bore rubber tubing for condenser. 1 - lb. "Drierite". >1 - lb. "Ancarite", 8-20 mesh 1 - lb. Ammonium acetate, reagent grade0 ^1 gal. Glycerine, reagent grade. CTD015775 7 1.1. - '/-. .'I /- '1 n r.c. -:{6oi 3/13/50 UI/COI-BIi'JED CALCIUM HYDROXIDE TEST i_ I - 3"id ncr funnel, size 2 1 - Set balance weights, class P or better. 1 ~ Box of 100 Whatmann -y42 filter papers, 70 mm. diameter, 1 ~ Tube of stopcock grease ]. - Burner support for triangle and crucible. 1 ~ Triangle, 1-1/2 inch to hold crucible. 1 - 250 ml. Srlenmeyer filtering flask, heavy v?all glass. S - Weighing bottles, 15 x 50 mm. 2 - Drying tubes, 100 mm. in length 1 - Mortar and pestle, 100 mm. 0. D. 1/4 lb. Strontium nitrate, reagent grade. 1/4 lb. Sodium hydroxide, reagent grade. I/1!- lb. Phcnolphthalein, reagent grade. 1 - Support stand to hold buret and buret clamp. 1 - Buret clamp 1 - Pair crucible tongs 1 ~ ft. Tygon tubing 1/4" bore for solvent bottle draining. 1 Hoffmann clamp for' closing Tygon tubing on solvent bottle. 1 - Spatula 1 - Eye dropper 1 gal. ethyl alcohol, absolute, or No. 30, 3^ or 2b or alcohol consisting of 95^ specially denatured alcohol No. 3a plus 5^ isopropanol. cork and rubber stoppers. glazed paper, any paper with a smooth surface. CTD015776 o ll/Al'/ol r~\ o r< o 601 3/I0/0O 0 UNCCM3II1ED CALCIUM HYDHCX1DE TEST o CC: RS:D Headquarters q/C Headquarters Q./C Supervisors Plant 6 7 8 9 Chemical Research Manager A/C Pipe Development Manager <0 CTD015777 J Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Preparation of Solutions 1. Glyeerol Ethanol a. Kix one (1) part by volume Glycerol and tvro (2) parts by volume Ethanol , ( Ethanol- J.T. Baker Alcohol #9^00 3A ) to each liter add 2 ml. of Phenolphthalein indicatior. 1. Take a 1000 ml. graduate- clean with hydrochloric acid and rinse with distilled water. 2. Add 300 ml. Glycerol and 600 ml. Ethanol. 3. Add 2 ml. Indicatior 4. Pour into a brown bottle and shake well. 2. Ammonium Acetate r2, / . *'' J a. Dissolve 16 grams dry ciystaline ammonium acetate into 1000 ml Ethanol. Standardization of Ammonium Acetate Solution When a new batch of ammonium acetate soln. is made up , it must be standardized. procedure: 1. Set ujp apparatus for-Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test. 2. Sdt up Bunsen Burner and stand with triangle. 3. Clean"all flasks etc. vdth hydrochloric acid. 4. Fill platinum crucible a little less than 1/2 way with Calcium Carbonate. 5. Place crucible and Calcium Carbonate over flame and burn until the Calcium Carbonate reaches a constant weight. ( // 2 l/2 - 3 hrs.) 6. When,at a constant weight - cool in a desiccator to room temp. 7. Place sample in a mortar and grind it. Weigh out 0.05 to 0.06 grams and place into a 250 ml. flask. 8. Perform the routine test for Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide. Calcvlations: \ f. CaO Equivalent of Ammonium Acetate s CaO used ml. of ammonium acetate used in titration 0.,06 grams CaO , 7*80 ml. Ammo. Acetate " ;Bo77 Note; 1. 2. The burning of Calcium Carbonate gives CaO When titrating^the soln. is purple to begin with; the end point is when the soln. turns clear. R.J. Weiner Q.C. Technician /4/3/s.y CTD015778 RM-1 * TEST METHOD NO, < / ' NEW ISSUE DATE i 7 ' , ' ;7 SUPERSEDING DATE . KEASDEY & MATTISON CO. AMBLER, PA. >T1*' f/LC TEST METHOD PAOt or J. RflO MANAGER A &.XWD FOE KVAEJ0ATTO3? <? CJ?EiW" FOE UK-5 J 30E3TO3 GEMm mcmcT,? p. Q.&, SUPERVISOR V- tvuSjL, GEN, MGR,, RES* OR DEV* Q.C. MANAGER iicori^ Tpl;; iaethod of teat covers certain characteristics of cement related to production vachint: operation and product quality,, The method cover;; both freshly formed and cured asbestos cement sheets and is applicable to all existent processes and products, A :tf lov Chart" of the test, procedure Is given In the Procedure AuconUAv.- page 16, X, APPA31W3K5: . A schnmatloal layout of the entix'e equipment,, as manufactured by JIu-jbolLdt :Kaiufa.cturj.ns; Company,, Chicago }VfP Illinois, with the except t3ons of items AP Df C5 and 3D la shown in Pig, 10 Ttg numbers pre ceding tne other items coincide with those given in 3*:lgt. 1,, A, B:ry Mixing Cans - The mixing cans shall be ordinary 3L/2 gallon friction top pails fitted with three one inch wide deflecting vanes which 3hall extend approxi mately the full length of the can and be soldered to the can The vanes shall be equally spaced and shall be .peralilel to the axis of the cans. B,, '0:?y Mixing Equipment, - This shall be a roll table5 capable of holding 1/2 gallon cans and of rotating these cans at 90 it^O rpuu Co Met Miring Equipment - The mixer Is the Cenco Variable . Spaed Electric Motor Stirrer with friction cene drivft'c adjusted to 600 rpm0 at no loach The agitator used in connection with the power mixer shall be a three blade secid-finished and drilled hronso propsHerP approxi mately 2-3L/A inch diameterp 4 inch pitchy left-handed, '0.. Glass Graduate - A glass graduate of 1000 ml, capacity shall he used for measuring the mixing water, .1, Mixing Funnel - A cone shaped mixing funnel with a short stem at the bottom for discharge cf the -slurry. This opening of the stem shall be fitted with a rubber stopper during mixing. FORM 301 CTD015779  TEST METHOD NO. RM-1 NEW issue DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. ambler, pa. TEST METHOD page 2 or .* A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS ft60 MANAGER iZh,pQ.C./^UPERVISOR V GEN, MGR,, RES* OR DEV* Q.C. MANAGER 2o Chute - The ohute enables the slurry to flow from the mixing funnel Into the filter box In an even flow* Its dimensions and positioning relative to funnel and filter box are shown in Fig* (Stand ard Method for Evaluation of Portland Cement, dated August lj> i960)* Positioning of the chute* as specified* Is of major Importance as it affects the formation of the cake* 3 Filter Box - The filter box Is used for the forma tion of the cake* It shall be made of No* 16 gauge galvanised sheet or equivalent* Its dimensions and specifications are given in Fig0 3* (Standard Method for Evaluation of Portland Cement* dated August 1* 1960)o In constructing the box* the perforated plate must be aligned level to assure the formation of a cake of uniform thickness0 ko Suction Flask - A 2000 ml<, suction flask shall be used between suction source and filter box to collect the filtrateo Vacuum type rubber tubings* with an inside diameter of 5/16 inch and three foot length* shall be used as connecting mediae The connections between air aspirator* suction flask* and filter box shall be made as shown In Fig- I5 i0e0 the side inlet of the auction flask shall be connected to the filter box* and the top inlet shall be connected to the vacuum sourceo The top inlet of the flask shall be 5/2.6 inch copper tubing inserted through the rubber stopper* and the sufficient length so that it extends one inch below the side opening of the flasko The flask is set on a stand with the lip of the flask approximately nine inches below the table levelo 5 Manometer A mercury manometer* minimum range 20 inches* and graduated in inches with 1/k inch divi sions* shall be connected into the system to indicate the vacuum* 6* Vacuum Source - An air activated aspirator shall be used for the source of the vacuum* The aspirator shall be connected* through a pressure reducing valve* to a compressed air line capable of deliver ing a oonstant volume of clean* dry air at a pressure FORM 2301 CTDO15780 f TEST METHOD NO, RM-1 NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASDEY A MATTISON CO. AMOLGR, PA. TEST METHOD 3RAOC or r. A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RSO MANAGER Pnq.c^supervisor V- iZjJL gen. mgr,, RES. OR DEV, ac. manager of at least 50 psl* The aspirator may be ad justed by turning the upper, cone-tipped pipe, until readings are obtained as outlined in tho Procedure Appendix, Section A* 7* Hand Tamper - The hand tamper shall be used to assure proper formation of the cake In the filter boxo It Is designed to fit snugly Into the filter boxo The hand tamper Is fitted with a weight to bring its total weight to 25 pounds* 8* Pressing Tool - The pressing tool shall be used to maintain closure between the sides of the filter box and the edges of the cake so that proper vacuum can be maintained during the formation of the calce o 9* Stand for Cake Removal - This stand receives the calce after formation in the filter box0 10 o Calce Support Table - This cake support table shall be used to handle the oake during weighing to per oent deformation* 11. Balance - The balance shall be used for all weigh ing* It shall have a capacity of at least 250 grams and be capable of weighing within one-tenth gram* 12* Press - The press shall be used for the required densification of the calce* It shall be a standard Carver Laboratory Press, provided with a gauge for 10,000 pounds total load (Carver Gauge Range 0-10,000 pounds)* It shall be fitted with addi tional platens* In addition a mold is required* The press bed inaludes a series of perforated plates and screens in combination with Fisher Scientific Filter Paper No* 9-800* The correct assembly is shown in Fig. 1 with a change in the filter paper specification to read "two thick nesses of 5 by 10 inch (one 10 x 10 Inoh section FORM 2301 CTD015781  TEST MCTHOO NO. RM-I New issue date 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE * . - V*--*** KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. ambler, pa. TEST METHOD - V a moc E or 'X.j A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RAO MANAGER rvQ,Cy9SUPCR VI90R GEN* MGR., RES* OR DEV* Q.C. MANAGER folded) and four thicknesses of 5 by 10 Inch (two 10 x 10 Inch sections folded)H, This press bed, placed under the mold containing the calce during pressing, retains the water removed from the calce during the pressing operation, 13. Sag Tester - The sag tester measures the sag or plasticity of the cake, l,e, the deviation from the horizontal under a given load, A releasable center support holds the test cake In place before the test Is started, A Starrett Dial Gauge (No, 655-441), with all springs removed. Is mounted centrally between the two anvils. The total dead weight of the micrometer stem and foot shall be 18,0 grams, and a 20,0 gram dead iv'elght is placed at the top of the stem to affect the total weight of 3800 grams. The sag tester shall be placed on a flat rigid plate positioned on a one-half Inch thick rubber mat, II, RAW MATERIALS & PROPORTIONINGg A, Asbestos Fiber - K&M Standard Prepared Fiber, B, Silica Sample - Prepared by the N, j. Pulverising Company, 205 West 34th Street, New York, N, Y It shall contain not less than 90# S102, and shall have a wash fineness so that 85# passes a 200 mesh screen, C, Cement - Cement to be tested shall be stored In air-tight containers at room temperature, D, Mixing Water - Distilled water, having a Ph within the range of 6,0 and 7,0 shall be used for all tests, E, Proportioning - For autoclave cure, the dry mix shall consist of 20$ fiber, 30# silloa flour, and 50# cement. The total dry mix required for one cake shall be I55 grams. CTD015782 TEST METHOD NO, TuM NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING OATE KEASDEY A. MATTISON CO. AMBLER. PA, 5paoe or ly TEST METHOD A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RAO MANAGER r-Q.C*/SUPERVISOR GEN, MGR., RES, OR DEV, III. SAMPLE PREPARATION: A. Preliminary Steps: 1. Dry Mixing - Since there is clanger that some of the mix might be retained in the mixing can, a batch larger than necessary (160 grams) shall be mixed. The quantities of the ingredients required are: 3 I Fiber 4 (, s Silica . -7.,$- Cement o Total 32 grams 4-8 grams 80 grams 160 grams z-c v ^ c* Place these ingredients into the mixing can and rotate on the roll table for ten (10) minutes at 90 *20 rpm0 Upon completion of the mixing period, v;eigh out the required batch (for one cake) of 155 grams and discard excess. (Several mixes may be rotated at one time.) 2. Vacuum - Close manometer valve In vacuum system and adjust air pressure reducing valve to result In a vacuum of 16-1/4- inches of mercury. 3. Preparation of Filter Box - Connect empty 2000 ml. suction flask to vacuum source and filter box as shown In Figure 1. The suction flask shall be emptied prior to formation of each cake to assure the evacuation of a constant volume of air for each test. The No. 9-800 Filter Paper is cut to fit the filter box so that the paper crimp is perpendicular to the long dimension. A 3 by 8 . metal template is most suitable for lining the paper. Dimensions are to be cut with paper shears. Place the 3 by 8 Inch filter paper into position by wetting it with water from a wash bottle and gradually lowering it Into the final flat position on the filter plate. The filter paper placement and opening of the vaouum system valve Is done Just before releasing the wet slurry from the funnel to the chute, (approximately at the 983 time of the ten minute wet mix period.) rORM 2J0I CTD015783 TEST METHOD NO. RK~1 NEW ISSUE OATE 11/1/51 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASDliY &. MATT1SON CO. ambler, pa. TEST METHOD PAOC 6 or J'O A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS ROO MANAGER pp . C^a U p E R v 19R GEN. MGR., RES. OR oev. G.C.JMANAOER Mixing Water - Since the temperature of the mixing water can affect the sag choractcriotio of a oement, teste shall be made at a constant temperature. To oover the range of typical machine operation of A/C pipe* an 80 to 95F test shall be performed with a mixing water temperature of 80F 1 Fahrenheit, B, Cake Formations 1, Mixing - Pour 1000 ml, of distilled water into the mixing funnel, add the dry mix (155 grains) to the water, and then start the agitator and timing immediately. The time record is continuous from this point through the 19 minute cycle, 2, Mixing Time (Os00 to 10s00 min,) - The slurry shall be mixed for ten minutes at an agitator speed of 600 rpm,; at 9%00 to 9s30 minutes position and wet down the filter paper in the filter box. Check for zero reading of manometer at 3-1/2 inohes of mercury, 3, Filtering Operation - (lOsOO to I4s00 min,) - At the end of ten minutes, the funnel stopper shall be carefully removed by tilting it, as it is re moved, in order to avoid opening the orifice completely any too suddenly. The slurry is dis charged onto the chute and into the filter box. The chute Bhall then be wiped down with a rubber wiper or the straight edge of the pressing tool. Clumps of fiber retained by the propeller should be lifted from the funnel to the chute and wiped ' down to the filter box. The filter box is grasped by both hands and twisted back and forth on the table top several times. This serves the purpose of levelling off the slurry surfaoe and is repeated as required. During removal of the water, the vaouum should be 16 to 16-1/4 inohes of mercury. FORM 2301 CTD015784 TEST METHOD NO* Ril-l NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASBEY & MATTJSON CO. AMBLER, PA. TEST METHOD FAOE 7 op- A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RflO MANAGER P^.C.BUPERV.SOR GEN. MGR** RES. OR DEV. O.C. MANAGER Just before the surface of the cake is free of water* indicated by the time `when the glassy appearance is just about disappearing* the hand tamper (25 lb. weight) shall be lowered against the surface of the cake. Ob serving the mercury level* the time at which the first break in vacuum occurs is recorded a3 the filtering time* i.e. this observed time minus ten minutes. As soon as the vacuum starts to decrease* remove the hand tamper quickly from box, and dress edges of the cake with the dressing tool. This will maintain closure between the edges of the cake and the sides of the filter box. With proper manipulation of the dressing tool* a vacuum of between 13 and 13-1/2 Inches of mercury should be maintained during the rest of the filtering cycle. (Hand tamper and dressing tool shall not be used to pound the cake* as they serve only the purpose of levelling the cake and of main taining the vacuum.) At 13*55 minutes* the box shall be raised and tilted, removing xtater remaining in the lower part of the box. At 14*00 minutes the suction shall be broken by removing the rubber tubingfrom the vacuum connection. 4. Cake Removal (time 14:00 to 3.4*30) - The sag cake shall be removed from the filter box by inverting the box over the "stand for cake removal", and then blowing air by mouth into the suction fitting to re3.ease the cake. The box shall then be lifted and the calce remains on the stand. The filter paper adhering to the cake is peeled off and the calce transferred to the "cake support table" by placing the surface of the table against the cake and then inverting. This table is used for convenience in making weighings of the cake and table. 5. Weight After Filtering (time 14*30 to 15*00 minutes)Cake and support shall be placed on the balances and the weight of the cake recorded as "weight after filtering". 6. Pressing Operation (time 15*00 to 16*05 minutes)After obtaining the "weight after filtering", the cake shall be transferred to the mold resting on the press bed assembly. By holding table with cake FORM 101 CTD015785 TEST METHOD NO, EiM NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE KHASIII'V A MATM'iON CO, AMULER, PA. TEST METHOD orPAQK H > A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OP ' "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RAO MANAGER /-O.C^tfbPER VISOR GEN. MGR,, RES. OR OEV. firmly in hand,, inverting it and allowing the other hand to lightly support the calce as it elides into the moldo Additional slight pressure from the table flat surface may be required to fit the cake into the mold# Pls.ce 3 by 8 inch filter paper on top of cake0 Insert mold on bed assembly into the press, placing it on the lower platen centered below the plug of the upper platen. Use press lever bar to close press until pressure is indi cated on the gaugeo As the two platens are drawn together, the hooks of the ejeotion are coupled to the hooks of the mold. Pressure application shall be started at 15:50 minutes. At. a uniform mite of loading, using three or four strokes of the lever, a dwelling pressure of 7680 pounds gauge (320 p3i0 on specimen) is reached at 16:00 minutes. The pressure is maintained until 16:05 minutes and then quickly released by means of the short ,!T" lever set in release position0 As the pressure is released, the ceke is ejected by raising the ejector arm, the cake dropping from the mold onto the press bed. Remove cake and press bed assembly from the press, peel off the filter paper, and place support table face down on the cake. Hold table, calee, and 20 mesh scraen together. Invert, end remove screen. The cake is now resting on the support table with screen impressions up. s 7* Weight After Pressing (time 16:05 to 18:00 minutes)Calee and support table shall again be weighed, and the weight of the cake recorded as "weight after pressing"o Place sag platform (attached to sag tester) face down on cake and invert table, cake, and platform so that the sag platform soreen im pression is facing down. FORM 2301 CTD015786 TLST mcthoo no* INK?. NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. AMBLER, PA. Mac 9 or 1' ai. TEST METHOD A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS R0 MANAGER psQ.C-^SUPERViSOR GEN. MGR., RES. OR DEV. IV. SAQ. TESTS A Adjustment of Sac Tester - With the dial micrometer set at zero reading* the sag platform bearing the cake shall be attached to the sag tester. The micrometer foot shall be raised and the cake centered under the foot by sliding the calce over from the platform. The cake comes to rest on the center support and the two anvils* (make certain that the center support is in looked position (up) before sliding cake onto the anvils). The screen Impressions on the calce will be facing down. The micrometer foot shall be adjusted*, and the Initial reading of the micrometer recorded. This reading is the basis for the subsequent sag measurement and indicates the thickness (uncured) of the calce. B. Sag Measurement (time 18*00 to 19*00 minutes) - At 18*00 minutes* the center support shall be released and the dial reading shall be taken at 19*00 minutes. The read ing is subtracted from the initial reading and is the sag due to the weight of the cake* and the load applied by the foot and micrometer assembly. Co Number of Test Specimens ~ In an evaluation* four cakes shall be prepared and tested. V. CURING AND FLEXURAL STRENGTH TEST* A. Curing of Sag Cakes - Upon completion of the sag measure ment* each calce shall be removed from the sag tester and carefully straightened on a flat glass plate. Each calce* on a glass plate* shall be placed immediately in the humidity cabinet* maintained at 73E df3 Fahrenheit and at least 90 per cent relative humidity. Calces may be stacked to a convenient height and the top calce covered ' with a glass plate. Calces of autoclave composition shall remain in the humidity oablnet from 16 to 2^ hours. (The longer period of time would seem to be required only by calces with very high water retention value. (This type* when precured for less than 23 hours in the humidity cabinet* blistered on autoclaving.) The calces shall then be re moved from the humidity cabinet and transferred to the FORM IJO I CTD015787 TEST MCTHOD NO. n 't., n Av' 1 NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASBEY A. MATTISON CO. AMBLER. PA, paocIO op TEST METHOD A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RSO MANAGER pO.C.^SUPERVl SOR GEN, MGR,, RES* OR OEV* COMANAGER autoclave# The glass platen are removed and the cakes uniformly supported on the tray shelf of the autoclave# They shall he cured for seven (7) hours at 115 psi# (line pressure) saturated steam pressure# B Operation of Autoclave The steam line shall be purged of condensate# Tho autoclave shall be closed, tightened with a few bolts, and shall bo preheated for ten (10) minutes*, purging the condensate from the autoclave# The autoclave is opened*, charged with the cakes*, and bolted shut# The vent valve is left open until steam escape is indicated# The vent valve is then closed and the pressure raised at a uniform rate*, over a 30 minute period, to the dwelling pressure of 115 psi# (line pres sure)# After seven (7) hours curing, pressure is re leased at a uniform rate over a period of 30 minutes# This provides an autoclave cycle within the limits of .i normal workday period# Co Drying After removal from the autoclave, the calces shall be positioned on a rack supporting the cakes apart, in a ventilated oven at a temperature of 212 to 220 degrees Fahrenheit# They are dialed for 2^ hemrs in a mechanical convection oven# Cakes autoclaved on a Friday rosy be dried over the weekend in a gravity convection oven# When removed from the oven*, the cakes are transferred to a dessicator and cooled to room temperature# Test cakes removed from the oven Friday porn# may be placed in tho dessicator over the weekend# The dessicant (calcium chloride) should always be in good condition# The dry calces removed from the dessicator shall be weighed and the dry vrcighta recorded# D# Flc;cural Strength - Determine the flemral strength of tho dry cake# Position the cake on the transverse tester over a six inch span, screen impressions facing down, smooth faoe up# Record the breaking load in pounds# Measure the thiclcneos at five points along one broken edge and record the average thickness for each cake# FORM 2301 \ ____________________________ :------------ :-------------------------------------- TEST METHOD NO. RIM NEW ISSUE DATE 11A./61 SUPERSEDING DATE KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. AMBLER, PA, TEST METHOD ^aell oQl A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMEOT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS ROD MANAGER ( SUPERVISOR GEN* MGR., RES. OR DEV* Q.C. MANAGER VI. RECORDS AND CALCULATIONS: A. Records - Record the temperature of mix water, weight after filtering and after pressing, sag, and filtering time for each test. The filtering time 13 calculated by subtracting the wet mix time (10 minutes) from the observed time at the first break in vacuum during the filtration oyole. Report the average values for the four tests. B. Calculations - 1. Water Retention - Calculate the per cent water re tained after filtering and pressing as follows: Water retention after filtering in per cent: WP W-D x 100 W.D Water retention after pressing in per cent: W,, - w. R x 100 % Where: Wp Weight of cake after filtering Wp Weight of cake after pressing Wp o. Weight of dry mix (155 grams) Report, the average values for four tests. 2. Flexural Strength - Calculate the Modulus of Rup ture for eaoh cake as follows: K MR sa lo5 3C PoL b.h2 Where: MR Modulus of Rupture In Ibs./sq.Inv P o Breaking load in pounds L >3 Span length in inches (6) b <= Width of cake at break in. inches (3) h Average thlokness at break in inches CTD015789 FORM 2301 TEST METHOO NO, ri:->i NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 SUPERSEDING DATE uttMiitiiittayii KEASBEY & MATT1SON CO. AMDLEH, PA. TEST METHOD A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RfiO MANAGER \ Q,G SUPERVISOR \ pec GEN* MGR,, RES* OR DEV* pao12 orlu Using constant values for "L" and "b" the equa tion is simplified: Report the average value for four tests. 3. Density - D - x .0022 *ii--; JLioOoh Where: D a Density in pounds per cubic lnoh L a Length of cake in inches (8) b a Width of cake in inches h a Thickness of cake in inches WD a Weight of dry cake in grams Using the constant values for "L" and "b", the equation is simplified: D WD x .0022 24E (Grains x .0022 pounds) Report the average value for density and cake thickness for four tests. PROCEDURE APPENDIX: A. Air Aspirator - 1. Close vaouum valve on panel and set air pressure re ducing valuo (30-40 pounds air pressure) to result in vacuum of 16-1/4 inches of mercury. Top plug must be removed from mercury well of manometer otherwise erroneous readings v/lll be obtained. When set, -an empty 2000 ml. flask should bo evacuated to 16 inches of mercury in 10-12 seconds. This shall be done by disconnecting the vaouum hose from the filter box and sealing the end of the hose with thumb, then MiW #A! CTD015790 TtST METHOD NO. NEW ISSUE DATE n/.i/si SUPERSEDING DATE KEASBEY & MATTESON CO. AMQLCfl, PA. * PAGE 13 orl<~ TEST METHOD A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS RAO MANAGER pv Q.{^SUPERVISOR GEN. MGR., RES. OR OEV. Q.C. MANAGER opening vacuum valve,and timing period of return to 16 inches of mercury, A minimum time of eight seconds is admissible. More than twelve seconds evacuating time indicates probable clogging of the aspirator. 2. With vacuum set at 16-1/4 inches, oonneot filter flask and filter box to system. Open vacuum valve, place filter paper No. 9-800 in filter box and wet filter paper in the usual manner. The mercury column shall then reach it3 equilibrium at 3-1/2 Inches which Is considered as the zero reading. If this reading Is off, the aspirator can be cleaned or adjusted. B. Filter Box - 1. The perforated plate shall be kept clean. Occasional cleaning by means of a small drill #54 (0.055 inch diameter) will suffice. 2. The perforated plate of a new filter, box Is removable to facilitate occasional cleaning of the box. There may be cracks between plate and box sides In a new box, causing leaks In the vacuum system. These cracks should be permitted to fill up with asbestos cement mix 30 the perfected plate will be tightly sealed in the box. To accomplish this, several cakes should be formed and discarded. If this fails to seal in the plate, the plate may be oemented. The sealing pro cedure will have to be repeated eaoh time the perforated plate Is removed from the box. C. Hand Tamper - To minimize clogging of the 14 mesh screen at the bottom of the hand tamper, the tamper should be soaked In a tray of xrater between tests. At the end of each day's use, dipping In dilute HCL (Is10) and rinsing with water will help to keep the mesh exposed. D. Press - The faces of the two platens shall be substan tially parallel and horizontal and one platen shall be free floating. CTD015791 TEST METHOO NO, NEW ISSUE DATE 11/1/61 .SUPERSEDING OATE KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. AMBLER, PA. paoc14 orl' TEST METHOD A METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF "PORTLAND CEMENT" FOR USE IN ASBESTOS CEMENT PRODUCTS 6R O MANAGER "N 0.0? SUPERVISOR GEN. MGR,, RES. OR DEV, Q.Pi/MANAG ER E, . Filter Paper No. 9-800 - The 3 by 8 Inch also for tho filter box shall be cut a3 exactly as possible with the paper crimp perpendicular to the eight inch length,, Paper sizes for the mold, 3 by 8 Inches, and the press bed, 10 by 10 inches, can be cut on a paper cutting table exact enough for use. NOTE IN PROCEDURE8 Determination of time for weighted tamper in section is most criti cal. Too soon with insertion, results in considerable retention of solids by the tamper. Too late results in loss of constant vaouum level. The removal of the tamper, with the first break in vacuum and employment of the dressing tool, must be done quickly to avoid . drastic vacuum drop. PRACTICE OF TEST TECHNIQUE: Experience has indicated that an operator of the test will probably have to run a minimum of fifty tests in order to achieve the neces sary familiarity and dexterity with the test routine. When the test data does not vary beyond the following, he could con sider he is performing the test properly; Q5 inch from the average value for cements having a 329 in the range of .100 to .150 inch. The Modulus of Rupture should be within +10 per cent of the average value of the test specimen. The average*"values of series of four tests should be reasonably reproducible. FORM 2101 CTD015792 jtf* ' CTD015793 FLOW CHART K&M METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF PORTLAND CEMENTS 16 of j. A' ' .'r o; Mt*tur.i Fiber________ o "il SPESj Filtering Tibnc Weir'ut After Filtering Weight After Pressing rbjacur.^ j-'keo At 0 Seconds At 1 Minute Klxin:' Water Temperature " F Weight After Filtering - GMS later Retention After Filtering ~ ?> 'Weight After Pressing -- GMS 'Water Retention ^ After Pressing "* ** Curing 3 Kro. in Humidity Cabinet Kro, in Autoclave at pS6 X Series Ho. Spociir.cn Ho. r' ! ' j 1] u*y I) Weight | Density ;! Grams j Lba./Cu.In. ii ii !l O ii Is !i ii ".......................... !I < ! V !V i j [i !i i iV t 1 DATE:____________ _____ Typo of Viator (CheckJ Savall ( ) Dlatjllod l ) Serial No.______________ Operator ________________ 0->.( ThAick1inefs?s 2 an. ( in. Breaking Load Lbs. J Pod, o f j Rujitur 1 Lb3/oq. i1 j 1 1 L i - CTD015795 Ji %V i L__ 1 V> 1 ; U ---`1^ , i ! i : 1 J i K> !i \1 1 j i *i i 1 i I i | . -- _- i i! 1 | | l i ) li 1___ 1 1 L -- ---- -- -- 10 of . DATE SUPPLIER ROOM TEMP. OF . ,P4 REIATJ.VE HUMIDITY NUMBER OF TESTS AY. % MATER RETENTION i AFTER j FILTERING 1 AV, % WATER RETENTION APTEii PRESSING 1 SAG. INCHES tr* ? b o hi FILTERING TIME, SECS, AV, DRY WEIGHT GRAMS 1 AV. DENSITY L3S./CU.IN, c o | THICKNESS, S IN> BREWING LOAD, LBS. MODULUS OF RUPTURE LBS./SQ.IN. CTD015796 I U) FORM P027 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Mathods CERIAINTEED CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 SPECIFICATION NO: TM - 3 SUPERSEDES: May 22, 1961i PAGE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: April 18, 1969 description: Method Of Test For Determination Of Fineness Of Portland Cement And Silica By Blaine Air Permeability Apparatus A. Scope 1, This method of test covers the procedure for determining the fineness of Portland cement and silica In terms of specific surface expressed as total surface area In square centimeters per gram (car/gram) of cement, by use of the Blaine air permeability apparatus. Note: The Blaine apparatus was originally designed for determining the fineness or surface area of Portland cementj however since It operates on the principle of porosity, it can be easily and accurately used to determine the surface area of silicas. B. Apparatus 1. The Blaine air permeability apparatus consists essentially of a means of drawing a definite quantity of air through a prepared bed of cement or silica of definite porosity. The number and alee of the pores In a prepared bed of definite porosity Is a function of the size of the particles and determines the rate of air flow through the bed. 2. The Blaine apparatus shall consist of the following parts: a. Permeability Cell b. Disk (Perforated) c. Plunger d. Filter Paper e. Manometer f. Manometer liquid g. Timer All the Individual parts of the Blaine apparatus shall be In accordance with the requirements as specified In ASTM C 20h-55 "Standard Method of Test for Fineness of Portland Cement by Air Permeability Apparatus". C. Calibration of Apparatus 1. The calibration of the Blaine apparatus shall be In accordance with the requirements as specified In ASTM C 20lj-55. The National Bureau of Standards No. 11U Standard Sample may be obtained from the 0. S. Department of Ccamerce, National Bureau of Standards, Washington 2$, D. C. (A charge of approximately $2.50 la made for each standard sample). 2. A method of checking to determine If the volume and weight of standard sample used la correct Is: P - (V - 53?) v Where: P Porosity (should be 0.500 + 0.005) V Volume of cement bed. -- W - Weight of standard cement sample. D. Calculations 1. For Cement S * Ss V~T~ S * Ss y Ob '/tI For Silica (a) S * Ss PB (1--n) (c) P (l-e) 8 (b) S * Ss Re (l-e,,) 'J n. \/T~ (d) P (l-e) PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOiTO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015797 Page 2 Where: S Specific surface In sq. cm. per gram of test sample. Ss Specific surface In sq. cm. per gram of standard sample used In calibration of the apparatus. T Tim in seconds for measured manometer drop of test sample. Ts Tims in seconds for measured nanoneter drop of standard sampleused in calibration of the apparatus. n Viscosity of air in poises at the temperature of test of the test sample, ns Viscosity of air in poises at the temperature of test of the standard sample used in calibration of the apparatus, e Porosity of prepared bed of test sample. es * Porosity of prepared bed of standard sampleused in calibration ofthe apparatus. P Specific fravlty of test sample - 3.15 shall be used for Portland cement and 2.65 shall be used for silica. Ps Specific gravity of standard sample used in calibration of the apparatus - 3.15 is used. Note: Values for V,, Ve3 and Vf may be taken from the Tables I, II and III as shown in ASTM C 20U-S5. i.e. In the Technical Service Materials laboratory The Volume is 1.82b cu. cm. The Weight of the standard cement sample is 2.87 grams. 2.87 1.82b - 571? ------- 17821. " 1.82b - 0.911 ------- 03E---------- 0.913 17851: 0.5005 Porosity 2. When using the Blaine apparatus to determine the surface area of silica the weight of the sample must be adjusted due to the difference in the specific gravity of the silica so that the porosity remains the same. This can be calculated from the standard cement sample as follows: Where: 2.65 is the Specific Qravity of Silica 3.15 is the Specific Qravity of Cement S - Weight of Silica W * Weight of Cement i.e. At Technical Service: 2.65 - S ITT? 2787 S - 2.b2 grams 3. The surface area may be checked by varying the porosity and substituting the values in the formula as shown in the tables in ASTM C 20b-55. By varying the porosity from .b95 to .505 the surface area should be within 300 cmvgm. E. Test The surface area of the material shall be determined on representative samples of the material using the same weight of sample as has been determined from the calibration of the apparatus using the standard sample. All silica must be oven dried for 2b hours at 210?. * 5F. or to constant weight and allowed to cool at room temperature in a dessicator before making the surface area determinations. Cement shall be tested on the as-received basis. Five determinations shall be made on separate samples of each material. The average of these test results shall be recorded. F. Sampling When incoming shipments of cement and silica are sampled, each compartment of each truck and/or railroad car shall be sampled. The sample should be obtained from the material at least one foot below the top surface. The samples obtained from each compartment of the truck or railroad car shall be combined to form a composite sample. The composite sample shall be kept in an airtight container (polyethylene bag or Jar will suffice). The container should be Identified by Vendor and date. The composite sample should be a minimum of 5 pounds. CTD015798 TM -5 f ) FORM P*Z 7 ..! TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMSR: TM-p ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE GUPERQEOCS: APPLICABLE TO: GLACSI F*ICAT ION: PAGE 1 OATE Or ISSUE: November 16, 19a' Standard Test Xethcds DESCRIPTION: Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products 1.0 OBJECTIVE The purpose of this Test Method Specification is to provide a standardized, accurate and feasible Quality Control operation for the density determination of pipe, couplings and A/C irregular pieces. 2.0 SCOPE This test method is designed primarily for pipe and coupling density determinations. Pieces or chunks of A/C may be tested also. The A/C material tested must be in the after autoclaved state. 3.0 APPARATUS AND SUPPLIES REQUIRED 3.1 Weighing Balance A balance that has a weighing range- in grams which will allow the A/C piece to be weighed to the nearest 1/100 gram with an absolute accuracy of t.l/ of the true weight of the A/C piecej__[Note: ah acceptable balance for the smaller pipe > ' (Sizes is the #1969 OHAUS Triple Beam 3alance with a set of c/ ' fet969G extra weights. ' For large pipe'sizes, an acceptable ' 'bsTance""is "the"OnAUS Heavy Duty Solution Balance, Model 1119 (20 kilogram capacity, from OHAUS SCALE CORPORATION, 1050 Commerce Street, Union, New Jersey). 3.2 Water Tank This may be metal or plastic and should be noncorrosive. The container must be big enough so that the A/C pieces will be completely submerged in the water and not touch the bottom or sides of container. Note: an acceptable tank design is shown in Fig-ore 1. This tank is fabricated of corrosion resistant galvanized iron. PREPAREO CY: APPROVED DY: ---- CTD015799 f OHM P*A7 .f Z TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: 6UPERCCOE6: _ TM-5 CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 2 DATE OF ISSUE: November 16, 196"' Standard Test Ksthods DESCRIPTION: Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products )' 3 3 Force Air Convection Oven The oven should have a temperature control able to maintain 2^0 10F. temperature for any length of time. The volume of the oven should be 10 times the volume of the A/C pieces to be dried. An acceptable oven is the Hotoack Oven, Model ' 1203; 230 V.; hlOOvl., 35-260C., Interior 2ij" W. x 20" D. x 30" H., Exterior hi" Vi x 28" D. x 63" H. from Hotpack Corporation. 3.ii Mechanical Saw The saw must be capable of cutting A/C pipe and coupling ring sections. 3.5 Clock For timing oven piece drying and room draining time intervals. 3.6 Workroom The room temoerature should be controlled within a range of 75 * 10F. U.O PROCEDURE FOR TESTING U.l A typical schematic diagram of the density testing set up is given in Figure 2. lj.2 Place the rings in the drying oven \*ith the rings preferably not touching or stacked on top of one another. If the rings must be stacked; use thin 1/16" thick (minimum) spacers to allow circulation between the pieces. Dry the rings for time intervals according to the following schedule. The spacers may be of any non-charable} chemically stable material. r PREPARED BY: APPROVED DY: --e------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CTD015800 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS f O* M CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: TM_S PACE DATE OF ISSUE: November 16, 1967 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Mathcds DESCRIPTION: Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products 1" Wide Ring .. 2" Wide Ring Thickness of Piece Minimum Time Maximum Time Thickness of Piece Minimum Time Maximum Tir^e 0.00 to O.b9" 16 hours 2b hours 0.00 to 0.b9" 26 hours 3b hours 0.50 to 0.7U" 20 hours 26 hours 0.50 to 0.7b" 32 hours 38 hours 0.75 to 0.99" 26 hours 32 hours 0.75 to 0.99" 35 hours b5 hours 1.00 to l.b9" 3b hours b0 hours 1.00 to 1.2b" b5 hours 60 hours 1.50 and up b5 hours 55 hours 1.25 to l.b9" 60 hours 75 hours 1.50 to 1.99" 75 hours 95 hours 2.00 and up 95 hours 115 hours Note: 1. If the above drying times for 1" vride rings..cannot be adhered to. then follow the following less accurate time intervals: 0 to .99" thick rings - 2o hours. 1" and above thick rings - b2 hours. 2. For 2" wide ring, above schedule must be adhered to. 3. If 1" and 2" wide- rings are included in ono oven con signment, select rings of various thicknesses so that 1" wide maximum drying times overlap 2" wide minimum times. b. If the rings are too large to handle conveniently, the ring may be cut in half and the densities determined for each half and the two values then averaged. It is not permissible to cut a section from the ring and merely determine the density of the section. 5. The preferred ring thickness is 1" + 3/l6". PRCPAREO 3Vi '3 ,, APPROVED DY; CTD015801 fOhm TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMDER: TM-5 SUPERCEDES; APPLICADLE TO: CLACSI FI CATION: PACE li DATE CF ISSUE: November 16, 196' Standard Test Methods DESCRIPTION: Water Displace rant Density Test >hthcd for A/C Products 2i.3 Rerave the pieces from the oven according to the recommended log time entry previously made and weigh the A/C pieces between 15> and 30 minutes after removal. Record these dry weights on the log sheet. U.h Place the rings in the water tank. The water temperature should be 75> - 10?.' Temperature of the room should be 75 i 10F. also. The rings must be allowed to soak (completely submerged in the water) between 8 and not more than 20 hours. This includes either 1" or 2" vride rings of any wall thickness. If pieces or chunks of A/C material are to be tested, make certain the length is ten times the width of the piece regardless of the piece thickness. I*.$ Weigh the A/C pieces in the water soak. Do not remove the pieces from the -water soak until the submerged weight has been obtained. The submerged weight is determined . by taring the balance -while the suspending wire and hook are dangling in the water (at a depth which will insure complete submersion of the piece when it is placed on the hook). Place the A/C piece on the hook, bring the balance to equilibrium, making certain the A/C pieces and the wire or hook are not touching the bottom or sides of the water tank and check to -see that the A/C piece is completely submerged. Enter weight in log sheet. Specimen surface should be free of air bubbles. U.6 Remove the A/C pieces from the water tank and shake vigorously four times to remove excess water. Support the A/C piece at sr. angle of h5 to oC on a rack to obtain maximum and uniform surface exposure. Keep the A/C pieces away from, excessive drafts and do not allcw them to be in contact with any absorbent surface. Weigh the pieces after 5 minutes of draining on the rack, but not after more than 20 minutes. This is the saturated weight. Inner the weight in the log sheet. PRCPAflCO EY: ; 7^1 A APPROVED CYl CTD015802 / V/ u- rOMM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMUSR: tm-5 SUPERSEDED: APPLICACLC TO: CLASSIFICATION: PACE DATE OF ISSUE: November 16, 15a' DESCRIPTION : Standard Test Methods Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products 5.0 PROCEDURE FOR CALCULATING DENSITY Density is defined as --/Ln-.u 01 >M-ectt If we measure volume volume of object in cubic inches, the density of A/C pipe is reported as pounds per cubic inch (p.c.i.) of A/C material. Because of tiny voids or pores in A/C material, (it is not a fused - solid substance) the following calculations must be made to obtain the true density of A/C pipe. a) -S---a--t-u-r--a--te;.d. W e. igh t,i---C----m--s--. -_ Saturated Rati- o Dry Weight, Gms. , \ Submerged Weight, Gms. _ , , b ) ------D=r--ryS'--Weignt, Gm--s--.------ = Submerged Ratio 0.0362 p.c.i. " Saturated Ratio - Submerged P.atio 1 In this equation Saturated Ratio - Submerged Ratio = A/C Specific C-ravit gr3?ps crsins or Hilbic centimeter" nd the factor *362 converts 55X0 to wounds cuoic men' Notes: 1. All data and calculations are to remain in the daily log sheets. 2. Particular effort should be mads to periodically examine and calibrate the weighing balance used in this Test Method Procedure. 3. It must be emphasized that the balance must be capable of measuring the weight of the A./C rings with an accuracy of at least 1 0.1%. h. This density Test Method<is based on the following Certain-teed, Ambler RID reports. A-650!; Density Determination, Phase I: Drying of Density Rings, W. R. Seipt, May 20, 1965. Assignment OOOU-65, Density Determination Method, Phase II Report, U. R. Seipt, February lj, 1?66. PREPARCO CY: APPROVED DY: CTD015803 , ,ikM P ** * 7 1 K. |0<v) />. i corpic.'' f- ~r i . i cr CERTAIN-TEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASDESTCS CE.Y.ENT PIPE NUMCTH: CUPE^SLDCS: TM-f> PACC 6 DATE OP ISSUE: November 16, IT- aPPLICACLC TO; CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test methods JCSCRIPTION. Water Displacement Density Test Kethod for A/C Products FIGURE 1 ARED DYi .i WATER I. RSION TASK APPROVED DY: .. (5 'ores!. eVT'- ....... CTD015804 ri;7 Tm. io>j TECHNICAL S ? E C i FIC AT! O N S certain-teed products corporation ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUHDC,,: TM-5 CUPCRCEOZCi PACE 7 DATE Of IZZKjf: November 16, 1>M APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION; Standard Test Methods DESCRIPTION. * Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products FIGURE 2 A. B. Dry Weight Measurement of A/C Ring after coning from drying oven, (measure to nearest hundredth of gm.) . _ -j_ . 2 . 3 U. Submerged Weight Measurement Tare the thin suspending wire when submerged in the '.-.'ater in the tank. Then add the A/C ring ar.d measure its submerged weight. 'Measure to nearest hundredth 01 a gm. 2feke certain the wire, A/C ring and supporting pan are not touching the side of the tank and that the- ring is completely submerged. Wet Weight Measurement 1. Measure to the nearest hun dredth of a gm. Do not weigh before $ minutes or after 20 minutes of setting on the drain rack. PREPARED LY; APPROVED DYi D DRAIN RACK Allowable drain time ring is between 5 sr. minutes. CTD015805 1 o TECHNICAL CHANGE ORDER CertainTeedD CertamTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group APPLICABLE to: A/C General Standards Manual - Section F A/C Standard Test Method TM-10 DATE OF ISSUE! APR 2 6 1979 T.C.O. NO.: 2 RAGE NO.: 1 description: Wet Volume of Asbestos Fiber Purpose: To change the Wet Volume of Asbestos Fiber test method. The procedure was changed slightly and a paragraph was added to accomodate fiber blends with a wet volume over 950 ml's. Ref: Letter B. Haigh to M. Streepy dated 3-27-79 Wet Volume of Asbestos Fiber A/C Standard Test Method TM-10. Effective Date: Date of issue. Disposition of Superseded Pages: Destroy pages 1 and 2 of A/C Standard Test Method TM-10 dated 3/20/79 and replace with the pages attached. CTD015806 PREPARED or: 02 0-002H (pW>54 ) APPROVED BV: R, a D MFO. SALES I.E. OTHERS * CONriOINTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CeitainTeedOM SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION.* A/C Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO. : CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 2 supersedes: March 20, 1979 TM-10 1 DATE OF ISSUE: APR 2 6 1979 DESCRIPTION: Wet Volume of Asbestos Fiber 1.0 Scope: This procedure covers the evaluation of asbestos fibers in terms of the volume occupied when it is immersed in water. It is applicable to indivi dual fibers, both in the as - received and prepared states, and to fiber blends. 2.0 Apparatus: 2.1 Graduated Cylinders - 1000 milliliter stoppered graduates (Catalog No. 3560-E45, supplied by Arthur H. Thomas Co., Vine Street at Third, P.0. Box 779, Philadelphia, PA. 19105). 2.2 Balance - Capable of weighing 100 grams; accurate to 0.1 grams. 2.3 Tweezers 2.4 Thermometer 2.5 Timer 3.0 Procedure: 3.1 Weigh out 15.0 grams of the fiber to be tested and transfer with the tweezers to a 1000 milliliter graduated cylinder. t 3.2 Add tap water at 77 t 5 F to the 1000 milliliter mark and insert the stopper. 3.3 Holding the stopper firmly in place with one hand while grasping the bottom of the cylinder with the other, invert the cylinder so that it is upside down and then return to the upright position. Repeat at a uniform rate such that there are 30 complete oscillations in one minute. 3.4 Allow the cylinder to stand for 10 minutes, then again invert 30 times over a one minute period. CTD015807 PREPARED BY! APPROVED BY: R *O MFC. SALES I.C. OTHERS 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: A/C Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. 2 SPECIFICATION NO: TM-10 PAGE NO.: 2 supersedes: March 20, 1979 DATE OF ISSUE: APR 2 6 1979 DESCRIPTION: Wet Volume of Asbestos Fiber 3.5 Place the graduate on a vibration free table, start the timer and allow the fiber to settle undisturbed for a period of one hour. At the end of this time record the volume occupied by the fiber to the closest five milliliters. (If the top of the fiber column is uneven, an approximate average height should be used when reading the wet volume. Allowing the cylinder to stand is excess of one hour gives negligibly lower wet volume results.) 3.6 At least two runs shall be made in establishing the wet volume of a fiber sample. The runs shall be considered acceptable if they agree within five percent. 3.7 Report the average of two acceptable runs (to the closest five milliliters) as the wet volume of the fiber tested. This number shall be shown on the Quality Control Product Data, Form #0006, under "surface area" in brackets. 3.8 For highly opened fibers (those having a wet volume in excess of 950 milliliters), a 10.0 gram sample shall be used and the equiv alent volume for 15.0 grams calculated as follows: Wet Volume = (1.081) (volume using 10.0 grams) + 160 CTD015808 PREPARED BY: APPROVED by: A \LtL 02-10-0023 (P937) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT > NOT TO BE OISTRIflUTEO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM Pii7 U-6^ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-5 6UPERSEDE8: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 1 DATE OF ISSUE: November 16,. 1967 Standard Test Methods DESCRIPTION: Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products 1.0 OBJECTIVE The purpose of this Test Method Specification is to provide a standardized, accurate and feasible Quality Control operation for the density determination of pipe, couplings and A/C irregular pieces. 2.0 SCOPE This test method is designed primarily for pipe and coupling density determinations. Pieces or chunks of A/C may be tested also. The A/C material tested must be in the after autoclaved state. 3.0 APPARATUS AND SUPPLIES REQUIRED 3.1 Weighing Balance A balance that has a weighing range in grams which will allow the A/C piece to be weighed to the nearest 1/100 gram with an absolute accuracy of .1% of the true weight of the A/C piece. Note: an acceptable balance for the smaller pipe sizes is the #1969 OHAUS Triple Beam Balance with a set of #1969G extra weights. For large pipe sizes, an acceptable balance is the OHAUS Heavy Duty Solution Balance, Model 1119 (20 kilogram capacity, from OHAUS SCALE CORPORATION, IOJjO Commerce Street, Union, New Jersey). 3.2 Water Tank This may be metal or plastic and should be noncorrosive. The container must be big enough so that the A/C pieces will be completely submerged in the water and not touch the bottom or sides of container. Note: an acceptable tank design is shown in Figure 1. This tank is fabricated of corrosion resistant galvanized iron. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: p CTD015809 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: 6UPER6EDEB: . TM-5 PACE 2 CLASSIFICATION: DATE OF ISSUE: November 16, 1967 Standard Test Methods DESCRIPTION : Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products 3.3 Force Air Convection Oven The oven should have a temperature control able to maintain 2p0 1 10F. temperature for any length of time. The volume of the oven should be 10 times the volume of the A/C pieces to be dried. An acceptable oven is the Hotpack Oven, Model 1203, 230 V., UUOO W., 3!?-260oC. , Interior 2k" W. x 20" D. x 30" H., Exterior 111" Wx 28" D. x 63" H. from Hotpack Corporation. 3.k Mechanical Saw The saw must be capable of cutting A/C pipe and coupling ring sections. 3.5 Clock For timing oven piece drying and room draining time intervals. 3.6 Workroom The room temperature should be controlled within a range of 750 + 10oF> U.O PROCEDURE FOR TESTING U.l A typical schematic diagram of the density testing set up is given in Figure 2. li.2 Place the rings in the drying oven with the rings preferably not touching or stacked on top of one another. If the rings must be stacked, use thin 1/16" thiol: (minimum) spacers to allow circulation between the pieces. Dry the rings for time intervals according to the following schedule. The spacers may be of any non-charable, chemically stable material. L9 * on TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: 6UPER6EDE8: TM-5 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 3 DATE OF ISSUE: November 16, 196? 1 DESCRIPTION: Standard Test Ifethods 1 Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products 1" Wide Ring 2" Wide Ring ji Thickness of Piece 0.00 to 0.U9" Minimum Time' 16 hours Maximum Time 2h hours Thickness of Piece 0.00 to 0.1:9" Minimum Time 26 hours Xaxi;rrum Time 3h hours 0.30 to 0.7U" 20 hours 26 hours 0.50 to 0.7h" 32 hours 38 hours 0.73 to 0.99" 26 hours 32 hours 0.75 to 0.99" 35 horn's 1:5 hours 1.00 to 1.U9" 3h hours U0 hours 1.00 to 1.21;" U5 hours 60 hours 1.30 and up U3 hours 35 hours 1.25 to 1.1:9" 60 hours 75 hours i.5o to 1.99" 75 hours 95 hours 2.00 and up 95 hours 115 hours Note: 1. If the above drying times for 1" wide rings cannot be adhered to. then follow the following less accurate time intervals: 0 to .99" thick rings - 26 hours. 1" and above thick rings - h2 hours. 2. For 2" wide ring, above schedule must be adhered to. 3. If 1" and 2" wide rings are included in one oven con signment, select rings of various thicknesses so that 1" wide maximum drying times overlap 2" wide minimum times. 1; If the rings are too large to handle conveniently, the ring may be cut in half and the densities determined for each half and the two values then averaged. It is not permissible to cut a section from the ring and merely determine the density of the section. 5. The preferred ring thickness is 1" + 3/16". PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: CTD015811  ORM P917 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-5 SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE h DATE OF ISSUE. November 16, 1967 Standard Test Methods DESCRIPTION : Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products U.3 Remove the pieces from the oven according to the recommended log time entry previously made and weigh the A/C pieces between 15 and 30 minutes after removal. Record these dry weights on the log sheet. U.li Place the rings in the water tank. The water temperature should be 75 - 10F. Temperature of the room should be 75. 10F* also. The rings must be allowed to soak (completely submerged in the water) between 8 and not more than 20 hours. This includes either 1" or 2" wide rings of any wall thickness. If pieces or chunks of A/C material are to be tested, make certain the length is ten times the width of the piece regardless of the piece thickness. U.5 Weigh the A/C pieces in the water soak. Do not remove the pieces from the water soak until the submerged weight has been obtained. The submerged weight is determined by taring the balance while the suspending wire and hook are dangling in the 'water (at a depth which will insure complete submersion of the piece when it is placed on the hook). Place the A/C piece on the hook, bring the balance to equilibrium, making certain the A/C pieces and the wire or hook are not touching the bottom or sides of the water tank and check to see that the A/C piece is completely ,submerged. Enter weight in log sheet. Specimen surface should be free of air bubbles. U.6 Remove the A/C pieces from the water tank and shake vigorously four times to remove excess water. Support the A/C piece at an angle of U5 to 60 on a rack to obtain maximum and uniform surface exposure. Keep the A/C pieces away from excessive drafts and- do not allow7 them to be in contact with any absorbent surface. Weigh the pieces after 5> minutes of draining on the rack, but not after more than 20 minutes. This is the saturated weight. Enter the weight in the log sheet. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: ^-re?----------------------`vr-- ----------------------------------- '' J V) CTD015812 , OKM P*- f ' l TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-5 SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO; CLASSIFICATION: PAGE DATE OF 1S9U E: November 16, 1967 Standard Test Methods DESCRIPTION. Water Displacement Density Test Xethod for A/C Products " j j 1 5.0 PROCEDURE FOR CALCULATING DENSITY Density is defined as oi oo.'ject^ if we measure volume volume of object in cubic inches, the density ox A/C pipe is reported as pounds per cubic inch (p.c.i.) of A/C material. Because of tiny voids or pores in A/C material, (it is not a fused solid substance) the following calculations must be made to obtain the true density of A/C pipe. i i a) Saturated Weight, Gms. = Saturated Ratio Dry Weight, Gms. b) Submerged Weight, Gms. = Submerged Ratio Dry Weight, Gms. 0.0362 p.c.i. " Saturated Ratio - Submerged Ratio 1 In this equation Saturated Ratio - Submerged. Ratio = A/C Specific Gravity frrsins _ . crrsjns or cubic centimeter an<^ ^ie ^ac^or 0*0362 converts cukfc centimeter pounds "t0 cubic inch* Notes: 1. All data and calculations are to remain in the daily log sheets. 2. Particular effort should be made to periodically examine and calibrate the weighing balance used in this Test Kethod Procedure. 3. It must-be emphasized that the balance must be capable of measuring the weight of the A/C rings with an accuracy of at least t 0.1%. U. This density Test Method is based on the following Certain-teed, Ambler R&D reports. A-65014. Density Determination, Phase I: Drying of Density Rings, W. R. Seipt, May.20, 1965Assignment OOOU-65, Density Determination Method, Phase II Report, W. R. Seipt, February U, 1966. PREPAREO BY. <5- APPROVED BY; CTD015813 TcCH\ICy\L SPZCiFSCAT'OKS 1 i CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASjESVOS CEMENT PIPE : APPUCACLG TO: NUMGLIt: GUPCRStOJZO: TM-$ { PACii; ; 6 ! DaTC OK 1 CtdC: |November 16, 1967 CL.AG21 KJCAT10.S ; Standard Test Methods j OE-SCRIPTJON: j Water Displacement Density, Test Method for A/C Products FIGURE 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASSESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMOCH: GUPCRSEDEGl PAGC 7 C>ATC OF ICUUE: Wovember 16, 1/67 CLASSIFICATION; Standard Test l-Sathoas I DESCRIPTION; I I Water Displacement Density Test Method for A/C Products FIGURE 2 A. B. -vTv 1 --..1 b j Dry Weight Measurement of A/C | Ring after coming from drying oven, (measure to nearest hundredth of gm.) i | THIN SUSPENDING WIRE- Subnerged 'Weight Measurement 1. Tare the thin suspending wire when submerged in the water in the tantt. 2. Then add the A/C ring and measure its submerged weight. 3. Measure to nearest hundredth of a gm. ii. Make certain the wire, A/C ring and supporting pan are not touching the sides of the tank and that the ring is completely submerged. i i i Wet Weight Measurement 1. Measure to the nearest hun dredth of a gm. Do not weigh before 5 minutes or after 20 minutes of setting on the drain rack. PREPARED BY; APPROVED DY; Tv3 D DRAIN RACK Allowable drain time of A/C ring is betwe'en 5 snd 20 minutes. / CTD015815 J 7b rORW P*i T 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: TM-lU PAOE 1 SUPERSEDES: CLASSIFICATION: DATE OF ISSUE: February 7. 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION : Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds 1.0 SCOPE This method is an accelerated aging test for determining the resistance of vulcanized rubber to cracking when exposed to an atmosphere containing ozone. 2.0 REFERENCE This test method is in accordance with ASTM D-11U9, "Test For Ozone Cracking of Vulcanized Rubber." 3.0 PHYSICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. U.O APPARATUS 1 Ozonator Unit, in accordance with ASTM D-llli9 1 Graduated Cylinder, 100 ml. 1 Pipette, 1 ml. 1 Stopwatch Non-Corrosive Wire, .008" in diameter or less 2 Bottles, 1 liter, amber; ground glass stoppers 1 ruler, 12 inch 1 mandrel, 2" diameter, 1 foot long, wood or aluminum 1 beaker, $0 ml. ( PREPARED Y APPROVED SYi CTD015816 fOftM P27 *V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-lii SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAOC 2 OATC OF ISSUE: February 7. 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds 5.0 REAGENTS Li Sodium Hydrogen Phosphate (Na2HP0j1), .025 N Potassium Di hydrogen Phosphate (K^PO^), .025 N Potassium Iodide (Kl) Sodium Thiosulfate (Na2S20^), .02 and .002 M Note: Sodium Thiosulfate when put into a solution should be stored at a concentration of .02 M in an amber, ground glass stoppered bottle. The solution should remain stable for two (2) months. 6.0 DETERMINATION OF SPECIMEN LENGTH The specimen length will depend on its width and the degree of stretch desired. The inner width of the specimen is compressed, while the outer width is stretched. When mounted on a mandrel, the specimen shall be stretched 1* to 6 per cent. The length of the specimen is calculated as follows. L = 8.78 + 2.07G + .05C Where: L = desired length of a specimen stretched five (5) per cent, in inches. G = width of ring, in inches. C = circumference of mandrel and Jg width of ring or C = (d + ig G) Tr Where: d = diameter of mandrel in inches. PREPARED BY: APPROVEO BY: CTD015817 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS form CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER: TM-lU ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE BUPER8EDCB: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: FADE 3 DATE OF ISSUE: February 7. 1968 OE9CRIPTION: Standard Test Method Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds 7.0 MOUNT IMG SPECIMENS 7.1 Procedure Mark each specimen lV from the ends with crayon. Form the specimen into a loop by tying the two ends securely with a non-corrosive wire at the marks, as shown in Figure 1. Slip the complete loop over the mandrel. 8.0 SPECIMEN EXPOSURE 8.1 Procedure After the specimens are mounted, allow them to rest for U8 hours at room temperature in a realtively ozone free atmosphere. Place the mandrel in the test chamber and seal securely. Set the temperature of the test chamber at 100 + 2F. Turn on the vacuum pump and set the "flowmeter normal" to a reading of 2l;,J> (22,000 ccm) by regulating the vacuum pressure (Figure 2). Turn on the main switch and turn the poly-way valve to "normal". This will permit full air flow to the vacuum chamber. Set the potentiometer to the calibrated setting for fifty ($0) parts per hundred million (pphm) ozone (see section 10). The specimens shall be exposed for U8 hours. 9.0 RATING OF EXPOSED SPECIMENS Wien the exposure time is completed, examine the specimens while mounted on the mandrel with a two (2) power magnification. Evaluate the degree of cracking with the reference standards shown in ASTM D-1171, Figure 3. PREPARED BY: APPROVEO BY: CTD015818 rO** ***** l 10 *> TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS o or m p*i? vt i - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER) UPCROCDCOi TM-lU CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 5 OATC OF ISSUE: February 7. 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION : Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds PRCfARCO BY; APPROVED BV: CTD015820 t OflM 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: TM-lU BUPERBEDE8: CLASS I FI CATION: PAGE 6 DATE OF ISSUE: February 7, 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds 10.0 MEASURING OZONE CONCENTRATION 10.1 Procedure The ozone concentration shall be checked before each te3t. Thi3 is done by absorbing the ozone with a buffered potassium iodide solution. The liberated iodine is then titrated with sodium thiosulfate. By recording the time it takes for the iodine to neutralize the thiosulfate, it can be calculated how much ozone was absorbed by the potassium iodide. This is done as follows. Prepare a buffered potassium iodide solution by dissolving ten (10) grams of potassium iodide in 30 ml. of .025 N Na2HP0ji and 20 ml. of .025 N Note: The KI solution shall be discarded after each use. Transfer the solution into the absorption bottle (Figure 3) Turn the poly-way valve to sampling and tighten the "reduce to sample" thumb screw until a reading of 12.0 (5500 ccm) is obtained. The "flowmeter normal" shall still read 2l|..5- If not, adjust. Start with a potentiometer setting of 32. Draw ionized air through the absorption bottle until the ammeter reads approximately three (3) to four (U) amperes. Record the exact ampere reading and titrate the KI solution by pipeting one (l) ml. of .002 M Na2S20^ into the absorption bottle. Record the tine it takes the ammeter to return to its original reading. 11.0 CALCULATIONS The ozone concentration shall be calculated as follows. ,, _ 11.2*B*M108 C = ------- Ft PREPARED BY: Where: C = ozone concentration in pphm. B = ml. of .0020 M Na2S203. M = molarity of Na2>203. F = flowrate of sampling in ccm. t time in minutes for ammeter to rotum to tho original roading nftor titration. APPROVED BY; CTD015821  r|T I O- J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMDCRi .. | tm-iE rAac UPEROEDESi CLABBiriCATlONi OATC OP ISSUE; February 7, 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION . Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds F\gure 3 ( )Ozone Absorbing Device 5prrvJet . CTD015822  0"M Pli 7 I* *i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TK-m SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 8 DATE OF ISSUE: February 7. 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Ozone Resistance Test For Elastomeric Compounds Note: If C is less than 0 pphm, raise the potentiometer setting. If C is greater than 0 pphm, lower the potentiometer setting. Calibrations are to be repeated until C equals $0 pphm. Record the setting on which C equals $0 pphm. This setting should remain fairly constant within a reading of + 2 digits on the potentiometer control. 12.0 APPROVED VENDORS FOR APPARATUS The ozonator unit described in this test method is the GFB Ozonator model C-l from G. F. Bush Co., Princeton, New Jersey. However, there are more modern ozonators which are now on the market that operate in a similar manner. Any ozonator unit which meets the requirements of ASTM D-lll;9 is a suitable unit. PREPAREO BY: APPROVED BY: CTD015823 y i i i i T M -15 FORM P*i7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: jr""JJ j i ___iJ 0CERTAIN!:; OESCR IPTlON: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION pipe division T.C.O. REF. NO. 2 supersedes: Standard Test Method SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: TM-15 1 DATE OF ISSUE: January 10. 1968 September 13. 1968 Low Temperature Flexibility Test for Elastomeric Materials 1.0 Scope This test method describes a procedure for determining the resistance of elastomeric materials to cracking when exposed to low temperature. 2.0 Physical Property Requirements The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Standard Purchasing Specification. 3.0 Apparatus Cutting Device - refer to CPC TM-19; section 5*1. Cold Chamber - temperature maintained at - 25 C + 2 C. U.O Test Procedure Prepare specimens from finished products four (U) to five (5) inches (10.16 to 12.70 cm.) long with a thickness of .100 + .010 inches (.2pU cm. + .025 cm.). Place the specimens in the cold chamber at -25 + 2 C for a minimum of U hours. Immediately check the specimens for cracking by flexing 180 degrees over a ^ inch (.635 cm.) mandrel. MOTE CERTA-SPACER bands shall be tested at a length of four (U) to five (5) inches (10.16 to 12.70 cm.) and with their original thickness. 5.0 Approved Vendor for Apparatus Any cold chamber may be used where the specimen does not come in direct contact with a liquid. A Wagner Cold Box, model 8860, Type RP is suitable. ' r: 'J '& p% v> ' A.ivVV-vA /' !V> CTD015825 L. -- Ii : TM -16 FORM PRJ 7 >-64 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: 6UPER8EDE8: TM-16 PAGE 1 DATE OF ISSUE: November 30, 1967 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Oil Immersion Test For Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of the test is to determine the comparative ability of elastomeric materials to withstand the effects of hot oil. It is based on changes in appearance, weight, volume, hardness, tensile strength, and elongation. The test is primarily used for oil resis tant elastomeric compounds, but other elastomers can be tested to determine their comparative resistance to oil. 2.0 REFERENCE This test method is in accordance with ASTM h71, "Change in Properties of Elastomeric Vulcanizates Resulting From Immersion in Liquids". 3.0 PHYSICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS The physical property requirements for oil resistant elastomeric compounds can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. U.O APPARATUS *1 - Hot Plate, 0-700 + 3F 5 - Erlenmeyer Flask, 500 ml, pyrex 5> -Neoprene Stoppers, size 7 (alternate - rubber stoppers wrapped in aluminum foil) 5 - Reflux Condensers, 700 mm in length 5 - Clamps and Stands 2 - Beakers, 100 and 1000 ml -sbq. - Shore Durometer, Type A or A2 4KH5-1 - Analytical Balance, 0-160 gm .003 gm 1 - Universal Tester, (refer to CPC TM-18) Tygon Tubing Non-Corrosive Wire, .008" in diameter or less Alcohol, 9$% ethanol or isopropanol ASTM Oil No. 3 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: Iv<u CTD015826 FORM B-6^ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-16 SUPERSEDES: PAGE 2 OATE OF ISSUE: November 30, 1967 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Oil Immersion Test For Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds 5.0 DETERMINATION OF ORIGINAL APPEARANCE, WEIGHT, AND VOLUME 5.1 Procedure Three specimens 2" + 1/8" cut from separate finished rings shall he used. Check the appearance of each specimen which shall be free from cracks, tears, and pits. All flash and loose filings shall be removed. Identify each specimen. Wrap one end of each specimen securely with a non-corrosive wire leaving a 12" excess of wire. Vfeigh and record each specimen with the wire to the nearest milligram. Neglect the weight of the wire. To determine the volume, the specimen must be weighed in distilled water (75 + 5F). Tare the balance and attach the hanger to the weighing pan (Figure l). If the specimen has holes, e.g. FLUIDTITE rings, douse it into a beaker of alcohol and quickly shake off the excess liquid. Immerse the specimen in distilled water and shake the air bubbles from the holes. Attach the specimen to the hanger and weigh to the nearest milligram. 6.0 DETERMINATION OF ORIGINAL HARDNESS, TENSILE STRENGTH, AND ELONGATION 6.1 Procedure Prepare six dumbbell specimens from three separate finished rings. Two dumbbells are to be cut from each ring. Determine the tensile strength and elongation of one dumbbell specimen from each of the three rings (refer to CPC TM-18). Average the three values. Determine the hardness on the three remaining dumbbell specimens (refer to CPC TM-19). Use these three specimens for the oil immersion tests. PREPARED BY: YfcV* APPROVED BY: CTD015827 roMM tk, io-oj TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ! CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION 1 AS3ESTOS CEMENT PIPE j APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER i TM-16 GUPEROEOEOi CLASSIFICATION: pace 3 : ! DATE OF ISOUC: \ November 30, 1967 i ! i Standard Test Method ] DESCRIPTION: Oil Immersion Test For Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds I I APPROVED BYl VJ V-Sv--'t CTD015828 f OHM MJ7 U-ftW TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-16 BUPER8EDE8: PAGE a DATE OF ISSUE: November 30, 1967 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Oil Immersion Test For Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds 7.0 SPECIMEN IMMERSION 7.1 Procedure Totally immerse the specimens in a f>00 ml Erlenmeyer flask, filled to one inch below the neck with ASTM Oil No. 3 (Figure 2). The loose end of the wire is squeezed between the stopper and inside neck of the flask. The specimens shall hang freely, two inches from the top of the oil. It is preferred that only one specimen be put in each flask. If necessary, two specimens of the same compound may be put in a flask. In the case of dumbbell specimens, three may be put in the same flask. The specimens shall not touch each other. The temperature of the oil shall be kept at 210 + 2F for seventy hours. . -- Note: New oil is to be used for each test. 8.0 DETERMINATION OF CHANGE IN THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 8.1 Procedure After the specified exposure time has expired, remove the specimens from the immersion apparatus and blot the excess oil. Immediately determine the physical properties as previously done in sections five ($) and six (6). Record these results with the originals and calculate the change. 9.0 CALCULATIONS 9.1 Calculate the change in hardness as follows. Change in hardness is expressed as points increased or decreased from the original hardness. Therefore, Change in hardness, points = H^ - H^ where: H-, = initial hardness H2 = hardness after immersion PREPARED BY: Y~V$ APPROVED BY: CTD015829 FORM P*t7 TA. tO- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS f OR M P9i 7 II 6* TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION -ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-16 SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 6 DATE OF ISSUE: November 30, 196? DESCRIPTION . Standard Test Method Oil Immersion Test For Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds 9.2 Calculate the change in weight as follows. Change in weight, per cent = (w2 ~ %) x 100 where: % W, = initial weight of specimen in grams W? = weight of specimen in grams after immersion 9.3 Calculate the change in volume as follows. = (W3 ~ V - (VL ~ Change in volume, per cent (L " w2^ x 100 where: W, = initial weight of specimen in air, in grams = initial weight of specimen in water, in grams Wrj = weight of specimen in air after immersion, in grams = weight of specimen in water after immersion, in grams 9.L Calculate the change in tensile strength and elongation as follows. Change in tensile strength and/or elongation, per cent = (P2 - Pi) -------------x 100 where: F]_ = initial tensile strength and/or elongation of specimen in pounds per square inch. ?2 ~ tensile strength and/or elongation of specimen after immersion in pounds per square inch. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: .c CTD015831 f OHM P- 7 U TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: rAOE CLASSIFICATION: DATE OF ISSUE: November 30, 1967 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Oil Immersion Test For Oil Resistant Elastomeric Compounds 10.0 APPROVED VENDORS FOR TEST APPARATUS *A suitable hot plate is the Thermo Plate Precision Type TP-li. It can be obtained from Matheson Scientific, catalog no. 6l689- Any equivalent hot plate is satisfactory. -"-w-The Shore Durometer, Type A or A2, may be purchased from the Shore Instrument and Mfg. Co., Inc., 90-35 Van Wyck Expressway, Jamaica, N.Y. SH*A suitable analytical balance is the Mettler Balance Model H-U or equivalent. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: CTD015832 TM -17 it I * rOHM PJ7 4i 6 * TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: _ TM-17 SUPERSEDES: PAGE DATE OF ISSUE: January 10, 1968 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: DESCRIPTION : Standard Test Method 1---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------__________________________ Water Immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of this test is to determine the comparative ability of rubber or rubber-like materials to withstand the effect of water by examining the material for degradation, weight, and volume change. 2.0 REFERENCE This test is in accordance with ASTM D-U71, "Change in Properties of Elastomeric Vulcanizates Resulting From Immersion in Liquids." 3.0 PHYSICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. U.O APPARATUS 1 - Hot Plate, 0-700F, +5F. 3 - Extraction Apparatus, three (3) liter. Non-Corrosive Wire, .008 inches in diameter or less. 1 - Analytical Balance, 0-160 grams +.003 grams. 2 - Beakers, 100 and 1000 ml. Tygon Tubing. Alcohol, 95% ethanol or isopropanol. Clamps and Stand (alternate apparatus). 3 - Reflux Condensers, 600 mm. (alternate apparatus). 3 - Erlenmeyer Flask, 3000 ml., pyrex (alternate apparatus). PREPARED BY: h* APPROVED BY: CTD015833 fORM P9 i 7 0 0^ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: _____ _ TM-17 PACE 2 DATE OF ISSUE: January 10, 1968 APPLICABLE TO. CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION : Water Immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds 5.0 DETERMINATION OF ORIGINAL APPEARANCE, WEIGHT, AMD VOLUME 5.1 Procedure Three (3) specimens 2" + 1/8" cut from separate finished rings shall be used. Check the appearance of each specimen which shall be free from cracks, tears, and pits. A1J. flash and loose filings shall be removed. Identify each specimen. Wrap one end of each specimen securely with a non-corrosive wire, leaving a twelve (12) inch excess of wire. Weigh and record each specimen with the wire to the nearest milligram. Neglect the weight of the wire. To determine the volume of the specimen, it must be weighed sus pended in distilled water (75 + 5F). Attach the hanger to the weighing pan and tare the balance (Figure l). If the specimen has holes, e.g. FLUID-TITE ring, submerge it in a beaker of alcohol and quickly shake off the excess liquid. Immerse the specimen in distilled water and shake the air bubbles from the holes. Attach the specimen to the hanger and weigh to the nearest milligram. 6.0 SPECIMEN IMMERSION 6.1 Procedure Totally immerse the specimen in a three (3) liter extraction apparatus, which shall be filled to the bottom of the neck with distilled water (Figure 2 or 3). The specimen shall hang freely about four (U) inches below the surface of the water. If necessary, two (2) specimens of the same compound may be placed in a single apparatus provided that the two (2) specimens do not touch each other. The temperature of the water should be kept at 210 + 2F for twenty (20) consecutive days. After the twenty (20) day period, remove the specimens from the apparatus and blot dry. PREPARED BY: 7^ ^ APPROVED BY: CTD015834 T v<-o TECHNICAL SPEC IF! CATIONS NUMUCR: : CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION TM-17 ASDESTOS CEMENT PIPE oupcftctocc; A.Ai>tiCAui.i; TO; CLACUI^iCaTiGN; PAG L' 3 January 10, 1963 Standard Te st* thod Z> LiCKif*Tf ON . Water Immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds r iIGUR \ i uS t 0 ,\ D'ctervipcvio Volume a EL u 7T**, J-@- - "-(U KOHM Ptf7 TK. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS t j CERTAIN-TESD products corporation i AS3CSTOS CEMENT PIPE 1 NUMUCH: frUPE'R&LDCG: TM-l? "" 'h O.sTE OF ISSUE; January 10,.1963 j APPLICABLE TO. CLA1/BI Fi CATION. 1 l I j DESCRIPTION. Standard Teat Method j Water Immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds Figure 2 Water Immersion Apparatus form r>:? ik uv.o TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMOCH: ___ _ ,, TM-17 page ^ ; ASDESTOS CEMENT PIPE ! APPLICAOLt TO; CUPCRCCDCG: DATC OF IGGUC. January 10, 1968 CLARIFICATION; j Standard Test Method ; ! : ; ; j DESCRIPTION; Vhter immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds i i  ORM r .' 7 Of--' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER; TM-17 SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO; CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 6 DATE OF ISSUE: January 10, 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION. Water Immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds 7.0 DETERMINATION OF CHANGE IN APPEARANCE, WEIGHT, AND VOLUME 7.1 Procedure Check the appearance of the specimens to see if any cracks, tears,or pitting occurred during immersion. Determine the weight and volume immediately as previously described in section b.l and record the results with the originals and calculate the per cent change. 8.0 CALCULATIONS 8.1 Calculate the change in weight as follows Change in weight, per cent = (^2 - Wj) x 100 W]_ Where: = initial weight of specimen in grams. W2 = weight of specimen in grams after immersion. 8.2 Calculate the change in volume as follows. Change in volume, per cent = (w3 ~ ~ ......W2_) (Wx - W2) x 100 Where: = initial weight of specimen in air, in grams. W2 = initial weight of specimen in water, in grams. W^ = weight of specimen in air after immersion, in grams. = weight of specimen in water after immersion, in grams. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: CTD015838 rOBM P9* 7 U oJ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: ,, TM-17 SUPERSEDES: PAOE 7 DATE OF ISSUE: January 10, 1968 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION : Water Immersion Test For Elastomeric Compounds 9.0 APPROVED VENDORS FOR TEST APPARATUS A suitable analytical balance is the Mettler Balance, model H-U or equivalent. Any hot plate within the test requirements for this method may be used. A suitable hot plate is the Thermo Plate Precision Type TP-U. It can be obtained from Matheson Scientific, catalog no. 6l689. The Erlenmeyer Flasks must be Pyrex Brand Glass and can be obtained from Fisher Scientific Co., catalog no. IO-OI4O or equivalent. Condensers should be the Allihn type, made of Pyrex. They can be obtained fran Fisher Scientific Co., catalog no. 7-732. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: CTD015839 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS | CERTAIN-TZED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ! ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE 1 APPUCAJll TO: NUMBER: GUPER5EDEG. TM-l6 lCLADS FI CAT! ON : | J*AGE I 1 j DATE OP ICCUE: Cr^--vrr 3 : , yA;; 1 ` DEGC.%; "AON- ._-3.i',c.riOj*s Tost/ For ElcLS'0Oi.".Ox*ic Standard Tact hetied i 1;-.o r.athcc. describes the procedure for determining the indentation hardness of materials ranging fro;.: soft vulcanised rubber to sene rigid *Oj_cnS~oi^Co oy iT.aans ox s. citii'oxiS'uoi* 2.0 RfPIPINGS this test method is in accordance with ASTI D-221-0, 'Test for .indentation of Rubber by Duror.eter". 3.0 PliSICAL PROPERTY RSQUIRI11SNTS The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. f yj -.'OR r~ ; ! <? -J ;\ I YP CTD015841 sI ' ~~ /\j9 VO I CTD015842 J :lJ description; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION pipe division SPEC* FI CAT IO.' .classification: Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. 2 SPECIFICATION NO: T M - 18 supersedes: January 11, 1968 Hardness Test For Elastomeric Materials PAGE NO. : h DATE OF ISSUE: August 8, 1969 6.0 AGED HARDNESS 6.1 Procedure Place three (3) specimens on which the original hardness has been taken in an air circulating oven for 166 hours at 1E>8 - 1.8F for non-oil resistant rings or 70 hours at 212 - 2F for oil resistant rings. Remove from oven; allow to cool for thirty (30) minutes. Determine the hardness and record with the original reading. Note: For CERTA-SPACER bands, place in an air circulating oven for 166 hours at 212 2F. 7.0 CALCULATIONS The difference between the original and aged hardness is expressed in points increased or decreased. Change in hardness, points = H2 - Where: = original hardness H2 = aged hardness 8.0 APPROVED VENDORS FOR TEST APPARATUS *-The Shore Durometer, type A or A2 may be purchased from the Shore Instrument & Mfg. Co., Inc., 90-36 Van Wyclc Expressway, Jamaica, New York. **The oven shall be in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 601, Method 7221 except that a recorder is optional. A Blue M, Hi Heat Utility Oven, number JA 1021 from Fisher Scientific or equivalent is suitable. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R fic JD MFG. J SALES I.E. CTD015843 OTHERS T M -19  OKM i ! 1 CRRTAiN-TZED PRODUCTS CORPORATION j aoESTOS CSZiV.ENT PIPE lC/-* i [Cji\o NUM IZPi: Til-19 cupitrgi:do3. r*AC DATS Or ISSUE I applicael: to j CLACCi F:CATiON . i 1 j ^-.....n-ru Teen droned D1Z'J C 31 <* .: ON . Tensilo Strength, Modules,, and Alcrgation Per ^rcteyerie I err, rads adie raided ciscritcs crocedarcs for daccrsiining ire affect ci -ore rrelicriicr ci a tension load no eiacaa.icric materials. ids proce'. Cv\ l* Liu^ yij _ \jr jC*.o i le e cx , _tj .'iu i as , .ana G.Lan u** ^a .on. cl nor cor.i char.se in tensile strength and elongation alter oven a? is also described. 2.0 ::ir:-'.:.2:l'jCa Ta.is test irrtdod is in accordance with A STM U12, "Tension Testing of Vulcanized Rubber". 3.0 1 ,.V31 Ci_j a.c0a_.m E.3QJXlC.:i-_iI<'.L 3 1 I The physical property raquiromis lor this test method can be found i in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. CTD015844 FORM Ml? TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: TM-19 SUPERSEDE*! January 11 . 1968 CLASSIFICATION: PAOE 2 DATE OF ISSUE: .Sentfimbm* V*f lO^fl DESCRIPTION: Standard Test Method Tensile Strength, Modulus, and Elongation For Elastomeric Materials 5.0 TEST SPECIMENS 5.1 Cutting Specimens Strips cut from rubber rings shall have a flat smooth surface and a thickness of 0.075 to 0.125 inches. They shall be of such a size as to permit the cutting of dumbbell specimens four (U) inches long and 5/8 inches wide. Any suitable method of cutting the specimen may be used provided it does not distort or change the properties of the specimen. One method is to cut the specimen strips from the rubber ring with a rotary bench saw. The specimen is placed in a jig held in place by a permanent magnetic chuck. A spray mist coolant system is used to lubricate the specimen. Aquarex lubricant is used in a 1000 to 1 ratio with water. The dumbbell specimens are stamped out of this strip with a Type C die. This is done either by a stamp press or with a mallet. If a stamp press is used, attach the die to the upper portion of the press. Place the strip of rubber from which the dumbbell is to be cut on a smooth, slightly yielding surface to prevent injury to the die. Place the specimen directly under the die and press the foot pedal. Nothing should be between the specimen and the die. The die should be examined at frequent intervals for nicks in the test portion. If there are nicks that can not be removed, the die shall be replaced. 5.2 Measuring Specimens Measure the center and each end of the restricted section of the dumbbell specimen to the nearest .001 inch with the lowest of the three (3) measurements used as the thickness of the specimen. The width of the restricted section is equivalent to the width of the type C die (0.25 inches). 5.3 Marking Specimens Dumbbell specimens are to be marked with a bench marker with a dis tance of one (1) inch between the knife edges. The specimen shall be under no tension and shall be marked at the center of the restricted section. PRCPAREO DTi APPROVED BYl CTD015845 ' i OSSCRIPT.ON: i | TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CE,STAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. 3 SPECIFICATION NO: T M - 19 supersedes: January 11, 1968 PAGE NO.: 3 DATE OF ISSUE: August 8, 1969 Tensile Streu0.a, Modulus, and Elongation For Elastomeric Materials 6.0 PET'S.-l-iTFATIO^ C? ORIGINAL TENSILE STRENGTH, MODULUS, AND ELONGATION O r"T O O dll *0 Dumbbell specimens are to be conditioned for four (I4) hours at room tem perature (?5 - 5?)* Place the specimen in the grips of the testing machine and adjust them symmetrically. Start the machine and note con tinuously the distance between the two bench marks. Record the force after the specimen has been elongated 300 per cent, i.e., when the one (1) inch center has been stretched to a total of four (U) inches. Continue running the machine until the specimen breaks. Record the force and the length between the bench marks at which the specimen broke. This is ultimate elongation and tensile strength. Note: When testing CBRTA-SPACER bands, dumbbells need not be used. A six (6) inch - \ inch length cut from the band is required. Proceed as in section 6.1 except that the modulus is taken at 100 per cent instead of 300 par cent. 7.0 AGED TENSILE STRENGTH AND 5L0KGATI0N' 7.1 Procedure Oven age non-oil resistant dumbbell specimens in an aging oven at lf>8 1.3F for 166 i 1 hours and oil resistant dumbbell specimens at 212 - 2F for ?0i> 1 hours. Allow the specimens to reach room temperature. Repeat the tensile strength and elongation determinations as in section 6.1 and calculate the per cent change from the original properties. Note: For CERTA-SPACER bands, place in an air circulating oven for 166 hours at 212 2 2F. 3.0 CALCULATIONS 8.1 The cross sectional area of an unstretched dumbbell specimen shall be cal culated as follows: Cross Sectional Area = w x t = A in square inches of unstretched specimen Where : w=width of restricted section in inches t=thickness of restricted section in inches `Z. ilj ' n. \] r-. \^--! ** 1 ^ .*"<. * : iV S Co p' i A i A - . a a D PROsJ CT S CCxi-'OkAVlON A3GESTOS CEMENT P.PE j SUMiiCS. {_______________________ j CUPCF.llOlG: ll-l? __ VO. : CLAidi:-';CATio\ ; /ACiC J t *-v OATi CF ! i.u J I . ........................ - - ' ;. ^ _>1.0 0 w--3 :-w- ivr.eres or-sa/mn^ j_: Li \J--> L>O u O.. ,n ponnsi: L area oi sasara'c-cnGs ojgc_". C/O lha r.oduias shall bs calcnlatsd as follows. C. neduius, psi = t 3 = force i-i " crco*. .eic elongation Li area of: :BuCl:'ju --_:o-i- Tne elongation snaii b>ee cc 3a.1i cm. a c/oQ. as fclion;3. .on;, pen ccivu -- a _ g> G' x j1/J dis ecu iOO a- G break In ads s orifilial dislanes in inches b .pr' as iolio;.~3. .n6.,-Lo1 and/or elongation shall '?change in tensile and/or elongation, par cent -- v~x '2' -- -:r.~\ jiitial tensile strength and/or eler :n psi ^ Z tensile strength and/or elongation s oven aging in psi i l CTD015848 _ i LZ-O k M I O -'"w.-- G> GL. 4 i ^ /A l 1 ''-G i\G ; | NUM.dfl; ) ; cpptainay^cid paoni jcts cg."?o;^at:g.\ 1 ASeUSTOS Cti;.-:NT PiPH ! su'--aoa.. Y"-*'< 9 1*` i-ao r. uy' D.vV_ Or IwJUi: vo. uL vC:% 1 PV ;0,\ . ; claoli:-';c,.v;gn. leu; .;;.;lc:l A-vi:'--r -j -WWW. --------- - -X*----------------------- -- - Cv. :cg. : ; C. il _L VJ. -Cu . J.'. 1021 fro:.; I'isisr 1'. i--Ci' ^CO'. _C Cl" CCXILYG^CI -U/-0 -o Gw --G I __ b. _cu -'.t wovCi G-i oi-o i'o t/*;--t' wi-.J.. o-j.., _LG i..C---i.G GG-;-3-- _> G Ir.dvcirlul l-'rcuucts Corycraticu.. ilioc.'.d'ield., feu Jersey. ie.y ecu!' blade that '..dll facilitate the cuibir.g of rubber is suitable. T M -20 t I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: TM-2G CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 1 --------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF 133UC; January 9, 1966 ' DESCRIPTION ; Standard Test Method Shrinkage Test For Elastomeric Compounds 1.0 SCOPE The shrinkage test is a method of determining the relative shrinkage re s i s ta nee of elastomeric compounds when placed in elevated temperatures after they have been immersed in water. 2.0 PHYSICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 APPARATUS Air Circulating Oven Lufkin Outside Diameter Tape (refer to CPC TM-22). Pan, impervious to water. Tank, equipped for running water (for alternate procedure). Elevated drain extension (for alternate procedure). h.O SHRINKAGE DETERMINATION U.l Test Procedure Condition finished rubber rings for at least four (U) hours at room temperature (75 - 5F.). Measure the outside diameter. The specimen shall then be submerged in tap water (75 - 5F.) for twenty (20) hours, removed and allowed to dry for four (n) hours at room temperature. Measure the outside diameter again. This procedure shall be repeated for seven (7) days using clean tap water each day. Specimens shall remain in the water over weekends. At the end of the seven (7) days, the specimens' outside diameter shall be measured in not less than four (U) hours nor more than eight (8) hours after removal from the water. Place the specimens in an air circulating oven at 70 1 1C. for 166 i 1 hour. A.t the end of the aging period, remove the specimens and set aside from four (I4) to eight (8) hours at room temperature before measuring the final outside diameter. w A 'PREPARED BY: Sj r" APPROVED CTD015850 * OHM Pi;7 U.6: TECHNICAL SPECIF1CATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TK-20 6UPER6EDE8: PAGE 2 DATE OF ISSUE: January 9, 1966 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION : Shrinkage Test For Elastomeric Compounds h.2 Alternate Test Procedure An alternate test method for shinkage can be used if there are several specimens to be tested at the same time or to eliminate the changing of water each day. Allow the specimens to lay completely submerged in running tap water for seven (7) days (Figure 1). If the specimen is a FLUID-TITE ring, shake the air bubbles from the holes and lay with the holes facing upwards. At the end of seven (7) days, remove the specimens from the water and allow to air dry for not less than four (h) hours nor more than eight (8) hours before measuring the outside diameter. Place in an air circulating oven and continue test for oven exposure as described above in Section li.l. g.O CALCULATIONS The change or shrinkage in the outside diameter shall be calculated as follows Shrinkage, per cent = (D - E) x 100 Where D = original outside diameter, inches. E = final outside diameter, inches. The shrinkage shall be recorded to the nearest 0.01$ and shall be reported as the shrinkage for the specimens tested. The per cent shrinkage shall be calculated both after water immersion and oven aging. 6.0 APPROVED VENDOR FOR TEST APPARATUS -* The oven shall be in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 601, Method 7221 except that a recorder is optional. A Blue M, Hi Heat Utility Oven, No. JA 1021 from Fisher Scientific or equivalent is suitable. CTD015851 rORM rni7 tm. to-f-.i 'ECHNiCAL SF icii CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION TOS/nIG LG CS? CEMENT PIPE N U M LJ C R : GVPCilCZDZG APPUCAOL.C TO: TK-20 ij CLA Ci 21 FI CAT ON : ] PAGC i ^ ! GATH c; IttuE. | January 9, 19zb i Standard Test Ksthod D tSCR1 PTtON ; I Shrinkage Test For Elastomeric Compounds i ..... Figure ! Shrinkage T E57 i AUT l r\ N AT tF K*\ c T'HOD 'j III I I T M -21 -21A f0*M P927 U-G2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-21 SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 1 DATE OF ISSUE: January 9> 1968 DESCRIPTION: Standard Test Method Compression Set Test for Elastomeric Compounds 1.0 SCOPE Compression Set Tests are intended to measure the ability of elastomeric compounds to retain elastic properties during prolonged action of compressive stresses. 2.0 REFERENCE This test method is in accordance with ASTM D-395> Method B, "Test for Compression Set of Rubber". 3.0 PHYSICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. U.O APPARATUS Compression Device, as shown in Figure 1. Dial Micrometer, 0-1 inch, - .001 inches. Air Circulating Oven Note: The steel plate surface of the compression device must be ground to a maximum roughness of ten (10) microinches before chromium plated. $.0 TEST PROCEDURE Cut a specimen three (3) inches long from a finished product. Measure its height and mark the exact,/point of measurement. This measurement shall be taken with a dial micrometer to the nearest 0.001 inches. The ring shall lay flat on a smooth level surface (Figure 2). No height measurement shall be made in any area where the raised printing on the specimen will be under the presser foot. Allow the entire presser foot to fall on the specimen and take a direct reading from the dial gauge. Place the specimen in the compression device (Figure 1). If necessary, two (2) specimens may be placed on the same plate at opposite ends. Compress the specimen to the required percentage by placing the correct size spacer between the plates; e.g., if ' PREPARED BY: APPROVED 0 ______ V ~n CTD015853 I'ONU ; 7 TK. IO-CJ 1 CERTAIN-TilED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ; ASDESTOS CEMENT PIPE j APPLICABLE TO; NUMBER; CUPCRGCOCG: TM-21 j F\CL ACC 1 CATION ! ;-agl 1 2 L EOATw O r ! 1> O : January 9, 1965 i1 j DC5CKIptio.n . j Standard Test Ksthod Compression Set Test for Elastomeric Compounds Figure ! tOM P1.'7 U-~ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER: TM-21 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE 6UPERCEDE8: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PACE 3 DATE OF IS8UE: January 9, 1966 ----------------------------------------------------------------DESCRIPTION: Standard Test Method Compression Set Test for Elastomeric Compounds a one (l) inch thick specimen is to be compressed fifty (50) per cent, a 0.5 inch spacer shall be used. Tighten the device with a wrench until secure. Oven age in an air circulating oven for 22 hours at a temperature of 70 1C. for non oil resistant specimens, or 100 i 2C. for oil resistant specimens. Remove the specimens from the device immediately upon removal from the oven and allow to cool for thirty (30) minutes. Measure the height of the specimen at the reference point. Note: The plates are to be cleaned with acetone after each use. 6.0 CALCULATIONS The compression set is calculated as per cent deflection. Compression Set, per cent (t0 - ti) (t0 - W ' 100 Where: t0 = original height tj_ = height after compression release ts = height of spacers 7.0 REPORT All deviations from the requirements of this test method shall be reported with the results. 8.0 APPROVED VENDORS FOR TEST APPARATUS The oven shall be in accordance with Federal Test Method Standards No. 601, Method 7221 except that the recording as optional. A Blue M, Hi Heat Utility Oven, Madel JA 1021 or equivalent is suitable. CTD015855 :kn:c SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASCCSTOS CEMENT PIPE -UPLRGCGHC.: TM-21 GATL' Cj r APPLlCAiL-C TO; i DLSCRiPViON . CLASSir ICATION. Standard Test Method Compression Set Test for Elastomeric Compounds Figure: 2, PPARATU^S FOn n tlG.W I PAfARCD 6Y. 'ywfci N CTD015856 FORM P27 canuNim) description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASISIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: standard flast Method SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: TM-21A 1 DATE OF ISSUE: SFP 28 1971 Compression Set Test for CG Robber Rings 1.0 Scope Compression Set Tests are intended to measure the ability of elastomeric compounds to retain elastic properties during pro longed action of compressive stresses. 2.0 Reference This test method is in accordance with ASTM D-395* method B"Test for Compression Set of Rubber." 3.0 Physical Property Requirements The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in P&PG Standard Purchasing Specification $03B. it .0 Apparatus Compression Device as shown in Figure 2. Dial Micrometer, 0-1 inch *.001 inches with weight 81* gms, *2.8 gms. Air Circulating Oven * Note: The steel plate surface of the compression device must bfe^ground to a maximum roughness of ten* (10) microinches before chromium plated. (Stainless steel plates may also be used provided they are polished to a roughness not to exceed 10 micrtinches.) $.0 Test Procedure Cut two specimens .560" *.010" through the cross-section of the ring. Each specimen shall contain only a single complete hole ____ .reasonably centered in the specimen (Figure 1). Measure their thickness at the point shown and mark the exact point of measure ment. These measurements shall be taken with a dial micrometer to the nearest .001 inches. Place the specimens in the compression device with the cut sides on the plates. Compress the specimens to the required percentage by placing the correct size spacer (.28 inches) between the plates. Tighten the device with a wrench until secure against the spacers. Oven age in an air circulating PREPABEO BY % APPROVED BY: CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT BALES BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015857 FOAM P927 -- HB CERniNTHO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION ___ Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-21A 2 DATE OF ISSUE: FFP 28 1971_____ Compresalon Set Test for CO Rubber Rings oven for 22 hours at a temperature of 70C *10C (l58F il.8F) for non oil resistant specimens or 100C -2C (212F -3.6F) for oil resistant specimens. Remove the specimens from the device imme diately upon removal from the oven. Allow the specimens to cool for thirty (30) minutes. Measure the height of the specimens at the reference points. Note: The plates are to be cleaned with acetone after each use. 6.0 Calculations Compression Set is calculated as per cent deflection. Compression set, per cent = (t0-ti) ----------- X 100 (to"tg) where tQ= original height. tj* height after compression release. ts= height of spacer. 7.0 Report All deviations from the requirements of this test method shall be reported with the results. The results, using this method of test, are higher than those of using the 3-inch strip. Care should be exercised until a correlation between the test methods is developed. 8.0 Referee Method The 3-inch trimmed strip shall be used for referee testing. This test will usually oe done at North Wales, Pa. 9.0 Approved Vendors for Test Apparatus The oven shall be in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 601 Method 7221 except that the recording is optional. A. Blue M Hi Heat Utility Oven, Model JA1021 or equivalent is suitable. APPROVED BY: cr<9/ R a^p MFG. SALES I.C. VoCONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD015858 FORM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FORM P927 -------- IP f[T" ___ 3u CERTAIN j TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-21A DESCRIPTION: PAGE NO. : L DATE OF ISSUCJ 5fp8 197 i Cogpreaslon Set Teat for CQ Robber Rings FIGURE 2 PREPARED BYT CTD015860 approved av: odr R *O MFC. ALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT C DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL T M -22 f OK M PI27 U-6* TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-22 SUPERSEDES: PAGE 1 DATE OF ISSUE: January 9, 1968 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Mold Approval for Rubber Rings i 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of the mold approval is to assure that all rings produced from each cavity in a mold will be within the dimensional requirements of the CPC Purchasing Specifications. All mold approvals will be per formed in the Materials Laboratory, Ambler, Pennsylvania. 2.0 DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS The dimensional requirements for this test can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 APPARATUS Outside Diameter Tape, accurate to - .00$ inches. Pocket Comparator, 20 mm linear scale lens, accurate to - .002$ inches. 0-3/8 inches radial scale lens, accurate to 1 1/32 inches. Micrometer Depth Gauge, accurate to 1 .001 inches. Hole Depth Go-No-Go Gauge, refer to Quality Control Drawing No. 10. Hole Diameter Go-No-Go Gauge, refer to Quality Control Drawing No. 10. U.O DIMENSION All dimensional measurements shall be made on rings that are conditioned at room temperature (75 5F.) for at least four (h) hours. Fifteen rings that are properly finished shall be checked from each cavity. Ten readings shall be taken at random on every ring for all dimensions unless otherwise stated. All readings are to be recorded and a distribution obtained. k.l HOLS DIMENSIONS U.1.1 Hole Diameter The diameter shall be taken with a pocket comparator to the nearest 0.1 mm (see Figure l). The reading should be taken on the widest part of the hole using the lens with the 20 mm linear scale. 'Care PREPARED BY: CTD015861 FORM PJ7 U-Z TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM -22 SUPERSEDES: PACE 2 DATE OF ISSUE: January 9, 1968 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION : Mold Approval for Rubber Rings should be taken that the zero hash mark is lined exactly on the border of the hole edge. The remainder of the holes shall be checked with a diameter go-no-go gauge. In Figure 3, the gauge application for the hole diameter illustrates that the hole diameter of the first specimen is within tolerance, the second is too small and the third is too large. U.1.2 Hole Depth The measurement shall be taken with a depth gauge to the nearest .001 inches (Figure 2). Hold the gauge firmly on the ring and insert the indentor rod into the hole by turning the barrel clockwise. Continue turning until initial contact is made with the bottom of the hole. The depth of the remainder of holes shall be checked with a depth go-no-go gauge. in Figure 3> the gauge application for the hole depth illustrates that the hole depth of the first specimen is within tolerance, the second is too shallow and the third is too deep. ii.1.3 Number of Holes Count the number of holes on the ring. The holes are counted by making a mark on the ring and counting until the mark is met again. U.l.h Position of Holes The holes shall be equally spaced from one another and be the same distance from the inner edge of the ring. The distance between the holes and the distance from the holes to the inner edge of the ring shall be measured with a pocket comparator. It.2 RING OUTSIDE DIAMETER Measurement of the ring outside diameter is taken by direct reading with a flexible outside diameter tape to the nearest 0.005 inches. The tape shall be held snugly against the ring outside diameter, but shall not distort the ring. h.3 WIDTH OF RING The width measurement ("G" dimension) shall be taken with a pocket comparator to the nearest 0.1 mm (Figure 1) using the lens with the 20 mm linear scale. Care should be taken that the zero hash mark is lined up exactly on one edge of the ring. FORM f17 TN. !-* TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMDCRi TM-22 6 6 81UPSR EDE rAac 3 OATE OP ICOUCt January 9, 1968 APPLICABLE TOi cLAQsiricATioNi Standard Test Method OEECRI PTlON i Mold Approval for Rubber Rings I $JD 1//EW (l ii:;' **.!*:' v'"" LY'S ;\ \N Optical Comparator -Specimen ToP_Y/W Radius PREPARED DVt Radius AAAROVID BYl El Radial Dimensions CTD015863 FOAM P17 TA. lO* TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION i ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE i APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: TM-22 CLASS 1 Pi CATION : PAGE h DATE OP ISSUE: January 9, 1968 Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Mold Approval for Rubber Rings Fi&ure 2 roHM r57 r. to-oj TECHNICAL S P E CIFIC AT i O M 3 CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMLLR i oupehcedco: TM-22 P AOC $ | date of iocuz. ! January 9, 1968 CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: I i Mold Approval for Rubber Rings Figure v5 "Go Mo-Go Gauge. Hole Diameter Gauge: Application Hole Depth I :i -1 ... . m/ iu/ U:_ _ _ _ _ `Go" "'No-Go' ' Jit "No-6o" PREPARED BY: - APPROVED BYl . , 1 'j j P "Go" v[->_ _ _ J No~So ^| i !! 1; j: M/ . Mj' / ! : j\ iVo_Go j 1 i CT0015865 t'OMM PtU 7 (J-fij TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-22 6UPERSEDE6: PAGE 6 DATE OF ISSUE: January 9, 1968 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Mold Approval for Rubber Rings li.U HEIGHT OF RING The measurement shall be taken with a dial micrometer to the nearest 0.001 inches. The ring shall lay on a flat surface with the holes facing upwards (Figure Ij). No height measure ment shall be made in any area where the raised printing on the ring will be under the presser foot. Allow the entire presser foot to fall on the ring and take a direct reading from the dial gauge. U.5 RADIUS OF RING Cut the ring into four (U) equal parts. Two radii of the ring shall be checked with an optical comparator. Move the lens along the radius until it lines evenly with the hash mark (Figure 1). If there is no hash mark on which the radius lines evenly, determine which two (2) hash marks it falls between and estimate the radii. Four reading per radii for each ring shall be taken. $.0 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS Check the identification markings for accuracy, completeness, legibility and size. This part of the mold approval is a visual examination. 6.0 APPROVED VENDORS FOR APPARATUS Outside Diameter Tape - Lufkin Model lii6 PD tape from the Lufkin Rule Company in Saginaw, Michigan or equivalent. Pocket Comparator - Peak Scale Magnifier 7X from Optical Apparatus Company, Ardmore, Pennsylvania or equivalent. Micrometer Depth Gauge - Micrometer Depth Gauge No. 605 from Brown and Sharp Manufacturing Company, Providence, Rhode Island or equivalent. Dial Micrometer - A Federal Dial Micrometer, Model No. 691B-28-R-2 from Federal Products, Providence, Rhode Island or equivalent. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY;. CTD015866 I' tO CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASCESTOS CEMENT PIPE : apfliCad_l to. i DESCRIPTION : "' O L NUMUlM; TM-22 I ,*aGI' | 7 OUPCRCCDCQ; j CO ACt t*i r) C ATI ON . ! Or 1 January 9, 1968 1 1 Standard Test Method i Mold Approval for Rubber Rings Figure: 4/\PPARATU^ FOR htlGnT iYiOViu.-Jli/g.VTG BY: APPROVED DY: iWf\' OTD0A5867 TM-22A FORM PS27 ir _JL CERTAIN; LED gfb description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: TM22A PAGE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUF: August 26, 1?70 Mold Approval Procedure CC Rubber Rings SCOPE The objective of this procedure is to state in detail the test methods employed in measuring CG (Common Groove) rings for mold approval. Mold approvals are to be done by the Materials Laboratory of CERTAIN-TEED Products Corporation (CPC), Piping and Plastics Division and approved by the Technical Service Manager - Materials. Because of the configuration of the CG ring design several methods of measurements are used. Specific dimensions as well as equipment and methods are as follows: 1. Dimensions PREPARED BY: .* APPROVED BY: 3!l' R &D MFG. 1 SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P927 ----------in _=IL CERTAIN I'D _gb_ description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES: SPECIFICATION NO: TM 22A Mold Approval Procedure CG Rubber Rings PAGE NO.: DATE OF ISSUE: August 26, 1970 Dimensions and Measuring Apparatus Dimension Outside Diameter Number of Holes Hole Width Height Nose Depth Nose Width Nose Side Nose Side Height Shortside Width Nose Radius Nose Radius Hole Radius Tail Radius Tail Angle "O.D." "HW" "H" "V "N" "Hi" "H2" "H3" "G" "R-," R2" "R3" "R5" "A" Ring Form Ring Ring Ring Ring Ring Slice Slice Slice Slice Slice Slice Slice Slice Slice Slice Measurement Apparatus O.D. Tape Actual Count Optical Magnifier Dial Micrometer Dial Micrometer Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Projection Comparator Dimensions Ring dimensions and other requirements may be found in CPC Standard Purchasing Specification No. 5?03. RING FORM 1. General Rings to be checked for mold approval should be numbered, and placed individually on a level, smooth surface for a period sufficiently long for distortion to be relieved and flat laying circular form to be attained. No measurement should be made until the rubber has conditioned at 75F for at least four (It) hours. All rings shall be inspected for nicks, cuts, ex cessive flash, and other imperfections as well as lettering content and positioning. 2. Samples a.'. At least ten (10) rings shall be submitted for approval check of each cavity. b. All rings submitted shall have the O.D. measured. c. Four (U) of the ten (10) are to be randomly selected from each cavity submitted for approval,-shall have the following test done: ran CERTAIN:- : gfb description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: TM 22k PAGE NO.: DATE OF ISSUE: 3 August 26, 1970 Mold Approval Procedure CC> Rubber Rings 1. All points for measurement shall begin at the hole nearest the vendor logo and be numbered in a clockwise direction. 2. One ring of the four selected in 2c above shall be taken and checked as follows. a. Shall have the measured by dial micrometer at each hole around the ring, b. Shall have the "HW" dimension measured by optical magnifier at every tenth hole around the ring. The remaining holes will be checked by GO-NOGO gauge. c. Shall have the "H" dimension measured by dial micrometer at the same points as the "RW" dimension. 'd. Dimensions found faulty shall be checked on all rings from that cavity. 3. Each of the four selected rings before slicing shall have four points marked at right angles to each other. At these points,"H", "HW", and "H^" will be actually measured before slicing. a. These four points are where slices are to be made, 1. Slices - may be cut by using a razor blade knife or mechanical rubber slicer. The slice should be about one eighth (l/8") inch or less in thickness. Both sides of the cut should be reasonably square and at least one side should be flat. To make a satisfactory cut, the ring should be placed on the "H" dimension on a piece of soft wood and the cut started through the dip of the "G" dimension and finished up with the thin part of the "H" tail. Buffing of the slice with a moderately fine emery cloth to remove rough spots of the cut may be done. Also a fine buffing wheel may be used, if care is taken to prevent overheating the rubber. It is recommended that the cut be made through solid rubber, except one (l) slice from each ring will be through the center of a hole, so the radius can be measured. Letter heights and thickness should be measured at least once as they appear on slices, a. Slices from the single selected ring will have all the dimensions measured by grid overlay. The other three rings sliced shall be checked by GO-NOGO overlay. FORM P927 _J! [L Lzzil CEKT/'.li) description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES SPECIFICATION NO: TM 22A PAGE NO. : DATE OF ISSUE: Jj August 26, 1970 Mold Approval Procedure CC- Rubber Rings APPARATUS FOR MEASURINC- a. An Optical Comparator and associated measuring equipment should be sufficient to measure CG rings cross sections. CPC Piping and Plasti.cs Division comparator has the following capabilities. 1. A projection comparator with a ihh" diameter ground glass screen with ''X" and "I" axis cross-hairs; 10 x magnification with a measuring micrometer accurate to a.t least 0.001 inches and a circular stage. 2. Machinist Grid overlay for comparator screen with 0.005 inch "X" and "Y" grid, 0.005 inch radii, and 1 angle graduations. 3- "GO-NOGO" overlay for comparator for specific ring cross-section at 10 x magnification and life inches in diameter. b. Optical Magnifier_10x with lens scale 0.600 inches graduated in 0.005 inches. c. Dial Micrometer with 0.001 inch scale and 0.250 inch flat foot, and interchangeable pointed foot 0.3.80 inches less 0.D, and 1/16 inch diameter lip. d. Steel O.D, Tape accurate to 0.005 inches. e. Hole diameter "GO-HOGO gauge" (refer to QC-10). f. Ra.zor blade knife or t-fechanical Rubber Slicer. METHODS OF MEASURING a. Outside Diameter "O.D." is measured by placing the ring nose down on a smooth flat surface. Then place O.D. tape (accurate to 0.005") snugly and evenly around the straight shoulder of the ring and read to the nearest 0.005 of an inch. b. Hole Width "HW" is measured by using a lOx optical magnifier as described above. The hole should be centered in the field of the lens and a major lens graduation carefully aligned at the hole edge. The distance to the other hole edge is then read from the scale to the nearest 0.001 inch. Alternatively a "GO-NOGO" gauge may be used requiring magnifier checking only in defective holes. c. PREPARED BY: Nose Depth "Hj," is determined by placing the ring on its nose holes up on a flat smooth surface. A dial micrometer with no weight and with a downwardly extending shaft of suitable diameter to allow for entry into the hole, at its lower end a point of 1/16 inch diameter is inserted and centered in the radius of the hole bottom. Because of the lettering on the nose it is proposed that several glass plates 0.020" thick with a small crack between two of them at the micrometer foot will nullify the lettering thickness, but still give adequate support on the bottom edges of the ring. The micrometer should be suitably zeroed on the glass surface and measurements taken from the dial to the nearest 0.001 of an inch. APPROVED by: rT^ R&D MFC. SALES I.E. __________________ car CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD015871 TECHFnJICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION! Standard Test Method [[____ "ii 1 CERTMi ! CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPF DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: description: SPECIFICATION NO: TM 22A PAGE NO.: 5 DATE OF ISSUE: August 26, 1970 Mold Approval Procedure CG Rubber Rings d. Height "H" dimension is taken with the ring placed nose down on a. flat level surface. Because of the lettering thickness a glass plate arrangement (as described in (Nose Depth "H^') should be used. An unweighted dial micrometer with a \ inch flat foot is used. The flat foot is placed gently on curvature of the tail at its highest point, read the dial to the nearest 0.001 of an inch. e. "N", "H2", "H3", "G", "R^, "R2", "Ry, "R^", & "A" All these dimensions are measured~from "a"siice using a projection comparator. In measuring slices of rubber rings, the slice is to be placed on the stage glass of the comparator, the projection light is activated and the slice image put in sharp focus on the aligned and calibrated ground glass screen. The slice is then manipulated to put it in alignment with the horizontal and vertical crosshairs oh the ground glass screen. Final alignment is then obtained by micrometers. Linear measurement may be done by a grid or "G0-N0G011 overlay, or micrometers. Radii measurements must be done with the grid or "G0-N0G0" overlay. Angular measurements may be done vrith protractor ring around the ground glass screen, grid overlay or "G0-M0G0" overlay. The grid overlay must first be aligned with the ground glass screen crosshairs and the measurements can be read directly from the overlay vrith proper alignment. With a "GO-NOGO" overlay the image should be roughly aligned in the middle of the screen. The overlay is placed on the screen over the image and particular dimensions are determined as being in or out of the specifications represented by the overlay. The two basic alignment reference points for both types of overlays are the "N" and the "Bp" dimensions. With micrometer measurements the slice is precisely aligned as the grid overlay; however, the size of the dimension must be considered to make sure that sufficient scale is left on the micrometer to measure the desired dimension. The micrometers have a travel of one (l) inch and may be set at zero and still be manuevered for alignment one-half Gg) inch by means of a black cap at the stage end of the micrometer. The micrometers are accurate to 0.0001 of an inch. | PREPARED BY: % CTDO15872 AFPROVED BY: rad MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS cm CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL F OKM P927 DESCR1PT ION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. HEF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES: SPECIFICATION NO: TM 22A PAGE NO.: 6 DATE OF ISSUE: August 26, 1970 Mold Approval Procedure CG Rubber Rings HIECAU HORARY NOTES FOR COMPARATOR (Piping and Plastics Div. only) 1. Do not attempt to operate without qualified instruction. 2. Once the ground glass screen has been aligned and the machine calibrated by the factory representative, do not remove except for long distance moving; otherwise realignment and recalibration will be needed. 3. The mirror should be adjusted by a factory representative. b. Alignment of the grid overlay should be done prior to each usage. $. Keep plastic cover on when machine is not in use, making sure light head is cool before replacing. 6. The stage glass, ground glass screen and magnifying lens may be cleaned with lens paper or alcohol and absorbent cotton. The alcohol cotton may be used on overlays. Avoid scratching. 7. Turn off the projection light when not mea,,suring. Caution, these bulbs are expensive. PIPING AMD PLASTICS APPARATUS VENDORS STEEL OUTSIDE DIAMETER TAPE Lufkin Model lb6PD from Lufkin Rule Co. Saginaw, Michigan or equivalent. PROJECTION COMPARATOR AND ACCESSORIES Scherr-Tumico lb" Model from St. James, Minnesota or equivalent. OPTICAL MAGNIFIER 10X Wide Field Microscope #31-29-11 from Bausch and Lomb, Rochester, N. Y. or equivalent. DIAL MICROMETER Federal Model 6913-28-R-2 from Federal Products, Providence, R. I. or equivalent. PREPARED BY: CTD015873 I APPROVED BY: ra0 MFG. SALES I.E. ' 1 -'0 - cpfcl CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS . T M -23 FORM P927 CEKTAJNTHD description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION! CERTAINTEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: Standard Test Method TM-23 SPECIFICATION NO: PACE no.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection 1.0 SCOPE NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS The purpose of an incoming rubber ring inspection is to assure that the rings received by the plants meet the requirements of CPC Purchasing Specifications. Rings are inspected for appearance, dimensions and certain physical properties (compression set and hardness) by the plant's quality control departments. Each month all Pipe Plants send to the Materials Laboratory representative samples of rubber rings which they are using during the month. Dimensional and all physical properties are tested in the Materials Laboratory. The intention of this test method is to describe a procedure by which incoming rubber rings are to be tested in the plants and the Materials Laboratory (Ambler R&D). 2.0 GENERAL Rubber rings shall be separated into the following categories: 2.1 FLUID-TITE Rings 2.1.1 A/C Pressure 2.1.2 A/C Sewer 2.1.3 PVC Pressure 2.2 Round Rubber Rings 2.2.1 Bureau of Reclamation 2.2.2 Adaptor 0-Rings for CPC Sewer Fittings 2.2.3 Rubber 0-Rings for Threaded Brass Inserts 2.2.U Adaptor 0-Rings for Irrigation Fittings 2.2,5 Rubber Rings for Building Sewer End Plug CTD015874 prepareo by: APPROVED BY*. R &O MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS X3 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT * NOT TO BE OtSTRIBUTEO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM Pft.27 [T~ " L____ ;LJ CERTAJHTtEO DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAINTEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE OIVISION Standard Test Method TM-23 T.C.O. REF. NO* SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 supersedes: 2 oate of issue: April 22, 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 2.3 OBRTA-SPACER bands 2.3.1 CERTA-SPAGER bands for Pressure and Gravity Sewer 2.3.2 CERTA-SPACER bands for Bureau of Reclamation 2.U Center Spacing Strips for CPC Building Sewer Couplings. CTD015875 PREPARED BY: jy jrf APPROVED BY: R &O MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS ________ ==_____-AZ_____ _______________________ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P027 _..j[ I :'! iU CERTAINTEED DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method TM -23 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO. : 1 supersedes: 3 OATE OF ISSUE: Aoril 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection 3.0 FLUID-TITS Rings NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.1 Normal Inspection 3.1.1 Sampling Sampling for normal inspection procedure shall be carried out according to the sampling plan in Table I which repre sents a 97.5 percent quality level. On each shipment a minimum of twenty five (25) percent of the cartons must be opened in order to obtain the sample. No more than two (2) rings shall be taken from a bundle of 25 rings and one (1) ring from a bundle of ten (10) rings. Defectives Table I Constituting No. of Rings Sample Rings In Acceptable Rejection In Shipment Number Sample Defectives Basis 2 - 150 151 - 500 501 - 1200 1201 - 3200 3201 - 10,000 10,001 - 35,000 One Only 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 13 13 20 20 32 32 50 50 80 80 0 0 1 0 3 1 a 2 6 3 8 1 2 2 3 h h 5 5 7 7 9 CTD015876 PREPARED BY: c ^v-Vv fj jj APPROVED BY! . R & MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FO??M Pfi27 TECHNICAL ^REIFICATIONS tFKIFICATIuNI CLASSIFICATION: CERTAINTTED description: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 2 supersedes: APR 2 2 1968 PAGE NO.: a OATC OF issue: AUG l 6 19/6 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.1.2 Resampling In the event that the number of defectives on the initial sample falls between the limits set for acceptance or rejection, a second sample shall be taken in the size indicated. The number of defectives found in the first and second samples shall be accumulated. This total will determine acceptance or rejection of the lot. An additional twenty-five (2$) per cent of the cartons must be opened in order to obtain the second sample, with the same restrictions on the number of rings being taken from each bundle of 25 or 10 rings as is present in the initial sample. 3.2 Tightened Inspection Normal inspection shall be used unless two (2) out of five (5) consecutive lots have been rejected on original inspection. In this event the tightened inspection shall be employed. If any vendors have a serious defect present in their rings, Q.C. Headquarters may request tightened inspection at all plant locations. Sampling for tightened inspection procedures shall be carried out as specified in Table II. When tightened inspection is in effect, normal inspection shall be instituted when five (5) consecutive lots have been considered acceptable on original inspection, or advised by Q.C. Headquarters. In the event that ten (10) consecutive lots (or as directed) remain on tightened inspection, inspection should be discontinued pending action to improve the quality of submitted material. Quality Control Headquarters is to be informed of all sampling under tightened inspec tion. The sampling method, i.e. twenty-five (25) per cent of the boxes must be opened, also applies to tightened inspection. PREPARED BY: CTD015877 APPROVED BY: R O MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT'TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM F927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CEKTAINicEO description: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION ___ ____SLnnriarri KnthnrJ TM -pi T.C.O. REF. NO. specification no: PACE no.: 1 supersedes: OATE OF ISSUE: April 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS Table II Ho. of Rings In Shioment 2 - 160 161 - 6oo 601 - 1200 1201 - 3200 3201 - 10,000 .o,coi - 36,000 3.3 Rejections Sample Number One Only 1 2' 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Rings In Samde 10 26 26 Uo hO 6h 6h 100 100 160 160 Acceptable Defectives 0 0 1 0 1 1 h 2 6 6 8 Defectives Constituting Rejection Basis 1 2 2 2 3 u 6 7 7 9 The following procedure shall be followed on all rejected shipments: 3.3.1 Quality Control Headquarters shall be notified, and samples representative of the defects present shall be forwarded to the Materials Manager who shall make the final decision of rejection or approval. These rings are an aid in discussing the rejection with the vendors. 3.3.2 Rejected shipments shall not be returned to the vendors without the approval of the Materials Manager. 3.3.3 The Headquarters Purchasing Department shall be notified. They will issue instructions on when and how a rejected shipment is to be returned. 3.U Reference 3.U.1 Dimensional and physical property requirements can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specification. 3.h.2 Dimensional measurement techniques can be found in TM-22. 3.U.3 Hardness determination procedure can be found in TM-18. PREPARED BY: Cq) dens' APPROVED BY: R&O MFG. SALES i.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. FORM P927 JL CERTAlHTtED description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: Standard Test Method T !-23 SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 6 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BS DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3J4-.I1 Comoression Set determination procedure can be found in TX-21 3.5 Ring Dimensions Once a mold has been approved, all ring dimensions shall be measured in the plants. Dimensional checks for Height, Width ("G" dimension), O.D. and Hole Dimensions shall be performed on ten rings or twenty-five (25) per cent of the rings in the sample, whichever is greater. These tests shall be performed before the rings are fifty (50) per cent elongated for visual inspection. The rings tested dimensionally should represent various mold cavities from which the rings were manufactured. 3.5.1 Hole Dimensions The height and width of each hole shall be checked with a GO-NO-GO gauge. Should four or more holes be outside the specification limit, the ring shall be considered defective, the defect forming a part of the sample defect total. The number of holes shall be counted and be within specification limits. 3.5.2 Ring Outside Diameter If the O.D. dimension is outside of specification limits the ring shall be considered defective, the defect forming a part of the sample defect total. 3.5.3 Height and Width of Ring Height and Width measurements shall be measured at four points, 90 degrees apart. Should two or more points be outside the specification limit the ring shall be considered defective, the defect forming a part of the sample defect total. CTDO15879 ZpPREPARED BY: J APPROVED BY! R &O MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS VUS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P^7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: r--ir iL CEKTAINiTED DESCRIPTION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method TK -23 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: T. supersedes: 7 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.6 Visual Examination In the plants all rings in the sample shall be subjected to visual examination at a circumferential elongation of fifty (50) per cent in excess of the original circumference. The examination shall encompass the ring appearance, color stripe and identification marks. All such requirements can be found in the appropriate purchasing specification. 3.7 Physical Properties Hardness and Compression Set test shall be performed in the plants. 3.7.1 Hardness A sample of twenty-five (25) per cent of the original sample or. ten (10) rings whichever is greater shall be employed in this test If more than 20$ of the rings tested exceed the hardness limits of the appropriate Purchasing Specification by one to three points, the lot shall be re-sampled and a quantity .of rings equal to 80$ of the original sample tested for hard ness. If more than 20% of the rings on the re-sample exceed the hardness limits by one-to three points, the lot shall be rejected. If, van the first or second sampling, one ring exceeds the hardness limits by more than three points, the lot shall be rejected. If, on the first or second sampling, no more than 20$ of the rings exceed the hardness limits by one to three points, the lot shall be accepted.' 3.7.2 Compression Set A compression set test shall be performed each month on either four or six inch rings from each vendor which were received during that month. If the results do not meet the requirements of CPC Purchasing Specifications the Materials Manager shall be notified of the defect and in turn notify the'vendor. 3.8 Old Rings CTDO15880 All rings not used within three years of the date o manufacture shall be discarded, first obtaining permission from the Purchasing Department. PREPAREO BY: / V APPROVED BY: R fit D MFC. SALES I.E. CfTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL - FOAM P027 I:- "' CERTAIfTuD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method TM-23 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: 1 supersedes: 8 date of issue: April 22, 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.9 Monthly Samples Each month all pipe plants must send five (5) samples of each compound representative of the rings used during that month to the Materials Laboratory. The Materials Laboratory shall check the physical properties that are specified in the CPC Purchasing Specification. The test methods shall be performed in accordance with CPC Test Methods TM-lU through TM-22. If the test results do not meet CPC Purchasing Specifications the vendor shall be immediately notified by the Materials Manager. U.O Round Rubber Rings U.l Inspection - For Bureau of Reclamation Rings Only The normal and tightened inspection procedures shall be performed in the same manner as for FLUID-TITE rings (refer to sections 3.1 and 3.2). U.2 Inspection - For All Round Rubber Rings Except Bureau of Reclamation Rings Sampling for normal inspection procedure (there is no tightened inspection) shall be carried out according to Table III which is based on a single sampling plan. On each shipment a minimum of twenty-five (23) per cent of the cartons of each size ring must be opened in order to obtain the sample. Table III Mo. of Rings of Each Size In Shioment No. of Rings in Samnle ' Acceptable Defects Defectives Constituting Rejection Basis 2-15 16-50 51 - 150 151 - 5oo 5oi - 3200 2 3 5 8 13 o o o 0 1 U.3 Rejection - All Round Rubber Rings 1 1 1 1 2 CTD015881 Tne rejection procedure as for FLUID-TITE rings shall be followed, (refer to section 3.3). prepared by: jj jd APPROVED BY! R &D MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS 1 CONFID ENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PEHSONNCU FORM P927 i 'n ... L. . I, 1 CERTAlffitED description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPF DIVISION Standard Test Method TM-23 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO. : 1 supersedes: 9 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22, 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS li.U Reference U.U.l Dimensional and physical property requirements can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specification. U.ii.2 Dimensional measurement techniques can be found in TM-29. )i.k.3 Hardness determination procedure can be found in TM-13. h.U.li Compression Set determination procedure can be found in TK-21. ii.5 Ring Dimension Dimensional measurements for outside diameter, height and viidth shall be performed on ten (10) rings or twenty five (2$) percent of the rings in the sample, whichever is greater for Bureau of Reclamation rings. All rings in the sample shall be checked for all other round rings. These tests shall be performed before the rings are elongated fifty per cent for visual inspection (70% for Bureau of Reclamation rings). U.5.1 Ring Outside Diameter If the O.D. dimension is outside specification limits the ring shall be considered defective, the defect forming part of the sample total. U.5.2 Height The rings shall be measured at four points, 90 degrees apart. Should two or more points be outside the specification limits, the ring shall be considered defective, the defect forming a part of the sample defect total. PREPARED BY: tj * APPROVED BY: rad MFC. SALES I.E. CTDO15882 OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P*27 CERTAINuED description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION! CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method TK -23 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO! PAGE NO.: 1 supersedes: 10 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22, 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS ii.5.3 Midth For routine inspection, this measurement may be made using a machinist micrometer. In cases of dispute, the measure ment must be taken as described in TM-29 using a pocket comparator. The width measurement shall be taken at four points, 90 degrees apart. If two or more points are outside the specifi cation limits the ring shall be considered defective, the defect forming a part of the sample defect total. U.o Visual Examination In the plants, all rings in the sample shall be subjected to a visual examination at a circumferential elongation - fifty (50) per cent greater than the original circumference (70 per cent for Bureau of Reclamation rings). The examination shall encompass the ring appearance, markings and splice. All such requirements can be found in the appropriate purchasing specification. U.7 Physical Properties Refer to section 3.7 U.8 Old Rings Refer to section 3.8 Ii.9 Monthly Samples Samples of Bureau of Reclamation rings are to be sent monthly to the Materials Laboratory as described in section 3.9. All other round rubber rings are to be sent once every six months. 5.0 PVC CERTA-SPACER bands 5.1 SAi-.TLING Refer to section I4.. 2 PREPAREO BY: jxv CTD015883 APPROVED BY! R&D MFC. SALES 1 .E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION! r------- in CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION c.jU pipe division CERTAINTY description: __ Standard Test Method TM-23 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 supersedes: 11 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22. 1963 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO 3E DISTRIBUTES TO VENDORS 5.2 Rejection Refer to section 3.3 5.3 Reference 5.3.1 Dimensional and physical requirements can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specification. 5.3.2 Hardness determination procedure can be found in TM-18. 5.U Apparatus Machinist Micrometer, accurate to + .001". Steel Tape or Rule, accurate to + .01". Shore Durometer, Type A or A2. 5.5 Dimensions Dimensional measurements for height, width and O.D. shall be made on all rings in the sample before they have been elongated fifty (50) per cent for visual inspection. 5.5.1 Outside Diameter The outside diameter measurement shall be made by cutting the band at the splice and measuring the cut length. .The outside diameter is then calculated by dividing this result by 22/7. 5.5.2 Thickness and Height A machinist micrometer shall be used for this measurement. It is necessary that the PVC CERTA-SPACER band be measured at only one point. If the measurement is outside specification limits, four points shall be measured ninety degrees apart. If two or more points are outside the specifica tion limits, the band shall be considered defective, the defect forming a part of the sample defect total. CTD015884 PREPARED BY: /. APPROVED BY: R flc D MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT * NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL form pea7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: j J CERIWNTtED description: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: Standard Test Method Ti 1-21 SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 12 DATE OF ISSUE: Anril 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NiTT' TO HE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 5.6 Visual jvxamination In the plants, all bands in the sample shall be subjected to visual examination at a circumferential elongation fifty (50) per cent greater than the original circumference. The bands appearance, splice and identification marks shall meet the re quirements of the appropriate specification. 5.7 Physical Properties The hardness test shall be conducted on all bands in the sarrole. If any band is more than three points beyond specification limits, all rings in the sample shall .be tested, and if any similar reading is found, the lot shall be rejected. 5.8 Monthly Samples Five GERTA-SPACER bands from each vendor shall be sent to the materials laboratory for the testing of their physical properties, according to the appropriate GPC Purchasing Specifications and test methods. 6.0 Center Spacing Strips 6.1, SAMPLING : Refer to section U.2. 6.2 Reference 6.2.1 Dimensional and physical property requirements can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specification. 6.3 Apparatus Steel Tape or Rule, accurate to + .01 inches. Machinist Micrometer accurate to h- .001 inches, Shore Durometer, type A or A2. 6.U dimension Dimensional measurements shall be made on all spacing strips in the sample. CTD015885 PREPARED BY: 0 & )lU'S APPROVED BY: R 8c D >1^ MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FOAM P*2? CERIRMfiiED description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: Standard Te:st Method TM-23 SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 13 DATE OF ISSUE: April 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 6.U.1 Length The length measurement shall be a direct reading by means of a steel tape or rule. 6.Ii.2 "A", "B", and "S" Dimensions These dimensions shall be taken with a machinist micrometer. Refer to the appropriate purchasing specification for defini tion of these dimensions. Only one measurement is necessary for each of these dimensions. If the measurement is outside specification limits, four points shall be measured at random intervals. If two or more points are outside specification limits the spacing strip shall be considered defective, the defect forming part of the sample defect total. 6.5 Visual Examination Visual examination shall be made on all samples. Their appearance and markings shall comply with the appropriate purchasing specifi cation. 6.6 Monthly Samples Samples are required to be sent to the Materials Laboratory once every six months. 6.? Rejections Refer to section 3.3. CTD015886 PREPARED BY: / M' cf)- V UW' APPROVED BY: R&O MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE OIL~RIBUTEO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TM-23A FORM P927 CERTJUNTKO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO! 1 supersedes: TM-23A DESCRIPTION: PAGE NO.: 1 "W2f8 1971 Incoming Rubber Ring Inspection (FLUID-TITE CO Rings) NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of the incoming rubber ring inspection is to assure that CG rings received by the plants meet the requirements of CPC Std. Purchasing Specifica tion 03-B. Rings are inspected for appearance, dimensions, and certain physical properties (compression set and hardness) by the Plant's Quality Control Depart ment. Every six months, all Pipe Plants send to the Materials Laboratory samples of rubber rings which they are using during the month. Dimensional and all physical properties are tested in the Materials Laboratory. This te3t method describes how incoming CG Rubber Rings are to be tested in the plants. 2.0 GENERAL This test method is cross-referenced to TM-23, "Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection". Use TM-23 (Para. 3.0 through Para. 3.9) except as indicated herein. 3.0 SPECIFICS For Normal Inspection (Para. 3.1), tightened inspection (Para. 3.2), and rejections (Para. 3.3), see TM-23. 3.1 REFERENCE 3.U.1 Refer to the CPC Standard Purchasing Specification 503-B for the dimensional and physical property requirements. 3.1.2 Dimensional measurement techniques are as follows. (Note that rings must be at room temperature (75F. + F.) for four hours before measure ments are taken. 3.U.2.1 Outside Diameter Use outside diameter tape accurate to +.005". Place ring on flat surface, holes up. Avoid placing tape on angled portion of ring diameter. 3.It.2.2 Overall Height (H) Place ring on flat surface with the nose face (identification information) up (See Figure 2). Use zero load on dial indicator and, with .03 radius tapered sensitive contact point, measure at four points (but not over the J raised lettering). If more than one measurement is out of tolerance, the ring is discrepant. PREFAREO BY: L C. APPROVED BY: Off'- "A 1- MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM PS27 CERTA1KTEE0 I tuH^lCAL S>rt.ClrlOAl SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 supersedes: TK-23A 2 "Ten's 1971 DESCRIPTION! Incoming Rubber Ring Inspection (FLUTD-TITE CO Rings) NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.U.2.3 Hole Width (HU) Check width of each hole with a Go-No Go Gauge. 3.1j.2.Ii Under Hole Dimension (HU) Use dial indicator gauge with zero load (see Figure 3) and .03 radius tapered contact points, (both on sensitive contact and reference contact). Do not measure over raised lettering on ring. 3.U.2.5 Nose Width (N) Use same dial indicator gauge as for Overall Height (3-U.2.2), Drape the ring over a burette stand or equivalent (see Figure k) Hake certain that sensitive contact point and the slotted edge of the base of the gauge stand do not touch the angled portion of the ring inside or outside diameter. 3.5 SAMPLE SIZE RING DIMENSIONS Dimensional checks shall be performed on ten rings or twenty-five (25) percent of the rings in the sample, whichever is greater. These tests shall be performed before the rings are fifty (50) percent elongated for visual inspection. The rings tested dimensionally should represent various mold cavities from which the rings were manufactured. 3.6 VISUAL EXAMINATION In the plants all rings in the sample shall be subjected to visual examination at a circumferential elongation of fifty (50) percent in excess of the original circumference. The examination shall encompass the ring appearance, color stripe, and identification marks. All such requirements can be found in Std. Purchasing Specification 503-B. 3.7 PHTSICAL PROPERTIES Hardness and Compression Set test shall be performed in the plants. 3.7*1 Hardness- See TM-23 Para. 3.7.1 - Use hand durometer. 3.7.2 Compression Set procedure can be found in Standard Test Method TM-21A. Hotify Division Quality Control Manager if any material is found over the maximum allowable percentage. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: m MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT'ffe BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015888 i TECHNICAL CHANGE ORDER CertainTeedH APPLICABLE TO! Standard Test Method TM-23 CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group b*Vt of issue: T.C.O. NO. description: November 11_, _1980 _2 PAGE NO. : 1 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection "" '.............. - - .............. ........................................................................ - Purpose: To revise the existing statement on testing old rings already in plant inventories or received from vendors or other sources such as distributor stocks. This revision provides guidelines for accepting rings beyond an arbitrary time cut-off of three years. i Effective Date: Date of Issue. i Ii Disposition of Superseded Pages: Destroy Page 7 of TM-23, dated April 22, 1968 and replace with the attached pages. ' . .- r TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairfleedH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: CertairiTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group description: 2 supersedes: TM-23 April 22, 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS PAGE NO.: _ _ _ _ _ z_ _ _ _ _ OATE OF ISSUE: November 11, 1980 3.6 Visual Examination In the plants, all rings in the sample shall be subjected to visual examination at a circumferentiaI elongation of fifty (50) per cent in excess of the original circumference. The examination shall encompass the ring appearance, color stripe and identification marks. All such reguirements can be found in the appropriate purchasing specification. 3.7 Physical Properties Hardness and Compression Set test shall be performed in the plants. 3.7-1 Hardness A sample of twenty-five (25) per cent of the original sample or ten (10) rings, whichever is greater, shall be employed in this test. If more than 20% of the rings tested exceed the hardness limits of the appropriate Purchasing Specification by one to three points, the lot shall be re-sampled and a quantity of rings equal to 80% of the original sample tested for hardness. If more than 20% of the rings on the re-sample exceed the hardness limits by one to three points, the lot shall be rejected. If on the first or second sampling one ring exceeds the hardness limits by more than three points, the lot shall be rejected. If on the first or second sampling no more than 20% of the rings exceed the hardness limits by one to three points, the lot shall be accepted. 3-7.2 Compression Set A compression set test shall be performed each month on either four or six inch rings from each vendor which were received during that month. If the results do not meet the requirements of CertainTeed Purchasing Specifications, the Quality Control Manager shall be notified of the defect and in turn notify the Purchasing Agent for ultimate action to be taken. PRETARED BY APPROVED BY: R O MPO. JlL SALES I.E. OTHERS 02-10-0023 (P9?7) 12/76 CONPIOENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015890 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairileedEI SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION! Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group DESCRIPTION: 2 SUPERscocs: TM-23 April 22, 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS PAOl NO. : 7A OATS OF ISSUE: November 11, 1980 3.8 Routine Sampling, Testing and Inspection of Old Rings 3.8.1 Ring properties deteriorate with age to the point where reliability In use becomes questionable and a decision must be reached to re tain or destroy them. As their effectiveness is influenced by the initial quality level, rate of change in properties, storage ex posure conditions and end use, each case needs to be treated individually before a decision is rendered. Prior to carrying out the following steps, due consideration should be given to the merits of the venture. Is the time and cost really worth the effort? 3.8.2 Rings over three (3) years old are considered suspect and must be checked for re-admittance to the active inventory. Quarterly production dates are to be used as a point of reference. Each combination of size and class shall represent a lot. 3.8.3 Unless otherwise stated, the details of this program apply to our general purpose Elastomers: NR - Natural Rubber IR - Polyisoprene Rubber SBR - Styrene Butadiene Rubber NBR - Acrylonitrile Butadiene Rubber EPDM - Ethylene Propylene Rubber (delete Ozone) 3.8.1) After three years: 3.8.1).1 From CertainTeed inventory Sampling - Normal Inspection, Par. 3-1, TM-23 Inspection - Par. 3.6, TM-23 Dimensional Checks - Par. 3-5, TM-23 Testing - Hardness, Par. 3.7.1, TM-23 Compression Set - Par. 3.7.2, TM-23. Test all sizes PREPARED BY: APPROVIO BY: I.E. vn. AfcJTO*. _____ _____________ ' 1Ul_ /;;> W_______ ' y - j________ ______ '1 02-10*00^3 (Py2?) 12/76 COflPIOENTIAL OOCUMENT - NOT TO'BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD015891 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS specifications classification: CertairileedlH Standard Test Method T.C.O. RKr. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group DESCRIPTION: 2 SUPERSEDES: TM-23 April 22. 1968 Incoming Rubber Ring and Spacer Inspection paoc *<o.: 7B DATE OF ISSUK: November 11. 1980 NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.8.4.2 From other sources Same as from CertainTeed inventory, except add: Ozone - TM-14 by RtO Stretch Recovery - TM-29 by R&D 3.8.5 After four years: 3.8.5-1 From CertainTeed inventory' Same as Par. 3.8.4.2 3.8.5.2 From other sources Same as Par. 3-8.A.2 3.8.6 After five years: 3.8.6.1 From CertainTeed inventory Same as Par. 3-8.4.2, plus water and dry heat shrinkage, TM-20 by RSD 3.8.6.2 From other sources Same as Par. 3.8.6.1 3.8.7 Beyond five years 3.8.7.1 From CertainTeed inventory Inspection and dimensional by the plant. Samples to be sent to R&D for all tests per compound requirement Spec. 506 except delate the following: Assembly Effort Low Temp. Flexibi I i ty Oxygen Bomb PREPARED SV: Vi. ||[ APPROVED SY: A O IL__________ MFO. SALKS I.E. OTHERS 02 10-0023 (pg27) ,12/76 CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015892 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedl SPECIFICATIONS CLAI sipication: Standard rest Method__ T.C.Oi RIP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 2 lUPtMIOEi: TM-23 DESCRIPTION: April 22, 1968 ___________________________ PAGE NO.: 7C OATC OF ISSUE: November 11. 1980 Incoming Rubber Rina and Spacer Inspection NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS 3.8.7.2 From other sources Only rings from vendors to be considered and they must supply a complete test report as If mold and compound approvals were required. 3.8.8 Beyond eight years: No rings will be accepted for use. 3.8.9 Non conforming lots shall be reported on "Report of Incoming Material Inspection", Form 02-08-0001 (P6075) *t/78 and for warded to the Purchasing Agent and the Quality Control Manager. The Quality Control Manager shall decide on the disposition of the lot(s) based on the data and related factors. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY! ft * D MPO. SALES I.E. OTHERS U? 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015893 FORM *927 II 1 JZDL CERTA1H fEED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAINTEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NOt 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-23A DESCRIPTION: PACE NO.! U dat0CTT8 1971 FIGURE 1 Incoming Rubber Ring Inspection (FIXJID-TITS CO Rings) NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS v-/ u V Dimensions to be measured. w PREPARED BY: approveo by: & R *O MFO. M SALES I.E. OTHERS CTD015894 FOAM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICA I lUNb FOAM 1*9 2 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICA I IUNS II FORM P027 CERTAIHITED OESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIF*CATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 UPERSEOES: Standard Ttest Method SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO. TM-23A OATE OF issue: OCT 28 1971 Incoming Rubber Ring Inspection (FLUID-TITE CG Rings) NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS ' PREPARED BY: APPROVCO BY: R *O MFO. E BALES I.E. ____ _ CTD015897 OTHERS ---------- ---------------- 1 i -q FORM P92? L-zrU CERTAIHTtED DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION. CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.CO. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 TM-23A 8 DATE OF ISSUE: ______ OCT 28 1971 Incoming Rubber Ring Inspection (FIUID-TITE CG Rings) NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO VENDORS PREPARED BT: APPROVED BY: r\ R ao MFC. SALES t.E. CTD015898 OTHERS TM -24 - 1 - ._ OESCK.ption: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAiNTEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 2 TM-2li supersedes: Jan. 15, 1968 : PAGE NO. : i1 j DATE OF ISSUE: i 2U, 1963 Fineness of Silica by Sieve Analysis -------- j l i ! -4. O L-COOi: inis mat'nod of test is for determining the fineness of silica by rvar.j of wet sieve analysis. 2.0 F.'.ysicol Property Requirements The physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. s>. A Acosrsms Sieves, U.S. Standard Sieve Series No. 200 and No. 32$, 8 inches (203 mm.) diameter, 2 inches ($3 mm.) high. Oven,.Gravity; 100-250F + 10F (37.8-121.1C + $.6C) Balance, 0-1000 grains + .1 gram Receiving Pan, 8 inches (203 mm.) diameter. h.C Procedure Try the silica to be tested for two (2) hours at a temperature of 210 T 5F (98.9 + 2.8C). Remove the silica from the oven, place ir. a cessicator for one (l) hour and let it cool. Weigh a $0 + 1 gram sample of the dried silica on a clean tared paper and transfer into a clean No. 200 sieve. Fill the receiving pan with water and attacr the sieve. While holding the sieve and pan in both hands, ratata with a gentle wrist motion until most of the fine material has passed through. Discard the water in the receiving pan and fill again with clean tap water. Repeat this procedure until the pan water is perfectly clean after the sieving. Repeat the test using a No. 32$ sieve. Place the sieves with the residue in a gravity oven at 220 ^ 10F (10U.U ^ 5.6C) for two (2) hours to dry. Let the residue cool for 30 _+ $ minutes. Weigh the residue. j PREPARED BY: : A- - CTD015899 APPROVED BY: R aD MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL '/ . v>,<M r '' j L.. ! CERTAIN. LJ description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. 2 SPECIFICATION NO: TM-21: PACE NO.: 2 supersedes: Jan. 15, 196=3 DATE OF ISSUE: May 2k, 1968 Fineness of Silica by Sieve Analysis 5.0 Calculations Calculate the per cent silica that remained on the No. 200 or No. 325 sieve as follows. F x 100 Where: F = finess of silica expressed as a percentage of residue on the No. 200 or No. 325 sieve. R = grams of residue on the No. 200 or No. 325 sieve. 6.0 Cleaning of Sieves After each sieve analysis place the sieve under hot running water for two to three minutes, constantly moving the sieve around. Oven dry at 220 + 10F (10U.U + 5.6w for one (l) hour. After every ten (10) sieve analyses fill the receiving pan with dilute acetic acid and attach the sieve. Let it sit for ten (10) to fifteen (15) minutes. Run cold water over the sieve for two to three minutes after draining the acid. Dry in an oven at 220 + 10F (lOU.U0 + 5-6C) for one (l) hour. 7.0 Approved Vendors for Test Apparatus The sieves shall conform with the requirements of ASTM Ell, "Sieves for Testing Purposes". Suitable sieves and receiving pan are made by W. S. Tyler Co. and can be purchased through scientific supply companies. I A suitable gravity oven is a Stabil-Therm Oven, Model No. 0V-12C, from Blue M Electric Company and can be purchased through Fisher Scientific Company or equivalent. PREPARED BY: CTD015901 APPROVED BY: R *D MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL / r} \ KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. AMBLER. PA. page no. ; TECHNICAX-fCONTROL^rx nr'rpo" g~wn?XC:RAfV^(MJ-ARSTv NEW ISSUE DATE GENERAL DESCRIPTION NO. 1 /IR/Ol SUPERSEDING DATE RECEIVED MATERIAL CONTROL ` Part 5 6oo PLANT NO, Plant #6 A/0 PI";3 ASBSggns CHIPS' fi/s liAsp c-sxss&Jj-. Asbestos Cement Fine Waste* as added to pips products* server a ue&fal purpose in that it assists in reducing c&nuI\3,otin*i:rig oc`3bc and provides a. aeans for- practice! disposition* In order -to achieve optimum benefits fr-cm this t??,sta9 It. is ded&rabls that it par-tiel sis and particle else distribution fee controlled* This Centre! Specification has been initiated to sheas within our present knowledge* the desired particle sis distributionc Furthers the Control Specification outlines the ccnrcon teat procedures to be ei3ploysdc A periodic testing program and correlation of results with finish?1 product test data"should bs helpful in establishing the desired particle else limitations and the grinding proeecrur-as to bo followed at Plant 6* The requirements stated herein shall not be considered restrictive at this time* they are shevm merely &a target values* ^ PS3g To be used as e. raw material in ail A/C Pips products within Plant 6, SOUP.GS i All types and classes of A/C Pipe or coupling millings within the plant* These sources contribute the material to bs ground and then returned to the manufacturing line as reclaim * SASgLSfffo Sampling shall be on a spot check basis ss time and necessity permit, A3 & minimum* samples shall be taken prior to closing down the mill to replace plates and immediately after a plat change has been made, Quality Control shall talcs the sample at the collection bln* The sample shall be a composite of a group cf sub samples,, tsvery pre caution shall be exercised to Insure non-stratification of the aampl 2 AUTHORIZED BY ISSUED BY_______ FORM r.u -A // /X.. crWkCXiKKvC f/jfr * --itss e 0.wiuAOf.ty:e'6WRccKi3cc<: iMjAPP H&sj/ Mgr c Q/C bupv* <ua5?icy con ^wl'^^ia^KNT^KJSeR-'Oi: CTD015903 KEASBEY & MATTISON CO. AMBLER. PA. TEGHMIGAb'GONTROb-y NEW ISSUE DATE pt, ttyn, nr-Tri-^ GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 /b p; /o SUPERSEDING DATE REGS P/ED >IA'J3niAL CCO/jlVIOL Part 5 PAGE no. NO. 6no PLANT NO, Plant #6 imm* Each r armsIs shall be tested for rsoicture content; end sieve analyoi3, a, J-Mature - IPhoroisshly mix the sample end Quarter,, Accurately weigh approximately 125 grazas plus er minus 0*02. gsrcana* Dr-y to constant weight at 220 degrees Fahrenheit* plus or minus 20 ctegroes, Cool in a desiccate;' and weigh, # Koistars Original J'efbht .Dry. height x 100 " C^agiSS'r'oaishiS' b0 Sieve Analysis = ifsigh 100 gramsj plus or minus 01 gram of the saaaple previously dried in the moisture test* Spread evenly over the top sieve in the serieso Place the sieve assembly in the St2ap machine and operate it for 25 slanted Weigh eaoh fraction Dsparetoly to the nearest Q,,1 gram end report the rezaaining on each sieve 0 0 Steasinins on Sieve ^ on. Sieve ^ - s 100 u Moisture = Kono0 b0 Sieve Analysis * target. Values& Aeffiainins_te. 0 maxo aim 15 min, 80 20 siim 100 20 aax,, Fan 40 sax. Pan value should bs as low as possible., ACTIONS Pericdic review of date to establish realistic control limite, ms's RECCgBSo5 Q0 Co Por-sz 4 attached. CTD015904 f/tj /. ,^-A AUTHORIZED BY J / V ' / i, f--"* ./.*, ^ ./ -^VP'IPROVED BY_ !&} Kamgea*R5^125S^>T Gen,,Kgr.--Res* orZ^p?kz2S5,oz ISSUED BY. R&D Quality Cortrdl____1___y________ approved by------------------------------------------------------------ hCir'ie^et^ftr---m---s---i-j--s--s---e--r---x- roRM p iss -A / HOISTUSS & SCREJ3J A25&I2TSIS DATA SHEET? ASBESTOS CEMBi PINS WASTE nr?c:.i rvJ>r?r.?o TYIER sm?Z SIZE 10 20 35 60 80 100 Pan REMAINING ON , KOSSTOS Original Weight Ifty Weight Mo istyre Q/C FORM-4 CTD015905 T M -25 t om r*i ? o TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-2S SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAOC 1 DATE OP ISSUE: January ?).i, 1968 DESCRIPTION: Standard Test Method Determination of Available SiC^ in Pulverized Silica 1.0 SCOPE This test method covers the procedures for determining the per cent available SiOg in pulverized silica. In order to obtain the per cent available SiOj content of pulverized silica for reaction with cement during autoclaving, an analysis for total Si02, AI2O3, Na20 and K2O content must first be performed. 2.0 CHEMICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS Chemical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 APPARATUS The apparatus needed for this analysis are enumerated in ASTM C-llU-61, "Chemical Analysis of Portland Cement", Sections 3 through 8. it.O DETERMINATION OF AI2O3, Na20, K20 and total Si02 h.l Procedure Analysis for each of the mentioned oxides shall be accomplished in accordance with ASTM C-llU-61, "Chemical Analysis of Portland Cement", Sections 3 through 12, 21 and 22, substituting silica for cement. Other analytical methods, such as X-ray diffraction, which may be faster and possess similar accuracy, may be used when available. 5.0 DETERMINATION OF AVAILABLE Si02 $.1 Calculation $.1.1 General Based on the foregoing analysis, the various oxide and silicate combinations that are likely to be found as mineral impurities in silica are calculated. In these calculations it is normally considered that: PREPARED BY: yyvf?> CTD015906 i 0mm pyj : * e; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: BUPERBEOEB: TM-25 APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAOC DATE OF ISSUE: January ?Ji, Standard Test Method DESCRIPTION: Determination of Available Si02 in Pulverized Silica a. K2O and Na20 are combined with the proper proportion of alumina and silica to form orthoclase feldspar (K2OAl203-6SiC>2) and albite feldspar (Na20*Al203*6Si02). b. Any AI2O3 remaining is then combined with silica to form kaolinite (Al203*2Si03*2H20). $.1.2 Method Ihe method of calculation can be best explained by the use of an example as follows: Typical pulverized silica analysis where results are reported in per cent by weight are then divided by the molecular weight of the appropriate oxides to yield a value in molecular equivalents. Oxide Oxide Per Cent ~ Molecular Weight = Molecular Equivalent SiO^ A1203 97.3$ 2.05 60 102 1.6225 0.0201 k2o 0.50 9U 0.0053 Na20 0.10 62 0.0016 b. The molecular equivalent value just computed is placed in a columnar table under each oxide and then through appropriate subtractions are distributed to the different minerals according to the described mineral composition. A table follows which shows stepwise subtractions and proportions the amount of each oxide which is required to form the related mineral. Oxide molecular equivalent subtractions for each mineral were dictated by the following oxides. PREPARED BY. 7 wyUL APPROVED BY: ^N CTD015907 rQMM rtj T +J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: TM-25 SUPERSEDES: CLASSIFICATION : PAGE 3 DATE OF ISSUE: January ?)|. 1968 Standard Test hfethod DESCRIPTION: Determination of Available Si0o C in Pulverized S__i_li_c__a_ KpO equivalent for orthoclasej plus equivalent AI2O3 and six times equivalent for SiC^. NajO equivalent for albite; plus equivalent A^O^ and six times equivalent for SiC^ Remaining AI2O3 equivalent for kaolinite; plus two tianes equivalent for SiC^. Remaining Si02 equivalent represents the free or "available Si02" molecular equivalent. Oxide Molecular Equivalents Mineral K2O Na20 AI2O3 Molecular Equivalent K20-Al203*6Si02 Orthoclase (0.0053) Na20AI2O3-6Si02 Albite (0.0016) Al203'2Si02'2H20 Kaolinite (0.0132) S1O2 Silica (1.55U7) 0.0053 -0.0053(1) 0 0.0016 0 0.0016 -0.0016(1) 0 0.0201 -0.0053(1) 0.01ij8 -0.0016(1) 0.0132 -0.0132(1) 0 c. The remaining SiOo molecular equivalent (1.55U7) is then multiplied by the molecular weight of silica (60) to obtain the per cent "available Si02" (93.28^). Thus, although the chemical analysis showed 97.35 per cent SiOp> the un combined useful or "available Si02" was only 93-28 per cent. The balance of the total SiC^' was tied up in the minerals orthoclase, albite and kaolinite. Si02 1.6225 -0.0318(6) 1.5907 -0.0096(1) 1.5811 -0.026U(2) 1.55U7 -1.5517(1) 0 i1 f-- I X M -26 rOMM PJ7 H-ei TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: TM-26 APPLICABLE TOt CLASSIFICATION. PAGE 1 DATE OF ISSUE: February 1. 1968 DESCRIPTION: Standard Test Method Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method 1.0 SCOPE This test method covers a procedure for determining the particle size distribution of pulverized silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method and applies to silica used in the manufacture of asbestos cement pipe. 2.0 PURPOSE The rate of filtration of water through the pulverized silica is related to its surface area and the particle size distri bution. This is believed to be pertinent to the rate of water removal on the pipe machine. 3.0 APPARATUS Andreason Sedimentation Pipette as described by Fisher Scientific Catalog No. lh-232. (Figure l). Analytical Balance - capable of weighing sixty (60) grams to the nearest 0.0001 gram. Source of vacuum that can be regulated. A Rubber Pipette Filler with Ball Valves - Fisher Scientific Catalog No. 13-681-50 is recommended. Timer - capable of being read to the nearest 0.5 second and accurate to one per cent or less. Drying Oven - standard gravity convection type capable of maintaining 230 5F. Twelve 100 ml. beakers or crucibles of equivalent size. Constant Temperature Bath capable of maintaining 78 1F. Ringstand and Clamps. French Curve (Keuffel & Esser Company #57-1685-60) is recommended for drawing log probability curve (Figure 3) APPROVED BY: CTD015909 roM Ptir T 10 J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMOCR: TM-26 SUPERSEOESi APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 2 DATE OF ISSUE: February 1, 1968 Standard Test Method description. Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method ANDREASON SEDIMENTATION P1PET FIGURE-I ACPAMO BY: APPROVED BY; e CTD015910 j row** r+n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER: TM-26 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE 0UPERSEOC8: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: pAoe 3 DATE OP ISSUE: February 1. 1968 Standard Tbst Method DESCRIPTION : Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method U.O PROCEDURE Add distilled water to the Andreason cylinder up to the 10 cm. level. Weigh out llj.3000 grams of silica previously dried at 230F. for a minimum of 12 hours. The per cent moisture must first be determined and the silica weight corrected if necessary. ' Transfer the weighed silica to the partially filled cylinder from Step 1 and add distilled water to the 19 cm. level. Insert the stopper carrying the pipette (re: attached instructions) close the stopcock, and while holding a finger over the small vent in the stopper, shake by inverting the vessel end over end at about 30 times per minute for 5 minutes. Then carefully add distilled water to the 20 cm. graduation mark on the cylinder. Allow to stand for 30 minutes and then repeat the shaking by inversion for $ more minutes. Place the apparatus in a constant temperature bath at 78 2F. for 20 to 30 minutes. Remove and shake for two minutes by inverting as in Steps U and f?. Start the timer at the exact time shaking ceases and replace the apparatus in the constant temperature bath. Take the first sample immediately by drawing 10 ml. up into the pipette bulb with the rubber propipette (or other vacuum source) at a slow rate. A reasonable sampling period would be 20 seconds. Drain -Hie sample rapidly into a tared weighing vessel, dry in an oven at 230F. for a minimum of twelve hours and weigh to nearest 0.0001 gram. Turn stopcock to the open position immediately after sampling. Withdraw later samples at various time intervals and all at the same rate (20 seconds total, starting 10 seconds prior to recorded sampling time). Record the time of each sample; dry and weigh as in Step 10. The height at which each sample is secured (average i.e. 19.h to 19.0 = height of 19.2 cm.) is recorded along with the time. CTD015911 / o*m m 7 0 6.' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: TM-26 SUPERSEDES. APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE h DATE OF ISSUE: February 1. 1968 Standard Test Method oe*criftion. Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method 5-0 CALCULATIONS 5*1 The particle sizes are calculated from Stokes' Law according to the falling velocity of the particles. The diameter of the maximum size silica particles remaining in the distilled water suspension at 78F. and height (h) after time (t) from the start of the test is given by the following equation: dToj-^ Where: d = diameter of silica particles in microns v = viscosity of water (0.88 centipoises @ 78F.) h = height in cm. Dl = density of silica (2.65 gm/cc^ D2 = density of water (0.997 gm/cc. @ 78F.) t = time in minutes 5.2 By using this equation, a sampling procedure can be pre determined for the particle size range desired so that a log probability plot of per cent of "particles finer than" versus "particle size" can be made and from this plot, a particle size distribution curve can be drawn. Refer to Figures 2 and 3* A typical sampling procedure is shown as follows: Sample No. Height (cm) Time (min.) Particle Diameter (microns) 0 20.0 start 1 19.6 2 2 19.2 5 3 18.8 8 h 18. a 15 5 lU.O 25 6 10.0 50 7 7.0 90 8 U.O 180 9 2.4 2I4.0 10 2.0 300 _ 40.0 25.1 19.6 14.2 9.6 5.7 3.6 1.9 1.3 1.05 PREPARED BY: c* CTD015912 o ronM m r * ti TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER: TM-26 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 5 orDATE ISSUE: February 1. 1968 DESCRIPTION : Standard Test Method Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method From the weight of the dried samples (Nos. 1-10), calculate their percentage by weight of the original sample in suspension (0.2600 gms/10 ml.). The original lU.3000 grams of silica was placed in 550 ml. distilled water suspension which means a 10 ml. sample of the suspension at actual time zero would be 0.2600 grams. The percentage calculated here refers to the "per cent finer than" and "particle size diameter" of the sample. Example: A .0313 gm. dried sample of No. 7 above would comprise 0.0313 ,, 072500 x n\ </ ~ or 12.0W of the particles in the original silica sample are finer than 3.6 microns. 5.3 Plot the results as a smooth curve on log probability paper (Keuffer and Esser Company # U6-80U3 probability X 2 Log Cycles) with "particle size diameter" (1-100 microns)* as the abscissa and the "per cent finer than" as the ordinate. From this basic curve, determine the per cent by weight in each of the following particle size ranges and compare (in Figure 3) to the corresponding minimum and maximum per cent allowed within each range or fraction. Fraction Particle Size Range (Diameter in Microns) Minimum to Maximum % Required For Each Range 1 Less Than 1 2 1- h 3 h - 10 k 10 - 20 5 20 - 35 6 35 - 60 7 60 -100 8 Greater Than 100 0- 3 6- 9 11 - 15 17 - 22 22 - 27 17 - 2k 8 - 13 2- 6 PREPARED BY: Since data is available only to UO microns, the French Curve (See Apparatus Section) is used to extrapolate the curve in Figure 2 from the IiO micron through 100 micron particle size range. Figure 3 which shows the maximum and minimum percentages permissible for a particular fraction (ordinates for a fraction are taken in the center of the fraction range) is based on Assignment Report 190, July 8, 1965, "Fineness Test Method and Tests on Si02". >7^ APPROVED BY: SV^ CTD015913 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: ______________ TM-26_____________ SUPERSEDES i f*Ot 6 orDATC IIIUCi February 1. 1968 CLASSIFICATION ; omckiption. Standard Test Method Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method FIGURE-2 TYPICAL LOG PROBABILITY PLOT of PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION of SILICA PARTICLE SIZE (MICRONS) P CPARCO BY: H^> APPROVED BY i CTD015914 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: TKf26 SUPERSEDES) CL A68I FI CATION : PAQC 7 OATC OF ISSUE: February 1, 1968 Standard Test Method Particle Size Distribution of Pulverized Silica by the Andreason Sedimentation Pipette Method PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS DATA SHEET FIGURE-3 ~........................""" Date_____________________________ Sample Source__________________ Blaine Surface Area cm^/gm. Filterability_________________ Per Cent Moisture____________ FRACTION 1 2 3 U 5 6 7 8 MICRON RANGE ^1 1- U U - io 10 - 20 20 - 3? 35 - 60 60 - 100 :> loo Per Cent Loss on Ignition__ Per Cent Purity_______________ CTD015915 F FISHER SCIENTIFIC j Instructions Modem Laboratory Appliances' . . ANDREASON SEDIMENTATION PIPET i Catalog No. 14-232 ' GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Andreason Sedimentation Pipet is used for the-determination of sub-sieve grain sizes according to Stokes' Law. Also from the data collected a char acteristic curve for the material under study may be plotted to determine the percentage by weight of any grain size in the sample. The apparatus is not practical for separations by gravity below 0. 5 micron because of the time , required and because Stokes' Law becomes inoperative. The Andreason method is correct within 2.-5%, ' PROCEDURE 1. Weigh out sufficient sample so that on dilution in the sedimentation vessel to the 20 cm graduation mark (550 ml) the concentration would be about 1% by volume, 2. On a separate sample determine the moisture " -- ~rcontent to correct to the true powder weight. 3. Make up the suspension in the selected mediui using a technique which will give reproducible results with as high a degree of dispersion as possible. 4. Transfer the dispersed sample to the sedi mentation vessel, and adjust the volume to the 20 cm mark with distilled water. 5. Insert the stopper carrying the pipet, and place the apparatus in a constant temperature bath for 15 to 30 minutes. ' 6. After the apparatus has come to the temper ature of the bath, remove it, cover the small vent in the stopper with a finger, and shake the apparatus by hand for 2 minutes. 7. Note the exact time that shaking was stopped and replace the apparatus in the bath. (continued on other side) l S19A CTD015916 8. Take the first sample immediately by drawing 10 ml up into the pipet bulb with aspirator suction at a slow rate. A reasonable sampling time would be 20 seconds. 9. Drain the sample rapidly into a weighing vessel, dry and weigh. The weight of the first sample gives the initial powder weight. 10. Withdraw later samples at successive time intervals. Withdraw all samples at the same rate, and record the time at which the sample was taken. '1 11. Dry and weigh all samples. CALCULATIONS 1, The grain sizes are calculated from Stokes' Law according to the falling velocity of the particles. Each sample drawn-has a smaller size of grain than that corresponding to the falling velocity because all particles of large size will have fallen below the level of the pipet tip. Stokes' Law may be expressed as follows: r 9 hn 2 (Di-Dg) gt Where r= n= h= D^ = = g= t= radius of spherical particle (cm) viscosity of suspending medium (poises) distance between liquid surface and pipet tip when sample is drawn (cm). true specific gravity of particles true specific gravity of suspending medium gravitation constant time from start of test (sec. ) 2. From the weight of the dried samples, calculate the percentages by weight of the original sample, /w 3. Plot the results in a smooth curve with grain size as the abscissae and the percentage by weight as the ordinate. From this basic curve, the percentage by weight of any grain size in the sample may be obtained. REPLACEMENT PARTS ' Item . Pipet Graduated Cylinder Part 14-232A 14-232C CTD015917 REFERENCES Herdan, G. , Small Particle Statistics, Elsevier Publishing Co. , N. Y. , 1953. Loomis, George, A. , Grain Size of Whiteware Clays, as Determined by the Andreason Pipet, Journal of the American Ceramic Society, 21, 393-399, 1938. CERTAIN ! DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Tost Me thod CERTAiM-TFED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: TM-23 PAGE NO. : !I j OATE GF ISSUE: I July 2, 1968 Dimensional Testing of Round Cross-Section Rubber Rinps 1 1 i 1.0 Scons The purpose of this test method is to nrov;J .. ^end = rd .Teens of measuring Round Cross-Section Rub. : . -j-urs on incoming inspec^ion. The measurements to be described are, Outside Diameter, height and width. The height shall be considered the distance from, the top of the ring to the bottom of the ring when the rim is lying on a flat surface. The width shall be considered as -the distance from the I.D. of the ring to the O.D. of the ring. (Figure 2) 2.0 Dimensional Requirements The dimensional requirements for this test can be found in the appropriate CPC Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 A.pparatus Outside Diameter tape accurate to +.005 inches (.1270 mm). Outside Diameter tare 8 feet Pi Tape accurate to +.007 inches (.1773 mm). Pocket Comparator 20 mm. linear scale lens, accurate to +.1 mm. Dial Micrometer accurate to +.001 inches {.025U mm). 11.0 Dimensions All dimensional measurements shall be made on rings that are conditioned at room temperature (75 E>F) (23-9 +2.8C) for at least'four (M hours. ---- El Ring Outside Diameter Pfeasurement of the ring outside diameter in all sizes up to and including twelve (12) inch shall be taken by direct reading with a flexible outside diameter tape to the nearest 0.005 inches (.1270 mm). Care should be exercised to make sure that the tape is on the maximum O.D. of the rim and should not be allowed to slide down. The tape shall be held snugly against the ring but shall not distort the ring. In sizes fourteen (III) inches and up the outside diameter shall be measured using an eight (8) feet Pi tape. The measurement shall be by direct reading to the nearest .007 . inch (.1778 mm). The same care shall be exercised in using this tape as was described in using the smaller O.D. tape. ! j ! .1 i I ! j j I j j j I ii j | j j lI j ! j i ! I PREPARED BY: / ),V; Em ,^ i' approved by: R &O MFG. SALES I.E. ____ n______ i___________ :________________________ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PTPf OTHERS CTD015918 ri --.... :n __;___ CERTAIN. VJ description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-28 L. 2 OATE OF ISSUE: July 2. 1968 Dimensional Testing of Round Cross-Section Rubber Rings l ii.2 Width of Ring. The rings to be measured for width shall be cut into three sections and each cut end measured using a pocket comparator to the nearest 0.1 mm. using the lens with the 20 mm linear scale. Care should be taken that the zero hash mark is lined up exactly on one edge of the ring. See Figure I. U.3 Height of Ring The height of the ring may be measured in the same manner and at the same time as the width of the ring. Another method of measuring the height of the ring is by use of a dial micrometer accurate to 0.001 inches (.025U mm). The ring shall lie on a flat surface. Allow the entire presser foot to fall on the ring and take a direct reading from the dial gauge. Care should be exercised that the presser foot is placed on the top of the ring so that the maximum height is obtained. Four readings ninety (90) degrees apart shall be taken on each ring. 5.0 Approved Vendors for Apparatus Outside Diameter Tape - Lufkin Model 1U6 PD tape from Lufkin Rule Company, Saginaw, Michigan, Lufkin' 8 feet Pi tape-Lufkin Rule Company, Saginaw, Michigan. Pocket Comparator - Peak Scale Magnifier 7X, Optical Apparatus Company, Ardmore, Pennsylvania. Dial Micrometer - Federal Dial Micrometer, Model No. 691B-28-R-2. Federal Products, Providence, Rhode Island or equivalent. CTDQ15919 PREPARED BY: / f APPROVED BY: d 5 R aO MFC. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS T M -2 9 I I I FORM P927 CER1AIOTH0 DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O REF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES: Standard Test Method SPECIFICATION NO: __________ TIM-29 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2, 1?Z1 _______ Stretch Recovery Test For Elastomeric Compounds 1.0 Scope The purpose of this test method is to establish a standard test method for determining the stretch recovery of elastomeric compounds. 2.0 Physical Requirements The stretch recovery requirements can be found in the appropriate CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION, P&PG, Standard Purchasing Specification. 3.0 Apparatus 3.1 Rubber ring stretching device. 3.2 O.D. tape graduated in 0.01". 3-3 Yardstick graduated in 0.0625". 3.h Stopwatchor timer. lt.O Test Method All tests are to be performed at ?5F. + 5F. on whole rings only. It.l Condition the rubber rings for U hours at 75F. + 5F. Note: The ring shall be relaxed and lying flat with the holes up for FT-CG and the holes down for FT-B. If at the end of It hours, the ring is not relaxed and lying flat, continue conditioning the ring until it is relaxed and lying flat. It.2 Place the rubber ring on a flat smooth surface. It.3 Measure the ring O.D. by using an O.D. tape to the nearest 0.005". Record this dimension as the original O.D. lt.lt Place the rubber ring on the stretching device and stretch the ring until the O.D. is l.lt times the original O.D. See Table A for referee dimensions. Note: The rubber ring shall be placed on the stretching device in such a manner that the face hole center lines are roughly parallel to the rotation axis of the pulley. FORM P27 jflSijfl maeaW CERTAIHTTFO description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION pipe DIVISION T.CO. REF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES: Standard Test Method SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.. TM-29 _____ DATE OF ISSUE: 2_ June 2, 1?71_ Stretch Recovery Test for Elastomeric Compounds CQ Ring Rotation Axis of Pulley U-5 Leave the ring(s) on the stretching device for 2U hours, occasionally rotating the rings by hand. U.6 At the end of 21* hours, Time (T) is 0 minutes. U.6.1 At T 0 release the tension on the stretching device and place the rubber ring on a sheet of plastic (the plastic being taped over a smooth flat surface). Note: If two rubber rings are on the stretching device, do not release the tension but roll one ring off by bending the ring over the pulley edge and rolling off. U.6.2 At T 1 min. measure and record the O.D. 1*. 6.3 At T 2 min. measure and record the O.D. U.6.U At T U.6.5 At T 5 min. measure and record the O.D. 10 min. measure and record the O.D. CTD015923 U.6.6 At T 15 min. measure and record the O.D. Note: When the rubber ring is laid down on the plastic, the holes shall be face up for FT-CG and face down for :T-B. 1.6.7 After all measurements have been taken for the first rubber ring release the tension on the stretching device and repeat steps 1.6.1 to U.6.6 for the second ring. U.7 To find the stretch remaining after 1 min. subtract the original O.D. from the measured O.D. at 1 min., divide the result ly the original O.D. and multiply by 100. R &D cmj MFG. SALES I.E. __________________ OTHERS rrt FORM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FORM P9 2 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS frPe..jgB Size (In.) Class Pulley Center to Center Distance (In.) Bur. of Rec. and Fluid Transmission h 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 lU iL lU All A/C U-6 A/C 9-20 A/C U-6 A/C 9-20 A/C U-9 A/C 13-20 A/C b-9 A/C 10 A/C 13-20 A/C U-6 A/C 9-10 A/C 13-20 5.5625 9.750 10.250 15.000 15.000 18.000 20.6875 23.625 2U.3125 25.6875 28.750 29.1875 30.875 Note: Decimals are equivalent to fractions expressed in lA6's. 5.0 Approved Vendors of Test Apparatus 5.1 Rubber ring stretching device - P&PG Drawings Q.C. 8, 8A and 8B. 5.2 O.D. Tape - Lufkin Model No. lU6. 5.3 Yardstick - Coimtercial with 0.0625"graduatioas. 5.1 Timer - Fisher 6-600 Interval Timer. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: Ml CON rad MFG. SALES I.E. CTD015925 OTHERS pC OE-IVJ. FORM P927 f~~in i.j 1i CERTAi:i;:iD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPF DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF.- NO. 1 SPECIFICATION NO: TM 30 supersedes: description: Free Moisture Content of Silica PAGE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: August 19, 1969 1.0 Scope The purpose of the test method is to determine the percentage of free moisture in pulverized silica. 2.0 Physical Property Requirements Physical property requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CAP Division Standard Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 Apparatus Tared glass weighing bottle Oven - either convection or gravity Balance, 0-100 grams - 0.05 gram Desiccator 11.0 Procedure Transfer about 10 grams of a sample of "as received" pulverized silica into a clean, tared and previously dried glass weighing bottle. Weigh accurately. Heat and dry for a minimum of two hours to a constant weight at 220 F - 10 F. Cool in a desiccator and weigh. 5.0 Calculations The percentage of free moisture can be calculated using the following formula: % Free Moisture (Wt. "as received" - Wt. dry) Wt. "as received" X100 Two determinations shall be made on each sample with the average recorded. PREPARED BY: CTD015926 P APPROVED bBYy:: r &D Y MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOV/TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL T M -31 1 kz.Ci.~i.\.jOAL AA^.CSi'* !CA flONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION! Standard Tost Method T.C.O. REF. NO. , CcnAilTnD PRODUCTS CORPORATION : T........ Pi PE AVIS.CN _L SUPERSEDES: SPECIFICATION NO: TM - 31 i desc.-s.pt.on: PAGC NO.: 1 j DATE OF ISSUE! August 3, 1559 The purpose of uhis ^ost nouhod is no determine if volitile and/or organic inpuriuies ars prssont in -she silica or cement. l 2.0 Ox: icr.l Brorarv.y lecuirar.-.oivas domical proper'ey requirements for this test method can be found in the appropriate CA? Division Standard Purchasing Specifications. i 3.0 J-r-nrotus Porcelain cruici'ole with cover. Muffle Purna.ce. Balancej 0-100 grams - 0.0005 gram. Besiccacor. _.0 Peer:.;.'. Accurately weigh approximately on gram of a dried sample and transfer -_o .-o a cXui.j oarec. and previously fired porcelain crucible fitted with a cover. Place crucible into a muffle furnace and maintain at 1900 P - 50 F for one hour - five minutes. Cool in a desiccator and wed... 5.0 Calculations -he per centage of weight loss due to ignition car. be calculated using the following formula: (Wt. dried sample - Wt'. ignited sample) / Loss or. ignition --------------------------- ---------------- ---------------------------------- - X100 Wt. dried sample Two determinations shall be made on each sample and the average recorded. i I PREPARED BY: CTD015927 APPROVED BY: r ad MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT< BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL g -32 (Z~ I U certainTM description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: TM-32 PAGE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: June 26, 1970 Pot Life For Epoxy Resins & Hardeners 1.0 Scope The purpose of this test method is to establish a standard method of determining pot life for epoxy resins and hardeners. 2.0 Physical and Chemical Requirements The physical and chemical requirements for the epoxy materials and the minimum required pot life can be found in the appropriate CERTAIN-TEED HIODUCTS CORP. PIPING AND PLASTIC INDUSTRIES (PPI) Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 Apparatus 3.1 Tall 8 oz. paper cups suitable for hot liquids. 3.2 Wooden tongue depressors or suitable disposable stirring rods, 3.3 Timer with a maximum one minute intervals to two hours. 3.h Trip balance accurate to 0.1 gram or equivalent. U.O Test Method UTl Epoxy Resin It.1.1 Weigh out 200 grams of epoxy resin into a tall 8 oz. paper cup on the trip balance. U.1.2 Weigh out the desired amount of standard hardener as specified in applicable PPI In Process Specification. it.1.3 Start timer and immediately start stirring the hardener into the resin thoroughly with the wooden tongue depressor. lt.l.lt After thorough mixing (approximately 1 minute) allow the resinhardener mix, with the tongue depressor left in the mix, to sit at 75F 5F until a skim begins to form on the surface. Stop the timer at this point and record the elapsed time in minutes which is considered the pot life of the mixture, U.1.5 For new epoxy resins repeat the above steps three (3) times and take the average of the pot livea.In addition,at least one standard resin-hardener mix shall be done at the same time as a control check. li.2 Hardeners U.2.1 The same procedure for hardeners is followed as for epoxy resins except the standard epoxy resin specified in the PPI ' In Process Specification is used with the hardener to be tested. U.3 Adhesives 1*.3.1 Prepared epoxy adhesives supplied by vendors are generally a two component system. Determine from the sales literature, container instructions or from the vendor the proper weight or volume ratio to make approximately 225 grams of mix. APPROVED bBYy: Cy cflU AR mfo. SALES I.E. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD015928 FORM PM7 __ Cd j \ L. 1U CERTAINTIED description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Mathod T.C.O. REF. NO, 1 SPECIFICATION NO: TM-32 PAOE no.: 2 supersedes: OATE OF ISSUE: June 26, 1970 Pot Life For Epoxy Resine & Hardeners b.3.2 Determine pot life by the procedure described in para. h.l. 5.0 Approved Vendors of Test Apparatus 57l Tall 8 oz. cups for hot liquid - Lily No. 208 BG manufactured by Lily-Tulip Cup Corp. 122 E ij2rd Street, New York, N. Y. 5.2 Timer - Fisher 6-660 Interval Timer. 5.3 Trip balance - O'Haus Scale Corp., Union, New Jersey 2610 gram max. capacity. 5.U Standard Epoxy Resin - any approved epoxy resin vendor listed in PPI Standard Purchasing Specification 521. 5.5 Standard Epoxy Hardener - any approved epoxy hardener vendor listed in PPI Standard Purchasing Specification 521. CTD015929 APPROVEO by: D MFO. 2Z SALES I.E. OTHERS 7 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NO TO BE OI9TBIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TM -3 4 FOKM P927 7 ^11 description: TECH NICA L S PEC i i i CATI ON S SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES: Standard Test Method SPECIFICATION NO! PAGE NO.: TM-3I1 DATE OF ISSUE: 1 September V~>, 1970 Density Test for Epoxy Components 1.0 Scope The purpose of this test is to establish a standard test method for determining density of epoxy resins and hardeners. 2.0 Pnyslcal Requirements The physical requirements for the epoxy resins and hardeners can be found in the appropriate CERTAIN-TESD PRODUCTS CORPORATION}PIPING AND PLASTIC INDUSTRIES (PPl) Purchasing Specifications. 3.0 Apparatus 3.1 Trip balance accurate to 0.1 grams or equivalent. 3.2 2^0 cc. graduated cylinder. h.O Test Method All tests are to be performed at 2C. +2C. Ij.l Place clean,dry,graduated cylinder on trip balance and determine the weight of the cylinder to the nearest 0.1 gram. Ir.2 Record the weight of the cleanjdry,cylinder. I4.3 Place exactly 100 cc. of either the epoxy resin or epoxy hardener in the graduated cylinder and weigh the combined system to the nearest 0.1 gram. Il.I; Record the weight of the graduated cylinder and epoxy sample. Subtract the weight of the cylinder from the total weight. lj.6 Multiply the weight in grams by 0.0S3b$ to get lbs. per U. S. gallon. U<7 Three samples shall be weighed, and the average vreight taken as the sample weight. CTD015930 APPROVED BY: 0 iI n CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT MFC. SALES I.E. BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FOK.rf P927 ' rr~ir _|_rrJ:U CEarniKi!}.!! description: T EC H N i CA L S PEC *; -CAT IONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: Standard Test Method SPECIFICATION NO: TM-3I4 PAGE NO. : 2 DATE OF ISSUE: September l, 1970 Density Test for Epoxy Components Density of epoxy sample = (tip - \-]q) 0.083l;^> Where V.rT = Weight of clean ,dry .cylinder and 100 cc. of epoxy resin or hardener. Dq = Vfeight of clean.dry.cylinder. 8.3ll5> lbs. per gal. = Conversion factor from Marks' Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, 7th Edition, KcGraw Kill Book Company, page l-B^f. O.O83I4S' = 8.3l-l5 x .01 for 100 cc. sample. CTD015931 T M -35 FORM P927 u JL CERTAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: TM-35 description: Standard Tests-FLUID-TITE Lubricant For Field Use PAGE NO.: 1 OATE OF ISSUE: July 21, 1970 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of this test method is to provide a standard means of determining color, odor, taste, shelf life and temperature effects for FLUID-TITE Lubricant for field use. 2.0 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS The physical requirements can be found in the appropriate PPI Standard Purchasing Specification. 3.0 APPARATUS 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 Clear, sealable ,waterproof, one liter containers. Measuring containers Brookfield Viscosity Machine. Oven capable of 120F. Freezer capable of 0F. 4.0 TEST METHOD 4.1 Color, Odor, Taste Prepare a solution with a concentration of ten (10) parts per million. This is done by dissolving exactly 1 gram of lubricant in a liter of distilled water. When fully dissolved, take lOcc of this solution and dilute to one liter with distilled water. Allow this solution to stand in a sealed container for 24 hours. 4.1.1 Color and Clarity - Visually. 4.1.2.Odor - Shake the solution vigorously for two minutes, remove cap. Compare odor with a blank sample (distilled water only) stored for 24 hours under the same conditions. 4.1.3 Taste - The solution shall be tested for taste in comparison with a blank sample stored for 24 hours under the same conditions. 4.2 Shelf Life , Leave Lubricant in a sealed container on shelf for 1 year, then perform all tests listed in this test method on the sample. 4.3 Temperature Effect 4.3.1 Place 100 gram sample in oven at 120F for 24 hours. Brookfield Viscosity using no.7 Spindle at 20 R.P.M. 4.3.2 Place 100 gram sample in freezer at 0F for 24 hours. Brookfield Viscosity using No. 7 Spindle at 20 R.P.M. Then run Then run PREPAREDLY: . / / /slj/lCu?/ APPROVED BY! S\ R &D MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS _______ CTD015932/ -----CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL T M -3 6 FORM P027 HP __ZL CERTAJNTIED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: TM-36 PAGE NO.: 1 date of issue: July 23, 1970 description: Standard Tests - FLUID-TITE Lubricant For In-Plant Use. 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of this test method is to provide a standard means of determining color, odor, taste, shelf life, temperature effect and freeze-thaw for FLUIDTITE Lubricant for In-Plant Use. 2.0 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS The physical requirements can be found in the appropriate PPI Standard Purchasing Specification. 3.0 APPARATUS 3.1 Clear, sealable, waterproof,one liter containers. 3.2 Measuring containers. 3.3 Brookfield Viscosity Machine. / 3.b Oven capable of 120F. _ 3.5 Freezer capable of 0F. U.O TEST METHODS 11.1 Color, Odor, Taste Prepare a solution with a concentration of ten (10) parts per million. This is done by dissolving exactly 1 gram of lubricant in a liter of distilled water. When fully dissolved, take 10 cc of this solution and dilute to one liter with distilled water. Allow this solution to stand iri a sealed container for 2k hours. 11.1.1 Color and Clarity - Visually. Ll.1.2 Odor Shake the solution vigorously for two minutes, remove cap. Compare odor with a blank sample (distilled water only) stored for 2h hours under the same conditions. U.1.3 Taste The solution shall be tested for taste in comparison with a blank sample stored for 2k hours under the same conditions. k.2. Shelf Life Leave lubricant in a sealed container on shelf for 1 year, then perform all testslisted in this test method on the sample. k,3 Temperature Effect ij.3.1 Place 100 grams sample in oven at 120F for 2U hours. Brookfield Viscosity using No. 7 Spindle at 20 RPM. Then run APPROVED BY ar d MFC. SALES I.E. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMI NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015933 FORM P927 JT ____ IIJ CERTAINHEO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. ref. no. PIPE DIVISION 1 specification no: tm-36 PAGE NO. : 2 supersedes: DATE OF ISSUE: July 23, 1970 description: Standard Tests - FLUID-TITE Lubricant For In-Plant Use. 14.3.2 Place 100 grams sample in freezer at 0F for 2k hours. Then run Brookfield Viscosity using No. 7 Spindle at 20 RPM. U.U Freeze-Thaw Place a 50 gram sample in freezer at 0F for 8 hours. Remove and allow sample to return to room temperature. Check viscosity. . Repeat bycle two more times. V CTDO15934 T M -3 7 FORM PQ27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CBnAWTCEO CERTAIN TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: DESCRIPTION: SPECIFICATION NO: TM-37 PAGE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: June 17, 1971 Chemical Resistance and Adhesive Strength of Epoxy Lining for A/C Pipe 1.0 score The purpose of this test method is to establish a standard method for deter mining chemical resistance and adhesive strength of epoxy lining for A/C pipe. 2.0 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS The physical and chemical requirements for the epoxy lining can be found in the appropriate CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORP. PIPE AND PLASTIC GROUP (P&PG) Std. Purchasing Specification. 3.0 APPARATUS 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.1i 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 Tall 8-oz. paper cups suitable for hot liquids. Wooden tongue depressors or suitable disposable stirring rods. Trip balance accurate to 0.1 gram or equivalent. Analytical balance accurate to 0.0005 grams. k-qt. wide mouth jars with phenolic screw tops. 2 - one liter beakers. Distilled water. 3 pieces of 3" wide by 6" long A/C pipe staves. V diameter steel or aluminum bar 2" long. Teflon coated cookie pan. Tension testing machine such as a Tinius-Olsen Tester. h.O PREPARATION OF SPECIMENS h.l Chemical Resistance Specimens U.1.1 Using the 8-oz. paper cups and wooden tongue depressors, mix accord ing to the following formula: 62.0 Epoxy Resin 30.8 15 Micron Min-U-Sil 7.2 TETA by weight. Epoxy Resin and TETA to be in accordance with CERTAIN TEED PRODUCTS CORP. P&PG Standard Purchasing Specification No. 539. 14.1.2 Take the teflon coated cookie pan and coat it with a thin layer of silicone grease. Pour the epotxy mixture into the pan and-level off to a depth of 1/8". U.1.2.1 The pan is put in a 200 F oven for 20 minutes. CTD015935 APPROVED bBYy:: R ft D MFC. SALES I.E. f\ # CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P027 COmiNIEED DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 1 TM-37 2 SUPERSEDES: DATE OF ISSUE: June 17. 1971 Chemical Resistance and Adhesive Strength of Epoxy Lining far A/C Pipe It.1.2.2 Remove the pan and strip the epoxy mixture from the pan in one piece while hot and place in a circulating oven for lV hairs at 200 F. It. 1.2.3 Remove the epoxy from the oven, cool to room temperature and cut into 1" x 3" x 1/8" chips. Cut a total of 16 chips. Note: Warming the epoxy mixture to about 100 - 110 F. before pouring and leveling helps pouring and leveling. k.2 Adhesive Strength Specimens 11.2.1 Prepare the epoxy mixture in accordance with paragraph It. 1.1. It. 2.2 Apply the epoxy mixture to a clean dry A/C pipe stave 3" x 6" using a paint brush to a depth of 20 mils. h.2.2.1 Allow the coating to air diy at 75 F until tack free and then cure in a circulating oven at 200 F for l^g hours. 11.2.2.2 Cool the coated A/C and rough up the center of the coating with sandpaper. 11.2.2.3 Take the V dia. bar and apply a thin coat of the epoxy mixture to the face of the bar and the roughened surface of the coated A/C. Press together lightly and allow to air cure at 75 F for 16-2U hours. Then cure in circulating oven for 1^ hours at 200 F. Any excess epoxy ooze around the interface of V ping and coated A/C should be removed. b.2.3 Prepare 3 specimens. 5.0 TEST METHOD FOR CHEMICAL RESISTANCE 5.1 Weigh the 16 dry specimens (Paragraph 1*.1.2.3) to the nearest 0.0005 grams. Record the weight. 5.2 Place two specimens canpletely immersed in each of the following solutions. One of each solution shall be kept at 75 F 3 F for seven days and the other of each solution shall be kept at 75 F 3 F for 30 days. Use the wide mouth jars with top screwed on. 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.1: Distilled water. 10 percent (by weight) solution of sulfuric acid. 5 percent solution of acetic acid. 5 percent (by weight) solution of sodium hydroxide. 5.3 After the proper time has elapsed, remove the specimens from solution, blot dry the specimen and weigh the specimen to the nearest 0.0005 gram. PREPARED SY: APPROVED BY: R *D MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS _______ CftfJ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015936 FOAM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Standard Test Method CffllAINTm) CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 1 supersedes: description: SPECIFICATION NO: TM-37 PAGE NO.: DATE OF ISSUE: ___June 17. 1971 Chemical Resistance and Adhesive Strength of Epoxy Lining for A/C Pipe $.h Determine the gain or loss of weight as follows: Gain or Loss of Weight = Wg-W-^ x 100$ "wT Where W2 = Weight after immersion. = Weight before immersion. 6.0 TEST METHCD FOR ADHESIVE STRENGTH 6.1 Place the specimens in distilled water, maintained at 1?0 F 3 F for 96 hours. Use one liter beakers. 6.2 After the proper time has elapsed, remove the specimen from the distilled water. 6.3 Place the specimen in the Tinius-Olsen Tester and test for tensile strength of the epoxy lining. Record the force necessary to break the epoxy lining. 6.b Determine the tensile strength as follows: Tensile strength = Force required to break Square area of face of V dia. bar Square area of face of bar is equal to 3.~lljl59(D)^ = .781*D2 C where D = Dia. of bar. 7.0 APPROVED VENDORS OF TEST APPARATUS 7.1 Tall 8-oz. cups for hot liquid - Lily No.-208BG Lily-Tulip Cup Corporation, 122 E. Ij2nd Street, New York, N.Y. 7.2 Trip Balance - O'Hsus Scale Corporation, Union, New Jersey. 2160 gram max. capacity. 7.3 Analytical Balance - Mettier Hg . 7.1: Quart wide mouth jars with phenolic screw tops - any supplier. 7.5 One liter beakers - any supplier. 7.6 Wooden tongue depressors - any supplier. FORM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS T M -3 8 FOAM P*27 CSnAIKTHO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-38 DESCRIPTION: PAGE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: JUN12 1972 Assembly Effort Test Method Using 11 Cold Box" 1. Scope The purpose of this test method is to initiate a standard procedure for measuring the force required to insert a lubricated pipe stem in a coupling and ring at low temperature to form an assembled joint. 2. Physical Requirements Assembly effort requirements can be found in the appropriate CPC, P&PG Standard Purchasing Specifications for rubber rings. 3. Apparatus 3.1 Cold Box - A well insulated box with forced air circulation capable of temperature control from 0F. to 80F, 3.2 Equipped with the following: (Refer to Figure II for approximate location). 3.2.1 Air cylinder with reverse direction parts and air pressure source to 120 psi. 3.2.2 Throttle attached to air cylinder. 3.2.3 Regulator valve capable of reducing line pressure to operating levels of the test method. 3.2.i* Regulator gauge to measure line pressure of the regulator valve (3.2.3) must have at least half-pound increments. 3.2.5 Friction gauge to give a more precise reading than the regulator gauge (3.2.1*) in one-eighth pound increments, up to 15 pounds. 3.2.6 Line pressure gauge to measure line pressure. 3.2.7 Air control valve - off/on. 3.2.8 Bypass valve - off/on switch to shut down system. 3.2.9 Operation valve - asserable/neutral/disassemble to regulate movement direction. 3.2.10 A suitable carriage to transport the pipe stem to the coupling propelled by the air cylinder (3.2.1); also equipped with adjustable devices to align the pipe stem and coupling. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R jt MFO. SALES I.E. OTHERS o /^KSi/ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT ' NOT Jp BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015939 FORM P927 CfflTAIHTHD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAINTEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-38 description: PAGE NO.: 2 DATE OF ISSUE: JUN12 1972 Assembly Effort Test Method Using "Cold Box" 3.2.11 Thermometer, -- 30F. to 120F., mercury or dial (inserted into the box). 3.2.12 Light and thermostat controlled heater to regulate temperature and view assembly. Switch i3 located on the outside of the box. 3.2.13 Window to view assembly. 3.3 Pipe Stem and Coupling Figure I 3.h Lubricant, per CPC, P&PG Standard Purchasing Specification No. %0h- 3.5 Rubber Rings, per applicable CPC, P&PG Standard Purchasing Specifications. 3.6 O.D. tape accurate to 0.005" U. Control Functions U.l Air control valve (3.2.7) turns on line pressure. h.2 Regulator valve (3-2.3) controls line pressure. CTD015940 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R *D MFO. w SALES I.E. V*V" OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOTCTO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM FSZ7 CanJUNTHD TECHNICAL SPECIf-.C.4\ iONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Teat Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-38 description: Assembly Effort Test Wathod Using "Gold Box" PAGE NO.: 3 DATE OP ISSUE: JUN1 2 1972 k.h Friction gauge, (3*2.^)Jprecise measuring of friction of carriage. U.5 line pressure gauge (3.2.6), l.6 Bypass valve (3.2.8) to give quick disassembly by circumventing the regulator valve and throttle giving full linj pressure. 1.7 Operation valve (3.2.9) to control carriage traverse direction, and bleed off air pressure. $. Safety Notes 5.1 The air cylinder exerts considerable force and due care should be exercised before any movement of the carriage or application of air pressure. Make sure all personnel are clear of the box interior and moving parts before applying pressure. Shut off all control panel valves when interior of the box is being serviced and keep operation valve in neutral position. Remove all tools and other material from the box which will interfere with the free movement of the carriage. 6. Calibration of Box Mechanism 6.1 A machined coupling and pipe stem (3.3) of nominal dimensions and rubber ring of specification tolerances are assembled on the Universal Tester at 75F.2F. with a dial load rate of 75. The pounds of assembly are read from the large dial and recorded. Run a minimum of three (3) samples. 6.2 Similar size couplings, stems, and rings are run in the Cold Box at 75F.+2F. The friction and total air pressure for assembly is recorded and the total pounds for assembly effort calculated as shown in 8. Total pounds assembly effort should be within 20 pounds of the Universal Tester. 6.3 The same size, type of ring from the same vendor should be used in both test apparatus. 7. Procedure CTD015941 7.1 General This test method employs air pressure applied to the stem which is in contact with the ring inside the coupling at the time of application of increasing pressure until an assembled joint has been accomplished. PREPARED BY: R *O MFO. SALKS I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P*27 csrouNiffl) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Teat Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-38 description: PAGE NO.: h DATE OF ISSUE: JUN12 1972 Assembly Effort Test Method Using "Cold Box11 7.1.1 All tests shall be run at 10F. + 2F. except Universal Tester calibration. 7.1.2 The test is based on nominal dimensions of stem, coupling, and rubber rings within specification tolerances. 7.1.2.1 Size is limited to 10" I.D. pipe joints as maximum size, six and eight inch joints are preferred. 7.1.2.2 For proper mounting in the Cold Box, special machining of the stems and coupling by the Experimental Shop is required(3.3). 7.1.3 Common Groove joints (CG) 3hall have only the O.D.^ lubricated, FLUID-TITE Sewer, and Bureau of Reclamation joints shall have the O.D.i, and the rings lubricated after insertion into the groove keeping lubricant out of the groove. 7.1.It Unused stems should be used whenever possible. Used stems should be cleansed of lubricant after each assembly with cold water and a stiff brush, then thoroughly dried in an air circulating oven. Air drying may be used if oven is not available. 7.2 Preparation 7.2.1 To prepare apparatus for assembly a stem is inserted in the bracket of the carriage and the Centering Jaws tightened by turning the Tightening . Wheel. 7.2.2 A matching coupling with a bar through the two holes in the coupling is placed in the bracket at the opposite end of the box. Snail set screws in the bracket allow for adjustment to concentric centering rings as well as holding the coupling in place on the mounting plate. 7.2.3 All rings, stems, couplings, and lubricants to be tested shall be placed in the Cold Box (where space permits). 7.2.1* The refrigeration unit is then set at 10F. and turned on simultaneously .with the circulating fan. 7.2.5 All test samples are to be cooled for four (U) hours after the box is cooled to lCrF. 7.3 Assembly 7.3.1 To complete alignment the air control valve should be open full, the operation valve put in "Assemble" position and the regulator valve PREPARED BY: fr APPROVED BY: R A0 MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERtONNEL CTD015942 --BjBMa| CERTAINTEED TECHNICAL SPECIFIC/ TIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-38 DESCRIPTION: PAGE NO.: 5 OATE OF ISSUE: JUN12 1972 Assembly Effort Test Method Using "Cold Box" slowly opened until the carriage starts to move on the rails (usually about 2 pounds on the regulator gauge is sufficient). The stem then enters the ringless coupling to the full length of the O.D.^ length at which point the operation valve is shifted to "neutral". If discernible misalignment is noticed, adjust the coupling and/or stem, disassemble and repeat alignment. 7*3.2 Once alignment is accomplished the carriage is returned to disassemble at the end of the rails, the air control valve closed and regulator valve relieved. Pinal pressure is bled off by pumping the operation valve handle to "neutral" and back to "disassemble" several times until the regulator gauge reads zero. 7.3.3 The nose of the stem is then lubricated, the ring inserted and lubricated if required (7.1.3). The box is then closed and cooled to 10OF. 7.3.1* When the box has stabilized at 10F., the air control valve is opened full, the operation valve placed in "assemble" and the regulator valve is slowly opened until the carriage just moves forward. RECORD the friction gauge pressure for final assembly effort calculation. This represents the friction of the carriage. At this pressure the stem is allowed to enter the coupling and is pushing against the rubber ring. Immediately increase the regulator valve pressure at a rate of about one pound per second until assembly is accomplished. RECORD the regulator gauge pressure at assembly to the nearest pound. 7.1* Disassembly 7.U.1 Once assembly is made and pressure recorded, shift the operation valve lever to "disassemble". If insufficient pressure,close the air control valve, relieve the regulator valve and open the bypass valve slowly until disassembly is accomplished. Finally, bleed off the remaining pressure to zero on the regulator gauge by pumping the operation valve handle to "neutral" and back to'disassemble" several times until zero reading appears. After disassembly, insert new test pieces, align, lubricate, and cool to 10F. and repeat assembly as desired. 8. Calculations Assembly effort is calculated as pounds per circumferential inch of stem (O.D.i) as follows: PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: 0# MFC. SALES I.E. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD015943 FORM R927 TECHNICAL SPECIFIC/ fIONS FORM P027 TECHNICAL SPECIFiC/.TIONS T M -3 9 FORM PS27 CBnAlNTHO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 TM-39 SUPERSEDES: DESCRIPTION: Tensile Testing of Storm Drain Coupling Material PAOE NO.: 1 DATE OF ISSUE: FEB - 7 1972 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of this test method is to establish a standard method of determining tensile strength of Storm Drain Coupling material and tensile strength of the weld of Storm Drain Coupling material. 2.0 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS The physical requirements for the coupling material can be found in the appropriate CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE AND PLASTICS GROUP (P&PG) Purchasing Specifications. The required weld tensile strength can be found in the appropriate CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION P&PG In-process Inspection Standards. 3.0 APPARATUS 3.1 Tensile Tester Machines as per CWg. TM-39-1,-2,-3,-4. 3.2 "C" Die as per ASTM D-412.for 0.120 inch & 0.150 inch thick material. 3.3 Type I Die 8 1/2" overall length as per ASTM D-412 for 0.180 inch and 0.210 inch thick material. 3.4 Steel Plate 12" X 12" X 1" and 1 piece of leather same size, 1/4" thick. 3.5 Crush Tester. 3.6 1" Bench Marker. 3.7 2" Bench Marker. 4.0 PREPARATION OF SPECIMENS 4.1 Welded Tensile Strength Specimens 4.1.1 Weld two pieces of coupling material per appropriate welding instructions. 4.1.2 Using the crush tester, proper die, steel plate and leather, cut the necessary number of specimens with the weld across the restricted portion of the specimen center as well as possible. 4.2 Non-Welded Tensile Strength Specimens 4.2.1 Using the crush tester, proper die, steel plate and leather, ,cut the necessary number of specimens. 4.3 Use white stencil ink and the proper bench marker (1" for 0.120 & 0.150, 2" for 0.180 & 0.210). Mark each specimen in the restricted area. 5.0 TEST METHOD See Figure 1 for layout. 5.1 Turn on the air. CTD015946 PREPARED BY: 7^ by: of R *O HFO. jfi SALES I.C. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOTUrO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM PS27 CemUNTEED DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICA1 IONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 3 TM-39 SUPERSEDES: February 7, 1972 Tensile Testing of Storm Drain Coupling Material PACE NO.: 2 date of issue: MAY 3 0 1972 5.2 Open the center screw on the speed muffler all the way. 5.3 Pull the push button out - the jaws will come together. 5.4 For welded tensile strength specimens........... 5.4.1 Measure the thickness of thj specimen. See Figure 2. 5.4.2 Measure the width of the restricted area. See Figure 2. 5.4.3 Multiply the thickness in inches by the width in inches by 1350 PSI to get the necessary thrust in pounds. 5.4.4 Divide the thrust (in pounds) by the effective area (sq. inches) of the air cylinder. - See Table A. 5.4.5 Multiply by the correlation factor - See Table A - to get the pressure regulator PSI reading. 5.4.6 Set the pressure regulator at the proper PSI reading. 5.4.7 Open the jaws and insert the test specimen centered between and in the jaws. 5.4.8 Push the push button in. 5.4.9 Observe the separation of the jaws. 5.4.10 If the specimen does not break, the welded joint is satisfactory. 5.4.11 If the specimen breaks in the base material, the welded joint is satisfactory. 5.4.12 If the specimen breaks at the weld, reject the weld and all the couplings the weld represents. 5.5 For non-welded tensile strength specimens--------- i ' Measure the thickness of the specimen. See Figure 2. 5.5.2 Measure the width of the specimen. See Figure 2. 5.5.3 Multiply the thickness in inches by the width in inches by 1500 PSI to get the necessary thrust in pounds. 5.5.4 Divide the thrust (in pounds) by the effective area (sq. inches) of the air cylinder - See Table A. 5.5.5 Multiply by the correlation factor - See Table A - to get the pressure regulator PSI reading. 5.5.6 Set the pressure regulator at the proper PSI reading. 5.5.7 Open the jaws and insert the test specimen centered between and in the jaws. 5.5.8 Push the push button in. 5.5.9 Observe the separation of the jaws. 5.5.10 When the specimen breaks, measure the elongation. 5.5.10.1 If the elongation is 400% or greater, the soecimen is satisfactory. 5.5.10.2 If the elongation is under 400%, reject the specimen. 5.5.11 If the specimen does not break, measure the elongation. 5.5.11.1 If the elongation is 400% or greater, pull the push button and start the next test. APPROVED BY: * O MFC. SALES I.C. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL IMENT * NOT BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015947 FORM M27 CBmilfTBD description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard T.C.O. REF. NO. 2 supersedes: est Method SPECIFICATION NO: TM-39 February 7. 1972 PACE NO.: 3 DATE OF ISSUE: APR 211972 Tensile Testing of Storm Drain Coupling Material________________________ 5.5.11.2 If the elongation is less than 400$, slowly increase the pressure regulator PSI setting until the jaws start separating. When the specimen breaks, measure the elongation; if over 400$, accept; if under 400$; reject. TABLE A Width of Restricted Area of Die Thickness Air of Cylinder Material Bore Size Effective Area Requi red Correlation PSI Factor Required Ai r Pressure PSI .250 .120 1.50 1.46 1350 1.26 35 .250 .150 1.50 1.46 1350 1.20 42 .500 .500 .180 .210 2.00 2.00 2.835 2.835 1350 1350 1.15 1.20 50 60 .250 .120 1.50 1.46 1500 1.26 39 .250 .150 1.50 1.46 1500 1.20 46 .500 .180 2.00 2.835 1500 1.15 55 K- .500 .210 2.00 2.835 1500 1.20 67 * Use a l^pe I die. 6.0 APPROVED VENDORS 6.1 Tensile Tester Machines - P&PG Drawing TM-39-1,-2,-3,-4. 6.2 "C" Die - Any supplier in accordance with ASTM D-412. 6.3 Steel Plate - Any Supplier. 6.4 Crush Tester - Use the tester in the plant. 6.5 1" Bench Marker - Any supplier. 6.6' Type I Die 8 1/2" overall length - Any supplier In accordance with ASTM D-412. 6.7 2" Bench Marker - Any supplier. CTD015948 PREPARED BY: '/&b/bLd APPROVED RY: 11 CONFIDENTIAL :UMENT - Hi R ft D MFC. 2T SALES I.E. OTHERS fO RE OISTRIRUTEO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P927 technIcaL SPECIFICATIONS FORM P927 C&roUNTBD TECHNICAL SPECIEiCAl lONts SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 3 SUPERSEDES: TM-39 description: PAGE NO.: 5 DATE OF ISSUE. MAY 3 0 1972 Tensile Testing of Storm Drain Coupling Material FIGURE 2 V /WELD J r@ r\ -A iL 7^: VIEW A-A A. Measure the thickness at Point 1 - Just next to the weld. B. Measure the thickness at Point 2 - Just next to the weld. C. Take the average of the thickness. D. Measure the width each side of the weld at Point 3 - halfway down. E. Take the average of the widths. CTD015950 APPROVEO BY: R MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT 'Tt> BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TM-40 I I I l 1 FORM P927 CfRTAIHTttfl TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: SUPERSEDES: TM-lxO DESCRIPTION DATE^Cyr ISSU, "5 1971 Sieve Analysis and Moisture Content of A/C Fines 1.0 SCOPE The purpose of this test is to measure: a) -The percent moisture content of A/C fines*. b) The relative particle size distribution. 2.0 REQUIREMENTS The requirements for these characteristics can be found in the appropriate Standard In-Process Specification. 3.0 APPARATUS 3.0.1. A Ro-Tap, a device which vibrates a closed stack of sieves. 3.0.2. A set of lyier Sieves in sizes 10, 20, 35, (6o) 80, 100 and pan. 3.0.3. Micro-Wave Oven. 11.0 PROCEDURE U.0.1. Obtain a sample of fines (about 120 grams) from your system, as close as possible to the point where the fines are mixed with the other ingredients. (Record on Form P-6038, "Cement, Fines and Silica Analysis".) Sample at approx, the same time of day as required. El .0.2. Weigh sample and record value, place in Micro-Wave Oven and dry until no further weight loss is noted. Record original weight, dry weight and calculated percent moisture on Form P-6038. b.0.3* From dried fines, take a 100 gram, plus or minus 1 gram, sample - record weight. Spread sample over top sieve screen in sieve series. Place lid on sieve assembly, clamp sieve assembly in Ro-Tap. Shake for 15 minutes. 14.0.14. Remove sieve assembly from Ro-Tap. Weigh each sieve and contents. Record weight of fines remaining on each sieve and pan to nearest 0.1 of a gram. lj.0.5. Calculate percent retained by each sieve, by pan and loss. Record percentages on Form P-6038. *A/C fines are obtained from ground, rejected A/C pipe or coupling; also from A/C material removed during the machining operations. PREPARED BY: L' approved ay: R ,,D MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS 1 i 1 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015951 T M -41 FORM P827 CBTOUHTHD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-lil DESCRIPTION: Sewer Pipe Flex Deflection Test PAOE NO.: 1 date of ISSUE: APR 10 1972 1.0 SCOPE This test is designed to measure the deflection under flex load of 13 ft. long sewer pipe. 2.0 REQUIREMENTS No requirements have been established as of this date. 3.0 APPARATUS 3*1 Flex Test Rig on Finishing Line. 3.2 Dial Indicator Gauges (3). 3.3 Dial Indicator Mounts or Stands (see Fig. l). U.O PROCEDURE U.l Obtain a 13' sewer pipe that has been tested and has passed the 100$ flex test requirement for its size and class, and place in test rig. Note: Size Min. Flex Requirement, Lbs. Class 1500 21)00 3300 6" 1125 8" 2025 1275 2250 1575 2925 14-2 Apply 1000 lb. load*, then reduce load to 100 lbs. Place dial indicators in position**. 14.3 Record dial indicator values as shown in example in Fig. 2. h.h Increase load (to 1100 lbs. on 6" pipe,to 1600 lbs. on 8" pipe) and record dial indicator values (Fig. 2). U.5 Calculate average deflection in .xxx" per 1000 lb. load. (See example in Fig 3). * The Test Method is designed to be non-destructive of pipe, dial indicators, and personnel. But, wait 10 seconds before approaching pipe after any change in applied load. ** The dial indicators most prevalent at the plant are designed for inside" diameter measurement and hence, the reading decreases as the sensitive contact of the indicator retracts. PREPARED BY: L- C APPROVED by: R D MFC. A SALES i.c. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015952 FORM P927 151 H CBTOUNTffl) description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 2 SUPERSEDES: TM-ljl April 10, 1972 Sewer Pipe Flex Deflection Test Figure 1 PAOE NO.: 2 DATE OF ISSUE: APR 2 5 1972 j 0 Mount center Dial Indicator to separate stand. <2>DI allndicators must be independent of Test Rig Superstructure. Date / ftf atr. 7X Figure 2 Size/Class Load 100 lb. load 1600 (1190 lb. Deflection* Deflection per 1000 lbs.** Reading on Dial LE c 1" . / ?7 . Joo .237 . /F(> . /O) z2.r --, on 191 -. of2. O. /3-T * The deflection of an indicator ia "plus" when the sensitive Hi at indicator contact extends farther when going from an "at rest* condition, to an "under-load" condition. (Also, see bottom of Page 1 **,) ** See Fig. 3 for calculations to obtain this. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R *D MFQ. BALES OTHERS I I CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - HNOVTjWO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD015953 FOAM PS27 CBTOUNTEED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-ltl DESCRIPTION: Sewer Pipe Flex Deflection Test PAGE NO.: 3 DATE OF ISSUE: APR 10 1972 Figure 3 Deflection'"'** = (l/k)^ (-1/2)('LE' deflection + 'RE' deflection) where k = 1 for 1000 lb. load increment = 1.5 for 1500 lb. load increment D- ('C' deflectior Example (from Fig. 2) Deflection = {'/t-S) [V# )<((-. *(-.*/*)) - (-./) ] = C( .om)- (- lcfOj -O.I3T inches per 1000 lbs. In inches per 1000 lb. load. CTD015954 PftEPARCO B-Y: A~PrPrR^wOVwE.~D bmy,,: R *O L c JE Jk ^ _ ____CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TM-42 FORM P927 CERTAIRTtEO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-42 DESCRIPTION : PAGE NO.: 1 W 1973 In-Plant Evaluation of Chemical Resistance of Epoxy Lined Pipe and Couplings 1. Scope This test is designed to provide an accelerated in-plant method of evaluating the effectiveness of production applied epoxy lining in protecting asbestoscement pipe and couplings from chemical attack. 2. Physical and Chemical Requirements Performance requirements of the lining are those listed in ASTM C-541. 3. Equipment Required a. Variable speed stirrer with chemical resistant propeller and shaft A. H. Thomas 8585-C10 or equivalent (1 per joint). b. Triple beam balance with 0.1 gm. sensitivity and 2600 gm. capacity A. H. Thomas 1382-F15 or equivalent. c. 1000 ml graduated pyrex cylinder. d. 100 ml graduated pyrex cylinder. e. Acid resistant plastic container 4" deep and of sufficient diameter to hold the test stem. f. Aquarium heater 150 or 200 watt capacity with built-in heat control with 10" or 12" tube (1 per joint) . g. Mercury thermometer at least 150F. capacity. 4. Materials Required a. Hillsboro epoxy lining mix . b. Triethylene-tetramine (TETA). c. Concentrated H2SO4 C.P. d. Distilled water. e. 8 oz. hot liquid cups f. Polyethylene sheeting 3 mils or thicker. g. Tongue depressors. CTD015955 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: Ml___ 0= CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P927 CBTOUNTTED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 supersedes: TM-42 DESCRIPTION: PAGE NO. : 2 DATE >F_ISSUE: MAR 6 1973 In-Plant Evaluation of Chemical Resistance of Epoxy Lined Pipe and Couplings h,. Two 6"-8" long epoxy lined MEQ steins and one epoxy lined coupling (with 14" to 24" pipe only one stem and one coupling needed) i. NR or NBR rings to fit couplings 5. Test Procedure a. Examine lining of components for possible sources of attack before test is begun and mark on lining when found. b. Prepare test joint. 1. Take one stem and roughen epoxy lining about 1/2" up from bore end. Wipe clean and place stem roughened end down on flat plastic sheeting large enough to cover end of bore completely. 2. At room temperature mix sufficient epoxy bore lining composition and TETA in 8 oz. paper cup (7 grams TETA per 100 gm. lining mixture) to a depth of 1/4". Pour the prepared epoxy mix into the stem base taking care to avoid soiling the pipe wall. 3. Allow the epoxy to cure at 70F.-80F. for one hour and add a second 1/4" of epoxy mixture to form a 1/2" plug. Note: If all the epoxy is added at once, the heat generated will cause the plug to crack and leak. 4. TTie plug is cured overnight at 70F.-80F. Check for cracks and patch if necessary. 5. Once the plug is secure, assemble joint from the lined components and rubber rings. Use lubricant. c. Prepare sufficient 5% by weight sulfuric acid in distilled water to fill the joint to within two inches of the top. Premark fill line on the top stem lining. Caution: Add the acid to water slowly with mixing. Use clean polyethylene buckets for mixing'. Cool to room temperature. d. Place the assembled joint plug end down in a plastic container (leak pre caution). Fill with acid to 2" mark in joint. e. Take piece of polyethylene sheeting large enough to cover open end of stem and with enough extra to tie and seal around stem. Cut small holes to allow for mixer shaft, heater, and thermometer. CTD015956 PREPAREO BY: d.e APPROVED BY: a R yjD MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS w CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P927 CERTAIKTEED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION Standard Test Method T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 1 SUPERSEDES: TM-42 description: PAGE NO.: 3 NTDAjy[ 1973 In-Plant Evaluation of Chemical Resistance of Epoxy Lined Pipe and Couplings f. Position mixer and heater far enough apart to prevent breakage of heater tube. Insert mixer rod and heater tube through plastic and seal around sides with string or rubber bands. The heater tube must be set so that the test solution is at or above the water line marked on the heater. The heater control should be outside the plastic sheet. g. Adjust heater until 120F. + 2F. is maintained and set mixer dial so that a vortex is just visible in solution. h. Check daily for temperature and mixer function. 6. Test Data The joints shall be exposed to the test solution for 45 days or lesser time if failure occurs. Examination and recording of observations shall be made at least weekly. Special attention should be given to noses and ring grooves. 7. Report At the completion of the test period, a written report shall be forwarded to the Manager, Quality Control and Standards including the following information: a. Type and size of pipe and rings used. b. Date of lining application to pipe and couplings. c. Results of test - passes or fails ASTM C-541. d. Observations made over test period,and if failure occurs, indicate exposure time when chemical attack began, components attacked, size of damaged areas, cause for damage and corrective action suggested or taken. PREPAREO BY: CTD015957 APPROVED BY: R aD MFG. SALES I.E. r- J CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: A/C General Standards Manual - Section F T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: i CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 1 supersedes: November 22, TM-A7 1961 - FP-1 1 DATE OF ISSUE: February 1, 19 83 description: Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test Apparatus Needed - Liebig.condenser, drip tip, 2A/A0 ground glass joint. 2 - Erlenmeyer flasks, 250 ml, 2A/A0 ground glass joint. - Magnetic stirrer - hot plate. 2 - Teflon encapsulated stirring bar, about one inch in length. - Pack of glass beads (to control boiling). - Buret capacity 10 ml in 0.05 subdivisions. - Bottle with drain at bottom for solvent - 2 liter capacity. - Tygon tubing for condenser and solvent bott le. dra in ing , 1/A" bore. - Vacuum source (Vacuum pump or aspirator for water spigot). - Vacuum rubber tubing, 1/A" bore. - Volumetric flask, 100 ml, with ground glass stopper. - Volumetric flask, 1 liter, with ground glass stopper. - Graduated cylinder, 100 ml capacity. - Desiccator. - Bunsen burner - Platinum or porcelain crucible with cover. - Burner support tripod. - Triangle to hold crucible. - Pair crucible tongs. - Mortar and pestle. - Support stand to hold buret clamp and buret. --- - Buret clamp. - Hoffman clamp to close tygon tubing on solvent bottle. - Analytical balance with accuracy to nearest 0.001 grams. - Box of glazed weighing paper. - Spatula - Weighing bottle with ground glass top. - Eyedropper - Drying tube, 100 mm in length. CTD015958 PR CPARED Br: 0, M APPROVEO/OY: tj I R *D HFG. SALES I.E. 6 j OTHERS 02- -sstl(s-00233 4a/bio v confidential uUtMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL DATS OF ISSUE! February 1, 19 83 SPECIFICATION NO: TM-i7 Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test FAOC HO.: 2 Apparatus - (Cont'd.) I - Lb. "Ascarite" 8-20 mesh. I - Lb. "Drierite" 1 - Buchner funnel, 75 mm inside diameter. 1 - Box of 100 Whatman k0 filter papers, 70 mm diameter. 1 - Filter flask, 250 ml capacity, heavy wall glass. Cork and rubber stoppers. Reagents 1 - Lb. Ammonium Acetate, reagent grade. 1 - Gal. Ethyl alcohol, absolute, or No. 30, 3a, or 2b or alcohol consisting of 35% specially denatured alcohol No. 3a, plus 5% isopropanol. 1 - Gal. Glycerine, reagent grade. \/k Lb., Phenolphthalein , reagent grade. 1 - Lb. Sodium hydroxide; reagent grade. 1 - Lb. Strontium nitrate, reagent grade. CTD015959 I I. Preparation of Reagents A. Pheno1phthalein Indicator 1. Dissolve 1.0 gram of pheno1phtha1ein in 100 ml of absolute ethanol. B. G1yCero1-Ethanol Solvent 1. Prepare a solution consisting of one part by volume of glycerol and two parts by volume of absolute ethanol.* 2. To each liter of this solution add 2 ml of the phenolphthalein indicator solution. The solvent should be slightly alkaline to the indicator. If the solvent is colorless, make up a solution of sodium hydroxide in absolute ethanol by dissolving a pellet or two (approximately 0.2 grams) of sodium hydroxide in 20cc of ethanol. Add this solution dropwise to the solvent just until a very slight pink color appears. If the initial color of the solvent is pink, remove it by adding dropwise the standard ammonium acetate solution (Part "C" Preparation of Reagents) until color disappears and then add the NaOH solution until a very slight-pink color appears. Note: Absolute ethanol may be replaced by denatured alcohol No. 30, 3a, or 2b or alcohol consisting of 35% specially denatured No. 2a plus 5% isopropanol. Glycerol and ethanol are highly hygroscopic. Every effort should be made to avoid exposing theft unnecessarily to water and CO2 in the air. Bottles with an outlet near the bottom or fitted with a siphon are convenient. They can be filled to the top and protected with drier tubes containing CaSOii and ascarite. P' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certainfeed H SPECIFICATIONS classification: A/C General Standards Manual - Section F T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group description : 1 supersedes: November 22, 1961 TM-t7 - FP-1 3 DATE OF ISSUE: February 1, 1983 Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test II. Preparation of Reagents - (Cont'd.) B. Glycerol-Ethanol Solvent - (Cont'd.) 3. To check the integrity of the solvent, transfer 60 ml into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and heat slowly on a hot plate to near boiling. If the pink color persists, add one drop of the standard ammonium acetate solution. If the pink color does not disappear, the solvent contains too much alkali and must be reduced with the ammonium acetate solution. The solvent, if allowed to stand for a considerable length of time may become slightly acid and should be checked and corrected if necessary. C. Ammonium Acetate Titrating Solution 1. Ammonium Acetate is also hygroscopic. Therefore a quantity r should be placed in a dessicator and allowed to dry out for a week prior to being used. 2. Dissolve 16.000 grams of the dry, crystalline ammonium acetate with absolute ethanol in a one liter volumetric and bring volume up to mark. D. Calcium Oxide 1. Grind approximately i gram of CaO lumps into a powder with mortar and pestle. 2. Transfer into a platinum or porcelain crucible, cover and place over a bupsen burner flame for at least 20 minutes. 3- Transfer with a crucible tongs to a gravity oven preset to 105 C for about 10 min. (To gradually cool the crucible.) A. Place in a desiccator and allow to return to room temperature. Alternate Method - If no CaO is available it can be prepared fresh by calcining pure calcium carbonate or calcium oxalate. 1. Transfer approximately 1 to 2 grams of either calcium carbonate or calcium oxalate into a crucible and cover. CTD015960 PREPARED BY: 02-10^0023 4/8 APPROVED by: A4t R 4O af & MFC. SALES I.C. G.C. V-^ OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZfD PERSONNEL description: ordate imue; February 1 1983 SPECIFICATION NO: TM-li7 Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test PAQC NO.: k I I. Preparation of Reagents - (Cont * d.) 0. Calcium Oxide - (Cont'd.) Alternate Method - (Cont'd.) 2. Place into a muffle furnace, raise the temperature to 900 - 1000 C and maintain for 2 hours. 3. Turn off and allow crucible to cool down to approximately 105 C before transferring to desiccator. k. Grind any lumps into a powder with mortar and pestle. 111. Standardization of Ammonium Acetate Solution (1 ml - 0.0077 g Ca(0H)2)'; 1. Weigh out 0.050 to 0.060 g CaO on glazed weighing paper and transfer into a clean dry 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask having a 2k/k0 ground glass opening. 2. Add 2.0 g strontium nitrate. - Sr(N03)2 3. Add 60 ml of the glycerol ethanol solvent washing down the sides of the flask. h. Add a teflon encapsulated stirring bar and a few glass beads. (The glass beads will help loosen the CaO which may cake on the bottom and will also help in a controlled boil.) 5. Attach flask to a water cooled condenser and place on magnetic stirrer hot plate and continue the standardization for the ammonium acetate solution exactly as the procedure described for a sample of pipe drillings. Calculation of Ca(0H)2 Equivalent "E" of the Ammonium Acetate Solution Calculate the CaO equivalent "A" of the ammonium acetate solution in grams per milliliter by dividing the weight of CaO used "W" by, the volume of solution "V" required in the titration. , To change the CaO equivalent "A" to the Ca(0H)2 equivalent "E", multiply the former by 1.32. ( molecular Wt. of Ca(0H)2 ( --- ------------------------ ---------- 7k ) 1.32 ) ( molecular Wt. of CaO ) CTD015961 E = (A)(1.32) *This number differs from the number given in the ASTM C-500 specification which we ___ be|leve to be in error. f1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CerfcainTeedEH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: A/C General Standards Manual - Section F T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE no.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 1 supersedes: November.22 , 1961 TM-A7 - FP-1 5 DATE OF ISSUE: February 1, 1983 DESCRIPTION: Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test IV. Preparation of Test Sample" 1. Representative samples of pipe or coupling shall be vacuumed free of dust, and placed on a clean sheet of glazed paper. f 2. Drill, using a clean sharp 1/V carbide tipped drill, from the outer surface inwardly at a rate of approximately one inch per minute. C 3. Collect all drillings using a soft brush and immediately screen through a 20 mesh sieve. k. Transfer the material passing through the sieve into a weighing bottle with a ground glass top. 5- Place bottle with the top removed into a drying oven of 105 C for r at least 2 hours. 6. Transfer to a desiccator and cool to room temperature. V. Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test Procedure 1. Weigh out 1.0 g 0.010 g of the sample material and record weight to the nearest 0.001 g. 2. Transfer sample into a clean dry 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask having a 2k/k0 ground glass opening. 3- Add 2.0 g strontium nitrate - Sr(N0^)2- k. Add a teflon encapsulated stirring bar and several glass beads. 5- Add 60 ml of the glycerol-ethano1 solvent washing down the sides of the flask. 6. Place on a magnetic stirrer - hot plate and attach a water-cooled reflux condenser having a ground glass 2k/k0 joint. '-When preparing asbestos cement samples by drilling proper safety precautions must be taken by wearing safety goggles and filter mask to avoid chips and inhalation of dust. CTD015962 PREPARED BY: l f. W. 02-VO-002 3 4/si APPROVED BY: (bit o.c. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL description: oroatc issue: February 1, 1983 SPECIFICATION NO: TM-A7 Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test PAOC NO.: 6 V. Uncombined Calcium Hydroxide Test Procedure - (Cont'd.) 7. Raise the setting on the hot plate such that the mixture boils* gently and adjust the magnetic stirrer setting such that the solids are kept in suspension without splashing. 8. Boil for thirty minutes. 9. Remove flask from hot plate and condenser and filter the material under a moderate vacuum using a 250 ml,filter flask and 75 mm (inside diameter) Buchner funnel. The filter paper must be wet with glycerol ethanol solvent prior to filtration. 10. Wash the Erlenmeyer flask twice with small amounts of the solvent and pour the wash over the retained solids. 11. When filtering is completed, turn off vacuum, disconnect the filter flask, remove Buchner funnel and pour filtrate into a clean dry 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask. Wash filter flask with small amount of the solvent and add to fi1trate. 12. Add a clean stirring bar, return flask to hot plate and bring temperature to just below boiling while stirring. 13. Turn off hot plate, but leave magnetic stirrer on. Immediately titrate dropwise from the buret until the pink color completely disappears, using the standardized ammonium acetate solution. 14. Read buret to the nearest 0.01 ml and record result. 15- Run duplicate tests on each sample. *Caution should be taken not to boil solvent too rapidly as ethyl alcohol is extremely volatile and may cause an explosion and fire. Face shield should be worn as a precaution. VI. Calculation Calculate the percentage of uncombined calcium hydroxide to the nearest 0.01 as follows: Uncombined Ca(0H)2 percent = (E)(V)(100) W Where: E = Ca(0H)2 equivalent of the ammonium acetate solution in grams per milliliter. V = Milliliters of ammonium acetate solution required by sample. W = Weight of sample (grams) to nearest 0.001 Note: Allowable limit is 1$ uncombined calcium hydroxide. CTD015963  form piar TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertainTeed 31 CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights T.C.O. REF. NO. 49 spccification no: Section N MOI NO.: AA-1 oroat* IttUC: September 26, 1977 JUN 2 5 AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems Standard, Random, Short Lengths (MEO) Shipping Wt., Lbs/ft. Unbelled pz mPipe Size vc.r Sl Ploni 3B. 3Z 6" 25 XX X X 8.1 8.2 X 8.6 Pipe type or Size Clot* Plant .59 qQ 8" 25 X X X X 12.0 X 12.1 10" 25 X X 16.1 X X X 17.6 12" 25 X X X X 20.8 X 23.0 14" 25 X X X X 26.4 15" 25 X X X 28.9 16" 25 X X X X 31.7 18" 25 XX X 38.4 X 39.8 o CM 25 XX X 44.1 21" 25 X X 47.0 X 48.1 24" 25 X X 60.0 PREPARED BY: <fW APPROVED BY: R O MFG. < SALES I-C. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD013867 DcnMi: OCClPtCATtO* MO: Section N MM MO.; 4A-2 AGRI-PEBM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systeaa Standard. Random. Short Lengths (MEO) Shinning Wt., Lb8./ft. Belled T<?t Of Ois PlenJ &uzi aiiv. m 6" 25 8.5 8.6 9.0 '.P* ______ Nflfli1 Six* 5S.5L k.:iHV4Ui] 1 8" 25 12.8 12.9 i 10" 25 17.0 18.5 12" 25 22.1 24.3 14" 25 28.3 15" 25 31.5 16" 25 34.3 18" 25 41.7 43.1 20" 25 21" 25 24" 25 47.9 51.3 52.4 65.2 i CTD013868 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS n_--IFICATtOR: Certairifeedl CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group tFTIOM: A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights r.c.o. mr. no. specification mo: PACE MO.: 49 UMMM: Section N 4A-3 orDATS IBSUE: September 26, 1977 2 5 1979 AGRI-PEHM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Syit Standard Type 25 Coupling Coupling Size, Inches 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 Shipping Weight Lbs/Unit______ 5.5 9.7 11.9 17.5 24.1 33.7 33.3 43.0 50.1 56.5 67.0 prepared by: APPROVED BY: * o MFO. BALKS ___( loti. Ma I.E. CTD013869 OTHERS CTD013870 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Description: wanwrwii mo: Section N AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems Tvne 25. Threaded Brass Insert Couplings (TBIC) Coupling Size Inches Shipping Weight Lbs./Unit 6 8.3 8 15.1 10 20.8 12 31.1 p+mm mm*: 4A-6 CTD013872 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PtCIPICATIONO CLAMinCATION: CertairifeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights t.c.o. mvr. mo. PCCtPtCATION MO: PAOS MO.: 49 Section N AA-7 Sept 26, 1977 BATS or isbuc: JUN 2 5 1979 AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems ap Size, Inches 6 8 10 12 14 End Can Type 25 25 25 25 25 Shipping \ Lbs./Unit 5.4 9.3 12.2 17.3 22.9 CTD013873 PflKPAAKD Y: M7/ APPNOVKD BY! * aO ALKS 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONPIOKNTIAL OOCUMCNT - NOT TO ( CCMW%TTRPIBIBUUTTiKepr TTOO UUNNAUTHONIZSD PCRSONNKL Description: fancATiow mo: Section N AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems MH MS.: 4A-8 Type 25 Tanned Couplings With 2%*' X 2" Hex. Bushing Shinning Weight, Lbs./Unit Coupling Size Inches 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 15" Length 30.3 41.0 56.4 72.4 89.7 100.0 84.8 121.0 146.0 163.0 196.0 C CTD013874 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedB BiaPlCATlONI CUMirKATIQN: A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Veights T.C.O. utr. NO. Btawancw no: pass NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 49 Section N SUPVRMMS: Sept 26, 1977 4A-9 oats or isous: JUN E 5 1979 DttCMimON: AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems Coupling Adaptor - Type 25 to Steel Adaptor Size Inches Shipping Weight Lbs./Unit 6x4 12.0 6x6 7.4 8x6 17.6 8x8 11.5 10x10 12.9 12x12 19.5 CTD013875 PftKPARKD BY: APPROVtD BY: n 0 MFO. balks I.I. OTHKRS < lorn tea. 2 23O -IO-OO (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO 0#T*muT*S TO UNAUTHORIZED miONNH Description: INOfICATWN Section N AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems Coupling Reducer - Type 25 Reducer Size Inches Shipping Weight Lbs./Unit 8 to 6 10 to 8 12.3 15.0 12 to 10 20.4 14 to 12 28.9 15 to 14 22.6 16 to 14 33.4 16 to 15 22.7 18 to 16 42.1 20 to 18 21 to 10 50.2 46.1 24 to 21 92.8 p*m tm.: 4A-1Q ( CTD013876 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedB CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group omcniption: PSCIPICATIOfM CLAMIPICATION: A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights T.C.O. REP. NO. 49 rccincATioN no: Section M PASS NO.: 4A-U surcsscocs: Sept 26, 1977 OATS or issue: JUN 2 5 1979 AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems Elbows - 45 and 90 Tyne 25 Shipping Wt. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 45 12.9 18.9 ` 26.7 34.8 39.3 43.0 47.4 124.0 138.0 150.0 188.0 90 19.7 28.6 40.5 53.2 60.7 65.8 72.1 187.0 206.0 224.0 279.0 CTD013877 PBtPAftCD St: AmtOVKO by: B *O MFO. balks I.K. OTHKMS lC 02 10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO ( ifETRIBUTED TO UNAUTHONIZEO PERSONNEL ocscaimoN: PCGPKATIOM MO: Section N AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems PAM MO.: 4A -12 Tee Fittings - Tvne 25 Shipping Wt. Lbs/Unit (Main Branch Counting) Size Size Size 6x6x6 8x8x6 8 10x10x6 8 10 37.1 52.8 54.3 72.5 74.7 77.4 12x12x6 8 10 12 95.2 97.3 101.0 104.0 14x14x6 8 10 12 14 112.0 114.0 118.0 122.0 123.0 15x15x6 8 10 12 14 15 130.0 132.0 136.0 140.0 144.0 143.0 16x16x6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 138.0 141.0 144.0 149.0 152.0 153.0 153.0 173.0 175.0 179.0 183.0 230.0 232.0 234.0 240.0 194.0 196.0 200.0 204.0 255.0 257.0 259.0 268.0 268.0 21x21x6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 213.0 215.0 219.0 223.0 279.0 281.0 283.0 292.0 296.0 296.0 24x24x6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 261.0 263.0 267.0 271.0 340.0 342.0 344.0 353.0 357.0 364.0 497.0 CTD013878 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group BTSCiriGATIONS CLASSIFICATION: A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights T.C.O. ref. NO. 49 SFSCIFtCATION no: Section N PAOE NO.: 4A-13 SUFSRSCOSS: Sept 26, 1977 OATS or issue: JUN 2 5 1979 DMatlPTION: AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems Alfalfa Tee Fittings Shipping Wt. Lbs/Unit (Main Branch Coupling) Size 8x8x8 10x10x8' 10x10x10 12x12x8 12x12x10 12x12x12 131.0 168.0 212.0 203.0 249.0 286.0 Size 14x14x8 14x14x10 14x14x12 14x14x14 237.0 283.0 324.0 359.0 16x16x8 16x16x10 16x16x12 16x16x14 16x16x16 281.0 327.0 368.0 . 408.0 449.0 CTD013879 mPARKO by: 02-10-0023 (P927) APPROVED BY: Vvvj(^ B O IALKI l 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BB DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL Description: trecinomoN wo: Section N AGRI-PERM Pipe for Agricultural Irrigation Systems MM MS.: 4A-14 This page left intentionally blank. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS . CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: 9 SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION; RAOl 12 OATC OF; ItlUC: January ?h, l?6o Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard description. FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories. Classes 1500, 21*00, 3300, hOOO & 5000 6.3 PIPE 30RE LINING ATTRIBUTES 6.3*1 Lining Inspection The lining shall be visually inspected in all pipe. The lining surface shall be visually smooth and uniform, free of holes, voids, blisters, holidays, runs, sags, cracks, uncoated areas or other defects so as to impair the protective function of the lining. 6.3*2 Pipe Surface Irregularities Minor irregularities in the pipe surface shall be acceptable if they are continuously coate'd with resin. 6.3*3 Impressions and Dimples Minor impressions and dimples in the lining shall be acceptable if there is no evidence of uncoated areas. However, a lining shall not be acceptable if there is an appearance of a pattern or groups. An arrangement of dimples in which there is a predictable distance or locus of points between individual dimples shall be considered a pattern. An arrangement of dimples in which there are more than three dimples per one (1) square foot of lining surface shall be considered a group. 6-3.U Patches A patched area will be considered acceptable if said area meets the requirements set forth in NSF-C7. A patch will blend with the adjacent lining and in general, be as unnoticeable as possible. A patch shall not have an area in square inches greater than one half the pipe diameter. Further, the number of patches shall not exceed one (1) per three (3) feet of pipe. A pin hole, blister or any other void in the lining shall not be repaired with a patch. Said pipe may. be acceptable if it is recoated and inspected for subsequent voids, etc. [preparco by In- APPMOVCO BY. (T, Vv/\vo-. & CTD013881 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: applicable to. Plant No. 57 9 CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 13 DATE OP ISSUE: January 2h. 1968 Inspection Standard description: FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2l*00, 3300, iiOOO & 5000 6.3.5 Lining Irregularities A raised portion in the lining or bump shall be considered a blister, unless otherwise proven, and shall not be acceptable. 6.1 PIPE END LINING 6.L.1 Lining Inspection All pipe ends shall be visually inspected and shall be smooth and free of ripples, dents, stray fibers, sharp protrusions, voids and uncoated areas. The ring sealing surface shall have no imperfections that would tend to cut or tear the ring nor shall it have any imperfection that would impair the seal ing ability of the ring. The ring sealing O.D.-, surface shall be inspected by sliding the proper CERTA-SPACER back and forth over the sealing area looking towards a light source at the epoxy lining CERTA-SPACER interface. The end shall be considered acceptable if no "daylight" is seen under the CERTA-SPACER. 6.L.2 Pipe Bore Lining and Pipe End Lining Junction The junction of the pipe bore lining and the end coating shall be smooth and continuous. If portions of this junction have broken out, said area will be acceptable if properly patched. The patched area shall have a thickness equal to the adjacent lining. 6.5 COUPLING LINING ATTRIBUTES 6.5.1 Lining Inspection All couplings shall be visually inspected and shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. All coated surfaces shall be free of holes, cracks, uncoated areas, or other defects as to impair the protective function of the lining. All lined areas shall have a smooth surface. However, imperfections such as spiraling, which is present in the uncoated coupling, shall be acceptable. i Ippcparcd by UO/v <? C/ y- U v APPROVED BY- r . , / / CTD013882  OOM m T * * t TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS l NUMBER: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION 9 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 1L ' ` -------- OATE OF ISSUE. Jan-.-'iry 21:. Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard 1 description FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2h00, 3300, U000 & 5000 6.5*2 Ring Groove Inspection The ring groove shall have no runs or sags perpen dicular to the wall of the ring groove. A run or sag parallel to the wall of the ring groove will be acceptable if the A dimensions of said area are within the tolerance stated in CPC Standard Specification No. 9* 6.5.3 Extraneous Lining The B and F dimensions, as shown in CPC Standard Specification No. 9, Page 12, shall be free of lining material 6.6 FITTING STOCK LINING Refer to attributes of pipe bore lining, Section 6.3* 6.7 DISPOSITION OF REJECTED MATERIAL 6.7.1 Pipe Bore Lining Imperfection in the pipe bore lining may be repaired either by a patch or by recoating the pipe with the exception of rifling and runs and sags. However, if only a fraction of the pipe is rifled or contains runs or sags, this section may be removed and the remaining pipe section used for random lengths and fittings. 6.7.2 Pipe End Lining Rejected pipe ends may be repaired by a suitable method or the ends may be removed and the remaining pipe machined for use as a random length or fitting stock. 6.7.3 Coupling Lining Couplings rejected for voids, blisters, sharp pro- . trusion or any other surface irregularity may be repaired by a suitable method. CTD013883 ro*M p*.' ' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED products corporation NUMBER. 9 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE SUPERSEDES: APPLICABLE TO. CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 15 DATE OP ISSUE: January 1968 Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard occ*iption. FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2h00, 3300, hOOO & 5000 1 Couplings rejected for runs and sags shall be scrapped. 6.7.1* Fitting Stock Lining Refer to disposition of rejected pipe bore lining, Section 6.7.1. 7.0 SPECIAL LINING REQUIREMENTS 7.1 ADHESION The lining shall have a permanent bond to the pipe wall. Proof of bond strength shall be established by: 7.1.1 A four hour immersion test in boiling distilled water as described in ASTM C-5U1. 7.1.2 A ninety-six hour hot (150F.) distilled water immersion as detailed in ASTM C-5bl. 7.1.3 A bond tensile strength of at least 200 lbs. per square inch obtained by method of National Sanitation Foundation Criteria C-7. 7.1.U Each of the above tests shall be performed on no less than twelve (12) specimens manufactured with one batch of resin. A batch will consist of the quantity of resin shipped by the resin vendor under the same batch or lot number. Test speci mens shall be selected so as to distribute the tests over the life of the resin batch. Speci mens shall be selected from a minimum of four (L) different runs with three specimens selected per run per test. 7.1.5 Specimens selected for the bond tensile test shall be forwarded to CPC Quality Control Manager for testing at CPC Research Center. 7.1.6 All test values shall be recorded as well as: the date of manufacture, pipe size and class, resin vendor, resin type (for example EPON 828V) resin PREPARED BY. APPROVED CTD013884 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: HUMIC*: SUPERSEDES: S CLASS 1 FI CATION : PAOE 16 DATE OF ISSUE: January 2):. 1X3 1 Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard description: FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2h00, 3300, U000 & 5000 ---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- batch or lot number, lining nominal thickness, hardener vendor, type and batch or lot number. 7.2 ACID RESISTANCE 7.2.1 7.2.2 There shall be no evidence of blistering, cracking, swelling or other visual degradation of the lining when exposed to the acid tests as described in NSF-C7, Section 3.011. This test shall be performed on no less than three specimens per batch of resin. The specimens shall be selected from one of the first runs using a new batch of resin. All results shall be recorded as well as the date of manufacture, pipe size and class, resin vendor, resin batch or lot number, lining nominal thickness, hardener vendor, type and batch or lot number. 7.3 ALKALI RESISTANCE 7.3.1 There shall be no evidence of blistering, cracking, swelling, or other visual degradation of the lining when exposed to the alkali test as described in NSF-C7, Section 3*012. This test shall be performed on no less than three specimens per batch of resin. The specimens shall be selected from one of the first runs using a new batch of resin. 7.3.2 All results shall be recorded as well as the date of manufacture, pipe size and class, resin vendor, resin batch or lot number, lining nominal thickness, hardener vendor, type and batch or lot number. 7.h DISPOSITION OF REJECTED MATERIAL 7.U.1 Adhesion If any of the nine (9) test specimens selected during a run fail the test to which it is subjected, all the pipe coated since the last valid test from the resin batch currently being used shall be subject to rejection. The Quality Control Manager shall be notified at once. CTD013885 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 | CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION N UMICR : ^ 1>*oc 17 | ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE applicable to. SUPERSEDE!: CLASSIFICATION: DATE OF ISSUE: January 2lt. 1988 Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard oticmmoN; FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2ii00, 3300, 1:000 & 5000 7.ii.2 Acid Resistance If any of the three test specimens per resin batch fail the acid resistance test, the remainder of that resin batch and the hardener currently in use will be held and shall not be used. A sample of that ' resin and hardener shall be sent to CFC Quality Control Manager for chemical resistance tests as cited in NSF-C7, Section 3.013. The stock coated with the above resin shall be subject to rejection. The Quality Control Manager shall be notified immediately. 7.U.3 Alkali Resistance Refer to disposition of rejected material acid resistance, Section 7.U.2. 8.0 RETURNED MATERIALS All epoxy lined material that has been returned to a plant for any reason shall be inspected in accordance with Sections 1 through 6 of this Standard. Special attention shall be given to those areas susceptible to handling damage, such as pipe ends. 9.0 INTERPLANT TRANSFER All epoxy lined material that has been transferred from one plant to another shall be reinspected by the receiving plant in accordance with Sections 1 through 6 of this Standard. Special attention should be given to those areas susceptible to handling damage, such as pipe ends. PREPARED BY /C?-d APPROVED BY _______ ,, (% _l CTD013886 t 0*M 7 HfcJ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMOER: 10 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE SUPERSEDES: PAGE 1 DATE OF IQSur December 12, 196? applicable to. Plant No. 57 CLASSIFICATION: Inspection Standard description. FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 1.0 GENERAL The requirements of these standards are designed for an epoxy resin lining applied to A/C pressure pipe, couplings and accessories. Such lined pipe is primarily intended for use where unusual acidic conditions arise in A/C pipe due to the hydrogen sulfide cycle in force mains and for the transporting of corrosive industrial wastes containing dilute acid, alkali or salts. In addition, the lining presents a surface from which deposits such as those found in salt water disposal lines can be easily removed. 2.0 PRODUCT REFERENCE Refer to Standard Product Specification No. 10 for FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories described in this specification. 3.0 CONFORMANCE The epoxy lining shall conform to the standards set forth in ASTM Designation C-5U1 and National Sanitation Foundation Criteria C-7. 4.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS The pressure pipe and couplings used for lining shall conform to physical and chemical standards as set forth in CPC Standard Specification No. 1. Attention should be directed at the following areas: 4.1 PIPE 4.1.1 Straightness and Ovality These properties are important to the lining process. A pipe which does not spin true around its long axis will not coat satisfactorily, therefore, the straightest, roundest pipe shall be used for lining. CTD013887 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMOER: SUPERCEDES. APPLICABLE TO: Plant No. 57 PAGE 10 2 DATE OF ISSUE: December 12, 19^7 CLASSIFICATION: Inspection Standard description. FLUID-TITS A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 L.1.2 Finish This property is important to the appearance and integrity of a lined pipe. Defective pipe surfaces can undermine the epoxy-A/C bond causing lining failure and subsequent A/C deterioration. It is important to the appearance of a lined pipe that all pipe surfaces to be coated shall be as smooth as possible and free of stray fibers. Further, all pipe surfaces to be coated shall be free of grease, oil, lubricant or any other foreign material that would prohibit the lining from bonding to the A/C. h.1.3 Physical Requirements All lined pressure pipe must pass the physical test requirements as specified in Standard Specification No. 1 before entering the epoxy lining process. The process has no effect on the physical properties of the pipe (i.e. crush, flex, hydro). L-2 COUPLINGS li.2.1 Dimensions Unlined pressure couplings intended for use in the lining process do not have the same di mensions as comparable standard couplings. The dimensions of unlined couplings intended for use in the lining process shall conform to CPC Standard Specification No. 10. U.2.2 Finish This property is important to the appearance and integrity of a lined coupling. Defective coupling surfaces can undermine the epoxy-A/C bond causing lining failure and subsequent A/C deterioration. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER: ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE 6UPER8EDCG: ____________________________________________________ ____ __________________________________________________ APPLICABLE TO- Plant No. 57 PAGE 10 1 OATC OF ISSUE i>co:'.b'.r 12, lf-5? CLASS 1 PI C AT ION: Inspection Standard DcscniPTioN: FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes ICO, 150 and 200 It is important to the appearance of a lined coupling that all coupling surfaces to be coated be as smooth as possible and free of stray fibers. Further, all coupling surfaces to be coated shall be free of grease, oil, lubricant or any other foreign material that would prohibit the lining from bonding to the A/C. U.3 FITTING STOCK a.i.Refer to special requirements for pipe, Section 5.0 DIMENSIONS 5.1 PIPS BORE LINING 5.1.1 Lining Thickness Determination The thickness of the epoxy lining shall be determined on no less than four (L) pipe sections per run. A run is defined as that period in which a specific product is manufactured, but shall not be longer than one shift. The lining thickness shall be determined on a section of pipe not less than one foot from the pipe end. Three readings will be made on each pipe section located hS apart using a standard Federal Dial Gauge or an equivalent instrument accurate to 0.001". The lining thickness shall be determined by the following equation: Unlined I.D. - Lined I.D. Lining Thickness = ------------------------- ?--------------------- PREPARED BY: The unlined I.D. readings must be made before the pipe is lined at predesignated points. The points may be designated by marking the B.O.D. The lined I.D. readings shall be made where the unlined I.D. readings were made. 5.1.2 Sampling For Lining Thickness Determination Sampling shall be such that specimens are selected throughout the run (i.e. the first specimen at APPROVED O Ik CTD013889 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: Plant No. 57 NUMOCR: SUPERSEDES: PAGE 10 U DAT C or ISSUE: Leeamber 12, 1967 CLASSIFICATION. Inspection Standard FLUID-TITS A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes ICO, 150 and 200 the beginning of a run, the second specimen one quarter through the run, the third, one half, etc. ). 5.1.3 Required Lining Thickness II The thickness of the epoxy lining shall not be less than 12 mils (0.012"). The average lining thickness shall not be less than the stated nominal thickness as specified in CPC Standard Specification No. 10. 5.1.U P.ecording Lining Thickness All lining thickness values shall be recorded as well as the date and approximate time of coating manufacture, pipe size and class and specified lining nominal thickness. 5.2 PIPE END LINING 5.2.1 Determination of Machined O.D. The machined ring sealing dimension, O.D.-j., shall be determined on all epoxy coated pipe ends and shall conform to the speci fications set forth in CPC Standard Speci fication No. 10. The dimension shall be determined with a standard O.D. tape accurate to 0.001" or an equivalent gauge. 5.3 UNLINED COUPLINGS 5.3.1 Determination of Unlined Coupling Dimensions Incoming unlined couplings shall have the dimensions as specified in CPC Standard Specification No. 10. The A dimension, ring groove diameter, shall be determined on 10 per cent of all incoming unlined couplings using a standard Federal Dial Gauge or an equivalent instrument accurate ' to 0.001". CTD013890 PREPARED BY. APPROVED DY. rt- . c* TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PREfAftEO BY: , 5.3*2 Sampling For Determination of Unlined Coupling Dimensions Sampling shall be random. 5-li COUPLING LINING 5.U.1 Determination of Lined Ring Groove Diameter Epoxy lined couplings shall have the dimensions as specified in CPC Standard Specification No. 10. The A dimension shall be determined on all couplings using a standard`Federal Dial Gauge or an equivalent instrument accurate to 0.001". Three measurements will be made on each coupling ring groove located L5 apart. 5.U.2 Determination of Lined Ring Groove Width The G dimension will be determined on all couplings in which the lining covers both walls of the ring groove using a Go-No-Go Gauge as per CPC drawing QC-6. 5.5 FITTING STOCK LINING Refer to dimension requirements for pipe bore lining, Section 5*1* 5.6 DISPOSITION OF REJECTED MATERIAL 5.6.1 Pipe Bore Lining If upon testing, the lining thickness of any portion of a pipe section is below the required minimum or if the average lining thickness of the pipe section is below the nominal thickness, a correction must be made at the lining station immediately. All pipe coated prior to the test, but not past the last valid test, shall be re jected. This rejected material may be acceptable if it is properly recoated so that the lining is brought to the required thickness. APPROVED DY: T7 -v^ ' r 1 ______ ^ .iV CTD013891 T TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLlCAOLE to NUMUCn; BUPERSEDE0: 10 CLAGSI FICATIGN : PAGE 6 DATC OF IS3UE Dccor.bcr 12, 1967 Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard FLUID-TITS A/C Epoxy Lir.ed Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes ICO, 150 and 200 If upon testing, the lining thickness of any portion of e pipe section is shove the maximum, or if the overage lining thickness of the pipe secmion is above the specified nominal thickness, a correction should be made at the lining station. However, this material shall be acceptable. 5*6.2 Pipe End Lining All lined pipe that is rejected for out of dimension pipe ends may be reclassified for fitting stock or random lengths. .Also, the out of dimension ends may be reworked so that the ends meet.the requirements set forth in CPC Standard Specification No. 10. 5.6.3 Unlined Couplings If 20 per cent of the tested incoming unlined couplings are not within the dimensions stated in CPC Standard Specification No. 10, the entire lot shall be inspected. All rejected material shall be separated from the lot and returned to the plant of manufacture. The purpose of this inspection is to insure that standard couplings are not coated and the inspector should act accordingly. 5-6.il Coupling Lining An epoxy lined coupling that has been rejected because of an oversized A dimension may be recoated so as to bring the A dimension within the required tolerance. A lined coupling that has been rejected because of one of the A dimensions being undersized may be used if the undersized side is not less than 0.010" below the required minimum and the under sized side is prebelled. The ring should then be checked for fishmouthing and displacement. PREPARED BY. A lined coupling that has been rejected because of both of the A dimensions being undersized shall be scrapped. APPROVED DY: 'X 'J LL. C/k. n n-J CTDO13892 ^ O M <>? TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS j CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER. 10 PACE 7 ASSESTOS CEMENT PIPE 1___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ j APPLICAQLE to. SUPERSEDES: CLASSIFICATION. DATE OF IS3U E. L-jcorhcr 12, l?o7 1 Plant Mo. 57 Inspection Standard j dcscription ; 1 ?LUID-TIT2 A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 Couplings rejected because of undersized G dimensions may be pre'celied unless both Cdimer.sicns ere undersized. In this esse, the coupling shall be scrapped. If under sized G dimension couplings are prebelled, the ring must be checked for fishmouthing and displacement. Any coupling that has undersized C- and A dimensions simultaneously shall be scrapped. 5.6.5 Fitting Stock Lining Refer to disposition of rejected pipe bore lining. Section 5*6.1. 6.0 ATTRIBUTES 6.1 GENERAL The lining surface shall be visually smooth and uniform, free of holes, voids, blisters, holidays, runs, sags, cracks, uncoated areas or any other defects that vrould impair the protective function of the lining. The lining shall be pleasing to the eye and shall have no areas that draw attention to a specific portion of the lining, excluding minor irreg ularities mentioned below. Generally, lining, defects occur in limited portions of a pipe. It is the intent of this standard that only those pipe areas which contain the defects shall be considered unsatisfactory. It is therefore- possible that these unsatisfactory areas may be removed or eliminated and the entire pipe length or some fraction of the pipe made acceptable. 6.2 DEFINITIONS 6.2.1 Recoated A lined pipe that has been properly re processed shall be termed recoated. CTD013893 PREPARED BY t '-`-.-j APPROVED BY: \ ^ Is y TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE NU.MDIR cuPEn-jcoco. 10 APPLICAOLE TO. CLASSIFICATION: PACE CATC OF iSGlir Deaember 12, 196? Plant Ho. 57 Inspection Standard olscr.pt,o.N FLUID-TITS A/C Eooxy Lined Pressure Pipe, C olip6r.c Accessories 200* , Classes ICO, lpG and PREPARED 8Y. 6.6.2 Patch Any area that has beer, rc-ccsteci after the initial costing has gelled or set v:iii be considered patched. A. patch is usually applied by hand with an applicator such as a paint brush. 6.2.3 Pin Hole or Void A void is a bream in the lining, usually circular, that extends from lining surface to pips surface and which exposes>A/C. The walls of a void are of a height equal to the surrounding lining thickness. 6.2.U Holiday or Dimple A holiday, sometimes called a dimple, is a circular Impression in the lining. The geometry of a holiday is such that the lining at the outer perimeter of the holiday has a - thickness equal to the adjacent unaffected lining with a continuous decrease in lining thickness until a thin point is reached at the center of the holiday. Generally, it is shaped like an upright bowl. 6.2.5 Blister A blister is a circular elevation in the lining. The geometry of a blister is such that the lining at the outer perimeter of the blister has a thickness equal so the adjacent unaffected lining with a continuous increase in lining thickness until a high point is reached at the center ox the blister. The interior of a blister is hollow. The skin of a blister may or may not be pierced. Generally, a blister is shaped like an inverted bowl. 6.2.6 Uncoated Area A.n uncor.tcci area is any area which should be, but is not coated with resin. APPROVED \- \ Aumjmx.\_> CTD013894 I ! Ii i ji TEC',-:NiCAL SPECiFlCATiGN: :ertain-tezd products corporation ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE I NUV.JCrt: applicac-E to Plant ITo. 57 10 1 -AT" GF IC3JE, T.ainbir 12, i;/? CLAGELFICATiGN . Ir.snecTicr. Standard 0SC;PTlO.N- TUID-TiTIi A/C Epo:cy Lir.cd Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accesscrie Classes ICO, 150 and 200 0.2.7 cu. ,p A bump is a circular elevation in one lining. i rivhe geometry of a bur.'.p L S sue .. ,,ne t t.i l II 1 iniliCJ (> v t*"IG OU UO 2T* r "ine tor of the bump has 2 th ickress e quel uO u.. 3 a a cent ur.e.'fectcd l ng with a cor.tir.uou 2 ~ ner ease in lining ohickr.ess ur.til a high P- is reacr.ec at t:he center of the bump. Tne interior of a bumo is solid 6.2.3 Run and Sag A run or sag is The result of lining movement from one area onto another before the coating has set. 'The result is a excessively thick coating preceded by an excessively thin coating. The configuration of a run or sag may cake \ various forms. The primary difference between a run and a sag is configuration. A sag will generally be a uniform excessively thick coating which usually encompasses large portions of the pipe. A run will generally be a non-uniform excessively thick coating which usually resembles fingers. 6.2.9 Slick A slick is an area which is coated with little or no resin because of some contaminate on the pipe surface which has repelled The resin. I I 6.2.10 Orange Peel An orange peel is a non-uniform lining surface which resembles The pebbled skin of an orange. 6.2.11 Ripple A ripple occurs on the coated pipe ends. Further, a ripple usually runs circumferentially around the pipe end and there is normally more than one ripple per pipe end. Ripples appear as waves in the lining with any number of crests ar.d troughs. PflEPARED BY. APPROVED 0*: CTD013895 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OFRTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION AS3ESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO Plant No. 57 ! NUMBER. j j SUPEFSlDIC 10 PAC.C 10 ordate ;:juc loc-h-- 12, lyC7 j CL AC SI PIC AT i ON : j Inspect! Q kjt'Oiiddl'Q desch.pt,on. FLUID-TITS A/C Epoxy Lined------------ -- -Pre----s---s----ur-e Pip.---e--y, Couplings and A ccessories Classes ICO, I5O end 2C0 6.2.12 Spiraling A spiraled pipe has the appearance of a riiled gun barrel. However, the effect is such that there is little cr no variation in the lining thickness. Spiraling is a surface irregularity. 6.2.13 Rifling A rifled pipe has the appearance of a rifled gun barrel. Unlike a spiralled pipe, the effect is such that there are variations in the lining thickness. 6.2.1k Spike or Sharp Protrusion A spike or protrusion is stray material on the pipe surface which is coated with resin. It is usually in the form of a stray fiber pro truding from the pipe surface which when coated with resin is extremely sharp. 6.2.15 Break-out A break-out is a phenomenon that usually occurs 'when a lined pipe is improperly cut or sawed. Instead of the lining at the sawed edge being clean and smooth, it is ragged and sections of A/C are exposed. 6.2.16 Surface Scuff A surface scuff is an area on the lining in which the surface of the lining has been rubbed or possibly filed resulting in a white dis coloration 01 the lining. A surface scuff is reswricted to the lining surface and wall not expose A/C. I PREPARED OY: APPROVED DY: "'Ay \ CTD013896 r<;r r. ECHMiCAL 1 | CHRTAlN-TEDO PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASDSSTOS CD.V.ZNT PIPE APPwiCAowL TO. 1 Plant No. $1 'ECiFiCA' 'IONS NUMbLR; 10 KUPEjIUCDEC; 1 CLALwi r .CATION. i pagc : ii Oa i u Or 1 L L L 1 :> ;cr;.'''ccr 15:. 1^? Inspection Standard I DC'V-''IP"VJ'S1 FLUID-TITS A/C Eoorcy Lined Pressure Pine, Couniin "s and Accessories Classes ICO, 1^0 ar.c 0^, 4- C/\J i REE PAR. 6-2-3 PIN HOLE OP VOID I N\\\X\\\^^^ ii A/C EPOXY LINING \\\V \ REE PAR, q-2-4 HOLIDAY OR DIMPLE aPuXY LINING AXWWWWXW \\ \\ \\\\\NSVXV\N vA/C PEE PAR. 6-2-5 BLISTER I A/C EPOXY LINING .\\W\-..' \V >.sA/C p* CPAAC5 BY; APPROVED DY: CTD013897 /*> J7 Tk i O t- 1 ZCHN.CAL CZRTAiN-TZCO PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASEEGTOG CEN'E.XT PIPE ; I C f-\ ; * NLMJki], '_____________ \ cupc.-^cdcu 10 .\ Plant :;o. 57 CLAwJi r ICATi CN . ITIljDcC >atc of I'.ij:, s;'-'- .~r.r ~<t, i.jv, w OL^iiditr'ci Oil'iCrt.^TlO.N . IT/uID-'Tj.TE A/C Epoxy lined Preoaurc Pipe, Couplings ar.d Accosoorie: Classes 100, 150 and 2G0 rA/c I 1 I i i t // 3 >-vy APPPOVCD V\ CTD013898 ' . .^ / / /7' / ~T~ 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ! CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION AS3ESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMUCH GUPERSCDEG: 10 /A.CC -L ^ C^TL GF ISSOZ - . f,r . V -p APPLICABLE TO CLASSIFICATION. Plant "0. 57 Inspect:on 0 ua r.ds rcl description P1TJID-?ITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1C03 l^C* and c'-jO V',-7 co EORE ii'.u .iTTii ldUTES 6.3*1 Lining Inspection The lining shall be visually inspected in all pipe. Tne lining surface shell be visually smooth and uniform, free of holes, voids, blisters, holidays, runs, sags, crachs, un costed areas or other defects so as to impair the protective function of the lining. 6.3.2 Pipe Surface Irregularities Minor irregularities in the pipe surface shall be acceptable if they are continuously coated with resin. 6.3.3 Impressions and Dimples Minor impressions and dimples in the lining shall be acceptable if there is no evidence of uncoated areas. However, a lining shall not be acceptable if there is an appearance of a pattern or groups. An arrangement of dimples in which there is a predictable distance or locus of points between in dividual dimples shall be considered a pattern. An arrangement of dimples in which there are more than three dimoles per one (1) square foot of lining surface shall be considered a group. 6.3 Patches A patched area will be considered acceptable if said area meets the requirements set forth in HSF-C7. A patch will blend with the adjacent lining and in general, be as unnoticeable as possible. A. patch shall not have an area in square inches greater than one half the pipe diameter. Further, the number of patches shall not exceed one (l) per three (3) feet of pipe. CTD013899 PffCPARCO OY: LY-Yt, f >Y-i APPROVED MY. _ V!.( w oy \ i ' ^/ y/ / V / /-----------------------J-----L----t--------------------------------- - TECHNICAL. SPECIFICATIONS ! CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION 1 ASDESTOS CEMENT PIPE NUMDCH: 10 CUPCRCdDES: I P AGC j 11 | GATC Or IG'.UC j - . -- tor 12, 13 3? '} AHPw.CA3^C TO. Plant No. 57 CLA-Cl FiCATlGN . Inspection Standard j ocsckiption i i FLUID-TITS A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure: Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes ICO, 15C and 2C0 A pin i'.oic, blister or any other voic ir. the lining snail not be repaired -.-.I-oh a patch. Said pip* r.oy be acceptable if it is reseated and inspected for subsequent, voids, etc. 6.3*5 Lining Irregularities A raised portion in the lining or burin sisal] be considered a blister, unless otnervise proven, and shall not be acceptable. o.h PIPS END LINING 6.6.1 Lining Inspection All pipe ends shall be visually inspected and shall be smooth and free of ripples, dents, stray fibers, sharp profusions, voids ana un coated areas. The ring sealing surface shall have no imperfections that vouid tend to cut or tear the ring nor shall it have any im perfection that would impair the sealing ability of the ring. She ring sealing G.D.^ surface shall be inspected by sliding the proper i ! i C2RTA-SFAC2R bach and forth over the sealing area looking towards a light source at the epoxy lining CESTA-SPACER interface. The end I shall ba considered acceptable if no "daylight" is seen under the CERTA-SPAC2R. 6.1.2 Pipe Bore Lining and Pipe End Lining Junction The junction of the pipe bore lining and the end coating shall be smooth and continuous. If portions of this junction have broken out, said area will be acceptable if properly patched. Tno patched area shall have a thick ness equal to the adjacent lining. 6.5 COUPLING LINING ATT?. 6.5.1 Lining Inspection CTD013900 All couplin'^ shall be visually inspected and shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. All i \ jpflEPAREO OY. i TvK;': APPROVED OY: -A _ a- T EC H N1C A L S PEC i ir i CAT IC M J NUMDCJJ. i CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION \ A53ZSTOS CEMENT PIPE i LUf'CftGCDCC;: | Ar'PLtCal TO j RAGC CL AG w 1 < 1C AT i ON : G AT C or IL6UC ;,' r' ' r. ^ 1 Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard FLUID-TxTE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes lou, 1s>0 end rGO coated surfaces shall be free of holes, cracks, unseated arses, or oth^r defects as to imp?ir the protective function of the lining. All lined areas shall have a smooth surface. However, imperfections such as spiraling, which is present in the uncoated coupling, shall be acceptable. 6o.2 Ring Groove Inspection The ring groove shall have no runs cr sags perpendicular to the wall of the ring groove. A run or sag parallel to the wall" of the ring groove will be acceptable if the A dimensions of said area is within the tolerance stated in CPC Standard Specification No. 10. 6.5.3 Extraneous Lining The B and ? dimensions, as shewn in CPC Standard Specification No. 10, Page 13, shall be free of lining material. 6.6 FITTING STOCK LINING Refer to attributes of pipe bore lining, Section 6.3. 6.7 DISPOSITION OF REJECTED MATERIAL 6.7.1 Pipe Bore Lining Imperfection in the pipe bore lining r.ay be repaired either by a patch or by recoating the pipe with the exception of rifling er.d runs and sags. However, if only a fraction of the pipe is rifled or contains runs cr sags, this section may be removed and the remaining pipe section used for random lengths or fittings. PRERAflCO OY. "">: - A??ROVCO DY. CTD013901 , ( ' z'* , r V TECHNICAL SPECSFICAViONS I i CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION i AS3ESTOS CE.V.ENT PIPE NUMOLU, io iu?:ocs:s j PAG Z | :/, O AT L` CjF IliJi j APPLICA3L.C TO: ! | DESCRIPTION Plant No. 57 CLAGSI r ICATION : Inspect! or* itcr.c-rd rL'JID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pres cure Pipe, Couplings ar. ..ccessono: Classes ICO, 150 and 200 6.7.2 Pit Rejected pipe ends rney be repaired by a suitable method or the ends may be re moved and uhe remaining pipe machined for use as c random length or fitting stock. 6.7.3 Coupling Lining Couplings rejected for voids, blisters, sharp profusion or any other surface irregularity may be repaired by a suitable method. Couplings rejected for runs and sags shall be scrapped. 6.7.1; Fitting Stock Lining Refer to disposition of rejected pipe bore lining, Section 6.7.1. 7.0 SPECIAL LIKING REQUIREMENTS 7.1 ADHESION The lining shall have a permanent bond to the pipe wall. Proof of bond strength shall be established by: 7.1.1 A four hour immersion test in boiling distilled water as described in ASTM C-5il. 7.1.2 A ninety-six hour hot (l50F.) distilled water immersion as detailed in A3TH C-5A1. 7.1.3 A bond tensile strength of at least 200 lbs. per square inch obtained by method of National Sanitation Foundation Criteria C-7. PTlCPAHCOCY. Af^t-ROVCD OV: XV \ A > Ih-i.hA-V/'. s ''' y ' CTD013902 A " ' -- *\  OH M * p .* ? I f- * TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION NUMBER: 10 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE SUPERSEDES: APPLICAOLE TO: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 17 OATC OF IC'JU Z. December 12, 196? Plant Mo. 57 Inspection Stondard FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 7.1L Each of the above tests shall be performed on no less than twelve (12) specimens manu factured with one batch of resin. A botch will consist of the quantity of resin shipped by the resin vendor under the same batch or lot number. Test specimens shall be selected so as to distribute the tests over the life of the resin batch. Specimens shall be selected from a minimum of four (L) different runs with three specimens selected per run per test. . 7.1.5 Specimens selected for the bond tensile test shall be forwarded to CPC Quality Control Manager for testing at CPC Research Center. 7.1.6 All test values shall be recorded as well as: the date of manufacture, pipe size and class, resin vendor, resin type (for example EPON 828V) resin batch or lot number, lining nominal thick ness, hardener vendor, type and batch or lot number. 7.2 ACID RESISTANCE 7.2.1 There shall be no evidence of blistering, cracking, swelling or other visual degradation of the lining when exposed to the acid tests as described in HSF-C7, Section 3.011. This test shall be performed on no less than three specimens per batch of resin. The specimens shall be selected from one of the first runs using a new batch of resin. 7.2.2 All results shall be recorded as well as the date of manufacture, pipe size and class, resin vendor, resin batch or lot number, lining nominal thickness, hardener vendor, type and batch or lot number. .PREPARED BY: "W ^ CTD013903 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: SUPERSEDES: 10 CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 18 DATE OF ISSUE December 12, 19/7 Plant No. 57 Inspection Standard FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 7.3 ALKALI RESISTANCE 7-3.1 There shall be no evidence of blistering, cracking, swelling, or other visual de gradation of the lining when exposed to the alkali test as described in NSF-C7, Section 3*012. This test shall be per formed on no less than three specimens per batch of resin. The specimens shall be selected from one of the first runs using a new batch of resin. 7*3.2 All results shall be recorded as well as the date of manufacture, pipe size and class, resin vendor, resin batch or lot number, lining nominal thickness, hardener vendor, type and batch or lot number. 7.U DISPOSITION OF REJECTED MATERIAL 7L.1 Adhesion If any of the nine (9) test specimens selected during a run fail the test to which it is subjected, all the pipe coated since the last valid test from the resin batch currently being used shall be subject to rejection. The Quality Control Manager shall be notified at once. 7.h.2 Acid Resistance If any of the three test specimens per resin batch fail the acid resistance test, the remainder of that resin batch and the hardener currently in use will be held and shall not be used. A sample of that resin and hardener shall be sent to CPC Quality Control Manager for chemical resistance tests as cited in NSF-C7, Section 3.013. The stock coated with the above resin shall'be subject to rejection. The Quality Control Manager shall be notified immediately. CTD013904 i i PREPARED BY: (^0 APPROVED BY: 3  Onm r#j? e-ei TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPLICABLE TO: NUMBER: 10 BUPERBEOCB: CLASSIFICATION: PAGE 19 OATE OF ISSUE: December 12, 1967 Plant No. Si Inspection Standard oecRiPTton: FLUID-TITE A/C Epoxy Lined Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories, Classes 100, 150 and 200 7.U.3 Alkali Resistance Refer to disposition of rejected material acid resistance. Section 7.1*.2. 8.0 RETURNED MATERIALS All epoxy lined material that has been returned to a plant for any reason shall be inspected in accordance with Sections 1 through 6 of this Standard. Special attention shall be given to those areas susceptible to handling damage, such as pipe ends. 9.0 INTERPLANT TRANSFER All epoxy lined material that has been transferred from one plant to another shall be reinspected by the receiving plant in accordance with Sections 1 through 6 of this Standard. Special attention should be given to those areas susceptible to handling damage, such as pipe ends. PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: CTD013905 i I\ Ii GO > wonu p*t7 cerauNiffl) OCSCft I PTfON: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION FtCIFICATIOM* CLARIFICATION: General T^oJr),ffSSl0ni Standard Mo. SPECIFICATION NO: 13 Standards Manual FAOC NO.: 8UPCR9COCS: Section J 1 OATC OF IHUl: FEB - 7 1972 Inspection Standard for Fabrication of Storm Drain Couplings 1.0 General This inspection standard describes the inspection to be used for checking the inplant fabrication of storm drain couplings. 2.0 Sampling Plan Sampling for normal inspection procedures shall be carried out on the sampling plan as shown in Table 1 for each width and thickness. Table 1 No. of couplings in each Width and Thickness Couplings In Sample Acceptable Defectives Defectives Constituting Rejects 2-15 2 0 1 16-50 3 0 1 51-150 5 0 1 151-500 8 0 1 501-3200 13 1 2 Bach sample shall be conditioned for a minimum of four (U) hours at 70 5F. 2.1 Cut Length Samples shall be taken in accordance with Table 1 and measured for conformance with Standard Product Specification No. 13, pages 8, 9 cut length. 2.2 Coupling I.D. Samples shall be taken in accordance with Table 1. The inspection shall be as follows: 2.2.1 Measure the thickness at four points, 90 apart, one inch in from the edge, using a micrometer. Record the average of these readings for the thickness. FORM Pf27 CBRNinffl) DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: General Standards Manual Inspection Standard H(o. 11 T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FADE NO -' 1 SUPERSEDE*: Section J 2 OATE OF ISSUE: FEB - 7 1972 Inspection Standard for Fabrication of Storm Drain Couplings 2.2.2 Measure the O.D. of coupling one inch in fron the edge with a pi tape, accurate to .005". 2.2.3 Subtract from the measured O.D, two times the average thickness. 2.2.U The calculated I.D. shall be within the limits specified in Table II of this in-process specification. 2.3 Tensile Strength of Coupling Weld Samples shall be taken in accordance with Table 1. Note: Two pieces of coupling material 6" long shall be welded together for each sam ple using the proper welding procedure rather than destroying a coupling to get the sample. It is extremely important that the coupling welding procedure be followed exactly in order to get a representative sample. 2.3.1 Tensile strength shall be conducted as specified in Standard Test Method No. 39. 2.3.1.1 The minimum tensile strength shall be 1350 p.s.i. across the weld. PREPARED BY: CTD013907 APPROVED BY: R& MFQ. SALES I.C. dSi' 06jL COMF1 DC NT I AC DOCUMENT HOT OfO BC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM PS27 csnuMira description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .cf,cat,on. CUA...F.CATIOH: stvi^rio Manual CERTAJN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.P. RIF. NO. 1 SUPERSEDES: Inspection Standard No. 13 SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: Section J _______3________ DATE OF ISSUE: _ FEB - 7 1972 Inspection Standard For Fabrication of Ston Drain Coonllnga Table II I.D of Storm Drain Conplings Size 6" Typo 1500 D 2000 D 3000 D 3750 D I.D." 6.69 6.69 6.69 6.69 Size 16" JZEL. 1500 D 2000 D 3000 D 3750 D I.D." 17.01* 17.01* 17.1*7 17.72 8" 1500 D 8.73 2000 D 8.73 3000 D 8.73 3750 D 8.73 10" 1500 D 10.81 2000 D 10.81 3000 D 10.81 3750 D 11.00 18" 1500 D 19.06 2000 D 19.33 3000 D 19.77 3750 D 19.77 20" 1500 D a.11 2000 D a.la 3000 D 21.88 3750 D a.88 12" 1500 D 12.85 2000 D 12.85 3000 D 13.12 3750 D 13.26 111" 1500 D H*.91 2000 D ill.96 3000 D 15.22 3750 D 15.59 21" 1500 D 22.15 2000 D 22.1*5 3000 D 22.91 3750 D 22.91 21*" 1500 D 25.51* 2000 D 25.76 3000 D 25.97 3750 D 25.97 15" 1500 D 16.00 2000 D 16.00 3000 D 16.1*3 3750 D 16.65 Tolerance on I.D. 6", 8" 10" -- +.01*" -.09 19 15% 16", 18" --+.<V -.19" 20", 21", 21*"---- + .0l*" -.21" Max. I.D. * Max. C.O.D. - 21 Min. T. Min. I.D. - Min. C.O.D. - 2X Max. 7. CTD013908 PREPARED BY: y APPROVED BY: R S/rD MFO. SALES I.E. OTHERS M 4r4 CONFIDCNTIAL.''DOCU_M__C__N__T___-___N_O_ T 6 BC OISTRIBUTCD TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL A/C PLANTS CAPABILITIES CTD013909 Pip* A Ptmuc* Croup A/C PLANT C A P A B ILITIE S P ipe 0)1 "1 m Mh r* 0 cp rH P 0> tn 3 <TJ Ch CP 3 < L O U IS a' AJiinavavo on AxFHl'tfSVs fc a 9 H0O4' 2u AIIliaVdYD ON ALHiaVdVO Aiinavavo on 04 00H)4 Aimavdvo ciaiiwri Cu Ail'llSVdfO Ainiavdvo on ^4 AIIHaVdK S' AJ.I'IiaVdYD ON 4r"4 O u AilUaYdYO AiTTiaVdYO ON Eh* CO <y 04 AimaYdYo aaiiwn <H 04 AilHaYdYO Z* AiraaVdYO ON &4 AjimaYdYD CP Pi rH a 0a AilHaYdYD ON AimavaYO AilHaYdTO ON AiinavdYD aauwii JuTiJl TCISVJV5 a AiniHYdYD ON a AimavdYD o o4 CP o rH 0ta a w AilUdYdYO ON AimaYdYO *4 H All'llaYdYO ON 0X > $ AiiaiavdYD cmiwn a Ail'llffYdYO AiniavdYO on a a AilOiaVdYO cr rH u 0a AilH-aVdYO ON AiHISYdYO IS AilliaYdYO ON z Si <0H0 Aiiuavdvo aaiiwn 04 AilliaVdYO X X XXX X TT -- --1 X X X X ; X Sx X X X X ~x * i i i"M ' --?--1--1 ^ .. X X j x X 1 X lx X X ---4 XXX X T 1.. ! ' 11 31 XJ < <X ! X. X 1 5 } XiX ' XX i1;i X X X X Xj Xi X 4 >1 X .X l! i; * r jr ! x j- r x *1 X X XX X * *:* X -- : :-------- "1-- L 1! x! -- i X_L X X XXX XXX XXX XXX X - i X X X X X XXX XXX X X X X XX XXX XXX X XX XX XXX XX X *i_ J k X X X X XX XX XXX X X X X X X X X --X XXX X X X X X XX XX X X X XXX X X X XXX X X XX X X X XX XXX XXX XX X XX X X M X 3" - 100 150 200 4" - 100 150 200 6" - 100 3.50 200 8" - 100 150 200 S IZ E & CLASS | 1 | 1 r 1 1 CTD013910 A /C PLANT C A P A B ILIT IE S PRESSURE P IP E AMBLER P ip e "I 1 in <4-4 0 rc-\ -1 " 1 4J d) w cr* ^ 2^ < MimavdTO on z fa xxniavdvo W S' 0H 81 g AIITiaVcTiO ON ALiiiavdvo MITiaVdYO ON cd & XLiTiavdvo cmwn H fa iimavdvn i b AlinaVdTO ON Minavdvo LO U IS Cp xnnavavo on pH g u XIITiaVdVO MEUSWdYO ON Eh CTj Axinavd'tfo asttivin l X X X XX X X X X X X I c -- S! X X X X X X X X X X " X lx* a. a " ' it 'X XX XX X -- l___ XX XX X X !-- i X X X XX X X X X X XX 1i X X X X X X X X X X X r< . XXX X XXXX X P ip e All'llaVdVD XX X AiIITiaVdVD ON S b ALITiaVdVO X X X XX X X X X X XX tr Aiineredvo on H a o AIITiaYdVD X X X XX X X X X X XX ^LITESYJVO OK XX uniavara aatiwn Adillltl^dVJ XX XX X XX X XX ALTTiaVdYD ON r,4 fa Mina'fdvo X X X X X X X X X X *X 1 -------------- xxnia<rafcr<ja" tr a 3o XLinavdvo X X X X X X X X X X XX H AJ.IHfftfdYD ON S3 0) 3 XLmavaTO (TN.tTwn XXX X X X X X X XX a. AiiTiavdvS- X *! b 0 c. r- a Aii navdvo on 2 iinawD iUniavdvo on Ainiavdwo X X X X XX X X X XX X X X X X XX X X X XX X AirnaVdTO OK 8 H Minavdro aaiiHXT P. Minavavo X X X X XX X XX X XX 1 oin rH 200 1 6 " 100150 200 200 1 2 - - io o 150 200 1 4 " 100- I 1 0 " 100- S IZ E & CLASS OST | i | I r I | | CTD013911 A /C PLANT C A P A B ILIT IE S PRESSURE P IP E Page 3 o t 19 ugust 1975 1 It on --n -- S AtLITIS~7dV0 X >1 X ! X X U o> 0 rH 2o i <U 0, H Cu AilUrVdVD OM .LLn.XH'-fl'rJ ximraw cm AilTI#tfdTO T3f-ZFT~ XLIHaViYj r< X *. XX 1 ,I 1*. . , i *i XH ' `------- --, X X < a LLmawra on x! ^ X X X 1; AimaYco ____ _____ ____ O') o> 5 rH Qu LLIliaYdVO ON iOIINTTzXO.O x! *j 4 XjX i- h X.T,ITiava'tfO OS I1 X! >4! X X C/i -- Sf x^nia j-rra oanwii ____ _____L ----------------------- .rTTTKa^y 1 4 x x AMBLER .uLIUB'rfd'SO CN fa &ul'll O' AXI'Ua'JaO ON rH & O LLIlIHVdYD Aiimsrvd-tfL' on 0) Sf Mina^dVD cnxLiwn a. 7-IXTiaVdTO .LIT'IIffaaYO ON & Xil-TTRVdTO O' sanavav-o oa rH & AikiJJ_L'i7tW5 XilUHVdtfO ON Sf Mraavd'o aaaiwn fa Axrnazdvo xj ! x X 1 ____ t____ x! X XX X XX XX X XX XX X XX X X XX I| X X xj x| X, i ! !* ^Tx X X X X H ILLSBO R O XilUStfotfO ON XX s fa zziuKvatt \____ O' &rH O xjzusvavo ON j x IAimavdvo X XiraaYXVD ON | x <D Sf ; umsva <iarmiri cu waTirararsc | X XX X 1 \ Jil B XX XX ! XX X X . W H VJ 9*3 W CJ 00 0 in .--1 rH 1 h _j i -~J 0 0 s H ! --1 00 01 m H j ri 11 0 uOH I L Ji l 3 J1 11 a. o B! j { i 1 1 ! { 1 1 1 ! i 1 ! i 1 1 1 ! ! i * 1 < 1 i < i { i< CTD013912 A /C PLANT C A P A B ILITIE S 1 P ip e P ip e s| 1m w r* 0 <T> <r| H 1 4J 0) 0) flj v* *5 I R IV E R S ID E P ip e xtrnsvavo on o e Atrnavavo XLITIffVdVD ON xnmavdvo aauwn Airaavavo o rH (A 8 XLmsvavo on Aii'navdvo a AiniavdTO on s ALIHaVdVO cmiKEl CO ALTHaVdVO XXX XXX XX XX X XX X 1 X XX X i XX X 11 1 X* X X X X XX X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX X XX X AEITiaVdYO ON O 8 ALIHaVdVO X X X >i X xi 5?' w hr ~5T AiLL'UUVJVS 75H" 1 ! 1 ALITiaVdYD aaHKET idaJl'lXBVdVD XX X XXX XX X XX X ALITTSVdVO ON O a ALI'HCVd'O so s Aunavavo on 3 H B ALinavavD aaaiwrc ft rl cu ALTUSVdVO X X X XX X XX X XX X XX X X XX XX X XX X P ip e MITESVdYO ON Ho 8 ALimavdVD o AUTiaVdVO ON Aimavavo aauwn liinavavo X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XXX XX X XX X 1 4" - 1500 2400 S IZ E & CLASS o oo o oro 0o m o CO co 1--1 M TO 1 in 2400 o CoO 0in M rH 1 CO 2400 o oCO ro 1 6 " 1 5 0 0- 1 | | CTD013913 A /C PLANT C APABILITIES SEWER P IP E s| m in 0 r~ m1l Oh' * 4J <D (0 01 3 (fl O' 0. 3 < 0 H a g iunavJTO on ill'llaVdYD itmavdYo on innate ghukh X X XX X X X X X X X XX X X X >X P ioe iLTH3V(3VD 0 0 03 o b s MrnavdVD on iLi'navjc unisvcwo on s a irnav<rvo aaaiKri 04 iLmavaYD rH 0 S iLmarara on iirnavdio iiiTravdvo ON 8 iirnawreo aaiiwn r 0 AIITEaVdVD X X X XX X X X X *X -- X X XX X X X X XX X X XX X X X X XX XX X X XX X X XX t 0 H 10 m-iiffwavo ON Minarara << iLrasreavo on jH h S innavavo aauwn 0 iirnavavo X X XX X X X X XX XX X X X X X XX 4 Mrnavro on . { iiiTravavo t lirnavavo on a in'lla^d^o aauwn ftl iLTnavavo X X XX X X X X XX X X XX X XX XX > 3300 oo ooo CM 5000 3300 oo ooo CM | ooos s I a _ i! 1 I 1 12" - 1500 1 1 0 " 1 5 0 0- S IZ E & CLASS | 1 I | CTD013914 S t. Louis j R ive rsid e | Pipe Pipe A/C PLANT CAPABILITIES I vm in o r- v V l11 Hp*W 0^0 pb' a* P < SEWER PIPE Santa C lara P ip e H illsb o ro | A m b le r P ip e 00 *mTq8d3 ON CaJ A37xTqBdea X X X X X X X X X X ~ ASTnqBdBO on A:j7-[TqBdB0 P33T"TT X X X X X X X X X X XanfqedBQ os A3niqdB0 oh ua AqfXTqedBO X X X X X X X >; X X Aa-piiqBdBD ON X XX XX A3fxiqBdBD pooimr'x X X X X X A3TITqsdD ^3TXfqBdB0 on 00 5 A:TVpq8d0 X X X X X X X X X X Kq-nxqBdBo on ^37ITqBd3 p03Tn X X X X X AqxxTqdo X XX XX /.3XX7qsdBo on 00 oa A3xxiq8do X X X X X X X X X X A3TXiq8d3 ON X XX XX 0a) A3TXiq8do po3Tn X X X X X ft. Xq-pxxqBdBO e A37XTq8dB0 ON X X X X X X X X X X ec oa A37XiqBd0 A37XTqBd8D ON X X X X X X X X X X A^xxxqBdBO paqpirn X37Xiq*dB0 3300 4000 5000 . 5000 4000 88 <r <o CM CO 8 <fr CM it 1 t 1 < [ 15" - 1500 I 14" - 1500 S iz e and C la s s ( 1 1 | 1 CTD013915 Page 7 o f 19 P ip e A m bler A/C PLANT CAPABILITIES 00 o. 4) o o <u0 4) > Prf X3-tx;qBde3 on X X X X XX XX X Xq-nfqBdBO on poaprn X X X X x X X X iCqTxiq8d80 X 00 a o 09 3 0 J 4) 4J a *i-4 04 XqxiTq8d83 ON ^4inq8d8o X X v>< X X X X X X KqTXTq8d8D ON XqXIiq8d80 pBqiorpq X XX X X4ixTq8d8D X X X X X C p lg . P ip e qfXTq8d83 on A4TXTq8d80 X X X X X X X X X A3XTiq8d83 on AqxxTq8d80 p3TIT X X XqxiTq8d83 X X XX XX X f0"40 ^qinqBdBo n CL o lTXiq8d83 X X X X X X X X X AqTITqBd80 ON X3XXTq8d83 poqT81!! X X X X X X X X X iC3TIiq8dB0 r*4o AqxxxqBdso on X X X X X X X X X oa. X4TXiqBd80 X5xxiq8d80 on X X X X X X X X X 4) CL XqxxTq8d8D p33TTT 04 X3inq8d8D S anta C la ra 3300 4000 o o CO CM cn 4000 ooom 5000 I H ills b o ro P ip e 1 18" - 2400 I 16" - 1500 SIZE AND CLASS I | CTD013916 Page 8 o f 19 | C plg. | A /C PLANT CAPABILITIES A^TTrqcdso ok -- --r~ tt 1 m 4> cqpciB3 X X X X X X X X X - X X o\ 0uH0 ok 0 c>Hc 0a). a- AorfiqBdBj naaxuni X * X X X X X XX H -'ill rqEo'Oij XX \ 00 XqTXJOBdT?^ ok X X X X X X X X X HH X rC4O oex* Ka'iTTaBdBQ --c34 XqxXTGE-dB3 o;' U cn aaaH>,. ArjxxT^Edeo paiizrzri X XX X X X X X* * ' XX XxxTiqydBO A m b le H illsb o ro oo KorirqBdBo ti a. AqxxTqpdB3 X X X X X X X X X X X X AqfXiqBdBO ok vaH 04 AqTxxqBdpn paqpirtq X XX X X XxxxiqBdao X X XX X XX 00 .IqXt>OBdB0 ok X X XX Cl O AOTXXqcdBO X X X X X X X X AatXTqBdBQ ok X X X XX X XX 4a) 04 AqxxT^BdBO paqxnri'i X X X X /C3txTqBdB2 XofxfqB^BO ON * X X X X X XX X X XoxXTpBdBO XqxiTQBdBr) cy x X X X X X X X X X X X 0aH) AqxTTqBdHO paq-jariq 04 1 KqXXXqadBO Santa C lara C p lg . SI2E AND CLASS s0o CM o CoO CO o oc o o 3 Mt CM cCoO oo ooS.-. m 11 ; CaM CM 24" - 2400 CC8OO o oo oo oin CTD013917  fa u 0 CT 8 AiLi'ii'T-. :vr. on j x X |x AilTiaVcIVO ] .1 AHUCTdO cm j x j X |X Xiinavdfo Ti X XXX XiX X X O XilUSVdVO ON x j x jx X X X X *1 0) cfOful ' 05 .5 > XiinavdYo asxiMii ALniaVdYD !i 1/ 1 ALraavr:? on --1 CU TilTISYdVC k a V' X X X X X L O U IS o Xil USadVO ON & ------------------ TXT'iTffTOTT* o X 3LeO AiifTravevo oTT Ximavdvo asriMT. Xi X i ) * X umavdYj * X XXX s fa 05 i poH a u xtina^dvo cn AiniEYdyn Axinav-ivo ON xinisvaTO *_LH n X IH X X X XX X X xi Aiiaiavavo ok x! X XX 3 iunavd'tfo aaiiwn Xiiaia^dra AimavdYD on XLiaiavdYO fid ALiaiavdvo ON o pH a Minavavo u XimavdYo on XXX , XXX X XX X xX* X XX X . HILLSBORO P ip e MiTiavdvo aaiircn Ximavd'o X fa Htr 08 xxmavdYO on ALiaiavdvo Xiniavdvo on AUliaYdVD ALiaiavdvo on 0) a AiLIliaVdYD OSCLIWin *H a< Mirnavd\o XXX X X X X X X *! x! S4 X X* X X X X X XX X X X x! txj Piptll PtMUCl f S IZ E & CLASS om <a* <3* j o ;o in iC ooo r* 00 J' 1 ____ ____ 1 1 CTD013918 A ugust 1975 FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE fa u a O' H 2 a 0 a AHUSVdVD ON AtniaVdYO HniaVdVD ON Airnavavc Ainiavavc on LiiTravara aanwn XX X XXX XXX XX X XVX I -< X x j x >: X X X X X X Aini3VdV0 i X AiniSVdYD ON fa ALIUHVaVD x X X X X X X X X DH O' S al-r 0 H cn AiniHVdYO ON j All'll avdvc j * X X X X X X X * ALi'navavo on St Aiinavavo aanwi'i Q< umeYdra X X X X XXX X X AMBLER Pipe HILLSBORO Pipe X Aimavavo on fa Aimavavo tr Aimavavo on a 0 Aimavavo All'll3YdV0 ON Aimavavo aanwia AII'IIHVdVO X Ainravavo on fa Aimavavo iHO' Aimavavo on & Aimavavo All'll HVdVO ON Aimavavo oaxiwn Aimavavo Aimavavo on fa Aimavavo O' u Hua Aimavavo on Aimavavo I Aimavavo on Ainiavavo asiiwn X X X XXX X X X XX XX XX X X X X X X XXXX XX -X X XX X X X X X X X XXX X XX i 11 1 i I XX X X j X X X Xi X . XX X X X X X X X X X X XXX X XX XX Pipe Aimavavo X X X X X X X in 0 CO i*n* 0m 01D 0 r- 0CO 0 1 n 91 I t SIZE & CLASS 1 8 " 30- CTD013919 <TJ ^1 'U 0 H| tn r* orH> 0) CP +tnJ 2 0<40 Dd < z fa cr H 8 xinravdvo on AIIIiaVdVD MilUSYdYD ON AXI'IiaVdYO Mil'll0YdYD ON 5 MiCTiavdYO aaiiwii fa MiniSYdVD MISISYdYD ON x fa MimaYdvo w O' H iH 3a 3u MilUSYdYD ON XUlISYdYO MilHUYdYD ON 0c)u MilUSYdYD aaxii-m fa MilUSYdYD MIHSYdYD ON s fa Mil'llSYdYO o 1 rH & MilUSYdYD ON MilUSYdYD MilUSYdYD ON <u .3* MiinaYdYD aatiwii 04 MilUSYdYD HILLSBORO P ip e t z MIHSYdYD ON fa Mi'll CYdYD O' MilUSYdYD ON rH & MiTOSYdYD MISIHYdYD ON MIHSYdYD asiiHii MIHSYdYD MilUSYdYD ON Z fa MIHaYdYD HO' Ua l MiniSYdYD ON MilUSYdYD MilUSYdYD ON P ip e MiinaYdYD aaxiwn MISISYdYD i ! X X X XX X X XX 1 X XX XX X X XX 1 X X X X X X ;< X X ) Ji X X X XX X X XX i j X X X X >: X X X x X xj X X X X X X X 1 X X X X X X XXX X XX XX X XXX XX X X X XX X X X X X X X X *XX x XX XX X XX X X X X *: X X X X 4 X X X XX X XXX _ X X X X X X XXX X XX XX * XX X u I 10" - 30 SIZE & CLASS mm o in o IT. <o0 or* CoO oa> ! 11 CTD013920 Page 12 o r 19 August 1975 ST. LOUIS A/C PLANT CAPABILITIES FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE Pipe ALITia^'ciVO ON ( Tcrrnsvd.vo b 5 Ho 8 MIHSVdYD ON AiiTiavavo MIHffVdTO os 8 xiniav<KO aaiiwn cHu Mraavavo 4 Minavavo on bX .a,mav<JVD Ho ALi'navdvo on 8 Mjmavd-tfO X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X XX XXX X X X XX S0) XLITISVdVO ON bH ALiTnawdYO cnurwi'i MITEaVdVD X X X X X X X XX s b -- - - - -M-T- UnSEYrduYBOTrOoN- X X X X X X X XX 1 0 8 Mi'llSVdYD ON MITtaVdYD X XX X X X X XX MIH3VdV0 ON XX 3 MIHHVdVO aailWIT Qi MXTiaVdVO XXX XXXX T, f? b sa Ha4 ro00H urnavavo on MI'HOTTO MIHSVdVD ON XHTiaVdTO MniaVdVO ON MnravdVD aauwi'i Minavdvo Xi b al u Hu0& 1 Mniavaro on Minavaro MTIiaYdO ON .umavdTO MITiaVdVO ON MinavdTO <miwn X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X XX XXX XX XX XX X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X XX XX Pipe MraavavD X X X X X X X in m o m o in o v or-* o 00 o a> 11 il 11 1 1 2 " 30- SIZE CLASS 1 CTD013921 A /C PLANT C A P A B ILITIE S F LU ID TRANSMISSION P IP E z\ mm 0 r* mil r^H *3 O' 3w f(a0 Cn 3 < L O U IS | R IV E R S ID E s AUTiSYdYO on fa MITieYdYO rOH' MITIHYdYO ON ft XLITIBYdYO MITISYdYO ON | P ip e LimeYdYo ciauwn IHTISYdYO MITIdYdYO ON S fa MITISYdYO O' rH MITI3YdY0 ON & o MmevdYO MITISYdYO ON <y W 9< niTiavdYo asaiwn a* MITieYdYO * MITISYdYO ON fa MITISYdYO 1 O' rH .ft MITISYdYO ON MITISYdYO MIlISYdYD ON All'llSYdYO aaiiwiT P ip e X fa s ft AUTIBYdYO MITTSYdYO ON MITI'JVdYO MIHSMYO ON MIHSYdYD sc MITISYdYO ON XiimsYdYD aaiiwiT 1P .M . | P ip e MITISYdYO MITISYdYO ON uraevdYO O' o rH ft MITISYdYD ON MITISYdYO MITISYdYO ON P ip e AimoYdYO <miwn MITISYdYO XX XXX X X XX XX XXX X X XX XX XX X X X XX XX X XX X X XX xX X XX X X XX XX X XX X X XX XX XX XX X X XX X XX X X X XX XX XX X XX XX XX XX XXX XX X X X XX X X XX XX XXX X X XX XX XXX X X XX XX XXX X X XX XX XX X X X XX in m o * m ion VoO o soo o O' 1 i! H HI 1 1 1 4 " 30- S IZ E & CLASS CTD013922 age 14 o f 19 gust 1975 A /C PLANT C A P A B ILITIE S F LU ID TRANSMISSION P IP E 0. 3 < s in a i XLIUffVdVO ON XX XX b AtlUSYdYD X X X XX s8 Or H H AIITiaVdTO ON X X XX XLI'Tiavd'iD X X X XA Airnavdvo on X X XX X s iirnevavo aaaiwn X X X cu Ainiavdvo X ill'llSVdVO ON X X X X X X X X X b liniffffdTZD u.niavdvo on X X X X X X X X X C7 rH ill'llSYdYO CO a) MITiavdVD ON X X X X X X X X X b liiTiavd'so qaxiwn AimavdVD iLIHaVdVD ON X X X X X X X X X b itlHaVdVD 1 O' H b O ill'llSVdYD ON iLniavdvo X X X X X XX XX MITiaVdVO ON X X X X X X X X X itraavavo aanwn P ip e HILLSBORO iLITISVdYO xr.iTravdVD on b AIITIHYdVO iLITiaVdYD ON 3 xurnavavo ill'llaVdYO ON * icinavdvo aaxiwn a. iirnavdvo iLITiaVdVD ON b iUUffYdYO O$ 8 innSYdVO ON itinavdvo iLI'HaVdVD ON P ip e itnievdTO aaiiwn iiinavdvo X X X X X XX XX X X X XX XX XX X X X X X XX XX X X X X X XX XX X X X X X XX XX X X X X X XX XX m m o * in o <3* in oo vD r* oo 00 G> 1 n 1 1 1 5 " 30 I- S IZ E & CLASS 11 CTD013923 s| M-i in o r * O' ' -u <u n 0 3 C(U8 O3' < w CpOq 0 h H 0* g H8 ss aH 6w fa i 0, 0 H3 <| bt | IO U IS t X AiraaYdYO ON a liniavdvo X X X X X X X X X HO' xurnavdYo on XX 6 XLIHaYdVD X X X X X XX XilUSYdYD ON X LLixravaYD aaiiwn X X XX XX LLmavdvo X XX s M.mavdvo on X XX a xnimavd^o X X XX X X HO' HIHaYdVO ON X X X XX U LLITtaVdVD X X X X & 5* X a LiniaVdTO ON ALniHYdTO aaiiwn &ltiisy<kd LLITIBYdYO ON LLniHYdYD X X X XX X X XX X XX X X X X X X , r-O4' U 51 P4 MlllfftfdVO ON X XX XLinavdTO X X X X XX LLIHaYdYO ON XX AiinaYdvo aaLiwn X X X LLITiaVdVO XX XX X LLITtaVdYO ON X lx W bt LLI'IiatfdVO X X XX X X O' AimaYdTO ON XX Liraavdvo X X X X X XX HILLSBORO XLi'naYdvo on s iLLinavdVD aaLiwn X X X X X X XX p. XXIUfftfdTO X X h Alinavdvo ON X X X X X X X X X Liinavdvo O' H O a o LinifftfdYO ON X X X X X X X X X LLIUHVdVO LirnavdYD on X X X X X X X X X 5 ixmavdvo aaiiwn a LLIUHYdtfO J i! 1 - S IZ E & CLASS 0 in CO CO 1 i> l r-4 i o in o o o m VO L oo 00 as - CTD013924 T C A P A B IL IT IE S A N S M T S S IO N P IP E 2| <JN 21 H 1 -p 0) cr> 3 (0 O' CU 3 < 1^ *9 21CJ 3 LLITEBYdYO ON fe xxinavdvs < X X X X X X X X a LirnsvdYo on H a LHTiava\o X X X X X X X X X 2 t H0 sD H CJ w 8 H _a 0 u S * s fa o rH 0 u a> 0* fl a p> 0 2 H Q u CJ 1 AEimaVdVD ON xtnraYdvo aauwn X X X X X X LLITCaVdVO xiniavd'o on X X AIITiaYdVD X X XXX X XX XX xiniavdvo on X X xjraavdvo X XXX X XX XHUfftfdVD ON X X X X X X X X X LiiTiavdvo aauwn Mniavdvo Mrnavd'o on X X LIITEfftfdVD XXX X X XX xtniavdVD on X X X X X X X X X XIITiaVdTO AIITraVdVD ON X X X Mniavdvo aauwn JUIUBYdVD X XX X X X LLmavdvo ON X LUTravdvo X X X X X X X X AiniaVdTO ON Amiavdvo X X X XXX X X X ximavdwo on X xiinavdYD aanwn X X X X X X X X unieredvo ixinavdvo ON X X LLITiaYdYO X XXX X XX MniaVdWD ON X X X X X X X X X AJiITiaVdVD Limavdvo on X X X X X X X X X LiiTiavdvo aaiiwn Mniavdvo in o m o o o o o m in W3 r* CO <y> - 1 11 I P io e 1 S IZ E & CLASS 1 1 8 " 3 0- CTD013925 sj m-i in 0 r* & si <11 * +UJ) O' 3 j O' rtO. 3 H as 3H H mw aa ss 6; 1 zIS* 2ea ^3 fa a HO' & PS 4) fa sfa W H SD O' 0< CJ frH w 3) QHi a. sfa 1 rcHn i 04 AUTiaVdVO ON umavdvo X XX XXX X XX Aimavd^o on All'll 9VdTO All'llSHfdYO ON Auiravavo aaiiKn X X ALITtffifdTO ALIIISYdYD ON u XX XX >i XXX X XX M XX X X X X u AinifftfdYD AIIHaYdYD ON X XX XXX XX X AT.IUQ'tfdVD AinifftfdVO ON X X X X X w >i ~57 xiinavdVD aaiiwn ALI'IieVdVD AIIliaVdYO ON AUliaVdVD XX XXX XXX X ALIliaVdVO ON X X X X X X X X X AlI'IiaVdVD AUHaVdTO ON XX XX xxinavdvo aaiiwn AUHaYdTO XXX XX HILLSBORO fa s AEmeVdYD ON XXX AU'IiaVdTO X X X X X X 8rO-t' AimaYdyO ON XXX ni'iiavdvo X X X X X X AUTiaVdVD ON XXX faV .9 AimavdYO aaiiwi'i X X X X X X All'Iia-tfdVO fXa 8O' 0H 1 t H o< Aimavdvo on AimavdYo Aiinavdvo on X X Amiavdvo Ainiavdvo on X AiinavdYO aaiiwi'i AimavdYD XX XXX XX X XX XXX XXX XX X XX XX X j 11 1 1 S IZ E & CLASS Om m m o 41 m o in o 10 o r- o 00 o i o CN CTD013926 Page 18 o f 19 A ugust 1975 H ft 1* 3 HH A CO 3 co 2X U CO ^3 25 3e ag 3 < &j L O U IS I RIVERSIDE | P ipe F .mJ XLIHaVdVO ON XX Mraavavo X X X X XX 0 uraavavo on H XX 8 AXIOiaVdYD X X XX XX ALITiaVdYO ON liimavavo aaiiwn uniavd UniaVdYO ON s fa xr.i'navdvo O' Mniavdvo on H a o LII'TiaVdVO XilliaVdVD ON CO a> 3 xtniavdYD aaxiwn 04 AJIliaVdVD X fa OS 3 tj H a o Llinevdvo ON ALIHaVdYO Limavdvo on ALniavdVD xtinavavo ON XXXX XX XX - X y X X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX XX X X XX X X X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX P ipe P ip e xiiaiavdvo aaiiwn MiaiavdVD X 8 fa 3 CO rO-t' d H Q u X 7-imavdvo on XLniavdvo AilliaVdVO ON liniavdvo XLIHaVdVO ON Ainiavdvo craiiwn MITCaVdVD X fa o H U8 1 xtmavdvo on MiaiavdYD liinavdvo on MIHSVdYO Limavdvo on a> Miaiavdvo amiwii nH 04 MI'liaVd'fD X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX - X X X X XX X X X X X X XX XX . X X X X XX XX ! J m*! 1 HI ' S IZ E & CLASS 21" - 30f in m om oin o \D oo CO i 1 1 CTD013927 August 1975 R IV E R S ID E FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE P ip e P ip e xtrnavaTO oh fa AUUHTOYO 5 AiniHYdYO OH a ALIUBVdVD ALIUBVaYO ON 8H urnsvano aaaiKn cu All'll 3YdV0 Ail'llavavo on X bi ALmavavo H Da S0 o AUUffttaVD ON Aiinsvavo w Atniavavo ON 8 Aimevavo aaiinn a. AIITiaVdVD x1 fa 1o 0 o All'llSVdVD ON AUliaVdYO All'll9VdVO ON Aimarvavo AIIHaVdYO ON Aimavavo aaxiHii Aiiiiavavo Aiircavavo on T b All'llavavo 1a H 0 S3 CJ >4 H S ALIHaVdVO ON AliTiaVdVD Ail'llavavo on AimavdYo asiiwn Aimavavo AAIUaVdYO ON ;t tn Aii'iiavavo tf H oa o ALIliaVdVO ON AllliaVdVO z Aiiiiavavo on $ AimavdYD aaiiwn P ip e Aliuavdvo X XX XX X X X X X XX X X X XX X XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X XX XXX XXX X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X X X X 'x -- -- ----- -- in m o m oin oo o 10 CO - 1 1 a. is 1 i S IZ E & CLASS -OE ,,P Z j CTD013928 CertairileedlH lT0 | See Below Mail Coda From /4W> G. A. Berkhimer Subject A/C Packaging Specifications Mail Coda 2125 2B Ext. 7974 Date April 24, 1986 Mr. L. Ambler Mr. J. L. Anderson Mr. R. Beavers Mr. J. A. Burke Mr. F. Duffy Mr. J. Himmelberger Mr. J. P. McGinley Mr. G. C. Olson Mr. C. Patti Mr. G. Stelian Mr. D. F. Young - VF 2125 2B - Hillsboro if257 (3) - Mountain Region if267 - Riverside #260 (3) - Southwest Region #264 - Pacific Region #265 - VF 2125 2B - Eastern Region VF 2125 2B - VF 2125 2B - VF 2125 2B - VF 2125 2B Attached are updated packaging specifications for A/C pipe and accessories. RECLu.: 1368 CTD013929 TECHNICAL CHANGE ORDER CertainTeed B applicable to: Packaging Methods - A/C Plants CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group oitcmrrtON: date or issue: April 24, 1986 t.c.o. no.: rAOC no.: 1 Revision to General Packaging Methods " " `-- -- ---- 11 -- .... - i Purpose To update packaging specifications for A/C pipe and accessories. Instructions Replace existing packaging specifications for A/C pipe with the attached. 1 CTD013930 PHETARED ir: j APPROVED BY: R O m ro. SALKS I.E. OTHERS 02- Vdf0-00ii4 (Pb<yj4) ^6 CONFIOCNTIAl. OOCUMINT - NOT TO BI DISTRIBUTCD TO UNAUTHORIZED PIRSONNM. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed El SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - HILLSBORO T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group DESCRIPTION: 85-1 ALL PREVIOUS DATE OP ISSUE: 1 APRIL 1, 1986 4" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 41' WIDE-3ELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 4" 100 8 150 8 200 7 5 40 AC 5 40 AC 5 35 AC 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 4" 100 8 150 8 200 7 5 40 BD 5 40 BD 5 35 BD 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - HAGGLE BOARDS 4" 100 7 150 7 200 6 5 35 AC 5 35 AC 5 30 AC ACCESSORIES - 4' WIDE 1/2 and 1/4 MEO'S j 4" 1 100 150 200 8 8 7 5 40 BD 5 40 AC 5 35 BD LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 44" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 47" C. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/8" x 1 3/4" x 44" D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 47" E. Chocks: 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" Diagonal Cut | Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" Painted, wa- coated and positioned around unit at center and at Bearing Boards 1 | j ; CTD013931 RCPARCD *y: APPROVED y: MPQ. | SALES 0. C. ! G. A. BERKHIMER D2-10-CC23 4/eo CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL dcsckiptiOm: OATS or IMUC: APRIL 1, 1986 SPCCir(CATION no: 85-1 6" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS RAGGLE BOARDS 6" 100 6 3 150 6 3 200 6 3 18 18 18 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 6" 100 6 3 150 6 3 200 6 3 18 18 18 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - HAGGLE BOARDS 6" 100 6 3 150 6 3 200 5 3 18 18 15 ACCESSORIES - 4' WIDE - 1/2 and 1/4 MEO'S 6" 100 6 4 150 6 4 200 6 4 24 24 24 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x3" x 47" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 47" C. Separator Raggle 3oards : 1 3/8" x 1 3/4" x 47" D. Separator Flat Boards: 2 " x 3" x 47" E. Chocks: 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" Diagonal Cut F. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 44" G. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/8" x 1 3/4" x 44" H. Seoarator Raegle Boards: 1 3/8" x 2 1/2" x 39" I. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 39" J. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/8" x 2 1/2" x 43" K. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 43" Steel 3ands: 3/4" x .025" Painted, wax coated and positioned around uni: at center and at 3earing Boards. pacc no. : 2 LUMBER FG FG HI BDE BDE BDE FG AC HIJK AC AC AC CTD013932 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPCCIF1CATIONS CLASSIFICATION: | CertainTeed IH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group PACKAGING METHODS - HILLSBORO _. _ T.C.O. *KF. NO. SPECIFICATION NOt 85-1 ... FACE NO.: 1 !___________ _____i 3! SUPCIIStOKS: OATS OF ISSUE: , ALL PREVIOUS APRIL 1, 1986 i DSSCRIPTION: 8" A/C PRESSURE PIPE SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 8" 100 150 200 4 4 4 3 3 3 12 12 12 TRUCK LOAD MAXIMIZING OPTION 8" 100 4 150 4 200 4 2 2 2 8 `8 8 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 8" 100 4 150 4 200 4 3 3 3 12 12 12 TRUCK LOAD MAXIMIZING OPTION 8" 100 4 150 4 200 4 2 2 2 8 8 8 LUMBER: | A. Bearing Raggle Boards:2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 38" ! B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 47" i C. Separator Raggle Boards: 2" x 2" x 38" . D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 47" I E. Chocks: 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" Diagonal Cut | Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at center and at Bearing Boards LUMBER AC AC AC AC AC AC BDE BDE BDE BDE BDE BDE CTD013933 1 *cPAacD at: AFPNOVCO R O MPG. SALKS I.I. Q. C. OTHCSS ; G. A. 3ERKHIMER 1____________________ 2 -1C-OC2 3 /ao _______! a -------------------------------- --- CONF1OINTIAL OOCUMtNT NOT TO ( DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL oiicmrnON: DATS or imuc: APRIL .1, 1986 crcciriCATiOM no: 85-1 8" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES PAG NO. 1 4 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 8" 100 4 3 150 4 3 200 4 3 TRUCK LOAD MAXIMIZING OPTION 8" 100 150 200 4 4 4 2 2 2 ACCESSORIES - 4T WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 8" 100 4 3 150 4 3 200 4 3 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 42" B. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/8" x 2 1/2" x 42" C. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 38" D. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/8" x 2 1/2" x 38" E. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 43" F. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/4" x 2 1/2" x 43" G. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 40" H. Separator Raggle Boards: 1 3/4" x 2" x 40" PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 12 ABCD 12 ABCD 12 EFGE 8 ABCD 8 ABCE 8 EFGE 12 CD 12 CD 12 CD Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at center and at Bearing Boards. CTD013934 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairileedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPCCtr'CATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS - HILLSBORO T.C.O. **F. NO. SFCCIFICATION NO: 85-1 FAOC NO.: j ?_______ 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ sufcnscocs: OATS OF issue: ALL PREVIOUSAPRIL 1, 1986 DKSCftIPTION: 10" A/C PRESSURE PIPE ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 10" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 10" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFPSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 10" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 ACCESSORIES - 4' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 10" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: I> 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 36" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 47" C. Bearing Raggle Boards: :> 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 38" D. Separator Raggle Boards: 2" x 2" x 36" E. Separator Flat Boards: \!" x 3" x 47" F. Separator Raggle Boards: 2" x 2" x 38" G. Chocks: 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" Diagonal Cut H. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 37" I. Separator Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 37" PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 LUMBER AD AD AD BE BE BE CFHI CF HI CFHI HI HI HI Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at center and at Bearing Boards. CTD013935 j G. A. BERKHIMER AP**OVCO tv* jj * iO SALC3 ! 1.1. j6> r~^c7_ OTMC* oc*C*iftn: DAT. OP IMUI: APRIL 1, 1986 12" A/C PRESSURE PIPE SPCCIPICATIOW NO: 85-1 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 12" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 6 6 6 4* WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 12" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 6 6 6 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 12" 100 150 200 3 3 2 2 2 2 6 6 4 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 12" 100 150 200 6 6 6 2 2 2 12 12 12 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 44" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 47" | C. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 46" D. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 96" E. Separator Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 44" F. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 47" G. Separator Raggle Boards: 2" x 2" x 46" H. Separator Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 96" I. Chocks: 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" Diagonal Cut Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at center and at Bearing Boards. i PAOC NO.: 6 LUMBER AE AE AE BFI BFI BFI CG CG CG DHI DHI DHI ! 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH CertamTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - HILLSBORO T.C.O. REF. NO. SPEC)FICATION NO: 85-1 PASS NO.: 7 [ j 1 ! SUPCRSCDKS: ALL PREVIOUS OATE OP ISSUE: APRIL 1. 19861 DESCRIPTION: 12" A/C PRESSURE ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 12" 100 150 200 3 3 3 2 2 2 8' WILE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 12" 100 150 200 6 6 6 2 2 2 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/4" x 3" x 44" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3 " x 3" x 96" C. Separator Raggle Boards : 2 1/4" x 3"1 x 44'' D. Separator Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 96 Tf E. Chocks: 2 3/4" x 2 3/4 " x 3 7/8" Steel Bands : 3/4" x .025" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at center and at Bearing Boards PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 6 12 12 12 LUMBER AC AC AC BDE BDE BDE I ! CTD013937 PREPARED 1Y G. A. BERKHIMER 1 APPROVEO at- R O MF<2. SALES i.C. -J. c. (r'f OTHERS 2- 10-C02 3 /80 CONPIOCNTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL description: OATS or issue: APRIL 1, 1986 SPECIFICATION NO: 85-1 14" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES PAGE NO.: 8 size CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 14" 100 150 200 6 5 5 1 1 1 6 5 5 ACCESSORIES - 8' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 14" 100 150 200 6 5 5 1 1 1 6 5 5' LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3 It x 94" B. Chocks: 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" Diagonal Cut Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at Bearing Boards LUMBER AB AB AB AB AB AB CTD013938 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed El CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPSCIFICATlOMS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - HILLSBORO T.c.o. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 85-1 PACK NO.: 9 SUPERSEDES: ALL PREVIOUS OATS OF ISSUE: APRIL 1, 196 oischiftion: 16" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES j| I| ! SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8* WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 16" 100 5 150 5 200 5 15 15 15 OPTIONAL-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 16" 100 . 3 150 3 200 3 16" 100 2 150 2 200 2 13 13 13 12 12 12 ACCESSORIES - 8' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 16" 100 4 150 4 200 4 14 14 14 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 96" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 58" C. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 38" D. Chocks: 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" Diagonal Cut Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at Bearing Boards LUMBER AD AD AD BD BD BD CD CD CD AD AD AD I . CTD013939 nt*AI*CO BY. '| APPROVED *y: r~--- -- R *o MFC- SAi.CS I.E. 0. c. - . . 1G. A. BERKHIHER ;j _, C-f CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS oc*cmmo: dati or issue: APRIL 1, 1986 sPCCiriCATiON no: 85-1 18" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES PAOC NO.: 10 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFPSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 18" 100 150 4 4 14 14 ACCESSORIES - 8' WEDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 18" 100 150 4 4 14 14 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 96" B. Chocks: 3 7/16" x 3 7/16" x 4 3/4" Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Painted, wax coated and positioned around unit at Bearing Boards LUMBER AB AB AB AB CTD013940 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedlH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - HILLSBORO t.c.o. no. spcciFiCATiON no: 85-1 paoc no.. 11 supersedes: ALL PREVIOUS oate of issue: APRIL 1, 1986 OCaCRIPTiON: 20" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 20" 100 4 150 4 ACCESSORIES - 8' VIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 1 1 4 4 20" 100 4 1 150 4 1 4 4 j LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x B. Chocks: 3 7/16" x 3 7/16" x 4 3/4" Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Painted, wax coated and nositioned { around unit at Bearing Boards LUMBER AB AB AB AB II CTD013941 PREPARED iTt | G. A. 3ERKEIMER 2-10-0023 4/80 APPROVED 3V * *D SACC5 i.C. Q. C. .>_ 1 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD013942 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedH SFSCIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS'- RIVERSIDE T.C.O. IMF. NO. SFCCI FI CATION NO: FAGS NO.: CertairiTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUFCRSCDCS: 85-1 OATS OF ISSUC: ocscmiftion: ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1. 1985 6" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 6" 100 6 5 30 150 6 5 30 200 6 5 30 8' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT 30ARDS 6" 100 11 4 44 150 11 4 44 200 11 4 44 ACCESSORIES - 4' WIDE - 1/2 AND i/4 ME0 S 6" 100 6 5 30 150 6 5 30 200 6 5 30 LUMBER: 1 A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1'2" x 3 1/2" x 47" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" C. Separator Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 47" j D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" i E. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" ; Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit i Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on 3earing Boards ; and first Separator Boards LUMBER AC AC AC BDE BDE BDE AC AC AC i CTD013943 rrr~3T- AF**OVCD at* n %o SALtS 0. c. ju G. A. BERKHIMER ---------- w____________ _____________ ____ >1--------------- --- 1l_ . 02-10-002 3 a/so CONFtOCNTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO 9C Ot*THIUTEO TO UNAUTHO*lZtD FCHSONNtL OTMCftS -- i 1i ocsc*imow: OATS Of Ittut: NOVERMBER 1, 1985 SAcctriCATiOM no: 85-1 8" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 3" 100 150 200 4 4 4 4 u 4 16 16 16 8' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 8" 100 150 200 9 9 8 3 3 3 27 27 24 ACCESSORIES - 4' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 8" 100 150 200 5 5 e 4 4 4 20 20 20 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 47" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" j C. Separator Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 47" l D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" l 1. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" I Steen Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit I Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards AAOC NO.: 2 LUMBER AC AC AC BDE BDE BDE AC AC AC CTD013944 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedlH SPCCtriCATlONf CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSTDF____ __________ t.c.o. mtr no. SFSCIFlCATION NO: PAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPSftSKDKS: ALL PREVIOUS OCSCHtmON: 10" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES 85-1 DATE OF ISSUE: 3 NOVEMBER 1, 1985 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WILE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 10 M 100 150 200 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 9 9 8' WEDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 10 It 100 150 200 7 7 6 3 3 3 21 21 18 accessories - 4' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 10 If 100 150 200 4 4 4 3 3 3 12 12 12 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 36" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95 ft C. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 48 It D. Separator Raggle Boards: 2" x 2" x 36" E. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 4" x 95" F. Separator Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 36" G. Separator Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" H. Separat or Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 48" E. Chocks: 3 1/2"' x 3 1/2" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit : Perforated Straps: Zinc coated, on bearing boards and first ; Separator 3oards LUMBER AD AD AD BEI BEI BGI CHI CHI CHI CTD013945 - WCPAftC0 | G. A. BERKHIMER 02-10-0023 4/so o o APPffQVCD tr- * A0 Mira. SALES It ju 1 CONFIDENTIAL QOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTMCPS i octcmmoN: OAT* or issue: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 s^cartcation no: 85-1 12" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES PAGC NO. : 4 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER PIPE PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - RAGGLE BOARDS 12" 100 3 3 9 150 3 3 9 200 3 3 9 8' WIDE- 3ELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 12" 100 150 200 6 6 6 2 12 2 12 2 12 ACCESSORIES - 4' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 12" 100 3 3 9 150 3 3 9 200 3 3 9 LUMBER: A. Bearing Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 44" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3' x 4" x 95" C. Bearing Flat Boards: 3' x 4" x 43" D. Separator Raggle Boards: 2" x 2" x 44" E. Separator Raggle Boards: 2 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 44" F. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" G. Separator Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" H. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" I. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards LUMBER AD AD AE BFI BGI BGI CHI CHI CHI CTD013946 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed Ei SPECIFICATIONS CUM iriCATION: PACKAGINC METHODS - RTVF.RSTDF__________ T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: ALL PREVIOUS 85-1 OATE OF ISSUE: NOVEMBER 1, 5 1985 DESCRIPTION: 14" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES 1 i J | I | ' SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 14" i 100 150 200 5 5 5 2 2 2 10 10 10 ACCESSORIES - 8' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S ! 14" 100 5 I 150 5 | 200 5 ' j LUMBER: I I A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" | B. Separator Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" I C. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" D. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" 2 2 2 10 10 10 I Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit j Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards LUMBER ACD ABD ABD ACD ACD ACD I I j CTD013947 } a,:PREPAREO APPROVEO 3Y` a . a MPQ. SALCS I.I. Q. C. j G. A. 3ERKHIMER ! ti 2- 10-CC2 3 4/80 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO SC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ocscription: OATC or issue: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 srconcATiOM no: 85-1 16" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 16" 100 5 2 10 150 5 2 10 200 5 2 10 ACCESSORIES - 8' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S 16" 100 5 2 10 150 5 2 10 200 5 2 10 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 3" ,x 4" x 95" C. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" D. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards PAOC NO.: 6 LUMBER ACD ABD ABD ACD ACD ACD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedlH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHOD - RTVERSTOF T.C.O. RfP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group supersedes: ALL 85-1 PREVIOUS oate of issue: NOVEMBER 1, 7 1985 DESCRIPTION: 18" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES j ! SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 18" 100 150 ACCESSORIES - 3' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'5 18" 100 150 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards LUMBER ABC ABC ABC ABC CTD013949 i o o PRCPAREO St: I1G. A. BERKHIMER i APPROVED sr: ! ---R----*--O--- 1 -- MFC. 1 SALES 1 .. 1 J______________________________________________________ . _____________ /ao2 - 1C-OC2 3 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHOR I ZED PERSONNEL OTHERS | description: OATS OP issue: NOVEMBER 1 1985 SPCC1PICATION NO: 85-1 20" A/C PRESSURE PIPE AND ACCESSORIES PAOC NO.: 8 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 20" 100 150 3 3 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 ACCESSORIES - 8' WIDE - 1/2 AND 1/4 MEO'S o CM 100 4 2 8 150 4 2 8 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat 3oards: 3" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" Steel Bands : 1 1/4" x . 031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards LUMBER ABC ABC ABC ABC i i f CTD013950 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ! SCeel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit ! J Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and j first Separator Boards i i CTD013951 G. A. BERKHIMER AFFROVfO BY: Jj 4 * 0 | MFQ. SALES r--" if. C; 0. c. -1C-CC23 4/ao CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHOR I ZED PERSONNEL OTHERS 0CIC*IFTIO: orDAT* IUUI: NOVEMBER L 1985 specification no: 85-1 6" A/C SEWER PIPE SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 6" ALL 6 5 PIPE PER UNIT 30 PACE NO.: 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47" B. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 4" x 47" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and First Separator Boards CTD013952 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed IH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION! _ PACKAGING METHODS_r_RIVERSIDE T.C.O. KCF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES! 85-1 DATE OF ISSUE: ii OCSCMIPTION: ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1, 1985 8" A/C SEWER PIPE ! ) SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 8" ALL 4 4 PIPE PER UNIT 16 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 43" B. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 4" x 43" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel 3ands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and first Separator 3oards I CTD013953 FFPOVEO *r: * iO r--------- - 1 MFC. SALKS Or C. j C. A. 32-13-OC2 3 3ERKHIMER /S0 n1 ___ ill_______________ __________________ 1 /. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHCPS OCSCfflPTlOw: orDAT* IHUI: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 srcciriCATiON no: 85-1 10" A/C SEWER PIPE PAGC NO.: 12 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' VIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS xQ" .ALL 4 3 PIPE PER UNIT 12 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47" 3. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 47" | C. Cfiocics: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit I j Perforated Straps: 3-/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and j first Separator 3oards CTD013954 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed E! SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION*. PACKAGING METHOD - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. ref. NO, SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group supersedes: 85-1 DATE OP ISSUE: 13 DESCRIPTION: ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1, 1985 12" A/C SEVER PIPE 1 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE-BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 12" ALL 3 3 PIPE PER UNIT 9 LUMBER ABC 1 i LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 43" !B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Beards and first Separator Boards i CTD013955 PSVAACD St: t ! G. A. BERKHIMER 2-10-0023 /ao APPROVED BY'. 1 1 R .3 | MPO SALES I.C ; Q.c. .*' 1 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ------- --- 1--'-- ----------1 OTMIRS t i ocscRimoN: oats or issue: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 14" A/C SEWER PIPE srcctriCATiON no: PAGC NO.: 85-1________________ _________ L4________ SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 14" ALL 5 2 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat: Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards CTD013956 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPCCIFICATION* CUkMiriCATION: CertainTeed El PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C-O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: faoe no.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group OCSCfttPTiON: SUPERSEDES: 85-1 ALL PREVIOUS DATS or issue: NOVEMBER 1, 15 1985 15" A/C SEWER PIPE 1 | | i SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 8' WIDE-BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 15" ALL PIPE PER UNIT 10 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" ! JSteel Bands: 1 L/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc cated, on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards LUMBER ABC i CTD013957 U- ^ 1 "" i j ; FRCPAREC T- j G. A. BERKHIMER i APPROVED 8Y' 1 R 4O MFO. 1---------------- 1--------------------1 ALS 1 i -E. 0. C. OTHERS 2-10-002' /80 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ocscRimON: orOATS issue: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 srccirtCATiOM no: 85-1 16" A/C Sewer PIPS PAGC NO.: _________________ Lfi______________ SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 16" ALL 5 2 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flac Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedH SFCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. *CF. NO. SFCCIFICATION NO: FAOC NO. . CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUFCRSCDCS: 85-1 DATS OF ISSUK: 17 1-- .. ---- OtSCNlFTION: ............. -- ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1, 1985 18" A/C SEWER PIPE i ij SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 18" ALL 5 2 PIPE PER UNIT 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: -2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and i first Separator Boards iI CTD013959 *EFA*CO 8Yi j G. A. BERKHIMER 4/ao02-10-002 2 1 AFFFOVtD *T* A O *4F(J. 1-- -- ____ SALES w1 " 11,1 | I.C. Q. C. 1 CONFIOINTIA1. OOCUMCNT - NOT TO ( OliTRIIUTtO TO UNAUTHOIZ0 FfHIONNIL OTHCFS j I oMCRirriON: OATS OP ISSUE: SPCCJPICATION NO: PAGC NO.: NOVEMBER 1. 1985___ as=j_____________________ __________________ _ia______ 20" A/C SEWER PIPE SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 3' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 20" ALL 4 2 8 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit y Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards LUMBER ABC CTD013960 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. SEP. NO- SPECIFICATION NO*. PAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPEPSEOES: ALL PREVIOUS 85-1 OATS OF ISSUE: NOVEMBER 1, 19 1985 obbcbiption: 21" A/C SEWER PIPE ; ; SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 21" ALL 3 2 6 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards I CTD013961 i - PWCFAASO y: 1 j G. A. BERKHIMER 02-10-OC2 3 4/so APPAOVfo Sr: * O MFQ. SALES 1.1. / 0- c. CONriOCNTIAU OOCUMCNT NOT TO BC OISTBIBUTCO TO UNAUTMOBIZIO PIMONNIl OTHCftS J j oe*citimo: orOATS iuuc: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 24" A/C SEWER PIPE sreciriCATioN no: 85-1 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNAT END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 24" ALL 3 2 6 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separated Boards fAG NO,: 20 LUMBER ABC CTD013962 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERS IDF. T-C.O. REF- NO. FSClFlCATION NO: FAOE no.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: 85-1 OATE OF ISSUE: 21 ALL PREVIOUSNOVEMBER 1. 1985 ,, description: 6" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE j i | i | SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 4' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 6" ALL 6 LAYERS PER UNIT 5 PIPE PER UNIT 30 : LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47 1/2" iB. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 47 1/2" !c. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit jperforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and 'first Separator Boards II I j i ! CTD013963 ME*ARES at- G. A. SEKKHIMER -<>roveo by: > 3 w 0. C. 2-10-002 3 4/80 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ordate imuc: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 8" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE specification no; PAGE NO.: _______________ a5=j____________ 22. SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER I 4' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS l ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8" ALL 4 LAYERS PER UNIT 4 PIPE PER UNIT 16 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. 3earing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x -43" 3. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel 3aads: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated, on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards i i crow*** TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairileedGi SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. NCP. NO. SPCC1FICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: 85-1 OATS OF ISSUE: 23 OESCSIFTION: ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1, 1985 10" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE PIPE PER IE CLASS LAYER WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS >" ALL 4 LAYERS PER UNIT 3 PIPE PER UNIT 12 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: J A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47" j B. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 4" x 47 1/2" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and i first Separator Boards I I CTD013965 PFCPAftCD TT-. J AFFROVED BY: A aO MFQ. SALES l.C. Q. C. ij. A. L 32 -1C-002 3 3ERKHIMER jj (:j 4/80 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL others j j i OKSCttlPTtON: orOATS issue: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 12" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE srcciriCATio* no: 85-1 PAQC no.: 24 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 4' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 12" ALL 3 3 PIPE PER UNIT 9 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: . 3earing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 43" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards I CTD013966 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certairileed H SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.c.o. REP. NO. SPCClPlCATlON NO: PAOE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: ALL PREVIOUS 85-1 OATS OF ISSUE: NOVEMBER 1, 25 1985 DESCRIPTION: 14" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE [ 1 j | | j SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 14" ALL 5 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 PIPE PER UNIT 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" B. Separator Flat Boards:!" x 3" x 94" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" I Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit i I i Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on 3earing Boards and first Separator Boards CTD013967 o o SV G. A. BERKHIMER APPROVEO BY: | A O l M WO. SALES / L. J 2-10-0023 */t0 CONFIDENT! AL OOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS DCSCftimow: oats or issue: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 15" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE SPCCinCATIO* no: 85-1 PAOC NO.; 26 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 4' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 15" 2000 D 3 2500 D 3 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 15" ALL 5 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 10 LUMBER ABC ABC DEC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47 1/2" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 47 1/2" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" D. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" E. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 94" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and j first Separator 3oards i j CTD013968 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group description: SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOt NO.: 85-1 27 suPEftacoKa: OATT or iaaur ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1, 1985 16" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE j SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 16" ALL 5 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 PIPE PER UNIT 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 94" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit j Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and i first Separator Boards i CTD013969 O o PREPARED 77----------------------- AABOV*D by: j| R ft O mpo. r 1 " 1 SALES i E G. A. 3ERKHIMER <1 il________________________________ - /802 10-0023 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT * NOT TO EC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS i __ 1 OAT* or issue: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 srccincATiOM no: 85-1 .18" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE AAOC NO.; 28 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 18" ALL 4 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 PIPE PER UNIT 8 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 94" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards i CTD013970 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedGI CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.e.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FAOC NO.: 85-1 29 SUPERSEDES: ALL PREVIOUS OATt or issue: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 DESCRIPTION: 20" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE i j SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 20" ALL 4 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 PIPE PER UNIT 8 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 94" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separated Boards CTD013971 ,Y: j G. A. BERKHIMER i APPROVED IV: 1___________________________________ 22-10-0023 4/80 confidential document * *0 MFQ. ' SALES i.t. ) a.;. OTHERS NOT TO SC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSC NNEL i I I ! ocscniPtiON: OATS or IMUC NOVEMBER 1. 1985 21" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE sfccificatio* no: FAOG NO.: 85-1_____________ ___________ 30 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT BOARDS 21" ALL 4 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 PIPE PER UNIT 8 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 3" x 94" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards CfDOtt972 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed 19 CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SFCCIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE t.c.o. ref. no. SPECIFICATION no: 85-1 SUFCRSCDCS: ALL PREVIOUS faoe no.: DATS OF ISSUE: NOVEMBER 1,7 31 1985 osscsiftion: 24" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE : iii SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER 8' WIDE - UNBELLED - FLAT 30ARDS 24" ALL 3 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 PIPE PER UNIT 6 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 3" x 94" B. Separator Flat 3oards: 2" x 3" x 94" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit | Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and I first Separator Boards CTD013973 'AffARic 3y ;i vffroveo sy: Jj R * o . mfo. , sales i, i.z. Ii q~. c~. " 1 j G. A. BERKHIMER . !. \(cj1 i 'll \c) i c:-lU-UU4/0 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED FERSC NNCL other* i i 11 OCSCftFT ion: dats or issue: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 SPECIFICATION NO: 85-1 6" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE PAGE NO.: __________ 22_______ SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT 30ARDS 6" ALL 6 5 30 8' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 6" ALL 4 4 16 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" C. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 47" D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" E. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards LUMBER ACE BDE 1 1 I I CTD013974 l TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed IH SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: -PACKAGING METHODS - R] r.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: [VFRSIDE FADE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group OCSCRirrioN: SUPERSEDES: 85-1 ALL PREVIOUS 33 DATE OF IMUI: NOVEMBER L, 1985 - --....... ................ ... 8" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE i i PIPE PER LAYERS PIPE 1 SIZE I CLASS LAYER PER UNIT PER UNIT 1 U' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 8" ALL 4 4 16 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS ! 8" ALL 9 3 27 LUMBER ACE BDE LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 43" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" C. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" E. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit ; Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and j first Separator 3oards CTD013975 EPARED 9V- G. A. BERKHIMER APPROVED Y- j A 4 MFC. SALES i E. 0. c. i1 2-10-0023 */ao CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMENT NOT TO SC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS I I ! I j i ocscftimoN: OATS or issue: SACCiriCATIOM NO: THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CTD013976 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.e.O. PEP. NO. SPCCIPICATION NO: ! PACE NO.; 85-1 | 34 SUPERSEDES: OATS OF ISSUE: DESCRIPTION: ALL PREVIOUS NOVEMBER 1. 1985 10" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE j ! I 1 ; i SIZE I CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT ------------ 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - PLAT BOARDS 10" 30-50 60-90 4 3 3 3 12 9 3' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 10" 30-70 80-90 7 6 3 3 21 18 LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 47" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 43" C. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 47" E. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" F- Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" G. Chocks: 3" x 3" ! Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit 'Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and ! first Separator Boards LUMBER ADG BEG CFG CFG j j ! CTD013977 1 G. A. 1 2-10-0023 | APPROVED BY: i .B ft O mPG. sales < t- Q. C- BERKHIMER 1- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4/ao CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS j 1 1 DESCRIPTION; OAT* OF IMUi: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 SPECIFICATION NO: 85-1 12" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE PAOG NO.: 35 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 12" ALL 3 3 9 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 12" ALL 6 2 12 LUMBER ACE BDE LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 43" B. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x ''*5" C. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 43" D. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" E. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 3/4" x .025" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and first Separator Boards i I l CTD013978 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedH SPCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: 85-1 OATS OP ISSUE: 36 DESCRIPTION: ALL PREVIOUS 14" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE NOVEMBER 1, 1985 ! SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 14" ALL 5 2 10 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: __ A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .020" One positioned around center of unit | Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and 1 Separator 3oard's i CTD013979 PREPARED BY' j G. A. BERKHIMER ' 1 *FF*OVtO ST: nrrr mfo. SALES o 6 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------j OTHERS 02-10-002 3 4/ Bo CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL 0CSC*iption: orOATS imuc: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 srcciriCATiOM no: 85-1 15" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE rAQC no.: 37 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE' - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 15" 30-50 60-90 5 5 2 1 10 5 LUMBER ABC AC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and Separator 3oards i CTD013980 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIF1CATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertainTeed H PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. REF. NO. SPCClPlCATtON NO: FAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 85-1 supersedes: ALL PREVIOUS OATE OF ISSUE: NOVEMBER 1, 38 1985 DESCRIPTION: 16" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE | 1 | ]j! j SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 16" 30-60 70-90 5 5 2 1 PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 10 ABC 5 AC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit I | Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and j Separator 3oards [ CTD013981 G. A. 2-10-0023 approved sr: _ ,n . D MFQ. SALES r'T.c 1 a.c. BERKHIMER 4/io CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHCSS 1 __j 1 1 DCfCRimoN: OATS or IMUC: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 SPCCiriCATlO* no: 85-1 18" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE PAGE NO.: 39 SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 18" 30-35 40-90 5 4 2 2 10 8 LUMBER ABC ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat 3oards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards i CTD013982 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeed El CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group spccifications classification: PACKAGING METHODS - RIVERSIDE T.C.O. ACF NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PASS NO.: 85-1 40 SUPCRSCDCS: ALL PREVIOUS DATS OP ISSUK: NOVEMBER 1, L985 ocscmmoN: 20" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 20" ALL 4 2 8 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" > B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and i Separator 3oards CTD013983 PlFAUfO 1, G. A. 02-10-0023 y: 'll APPWOVtO by: 'ii __i3ERKHIMER */so CONFIDENTIAL document ------- 1-----------------| p *O 1 m ra. , SALES i.t- j 1 Q.C. NOT TO ( DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED RCRSC NNCL OTHtftS DKicmmoM: date or tsauc: NOVEMBER 1. 1985 SICCirtCAT!QM 85-1 21" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT 30ARDS 21" ALL 3 2 6 PAGC NO.: 41 LUMBER ABC LUMBER: A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel 3ands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards l CTD013984 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS spccifications classification: CertainTeedH PACKAGING METHOD - RIVERSIDE t.c.o. *r. no. SFCCIFICATION NO: SAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 85-1 SUPCRSCOCS: ALL PREVIOUS 42 oatc or issue: NOVEMBER 1, 1985 24" A/C FLUID TRANSMISSION PIPE SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS - FLAT BOARDS 24" 30-60 70-90 3 3 2 1 6 3 LUMBER ABC AC LUMBER: j A. Bearing Flat Boards: 3" x 4" x 95" B. Separator Flat Boards: 2" x 4" x 95" C. Chocks: 3" x 3" Steel Bands: 1 1/4" x .031" One positioned around center of unit Perforated Straps: 3/4" x .020" Zinc coated on Bearing Boards and Separator Boards AAFHOVtO SY: j G. A. BERKHIMER j CTD013985 * * D MFG. 1SALIS I.I. j O.C. OTMCftS | - __ 1: >1 ________ 1 J I CTD013986 SI cenwNTHo DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS /? ~C SPCCIFICATIONS classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE OIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOENO.: 27 General Sec, L 1-1-1 SUPERSEDES: DATE OF ISSUE: 1-3-73 APfc 1 8 1975 STANDARD LENGTH A/C PIPE PART I - TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I PART I PART II PART III PART IV PART V PART VI PART VII PART VIII SECTION II PART I PART II PART III PART IIIA PART IV PART IVA PART XIII PART XVB GENERAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS PACKAGING INFORMATION UNIT CONSTRUCTION UNIT DESCRIPTION UNIT LOADING EXPORT PACKAGING CITY OF LOS ANGELES PACKAGING (Riverside and Santa Clara Only) FITTINGS PACKAGING UNIT SPECIFICATION PRESSURE PIPE SEWER PIPE PIPE, COUPLING AND ACCESSORIES PACKAGING (SMALL DIAMETER SEWER) PRESSURE PIPE (COMMON GROOVE) IRRIGATION PIPE IRRIGATION PIPE (COMMON GROOVE) STORM DRAIN (Riverside and Santa Clara) BUREAU OF RECLAMATION/ FLUID TRANSMISSION PACE NO. 1-1-1 1-2-1 1-3-1 1-4-1 1-5-1 1-6-1 1-7-1 1-8-1 2-1-1 2-2-1 2-3-1 2-3A-1 2-4-1 2-4A-1 2-13-1 2-15B-1 CTD013987 PREPARED BY: P. Foulds APPROVED BY.' R AD MPO. SALES l.c. tU)k 0 OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMCNT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL i GENERAL rO*M *927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOAM P927 |B| COMIIKD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO. PIPE DIVISION 23 SUPERSEDES: 1.3.73 GENERAL SEC. L 1-2-2 _ | DATE OF ISSUE: | SEP 2 4 1973 PART II - PACKAGING INFORMATION A - IDENTIFICATION CHART DESCRIPTION TYPE SIZE 1 73 1--i iH0 n C ____ a____ 1 -ul TJ 01 -P rH +5 rH H C 11 <m iH H O -O c _______ 1 T3 li 0) II 0) -P H P iH HCO ft PQ 4' UNITS 8' UNITS Irrigation CG IS FOOT LE NGTHS Type 125 Class 100/150/200 6" - 10" 12"' 14" - 16" XX XX X Bureau of Reclamation/ Fluid Trans mission Class 30-90 6" - 10" 12" 14" - 24" XX X XX XX J n b e lle d CBa nanl lo n B elled One End B elled One End U nbelled CBa nanl lo n | 1 j Storm Drain 6" - 24" X *NfEO QUARTER LENGTHS Pressure 4" 18" - 24" X X Pressure CG Sewer CG Pressure 6" - 8" 10" - 12" 14" - 16" X X 8" 10" - 12" 14" - 24"1 X X ^ *MEO HALF LENGTHS nr X 18" - 24"t X IX II X 1 Pressure CG 6" - 8" 10" - 12" 14" - 16" X X - CTD013989 X Sewer CG 8" X 10" - 12" X X 14" - _24" * Denotes Chan ze X . wVSr P. H. Foulds APPROVED BY: R &O MFG. SALES I.E. JL KJffi<is CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS X n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: SI HI COMNTHD DESCRIPTION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAOTUO MhVt'US - ALL PLAT'VS T.C O. REF NO. SPECIFICATION NO! PAGE NO- 23 SUPERSEDES: IFVFR-'. L 3L.fi . n-i-71 L ]--h DATE OF ISSUE: otk 2 ^ 1973 PART II PACKAGING INFORMATION PARAMETERS OF CALCULATIONS; 1. ^ork Lift Truck a. Maximum Lifting *3,650 lbs. (A' Unit) b. Maximum Lifting *7,300 lbs. (8' Unit) 2. i/idth of Unit: a. 8 Foot Unit. (11 inches. b. A Foot Unit. (1) 47 inches. 3. Board Sizes: a. Eearing Board. (i) 3" x 3" X 94" (2) 3 " x 3" X 47" Separator Boards. (8- Uni t) (4- Unit) X(1) 2" x 4" X 94" (2) 1" x 4" 94" (8* Unit) (8- Unit) (3) 2" x 4" X 47" (4- Unit) (M 1" x 4" X 47" (4- Unit) c. The 84" Bearing and Separator Eoards can be used at all locations 'or pipe size 14" and 16" , provided the sire package has been test shipped. RFC0MMF1TDED LUMBER, BAWDS ANT FASTENERS: 1. Lumber used in unit construction must allow clearance between layers so that couplings do not touch verticall . a. Separator boards. (Hardwood-rough cut) (1) 1" x 4" For unbelled units 3" thru 8" CTD013990 (2) 1" x 4" For all units 3" thru 5" * Denotes Change PREPARED BY * P. H. Foulds APPROVED BY: R aD MFG. SALES 1 .E. A. w\ ti&L CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P927 carannEo DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 15 SUPERSEDES: 7-17-72 SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L PAGE NO. : 1-2-4 DATE OF ISSUE: JAN 3 tg73 PART II--PACKAGING INFORMATION (3) 2" x 4" For all units 6" thru 24" pipe b. Bearing Boards (Hardwood-rough cut) (1) 3" x 3" For all units 3" thru 24" pipe Chocks: (Length 3") (1) 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" (2x2) 3" thru 8" pipe (2) 2 3/4" X 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" (3x3) DIAGONAL CUT - 3" thru 15" pipe (3) 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/2" (4x4) DIAGONAL CUT - 16' thru 24" pipe d. Steel Strap: (1) 1/2" x .020" (2) PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED Steel Bands: (41 units only) (1) 3/4" x .020 (2) COATED WITH WAX AND PAINTED BLACK f. Nalls: (1) 6d - 2" long g. Staples: (1) 2" - Coated D. COUPLING & ACCESSORIES CARTONS: DESCRIPTION CARTON SPECIFICATION SIZE-Inside dim. 17*" X 16*" x 15*" TEST BURSTING 200# 84 LBS/1000 SQ. FT. WEIGHT, GROSS 65 LBS. MAX. SIZE LIMIT 75" CONSTRUCTION SINGLE WALL CORRUGATED REGULAR SLOTTED WATER PROOFING' ^Denotes Change WAX IMPREGNATED CTD013991 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R aD MFG. SALES I.E. OTHERS P. FOULDS :M jE UJ$^ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO SE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P927 CERDUNflEED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 29 General Section L 1-2-5 supersedes: New DATE OF ISSUE: - NOV 1 2 1975 description: Part II - Packaging Information E. Coupling & Accessory Wire Bound Shipping Crates 1. Crates used in shipping of couplings and fittings as an alternative method to the use of trailer pig pens. 2. Crates used in yard storage for fast moving items. Stacking limit- 4 crates high. 3. Inside dimensions: 48" x 40" x 30" H, does not include 4" Pallet 4. Constructed of resawn hardwood and assembled with 5-13 gauge wires around perimeter. 5. Weight per crates = 65 lbs. PREPARED BY: P.H. Foulds APPROVED BY: R It D MFO. SALES I.E. M 11M & CTD013992 OTHERS FORM P92 7 CBTOUNTt DESCRIPTION; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.CO REF NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO- 20 SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. 11-1-71 L 1-3-1 DATE OF ISSUE m~ 7m PART III - UNIT CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A. CONSTRUCTION OF UNIT - 4 AND 8 FOOT UNITS: Y. Belled alternated end, belled one-end offset, and unbell s (Regular or Cannon-Balled) Units. a. One bearing board on bottom and seoarator board b^tv/e; n each regular or cannon balled layer, each end. b. Locate boards 38" from each end of oipe. c. Staple or nail standard chocks 3" x 3" diagonal cut, to each end of bearing boards. Staple or nail chocks to each end, top and bottom of separator boards. Chocks must be tight against pine. d. Multiole layers - nail 4 steel straps " x .020" to ends of bearing boards and then to next separator boards, one nail per end. Do not nail strap to too of bearing board or chock. (1) Single Layer - wrap strap over unit, nail two steel straDs x .020" to both ends of bearing board, one nail per end. e. Place steel strap around unit at center of 4 foot units only. B. BUILDING OF UNIT: 1. Belled alternate end and belled one end offset units. a. Position two bearing boards, staple or nail chocks to one end, two nails or two staples per chock, one to each flat. b. Roll Pipe on Boards. (1) Belled alternate end-offset unit. (a) Alternating pre-belled ends. (2) Belled one end unit. * (b) Belled same ends. c. Offset Pipe (1) Belled alternate end, and belled one end offset units. (a) Unbelled and pre-belled ends shall be nositioneri a minimum of 1", and no more than 2", from tnc nre-belled couDling end. (2) The maximum length of any offset units shall not xccni 14'6". -4 PREPARED BY P, K. APPROVED BY: R ft D MFG. SALES t I.E. Foulds itNj ST' CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD013993 FOAM +927 canyuiED BMCNimON: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIFICATlONS CLASSIFICATION? PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. RKF. NO. 10 SUPCRSCOCS SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. PAOC NO.: L 1-3-2 DATE or IMUI: 4-28-70 ____ 2-1-72 PART III - UNIT CONSTRUCTION DETAILS d. Staple or nail chock to other end of bearing board tight against pipe, two nails or two staples per chock, two to outside of flats. e. Position two separator boards, nail chocks to one end, top and bottom, two nails or two staples per chock, one to each flat. f. Position lower chock to other end, turn board 180, nail lower chock, one nail or one staple. g. Nail strap to each end of bearing board and to next separator board - (1) nail partially driven. h. Roll pipe - refer to Part III - B-BUILDING OF UNIT, Sec. b i. Stagger layers of pre-belled ends both vertically and horizontally. j. Staple or nail chock on the other end of separator board tight against pipe, two nails, one flat. 2. Unbelled Units: a. Same as Part III-B-BUILDING OF UNIT. b. With exception to Cannon-Balled units. c. Disregard steps c. and i. C." ASSEMBLING OF "ACCESSORIES CARTON: .1. Unfold carton. 2 Fold two shorter flaps. 3. Fold remaining two flaps, so that edge butt each other. 4. Place carton over table with area to be stapled over cutouts. (interchangeable) 5. Fasten with four staples as indicated. 9TAFLIN4 U rJ'A A i_ y* i * T 11 I* EL Li .6 Remove from table, and place on floor with open flaps upward. Place items in cartons as specified, and mark carton. Close top flaps and staple as described in steps 2,3, and 5. PAKPAACD BY: P. Foulds APPBOVKD BY: ft * 0 MFO. SALKS I.K. ,/V a: +0V/ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SI DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHSftS CTDO13994 FORM P*27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FORM P927 csranriffl) dmcriftion: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 15 SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. SUPERSEDES: 11-1-71 PAGE NO : L 1-4-1 DATE OF ISSUE: JAN 3 1372 PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION A. 8 FOOT UNITS: *1. Pressure, Sewer, Irrigation, Bureau of Reclamation/ Fluid Transmission Pipe. a. Belled alternate ends - offset units. (1) See PART II - A thru C - for applicable construction material. I I T - Nail or Staple END VIEW CTD013996 ^Denotes Change PREPARED BY: P. FOULDS APPROVED BY: R D MFC. SALES I.C. Mr OjM _ CONFIDEMTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED fo UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS rORM PS27 c cenjuniEBi description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION1. PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS T.C.O. Rtr. NO. SPECIPICATION NO: PAGE NO.: .27 supersedes: General Sec. L 1-4-2 DATE OP ISSUE: 11--1-71 APR 1 8 1975 PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION (b) SINGLE LAVER - ALTERNATELY BELLED SIDE VIEW ___________ [ 1_________________________ 0L . c * 4 D---------------------------------------1 I---------------TOP VIEW , END VIEW CTD013997 T - NAIL OR STAPLE PREPARED ST: P. Foulds 8 t APPROVED by: R *D MFG. I.E. ( (Pttir SL CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P2? cnouNis) DUcnirrtoN: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PCCiriCATION* CLAIISIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS T.C.O. ItKF. NO. FCCIFtCATION NO: PA4t NO.: 10 UPCRMDCS: GENERAL SEC. L 1-4-3 DATS OF ISCUl: 4-28-70 11-1-71 PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION b. Belled one end - Offset units. (1) See Part II A Thru C for applicable Construction Material. TOP VIEW pftCPAnco wnr: .?A Fo.Ul.ds Iff appwovcd my: * O MFO. SAIXS jL uJL I.K. CTD013998 OTHERS _______________ rORM r*27 SI Hi CBmUNTHD dkschiption: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --. -- SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS T.C.O. RCF. NO. 1 SPECIFICATION no: PAOC NO.: 10 I GENERAL SEC. L 1-4-4 WfMMDtt: OATS OF IHUt: 4-28-70 11-1-71 PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION r - MIL OR STAPLE CTD013999 PftIPAACD Wf' P. Foulds ovto y: * *0 MFO. SALKS I.K. 4EML & OTNKRS |B| M C8TOUNTH0 OKSCAIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLAD ification: PACKAGErG METHODS - ALL PIIANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. AKA. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOK NO.: PIPE DIVISION UPKASCOCS: GENERAL SEC. L 1-4-5- OATK OP IMUKI 4-28-70 ' 11-1-71 PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION c. Unbelled Unit: (1) See Part II A Thru C for applicable Construction Material. SIDE VIEW txxxxxxxxTT END VIEW NAIL OR STAPLE FORM F927 CBnwnra TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SFCIFtCATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. RIF. NO. 15 SPECIFICATION no: PAGE NO: GENERAL SEC. L 1-4-6 11-1-71 OATS OF ISSUE: JAN 3 1973 ___ i osscniftion: PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION B. 4 FOOT UNITS: *1. Pressure, Sewer, Irrigation and BUREAU OF RECLAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION pipe. a. Belled alternate ends offset units. (1) See Part II A through C for applicable Construction Material. SIDE VIEW END VIEW t - Nail or Staple CTD014001 Denotes Change. PREPARED BY: P. H. mr:approved m d MFO. SALES i.c. FOULDS -U J4r. U/ft i coMrioorriAL document - not to de distributed to unauthorized personnel OTHERS PO*M FS27 B HI COWinEED otacmmoN.- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIFI GATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PI/lNTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. REF. NO. SPEC! FtCATION NO: FAOC NO.: PIPE DIVISION 10 SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. L 1-4-7 OATS OF ISSUC: 4-28-7 C 11-1-71 PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION b. Unbelled Unit: (Regular) (1) See Part II A Thru C for Applicable Material. END VIEW T - NAIL OR STAPLE CTD014002 PREPARED SY: ?. Foulds III ^FNOVCO BY: R aD MFQ. SALES I.C. OTHERS *2c- |jj j&L (Osf,u J/6iHt _________________________________________________ CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMCNT NOT TO OimtiaUTCO TO UNAUTHORIZED RKRSONNCI. FORM P927 Bl camuins) DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLA1isification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PAC7A0TN0 METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.c o. REF- NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PASS NO.: 10 supersedes: GENERAL SEC. L 1-4-8 oats or issue: _____11-1-71________ PART IV - UNIT DESCRIPTION C. UNBELLED UNIT: (Cannon Balled) (1) See Part II A thru C for Applicable material (2) 4" thru 6" Pressure and Sewer pipe only. SIDE VIEW T- Nail or Staple END VIEW CTD014003 PREPARED BY: __________ .-Moulds_ [j APPROVED RY: R *O MPO. SALES I.E. P: II- M ~ ----- ml GM W CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTE^ >b UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS 1 FORM P927 mmm DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: 23 SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. _____ =8^73- J 1-5-1 DATE OF ISSUE: SE, 2 4 1973 PART V - UNIT LOADING ' ! j | LOADING OF TRUCK: 1. Two steel straos shall be Dlaced around each stack of Dice to increase the stability of the load. These straps are to be placed as close to separator boards as possible. 2. Two chains or two cables are required per stack and are to be olaced as close to the boards as possible. 3. Chains or cables must be padded at all points where it comes into contact with the pipe under oressure. * 4. Specific materials now in use are used felts and used tire sections. If any similar protecting materials are used in the future, they shall be approved by this office. Each stack of oipe must have orotective material, and/or used felts between the stacks. This is to eliminate the possibility of damaging nine during transit. 5. All units of pipe closest to front end of trailer shall be tarDed for protection against exhaust fumes. Tarn shall be located on front portion of unit covering all oipe and couDling ends exoosed to exhaust fumes. 6. The load must be oroDerly secured with the aooroval of the Shinning Foreman before leaving the plant. 7. Belled one end units shall be loaded with belled ends nositioned towards cab of truck. * Denotes Change PREPARED BY' APPROVED BY: P. H. Foulds 1 h__ R &D MFG. dll' SALES I.E. ad CTD014004 OTHERS FORM PS27 HCBRHNira oikriftion; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PAGKAGjCNG METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FAOE NO.: PIPE DIVISION 6 SUPERSEDES: GENERAL 5-7-69 SEC. L 1-5-a I DATE OF ISSUE: | 4-28-70 PART V UNIT LOADING__________________ ________________________________ TRUCKIOAD JETfJm AT/ntpwATR mm imtt? EXAMPLE End View PREPARED ST" P. Toulds I APPROVED snr: R *D MFO. SALES ' I.E. - OTHERS-------- r` F 4- . SsdJjf i ------------------------------------------------------------------- j CONPIDCNTIM. DOCUMENT ; NOT TO EE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL I I 1 M 11 . J - L 1-L. ACTION Subc' MEMO O sm ttticiMd For Your APPROVAL For Your COMMENT Advise COMPLETION Date CONTACT Me About This PerQ Our DYour CONVERSATION For DISCUSSION Prepare ESTIMATE For Your FILE For FOLLOW-UP Record Please HANDLE For Your INFORMATION INVESTIGATE And Report READ Q Destroy Q Return Per Your REQUEST Advise STATUS TO Cp , FROM jp. // slw f~o u <- <2 S DATE &-!(' RETURN RV FORWARD TO P3 ^ $ ri. 'i CLifaf^*i-L> 5 fie. c i f=-( c-S CTD014006 July 26, 1976 Bureau of Reclaaation (a/R) Problem SM Below soe Below J. Pi MeGinley - ap VF P&PG-2B #2125 Tot Hr. J. F. Baker - VF P6PG-2B #2125 nr. G. Stellas - VF NM>2S #2125 Kr. H. R. Streepy - BB PSPG #2126 The following will serve as ninutes of the meeting held in ny office this sorning. jay Baker reviewed the following problem that the B/R wee having with A-C pipe in an effort to see what corrective action we could propose. (1) Blieinstion of Stab Belling The B/R intends to forbid stab belling of pipe in the field and jay feels that this restriction will aoet probably be extended to Inclode the Manufacturing plants, m view of this iapending sit uation, it was agreed that Manufacturing should explore the fea sibility of converting our present in-plant stab-belling operation to hydraulic balling. jay agreed not to cacaait us to hydraulic belling unless he had no other choice and than be would attaapt to get as such lead time as possible from the B/R. (2) Hydraulic Testing of Fro-belled pipe He hydraulically test all couplings before they are assenbled with the pipe and I asked jay to resist all attmpts to have us hy draulically test the pre-bellad asseably. This requlreaant, if we bad to oonply with it, would reduce our production rates through Finishing by as each as 40%. I also feel that tasting the pre belled asseably aan cause serious stresses in the oocpling due to the deflection that often takes place between the coupling end pipe during the hydraulic test operation. (3) Alternate Bailing Our present Mckaging specifications call for alternate-end bell ing. However, in practice, we ship most pipe fan-belled due to the requests free the contractor. X feel that the shipsont of fanbelled pipe is the eajor cause of the erected coupling problem that are being enoomtarad by the B/R. it wee agreed that the R/R would have to forbid the thipmnt- of fan-belled pipe in order to effectively stop this practice. (continued) AUG'* 1978 CTD014007 Messrs. Baker, steliaa, Streepy Bureau of Raclegation (B/R) Problems July 26, 1978 Page 2 (4) Flex Break Problems f, review of same of the pipe failures on B/R jobs indicates that flex failures could be caused during shipment to the job due to the placeaent of the hold-down chains on the trailer bed. xn order to eliminate this as a possible cause, Qabe Stelian will re vise our loading specifications so that the hold-down chains are placed within 12" of the bearing boards. If it is necessary for a particular load of pipe to place the hold-down chains in the middle of that load of pipe, then the plant will be required to install a third bearing board for that particular load of pipe. If there are any areas that Z have omitted or have stated incorrectly, 1 would appreciate your cooments. CTD014008 FORM P927 MUIKIUD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLA1 SIFICATIQK' CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION pipe Division PACKAGEtTG METHODS - ALL P LA.NTS t.c.o, ncr. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: 23 SUPCRSCD: GENERAL SEC. L 1-5-3 OATC OF ISSUE: 4-28-70 SEP 2 4 ;?73 PART V UNIT LOADING S u :=> 0 < L CO a CO X3 ' T \r U ci O X V VI O -P 0) coo u I--i o o . V CO w J u OJ o a \a <u 5 J jlS. o c6 J * <Z < \n *0) X 'j, i *V O -P *r (U L u *1 a XS> ) Q . CO 0) S rH VA. & a U U-S XJ ccd co I L w A I- * C H o * o d x: 4* o aV Q> L , `H 1 % co X , a-H ctf co u U CO j P O 1- w a^ j W E-< O rs FREFAREO BY: J^ 'K P. H. Foulds APPROVED BY: R *O ! MFO. SALES IE. m. 0 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS l_. CTD014009 rORM P9Z7 description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION:' CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIPICATION NO: PACE NO.: ___ 23_______ J GENERAL SEC. L 1-5-4 SUPERSEDES: DATE OF ISSUE: 1-15-72 SEP 2 91973 PART V UNIT LOADING CTD014010 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: S tra p s , c h a in s and c a b le s a re to be o la c e d as c lo s e t o b o a rd s ag o o s s ib le . FORM P917 CEHMITCED DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: Packaging Methods -- All Plants T.C.O. REF. NO. 15 SPECIFICATION NO: leneral Sec L. RAGE NO 1-5-5 SUPERSEDES: OATE OF ISSUE: New 12-1-72 PART V - UNIT LOADING j o c\; co X -zt 1c o >- -p o rH hO or--1 o H l 0) 1 X -P JwZ T3 P 1 a> H N <D X a mH a S TaJ3 0) a a) X H Eh ii wXo 1 T St o CTD014013 z =O m rH O'* CO pj VrHO in in c6 1 1 ia X -p X p to -p .C rH Ho 3 c a; J H O cu 3: C -H P u y a) i--i i--<Dl V 1--1 P c H tH H t: cd Sh cd U cd u H 0) Eh E-i Eh 11 < CD to PREPARED BY. APPROVED BY: P. H. Fouldso^ R a0 MPG. jL SALES It. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL fonm r+27 tamm DISCS IFTIONI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS IPCCIFICATIONI CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. R(F. NO. PCCI FICATION NO: FAOK NO.: 6 GENERAL SEC. L 1-6-1 DAT! OF IMUI: 5-7-69____________ 4-28-70 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING CONSTRUCTION OF UNITS - PIPE: 1. The pipe shall be unitized unbelled in 4 foot units either cannon ball or straight layers. 2. One Bearing Board on bottoa and Separator Boards between layers, each end. 3. Locate Boards 38" from each end of pipe. 4. Nail standard chock, 3" x 3" diagonal cut, to each end of Bearing Boards. Nail chocks to each end, top and bottom of Separator Boards. Chocks must be tight against pipe. 5. Multiple Layers - Nall 4 steel straps " x .020 to ends of Bearing Boards and top sides of first separators, 1 nail per board. 6. Saw the excess length of the Bearing and Separator Boards which extend from the chocks to reduce the Volume of the unit. 7. Band the entire unit with 3 girth straps of l" x .031 steal strapping. B, BUILDING OF UNIT: 1. Position 2 Bearing Boards, nail chocks to one end, 2 nails per chock, one to each flat. .2 Roll pipe on Boards (2 layer). straight layer or Cannon Ball 3. Nail chock to other end of Bearing Board, tight against pipe, 2 nails per chock, two to outside flat. 4. Position 2 Separator Boards, nail chocks to one end top and bottom, 2 nails per chock, one to each flat. 5. Position Lower chock to other end, turn board 180*, nail Lower chock, 1 nail. CTD014014 P. Foulds E_ * k0 MF9. AA- M l.t. 6--------- _ OTHKM FORM PtZ7 csrawnffl) oneMimoM: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION BPCCIFIGATIONB CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIA]NTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: 6 GENERAL SEC. L 1-6-g DATE OF ISSUE: __________ 5-7-69_____________ 4-28-70 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING 6. Nail (1) strap (1) to each end of Bearing Board and top side of Separator, (1) nail partially driven. 7. Roll Pipe, See B. 8. Nail chock on the other end of the Separator Board tight against pipe, 2 nails, one flat. C. CONSTRUCTION OF CRATES - Couplings and One-Quarter Lengths 3n 24" 1. The crate shall be constructed of 1? at 6" hardwood lumber with approximate interior dimensions of 78" L. x 46"W x 42" H. 2. Frame ends with 2x4" hardwood lumber. 3. Space the boards l" apart. 4. Skid the crate to permit 2 way entry by a Fork Lift Truck. 5. Final dimensions will be dependent upon individual export orders and tailored and insure the security of the crate contents. 6. Place 1" x 4" or 1" x $n boards on top from side to side and (1) board diagonally from corner to comer after the crate has been packed. D. PACKAGING OF CRATE: 1. Position the specified quantity of the product in the crate. 2. Whenever possible, insert smaller pieces into larger pieces to keep volume requirements at a minimum. 3. The net weight of the crate should not exceed 5*500 lbs. 4. Band the crate with (3) l" x .031 girth steel strapping around the sides and (3) straps around the ends. CTD014015 PREPARED BY: P. rOUldS 'PROVED BY: ft a D tM.CS oA CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL WOmM P927 coiMn&o oMcmmoN: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPCCIF1CATIONS CLASS!FICATI ON: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS t.c.o. mr. no. MCiriCATION no: WPMHDa: GENERAL SEC. L 1-6-3 OATK or I Mill: 5-7-69 4-28-70 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING STRAIGHT STACKING END VIEW A. BEARING BOARDS ' B. SEPARATOR B C. CHOCKS D. STEEL STRAP l x .031 E. STEEL STRAP X .020 - PERFORATED AND COATED CANNONBALL STACKING PMPANKD Wn: P. Foulds I! A*PtOVKO BY: !$ * *D Mro. A. SALSS l-C. ~-- OTMBBS CONTIDCNTIAL OOCUMINT. - NOT TO DISTNlBUTTO TO UNAUTHORIZID riRIONNCL PORN PB27 description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIPICATrONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIPICATION NO: I PARE NO.: 6 GENERAL SEC. L| 1-6-4 SUPERSEDES: 5-7-*9 OATS OP ISSUE: 4-28-70 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING EXPORT CRATE FOR PIPE CTD014017 pnimmd by: P. Foulds A^HOVIIo mr: R *o s. ltcW4-- Oi'MERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM RS27 CBrawriBI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLA1 StFICATlON: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGIK[G METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION HO: FADE NO- 6 GENERAL SIS. L 1-6-5 SUPERSEDES: 1 OATE OF IMUI: 5-7-69 1 4-28-70 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING EXPORT CRATE FOR COUPLINGS Top View (Top Boards Removed) l3 ] Front View . (Front Boards Removed) -- ------ ------nr CTD014018 FREPAREO BY: P. Foulds V y: | R 1D wro. ' CALKS I.C. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT ,* NOT TO M DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certain,,23d CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group T oucmmON: SPECIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L. PAOC NO.: 1-6B-1 SUPERSEDES: NEW OATS or issue: UGV 1 3 1978 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III GENERAL I. SCOPE 1.1 This specification covers all export orders released by MKSAC. The specification may not cover all phases of the order, but the best export packaging method shall be practiced. Please do not deviate without approval from Division Packaging Engineer. 2. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP 2.1 Material - Material used for packaging shall be recognized brands and grades, and shall conform to the best standards in the area in which products are shipped. 2.2 Workmanship - Workmanship shall be in accordance with best commercial practice and with the requirements of the applicable specification. 3. GENERAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS - A/C PIPE 3.1 Item 1. 2. Building of Export Unbelled Pipe Units Number of Pieces Description Plywood Deck 1 per unit 3/8" thick, CDX grade, refer to page 1-6A-6-8 for approximate dimen sions. Deck to be nailed or stapled to bearing boards with 12 staples or nails. Bearing Boards 2 per unit 3" x 3" mixed hardwoods refer to page 1-6A-6-8 for length dimensions. The boards shall be positioned no less than 32" from unit end. CTD014019 prepared at: approved by: a *D P. H. Foulds EM a 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Csrtain.33d Ij CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIF (CATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: GENERAL' SEC. L. 1-6B-2 :SUPERSEDES NEW DATE OF ISSUE: MV 1 6 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Item 3. Number of Pieces Chocks 2 per Bearing Board 4 per Separator Board 4. Separator Boards (Quantity required dependent on number of rows) 5. Staples .6 Steel Strap 7 per unit 7. Nails or Staples Description Triangular wood chock blocks driven securely against pipe, with each securely fastened to wood dunnage. Approximate Sizes Small- 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" (4"-8") Medium- 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/7" (10"-14'j) Large- 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/2" (16"-24") 2 staples or nails per chock. 2" x 4" hardwoods, refer to page for length dimensions. All units of two or more rows must have separators vertically aligned above bearing boards. Signode or equal 1 3/8" x 3/4" steel - to be applied at board ends, where possible. Signode or equal 1 1/4" x .031" Magnus steel strap. 2 per unit around bearing boards, deck, and first layer of pipe. 2 per unit around all dunnage. 3 per unit around pipe, installed after longintudinal protector straps. 8d common nails or 2" steel staples, resin cc-ated. 2 per chock. CTD014020 __ P. H. Foulds'T' approved by: R *0 MPO. :p SALES l.t. A OTHERS 02-10-002 3 (P92 7 ) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMENT NOT TO ( DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ertainTeed E3 (U < iu * CL 0 < Q. Q. b <u 0 0a Ui x J ui J Ui 1 cfi u 22 Z> O O' z Xs z e Ho 2 X1 8 5 _: _85 L"IS bOh HS xM Ho n i MUoXOX oH s MO Xo 3p <pJi MaO-*4* *< P SS3S xm z m ta x e 5<tow 5rvHth^OHOn_ nuX 0wo_4f OhOHSexOHOMuMpt'o^anN<H-'BoV^4=CNug^OuX gS aOo- *M4 fmlu SB X SM SiS ss r<* xu 5x S'* "* B B S <o*X4n 5 Xw04 xwH< 5 Xwcu xMo. r> S m iJ es w M0H03X 0 5lSg s cn ^ wzo -oSoS -rsEge 0 3x 5 O X wH OlB -is UZ MZ O*<. 5K Sg * B uu 3 Ho ts Z hIss ol >< u h a. OL. (-1 SSi 59|S gr*^^ B?e g.g z a .B zz sa So `n? Q CTD014021 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certain:3sd CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group ' SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: GENERAL SEC, L. 1-6B-4 SUPERSEDES: new OATS OF ISSUE: 1 3 1978 ocacaiPTiON: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 3.2 Item 1. Building of End Protection For Unbelled A/C Export Pipe Units Number of Pieces Description Face Boards 2 per unit 3/8" plywood, CDX grade refer to page 1-6A-6-8 for dimensions. 2. Edge Boards 2 Horiz. Boards/unit 2 Vert. Boards/unit 3. Comer Protectors 8 per multi-layer 4 per single layer 4. Staple 16 per multi-layer 8 per single layer 5. Longitudinal Strap 2 per mulit-layer 1 per single layer 6. Protector Straps 2 per unit 7. Nails 1" x 8" softwood group 2. Refer to page 1-6a-6-8 for dimensions Slgnode or equal, #7 steel ribbed edge protector 2" x 2 3/4" x .030 applied over comers of end protectors, and under the 1 1/4" steel longitudinal straps. Signode or equal 1 3/8" x 3/4" steel over 1 1/4" steel strap and thru the comer protectors (holes provided) Signode or equal 1 1/4" x .031 magnus strap. Refer to drawing for location and page 1-6A-9-11 for length dimensions. Strap to be positioned over protectors, face boards, and securely tensioned and stapled. Signode or equal 1 1/4" x .031 Magnus steel strap. Refer to drawing and page 1-6A-9-11 for length dimensions. Strap to be positioned over edge boards and on the pipe rough B.O.D. securely tensioned and sealed. 6d common nails or 2" steel staple resin coated, located approximately 6" apart when fastening edge boards to protector face boards. CTD014022 PREPAREO ST: APPROVEO ST: R aO MFO. SALES I.E. 1 --> N ______L P. H. Foulds >3 < sm 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMCNT NOT TO BC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHOKIZIO PU*ONNlL OTHERS j \ UJ ii a a. i o .1 n u j >! j i uf >i .1 (0 2 iU i ii I l i CertainTeed E3 1-6B-5 CTD014023 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certsin;33d SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. L. NEW DEscRiPT(ONpART yj _ EXPORT packaging type III LUMBER DIMENSIONS PAGE NO.: 1-6B-6 rTtera 'SIZE & CLASS 4 - 150 6 - 150 8 - 150 10 - 150 12 - 150 14 - 150 16 - 150 18 - 150 20 - 150 24 - 150 3x3 BEARING 2x4 SEPARATOR BD. LEN., IN. 87 88 85 85 85 83 75 85 71 85 CHOCK SIZE Small Small Small Medium Medium Medium Large Large Large Large 4 - 200 89 Small 6 - 200 83 Small 8 - 200 86 Small 10 - 200 84 Medium 12 - 200 85 Medium 14 - 200 83 Medium 16 - 200 75 Large END PANNED + 1/2" DECK BOARD WIDTH, m} * PLYWOOD W HT 81 88> 37 82 90.' 37 80 88 33 78 87 42 77 89 33 74 86 38 64 79 43 72 89 25 57 75 27 67 89 32 EDGE BD. HORIZ. VERT. 79 28 82 29 78 23 73 28 72 17 67 19 57 21 65 8 48 8 58 8 84 90 31 82 22 78 86 30 75 19 81 89 35 77 22 70 87 28 73 15 77 89 32 72 17 74 86 38 67 19 64 79 43 57 21 (1) Length is 96" CTD014024 fucparcd by: APPROVED by: P. H. Foulds oT 02-10-002 3 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL 1I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Csrteiru33dG 6PfCr ICAT IONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainToed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: NEW GENERAL SEC. L. 1-6B-7 DATE Of ISSUE: 1 3 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III LUMBER DIMENSIONS n SIZE & CLASS 3x3 BEARING 2x4 SEPARATOR BD. LEN., IN. 4-15-2400 5-15-2400 6-15-2400 8-15-2400 10-15-2400 12-15-2400 14-15-2400 15-15-2400 16-15-2400 18 - 2400 20 - 2400 21 - 2400 24 - 2400 89 89 87 82 80 80 77 82 88 79 87 68 78 CHOCK SIZE Small Small Small Small Medium Medium Medium Medium Large Large Large Large Large END PANNEL + 1/2" DECK BOARD (I) WIDTH, IN. PLYWOOD W HT 82 ____89_____ 82 81 90 78 86 73 82 73 83 70 81 74 86 78 91 67 82 75 91 56 72 62___________ 81 00 42 48 46 45 40 46 70 74 40 66 72 75 84 EDGE BD. HORIZ. VERT. 80 33 80 39 79 36 74 33 68 26 68 31 63 52 67 55 71 20 60 43 66 48 47 50 53 56 4 - 3300 89 Small 85 91 29 5 - 3300 90 Small 6 - 3300 89 Small 8 - 3300 84 Small 84 92 42 85 92 38 89 87 45 10 - 3300 81 Medium 74 83 41 12 - 3300 81 Medium 74 85 47 14 - 3300 78 Medium 70 81 70 15 - 3300 83 Medium 75 87 38 16 - 3300 88 Large 75 92 40 18 - 3300 80 Large 20 - 3300 88 Large 68 83 66 ' 76 94 72 21 - 3300 69 Large 56 73 76 24 - 3300 PRCPAREO 79 Large approved by: n o 62 82 57 P. H. Foulds J 02-10-0023 ( P927 ) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE OISTRIBUTCO TO UNAUTHORIZED RE R BONN CL 82 21 82 32 81 27 76 34 69 27 69 31 63 52 68 19 72 20 61 44 67 48 . 47 50 53 _22______ CTDO14025 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CsrteirikSsd!.\3 CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS f.C.O~~*EF NO. specification no: PAGE NO. : 3* SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. L. NEW I-6B-8 0,ate or issue: iJOv 1 3 iy/8 description: p^RT VI _ EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III LUMBER DIMENSIONS SIZE & CLASS 10-4-5000 12-4-5000 14-4-5000 15-4-5000 16-4-5000 18 - 4000 5000 20-4-5000 21 - 4000 5000 24-4-5000 3x3 BEARING 2x4 SEPARATOR BD. LEN., IN. 83 83 80 85 90 80 81 90 70 71 81 CHOCK SIZE Medium Medium Medium Medium Large Large Large Large Large . Large Large DECK BOARD WIDTH, IN. 76 75 72 76 80 68 68 77 57 57 63 END PANNEL + 1/2" PLYWOOD W HT 84 41 85 47 82 36 87 38 93 40 83 66 84 45 92 49 73 76 74 52 81 57 EDGE BD. HORIZ. VERT. 71 27 70 32 65 18 69 20 73 21 61 44 62 23 68 25 48 51 49 26 54 29 (1) Length is 96" - 1 | CTD0140ZO __________ 1_________ 1_______I PREPARED at: P. H. Foulds >T APPROVED at: a o < MFC. SALES I.C. Q 02-10-0023 (P927 ) 12/76 CONFIDENT! AL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertasnissdCj PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS t c.o. cr SPCCIFICATION NO: pacc no.: CcrlainTeed Corporatton Pipe and Plastics Group supersedes- GENERAL SEC L. 1-6b-9 DATE OF issue: NEW Ov 1 3 19/8 OMC*.PT.O:pART VI _ EXp0RT pACKAGING TYPE III STRAPPING DIMENSIONS SIZE & CLASS 4 - 150 6 - 150 8 - 150 10 - 150 12 - 150 14 - 150 16 - 150 18 - 150 20 - 150 24 - 150 STRAP AROUND BOARDS FIRST ENTIRE LAYER (2) UNIT (2) 16 21 17 22 17 21 17 22 17 20 17 21 16 20 14 12 14 - UNIT STRAP (3) 21 22 21 22 20 21 20 15 13 15 END PROTECTION STRAPS (2) 21 22 ' 21 22 20 21 20 15 13 15 HORIZONTAL PROTECTION STRAPS (2) 42 42 42 42 42 41 40 42 40 42 4 - 200 15 20 20 30 42 6 - 200 16 19 19 19 41 8 - 200 17 21 21 21 42 10 - 200 17 20 20 20 42 12 - 200 17 20 20 20 42 14 - 200 17 21 21 21 41 16 - 200 16 20 20 20 40 - LILJU14027 PRKPARCO ST: approved mr: n >d MFD. ALES I.E. P. H. Foulds U 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE OISj RISUTTd TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL 1 OTHERS 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ceitoirf'ssd m L-J SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS t.c.67 ref. NbT SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: CerlainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 3*- SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. L. NEW 1-6B-10 OATC or issue: ii'Jv 13 lb/8 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III STRAPPING DIMENSIONS SIZE & CLASS 4-15-2400 5-15-2400 '6-15-2400 8-15-2400 10-15-2400 12-15-2400 14-15-2400 15-15-2400 16-15-2400 18 - 2400 20 - 2400 21 - 2400 24 - 2400 STRAP AROUND BOARDS FIRST ENTIRE LAYER (2) UNIT (2) 16 22 16 22 17 23 16 21 16 21 18 23 16 24 17 26 18 21 17 24 18 26 15 23 17 26 UNIT STRAP (3) 22 22 23 21 21 23 24 26 21 24 26 23 26 END PROTECTION STRAPS (2) 22 22 ' 23 21 21 23 24 26 21 24 26 23 26 HORIZONTAL PROTECTION STRAPS (2) 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 39 42 4 - 3300 5 - 3300 6 - 3300 8 - 3300 10 - 3300 12 - 3300 14 - 3300 15 - 3300 16 - 3300 18 - 3300 20 - 3300 21 - 3300 24 - 3300 16 16 17 16 16 18 16 17 18 17 18 15 17 19 22 22 21 21 23 24 23 21 24 26 23 22 19 19 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 21 21 42 21 21 42 23 23 41 24 24 41 23 23 41 21 21 42 24 24 42 26 26 41 23 23 39 22 22 42 PREPARED Y: approveO sy: R O Mro. SALES it. P. H. Foulds ( M m. GS 02-10-002 3 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD014028 ! TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Csriairussd r--i ftPCCtriCATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS ALL PLANTS t.c.o. ref. no! SPECIFICATION NO: FACE NO.: CertainTced Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. L. NEW t 1-6b-11 OATIrpr issue: lo ia/8 ocscriftion: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III STRAPPING DIMENSIONS . SIZE & CLASS 10-4-5000 12-4-5000 14-4-5000 15-4-5000 16-4-5000 18 - 4000 5000 20-4-5000 21 - 4000 5000 24-4-5000 STRAP AROUND BOARDS FIRST ENTIRE LAYER (2) UNIT (2) 16 21 18 23 16 19 17 23 18 21 17 24 17 21 18 23 15 23 11 21 17 22 UNIT STRAP (3) 21 23 19 23 21 24 21 23 23 21 22 END PROTECTION STRAPS (2) 21 23 ' 19 23 21 24 21 23 23 21 22 HORIZONTAL PROTECTION STRAPS (2) 41 41 41 42 43 . 42 42 43 39 39 42 j - PREPARED by: APPROVED mr: ft * O MFC. SALES II. P. H. Foulds r CJ 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 conf IOENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD014029 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certsir .. .j SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: RAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 94 supersedes: GENERAL SEC. L. NEW 1-6B-12 oatc op issue: WGV 1 3 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III4 '~'~1 I 4. GENERAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS - COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS 4.1 Item 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Assembling and Packaging Pre-Fabrlcated Export Crate Number of Pieces Description Side 2 per crate Soft wood. Group 2 Framing Nom. 2" x 4" Cleats Nom. 1" x 6" Diagonals Nom. 1" x 6' End 2 per crate Soft wood. Group 2 Framing Nom. 2" x 4" Cleats Nom. 1" x 6" Diagonals Nom 1" x 6" Top 1 per crate Soft wood. Group 2 Cleats nom. 1" x 6" Diagonals Nom*l" x 6" Pallet 1 per crate Runners to be 4" x 4" hardwood, and deck boards to be 2" x 6" soft wood. Group 2 Nails or Staples 8d common nails, or 2" steel staples, resin coated. All parts to be securely nailed to assure a stable crate. Strap 3 per crate Signode or equal 1 1/4" x .031 Magnus steel, strap positioned over the 2nd and 6th vertical side boards, and around the crate horizontally. Strap shall be securely tensioned, and stapled along crate length Separator Sheets (Quantity required dependant on number of rows) Double wall corrugated sheet placed between each layer of couplings and fittings approximate size- 44" x 92" CTD014030 FREFAREO Ft: MP. H. Foulds AFFROVEO FY: R * D MFO. ( SALES I.E. ft 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 cONnoiNTiAi. documint - not to rc oTrtributid to unauthorized rcrbonncu OTHERS l-GB-13 CTD014031 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPEC 1F1 CAT IONS CLASSIFICATION: CertainTaed *"7 -J CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 91- GENERAL SEC. L. PAGE NO.: 1-6B-14 SUPERSEDES: NEW -OAT*. OF ISSUE: 13 1978 description: PAST VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III .5 A/C PIPE UNIT CONFIGURATION 5.1 Pressure Pipe Pipe Size 10 12 14 16 18 Class 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 Pipe/ / Laver 21 20 17 16 16 12 12 11 9 9 9 7 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 Layers/ /Unit 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 Pipe/ vystd. Cubp' Comm. /Unit /Unit /(Jnit Code 105 7140 226 42030-A 100 7800 224 43030-A 85 7480 270 41040-A 80 7680 258 42040-A 64 7168 229 43040-A 48 6720 280 41060-A 48 7200 277 42040-A 33 6336 204 43060-A 36 7200 340 41080-A 27 6102 255 42080-A 27 7587 266 43080-A 21 6153 298 41100-A 21 7749 317 42100-A 14 6048 293 43100-A 18 7326 347 41120-A 12 6048 247 42120-A 12 7068 247 43120-A 15 7125 371 41140-A 10 6340 283 42140-A 10 7710 287 43140-A 10 6240 320 41160-A 8 6680 286 42160-A 8 8072 287 43160-A 8 6176 343 41180-A 4 4300 185 42180-A CTD014032 PREPARED BY! APPROVED St: R ft O MFQ. SALES I.C. OTHERS P. H. Foulds - (P )02 10-0023 927 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO II WlHHUTID TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifaadZ] CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPCCI FI CATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. PEP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L. supeaseoes: NEW PAGE NO.: 1-6b-15 serv'TS 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Pipe Size 20 24 Class 100 150 100 150 PiPj Laver 4 3 3 3 Layers Unit 1 1 1 1 Pipe, ^Unit 4 3 3 3 3640 3978 3900 5655 213 41200-A 174 42200-A 199 41240-A 255 42240-A PACPAACO ST: P. H. Foulds APPAOVCO ST: A *D MFO- SALES I.C. Sri CTD014033 OTMEAS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertEin.sed J CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL P1ANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: GENERAL SEC. L. 1-6B-16 SUPERSEDES: NEW I OATE OF ISSUE: iG'v 1 3 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 5.2 Sewer Pipe Pipe Size 4 Class 1500 2400 3300 5 1500 2400 3300 6 1500 2400 3300 8 1500 2400 3300 10 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 12 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 14 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 15 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 Pip^' /Laver 17 17 17 14 14 14 12 12 12 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Layer^ /Unit 6 6 4 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 Pip^ Std. W. Cubg, Conan. /'Unit ./'Unit /tJnit Code 102 6936 289 61040-A 102 7344 300 62040-A 68 5644 210 63040-A 84 7224 343 61050-A 84 7728 348 62050-A 70 7980 311 63050-A 60 6420 324 61050-A 60 7320 336 62060-A 48 6624 283 63060-A 36 5328 313 61080-A 36 5652 313 62080-A 36 6660 328 63080-A 21 4788 283 61100-A 21 4788 283 62100-A 21 5439 287 63100-A 21 6006 298 64100-A 21 6531 302 65100-A 18 5382 327 61120-A 18 5382 327 62120-A 18 6246 339 63120-A 18 6570 343 64120-A 18 7200 347 65120-A 20 6740 497 61140-A 20 6740 497 62140-A 20 7640 503 63140-A 10 4190 258 64140-A 10 4690 269 65140-A 20 7360 559 61150-A 20 7360 559 62150-A 10 4210 287 63150-A 10 4650 298 64150-A 10 5250 301 65150-A PREPARED St: APPROVED SY " P. 02-10-002 3 n H. Foulds (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT .D T DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS CTD014034 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certesn.asd SPECIFICATIONS classification: PACKSGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group jar supersedes: NEW GENERAL SEC. L. 1-6b-18 DATE OF ISSUE: ;uv 1 0 i9/8 ociciiimoN: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 5 3 FT & Agri-Penn Pipe (Classes 30-90 Have Identical Dimensions-FT Code Used) Pipe Class Class ^Laver Layej^ Z^unit Pipe/ Std. Cub^- Comm. /''Unit /"Unit ^tJnit Code 25 12 40 12 45 12 50 12 60 12 70 12 80 12 90 12 25 9 30 9 35 9 40 9 45 9 50 9 60 9 70 9 80 9 90 9 25 7 30 7 35 7 40 7 45 7 50 7 60 7 70 7 80 7 90 7 25 6 30 6 35 6 40 6 45 6 50 6 60 6 70 6 80 6 90 6 APPROVED ST: 5 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 MFO. 60 60 60 48 48 48 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 27 27 27 18 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 18 12 12 12 6 SALES 6720 7560 7560 6720 7200 7200 6876 6876 5652 6048 6804 6804 7308 7524 6102 6102 7587 5508 4809 4809 4935 5397 6258 6363 8001 5390 6118 7294 5382 5382 5508 5922 7326 7560 6228 6708 7224 4104 324 54060-A 340 AC060-A 340 AD060-A 280 AE060-A 227 AF060-A 227 AG060-A 221 AH060-A 221 AI060-A 320 54080-A 324 AA080-A 328 AB080-A 328 AC080-A 332 AD080-A 332 AE080-A 255 AF080-A 255 AG080-A 266 AH080-A 181 AI080-A 283 54100-A 283 AA100-A 283 AB100-A 287 AC100-A 298 AD100-A 298 AE100-A 317 AF100-A 216 AG100-A 216 AH100-A 232 AI100-A 327 327 327 331 347 354 266 269 266 144 OTHERS 54120-A AA120-A AB120-A AC120-A AD120-A AE120-A AF120-A AG120-A AH120-A AI120-A P.H. Foulds Idi 02 10-0023 937(P ) 12/76 CONFIOINTIAL OOCUMINT - NOT TO ( OIsVhiUTIOTO UNAUTHOHIIID PCWSONNIL CTD014036 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertaEn.39cr j PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 3* SUPERSEDES: new GENERAL SEC. L 1-6B-19 DATE OF ISSUE: MV 1 3 1978 OUCMIfTION: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Pipe Size Class >/Layer Layej/ Pip^ /Unit /Unit Std. Cub^ Comm, /unit /(jnit Code 14 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 15 5145 371 54140-A 3 15 5265 371 AA140-A 3 15 5475 383 AB140-A 3 15 5475 383 AC140-A 3 15 6870 395 AD140-A 3 15 7200 400 AE140-A 2 10 6580 287 AF140-A 2 10 7870 287 AG140-A 2 10 7870 287 AH140-A 1 5 4490 154 AG140-A 15 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 j 16 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 2 10 3760 283 54150-A 2 10 4420 290 AA150-A 2 10 4900 301 AB150-A 2 10 4900 301 AC150-A 2 10 5640 305 ADI50-A 2 10 6500 316 AE150-A 2 10 7880 332 AF150-A 1 5 4425 170 AG150-A 2 8 7840 282 AH150-A 1 4 4304 141 AI150-A 3 10 4120 320 54160-A 2 10 4550 320 AA160-A 2 10 5580 335 AB160-A 2 10 5580 335 AC160-A 2 10 5930 339 AD160-A 2 8 5208 279 AE160-A 2 8 6552 293 AF160-A 2 8 7408 301 AG160-A 1 4 4292 152 AH160-A 1 4 4942 163 AG160-A 18 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 8 4136 2 8 4296 2 8 4296 2 8 5952 2 8 5952 2 8 6576 2 8 7824 1 4 4684 1 4 5304 90 4 1 4 6396 PftCPAREO BY ?r H. Foulds APPROVCO by: R AO MFO. CbiA SALES feu r - (P )02 10-0023 927 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL 312 54180-A 316 AA180-A 316 AB180-A 339 AC180-A 339 AD180-A 343 AE180-A 359 AF180-A 195 AG180-A 200 AH180-A 215 AI180-A CTD014037 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS kwaav inwHVI - CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group -1 SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. Mr SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L. PAGE NO.: 1-6b -20 supersedes: NEW OATC OF ISSUE 1 0 19/8 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Pipe Size 20 21 24 Class Pipe^ /Layer 20 4 30 4 35 4 40 4 45 4 50 4 60 3 70 3 80 3 90 3 25 3 30 3 35 3 40 3 45 3 50 3 60 3 70 3 80 3 25 3 30 3 35 3 40 3 45 3 50 3 60 3 70 3 80 3 Layej> /Ijriit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 Pip^ /Unit 8 8 9 8 8 8 6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 Std. WJ, /"Unit 4582 5064 5064 7080 7080 7448 7230 8034 4914 5967 3750 4116 4116 6192 6192 6468 7956 4797 5499 4680 5364 5364 7362 7362 4251 5265 6162 7020 Cub^- Comm. /tJnit Code 379 54200-A 387 AA200-A 387 AB200-A 409 AC200-A 409 AD200-A 413 AE200-A 331 AF200-A 335 AG200-A 179 AH200-A 193 AI200-A 315 54210-A 320 AA210-A 320 AB210-A 342 AC210-A 342 AD210-A 347 AE210-A 362 AF210-A 193 AG210-A 203 AH210-A 404 54240-A 409 AA240-A 409 AB240-A 434 AC240-A 434 AD240-A 224 AE240-A 237 AF240-A 250 AG240-A 256 AH240-A CTD014038 prcpareo by: APPROVEO BY: R ft D MFO. SALES l.t. 23P. H. Foulds .......................................... ..............(............. _ Cl ___________ 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 cONrioiNTiA*. oocumcnt not to ac oistniBUTCO to unauthorized rirsonncl OTHERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTssd - SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 9* supersedes: Wf$uY978GENERAL SEC. L. 1-6B-21 NEW description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 6. COUPLINGS CRATE CONTENTS 6.1 Pressure Couplings Cpls Size Class Cpl^ /Layer 4 100 150 200 98 79 78 6 100 150 200 50 50 45 8 100 150 200 32 27 21 10 100 150 200 17 17 17 12 100 150 200 11 11 11 14 100 150 200 10 8 8 16 100 150 200 7 7 7 18 100 150 8 8 20 100 150 6 6 24 100 150 3 3 Layer/ Cpl. /"drate /Crate 5 490 5 390 5 390 5 250 5 250 5 225 5 160 5 135 5 105 5 85 5 85 5 85 4 44 4 44 4 44 4 40 4 32 4 32 4 28 4 28 4 28 3 24 3 24 3 18 3 18 39 39 Crate Std. Wt. 2744 2730 3159 1775 2375 3038 1728 2039 2216 1420 2040 2788 1030 1672 2266 1432 1853 2288 1193 1963 2531 1342 2203 1345 1980 893 1422 Comm. Cod 12040 13040 14040 12060 13060 14060 12080 13080 14080 12100 13100 14100 12120 13120 14120 12140 13140 l4i4o 12160 13160 l4i6o 12180 13180 12200 13200 12240 13240 CTD014039 prepared y: V APPROVED ay: R D Zs P. H. Foulds 02 10-002 3 927- (P ) 12/76 confidential document . not to re Vd^^rRrlRirUuTtelOo TtOo UuNn/authorized personnel OTHERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certe;r..33d Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: GENERAL SEC* L. 1-6B-22 supersedes: NEW OAT* OF IMl/t "07 1 0 i9/8 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 6.2 Cpls Size 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 Sewer Coupling Class Cpl^ ./Layer 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 105 105 105 78 78 78 1500 2400 3300 55 55 55 1500 2400 3300 32 32 32 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 21 21 21 21 21 1500 2400 3300 4ooo 5000 17 17 17 17 17 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 10 10 10 10 10 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 10 10 10 10 10 Layers ^/drate 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Cpl, Crate Curate Std. Wt. 735 2279 735 2279 735 2426 546 2184 546 2184 546 2348 385 1887 385 2002 385 2002 192 1747 192 1747 192 1S62 105 l46o 105 l46o 105 l46o 105 1701 105 1701 85 1522 85 1522 85 1522 85 1743 85 1743 50 1150 50 1150 50 1150 50 1365 50 1365 50 1565 50 1565 50 1565 50 1875 50 1875 Comm. Code 16041 16042 16043 16051 16052 16053 16061 16062 16063 16081 16082 16083 16101 i6ioe 16103 16104 16105 16121 16122 16123 16124 16125 l6l4l 16142 16143 16144 16145 16151 16152 . 16153 16154 16155 PREPARED St: P. H. Foulds APPROVED SY: R *0 MFO. SALES I.E. OTHERS CTD014040 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: C@rtairt.38dL] PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group <3* supersedes: GENERAL SEC. L. 1-6B-23 o*ra <?r jsspe- NEW UuV 13 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Cpls Size 16 18 20 21 24 Class 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 2400 3300 4000 5000 2400 3300 4000 5000 2400 3300 4ooo 5000 2400 3300 4000 5000 Cpl^ Layer 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Layers Cplp/tfrate /Crate 5 40 5 40 5 40 5 4o 5 40 4 32 4 32 4 32 4 32 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 3 15 3 15 3 15 3 15 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 Crate Std. Wt. 1084 1084 1084 1300 1300 1194 1194 1478 1478 872 872 1016 1016 891 891 ion ion n34 n34 1372 1372 Comm. Co< 16161 16162 16163 16164 16165 16182 16183 16184 16185 16202 16203 16204 16205 16212 16213 16214 16215 16242 16243 16244 16245 CTD014041 PREPARED tv: P. H. Foulds APPROVED Rt: R *D kja^i 0 02-10-0023 (P9-7) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMENT NOT TO BE DtjM'BUTCO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifesdD CertamTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION; PACKAGING METHODS - . ALL PIAWTS T-C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: paoc no.: GENERAL SEC. L. 1-6B-24 HEW 3OATt OK IS*UC: WV 1 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 6.3 FT & Agri-Perm Couplings Cpls Size Class Cpls^ /"Layer Layers ^Ttfrate 6 25 63 5 40 55 5 45 55 5 50 50 5 60 50 5 70 50 5 80 34 5 90 34 5 CplS/' /'Orate 315 275 275 250 250 250 170 170 Crate Std. wt. Comm. Code 2835 2805 2805 2850 3050 3050 2669 2669 06060 AR060 AS060 AT060 AV060 AV060 AW060 AX060 8 25 32 5 160 2064 06080 30 32 5 160 2192 AP080 35 32 5 160 2448 AQ080 40 32 5 160 2448 AR080 45 32 5 160 2640 AS080 50 32 5 160 2720 AT080 60 32" 5 160 2976 AV080 70 32 5 160 2976 AV080 80 26 5 130 3016 AW080 90 26 5 130 3263 AX080 10 25 21 5 105 1943 06100 30 21 5 105 1943 AP100 35 21 5 105 2106 AQ100 40 21 5 105 2195 AR100 45 21 5 105 2541 AS100 50 21 5 105 2583 AT100 . 60 21 5 105 2799' AU100 70 18 5 90 2826 AV100 80 17 5 85 3069 AW100 90 17 5 85 3621 AX100 12 25 18 4 72 1750 06120 30 18 4 72 1750 AP120 35 18 4 72 1807 AQ120 40 18 4 72 1807 AR120 45 17 4 68 2251 AS120 50 15 4 60 2058 AT120 60 15 4 60 2568 - AU120 70 14 4 56 2582 AV120 80 14 4 56 2817 AW120 90 14 4 56 3170 AX120 PASPAAED ST: P. H. Foulds APFROVCO sr: n o \Q 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 COHFIOCNT IAL DOCUMENT * NOT TO SE ISTRISUTEO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD014042 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certain:3sdL3 CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPCCiriGATIONB CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS T.c.o. ntf. NO. Si SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L. PAGE NO.: 1-6b-25 (UnKSCDCi: HEW OATK OP issue: :0v 13 1978 description: PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Cpls Size Class Cpl^ /Layer 14 , 25 15 20 14 35 14 40 14 45 10 50 9 60 9 70 9 80 9 90 8 Layers ^/frate 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cpls^ /'Crate 60 56 56 56 40 36 36 36 36 32 Grate Std. wt. 1698 1669 1730 1730 1520 1451 1984 2362 2376 2416 Comm. Code 06140 AP140 AQ140 Agl40 AS 140 AT140 AU140 AV140 AW 140 AX140 15 25 10 4 40 1260 06150 30 10 4 40 1464 AP150 35 10 4 40 1612 AQ150 40 10 4 40 1628 AR150 45 9 4 36 1688 AS150 50 9 4 36 1940 AT150 60 8 4 32 2099 AV150 70 8 4 32 2365 AV150 80 7 4 28 2316 AW 150 90 7 4 28 2548 AX150 16 25 9 4 36 1235 06160 30 9 4 36 1354 AP160 35 9 4 36 1663 AQ160 40 9 4 36 1663 AR160 45 8 4 32 1568 AS 160 50 8 4 32 1725 AT160 60 7 4 28 1915 AU160 70 7 4 28 2156 AV160 80 7 4 28 2506 AW 160 90 7 4 28 2884 AX160 18 25 8 3 24 1034 06180 30 8 3 24 1073 AP180 35 8 3 24 1082 AQ180 40 7 3 21 1300 AR180 45 7 3 21 1315 AS180 50 6 3 18 1238 AT180 60 6 3 18 1490 AU180 70 6 3 18 1791 AV180 80 6 3 18 2036 AW180 90 5 3 15 2025 AX180 PRCRAMtD by: P* H. Foulds approved by: n *o WFO. SALt* I.C. OTHERS 02-10-002 3 ( P92 7 ) 12/7^ CONPIOtMTIAl. OOCUMINT - NOT TO SI OirTRIBUTlOTO unauthopiiio pipsonncl CTD014043 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Csrtain;33dL] FCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS t.c.o. mer. no. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group DUcmmON: 34- SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. NEW L. 1-6B-26 oati or issue: NU'/ 1 3 1973 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III Cpls Size 20 21 24 Class 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 Cplp ^Xaver 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 3 3 Layers d/e'6rraattee 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CCpplplj. yZnrate 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 12 12 18 18 18 12 12 12 12 9 9 Crate Std. Wt. 862 949 956 1327 1343 1411 1836 2052 2520 2016 943 1033 1039 1550 1557 1625 2016 1620 1860 1174 1336 1345 1224 1236 1416 1764 1566 782 Comn. Code 06200 AP200 AQ200 AR200 AS200 AT200 AU200 AV200 AW200 AX200 06210 AP210 AQ210 AR210 AS210 AT210 AU210 AV210 AW210 06240 AP240 AQ240 AR240 AS240 AT240 AU240 AV240 AW240 CTD014044 prcpareo by: P. H, Foulds approved sr: * *D U(iMhJ 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTssdG SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. ACF. NO. FKCIFICATION NO: FAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group ocscriftion: SUPERSEDES: GENERAL SEC. L. NEW 1-6b-27 oat* or iiiui;:. . ;uv 1 3 i^8 PART VI - EXPORT PACKAGING TYPE III 7. A/c FITTINGS CRATE CONTENTS 7_1 sewer Fittings (Fast Moving Items) SIZE & DESCRIPTION FTG PER CRATE 4X4X4 Tee 5X5X4 Tee 5X5X5 Tee 6X6X4 Tee 6X6X5 Tee 6X6X6 Tee 4X4X4 WYE 5X5X4 WYE 5X5X5 WYE 6X6X4 WYE 6X6X5 WYE 6X6X6 WYE 42 39 39 36 36 36 30 24 22 26 24 24 8X8X4 Tee 8X8X5 Tee 8X8X6 Tee 8X8X8 Tee 21 21 21 21 8X8X4 WYE 8X8X5 WYE 8X8X6 WYE 8X8X8 WYE 21 21 21 21 1H Elbow 22h Elbow 30 Elbow 45 Elbow 90 Elbow 324 324 324 300 174 11, Elbow 22Jj Elbow 30Q Elbow 45 Elbow 90 Elbow 212 212 212 192 129 WEIOTT PER CRATE 420 546 546 612 648 648 390 432 374 598 600 600 1008 1029 1050 1092 1050 1071 1134 1239 2592 2592 2592 2400 2088 2120 2120 2120 1920 2064 CTD014045 frcfauco mv: P. H. Foulds mr:approved R IO t 0?-T0-00?3 (P9?7) 12/76 cONriocNTiAt oocumcnt - not to c cwStiubutco to unauthorized personnel TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOAM P92? TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. ASF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FACIE NO.: PIPE DIVISION wtmw ______ 10 UPSASSDES: GENERAL SEC. L --1=7-J________ OATS OP imui: __ ________________________________ 12-16-6Q _____LLl-1-71 Department of Water and Power - City of Los Angeles L" Thru 12" Pressure Pipe Eelled One End Offset 4' Wide Units I. CONSTRUCTION OF UNIT A. Two Bearing Boards on the bottom and Separators between layers. The boards shall be equal in length, but no longer than the width of the row of pipe plus the width of the Chock. B. Locate the boards 39" on each side of the center of the unit. C. Nail Chocks 3" x 3" diagonal cut as long as board width to each end of Bearing Boards. Nail Chocks to each end top and bottom, of Separator Boards. Chocks must be tight against pipe. D. Nail 4 steel straps V x .020" to the ends of the Bear ing Boards and the ends of the first Separator Boards. E. Place two l" x .023" steel bands around the unit and secure with crimping seals. Locate the two bands directly on the side of the dunnage toward the Belled end. F. The overall length of the unit l4'3M. CTD014047 FACPAAID ST: P. Foulds APPNOVEO SY: A ft D mpo. y*i II. OTHEAS d- ML Mi CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO SE DtSTAfet/TCD 1%> UNAUTWOAIZEO PEASONNEL form p*zi TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CUM sitication: canumra CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS T.C.O. RET. NO. STEClTlCATION NO: PAOE NO.: 10 SUTERSCDES: GENERAL SEC - L 1-7-2 DAT* OP IsaUK: 12-19-69_________________ 11-1-71 Department of Water and Power - City of Los Angeles 4" Thru 12" Pressure Pipe Celled one End Offset 4* Wide Units 12"-150 Pressure Pipe Example Side View A Bearing Boards E Separator Boards C Chocks D Steel Strap E Steel Bands F Width of Unit SIZE 4" 6-8" 10-12" WIDTH 45" 42" 46" 3" 4" rough cut 2" 4" rough cut S M 3" diagonal cut Tff .020" perforated and wax coated H" .023" wax coated and painted CTD014048 PREPARED ST: A APPROVED SY: n .o MTOV SALES _______ P. FnuTrig_______________ CONTIOCNTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO jL. aiIT I.C. OTHERS _______________________________________________ PERSONNEL FITTINGS 'I f FORM P*t7 DUCnirriOM: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C O. RKF. NO. 10 aUFMMOIS: ynTT ... SFCCIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L PASS NO.: 1-8-1 " HI" ' ' DATS or issue: 11-1-71 " 4 Wide Belled Alternate End - Off Set Unit Tee and Wye Fittings ______ _____ I. CONSTRUCTION OF UNIT: A. Bearing Boards on Bottom and Separator Boards between layers. B. Fittings positioned so that branch rests on boards. C. Three (3) Bands placed around unit adjacent to boards. D. Bands stapled to end of boards. II. BUILDING OF UNIT : A. Position three (3) bearing boards on unitizing fixture. B. Place first fitting on bearing boards with branch positioned toward center. Place second fitting, alternating pre belled ends, position branch against trunk of first fitting. C. Position third and fourth fitting as described above. D. Position three (3) separator boards on top of first row of fittings. E. Follow steps B and C for the remaining layers. F. Feed three (3) bands thru unitizing fixture and around unit. G. Position bands adjacent to end of boards. H. Secure center band of unit first, then the two outer bands. I. Staple all bands to ends of separator and bearing boards. P. Foulds APFROVEO BY: El m o NFS. MLBS l.K. A- hM_ CTD014049 OTHERS FOAM FS27 OIKMr^TION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION ___ PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. NtF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FAOK NO.: _ 10_______ GENERAL SUPERSEDES: L 1-8-P MT| or inui: ___ 11-1-73 8" and 10 " ::ewer Pipe 4' Wide, Belled Alternate End - Offset Unit ------------ TER A1IU WYE FTTTTWG5------------------------------------ 8x8x6 Wye Example END VIEW m ( mm B A. Bearing Boards; Rough Cut B. Separator Boards: Rough Cut C. Steel Bands: 3/4" x .020" Painted and Waxed D. Staples; 3/4" x 7/8" - 12 Gauge Steel FNSPAItSO BY: P. Poulds AFPNOVEO BY: n o NFOV SALKS I.E. ( fio .{//,- iiM.. \9SAW CTD014050 OTHERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPKCIFICATION* classification; PACKAGING METHODS -ALL PLANTS |B| CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. RKF. NO. SFCCIFICATION NO: FAOff NO.: canMNiHo dmcaiftiow: PIPE DIVISION * 10 UPKRSC0M: GENERAL SEC. L 1-8-3 OATS OF ISSUC 3" and 10' Sewer Pipe 11-1-71 4* Wide, Pelled Alternate End - Offset Unit TEE AND WYE FITTINGS 8x8x6 Wye Example TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW _________ Jll! 1Jl Jl J or 1 CTD014051 PftCPAJICO ST. fl AJJFROVCD BY: n *o SALXS t.t. P. Foulds ^ 2lHe & COMF1 DOTHAC DOCUMENT - NOT TO ( DI*TNIUTID TO UNAUTHORIZED l-r*ONNIL OTHERS FORM P927 C8TOMTHD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS specifications classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 30 SUPERSEDES: 1/15/72 SPECIFICATION NO: 1 Sec. L PAGE NO 2-1-1 DATE OF ISSUE: JUL 2 8 1976 A/C PRESSURE PIPE 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS Size 3" 4" 18" 20" 24" Class 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 100 150 100 150 Pipe Per Layer 23 22 21 18 17 17 4 4 Layers Per Unit 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 1 Pipe Per Unit 92 88 84 72 68 51 8 4 Lumber ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ACF AF AF AF AF AF I I LUMBER A - Bearing Boards B -1 Separator Boards C - Separator Boards D - Chocks F - Chocks Steel Straps 3" x 3" x 94" Rough Cut 1" x 4" x 94" Rough Cut 2" x 4" x 94" Rough Cut 1-3/4" x 1-3/4" x 2-3/4" Diagonal Cut 3-5/8" x 3-5/8" x 5-1/8" Diagonal Cut 1/2" x .020" Perforated and zinc-coated CTD014052 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: R D MPG. BALES l.E. P. H. Foulds -- w hLj PHF: ap 7/22/76 confidential document not to be distributed to unaut>Jorizeo personnel OTHERS |B| GBRMnra ockniptiom: TECHNiCA L CHANGE ORDER WA.KMU TO: CERTAHHEED PR00UCTS CORPORATION rt'C PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS PIPE DIVISION oats or iwuc: JUL 2 8 1976 T.C.O. NO.: 30 NAM NO.: i PACKAGING METHODS FOR 6" THRU 12" PRESSURE PIPE, 4* UNITS PURPOSE 1. To specify the use of raggle boards for 6" thru 12" Class 150 Pressure Pipe, belled alternate end, 4* units. 2. To delete 6" thru 16" Packaging Methods from Specification No. 1. '1 | I ii ! i ii Instructions; 1. The attached Pages 2-1-1 and 2-1-3 supersede those formerly issed 1/15/72. 2. Please^renove Page 2-l-2^and discard. 3. Please insert new Specification 2-3A-3A in its applicable section. CTDO14053 pfrauutto mr: P. H Foulds ?F ATfftOVKD * ft o Mra. * /. ' wa \w I.I. PHFsaD 7/22/76 OONPIDKNTIM. DOCUMKKT MOT TO St Dll iieUTSV TO UtbllTHOMIZCD PCHDOMNC1. OTHKM FORM P927 COTJUMTHD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION A/C PACKAGING T.C O. REF. NO. 30 supersedes: 1/15/72 PRESSURE PIPE METHODS - ALL SPECIFICATION NO: 1 Sec. L PLANTS -------------------------------------------------------------1 PAGE NO- 2-1-3 DATE OF ISSUE: JUL 2 8 1976 J------------------------------------------------------------------------------ f j 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS Size 3" 4" Class 100 150 200 100 150 200 Pipe Per Layer 11 10 10 8 8 8 Layers Per Unit 5 5 4 5 4 3 Pipe Per Unit 55 50 40 40 32 24 Lumber ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD 1 Lumber A - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 47" Rough Cut B - Separator Boards - 1" x 4" x 47" Rough Cut D - Chocks - 1-3/4" x 1-3/4" x 2-3/4" Diagonal Cut Steel Straps - 1/2" x .020" Perforated and zinc-coated Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020" Painted, wax-coated and Positioned around Unit at Center i II CTD014054 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: B CSnWKTffi) description: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 6 1 SEC. L SUPERSEDES: 5-7-69 - ALL PLANTS PAGE NO.: 2-1-4 OATE OF ISSUE: 4-28-70 3" THRU 24" A/C PRESSURE PIPE 4> WIDE - EXPORT UNITS - STRAIGHT STACK UNBELLED SIZE 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" CLASS 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 100 150 100 150 PIPE PER LAYER 10 10 10 8 8 7 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 LAYERS PER UNIT 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 PIPE PER UNIT 60 60 60 48 48 35 30 3? 24 16 16 16 12 9 9 9 9 9 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 1 1 FT. PER UNIT 780 780 780 624 624 455 390 390 312 208 208 208 156 117 117 117 117 117 78 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 26 13 13 VOLUME PER UNIT 3-36.9 138.9 143.1 148.7 156.1 127.9 176.4 184.4 149.2 160.5 169.8 178.6 176.8 144.1 177.4 190.6 190.6 146.0 112.1 112.1 136.9 142.8 142.8 166.4 183.1 203.0 113.3 15*5 80.1 LUMBER AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB A A A LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS B - SEPARATOR BOARDS 3" x 3" x 48" ROUGH CUT 1" x 4" x 48" ROUGH CUT i CTD014055 PREPARED RY: ?. "'oulcis APPROVED SY: 5^ R 0 MFO. SALES I.E. si,. m uy OTHERS _________________________ - --___________________________________ ---| CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DIETBIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM FS27 comm description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIFICATIONS classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION JP&CaAGIHG METHODS ALL.. PLANTS t.c.o. rep. no. specification no: 10 lumma: 1 Sec. L 2-1 -7 OATB or iwui: 11 ] 1 3" nntl '!" A/C PRESSURE PIPJ 4' V/TDE - UTIRELLED - SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PEP. UNIT LUBBER - M 100 11 5 55 ADD ISO 10 5 50 ABB 200 10 4 40 A ; " 100 8 5 40 ADD 150 0 5 40 A CD' 200 3 4 32 ABD LISTS R l\ ' EARING BOARDS - 3" X 3" x 4?" ROUGH OUT SEPARATOR BOARDS - ln X 4" x 4y" ROUGH OTJT D - CHOCKS - 1 3A" X 1 3A" x 3A" DIAGONAL CUT ST 5EL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEIEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" COATED(WAX) & PAINTED - CUE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014058 PREPARED ST: _r. _ .. iOUifis IF APPROVED Bt: R D MFO. SALS* l.c. .4- uM: CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO RE DlfTiliUTIO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P927 cranra OK9CRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS specifications classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION . PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTC T.C.O. RCF. NO. PCeiFICATlON NO: PAQK NO.: 10 UHRMOn: 1 Sec. L 2-1 -3 OATS OF IMUI: 11-1--1 3" and 4" A/C PRESSURE PIPE 4' - WIDE - UNBELLED ( CANNON BALLED ) SIZE CLASS PIPS PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT IUMBER 3" 100 11/10 150 10/9 200 10/9 3 2 2 52 ABE 38 ADD 38 AID ' !" 100 8/7 3 45 A " D 150 8/7 2 30 ADD 200 3/7 2 70 ADD LIU '3ER A - NEARIMO BOARDS - 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGPI CUT T. - SEPARATOR 30ARDS- 1" x 4" X 4'7" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS - 1 3A" X 1 3A" X 2 3A" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3A" x .020" COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014059 P*CPA*CD wr: 1 APPftOVEO BY: * *D MFO. ALU l.f. --E.,Moulds__________ jL hf CONTIOCNTIAL DOCUMENT * NOT TO BE DIETHIBUTEO lb UNAUTMOBIZU FCBBONNKL OTNMS | i FOAM F927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS srccincATioNS classification: CRumra ocscsiption: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. AKA. NO. PIPE DIVISION 10 lUPIIIUOU: SPECIFICATION NO: FAOK NO.: GENERAL SEC. L 2 l-o DATS or IMUl: 12-19 -6l 11-1-71 Department of* Water and Power - Ci.t.' of fns Angeles 4" Thru 1?" PRESSURE PIPE BELLED ONE END OFFSET 4 ' WIDE UFTTO SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LIE ER 4" 100 150 200 C l 100 150 200 r- ft 100 150 200 7 i 7 5 5 6 4 h 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 35 35 35 25 25 25 16 16 16 10" 100 150 200 3 3O 3 3 3 0 9 9 12" 100 150 200 3 3 *3 3 3 3 9 9 9 LUMBER A. Bearing Boards 3" x 4" Rough cut B. Separator Boards - 2" x 4" Rough cut C. Chocks - 3" x 3" Diagonal cut LENGTH OF BOARDS D 42" 2 45" 46" G Steel straps V x .020" Perforated and zinc coated Steel strapping U".x .023" and seals ABCEOB ABCEOK ABCEOH ABCDOK ABODGN a^cdg;' ABODE i K w r j . A2C"gt: ABCFG'r ABCFGH ABCBOF a^cfgj: CTD014060 OTHCAS CONFIOCNTIAL OOCUMKNT * NOT TO M OlOTtltUTCD UMAUTNOfli: FCASONNCl FORM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SEWER PIPE SI H CERDUNTKD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS' - ALL PLA NTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO.: 23 SUPERSEDES: 1 SEC. L. 2-1-11 OA1 E OF ISSUE: NEW SEP 2 k 1973____ 4" and 18" through 24" - A/C Pressure Pioe MEO Half Lengths - Unbelled 4-FOOT UNITS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER IAXSR LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 4" 100-150 200 7/8 2 30 BCD Steel Bands - 3An x .020 painted, wax coated, and Positioned around unit at center. 18" 100-150 20" 100-150 24" 100-150 8-F00T UNITS 41 31 31 4 AF 3 AF 3 AF A - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 94" - Rough Cut B - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 47"- Rough Cut C - Separator Boards - 1" x 4" x 47" - Rough Cut D - Chocks - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" - Diagonal Cut E - Chocks - 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8" - Diagonal Cut Steel Straps - " x .020" - Perforated and Zinc Coated CTD014062 PREPARED BY. APPROVED BY: R aD MFG. SALES IE. OTHERS P. H. Foulds CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD014063 FORM *92? cenwnsD description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS -ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SFCCIFICATION NO: FADE NO.: _____ 10______ SUFtRSSDES: 2 Sen. L_____ DATE OF ISSUE: ______ _________ jf-ga=7o______________ llrl-Xl________ ________________ 8" - 24" A/C SEWER PIPE 8' WIDE BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNIT SIZE 24" CLASS 2400 3300 4000 5000 PIPE PER LAYER 3 3 3 3 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 2 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 o 6 LUMBER AC? ACF ACF ACF LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS - 3" x 3" x 94" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS - 2" x 4" x 94" ROUGH CUT E - CHOCKS - 2 3/4 x 2 3/4 x 3 7/8 DIAGONAL CUT F - CHOCKS - 3 5/8 x 35/8x5 1/8 DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) CTD014064 PREPARED SV: P. Poulds U APPROVED by: R * o MFO. I.E. ^r . A. u/St CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS VackaliWC. Methods fl/c ie.we.n. Pips, (classidoo-toifo) S'1 Wise Beu.e fiureeuAre ti*t-OfPser 0**v CUUA PlPd/UffM IjtftUb/OMT fipallUn1 UulfiT It" boot lOOO H H * LHM z? 10* Uooo 1POO H s 1 S ar.o 1 s H2 2.1- Uooo Tooo 3 3 (p *D..T t. (p IS* Looo looo 3 3 1 3 4P.0 1 3 104.0 ilxslti CTDO14065 FOAM Ptt7 DCScnimoN: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL r.c.o. *sr. NO. FSOFtCATfON NO: _____ 10______ ____ 2 Sec. L WIMna: PIATTrs PA4C NO.: 2-2-^ OATS or IMUl: ________4-28-70_______________ 11-1-71 8" - 10" A/C SEWER PIPE 8* WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS _ SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 8" 1500 2400 3300 10" 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 45 ACL 36 ACD 36 ACD 28 ACE 28 ACE 28 ACE 21 ACE 21 ACE LUMBER A - BEARINGBOARDS - 3" x 3" x 94" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS - 2" x 4" x 94" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS- 1 3/4" X 1 3/4" x 2 3/4"DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS- 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8"DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) CTD014066 PjFoulds apphovcd *y: I .D WFO. SALKS I.I, T TO SC OtsntisirrSO TO UNA UTHOKI1SO PERSONNEL OTMKM POHM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FORM F027 CBIIIUNIffl) description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. KEF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PASS NO.: 10. SUPERSEDES: 2 Sec. L _2_-2A/L_ DATS or IMul: 11-1-71 4" - 6" A/C SEWER PIPE 4' - WIDE - UNBELLED ( CANNON BALLED ) SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 4" 5- II 6" 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 9/8 9/8 8/7 7/6 7/6 7/6 5/5 6/5 6/5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 51 A3D 51 ABD 45 ABD 39 ABD 39 ABD 26 ABD 33 ABD 22 A3D 22 ABD LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS - 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT B - SEPARATOR BOARDS - 1" X 4" x 4?" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS - 1 3/4" x 1 3A" X 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL 3ANDS - 3/4" x .020" COATED(WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014068 PREPARED St: P. Foulds | AMH.OV.D IT: n td MFC. | SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO MMr. HL& _____________________________________________ PERSONNEL FOAM P**7 SI M cananffi) OUCmmON: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANrrs T.C.O. MEF. NO. SFCCIFICATION NO*. FAOE NO.: 10 UPlMIOn: 2 Sec. L ___ 2-2-5 DATS OF IMUt: 4-28-7011-1-71 8" - 12" A/C SEWER PIPE 'I-' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS . SIZE 8" 10" 12" CLASS 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 PIPE PER LAYER 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 '3 LAYERS PER UNIT 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 PIPE PER UNIT 20 20 15 12 12 12 12 8 9 Q q 9 q LUMBER ACL ACD ACD ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS - 3" x 3 " x 47" ROUGH CUT C D - SEPARATOR 30ARDSCHOCKS - 1 3/4" x 2" x 4 1 3/4" " x 47" x 2 3/4 It ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS - 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/61" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020 COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER FORM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION. CBTOUNTEED DESCRIPTION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO. : 22 SUPERSEDES: 2 SEC. L 4-8-73 2-2-5A DATE OF ISSUE: . JUL 1 1 1373 8" A/C SEWER PIPE 4* WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS SIZE 8" CLASS 1500 2400 3300 PIPE PER LAYER 5 5 5 LAYERS PER UNIT 3 3 3 PER UNIT 15 15 15 LUMBER ABD ABD ABD LUMBER A - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 47" Rough Cut B - Separator Boards - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 47 Raggle Cut D - Chocks - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" Diagonal Cut Steel Straps - x .020" Perforated and Coated zinc Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020" Coated (Wax) and Painted - One per unit at center CTD014070 PREPARED BY: P. H. APPROVED BY: R *D MFG. SALES IE. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE Dll <J$ \ rso TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL IBI naanra TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPCCIFI CATIONS Cl_A*uipication: PACKAGING METHODS T.C.O. IllF. NO. SRCC1P1CATION NO: 6 1 SEC. L MKHNOH: - ALL PIANTS RAOC NO.: 2-2-6 DATS OF INUI: 5-7-69 4-28-70 ducm.'t.on: 6" THRU 24" A/C SEWER PIPE 4` WIDE - EXPORT UNITS - STRAIGHT STACKING - UNBELLED PIPE LAYERS PIPE PER FT. PER VOLUME SIZE CLASS PER LAYER PER UNIT UNIT UNIT PER UNIT LUMBER 6" 1500 2400 3300 6 6 6 5 30 390 163.4 AB 5 30 390 163.4 AB 5 30 390 168.6 AB 8" 1500 2400 3300 5 5 4 4 20 260 186.5 AB 4 20 260 186.5 AB 4 16 208 158.0 AB 10" 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 4 4 4 4 4 3 12 156 164.3 AB 3 12 !56 167.5 AB 3 12 156 172.8 AB 3 12* 156 176.0 AB 3 12 156 176.0 AB 12" 1500 3 3 9 117 166.6 AB 2400 3300 4000 5000 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 117 168.6 AB 9 117 173.6 AB 9 117 176.1 AB 9 117 176.1 AB 14" 1500 3 2 6 7g 143.4 AB 2400 3 2 78 143.4 AB 3300 3 2 5 78 148.7 AB 4000 5000 3 3 2 2 78 151.8 AB 5 78 151.8 AB 16" 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 T 52 121.6 AB 4 52 121.6 AB i 52 125.3 AB % 52 127.6 AB 52 127.6 AB 18" 2400 3300 4000 5000 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 52 154.3 AB 52 157.6 AB + 52 160.6 AB 4- 52 160.6 AB 2G" 2400 3300 2 2 3 2 + 52 187.1 AB 4 52 190.9 AB 4000 2 2 4 52 194.3 AB 5000 2 2 4 52 194.3- AB CTD014071 PIOAMD BY: P. Foulds g ARRROVID BY: \r CONFIOCMTIAL DOCUMENT * 0. MFO. l.K. BC lJWlAMOT TO hi ' OMTMiaUT TO UNAUTMONI2BO PIRSONNKL OTHERS FORM PS27 aRDUNlKD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REF. NO. 6 supersedes: SPECIFICATION NO: 1 SEC. L PAOE NO.: 2-2-7 DATt Or IMUC 5- 7-69 4-28-70 6" THRU 24" A/C SEWER PIPE 4 WIDE - EXPORT UNITS - STRAIGHT STACKING - UNBELLED PIPE LAYERS PIPE PER FT. PER VOLUME SIZE CLASS PER LAYER PHI UNIT UNIT UfIT PER UNIT LUMBER 24" 2400 3300 4000 5000 1 1 1 1 1 1 13 67.4 A 1 1 13 66.6 A 1 1 13 69.8 A 1 1 13 71.2 A LUMBER A - BEARING BOARD 3" X 3" X 48" ROUGH CUT B - SEPARATOR BOARD 1" x 4" x 48" ROUGH CUT CTD014072 PREPARED SY: P. Moulds Froved bt: E*D I.I. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT MOT TO SB OISTRRIISRUTEDTO UNAUTHORIZED FPfEl RSONNEL CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO DC DlfTftlBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL SI CERMWTHO DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLAS SIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLA1VTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO PIPE DIVISION 23 SUPERSEDES: 2 SEC. L. 2-2-10 OATS OF ISSUE: NEW 8" through 24" A/C Sewer Pipe CG Unbelled ____SEP9 h 1079____ ** ^ FOOT UNITS MEO QUARTER LENGTHS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 8" 15-3300 4/5 3 27 BDF 10" 15-5000 4 4 16 BDF 12" 15-5000 3 3 9 BDF Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020 oainted, wax coated and Positioned around unit at center. 8-FOOT UNITS MEO QUARTER & HALF-"LENGTHS 14 15-4000 6 3 18 5000 5 3 15 15" 15-5000 5 3 15 16" 15-5000 5 2 10 18" 24-5000 4 2 8 20" 24-5000 4 2 8 21" 24-5000 4 2 8 24-5000 3 2 6 ACF ACF ACF ACG ACG ACG ACG ACG ro -F^ A B - Bearing Bearing Boards Boards - 3" 3" x x 3" 3" x x 94 47 It 11 Rough Cut Rough Cut C - Separator Boards - 2" x 4" X - Rough Cut D - Seoarator Boards - 2" x 4" X 47 - Rough Cut E - Chocks - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4 - Diagonal Cut F - Chocks - 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8 " - Diagonal Cut G - Chocks - 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8 " - Diagonal Cut Steel Straos - V x .020" Perforated and Zinc Coated. CTD014075 PREPARED BY (A IS P. H. Foulds APPROVED BY: R aD SALES I.E. 2 MLUJ& C---------- CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P27 I fciL.MrMIL.ML. ShtUnun i iui SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION; CanUNTEED CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO 23 SUPERSEDES: NEW 2 SEC. L. 2-2-11 DATE OF ISSUE: SEP 2 4 1973 DESCRIPTION: 8" through 12" - A/C Sewer CG Pioe Unbelled 1 4 FOOT UNITS MEO HALF LENGTHS SIZE CIASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 8" 15-3300 4/5 3 27 BDE 10" 15-5000 4 4 16 BDF 12" 15-5000 3 3 9 BDF Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020" painted, wax coated and oositioned around unit at center. SIZE 8" 10" 12" CLASS 15-3300 15-5000 15-3300 4000-5000 8 FOOT UNITS MEO HALF LENGTHS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 8/9 2 83 73 63 PIPE PER UNIT 34 24 21 18 LUMBER ACE ACF ACF ACF A - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x Q4" - Rough Cut B - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 47" - Rough Cut C - Seoarator Boards - 2" x 4" x 94" - Rough Cut D - Seoarator Boards - 2" x 4" x 47" - Rough Cut E - Chocks - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" - Diagonal Cut F - Chocks - 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" - Diagonal Cut Steel Straos - x .020" Perforated and Zinc Coated. CTD014076 PREPARED BY: APPROVCO SY: P. H. Foulds CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL PIPE,COUPLING,ETC FORM P#27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PCCIFICATIOM* CLAMiriCATIOM: CBRMffffl) CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION i. i urv T.C.O. REF. NO. 10 lUHUMDU: SPECIFICATION NO: 3 SEC. L ------------------------------------- -FAOE NO.: 2-3-1 OATI OF IttUB! description: PART TIT .r^L-70 U-l-71 . SMALL DIAMETER 3 EWER PIPE, COUPLING ACCESSORIES PACKAGING - 4 FOOT UNIT (CANNON BALL METHOD) SIZE h" -)ir M CLASS 1500 2400 1500 DESCRIPTION Half Length MEO 11-2'-3' 5*-10' PM 1' PIPE PER LAYER 9/8 9/8 9/8 LAYERS PER UNIT 3 3 3 4M 3300 Half Length 8/7 MEO l'-2'-3' 8/7 5*-10' r9- M 1500 Half Length 7 MEO l'-2'-3r 7/6 5'-10' FM 1' 7/6 5" 2400 Half Length 7/6 MEO l'-2'-3' 7/6 5'-10' 5" 3300 Half Length 7/6 MEO 1''-3' 5'-10' 7/6 5" 1500 Half Length 6/5 MEO l'-2'-3' 6/5 5'-10' PM 1' 6/5 5" 2400 Half Length 6/5 MEO l'-2'-3' 6/5 5'-10' FM 1' 6/5 r n 3300 Half Length 6/5 MEO l'-2'-3' 6/5 5'-10' PM 1' 6/5 3 3 3 3 0J 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 63 u 3 3 LUMBER A - BEARING 30ARDS - 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGH GUT SEPARATOR BOARDS - 1" x 4" x 47" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT PIPE PER UNIT 51 51 51 45 45 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 33 33 33 33 33. 33 33 33 33 LUMBER ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD * CTD014077 PREPARED BY: P. Foulds (Continued on next page) l r"ov' "T: F R *O MPO. ALEE l.E. lidk OTHERA CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DlfTKIlUTIO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FOM PW TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPCCIFIGATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CBmunra osschiftion: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. RIF. NO. 10 sufckscocs: SPECIFICATION NO: 3 SEC. L FAOK NO : 2-3-2 OATS OF iSSUC: 5.--lrZQ _____ 11-1-71. SMALL DIAMETER SEWER PIPE, COUFLTTIO * ACCESSORIES PAOIIAGTUO - 4 FOOT UNIT (CANNON UALL METHOD) STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020 PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BAUDS - 3/4" x .020 COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE BAND PER UNIT AT CENTER I FORM PS27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION T-C.O. MSP. NO. 10 PIPE OIVISION UPERMOER: SPECIFICATION NO: 3 SEC. L c5-1-70 PAOS NO.: 2-3-3 oroats issue: 11-1-71 DESCRIPTION: PART III SMALL DIAMETER SEWER PIPE, COUPLING fc ACCESSORIES PACKAGING - 8 FOOT UNIT (CANNON BALL STACKING METHOD) SIZE CLASS DESCRIPTION PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMB] 4" 1500- Half Lengths 18 A7 2400 MEO l'-2'3' 18/17 3 3 1Q5 ABD 105 A3D 4" 1500 FM 1' 18/17 3 105 ABD 4" 3300 Half Lengths 18/17 MEO l-2'-3' 18/17 3 3 105 ABD 105 ABD 5" 1500 Half Lengths 15/14 MEO l'-2'-3' 15/14 3 3 87 87 ABD ABD 5" 1500 FM 1' 15/14 5" 2400- Half Lengths 15/14 3300 MEO 1'-2'-3' 14/13 3 3 3 87 A3D 87 ABD 81 ABD 6" 1500 Half Lengths 13/12 MEO 1>-2T-3' 13/12 3. 3 75 ABD 75 ABD 6" 1500 FM 1' 13/12 3 75 ABD 6" 2400 Half Lengths 13/12 MEO 1'-2'-3' 13/12 3 3 75 ABD 75 ABD 6" 3300 Half Lengths 12/11 MEO l'-2'-3' 12/11 3 3 69 ABD 69 ABD LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" X 3" x 94" ROUGH CUT 3 - SEPARATOR BOARDS 1" x 4" x 94" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1'3/4"xl 3/4"x2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) iFAMED MY: P. Foulds V APPROVED SY: CTD014079 M ft O - MTO. 8t m I.E. F- UNAUTHORfZEO PERSONNEL OTHERS WOffM P927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS nciricATioNa cutaairicATiON: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS canMTBD ocacNimoN: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. mr NO. 10 auacnaaoca: CIFICATION NO: 3 SEC. L 3/1/JO. SMALL DIAMETER SEWER 2-3-4 oats op iaaua: 2-1-T2 PART III SIZE 4" 4" CLASS 15-2400 3300 CARTON SIZE - 17" x l6" x 15$" High DESCRIPTION PIECES PER CARTON WEIGHT PER PIECE COUPLING COUPLING 18 18 2.9 3.0 WEIGHT PER CARTON 52 54 5" 15-2400 COUPLING 14 3.6 50 3300 COUPLING 14 3.9 55 6" 15-2400 COUPLING 9 4.5 41 3300 COUPLING 9 4.8 43 SIZE DESCRIPTION 4" SLEEVE 5" ADAPTOR 6" 4" ADAPTOR BELL & SPIGOT 6" 2x4 3x4 4x5 4x6 INCREASOR ADAPTOR Cl TO SEW 4" DUPLEX ADAPTOR 5" CLAY SPIGOT TO 6" A/C - M.E. 4" DUPLEX ADAPTOR 6" COUPLING (CONC-FT) 4" DUPLEX ADAPTOR 5" COUPLING Cl TO S 6" PIECES RR CARTON 10 8 6 10 8 6 18 18 12 8 12 9 6 12 6 10 8 6 WEIGHT PER PIECE 4.0 5.1 6.7 5.5 6.6 8.3 4.5 2.8 3.7 7.6 5.0 6.0 7.7 5.2 8.9 4.7 5.7 7.4 WEIGHT PER CARTON 4o 41 40 55 53 50 81 50 54 61 60 54 46 62 53 47 46 4ii CTD014080 PftIPAftKO dy: P. Foulds It APPROVED jp^ OTHCftft CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT MOT TO BE DIBTW1DUT1D UNAUTHORIZED PCNBONNEL *927 CBTOMTHD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS S.tCl.lCATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS T.C.O. REF. NO- CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION ___ 13 SUPERSEDES: SPECIFICATION NO: 3 SEC. L 5-1-70 ALL PIANT3 ~ATE OF ISSUC JUL 1 7 197? DESCRIPTION: SMALL DIAMETER SEWER PART III SIZE PIPE, COUPLINGS, & ACCESSORIES PACKAGING DESCRIPTION PIECES PER CARTON WEIGHT PER PIECE 4-5 4- 6 5- 6 INCREASOR ADAPTOR FT - FT 10 8 6 3.0 5.7 6.8 4" COUPLING END PLUG 5" 6" 4" END CAP 5" 6" 3^ 20 16 36 24 12 .6 1.7 1.9 1.9 2.5 4.6 4" COUPLING ADAPTOR 5" BS - FT 6" 20 12 9 2.6 3.4 4.2 4" PIPE ADAPTOR 5" BS - FT 6" 27 18 12 1.5 1.9 2.2 4- 4 5- 5 6- 6 4" 5" 6" ME. CONVERTER CS TO FT CONVERTER NIPPLE CS - FT 15 12 9 18 8 8 3.3 4.3 5.3 2.8 3.4 4.1 4x4 5x5 6x6 4" 5" 6" Cl SLEEVE ADAPTOR Cl - A/C Cl - c.s. SEWER TEE NIPPLE 8 8 6 10 8 7 5.4 5.6 6.9 2.8 3.2 3.7 WEIG PER C/ 30 46 41 22 34 30 68 60 55 52 41 38 41 34 26 50 52 48 50 28 32 43 45 41 28 26 26 4" PIASTIC END PLUGS 12 5" 12 6" 12 .8 10 1.0 12 1.2 14 To be shipped in vendor^ carton. (*) Denotes change. CTDO14081 PREPARED SY: P. Foulds APPROVED BY: <3*> R aD MFO. A. SALES I.C. y- W- OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM P927 C&nMflHD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION specifications classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 13 SUPERSEDES: 11-1-71 3 SEC. L _2^6_ DATE OF IIIUC JUL 1 7 1972 description: SMALL DIAMETER SEWER PART III PIPE, COUPLINGS, & ACCESSORIES PACKAGING SIZE DESCRIPTION 5x4 i 6x4 6x5 4x4 5x5 6x6 45 WYE 6x4 6x5 6x6 60 WYE 5x4 6x4 6*5 4x4 5x5 6x6 TEE ELBOWS 4" ll 22* 305 94S: 5" 11*-22*-30-45 90 6" 11^-22*-30 45 90 (*)PIECES PER CARTON 3 2 2 4 3 2 2 2 2 3 33 4 3 2 8 7 6 l 4 3 4 3 2 WEIGHT PER PIECE 16.1 21.1 21.1 11.1 15.8 21.2 22.4 23.8 25.4 16.8 18.0 19.2 13.5 18.0 20.6 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 11.0 9.5 14.6 11.5 11.5 17.7 (*)WEIGHT PER CARTON 48 42 42 44 47 42 45 48 i 51 50 54 58 54 54 41 58 5 43 a 38 44 46 35 35 (*) Denotes change. NOTE: 45 Double Wye's to be Shipped Unjtekaged I CTD014082 PREPARED BY: P. Foulds APPROVED BY: G S' R A0 MFC. 3! SALES I.E. _ OTHERS * AX^<--_________________ ________________________________ 4S& CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL PO*M NI7 B| Wam CBnNNIHD oMcmmoN: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SFSCIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS r.C.O. RSF. NO. 10 SPECIFICATION NO: GENERAL SEC. L FAOC NO.: 2-3-7 SUFCRSCDSS: OATS OF ISSUS: 11/1/71 8" and 10" SEWER PIPE 4' WIDE BELLED ALTERNATE END. OFF SET UNIT TEE AND WYE FITTINGS DESCRIPTION 8x8x4 8x8x5 8x8x6 8x8x8 FITTINGS PER LAYER 4 4 4 4 LAYERS PER UNIT 4 4 4 4 FITTINGS WT. LBS. PER PER UNIT UNIT 16 736 16 816 16 848 16 880 LUMBER AC AC AC AC 10 X 10 X 4 10 x 10 x 5 10 x 10 x 6 10 x 10 x 8 10 x 10 x 10 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 12 900 12 912 12 936 12 996 12 1092 BD BD BD BD BD LUMBER A. Bearing Boards 3 M X 3" X 40" 1 Bearing Boards 3 H X 3" X 47" C.Separator Boards 1 rr X 4" X 40" D.Separator Boards 1 11 X 4" X 47" ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" COATED (WAX) & PAINTED  CERMfTKD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. PEP. NO! 1 SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO 3 Section L 2-3-8 SUPERSEDES: New OATE OF.I**UEL__ NOV 1 2 1975 description: Small Diameter Sewer Part III Pipe, Couplings, & Accessories Packaging ! Wirebound Crate Size - 48" x 40" x 30" H Size Class Description Pieces Per Crate Weight Per Piece (lbs') 4" 3300 5" 3300 6" 3300 Coupling Coupling Coupling 294 190 150 3.5 4.5 5.4 4" All Classes 30Elbow 4" All Classes 45Elbow 6" All Classes 30Elbow 96 96 48 7.2 7.2 11.5 Weight (1) Per Crate(lbs) 1094 920 875 756 756 617 , i i FORM *927 |B| canuinra TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --~ - SFSCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: ALL PLANTS FADE NO.: PIPE DIVISION 10 SUPtKSIOM: 3 A SEC. L 2-3A-1 OATt OF issue: 1-15-72 D,K"'riOH: 12" - 16" A/C PRESSURE PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 8* WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 12 " 100 150 200 6 6 6 2 2 2 12 ACE 12 ACE 12 ACE 14" 100 150 200 16" 100 150 200 6 5 5 5 4 4 2 2 1 2 2 1 12 ACE 10 ACE 5 AE 10 ACF 8 ACF 4 AF LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 3" x 94" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 94" ROUGH CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4,r x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT F - CHOCKS 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED CTD014085 PREPARED EY: P. Foulds APPROVED BY: OfS D MFO. SALES (ilk l.c. jftJJe OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO EE DISTRIBUTED UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL form Na? m canmnsD DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SFSCiriOkTIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS air.t.c.o. no. SPEC!PICATION NO: 10 SURCRSCOES: 1 SEC. L ALL PLANTS PASS NO.: 2-3A-2 OATS OP ISSUE: -------1 1-15-72 6" - 10" A/C PRESSURE PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 8* WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE 6" 8" 10" CLASS 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 PIPE PER LAYER 11 11 11 9 9 8 7 7 6 LAYERS PER UNIT 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 44 44 33 27 27 24 21 14 12 LUMBER ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACE ACE ACE LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 3" x 94" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 94" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED I CTD014086 PRIPAMD BY: P. Foulds APPROVEO by: & R ft D MPO. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BC DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM F927 OKSCRIPTIOM: TECHNICAL specifications PCCIFVtATtOMC CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION; PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS T.C*0. RIF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 10 1 SEC. L SMFCSSSOCS: - ALL PLANTS PASS MO.: 2-3A-3 OATS OF ISSU8: 1-15-72 6" - 12" A/C PRESSURE PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS SIZE 6" 8" 10" 12" CLASS 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 PIPE PER LAYER 6 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 LAYERS PER UNIT 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 24 24 18 15 15 12 12 9 6 6 6 6 LUMBER ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 47" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3A" x 1 3A" x 2 3A" DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" X .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" PAINTED, WAX COATED, AND POSITIONED AROUND UNIT AT CENTER CTD014087 PREPARED BY: P. Foulds 1 APPROVED BY: ft * .D MFC. tPiliST uiM I.K. CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO M OITWIlTTD +O UNAUTHORIZED PMIOtlNn. OTHERS FOAM P927 caraumrai DiKMimoN: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS t.c.o. ssf. no. SPCCIPICATION NO*. 30 3A Sec. L PAOC NO 2-3A-3A UFCftSKOKS: New OATC or issue: jut 2 8 1976 6" - 12 A/C PRESSURE PIPE, COMMON GROOVE WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS Raggle Board Option Size 6" 8" 10" 12" Class 150 150 150 150 Pipe Per Layer 6 4 3 3 Layers Per unit 3 3 3 2 pipe Per Unit 18 12 9 6 Lumber AE BF CG DH LUMBER A Bearing Boards - 2-1/2" x3-1/2" x 44" Raggle Cut (one side) B Bearing Boards - 2-1/2" x3-1/2" x 38" Raggle Cut (one side) C Bearing Boards - 2-1/2" x 3-1/2" x 36" Raggle Cut (one side) D Bearing Boards - 2-1/2" k 3-1/2" x 43" Raggle Cut (one side) E Separator Boards - 2" x 2" x 44" Raggle Cut (two sides) F Separator Boards - 2" x2" x 38" Raggle Cut (two sides) G Separator Boards - 2" x 2" x 36" Raggle Cut (two sides) H Separator Boards - 2" x 2" x 43" Raggle Cut (two sides) Steel Straps - 1/2" x .020" Perforated and Zinc-coated Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020" Painted and wax-coated One Per Unit at Center PHF:ap 7/22/76 fORM *937 comm DESCRIPTION: tLhlNIU/U. iwnj SPECIFICATION* classification: CERTAIN-TEEO PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE 01VISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLA NTS T.C O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACK NO. : 23 SUPERSEDES: NEW 3A SEC. L. 2-3A-4 DATE OF ISSUE: SEP 2 4 1973 6" through 16" - A/C Pressure Pipe - Common Groove ___________ MEO Quarter Lengths - Unbelled_______________ 4 FOOT UNITS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 6" 100-150 200 5/6 2 22 BCF 8" 100-150 200 4/5 2 18 BDF 10" 100-150 200 3 3 9 BDG 12" 100-150 200 3 2 6 BDG Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020" oainted, wax coated and oositio ned around unit at center. SIZE 14" 16" CLASS 100-150 200 100-150 200 8 FOOT UNITS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT 52 4; 2 PIPE PER UNIT 10 8 LUMBER AEG A EH A - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 94" - Rough Cut B - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 47" - Rough Cut C - Seoarator Boards - 1" x 4" x 47" - Rough Cut D - Seoarator Boards - 2" x 4" x 47" - Rough Cut E - Seoarator Boards - 2" x 4" x 94" - Rough Cut F - Chocks - 1 3A" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" - Diagonal Cut G - Chocks - 2 3/4" X 2 3/4"x 3 7/8" - Diagonal Cut H - Chocks - 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8" - Diagonal Cut Steel Straos - V x .020" - Perforated and Zinc Coated. PREPARED BY (A * APPROVED BY: aO MFO. SALES I.E. OTHERS P. H. Foulds CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED *TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD014089 I 1 ! Bl C&nMNTHO DESCRIPTION: i " artv^iriv-M i iwi'ij FsPBClFlCATlONB classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAGE NO- ___23_________ 3A SEC. L. 2-3A-5 OATS OF ISSUE: NEW SEP 7 u i?q_______ 6" through 16" A/C Pressure Pipe, Common Groove ME0 Half Lengths - Unbelled 4 FOOT UNITS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER IAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 6" 100-150200 5/6 2 22 BCF 8" 100-150200 4/5 2 18 BDF 10" 100-150200 3 3 9 BDG 12" 100-150200 3 2 6 BDG Steel Bands - 3/4" x .020" painted, wax coated, and positioned around unit at center. 14" 100-150200 16" 100-150200 8 FOOT UNITS 52 42 10 AEG 8 AEH A - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 9^" - Rough Cut B - Bearing Boards - 3" x 3" x 47" - Rough Cut C - Separator Boards - 1" x 4" x 47" - Rough Cut D - Separator Boards - 2" x 4" x 47" - Rough Cut E - Separator Boards - 2" x 4" x 94" - Rough Cut F - Chocks - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" - Diagonal G - Chocks - 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" - Diagonal H - Chocks - 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8" - Diagonal Cut Cut Cut Steel Straps - V' x .020" - Perforated and Zinc Coated. PREPARED BY: P. H. Fouldi^^ APPROVED BY: O ft MF<5. SALES I.E. OTHERS CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL CTD014090 IRRIGATION Pip e FOAM MI7 camansD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.c.o. ftKF. NO. 10 SPECIFICATION NO: 4 Sec. L SUPCIISCOCS: 4/28/70 PAOK NO.: 2-4-1 OATK OF l*SU: 11-1-71 ocscniption; 3" Thru 5" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE 4' WIDE - UNBELLED SIZE TYPE PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 3" 25 11 5 55 ABD 75 11 5 55 ABD 4" 25 Q 5 45 ABD 75 o 5 40 ABD 5" 25 7 6 42 ABD 75 7 6 42 ABD LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" X 3" X 47" B - SEPARATOR BOARDS l" x 4" x 47" D - CHOCKS 1 3/4 X 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER PVtEPAJtKD ST: P. Foulds ^ * *D MPO. SALES 3= uMc I.K. CTD014091 OTHSRS FOAM NIT El Hi cananra DESCRIPTION: TE--C--H- - N- --IC---A- L SPECIFICATIONS ssscipications classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PIANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. NSF. NO. PIPE DIVISION 10 umwon: SPCCIPICATION NO: 2 SEC. L FUI NO.: 2-4-1A oats or issue: 11-1-71 . 3" THRU 5 - A/C IRRIGATION PIPE 4' WIDE - UNBELLED (CANNON-BALLED) SIZE 3" 4" 5" TYPE 25 75 25 75 25 75 PIPE PER LAYER 11/10 11/10 9/8 8/7 7/6 7/6 LAYERS PER UNIT 3 3 3 3 3 3 PIPE PER UNIT 63 63 51 45 39 39 LUMBER ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD ABD LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT B - SEPARATOR BOARDS l" X 4" 47 * ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x : 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020 PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020 COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014092 prepared mr: P. Foulds A APPROVED IT: \(A * O MPQ. SALES I.E. - uMi5S CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMEMT - NOT TO EE DI*TRtl UNAUTHORIZED KNMNNR. OTHER# rOMM P9Z7 camNiED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTA1N-TEE0 PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SMCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS NO.T.C.O. RCP. PtCtrtCATlON NO: 10 4 SEC. L SUPCRSWU: 4-28-70 - ALL PLANTS PAO* NO.: 2-4-2 OAT* or IMUl: 11/1/71 OMCItirriOM: 3" AND 4" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE 4' WIDE - UNBELLED SIZE TYPE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER PER PIPE PER LAYER UNIT UNIT LUMBER 3" 125 100 150 200 11 11 10 10 5 55 ABD 5 55 ABD 5 50 ABD 4 40 ABD 4" 125 100 150 200 8 8 8 8 5 40 ABD 5 40 ABD 4 32 ABD 4 32 ABD LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT B - SEPARATOR BOARDS 1" x 4" x 47" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3A" X 1 3/4" x 2 3/4 " DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3A" x .020" COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014093 PMPAMD mr: P Foulds MFOL Ai.CS IE. WL CONFIDCNTIAL OOCUMKNT NOT TO II DfSTItlOUTCD UNAUTHONIZCO PCftSONNKL OTHCIIS ro*M r+27 |B| Hi camnEED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAINTEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SPCCIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS T.C.O. NSF. NO. 10 SFSCIF.CATION NO: 2 SEC. L SUPMS1DM: - ALL PLANTS FADE NO.: 2-4-2A DATS OP ISSUS: 11-1-71 DMCt.irr.ON: 3.1 and 4.. A/G IRRIGATION PIPE 4' WIDE - UNBELLED (CANNON BALLED) SIZE 3" 4" TYPE 125 125 CLASS 100 150 200 100 150 200 PIPE PER LAYER 11/10 11/10 10/9 10/9 8/7 8/7 8/7 8/7 LAYERS PER UNIT 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 63 ABD 63 ABD 38 ABD 38 ABD 45 ABD 45 ABD 30 ABD 30 ABD LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS - 3" x 3" x *1-7" B - SEPARATOR BOARDS - 1" x V x ^7" D - CHOCKS - 1 3A" x 1 3A" x 2 3A" ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020 PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3A" x .020 COATED (WAX) & PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014094 MPAMO Y`. P. Foulds I A|W*OVCO R *O Mro. SALS9 I.K. 5F Mt P* COMPIOCNTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO OI*THJUT*D lb UNAUTMOfttZSO PERSONNEL OTHER* FOAM P2? SI HI canMNira DESCRIPTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. Mf. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO.: 10 4 SEC. L 2-4-3 SUPERSEDES: OATS OF IHUi: 4-28-70 1-15-72 ... 6" - 12" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE TYPE PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 6" 25 75 90 8" 25 75 90 10" 25 75 90 12" 25 75 90 6 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 6 36 ACD 5 30 ACD 5 30 ACD 5 25 ACD 4 20 ACD 4 20 ACD 4 16 ACE 4 16 ACE 4 16 ACE 4 12 ACE 4 12 ACE 4 12 ACE LIMBER A - BEARINB BOARDS 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT C -SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 47" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" X 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" PAINTED, WAX COATED AND POSITIONED AROUND UNIT AT CENTER PRIPAftEO BY: P. Foulds COMF1 DCNTIAL CTD014095 R D MFO. CALKS I.K. Si inte NOT TO CK DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTMOftIXSEO PERSONNEL. OTHERS I FOUM WI7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CTD014096 FORM PS8T canwnra DNcmmoN: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS specincATioN* clarification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLAJVTS T.C.O. REF. NO. FECI FICATION NO: PADS NO.: 10 4 SEC. L 2-4-5 OATS OF INUE: 4-28-70 1-15-72 12-" - 24" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE 8' WIDE BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE TYPE PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 12" 25 75 90 7 7 7 3 21 ACE 3 21 ACE 3 21 ACE 14" 25 75 6 6 3 18 ACE 3 18 ACE 15" 25 75 5 5 3 15 ACE 2 10 ACE VO --1 1 25 75 18" 25 75 20" 25 75 21" 25 75 24" 25 75 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 15 ACF 2 10 ACF 3 12 ACF 3 12 ACF 3 12 ACF 2 8 ACF 2 8 ACF 2 8 ACF 2 6 ACF 2 6 ACF LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" X ;3" x 94" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x l+ " x 94" ROUGH CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4 " x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT F - CHOCKS 3 5/8 " x 3 5/8" X| 5 1/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2!" x .020'II PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED i CTD014097 PREPARED BY: P. Foulds a*V APPROVED BY: R *O MFD. #0 SALES I.E. B*--------- CONFIDENTIAL OOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED YO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P27 comm osscbTftion. SIZE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION SFSCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. ASF. NO. 10 SFCCIFICATION NO: 4 SEC. L PASS NO.: 2-4-6 SUFCNSCOCS; DATS OF ISSUK: 4-28-70___ 1-15-72 3" - 4" AND 12" - 24" A/0 IRRIGATION PIPE 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS TYPE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 3" 125 100 150 200 23 23 22 21 4 92 ABD 4 92 ABD 4 88 ABD 4 84 ABD 4" 125 100 150 200 18 18 17 17 4 72 ABD 4 72 ABD 4 68 ABD 3 51 ABD 12" 125 100 150 200 6 6 6 6 3 18 ACE 2 12 ACE 2 12 ACE 2 12 ACE 14" 125 100 150 200 6 6 5 5 2 12 ACE 2 12 ACE 2 10 ACE 1 5 AE 15" 125 100 150 200 5 5 5 5 2 10 ACE 2 10 ACE 1 5 AE 1 5 AE 16" 125 100 150 200 5 5 4 4 2 10 ACF 2 10 ACF 2 8 ACF 1 4 AF 18" 125 4 2 8 ACF 100 4 2 8 ACF 150 4 1 4 AF 20" 125 4 2 8 ACF 100 4 1 4 AF 150 3 1 3 AF 21" 125 3 2 6 ACF 100 3 2 6 ACF 150 3 1 3 - AF (Continued on next page) PRCPARKD by: P. Foulds jL*r**ovo mr: R a0 MFS. iuu.es I.C. *r uA CONFIOCNTIAL OOCUMKNT NOT TO BK OISTRIBUTIO TO UNAUTHOftlZtO PMSONNCL OTHKftS CTD014098 ro*M r*2? TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS rOftM +927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS form ni7 description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SRCCIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION r.C.O. RET. NO. PIPE DIVISION 10 SUPERSEDES: SPECIFICATION NO: PAOK NO.: 4 A SEC. L 2-4A-1 DATE OF ISSUE: 1-15-72 6" - 12" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 4> WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE TYPE PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 6" 25 75 90 6 6 6 6 36 ACD 5 30 ACD 5 30 ACD 8" 25 75 90 10" 25 75 90 12 " 25 75 90 5 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 5 25 ACD 4 20 ACD 4 20 ACD 4 16 ACE 4 16 ACE 4 16 ACE 4 12 ACE 4 12 ACE 4 12 ACE LUMBER A - BEARINGBOARDS C - SEPARATORBOARDS D - CHOCKS E - CHOCKS 3" x 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT 2" x 4" x 47" ROUGH CUT 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" PAINTED, WAX COATED, AND POSITIONED AROUND UNIT AT CENTER CTD014102 PREPARED St: P. H. Foulds II ARRROVEO sy: R aD ttra. SALES I.E. ^p - -- 1 Mr wit CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT * NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM PS*7 cawnB) OSSCNirriONI SIZE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PCCiriCATIOM* CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T C.O. REP- NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FAOI NO.: 10 4a SEC. L 2-4A-2 supersedes: PATE OP ISSUE! 1-15-72 6" - 12" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 4 WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS TYPE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT ----------------------------- ! LUMBER 6" 125 6 4 24 ACD 100 6 4 24 ACD 150 6 4 24 ACD 200 6 3 18 ACD 8" 125 5 3 15 ACD 100 5 3 15 ACD l150 200 3 15 ACD 3 12 ACD 10" 125 4 3 12 ACE 100 4 3 12 ACE 150 3 3 9 ACE 200 3 3 9 ACE 12" 125 100 150 200 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 9 ACE 9 ACE 6 ACE 6 ACE LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" X 3" x 47" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 47" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" X .020"PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" PAINTED, WAX COATED, AND POSITIONED AROUND UNIT AT CENTER CTD014103 PREPARED ST: P. Foulds H APPROVED sv: m * o MPO. SALES I.C. F Wk CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED fO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS COMPIOCMTIM. DOCUMCNT NOT TO M OimUBUTVO INAUTMON1ZXO PCRtOMNCL FORM FAS? mschiption: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: 10 tuniiina: 4a SEC. L 2-4A-4 ioatk or nut: 1-15-72 12" - 16" A/0 IRRIGATION PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 8* WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE END - OFFSET UNITS -- KO f--1 SIZE 12" 14" 15" TYPE 125 125 125 125 CLASS 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 PIPE PER LAYER 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 LAYER PER UNIT 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 PIPE PER UNIT 12 12 12 6 12 12 10 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 8 4 LUMBE1 ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE AE ACE ACE AE AE ACF ACF ACF AF LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 3 " x 94" C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4 " x 9^" E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3A" X 3 7/8" F - CHOCKS 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" X 5 1/8" ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED CTD014105 PAftco sr: P. Foulds proved by: r o SALES CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL roHM PR17 n| wmm comm osscs.pt.on: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PICIFICATIONF classification: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION pipe oivision PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. RSP. NO. SPSCIPICATION NO: 1 FAOC NO.: 10 4a SEC. L | 2-4A-5 SUPSSSSSCS: DATS OF ISSUS: 1-15-72 6" _ 10" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 8' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE TYPE PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 6" 25 75 90 12 12 12 6 5 5 72 ACD 60 ACD 60 ACD 8" 25 75 90 9 9 9 5 5 5 45 ACD 45 ACD 45 ACD 10" 25 75 90 7 7 7 5 5 5 35 ACE 35 ACE 35 ACE LUMBER A - BEARING BOARDS 3" x 3" x 94" ROUGH CUT C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 94" ROUGH CUT D - CHOCKS 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4'1 DIAGONAL CUT E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED mr:prepared P. Foulds IIA^SOVSO sr: ^F CONTIOtMTIAL CTD014106 m o mpq. SALES I.E. ML. niA* //a/# .------------ OTHERS PERSONNEL form FS27 oescriftiom: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PCCIFICATIOMS CUtMiriCATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. SFECIFICATION NO: FAOB NO.: 10 UFEftSEOSS: 4A SEC. L 2-4A-6 DATE OF ISSUE: 1-15-72 6" - 10" A/C IRRIGATION PIPE, COMMON GROOVE 8' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE 6" 8" 10" TYPE 125 125 125 CLASS 100 150 200 100 150 200 100 150 200 PIPE PER LAYER 11 11 11 11 9 9 9 7 7 7 6 LAYER PER UNIT 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 44 44 44 33 36 36 27 24 21 21 14 12 LUMBER ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACD ACE ACE ACE ACE LUMBER A BEARING BOARDS C SEPARATOR BOARDS D CHOCKS 1 3/4" E CHOCKS 2 3A" 3" x 3" x 94" 2" x 4" x 94" 3A" x 2 3A" 3A" x 3 7/8" ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED CTD014107 FREFARED ST: P. Foulds by: <3T" n .0 MFO. SALES I.E. ML Udk CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO EE DISTRIBUTED UNAUTHORIZED FtRSONNEL OTHERS STORM DRAIN FORM P*17 |BI Hi aRMNIBD OIKRINTION: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CERTAIN-TEEO PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION MClPICATIONa CUkMIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. F. NO. 1PVCIP1CATION NO: PAM NO.: 10 3A SEC, L. 2-13-1 iunmum: DATV or inui: 11/1/71 ^ ft .,, 6" THRU 24" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE 8* WIDE - UNBELLED (RIVERSIDE 5 SANTA CLARA) SIZE 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 15" 16" 18" 20" 21" "D" CLASS PIPE PER LAYER All 13 All 10 15-2000 3000 3750 8 8 8 15-2000 3000 3750 7 '7 6 1500 2000 3000 3750 15-2000 30-3750 6 6 6 5 5 5 1500 2000 3000 3750 1500 2000 3000 3750 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 1500 2000 3000 3750 4 4 4 4 1500 2000 3000 3750 4 4 3 3 LAYER PER UNIT 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 PIPE PER UNIT 52 40 32 24 24 21 21 18 18 18 12 10 15 10 15 15 10 10 12 12 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 6 6 LUMBE1 ABD ACD ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACE ACP ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF AF ACF ACF ACF ACF MffARIO BY: P. Foulds (Continued on next page) OT"" * 0 MPO. 33 BALKS QI.Kk. OTHBRS CONTIDCNTIM. DOCUMINT - NOT TO DIfmiUT<b 1*6 DNAUTMONIUD PMSONNA. CTD014108 FORM P*27 canwnra TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SSSCIFICATIONS classification: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION T.C.O. ASF. NO. PIPE DIVISION 10 SUPERSEDES: specification no: 3A SEC. L PAOE NO.: 2-13-2 DATS or IMUl: 11/1/71 description: 6" THRU 24" A/C STORM DRAIN PIPE 8' WIDE - UNBELLED (RIVERSIDE & SANTA CLARA) SIZE "D" CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 24" 1500 2000 3000 3750 3 3 3 3 26 26 13 13 ACF ACF AF AF LUMBER A BEARING BOARDS - 3" X X 94" ROUGH CUT B SEPARATOR BOARDS 1" x X 94" ROUGH CUT C SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" X 94" ROUGH CUT D CHOCKS - 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" X 2 3/4" DIAGONAL CUT E CHOCKS - 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" DIAGONAL CUT F CHOCKS - 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8" DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020" PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) PREPARED BY: P. Foulds AEPRC & N 0 MTO. ALBS nP l.B. 1 //'> if - |m (/\----------- OTHERS CTD014109 BUREAU OF REC. rohm pa7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOAM PS27 CBnumra description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PACE NO : 15 15B SEC. L 2-15B-2 SUPERSEDES: NEW DATS OF issue: JAN 3 fn-n 12" - 24" A/C BUREAU OF RECLAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS , 1 SIZE 18" 20" 21" CLASS 30 35 4o 45 50 60 70 80 90 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 8o 90 30 35 4o 45 50 60 70 80 PIPE PER LAYER 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3. 3 3 3 LAYERS PER UNIT 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 PIPE PER UNIT 12 12 8 8 8 4 4 4 4 8 8 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 8 8 6 6 6 3 3 3' LUMBER ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF AF AF AF AF ACF ACF AF AF AF AF AF AF BF ACF ACF ACF ACF ACF AF AF AF 1 i j | i 1 i j i 1 i | j j CTD014111 PREPARED 8Y: ___ Her APPROVED 8Y: R aO MFO. SALES i.c. P. FOU'LDS n 31 (Uy- -- _____________________& CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM F917 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FCiriCATION CLASSIFICATION: csnumra CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE 01VISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS T.C.O. REF. NO. 15 SPECIFICATION NO: 15B SEC. L FADE NO. : 2-15B-3 SUPERSEDES: NEW OATE or issue: JAN 3 1373 description: 12" - 24" A/C BUREAU OF RECIAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION 8' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS SIZE 24" CLASS 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 PIPE PER LAYER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 2 LUMBER ACF ACF AF AF AF AF AF BF LUMBER: A - Bearing Boards 3" x 3" X 94" B - Bearing Boards 3" x 4" x 94" C - Separator Boards 2" x 4 " x 94" E - Chocks - 2 3/4" x 2 3/4 " x 3 7/8" F - Chocks - 3 5/8" x 3 5/8 " x 5 1/8" - ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT DIAGONAL CUT CTD014112 PREPARED RY: P. H. FOULDS APPROVED SY: R aD MFD. SALES I.E. -* OTHERS C:oOnNpFiIiDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FORM PS*7 emnBD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE 01VISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL T.C.O. RCF. NO. SFCCIFICATI ON NO: 15 15B SEC. L PLANTS FAQC NO. : 2-15B-4 SUFCRSCDCS: 11-1-71 OATS OwF ISSUE ^ in'^ descr.ft.on: g,, _ 24" Ayc gygg^y 0F RECLAMATION/FLUID transmission 8' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 6" *40 12 4 48 ACD *45 12 4 48 ACD 50 11 4 44 ACD 60 11 4 44 ACD 70 11 4 44 ACD 80 11 3 33 ACD 90 11 3 33 ACD 8" 30 9 4 36 ACD 35 9 4 36 ACD 40 9 4 36 ACD 45 9 3 27 ACD 50 9 3 27 ACD 60 9 3 27 ACD 70 3 27 ACD 80 3 24 ACD *90 3 21 ACD 10" 30 7 4 28 ACE 35 7 4 28 ACE *40 7 3 21 ACE 45 7 3 21 ACE 5 7 3 21 ACE 60 7 2 14 ACE 70 7 2 14 ACE 8o 6 2 12 ACE 90 6 2 12 ACE *Denotes Change. CTD014113 PREPARED BY: P. H. FOULDS APPROVED BY: R ft O MFO. BALES ML I.E. CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM P927 CSfflMIffl) description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASS!FICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEEO PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. REP. NO. 15 SUPERSEDES: SPECIFICATION NO: 15B SEC. L PAGE NO. : 2-15B-5 DATS or ISSUE: NEW JAN 3 6" - 24" A/C BUREAU OF RECLAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION 8' WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE jASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBE2 12" 30 6 4 24 ACE 35 6 3 18 ACE 4o 6 3 18 ACE 45 6 2 12 ACE 50 6 2 12 ACE 60 6 2 12 ACE 70 5 2 10 ACE 80 5 2 10 ACE 90 5 2 10 ACE 14" 30 5 3 15 ACS n 5 3 15 ACE 5 2 10 ACE 45 5 3 15 ACE 50 5 2 10 ACE 60 5 2 10 ACE 70 5 1 5 AE 80 5 1 5 AE 90 4 1 4 AE 15" 30 5 3 15 ACE 35 5 2 10 ACE 4o 5 2 10 ACE 45 5 2 10 ACE 50 5 2 10 ACE 60 4 2 8 ACE 70 4 1 4 AE 80 4 1 4 AE 90 4 1 4 AE 16" 30 5 2 10 ACF 35 5 2 10 ACF 40 5 2 10 ACF 45 4 2 8 ACF 50 4 2 8 AC? 60 4 2 8 ACF 70 4 1 4 AF 8o 4 1 4 AF 90 4 1 4 AF P, II. FOULDS V A APPROVED SV: R ft O MFD. SALES jEML CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO SC O 1. c. --" CTD014114 OTHERS FORM Ft27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOAM p27 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PKCIFICATIONS CLARIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS canMira CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T.C.O. R*r. 15 SPECIFICATION NO: 15B SEC. L PAGE NO.: 2-15B- lUKKHOU: NEW DATE OF ISSUE: JAN q ->- DESCRIPTION: 6" - 24" A/C BUREAU OF RECLAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION 8" WIDE - BELLED ONE END - OFFSET UNITS SIZE 2k" CLASS 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 8o PIPE PER LAYER 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 LAYERS PER UNIT 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 PIPE PER UNIT 6 6 3 3 3 3 2 2 LUMBER ACF ACF ' AF AF AF AF AF BF LUMBER: A Bearing Boards 3" x 3" x 9^" - ROUGH CUT B Bearing Boards 3" x 4" x 94" - ROUGH CUT C Separator Boards 2" x 4" x 94" - ROUGH CUT D Chocks 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4"- DIAGONAL CUT E Chocks 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8"- DIAGONAL CUT F Chocks 3 5/8" x 3 5/8" x 5 1/8"- DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" x .020 - PERFORATED AND ZINC COATED CTD014116 PREPARED BY: P. H.'FOULD-Sjjl approved by: R a0 MPO. 2k* SALES l.E. ------- OTHERS CoOnNpFiIcDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL FOAM P927 mourn osscs.ftion: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SSSCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: PACKAGING METHODS - ALL PLANTS CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION T-C.O. HEP. NO. 15 SPECIFICATION NO: 15B SEC. SUPERSEDES: 11-1-71 * PAGE NO 2-15B-S OATS OF ISSUE: JAN 3 1"''-' 511 _ 241. A/c BUREAU 0F RECLAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS ; SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYER LAYERS PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT :U!-3ER 6" 40 6 4 45 6 4 50 6 4 *60 6 3 6*70 3 80 6 3 90 6 3 8' 30 5 4 35 5 3 40 5 3 45 5 3 50 5 3 60 5 3 70 5 3 80 4 3 *90 4 2 24 ACL 24 ACD 24 ACD 18 ACD 18 ACD 18 ACD 18 ACD 20 ACD 15 ACD 15 ACD 15 ACD 15 ACD 15 ACD 15 ACD 12 ACD 8 ACD 10" 30 4 4 *35 4 3 40 4 3 45 4 3 *50 3 3 60 3 3 70 3 3 80 3 2 90 3 2 16 ACE 12 ACE 12 ACE 12 ACE 9 ACE 9 ACE 1 ACE ACE 6 ACE CTD014117 *Denotes Change. (Cont. on next page) PREPARED BY P. H. V APPROVEO BY: R *0 MFO. r5 8 I.E. FOULDS, 4# 4----ofcrtocCONrtOCNTIAL DOCUMENT . not TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS FORM *927 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: counted CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION PACKAGING METHODS - ALL T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: 15 15B SEC. I PLANTS PAGE NO.: 2-15B-9 11-1-72 DATE OF ISSUE: JAN 3 OSSCSIFTION: 6" - 24" A/C BUREAU OF RECLAMATION/FLUID TRANSMISSION 4' WIDE - BELLED ALTERNATE ENDS - OFFSET UNITS SIZE CLASS PIPE PER LAYERS LAYER PER UNIT PIPE PER UNIT LUMBER 12" 30 3 4 35 3 3 40 3 3 45 3 2 50 3 2 60 3 2 70 3 2 80 3 1 90 3 1 12 ACE 9 ACE 9 ACE 6 ACE 6 ACE 6 ACE 6 ACE 3 AE 3 AE LUMBER A - BEARINGBOARDS 3" X 3" x 47" C - SEPARATOR BOARDS 2" x 4" x 47" D - CHOCKS 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" E - CHOCKS 2 3/4" x 2 3/4" x 3 7/8" ROUGH CUT ROUGH CUT DIAGONAL CUT DIAGONAL CUT STEEL STRAPS - 1/2" X .020i; - PERFORATED AND COATED (ZINC) STEEL BANDS - 3/4" x .020" - COATED (WAX) AND PAINTED - ONE PER UNIT AT CENTER CTD014118 PREPAREO SY: rf* P. H. FOULDS A 02__________________________________________ APPROVED BY: R ft D DOCUMENT - NOT TO MFO. SALES jAiuM. * I.E. OTHERS PERSONNEL TECHNICAL CHANGE ORDER '*miCA*Lc 'to: CertairifeedB A/C General Standards Manual Section N (Shipping Weights) CertainTegd Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group TATI W Uiurf: September 1, 1982 T.C.O. MO.t 55 ocacatmoN: A/C Bureau of Reclamatlon/FIuld Transmission PAOC NO. 1 Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Purpose: 1. To publish the shipping weights of the products revised by the most recent design review and published under date of February 1, 1982 In Standard Product Spec. 158. Basic Items Included in the design change were: a) 19 Pipe dimensions b) 9 FM dimensions c) 1 PAD dimensions These In turn affected elbows and existing tees. 2. All of the above corresponding shipping weights have been revised accordingly. 3. Random checks of the non-affected tee weights disclosed errors requiring recalculation of all tee weights. Effective Date: Date of Issue. Disposition of Superseded Pages: Destroy pages 158-1/158-2 158-3/15B-4 15B-5/15B-6 158-7/158-8 15B-9/15B-10 15B-17/15B-18 158-25/15B-26 15B-27/15B-28 September 26, N 14 H II H H H 1977 Replace with pages attached. CTD014119 RECEIVED '.I'D C I (982 pacaAaco at v c - iO-OO.'li (pW>54 J j| Aaaaovto at: D MPO. Ai.CS I.C Clttr MA- [ft CONrietNTIAl. DOCUMENT - NOT TO HI OISTRIIUTtO TO UNAUTHORIZED PCftaONNIL OTHCSS TECHNICAL SPECS FI w- 'JONS SPCCIr ICA7IO.N NO: Section N ucscniption: Fluid - Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories Classes 100, 150, and 200 PAGt *0. 1-2 Couniinn Size Inches 3" 4" Standard Coupling Class "100 150 200 100 150 200 Shipping Weight Lbs./Pc. 4.0 4.8 5.6 5.3 6.6 7.6 . Fully Machined Pipe (FM) Shinning Wt., Lbs / Ft. FM Size. In. Class 3" 100 3.5 150 4.4 200 4.4 4" 100 4.5 150 5.6 200 7.0 - CTD014121 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FCCIFICATtONS classification: CertainleedB A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights T.C.O. ASF. NO. SFCC1F1CATION NO: FASS NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 5A Section N SUFCRSCDCS: September 26# 1977 1-3 DAT! OF ISSUC: DEC 3 tSI Fluld-Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 20 Threaded Brass Insert Couplings (TBIC) Single or Double Outlet Shipping Wt., Lbs./tinIt Coup Iing Size Inches 3 k Class 100 150 200 100 150 200 7.5 9.1 10.0 8.1 9.9 13.6 raVAMD it: affrovio r: R *O M. JAA 02-10-0023 (P>992277)) I122//7766 CONriOtNTIAL OOCUMINT NOT TO DISTMiaUTBD TO UNAUTHOftIZIO PCfISONNKL 2 1981 CTD014122 'o**camr>om: DATS or issue; DEC 3 t*l srtcirtCATiOH no: Section K PAOC NO.: 1-4 Fluid-Tire A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 Coupling Adaptor, A/C to Steel (CAS) or Plastic (CAP) Shipping Wt., Lbs./Unit A/C Size Inches 3 4 Steel or Plastic Size, Inches 3 4 Class 100 4.2 5.5 Class 150 5-3 7.1 Class 200 6.0 8.1 Coupling Reducer, FLUID-TITE to FlUID-TITE Shipping Wt. , Lbs./Unit Coupling Size Inches 4 to 3 6 to 4 Class 100 3.4 9.5 Class 150 3.6 8.9 . Class 200 3-9 9.5 Pipe Size. Inches 3 Pipe Adaptors Shipping Wt., Lbs./Unit PAD-2 5.0 6.6 Class 150 5.3 -- Class 200 5.3 -- PAD-5 **-6 6.2 CTD014123 M TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertainTeedil specifications classification: A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. REF. NO. specification no: PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 52 supersedes: Section N April ), 1979 2-1 DATE OF ISSUE: MAY 20 1980 description: FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000 , 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Sections A & B Standard Pipe - Shipping Weight (lbs. /ft.) Pipe Size 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" . 12" 14" Type or Class 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 56 5.2 5.5 6.4 6.6 7.1 8.8 7.8 9.0 10.6 11.4 12.1 14.2 '17.5 17.5 19.9 22.0 23.9 20.8 20.8 24.6 25.9 28.6 Plant 57 58 5.2 5.5 6.4 4.8 5.2 6.1 6.6 6.6 7.1 7.1 8.8 8.8 7.7 8.8 10.4 7.7 8.8 10.4 11.4 12.1 14.2 11.4 12.1 14.2 17.5 17.5 19.9 22.0 23.9 16.1 16.1 18.4 20.6 22.4 23.0 23.0 26.7 28.1 30.8 20.8 20.8 24.6 25.9 28.6 25.9 25.9 29.4 32.2 36.1 25.9 25.9 29.4 32.2 36.1 60 5.2 5.5 6.4 6.6 7.1 8.8 7.7 8.8 10.4 11.4 12.1 14.2 16.1 16.1 18.4 20.6 22.4 20.8 20.8 24.6 25.9 28.6 25.9 25.9 29.4 32.2 36.1 CTD014124 PREPARED Qr: /ezt APPROVED BY: 02-10-002? (Pn? 7) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BF DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL oroatc issue: \ i w ' r\ 'Vd i. W J SPECIFICATION NO: Section N J f*AC NO.: ! 2-2 description: FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 40C0, 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Sections A & B Standard Pipe - Shipping Weight (lbs ./ft.) Pipe Size Type or Class Plant 56 57 58 60 15" 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 28.3 28.3 32.5 35.9 40.5 28.3 28.3 32.5 35.9 40.5 16" 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 31.5 31.5 35.6 38.7 44.0 31.5 31.5 35.6 38.7 44.0 31.5 31.5 35.6 38.7 44.0 18" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 39.6 44.6 49.6 54.8 60.5 65.6 39.6 44.6 49.6 54.8 60.5 65.6 39.6 44.6 49.6 54.8 60.5 65.6 20" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 45.5 51.5 57.6 63.9 70.2 76.4 45.5 51.5 57.6 63.9 70.2 76.4 45.5 51.5 57.6 63.9 70.2 76.4 21" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 49.5 55.2 62.2 68.8 75.4 81.8 49.5 55.2 62.2 68.8 75.4 81.8 24" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 61.7 69.5 77.4 85.5 91.8 99.7 61.7 69.5 77.4 85.5 91.8 99.7 CTD014125 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CTD014126 DttanmoN: TOT20 wo WB5KBPR58nW-----Section H PUB we.: 2-4 FUJID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Sections A & B Prebelled Pipe (Pipe/Cpig./Ring) -- Shipping Weight (lbs./ft.) Pipe Site Type or Class Plant 56 57 58 60 20" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 48.9 54.9 61.5 67.8 75.0 81.2 48.9 54.9 61.5 67.8 75.0 81.2 48.9 54.9 61.5 67.8 75.0 81.2 21" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 53.1 58.8 66.3 72.9 80.5 86.9 53.1 58.8 66.3 72.9 80.5 86.9 24" 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 66.1 73.9 82.7 90.8 98.0 106.0 66.1 73.9 82.7 90.8 98.0 106.0 CTD014127 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS nCinCATlOMS CLASSIFICATION: CertairifeedH A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. RCF. NO. BPCCirtCATtON no: PAOK NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 52 Section N April 9, 1979 2-5 OATS or IBBUC MAY 20 1980 description: Fluld-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Sections A and B Standard Coupling Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit Coupling Size, Inches Class . Coupling Size, Inches Class 4 1500 3.1 2400 3.1 3300 3.3 5 1500 4.0 2400 4.0 3300 4.3 6 1500 4.9 2400 4.9 3300 5.2 8 1500 9.1 2400 9.1 3300 9.7 10 1500 13.9 2400 13.9 3300 13.9 4000 16.2 5000 16.2 12 1500 17.9 2400 17.9 3300 17.9 4000 20.5 5000 20.5 14 1500 23.1 2400 23.1 3300 23.1 4000 27.5 5000 27.5 15 1500 25.5 2400 25.5 3300 25.5 4000 30.6 5000 30.6 16 1500 27.2 2400 27.2 3300 27.2 4000 32.8 5000 32.8 18 2400 37.3 3300 37.3 4000 46.2 5000 46.2 6000 53.8 7000 53.8 20 2400 43.6 3300 43.6 4000 50.8 5000. 6000 50.8 62.1 7000 62.1 21 2400 47.2 3300 47.2 4000 53.9 5000 53.9 6000 66.3 7000 66.3 24 2400 56.7 3300 56.7 4000 68.6 5000 68.6 6000 7000 80.4 80.4 PRCPARKD BY: APPROVCD by: B *O MFO. BALKS I.C. OTHERS m 02-10-002 3 (P92 7) 12/76 CONFIDCNTIAl. DOCUMENT NOT TO H DISTRIBUTCD TO UNAUTHOHIMO FIKSONNCL CTD014128 oucmmoN: msoAtt or ioouc: MA'i 20 srvortCATiOM no: Section N MOC NO.: 2-6 PLUID-TITE A/C-Sewer Pipe, Couplings,and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Sleeve Adaptor (A/C Rough Barrel to Cast Iron) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 3.8 4.7 6.3 57 3.8 4.7 6.3 58 3.8 4.7 6.3 60 3.8 4.7 6.3 Pipe Size, Inches 4 6 Sleeve Adaptor (2400) (A/C Rough Barrel to Clay) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 4.4 6.0 57 4.4 6.0 58 4.4 6.0 60 4.4 . Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 &Adaptor Bell Spigot (A/C to A/C) (A/C to SWCI) (A/C to XHCI) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 6.1 6.1 6.0 7.8 8.2 7.8 9.7 9.6 9.6 60 6.1 9.6 CTD014129 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: CertainleedH A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. RIP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PASS NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 48 SUPERSEDES: Section N February 11, 1977 2-7 OATS 13F ISSUE: APR 9 1979 description: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Pipe Size, Inches 2x4 3x4 4x5 4x6 Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Pipe Size, Inches 2x4 3x4 4x5 4x6 Increaser Adaptor (Cast Iron to.Sewer) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 5.0 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 59 5.0 3.2 4.3 8.3 Duplex Adaptor (Clay Spigot to A/C M.E.) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 8.3 8.3 8.3 59 5.5 6.5 8.4 Increaser Adaptor (Cast Iron to Sewer) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 5.0 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 59 5.0 3.2 4.3 8.3 CTD014130 PREPARED BY: j/i'// APPROVED BY: R D MFO. SALES I.E. OTHERS 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIOCNTIAi. DOCUMENT - NOT TO B( DIVTIVliTjTCD TO UNAUTMOKIUO PERSONNEL. OCSCatVTIOM: , PtCiriCATtON MO* Section N FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories Classes 1500, 240C1, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A PAOC MO.; 2-8 - Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Duplex Adaptor Coupling (Clay Spigot to A/C M.E.) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 , 57 58 59 5.5 6.5 8.3 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 8.3 8.3 8.4 60 5.5 8.3 Pipe Size, Inches 4. 6 , Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Duplex Adaptor Coupling (Concrete to, F.T. Sewer) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 59 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 Duplex Adaptor Coupling (Cast Iron to Sewer) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 5.1 5.1 6.3 8.2 58 5.1 6.4 8.2 59 5.1 6.3 8.2 60 1 60 6.3 Pipe Size, Inches 4 to 5 4 to 6 5 to 6 Increaser Adaptor (A/C Sewer to A/C Sewer) Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit * 56 57 58 59 4.2 8.5 5.2 4.2 8.5 4.2 8.5 5.2 4.2 8.5 5.2 60 4.3 8.6 i 4 CTD014131 J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: CertairifeedH A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. ASF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PASS NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 48 supersedes: Section N 2-9 OATS OP issue: May 16, 1977 APR 9 1979 description: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Coupling End Plug Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 2.0 2.0 1.9 2.7 2.7 3.4 3.3 3.3 End Cap Shipping Weight, Lba./Unit 56 2.4 3.1 3.9 57 58 2.4 2.4 3.1 3.9 3.9 59 60 1.9 2.0 2.7 3.5 3.3 59 60 2.4 2.4 3.1 3.9 3.9 CTD014132 PAEPAAEO Y: APPROVED BY: n o MW Vv& 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE OTHERS ITPISUTCO TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ,, sesowcoTiow NOl Section N PAOC NO.: 2-10 FLUID--TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories Classes 1500 , 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Pipe Size, Inches 5x4 6x4 6x5 4x4 5x5 6x6 Sewer Tee Nipple for Field Cut Mains Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 59 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.7 3.7 3.7 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.5 45 Wye Fitting Shipping Weight, Lfcs./Unit 56 18.4 23.3 24.3 13.0 16.9 25.0 57 23.6 13.0 25.3 58 18.1 23.4 24.6 12.8 16.9 25.3 59 18.1 23.3 24.6 13.0 16.9 25.6 60 3.1 4.2 60 23.6 13.2 25.3 1 A \ i Alternate 45 Wye Fitting Shinning Weight. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches 6x4 6x6 56 28. 6 41. 2 60 28.2 40.6 CTD014133 J 1______________________________________ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS sfccifications classification: CertairifeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C'O' BCF. NO. 42 BFCCIFICATtON NO: Section N PAOK NO.: 2-11 SUFCRSKDCS: OAT* <9F isbuk: February 11, 1977 APR 9 1979 oucwiption: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Pipe Size, Inches 5x4 6x4 6x5 4x4 "5x5 6x6 45 Double Wye Fitting Shipping Weight, Lbg;/Unit 56 22.1 27'. 0 29.0 16.0 21.0 30.5 57 27.4 16.0 30.6 58 21.6 26.8 29.4 15.6 21.0 30.6 59 21.6 26.8 29.4 15.8 21.0 31.4 60 27.4 16.3 30.6 Alternate 45 Double Wye Fitting Shipping Weight. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size Inches 6x4 6x6 56 31.7 46.0 60 31.2 45.2 CTD014134 PfttPAJIKO by: 02-10-0023 (P927 J AFFROVCD by: *o Q 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL LOCUM*NT - NOT TO Bff 0o((JytrViiBBIu/Ti CO TO UNAUTHORIZED FKRSONNcL  rcortCATiON no: PAOC NO.: Section N 2-12 Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Pipe Size, Inches 6x4 6x5 6x6 60 Wye Fitting Shipping Weight. Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 22.7 24.1 25.4 59 22.7 24.1 25.7 60 Pipe Size,, Inches 5x4 6x4 6x5 4x4 5x5 6x6 ' Tee Fitting Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 13.8 17.6 17.5 10.0 14.0 17.8 57 17.6 10.0 18.0 58 13.6 17.4 17.8 9.8' 14.0 18.0 59 13.6 17.4 17.8 9.9 14.0 18.2 60 17.6 10.1 18.0 CTD014135 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertairileedEI A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO! PAGE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group DESCRIPTION: 48 supersedes: Section N February 11, 1977 2-13 OATE OP ISSUE: /* n:?. u 1979' Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section A Alternate Tee Fitting Shipping Wei;ght. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size Inches 6x4 6x6 56 27.4 37.8 60 26.9 37.2 Pipe Size, Inches 4 5 6 Elbows Ilk, 22^, 30, 45, and 90 , Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit H%, 56 57 O rtf* CM CM 30, 45 0 58 59 60 56 57 90 58 59 60 7.7 10.1 12.1 7. 7 12. 3 7.7 10.1 12.3 7.8 10.1 12.3 7.8 12.3 11.7 15.5 18.5 11.7 18.8 11.7 15.5 18.8 12.0 15.5 18.8 12.0 18.8 CTD014136 PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: OTHERS yV/ // yk^ 927 12/7602-10-0023 (P ) CONriDINTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL  SPECIFICATION NO: PAOC NO.: Section N 2-14 Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Manhole Stub Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 Class 1500 ' 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 1500 2400 3300 4000 5Q00 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 . 1500 2400 3300 4000 5000 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 56 15.3 17.4 20.3 22.3 23.5 27.3 34.3 34.3 38.4 42.1 45.5 40.6 40.6 47.3 49.6 54.4 50.5 50.5 56.7 61.6 68.4 55.3 55.3 62.6 68.5 76.5 61.6 61.6 68^ 6 74. 1 83.4 57 15.0 17.0 20.0 22.3 23.5 27.3 34.3 34.3 38.4 42.1 45.5 45.0 45.0 51.6 54.0 58.8 50.5 50.5 56.7 61.6 68.4 61.6 61.6 68. 6 74. 1 83.4 76.7 85.2 93.7 103.0 112.0 121.0 88.2 97.7 K)9.0 120.0 131.0 141.0 58 15.0 17.0 20.0 22.3 23.5 27.3 31.5 31.5 35.5 39.3 42.5 40.6 40.6 47.3 49.6 54.4 50.5 50.5 56.7 61.6 68.4 55.3 55.3 62.6 68.5 76.5 61.6 61.6 68. 6 74.1 83.4 76.7 85.2 93.7 103.0 112.0 121.0 88.2 97.7 109.9 120.0 131.0 141.0 59 60 16.1 18.1 21.1 22.3 23.5 27.3 34.3 34.3 38.4 42.1 45.5 40.6 40.6 47.3 49.6 54.4 50.5 50.5 56.7 61.6 68.4 61.6 61.6 68.6 74.1 83.4 79.5 88.2 96.6 106.0 115.0 124.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 22.3 23.5 27.3 31.5 31.5 35.5 39.3 42.5 40.6 40.6 47.3 49.6 54.4 50.5 50.5 56.7 61.6 68,4 55.3 55.3 62.6 68.5 76.5 61.6 61.6 68.6 74. 1 83.4 76.7 85.2 93.7 103.0 112.0 121.0 88.2 97.7 109.0 120.0 131.0 141.0 CTD014137 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SrCCiriGATtONB CUkMfFtCATlON: CertairifeedH A/C General Standards Mamial~Shipping Weights T.C.O. iter. NO. FCartcATiOM no: FAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 52 unntcoa: Section N October 19, 1979 2-15 OATS or issue: MAY 20 1980 MKftimoM. Fluld-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Sect! on B Pipe, Size, Inches 21 24 Class 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 2400 3300 4000 5000 6000 7000 Manhole Stub (Cont) Shipp ing Weight, Lbs/Unit 56 57 58 95.9 10C.0 118.0 129.0 140.0 151.0 120.0 133.0 147.0 161.0 171.0 185.0 60 95.9 106.0 11S.0 129.0 140.0 151.0 120.0 133.0 147.0 160.0 171.0 185. C Pipe Size, Inches 6 6 10 12 14 15 16 Drop Manhole Section Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 56 57 58 21 .5 33 .9 55 .9 77 .7 21.5 33. S 55. S 77.5 86.4\ 105. C lll.C 21.5 33.9 55.9 77.7 86.4 105.0 111.0 60 71.5 33.9 55.9 77.7 86.4 105.0 111.0 End Cap Shipping WeigtiL, Lbs. /Unit Pipe Size, Inches Class 56 57 58 60 8 7400 8 4 8.4 Heavy 8 .8 8.8 10 2400 13 .0 13.0 13.0 13.0 Heavy 13 .0 13.0 13.0 13.0 Ex-heavy 14 .6 14.6 14.6 14.6 RRCPARCO BY: f^TS Armtoveo by: R * O Mro. M sales I.K. 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIDCNTIAL OOCUMCKT NOT TO II DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PtRSONNCL OTHSRS CTD014138 DOCRIfTlON: OAT* Of ISMM! MAY 2 0 \m PcancATtoM mo: Section H PAM NO.: 2-16 FUJID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Clasees 1500, 2400 , 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Section B Pipe Size, Inches 12 14 15 16 18 20 Class 2400 Heavy Ex-Heavy 2400 Heavy Ex-11c.ivy 2400 Heavy Ex-Hcavy 2400 Heavy E>:-lIcavy 2400 Heavy Ex-Heavy 6000/7C00 2400 lleaVy Ex-Hcavy 6000/7000 21 2400 Heavy Ex-Heavy 6000/7000 24 2400 Heavy Ex-Heavy 6000/7000 56 17.0 17.0 18.8 57 17.1 17.1 18.9 25.1 25.1 28.1 28.0 28.0 31.5 30.5 30.5 34.3 43.0 43.0 49.6 55.3 50.9 50.9 56.2 64.8 56.7 56.7 61.3 70.0 58 17.0 17.0 18.8 25.1 25.1 25.1 28.0 28.0 31.5 30.5 30.5 34.3 43.0 43.0 49.6 55.3 50.9 50.9 56.2 64.8 56.7 56.7 61.3 70.0 68.2 68.2 77.0 86.6 60 17.0 17.0 18 s 8 25.1 25.1 28.1 28.0 28.0 31.5 30.5 30.5 34.3 43.0 43.0 49.6 55.3 50.9 50.9 56.2 64.8 56.7 56.7 61.3 70.0 68.2 63.2 77.0 86.6 CTD014139 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS srtariCATtoNS clabbibication: CertairifeedH A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C O. IIP. NO. I BBCCinCATION NO: BAOC NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 52 SUPtRSKDCB: | Section N October 19, 1979 2-17 orDATS IBBUB: MAY 20 198U ocscmmoN: FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Section B Increaser A/C to A/C Size1' A/C to A/C 6 to 8 8 to 10 10 to 12 12 to 14 12 to 15 14 to 15 14 to 16 15 to 16 15 to 18 16 to 18 18 to 20 18 to 21 20 to 21 21 to 24 Class Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 Ex. Heavy Shipping Weight, Lbs/Unlt __________ Plants____________ 56 57 58 60 14.0 13.9 13.9 13.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 27.0 27.0 26.5 26.5 34.0 34.8 34.0 34.0 48.5 49.3 48.5 48.5 30.9 30.9 30.9 42.6 42.6 42.6 34.0 34.0 34.0 68.3 72.0 68.3 72.0 68.3 72.0 53.0 56.7 53.0 56.7 53.0 56.7 62.5 67.3 62.5 67.3 62.5 67.3 86.5 91.5 86.5 91.5 86.5 91.5 55.4 61.4 55.4 61.4 55.4 61.4 102.0 102.0 102.0 PftCPAftCO BY: APfftOVKD BY: A/jT M 12/76-10-0023 (P9SJ) CONnoilNTIAl. OOCUMINT NOT to oiVntiauTtD to uhautmomiuo kmonnil CTD014140 OCICII^TtON: DATC or IMUC: MAY FieiflCATIPN NO: Section N PAOK NO.: 2-18 FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Section B Pipe Size 8" 10" 12" 14" 15" 16" 18" 20" 21" 24" lit0. 22\, 30 and 45 Elbows - Shipping Weights (lbs./unit) Type or Class Plants 56 57 58 60 2400 Heavy 18.1 20.5 18.1 20.5 18.1 20.5 18.1 20.5 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 26.5 28.9 33.1 31.4 35.4 39.6 26.5 28.9 33.1 35.0 38.9 43.1 24.2 26.6 30.8 31.4 35.4 39.6 24.2 26.6 30.8 31.4 35.4 39.6 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 39.0 42.4 49.0 39.0 42.4 49.0 39.0 42.4 49.0 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 42.7 46.8 54.6 42.7 46.8 54.6 42.7 46.8 54.6 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 47.5 51.4 59.7 47.5 51.4 59.7 47.5 51.4 59.7 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 123.2 136.3 163.1 191.0 123.2 136.3 163.1 191.0 123.2 136.3 163.1 191.0 . 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 141.9 157.7 190.1 222.0 141.9 157.7 190.1 222.0 141.9 157.7 190.1 222.0 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 154.0 169.1 204.5 238.5 154.0 169.1 204.5 238.5 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 193.2 213.7 255.8 292.4 193.2 213.7 255.8 292.4 CTD0U141 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BBCCIPICATIOMB O-ABBIFtCATlON: Certahifeede A/C General Standards Manual-Ship ping Weights T.C.O. MP. NO. BBBCIPlCATION NO: BASS NO.: CertamTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 52 UPCBBCOCB: Section M April 9t 1979 2-19 OATS or Ifliuc: MAY 2 0 19UU FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 - Section B 90 Elbows - Shipping Weights (lbs./unit) Pipe Siae Type or Class _____________ Plants 56 57 58 60 8" 2400 Heavy 27.8 31.9 27.8 31.9 27.8 31.9 27.8 31.9 10" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 40.5 44.9 52.4 40.5 44.9 52.4 37.1 41.4 48.9 37.1 41.4 48.9 12" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 14" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 48.1 55.1 62.7 53.4 60.4 68.0 59.6 66.1 78.2 48.1 55.1 62.7 59.6 66.1 78.2 48.1 55.1 62.7 59.6 66.1 78.2 15" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 16" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 64.7 72.2 86.5 72.0 79.2 94.4 64.7 72.2 86.5 72.0 79.2 94.4 64.7 72.2 86.5 72.0 79.2 94.4 18" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 185.1 206.3 249.8 295.0 185.1 206.3 249.8 295.0 185.1 206.3 249.8 295.0 20" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 212.0 237.5 290.0 342.0 212.0 237.5 290.0 342.0 212.0 237.5 290.0 342.0 21" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 230.0 254.7 311.9 367.1 230.0 254.7 311.9 367.1 24" 2400 Heavy Ex. Heavy 6000/7000 286.7 319.-7 387.4 446.7 286.7 319.7 387.4 446. 7 PNffAMO BY: /vr APBftOVCO BY: A aO MFO. SALKS I.K. OTHKBS /7602-10-0023 f.P'-P7) iy CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO EE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORISED PERSONNEL. CTD014142 oKJt or lerui: SPCnncATioN no: PAOC NO.: MAY 2 0 1980 Section N 2-20 1 Fluid-Tit c A/C Sewer Fipe, Couplings and Accessoties Classes 1500, 24 (;0, 33C0, 4000, 5000, 0000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 8x8x4 5 6 .8 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 45 Wy e Fit tin gs - Class ':400 - M.iin Pr>-helled Shipping Wr Lght, I.hs,./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 50.0 50.7 53.5 58.9 72.1 72.8 75.6 79.3 88.8 93.5 94.2 96.9 100.0 107.0 117.0 107.0 108.0 111.0 114.0 1 21.0 126.0 139.0 117.0 118.0 121.0 124.0 131.0 135.0 144.0 155.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 129.0 130.0 132.0 136.0 142.0 147.0 155.0 162.0 176.0 168.0 168.0 171.0 174.0 181.0 185.0 238.0 245.0 248.0 277.0 188.0 189.0 191.0 195.0 201.0 205.0 263.0 270.0 273.0 290.0 316.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 204.0 204.0 207.0 210.0 216.0 221.0 283.0 290.0 292.0 310.0 322.0 343.0 252.0 253.0 256.0 259.0 265.0 269.0 344.0 351.0 353.0 370.0 384.D 391.0 5/0.0 CTD014143 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS mancATioNt cuiMinCATION: CertairifeedB CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group A/C General Standard Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. MF. NO. wcancATtON no: BAM NO.: 49 Section N 2-21 BUFCNSCOn: April 9, 1979 iftiom: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 8x8x4 5 6 8 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 - 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 45 Wye Fittings - Class - Heavy - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 56.5 57.2 60.0 65.4 78.0 79.0 82.0 85.0 97.0 104.0 104.0 107.0 110.0 119.0 130.0 121.0 122.0 124.0 128.0 136.0 142.0 156.0 129.0 130.0 133.0 136.0 144.0 150.0 159.0 172.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 140.0 140.0 143.0 147.0 155.0 161.0 170.0 178.0 192.0 181.0 181.0 184.0 187.0 195.0 200.0 260.0 268.0 270.0 302.0 204.0 204.0 207.0 210.0 218.0 223.0 289.0 296.0 299.0 317.0 347.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 "14 15 ' 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 219.0 219.0 222.0 225.0 233.0 238.0 307.0 315.0 317.0 336.0 352.0 373.0 273.0 273.0 276.0 279.0 286.0 291.0 376.0 384.0 386.0 404.0 420.0 430.0 629.0 *' CTD0U144 PRVAMO BY: 401/ APPROVCO by: M * O NT. BALM 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 conbiobntial oocumcnt not tTOo bBcK OTfTBIBUTBO TO UUNNAUTHONI2IO PCRBONNKL. fccification mo: < Section N Nil mo.: 2-22 Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 2300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 45 Wve Fittings - Class-Extra Heavy - Main Prebelled - Shinning Weight. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 91.5 92.1 94.7 98.1 113.0 117.0 118.0 120.0 124.0 135.0 147.0 143.0 144.0 146.0 149.0 161.0 166.0 185.0 156.0 156.0 159.0 162.0 173.0 178.0 190.0 208.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 168.0 168.0 171.0 174.0 184.0 190.0 202.0 212.0 229.0 216.0 217.0 219.0 222.0 233.0 237.0 312.0 322.0 324.0 362.0 . 243.0 244.0 246.0 249.0 259.0 264.0 347.0 357.0 359.0 380.0 418.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14. 15 16 18 20 21 24 274.0 275.0 277.0 279.0 290.0 294.0 382.0 391.0 393.0 414.0 434.0 450.0 327.0 327.0 329.0 332.0 342.0 346.0 453.0 463.0 465.0 485.0 505.0 524.0 763.0 <r CTD014145 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertairileedlH A/C General Standard Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. REP. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 48 SUPERSEDES: Section N 2-23 DATE OP ISSUE: description: February 11, 1977 APR y 1979 Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B 45 Fittings - Class 6000/7000 - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 247.0 248.0 250.0 253.0 264.0 268.0 354.0 364.0 366.0 416.0 287.0 287.0 290.0 292.0 303.0 308.0 405.0 415.0 417.0 438.0 494.0 Pipe Size, Inches 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 307.0 307.0 310.0 312.0 322.0 327.0 430.0 439.0 441.0 461.0 482.0 530.0 375.0 375.0 378.0 380.0 390.0 395.0 518.0 528.0 529.0 550.0 570.0 589.0 882.0 CTD014146 PREPARED by: APPROVED BY: R A O MFG. SALES I.E. v<6) X. . 02-10-0023 (P92 7) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL. DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OTHERS 0SCniTi0N: * sPtciriCATiuN no: PAGC NO.: Section N 2-24 . FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 8x8x4 5 6 8 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 60 Wye Fittings - Class - 2400 - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight,, Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 50.0` 50.5 51.2 55.0 72.1 72.5 73.2 75.6 82.6 93.5 93.9 94.5 96.8 99.9 110.0 107.0 108.0 108.0 111.0 114.0 119.0 128.0 117.0 118.0 118.0 120.0 123.0 129.0 133.0 145.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 129.0 129.0 130.0 132.0 135.0 141.0 144.0 152.0 159.0 168.0 168.0 169.0 171.0 173.0 179.0 227.0 235.0 234.0 255.0 188.0 188.0 189.0 191.0 194.0 199.0 252.0 260.0 259.0 269.0 289.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 204.0 204.0 205.0 207.0 209.0 215.0 272.0 280.0 279.0 288.0 291.0 320.0 252.0 253.0 253.0 255.0 258.0 263.0 333.0 341.0 340.0 349.0 352.0 367.0 531.0 CTD0U147 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS nCIPICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertairifeedH A/C General Standard Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. SCF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOE NO.: CertairiTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 49 lUPIRBIDtt: Section N April 9, 1979 2-25 oats or isoup: JUN 2 >5 >979 DocnimoM: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 8x8x4 5 '6 8 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 0 60 Wye Fittings - Class - Heavy - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight . Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 56.5 57.0 57.761.5 78.4 78.7 79.4 81.6 90.1 104.0 104.0 105.0 107.0 111.0 122.0 121.0 121.0 122.0 124.0 128.0 135.0 136.0 129.0 130.0 130.0 132.0 136.0 143.0 146.0 161.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 ' 140.0 140.0 141.0 143.0 147.0 154.0 157.0 166.0 173.0 161.0 181.0 181.0 183.0 187.0 193.0 247.0 256.0 255.0 277.0 204.0 408.0 204.0 206.0 210.0 216.0 276.0 285.0 283.0 294.0 317.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 219.0 219.0 220.0 221.0 225.0 231.0 295.0 303.0 302.0 312.0 315.0 347.0 273.0 273.0 273.0 275.0 278.0 284.0 364.0 372.0 371.0 380.0 383.0 403.0 586.0 CTD014148 PRCPARCO BY: to* APPROVED BY: R *O MFCJ. SBAALLIB u I.E. 02-10-002? (PQ27) 12/76 confidential document - not to be distributed to unauthorized personnel PCCirtCATtON mo: Section N FAt MO.: 2-26 Fluid -Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500 , 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B - Pipe Size, Inches 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 , ^ 12x12x4 5 6 '8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 60 Wy e Fittings - Class - Extra Heavy - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 91.5 91.8 92.4 94.4 105.0 117.0 118.0 118.0 120.0 125.0 138.0 143.0 143.0 144.0 146.0 151.0 158.0 170.0 156.0 156.0 156.0 158.0 163.0 170.0 185.0 194.0 Pipe Size, Inches 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 167.0 168.0 168.0 170.0 175.0 181.0 187.0 198.0 207.0 216.0 216.0 217.0 218.0 223.0 229.0 297.0 308.0 306.0 332.0 243.0 244.0 244.0 245.0 250.0 264.0 332.0 343.0 341.0 351.0 380.0 Pipe Size, Inches 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 274.0 274.0 275.0 276.0 280.0 286.0 366.0 377.0 375.0 385.0 389.0 416.0 327.0 327.0 327.0 328.0 332.0 338.0 438.0 448.0 446.0 456.0 460.0 488.0 709.0 CTD014149 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SFCCIFIGATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertairifeedB A/C General Standard Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. RIP- NO. SFCCIFICATION NO: PAOK NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 48 SUPCBSKOKS: Section N 2-27 OATS OF ISSUC: February 11, 1979 APR 1979 OKtcmmoN: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B 60 Fittings - Class 6000/7000 - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 247.0 247.0 248.0 249.0 254.0 260.0 339.0 350.0 348.0 381.0 287.0 287.0 287.0 289.0 293.0 300.0 390.0 401.0 398.0 409.0 450.0 Pipe Size, Inches 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 307.0 307.0 307.0 309.0 313.0 319.0 415.0 425.0 423.0 433.0 437.0 492.0 375.0 375.0 375.0 377.0 381.0 .387.0 303.0 513.0 511.0 521.0 525.0 553.0 821.0 CTD014150 fnKfabio mv: APPROVCD BY: y// 02-10-002 3 (P92 7 ) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL PCCIF1CATION NO: Section N PAQC NO.: 2-28 Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 8x8x4 5 6 8 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 Tee Fittings - Class - 2400 - Main Pr ebelled Shipping Weight , Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 48.3 48.5 50.0 51.9 70.5 70.6 72.3 73.0 77.2 91.8 91.9 93.6 94.2 96.1 101.0 106.0 106.0 107.0 108.0 110.0 112.0 117.0 117.0 117.0 118.0 119.0 122.0 125.0 126.0 132.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 128.0 128.0 129.0 130.0 132.0 133.0 133.0 133.0 142.0 166.0 166.0 168.0 168.0 170.0 172.0 217.0 216.0 218.0 232.0 187.0 187.0 188.0 189.0 191.0 192.0 242.0 242.0 243.0 247.0 260.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 203.0 204.0 204.0 206.0 208.0 211.n 266. 266.0 268.0 273.0 273.0 289.0 251.0 251.0 252.0 253.0 255.0 256.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 327.0 327.0 327.0 486.0 CTD01415A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CertairifeedB A/C General Standard Manual-Shipping Heights T.c.o. RIP. NO. PceirtcATtON no: PA4C NO.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 49 Section N lumnoii: April 9, 1979 2-29 o--cmmow: Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories ___________________Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches 8x8x4 5 6 8 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 - 12x12x4 5 6 8 - 10 12 14xl4x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 ' 14 15 Tee Fittings - Class - Heavy - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight, Lbs./Unit 54.9 55.0 56.5 56.6 76.8 76.9 78.5 79.0 84.0 102.0 102.0 104.0 104.0 106.0 112.0 115.0 115.0 117.0 117.0 120.0 122.0 128.0 129.0 129.0 130.0 131.0 134.0 138.0 138.0 151.0 Pipe Size Inches 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 138.0 138.0 140.0 140.0 143.0 145.0 145.0 144.0 153.0 179.0 179.0 181.0 181.0 184.0 185.0 235.0 235.0 236.0 252.0 202.0 202.0 204.0 204.0 206.0 208.0 264.0 264.0 265.0 269.0 284.0 Pipe Size, Inches 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16. 18 20 21 24 219.0 219.0 219.0 221.0 223.0 227.0 288.0 288.0 289.0 294.0 294.0 312.0 272.0 271.0 273.0 273.0 275.0 277.0 352.0 352.0 352.0 356.0 355.0 356.0 535.0 CTD014152 PRKPARKD BY: APPROVKO BY: R AO MPO. ALU f.K. 5-10-0027 (PP271 (Tut Ssa 12/76 confiocntial oocumcnt - not to sc oYstfisutio to unauthorized pikmnnii. OTHMI SPECIFICATION WO: Section M PAM MO*: 2-30 Fluid-Tite A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B Pipe Size, Inches - 10x10x4 5 6 8 10 12x12x4 5 6 8 10 12 14x14x4 5 6 -8 10 12 14 15x15x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 Tee Fittings - Class Extra-Heavy - Main Prebelled Shipping Weight. Lbs./Unit Pipe Size, Inches Pipe Size, Inches 89:9 89.9 . 91.4 91.8 9777 116.0 116.0 117.0 117.0 120.0 126.0 138.0 138.0 139.0 139.0 142.0 144.0 151.0 155.0 155.0 156.0 157.0 161.0 164.0 166.0 176.0 16x16x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18x18x4 5 6 -8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20x20x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 166.0 166.0 167.0 167.0 170.0 171.0 171.0 171.0 182.0 215.0 215.0 216.0 216.0 219.0 220.0 282.0 281.0 283.0 301.0 242.0 242.0 243.0 243.0 246.0 247.0 317.0 317.0 318.0 322.0 339.0 21x21x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24x24x4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 21 24 274.0 274.0 274.0 275.0 279.0 281.0 358.0 359.0 359.0 364.0 364.0 374.0 i 325.0 325.0 326.0 326.0 329.0 330.0 423.0 423.0 423.0 427.0 426.0 426.0 646.0 - CTD014153 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VUiJUAYiAN U0! Section N FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories Classes 1500, 2400, 3300, 4000, 5000, 6000 and 7000 Section B US.! 2-32 " This page left Intentionally blank <r CTD014155 I FORM P #034 TECHNICA L CHANGE ORDER APPLICABLE TO: Si CERWITCED CERTAIN-TEED PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE DIVISION description: A/C General Standards Manual Section N OATC op issue: T.C.O. no.: PAG* NOT: FEB I 1 1977 43 1 P&PG, A/C Sewer, Fluid-Tite CG-S (Section B) ] | ] i PURPOSE: To remove shipping weights for common groove sewer pipe. We were only manufacturing 15" and 21" and now these are incorporated into Spec #2's weights. EFFECTIVE DATE: Date of issue. j ; DISPOSITION OF SUPERSEDED PAGES: Destroy 2A-7 through 2A-23 all dated September 7, 1973 in Section N of your General Standards Manual. No pages are to be put in their place. CTD014156 PREPAREO BY: A APPROVEO by: R ft o MFO. SALES I.E. dw rnNFincNTiAi r ijjpy non imfnt - NOT TO HF DVSTR1BUTED TO UN AIITHOBITFO PFRSONNFI OTHERS | i >o ! Go FORM R027 CSTOUNIKD description: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPSCIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: CERTAIN-TEED PROOUCTS CORPORATION PIPE & PLASTICS GROUP General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights T.C.O. WEF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: FACE NO.: 44 supersedes: Section N 2B-1 DATE OF ISSUE: June 9, 1975 FEB 11 1977 FLUID-TITE A/C Sewer Pipe - Hi Flex Standard Pipe - Shipping Weight Lbs./Ft. Pipe Size tor 8" 2400 3300 ss: Plant EZ]I SB [3? m x x 12.1 14.2 Pret ell ed Piple - Sh pping Weight Lbs./Ft. (Pipe/Coupling/Ring) 8" 2400 12.8 3300 14.9 PREPARED BY: JA i'f APPROVED BY: R ft O CTD014158 \v\^ U) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS frPCCiriCATlO* NO: Section N ILSCHIPTION: Fluid - Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories CLasses 100, 150, 200 - Common Groove Standard Pipe Shipping We. Lbs./Ft. Belled Pipe Type o' Sirt C ion 4" 100 Pl-ll s: 3Z 2-; X XX tv 12 X X 6.8 7.2 SK "TZT"" 150 200 6" 100 150 200 8" 100 150 200 10" 100 .50 200 12" 100 150 200 14" 100 X XX XXX XX X XXX XXX XX X XXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XX X XX X XXX XX X X XX X X XX XX XX XX XX X X X X XX XX XX XV X X 7.5 7.9 9.2 10.8 10.9 11.3 12.2 15.8 16.1 16.2 18.6 23.2 22.3 23.8 28.8 30.2 35.7 30.9 33.1 39.5 41.7 49.3 39.3 36.6 16" 18" 20" 24" PAG* NO.. 3A-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS riCcrciPTiON: specification no: Section N Fluid - Tlte A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories Classes 100, 150, 200 - Common Groove Fully Machined Pipe (FM) Shipping We. Lbs./Ft. PAOC hC. . 3A-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairifeedH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATION* CLASSIFICATION: A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights T.C.O. REF. NO. SPECIFICATION NO: PAOB NO.: 51 Section N 3A-5 SUPERSEDES: September 26, 1977 DATE OF ISSUE: November 29, 1979 DESCRIPTION: Fluid-Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 - Conmon Groove Threaded Brass Insert Coupling (TBIC) Single or Double Outlet Coupling Size Inches Class Shipping Weight Lbs./Unit 4" 100 8.2 150 10.1 200 14.1 6" 100 11.7 # 150 15.8 200 23.9 8" 100 18.6 150 25.5 200 38.7 10" 100 24.3 150 38.1 200 50.4 12" LOO 36.2 150 60.1 200 77.9 Special Application Threaded Brass Insert Coupling (TBIC) Single and Double Outlet Coupling Size, Inches 10 12 Class 150 150 Shipping Weight lbs./unit 77.1 110.0 CTD014163 PREPARED by: APPROVED BY: R aO mFa. SALES 1. E. OTHERS 02 10-0023 927- (P ) 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO EE DISTRIBUTED TO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL j dcscription: Fluid Classes Tice A/C Pressure 100, 150, and 200 Sr'toFtCA f (ON NO. Section N _ Pipe, Couplings, and Accessories - Conaon Groove PaCc. S. 3A-6 Threaded Brass Insert Pine Adaotor (TBIPA) Single or DoubLe Outlet PiDe Size, Inches Class ShiDnin0; Weiaht Lbs./Unit 14" 100 150 200 115.0 159.0 211.0 16" 100 150 200 150.0 214.0 277.0 18" 100 150 108.0 2.0 20" 100 150 252.0 334.0 24" 100 150 354.0 476.0 CTD014164 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS tOOCIFICATlOWO CUMStmCATIOM: CertaHbedB A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights r.c.o. air. no. rcctnCATtON no: ran no.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 53 Section N 3A-7 OAT* or IMUI: rrioM: September 26, 1977 DEC 3 INI Fluid-Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 * Common Groove _______ Coupling Adaptor to Steel or Plastic - 6" through 121 Shipping Wt. LBs./Uhi~t A/C Pipe Size, Inches 4 6 8 10 12 Steel or Plastic St"ze, Inches 4 6 8 10 12 Class 100 5.9 8.1 12.7 19.1 27-7 Class 150 7.6 10.4 16.9 28.3 45.2 Class 200 8.7 14.3 22.7 36.8 58.3 CTD014165 - o2-io-oo53 /*o rATfftOVCO at: a ft o Mr*. Ain l.t. O.C. aid J.4.A- COMTIOCNTIAI. OOCUMCNT MOT TO M OlOmiOUTOO TO UNAUTMOOIUO MMONNIL OTHBM OCOCMflOTIOM: OATS or l--UOi DEC 3 NR wciFignow mo: Section N MAOS MO.: 3A-8 Fluid- Tite A/C 'ressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 - Common Groove 2" NPT Threaded Brass Insert Coup)ing Shipping Vt. Lbs./Unit CoupIIng Size, inches 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Class 100 18.3 28.0 36.8 55.3 71.6 93.1 132.8 164.0 234.9 Class 150 24.6 39-9 63.2 95.0 136.7 170.4 ---- -- Class 200 35-3 56.2 91.1 139.7 -- -- -- -- -- I CTD014166 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CertairfleedlH CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION: A/C General Standards Manual - Shipping Weights T.C.O. REF. NO. 51 SPECIFICATION NO: Section N PASS NO.: 3A-9 SUPENSSOES: September 26, 1977 OATS OP ISSUE: November 29, 1979 NKmmon: ,, _. . _. Fluid-Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150, and 200 - Common Groove Coupling Reducer, Fluid-Tite CG to Fluid-Tite CG Shipping Weight (lbs./unit) Reducer Size, Inches 6 to 4 8 to 6 10 to 8 12 to 10 14 to 12 16 to 14 18 to 16 20 to 18 24 to 20 100 9.5 13.1 16.4 21.6 22.1 33.4 53.5 56.7 122.4 Class 150 9.0 13.1 19.7 23.5 33.0 53.3 70.8 90.3 133.6 200 9.0 13.2 20.3 33.6 48.2 65.1 ---- -- CTD0U167 prepared sy: APPROVED BY. J-J' 02-10-0023 (P927) 12/76 CONFIOCNTIAU DOCUMENT - NOT TO BE OICTRiauTCO TO UNAUTHORIZED *CI(SONNCL OCSCRIPTION: ICATIUN SO. Section N Fluid - Tite A/C Pressure Pipe, Couplings ar.d Accessories Classes 100, 150, and 200 - Concryn Groove haOC SO.; 3A-10 Pipe Size, Inches Class 4 100 150 . 200 6 100 150. 200 8 100 150 200 10 100 150 200 12 100 150 200 14 100 150 200 16 100 150 200 18 100 150 20 100 150 24 100 150 Special Closure Sections Shipping Wt. Lb s./Vt. Plant 56 Plant 57 Plant 53 Plant 59, 6.6 6.6 6.3 6.3 7.3 7.3 6.9 6.9 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 10.3 11.3 14.5 10.1 11.3 14.5 10.1 11.3 14.5 10.6 11.3 14.5 15.3 17.2 21.3 15.2 17.2 21.3 15.2 17.2 21.3 15.2 17.2 21.3 22.1 28.1 32.8 22.1 28.1 32.8 20.7 26.7 32.8 22.1 28.1 32.8 28.6 36.3 44.9 30.8 38.5 44.9 28.6 36.3 44.9 28.6 36.3 44.9 - 36.0 36.0 33.3 -- 48.8 48.8 48.8 -- 59.3 59.3 56.6 --- 43.1 43.1* 47.3 -- 60.5 60.5 63.8 -- 72.8 72.8 77.0 ______ 57.0 57.0 58.4 -- 82.0 82.0 -- 68.9 68.9 -- -- 101.0 101.0 -- -- ______ -- 98.6 144.0 ... -- Plant 60. 6.6 7.3 8.4 10.1 11.3 14.5 15.2 17.2 21.3 20.7 26.7 32.8 28.6 36.3 44.9 36.0 43.8 59.3 43.1 60.5 72.8 57.0 82.0 68.9 101.0 98.6 144.0 CTD014168 i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TCCiriCATIONS CLAMiriCATlON: CertaiififeedH A/C General Standards Manual-Shipping Weights .c.o. ear. mo. atoncATiON mo: axes mo.: CertainTeed Corporation Pipe and Plastics Group 49 urcaacoca: Section N September 26, 1977 3A-11 TT1979 Fluid - Tit* A/C Pressure Pip*, Couplings, and Accassorlas Classas 100, 150, and 200 Common Groova Pine Adaptors (PAD1 s 2. 3. H Shipping Wt. Lbs ./Unit >ipe Size. Inches 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Pad 2 6.7 FM 21.4 35.7 45.3 58.3 74.8 91.7 122.0 164.0 Pad 3 FM FM 21.4 39.8 50.9 80.2 103.0 136.0 187.0 266.0 Pad i 6.3 FM FM 31.4 44.4 70.6 90.9 116.0 130.0 194.0 CTD014169 PftKPARKO V: APPftOVKD *Y: 0?-10-002 3 (P9?7i 12/76 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT - NOT TO ( WET* I BUTED TO UNAUTHOMIZEO PERSONNEL WCIWCAT1QH mo: Section N "ivied ee.t 3A-12 Fluid-Tite A/C PTeasure Pipe, Couplings and Accessories Classes 100, 150 and 200 - Common Groove This page left intentionally blank CTD014170